(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of ""

DRAWIfJG NO. 

A-SP-MAA53'i5 

A-SP-.1AA5320 

A-SP-MAA5i21 

A-SP-MAA5322 

A-SP-MAA532i4 

A-SP-MAA5330 

A-SP-MAA5510 

A-SP-MAA-^Sl'D 

A-SP-MAA5530 

A-SP-MAA55^0 

A-SP-MAA5550 

A-SP-MAA61 10 

A-SP-MAA61 15 



REV.NO.PPS, 



A-SP. 
A-SP. 
A-SP- 
A-SP. 
A-SP. 
A-SP- 
A-SP- 
A-SP- 
A-SP- 
A-SP- 
A-SP. 



MAA6120 
MAA612U 

MAA6125 

MAA61?^ 

^H\kb^2'f 

•MAA6130 

MAA6135 

■MAA6154 

MAA6160 

■MAA6165 

■MAA6170 



A-SP-MAA6175 
A-SP-MAAC176 
A-SP-HA;6180 
A-SP-MAA6I9O 
A-SP-MAA6I92 
A-SP-MAA6205 
A-SP-MAA6210 
A-SP-MAA6220 
A-SP-MAA6225 
A-SP-MAA6230 
A-3P-,MAA62i«0 
A-SP-MAA6260 
A-SP-MAA6275 
A-SP-MAA7nO 
A-SP-MAA7120 
A-SP-MAA7130 
A-SP-MAA7210 
A-SP-MAA7510 



A 
B 
A 
A 
C 
B 
A 
A 
A 
A 
B 
A 
A 

A 
A 
A 

A 
A 

A 
A 
A 

C 
B 
A 
B 



3 

3 

12 

12 

16 

12 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

2 

3 

2 

14 

4 

4 

4 

2 

4 

9 

16 

23 
21 
7 
24 



DESCRIPTION 

DLIl-C.D.E ASYNC INTERFACE 
DLVl 1 SLU FOR 1 I/03 
DLVll-E ASYN INT.W/MODEM CTL . 
DLVll-F ASYN .LN.INT.W/20 MA. 
DLVll-J il-LINE SERIAL INTERFACE 
DLll-W SLU/fiT CLOCK OPT. 
KW11-L 
KWll-P 
KWl 1-W 
KW1 1-K 
KWVl 1-A 

AA11 D/A CONVERfER 
AAV1 1-A a CH 12 BIT D/A 

AD01-D A/D CONVERTER 
LPA1 1-K A/D CONVERTER 
ADll-K A/D CONVERTER 

D/A CONVERTER 

MULTIPLEXER EXP 

SYSTEM 
12 BIT A/D FOR 1 l/C;, 



PROG. CLOCK 
WATCH DOG TIMER 
DUAL PROG CLOCK 



SYSTEM INTEG. 
SUBSYSTEM 



14 



AA1 1-K 
AMI 1-K 
LPS-1 1 
16 CH 
IB1 1 
ICS-1 1 
ICR-11 

DPM23 

ISB-11 DEC DATAWAY CONTR. 

DPM50 DIST I/O SUBSYSTEM 

ARII SYSTEM 

NCll GAMMA CAMERA 

NCVll GAMMERA CAMERA INTERFACE 

DR. 1-A GENERAL DEVICE 

DRl 1-B DMA DEVICE 

DR11-C GENERAL DEVICE 

DRV11 16 BIT PLU-PDPII/03 

DT03 BUS SWITCH 

DA11-BD UNIBUS WINDOW 

DR11-K GENERAL I/O 

DRII-H "ENERAL PURPOSE %DMA) 

8003 H CIl/BINARY 

BD04 DISK INT ALARM 

E1D05 LINE CONTHOL 

REORDER TRAP DEVICE 

LPD-11/LPC01 INTERFACE 



« 



C Jl 



I 



in 
Ui 

111 

Mi 

At 

lit' 



9 3 ■ 

c <r e 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



w 



^UNUFACTURING SPECinCATION M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



^'^*-* DLll-C, D, E ASYNCHRONOUS INTERFACE - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



Prev. 7668001-0-5315 



CHG NO ORIQ 



DATE 



APPD BY DATE 



"t 



^K 



ENG 



7^^ J^4^ 



/^c^SAf 



EN-010191 S-NC 72H392) 



AEPO 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5315-0-0 



REV 

A 



SHEET 1 OF 3 



MANUFACn'^JNC SPECIFICATION 

Tint 



MODULAR APPHOACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



2.0 



3.0 



PLXl-C.P.E AITWCHIOWOPS IHTEKFACE 



l.O ABSTRACT 



The f/>Ilowins deteribca th« tytt** t«tt proetdura for th« 
CLII-C through DLll-E. Bafically, a "finiabad" DLU if taken 
froB the atoekrooa conaiating of ao M7800 aodula and cabla. 
According to cuaCoaar apacif ieat ion, juapera auat ba cut on 
tha M7800 to lalact data foraat, tba proper eryatal auat ba 
inatallad, and addraaa and vaetora auat ba aaaignad. Datnila 
of thia procaaa art daieribad in A-IP-OLU-0-2 "Inatallatlon 
Procadura". 

REQUIREMENTS 

Tha ainiaua aqnipaant raquiraaanta ara: 

A. PDP-11 vith 4K of corn naaory. 

I. DLll intarfaea and aaaociatad cabling. 

C. Soaa C7P* of tarainal. 

REFERENCE DOCUMEWTJ 

MANUALS: IK-DLll-TN-003 

DLll Eng. Dravijga or later !•▼. 
1-DD-Dlll-O 



CHECKOUT & ACCEPTAMCI 
PROCEDURES: 

INSTALLATION PROCEDURE: 

MAXHDEC LISTIH68: 



A-fP-Dlll-0-3 

A-SP-Dll 1-0-2 

DZKLA TELETYPE TEST 

DZDLA DLll-B/C/D OFF-LINE TEST 

DZDLA DLll-E ON-LINE TEST 

OZVTB fT05 DISPLAY TERM. TEST 

DZLAC LA36 DIAGNOSTIC 

DZVTC VTSO OlfPLAT TERM. TB8T 



mmw 



SIZE 

A 



C0D2 
8P 



I i •?» 



NUUBCR 

MAA;)3ib-0-0 

SMttT _2 OP 



fiev 

A 



MANL'FACTiJRlNC SPECIFICATION 



CONTIHUATION SHEET 



Trricft 



4.0 



MOnULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX \ 



TEST PROCEDURE 

Tht nor«kl tett proc«dur« £• Co rua DLll attached to tht 
cuatoner ordertd DEC terminal iueh ai LA30, VTOS, LT33, LT35, 
or LA36. Refer to Section 3.0 for the appropriate MAIRDEC 

number. 

If the cuatoaer haa not ordered a DLll * terainal eoabination, 
then the DLll abould be attached to a VTQ3, if coapatible. 
Any DLll ia "VTOS Coapatible" if the DLll conforaa to the 
folloving foraat: 

a. 8 data bita; 

b. 1 or 2 atop bita; 

c. parley off; 

d. baud rate: 110, 150. 300, 600, 120i). 2400, 2400/150, 

1200/150; 

e. EIA or current loop. 

The jumpers on the M780O ehould not be altered to co-nfora to 

the above list; hovevsr, the baud rate ehould be adjuated by 

iwitch - as long aa it ia within the range of the cyratal - 
in order to confora to a TTOS speed. 

If the DLll is neither a DLll *■ terainal coabination nor 
"VTOS Conpatible", then oaly an off-li»« aaintenanee teat 
can be used. 

Details of the teet procedure follov: 

DLll-fT.P.F. : 

First run DZDLA Of f-Line Teat, Prograa 0, for 2 eoaplete paaaei 
DLll-E's must be run with H31S connector. Then run the first 
applicable nethod below: 

1. DLll * DEC terainal; run appropriate terainel teat. 8e« 
MAINDEC write-up for procedure. 

2. Attach to VTOS if "VTOS Coapetible** end run DZVTB, Progrea 
2. "Keyboard Teet". 

3. If neither 1 or 2 epplies, no further testing een be done 
for DLll-C's and E'a. Por DLll-D'a juaper pins 2 and 3 
on EIA connector and run DZDLA, Prograa 0, Test Si. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5315-0-0 



REV 

A 



SBSQQSD 



CM-OlOe?!* N«72-(J«2) 



SHEET 



OF _1 



ww.^-^pi 




.1 



E 



= « 



».*5 



1 



ill 

Ui 
hi 

ni 

III 

* s _ 

^^ 1 1 
'Ml 



DIGITAL BQUIPMEIIT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION 



M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE ■ DLVll SERIAL LINE UNIT FOR PDP-11/03 - APPENDIX A 
' REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



B 



Prev. 7668001-0-5320 



Je^jft^ssc I I ^^^^ M^y^^~ 



ENQ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5320-0-0 



REV 

B 



CN-«IOM-l«^«7tH>«t) 



SHEET 1 OF 3 



MANinFACrURINC SPECmCATlON 



TITU 



MonTTT.AW APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TFST - APPENDIX A 



DLVll SERTAI. LIHK UNIT FOR PDP-11/03 
1.0 INTRODUCTION 

Th« Inttnt of thlt proctdur* la to fuaBarlze the diagnosclc writ« 
up* for th« purpoa* of •xp«dl«ncy. Th« procedure has bean leapt 
brlaf, and to tha point, to kaap froa confusing tha uaer. For 
additional iaforaatiot, it will ba nacaaaary to rafar co tha 
diagnoatic vrita up. 

2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 

2.1 Vorkaanship Manual (STD 116) 

11/OJ Prlntaat 



2.2 
2.3 



LSIll PDP 11/03 Configuration and Inatallatlon Guide EK 
LSIll-IN-001 



2.4 LSIll PDP 11/03 Usara Manual EK LSIll~TM-002 

2.5 DLVll Englnaarlng Specif Icatlona A-SP-DLVll-0-0 

2.6 Mlcrocoaputar Handbook 
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT 

3.1 DLVll Bodula 

3.2 Wraparound teat connecter 

3.3 Output terainal 

3.4 LSI-11 standard coaputer 
4,0 REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE 

4.1 MAINDEC 11-DVKAE DLVU Taac Diagnoatic and Writeup 

4.2 MAINDEC 11-DXDLA DEC/Xll '.xarciaar and Writeup 
5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS AND CHItCRS 

5.1 Insure wraparound coonactar la inatallad to riin DECXll. 
6.0 TEST SETUP 

6.1 Sat up Juapara for addraaa, vector, baud rata aa required. 

6.2 Reaova capacitor C44 .005UF if aerial line device i± not a 
tale- typewriter. 



CSC l»HMt)-ieU4«4/X 



SIZE 

.A- 



cooc 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5320-0-0 



REV 
B 



SHEET 



OF 



r 



MANUFACTURINC SPECOTCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



^•'^*'^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 

6.3 Install approprlat* cabl* in Jl of aodul* A-EIA lnt«rfac« 
BC05C-X aodcB cabl* B-20MA currtnt loop - BC05M-Z cablt 

7.0 11 SYSTEM INTEGRATION TES PROCEPUIE 
7.1 DLVll T««t (DVKAE) 

7.1.1 Load prograa through appropriftt* load Badla. 

7.1.2 Program atartlng addraaa 

7.1.2.1 Load addraaa 200 

7.1.2.2 S£art ||#00#, aoftvara SR dafault valua 
(1000 for wrap taat) or on altarnata aattlng 
(■•a 7.1.3) 

7.1.3 Altarnata aoftvara SR aattinga (loc 122) 

7.1.3.1 SW 15 - 1 Contlnua on arror 

7.1.3.2 SV 14 - 1 Loop on arror 

7.1.3.3 SW 10 - 1 Loop on taat 

7.1.3.4 SW 9-1 Run wrap taat 

7.1,' Taatlng othar than cnnaola DLVll'a 

Supply eorract addraaa and vactor to tha following 
locationa: 

7.1.4.1 Loc 220 - Addraaa of racaivar CSR 

7.1.4.2 Loc 222 - Addraaa of racaivar buffar 

7.1.4.3 Loc 224 - Addraaa of tranaialttar CSR 

7.1.4.4 Loc 226 - Addr»ta of tranaaittar buffar 

7.1.4.5 Loc 230 - Addraaa of racaivar vactor 

7.1.4.6 Loc 232 - Addraaa of aaaociatad PSW 

7.1.4.7 Loc 234 - Addraaa of tranaaittar vactor 

7.1.4.8 Loc 236 - Addraaa of aaaociatad PSW 

7.1.5 Oparator Action 

7.1.5.1 Inatall taat connactor in Jl 

7.1.5.2 Typa ''OOG 

7.1.6 Evidanca of End of Paaa andRun Tiaa 

7.1.6.1 Prograa will print "END OF PASS" tiaa da- 
pandant on baud rata. 

7.1.7 Accaptabla arrora: 
Nona 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5320-0-0 



REV 
B 



OCC lHM2>-tw«2-N«73 



SHEET 



OF 



§s« 



na& 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIRCATION 



M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE DLVll-E ASYNCHRONOUS SINGLE SERIAL LINE INTERFACE WITH MODEM 



REV 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



Prev. 7668001-0-5321 



APPEHPIX h 



ORIQ 



CONTROL 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



7g^/»< J4>le9lfe^S^K 



D /t 



APPO 



77 



*H^ 



3IZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5321-0-0 



REV 

A 



CN<«lM«>l«<M«y»^M«) 



SHEET 1 OF 12 



n 



■^j 



MANUFACTURING SPEGFICATION 

TraE 



1.0 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TE:^T - APPENDIX A 



DLVn-E ASYHCHRONOUS SINGLE SERIAL LI NE 
INTERFACE WITH MODEM CONTROL 



I NTRODUCTION 

This procedure establishes the ■Inlmum test hr\6 electrical stan- 
dards that a DLV11-E aust aeet to be considered acceptable for 
customer shipment. 

DESCRIPTION 

The UL. /'-E is an asynchronous line Interface nodule that Inter 
faces the LSI-11 bus to a serial communications line. The 
DLV11-E receives serial data from a peripheral device and 
assembles It Into parallel data for the LSI-11 Bus. In turn, 
the parallel data from the LSI-11 Bus Is converted Into serial 
data and Is transmitted to a peripheral device. The OLVll-E Is 
unique from other DLVlls In that It offers full joden control. 



Option 
OLVll-E 



Qty/Contents 

1 - M8017 
1 - H315 



Description 

Module 

Modem Test Conn 



REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 

1.1 Print Set MP00460 

1.2 Technical Manual £IC-DLVll-TM-(Rev) 

1.3 Users Guide FA-DLVll-OP-(Rev) 

1.4 Lib Kit Z.'-243-RB 

1.5 Ship List A-PL-DLVll-E 

1.6 Packaging Inst. A-SP-3700297-40-0 

2.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT 

2.1 POP 11/03 with a alnlmum of 4K of memoryind one available 
slot. 

2.2 Scope: 465 or equivalent. 

2.3 For power requirements, refer to Section 6.0. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5321-0-0 



REV 



± 



occ iMMt>-ie«.v-N«7a 



SHEET 



OF il 



MANUF4CTUR1NC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



APPENDIX A 



2.4 Wire wrap gun (OK Speed Wrap Model #BW-51&BF) or equivalent 

2.5 Unwrapping tool - hand type, unwriplng tool. 

2.6 Cable: (BCOIV-X or BC05C-X) or turnaround connector. See 
P*96 10 '^0'^ directions on making a turn around connec- 
tor that wll 1 plug Into the module. 

3.0 AVAILABLE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS 
3.1 Kit # 2J-243-Re 

CVDVA - DLVl-E Off line Tests paper tape and document 



3.? DECXn 



4.0 iw 



DXDLA-H 



DLVll 



^ 



XI 1 Exerciser > av H or higher only) 



MION INSTRUCTIONS 



4.1 If the DLVn-E Is being tested as an option add-on. It Is 
not necessary to change configured Jumpers. See tables 
4.1.1 and 4.1.2 for shipped configuration. 

4.2 When being Installed In a customer system, It may bd 
necessary to change the Jumpers as they are shipped. When 
configuring, refer to tables 4.1.1 and 4.1.2 for proper 
1n:,tal latlon. 

4.3 CAUTION #1 - When changing wire wraplngs, always use equip- 
ment designed for that purpose, and Calibrated. Note Sec- 
tions 2.4 and 2.5 for type of equipment. 

«.4 TAUTICN #2 - AM wire wraping must be done to Digital's 
workmanship standard; DEC Std 116. Reference should be 
made to Section 3. In that text. 

4.5 CAUTION #3 - All wire wraping should be done by a qualified 
person. Mistakes may cause damage tr the wire wrap pin or 
printed circuit board. 



occ t*-(i»i) iMa-M«y] 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



L 



NUMBER 
SHEET ,J 



OF 



REV 

A 

12 



MANUFACTURINC SPECOTCATION 
TITLE 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



4.6 The OLVn-E can be Installed in any slot of the USI-ll BackH 
plane, except the first 4 slots that are reserved for the 
LSI-ll processor modules. When Installing the DLVll-E, do 
not leave any open slots between the process modules and 
the DLVn-E. Note that priority for each option Is deter- 
mined by how close that option Is Installed to the processor 
modules. The closer to the processor ^ou get, the higher 
priority the option has. A picture of a typical configu- 
ration Is shown below: 



DATA SET CONTROL 



OLVM-C 



40 PIN 
COkh 



•C05C 



OB-?; 

M 



0*TASET 
SELL 103 
• ELL 202 



View FNOM MODULE SlOC OT BACKPLANE 

A e c D 




KOii-r 


MSVtI-B 


OLvn-c 


MSVII-I 


Mxvn 


RCVfl 


PffVII 



I 
t 
i 

4 



OONNECTOA 
ttOCK 



SIZE 

.A. 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5321-0-0 



REV 

A 



Dcc i«-(stx>i Ma-Mi ?a 



SHEET 



OF 



12 



»tWUFACTURINC STECinCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



4.1.1 DLYll-E Jumper locations 



aj: 



^ 



CI 



Ml 



M 



f5?555 fii: 



mill 

••PMI_ 



^[ 



»tll"-»»»«i«»J 



n 



9% 



t1 



"II 



-#M \^ti 



■ M 



OKC IMSMMMt «M7a 



tIZF 

JL 



CODE 



NUMBER I REV 

MAA5321-0-0 i A 



SHEET L- OF 11 



MAWUFACTURING gECmCATION 



COKTINUATION tHCCT 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



4.1.2 Jumper Definitions 

I - Junper Unserted ■ program bit cleared 
k " Juaper removed • program bit set 

NOTE: Jumpers are Inserted to enable the function they 

control except for those jumpers that Indicate nega 
tlon (such as "-B") Negated jumpers are removed to 
enable the functions they control. 



Jumper 



A3-A12 



Jumpers 
Installed 
when ship'd 

fro« Vol. Mfg. 



V3-V8 



A3 


I 


A4 


R 


A5 


R 


A6 


R 


A7 


I 


A8 


I 


A9 


I 


AlO 


R 


All 


1 


A12 


I 





R 




R 




R 




I 




I 




R 



Function 



These jumpers correspond to bits 3-12 of 
the addr^ns word. When Inserted, they 
will c^ the bus interface to check for 
a True iiditlon on the corresponding 
address olt. 

Jumpers A3 through A12 Implement device 
address 17561X for the DLVll-E. The 
least significant octal digit Is hard- 
wired on the nodule to address the four 
device registers as follows: 



X • 

X >• 2 

X ■ 4 

X - 6 



RCSR 
RBUF 
XCSR 
XBUF 



Used to generate the vector during an 
Interrupt transaction. Each Inserted 
jumper will assert the corresponding vec- 
tor address bit on the LSI-U bus. 

This jumper selection Implements Interrupt 
vector address 3008 for receiver 1nter>- 
rupts and 3048 for transmitter Interrupts 
on the DLVll-E. 



OBC »MM*hlOM4M7I 



Size COOCI NUMBER 

A ISP |;MAA5321~0-o 



REV 

A 



SHEET 



OF 12 



MANUFACTURING gECmCATiON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODUIAR APPROACH lu -YSTPMg TEST - apprnhtx A 



Jumper 



RO 
R1 
R2 
R3 



TO 
Tl 
T2 

T3 



B6 
P 

I 

1.2 

PB 

C.Cl 

S,S1 

H 



Junptrs 
Installed 
when ship'd 

tram Vol. Mfg. 



I 
R 
I 
I 



I 

R 
R 

R 



I 
R 
R 

R,R 
R 

I, I 

R,R 
R 



Func .Ion 



The Module Is configured to receive at 
110 bawd. 

Receiver and transmitter baud rate select 
Jumpers, during common speed operation. 
See table 4.1.3 



The transmitter Is configured for 9600 
baud If spilt speed operation Is used. 
Transmitter baud rate select Jumpers dur- 
ing split spped operation. See table 
4.1.3 



Jumper is Inseri wo enable Break genera 
tlon. 

Jumper Is Inserted for operation with 
parity. 

Removed for even parity; Inserted for odd 
parity. Receiver checks f^r appropriate 
parity and transmitter Inserts appro- 
priate parity. 

These Jumpers select the desired number 
of data bits (see Table 4.1.4) 

Jumper is Inserted to enable the program- 
mable baud rate capability. 

These Jumpers are Inserted for common 
speed operation. (Note that S and SI must 
be removed when C and CI are Inserted) 

Inserted for spilt speed operation. (Note 
that C and CI must be removed when S and 

SI are Inserted.) 

• 

This Jumper Is Inserted to assert 6HALT L 
when a framing error Is received. Tnis 
places the LSI-11 In the halt mode. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SF 



NUMtER 

MAA5321-0-0 



REV 

A 



DCC l«-(aMhl«i»*M7a 



SHEET 



Of JJL^ 






MANUFACnJRINC gEClFICAITON 



CONTtNUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTE M S TEST - APPENDIX A 



Jumper 



6 

•I 

-FD 

•FR 

RS 

FB 

M,M1 



JuRiptrs 
Installed 
when ship'd 



Function 



I 

I 

I 

I 



R.R 



I 



Jumper B Is Inserted to negate 6DC0K H 
Mhen a BREAK signal or framing error Is 
received, This causes the LSI-11 to re- 
load the bootstrap. (Jumper ^B must be 
removed when B Is Inserted.) 

Jumper Is removed to free DATA TERMINAL 
READY signal on. 

Jumper is removed to force REQUEST TO 
SEND signal on. 

This jumper Is Inserted to enable normal 
transmission of the REQUEST TO SEND sig- 
nal. 



Ip«:erted to enable transmi 
FURCE bUi! ^i^iial {f::T ^^ 
data sets) 

These are test Jumpers used 
manufacture of the module, 
defined for field use. 



Ion of the 
aodel 103E 

during the 
They are not 



SIZE CODE 



NUMSER 

MAA5321~Q- n 



REV 



OKC l«-(Mah>M>-«<M7t 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURINC SPECOTCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR j^P ROACH TO SY^«;TFMp TEST 



- APPENDIX A 



Tablt 4.1.3 



Btud Rale Seiectioi»> 





Bit 


Bit 


Bit 


Bit 


nil 




Program Control 


15 


14 


13 


12 


11* 




Receive Jumpers 


R3 


R2 


Rl 


RO 




Baud 


Trinsmii Jumpers 


13 


T2 


11 


TO 




Rate 






I 


I 


I 




SO 






I 


I 


R 




75 






I 


R 


I 




110 






I 


R 


R 




1345 






R 


1 


I 




150 






R 


1 


R 




300 






R 


R 


1 




60C 






R 


R 


R 




1200 




R 


I 


1 


I 




1800 




R 


I 


1 


R 




2000 




R 


I 


K 


• 
ft 




240^ 




R 


I 


R 


R 




ioo 




R 


R 


I 


1 




480C 




R 


R 


1 


R 




7200 




R 


R 


R 


1 




9600 



1 ■ Jumper Inserted • Program Bit Cleared. 

R " Jumper Removed ■■ Program Bit Set. 

•Bit 1 1 of the XCSR (Write Only Bit) must be set in order to select a new baud rate under program control. Also, 
jumper PB must be inserted to enable baud rate selection under program control. 



Table 4.1.4 



Dtta Bit Selections 



Jumpers 


Number of Data Bits 


2 


1 




I 




I 


5 


I 




R 


6 


R 




I 


7 


R 




R 


1 



SIZE CODE 

A I" 



NUMBER 

MAA5321-0-0 



REV 
A 



oac aa-(aMMMa-N«7t 



SKEET J. OF 



u^ 



MANUFACTUIUNC gEOFlCATiON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



^"^' MODULAR ArhROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



5.0 TEST SET UP 

5.1 No sptclal test set up Is required. 

6.0 FOWEIR CHECKS 

€.1 Power requlreaents: 

45V 4 SX • 1.0A (5.0 w) 
412V £ 5S • 150 MA (1.8w) 

NOTE: -12V Is generated Internally on the M8017 fro* the 4l2V 
supply. 

6.2 Bus Loading 

Each DLV11-E places one (1) bus load on the Q Bus as de- 
fined by the LSI-11 Q Bus Spec. (DEC SID '.:0). 

7.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE 

7.1 The DLV11-E can be tested in two (2) different turnaround 
configurations. 

7.1.1 The first configuration for testing would be to 
plug a turnar&uid test connector directly Into the 
0LV11-E. See Olagran 7.1 for vliw. This Method 
should be used when It Is lapratlcal to work with 
the long nodea cables or when the voluiie of DLVII-E's 
requires Many cables. See Diagram 7.3 for Inforna- 
tlon to aake test connector. 

NOTE: This test connector has no part I and cannot be 
ordered. 

7.1.2 The second configuration for testing would be to 
pluQ a •odeii cable Into the DLVII-E and p1u$ the 
H315 turnaround connector; that is supplied. Into 
the other end of the cable. See Diagram 7.2. The 
Biodea cable Is not tupplltd on the 0LV11-E. A cab^e 
nay be supplied to the custoaer. If there U' t 
cable going to the custoner, use that one. If a 
cable IS not going to be supplied, use a BC01V-X 

or BC05C-X. 



Size ICODCI NUMtER 

A I SP I MAA5321-0-0 



REV 

A 



tH»M>-lM»M«?t 



•NEET 1^ OF 



12 



MANUFACTURINC STECmCATION 



CONTINUATION tNCCT 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACW lO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



7.2 



Diagnostic Test 
7.2.1 



After configuring the DLV11-E to Section 7.1.1 or 
7.1.2. load CVDVA through appropriate load nedla. 



7.2.2 Starting program 

7.2.2.1 Load address 200. 
7.2.2.2 



Start;check Section 7.2.3 for available 
switch settings. 



7.2.3 Available test switch settings 

7.2.3.1 Bit 15 . Halt on error 

14 - Loop on test 
13 - Inhibit error typeouts 
12 - (unused) 
11 - Inhibit iterations 
10 - Bell on error 
9 - Loop on error 
8 - Loop on test In SWR 7:0 
7 - Test nunber to loop on (used 
with Bit 8) 

Is Indicated by a type out 

noOBh CABLE 



7.2.4 End of Pass 
Tasr coHN ficf o»*f iX) 




hdoi7 

OLvii-e 



L_jl_J 



PJA^HAn 7.| 




moi7 



l_Aj 



PiA^RAh 7.e 



H)I5 Co^#A* 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMtER 

MAA5321-0-Q ._ 



REV 

A 



OKC l«K*tt)-lM»Mft72 



SHEET ..IL OF ^21 



MANUrACTURWC aTECIFICATlON 



CONTINUATIOM SHEET 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



y<80^7 T»«t Cotip«ctor 
Farts Lilt 
fart # Daacriptlon 



DlagraiR 7.3 
Qty Itaa f 



12-10918-15 
12-10089-06 
91-07636-00 
12-11166-00 
36-11567-00 



Conn. AM Pot» BSC 

Sockat, Crlnp 

Vlra, #26 Avg , Black 

Strain rallaf 

Labal (this alda up) 



1 

aaa notai 
1 
1 



1 
2 
% 
4 
$ 



po- 



lircuit Schaaatlc, Ulra List 

aztarnal clock 
tranaalt clock 
reeaivar clock 



VOTES: 




salt data 
racalva data 

data sat raady 
aac salt data 
sac rac data 

data tara raady 
clr to aand 
carrlar 

raq to aand 

forca busy 
ring 

aia loopback 

Slda 1 



1. Sugsaatad langth of juapart la 
S 4 Inchai. 

2. Actual juapar count !• 
4 - doubla Juapara 

2 - slngla juapara 

3. On alda 2 of Barg connactor, 
attach labal with idantlf Ication 
**DLV11-E Taet Conn'*, (no part # 
arallabla for label) 



Dnlt Ataaably 



Itaa #3 



Sida 2 




Itaa 




Itaa #1 



SIZE 

JL 



CODE 
SP 



NUMSER 

MAA5321-0-0 



REV 



OKC l«-(Wt>-l«M-«M7t 



SHEET ^-^- OF J2. 




^ 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 






MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



n 

ill 

at 
Ml 

Ui 



TITLE 



DLVll-F ASYNCHRONOUS SINGLE SERIAL LINE INTERFACE WITH 20r.a 



REVISIONS 



APPENDIX A 



t 



H: 



* V e 
3 t 8 5 

5 3** 



9 
Ui 



REV 



A 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



Prev. 7668001-0-5322 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



ENG 



Brent MacAlonev 



APPO 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5322-0-0 



REV 

A 



IN-01M«t«.N«7a(Mt) 



SHEET 1 OF 12 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCA>10N 



''^^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



m«t 



ft to 



DLVll-F /.SYNCHROWOUS SINGLE SERIAL LINE INTERPACE WITH 20 ma 

I NTRODUCTION . 

This procedure eBtabllolies the mlnlaim teit atandards that a DLVll-F 
>e considered acceptable for cuateaer thlpaent. 

DESCRIPTION 

The DLVIl-F ie an aeynchronoua line Interface aodule that Interfacea the LSI>11 
bus to a aerial cosnunlcatlena line. The DLVll-F rccelvea aerial data from a 
peripheral device and aaaexublea it into parallel data for the LSI-11 bua. In 
turn, the parallel data froa the LSl-11 bua is convarted into aerial data and is 
tranamitted to a peripheral device. 'The DLVll-F la unique froa the DLVll-E In 
that it aupporta 20aa current loop operation. 



Option 
DLVll-F 

1.0 REFERENCE DOCUHEMTAnON 



Qty/contenta 
1 " M8028 



Description 
■odule 



1.1 Print Set MP00461 

1.2 Technical Manual EK-DLVll-IM- (rev) 

1.3 Users Guide 13C-DLVll-0P-(rev) 

1.4 Lib Kit ZJ-253-RB 

1.5 Ship List A-PL-DLVll-F 

1.6 Packaging Inst. A-SP-370029^-40-0 

2.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT 

2.1 PDPll/03 with a ainlgun of 4K of aemory and one available alot. 

2.2 Scope: 465 or equivalent. 

2.3 For power requireaents. refer to Section 6.0. 

2.4 Wire Wrap Gun (ok speed vrap aodel #BW-515BF) or equivalent. 

2.5 Unvraping tool - band type, unvraping tool. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5322-0-0 



REV 
A 



oec iMSM)io«i-N«7a 



SHEET 



OF 12 



MANLTACTURINC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODUU^p APPROACH TQ SYSTEMS TIIS-T - APPrlNDIX A 



3.0 AVAILABLE DIAGNOSTICS 

3.1 LIB Kit ♦ ZJr^253T^^B 

CVDVC - DLVll-F off Itoe testa (paper tape and docxsucn'"! 

3.2 DECXll - DXDLA-H DLVll Exerciser (Rev H or higher only) 

A.O INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIO HS 

A.l If the DLVI] la I ng te»ted aa an option add-on, It la not necesaary 
to change • ^Igurei tra. See Tables 4.1.1 and 4.1.2 for configu- 
ration ahl ed from Volume 'Mi..^facturlng. 

4.2 When being In^called In a cuatoacr ayaten, It nay be necesaary to change 
the juxnpe^a as they are ahlpped. When configuring, refer to Tables 
4.1.1 and 4.1.2 for proper InataMatlon. 

4.3 CAUTION II: 

When changing vlre vraplnga, always use cqulpnent dealgned for that pur- 
pose and calibrated. Note aectlons 2.4 and 2.3 for type of equipment. 

4.4 CAUTION #2; 

All %rlre %'raplngs nuat be done l:o Dlgltal'a vorkmanahlp atandard; DEC 
STD 116. Reference .-hould be mde to Section 3 In that text. 



4.5 The DLVll-F can be Installed In any alot of the LSI-11 BacVplane, except 
those occupied by the processor ■odules. When InBtalllnb the DLVll-F, 
do not letive any open slots becveen the processor modules and the 
DLVll-F, An open slot would break the Interrupt acknowledge daisy chain. 
Note » the priority for each option Is determined by how c loae that optloii 
Is Installed to the processor modules. The closer to the processor you 

*.*-' get, the higher priority the option, A picture of a typical config- 
uration Ik chovn x>xx Page 3 and 4. 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



UUMBE 

KAA5322-0 



REV 
A 



Dec l*-(3t2) 10*2^4672 



SHEET 



OF .Jul 



MANUFACTURING SPECmCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM'S TEST - APPENDIX A 



TYPICAL BACKPLANE COWriGURATION 



iX/03 



view moM Mooucc sioe or mck^anc 

A B C D 




ROii-r 1 


MSV1t-t 


0LVII>C 


MSvn-t 


mvtt 


nevM 


OMVH 



I 
t 
s 

4 



CONNCCTOM 
BLOCK 



11/03 



:«^ 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMSER 

MAA5322-0-0 



REV 
A 



MC It^fthltU-tWt 



SHEET 



OF 



Manufacturing sPEcmcATiON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST " APPENDIX A 



OLVM-r 



4C' HH 
CONN 

0B 



DLVu-r 

INCCCIVCK 

TKANSMITTEN 
ACTIVll 



4CriN 
CONN 



Oivu-r 

(RCCCIVCK 
MSSIVC. 

TRAK'SMlTTIM 
MSSIVCI 



40 PIN 
CONN 



OLVH-r 



40 PIX 
CONN 



Oivn-r 



40 PIN 
CONN 

BB 



DLVll-F Cabling Exaaplei 



CURRENT LOOP MODE 

N4TC-N- 
LON 



•CO»M 



m 




MATC-N- 

LOK 



MATI-N- 
LOK 



B=^^^^B=^^D 



•CO»M 



40 PIN 
COMN 



OLV«i-r 
mcccivEM 

PASSIVE , 

TPANSMITTCK 
ACTlvCt 



MATC-N- 

LOK 



IIATt-N- 

LOK 



•COSM 



Cl&ii^B 



•COSM 



«0 PIN 
CONN 

m 



om-c 



CIA "DATA LEADS ONLY* MODE 



ot-ts 



P?9>g 



Q 



j£fi2L 



NULL MODEM CAttE 




1C05C 



m 



MODEL tOS 

OATASCT 

(AUTO MODE I 



SIZE COCE 

lilGLJ 



NUMBER 



REV 
A 



OKC lHMthlOt»«lf7« 



SHEET 



OF 



12 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



Table 4.1.1 DLVll-F JUMPER LOCATIOHS 



All 
AM 

*« 
*• 
Af 

Ae 

Ak 
A« 
AJ 



I 



XA 

lA 



V4 

■v» 

VI 
VI 



S 



P 



b 



Zi 



■c 

CI 

't 
s« 

M 
TJ 
TJ 
T1 

• re 



HI 

«s 





OCC lHM2hlOM-M47t 



MANUFACTURINC SPECfflCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIE 



Mr>nTTT,&T> >PPPr>&CH Tn RVSTKMS TEST " APPENDIX A 



NOTE: 



TABLE 4.1.2 JUMPER DEFINITIONS 



I ■ Junpcr Instrted > progriM bit cUirtd , 
R ■ Junptr removed ■ progran bit set 

Jumpers ire Inserted to enable the function they 
control except for those Jumpers that Indicate nega 
tlon (such as * T*) Negated Jumpers are rtiioved to 
enable the functions they control. 



Jumper 



A3-A12 



A3 

A4 

AS 

A6 

A7 

A8 

A9 

AlO 

All 

A12 



V3-Y8 



\^ 



Y3 
Y4 
V5 
V6 
V7 
V8 



Function 



These JuMpers correspond to bits 3-12 of 
the address word. When 1nserted» they 
will cause the bus interface to check for 
a True condition on the corresponding 
address bit. 

Jumpers A3 through A12 Implement device 
address 17756X for the DLVll-r. The 
least significant octal digit Is hard- 
wired on the module to address the four 
device registers as follows: (••• table 

4.1.4) 



X 
X 
X 
X 




2 
4 

6 



RCSR 
RBUF 
XCSR 
XBUF 



Used to generate the vector during an 
Interrupt transaction. Each Inserted 
Jumper will assert the corresponding vec- 
tor address bit on the LSI-U bus. 

This jumper selection Implements Interrupt 
vector address eog for receiver Inter*- 
rupts and 6^8 for transmitter Interrupts | 
on the DlVll-F. te« t«bl« 4.1.5. 



SIZE 

A 



COOE 

SP 



NUMtER 

MAA5322-0-0 



REV 
A 



occ i«-<«M>>tMa4Mya 



SHEET 7 OF J2_ 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MOnnT.AH APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



Jumper 


Jumpers ^ 
installed 
when ship'd 
froa Vol. Kf|. 


Function 


RO 
R1 
R2 
R3 


I 
R 
I 
I 


The module Is configured to receive at 
110 baud. 

Receiver and transmitter baud rate select 
Jumpers, during common speed operation. 
See table 4.1.3 


TO 
Tl 
T2 

T3 


I 

R 
R 

R 


The transmitter Is configured for 9600 
baud If split speed operation Is used. 
Transmitter baud rate select Jumpers dur- 
1*^g split speed operation. See table 
4.1.3 


BG 
P 

r 

1.2 

PB 

C.Cl 

S.S1 

H 


I 
R 
R 

R.R 

R 

I.I 

R.R 

I 


Jumper is Inserted to enable Break genera- 
tion. 

Jumper Is Inserted for operation with 
parity. 

Removed for even parity; Inserted for odd 
parity. Receiver checks for appropriate 
parity and transmitter Inserts appro- 
priate parity. 

These Jumpers select the desired number 
of data bits (see Table 4.1.4) 

Jumper Is Inserted to enable the program- 
mable baud rate capability. 

These Jumpers are Inserted for common 
speed operation. (Note that S and SI must 
be removed when C and CI are inserted) 

Inserted for split speed operation. (Note 
that C and CI must be removed when S and 
SI are Inserted.) 

This Jumper Is Inserted to assert BHALT L 
when a framing error Is received. This 
places the LSI-11 In the halt mode. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5322-0-0 



REV 
A 



OCC l*^MtMM»«i|«78 



SHEET 



8 



OF 



12 



MANUFACTURING 


SPECmCATION 


■BOB CONTINUATION SHEET 1 


""^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A ~" | 


Ji^per 


Jioqpftrs 
ruptaXIed vfuen 
Shipping froq 
Vol, Maofg, 


Function 


. . • 




•*''■' , • 




B 

¥ 


R 

I 


Jiapcr B it Inserted to negate BDCOK H 
when a BREAK slgnel framing error le re«- 
celved. This causes the LSI-11 to reload 
the bootstrap, (Juaper f aust be reaoved 
vhen B is inserted.) 


u 

2A 
3A 


I 
I 

I 


These juapers are inserted to aake the 
20NA current loop receiver active (Juapers 
IP, 2P wist be rsBoved vhen U, 2A, end 3A 
ars inserted). 


IP 
2P 


R 
R 


These ere inserted to aake the 20HA current 
loop receiver passive (juapers lA, 2A, and 
3A aust be reaoved when IP and 2P ars in- 
serted) . 


AA 
SA 


I 


Inserted to aake the 20HA current loop 
transalttsr sctivs (juapers 3P snd 4P aust 
be reaoved when 4A and 5A are inserted). 


3P 
4P 


R 
R 


Inserted to aake the 2QNA current loop 
transalttsr passive (juapers 4A and 5A 
aust be reaoved when 3P and AP are insert- 
ed). 


V 


I 


Juaper is reaoved to enable the error flags 
to be read in the high byte of the re- 
ceiver buffer. 


HI 


R 


When inserted, enables aalntenance bit. 


M.Ml 


R,R 


These are test juapers used during the 
asnufscture of the aodule. They are not 
defined for field use. 




SIZE 


CODE 
SP 


NUMBER 

MAA5322-0-0 


REV 1 
■ ^ J 



OCC l«-(M2)-aMI<M«7S 



SHEET 



9 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS T^T - APPENDIX A 



TABLE 4.1.3 



Baud Rate Selections 





Bit 


Bit 


Bit 


Bit 


Bit 




Progrzun Control 


15 


14 


13 


12 


11* 




Receive Jumpers 


R3 


R2 


Rl 


RO 




Baud 


Transmit Jumpers 


T3 


T2 


Tl 


TO 




Rate 






1 


1 


1 




50 






1 


1 


R 




75 






1 


R 


1 




110 






1 


R 


R 




134.5 






R 


1 


1 




150 






R 


1 


R 




300 






R 


R 


1 




600 






R 


R 


R 




1200 




R 


1 


1 


1 




1800 




R 


1 


1 


R 




2000 




R 


1 


R 


1 




2400 




R 


1 


R 


R 




3600 




R 


R 


1 


1 




4800 




R 


R 


1 


R 




7200 




R 


R 


R 


1 




?600 



1 « Jumper Inserted «• Program Bit Cleared. 

R * Jumper Removed « Program Bit Set. 

♦ Bit 11 of the XCSR (Write Only Bit) must be set in order to 
select a new baud rate under program control. Also, jumper PB 
must be inserted to enable baud rate selection under program 
control . 



TABLE 4.1.4 



Data Bit Selections 



Jumpers 


Number of Data Bits 


2 


1 




X 
1 
R 
R 


1 
R 
1 
R 


5 
6 

7 
8 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 
MAA5322-0-0 



REV 

A 



OCC I*^Sta}-lM»M«72 



SHEET 10 OF 12 





\W%iA 


TC ami 




1 




1 


CONTINUATION SHEET 






MANUrAClUluurvv orEVUTiVAiivn 














^"^** MODULAR APPROACH 


TO SYSTE4S TEST 


- APPENDIX A 










4. 


1.4 


Address 
Juapsrs ! 


Selections 

- inserted 
1 reaoved 














Address 

* 




A12 


All 


AlO A9 


A8 


A7 


M 


,A5 


A4 . 


A3 


lloooo 




at 


a. 


•> •> 


«. 


• 


. 


• 


. 




160010 




• 


m 


• 


- 


- 


- 


- 


- 




160020 




-. 


• 


•■ » 


• 


w 


- 


- 


R 




160030 




m 


•- 


.- - — 


• 


mm 


• 


- 


R 




160040 




m, 


• 


•* ^ 


• 


mi 


- 


1 


- 




160050 




m 


• 


• • 


• 


• 


• 


t 


- 




160060 




■» 


• 


- 


- 


• 


- 


1 


R 




160070 




• 


- 


tm <m 


• 


a. 


- 


1 


1 




160100 




"" 


** 


' ' 






it 










4. 


1.5 


Vector Selections 




















JuBpers : 


- inserted 
1 rsMved 














Vsctor 






V08 


V07 V06 




V05 




V04 


V03 


300 






• 








• 




9m 


- 


310 






-. 








• 




«B 


R 


320 






•> 








•> 




1 


- 


330 






• 








• 




t 


R 


340 






» 








1 




• 


- 


350 






• 








R 




- 


R 


360 






«B 








t 




1 


- 


370 






- 








1 




R 


R 


400 






R 


" 














.-J^ 


• 




















■ 










SIZE 


CODE 




NUMBER 


REV 














SP 


MAA5322 


-0-0 


A 



OCC IMMO*10M4M7a 



SHEET 



11 



GIF 



12 



MANUPACTURING SPEanCATTON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITU 



r^QPytffl APPPPA?H TO SYSTEMS TEST - APfgNPIX A 



5.0 TEST SET DP 

S.l >o •pttcial t«st act up is rsqulrad. 



€.0 POWEE CHECKS 

t; 

6.1 Powtr Itqulri 



Its 



"I-5V + 5X # 1>0A ( .OW) 
•I-12V ISZ f 150 m (5.0V) 

ROTE: -12V U gen«rat«d internally on th« M8028 from -M2V supply. 

6.2 Bus Loading 

Each DLVll-T placas ons (1) Bus load on ths Q Bus as dsf Inad by the 
LSI-11 Q Bus spac. (DEC STD 160). 

7.0 DUCHOSTIC TEST PROCEWJEE 

7.1 Tha DLVll-P doaa not coaa with a turnaround connactor as doas tha 
DLVll-E. Bacausa of this, tha DLVll-P will only ba tastad in tha 
intamal aaintananca aoda. 

7.2 Diagnostic Tast 

7.2.1 Aftar ths DLVll-F hat baan chacfcad for propar Juapar configuration 
load CVSVC through appropriate load aadia. 

7.2.2 Starting prograa 

7.2.2.1 Aftar chacki ig availablt switch sattlnga (7.2.3), st^rt 
tha progrsB. 

7.2.2.2 200G 

7.2.3 Availabla switch aattings 
.•^ 

Bit 15 « Halt on arror 
14 - Loop oo tast 
13 - Inhibit arror 
12 - (tmoaad) 

11 - Inhibit itarations r 

10 • Ball en error 
9 - Loop en error 
8 •> Loop en test in 8V (7:0) 
7-Q . Test nuaber to loop on (used with Bit 8) 

7.2.4 End of pass is indicated by a type out. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5322-0-0 



DSC l»4Mt»-t«UKM«?t 



SHEET 



12 



OP 



REV 
A 

"TT 






DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION 



DATE 



9/4/79 



1 

a 

i 
i 



TITLE M.A.S.T. DLVll-J Four Line Serial Interface 



2 
c 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



Ml 

Hi 
III 



ill 



Added Appendix A (pp. 15-16) to 

inciude the H3171 Distribution 

Panel 

ECO CHANGE 



MA- 



T. 



MA dJELEN I EWS I I 
ML006 






iA-f-f* 



i 



SIZE {CODE 
A i SP 



ENO 



D. Ayotte 



APPD 



>i y/^' 



41 



CO/. 



,J^ 



NUMBER 

MA-A5324-0-0 



REV 

C 



CM'OiMA^u^tytmM) 



U 



SHEET 1 OF 16 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TniC MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST _ APPENDIX A 



DlVll-J POUR LINE SERIAL DTrERPACE 



1.0 IKTRODDCTIOW 

" ThlB procsdur* ••tabllshet the alniJiiai test requircacnts that • DLVII-J aust 
■••t to b« considered scceptable for customer shlpacnts froa Syst.tas Manu- 
facturing. 

1.1 Description 

The DLVll-J Is an asynchronous line interface aodule that Interfaces the 
LSI-11 Bus to 4 serial coanu*<' :atl(<ns lines. The DLVll-J Is a dual- 
height -3odule with E.I.;;., operation 20HA operation is available when 
the DLVll-KA Is used in conjunction with the Dl.Vll-J. Although onch 
line can be configured to operate at different baud raten, no apllt baud 
rates are possible. 

Option Qty/Contents Description 

DLVll-J 1-M8043 Module 



2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATIOW 

2.1 Print Set MP0O586 

2.2 Users Guide EK-DLVU-UG- ? ? ? 

2.3 Lib Kit 2J-269-RB 

2.4 Ship List - Reference should be aade to Systea Manufacturing Ship List, 
not Engineering Ship List. 

2.5 Packaging - A - PS-9905622-0 -0 
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT 

3.1 PDF 11/03 vlth a alnirua of 4K of aeaory and one available slot. 

•S.2 Scope: 465 or equivalent 

3.3 For power requl ^-^ *nts , refer to Section 7.0 D.V.M. with 3 digits 

3.4 Wire vrap gun (OK speed mrap aodel #BV-515BF) or equivalent. 

3.5 Umrrapplng tool - hand type, unvrapping tool 

3.6 H3270-A (turnarouvid connectors) are needed for device testing. 
(See Section 6.1) 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5 324-0-0 



REV 
C 



EC *»-(9t»iMa-M«Ta 



SHEET 



OF 



16 




MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



4.0 AVAILABLE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS 

4.1 Kit # ZJ269-RB CVDLA - DLVll-J Test, paper tape and listing 



5 . SPECIAL INSTRUCTIO NS 

5.1 Caution #1 - When changing wire wrappings, always use equipment designed 
for that purpose, and that is calibrated. Note Section 2.4 and 2.5 

for type of equipment 

5.2 Caution #2 - All wire wrapping must be done to Digital's workmanship 
steuidard; DEC Std 116. Reference should be made to Section 3. in that 
text. 

6.0 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 

6.1 Option Add-On 

The DLVll-J may not require changes to the jumpers as it was configured 
from Volume Manufacturing. (Refer to Diagram 6.1.1 for junqper configura- 
tion). The DLVll-J Line 3 is configured for console device addresses 
177560 - 177566 anc' vactors 60 and 64. For junqper definitions, refer to 
Table 6.1.2. DLVll-J is capable of being tested with Channel 3 in 
console node. No chianges will be required to the module when Channel 
3 is console. This requires an EIA terminal or a DLVll-KA (EIA-20ma) 
option/20ma terminal to be used. This configuration will require the 
turn-around connectors mi.?ntioned in Section 3.f to be used in Channels 
0, 1, 2. Refer to Sectiop. 6.6 fo- ado Lion of 2-DLVlx-J. 

If tlie aU:x3ve terminal equijment is not available, t>ie DLVll-J is to be 
run with all 4 lines turned around 'ising the turn /iround connectors 
mentioned in Section 3.6. Thii» will require the DLVll-J be configured 
so all lines will be consecutive ly addiessed and no console selected. 
Refer to Diagr£un 6.1.1. Table 6.1.2. and Section 8 for proper diagn' - 
tic setup when in this conf igurati'^n. The following is a list of 
changes required to the DLVll-J so At may be run with 4 lines wrap- 
ar' .'nd: 

V5 = Removed 

CI = X to 

C2 « X to 

X to H ^^ h>- *>:- 

Diagnostic location 1220 must be 21 as definod in Section 8.2.4.2. 



REV I 



SIZE 



C(^OE 



NUMBER 

MAA5324--G-0 



C 



OCC l»-(M«)IMl-r4«73 



SHEET J OF 



I6 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLt 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



X - Base Pin for function 

- Loglctl Pin 

1 - Logical 1 Pin 



CHO AND f 

ChieiaV 
SiLECTlOM I 



riON 
LINK 
rAIUMTIRS 



CHO 



CMI 



CH3 



etc 



:^^ 



}X3II 

NO* *« • 
Ml* Vi* 
Nl* »« • 



Jl 



i3 



£ 



NIO 



CHO 

im 

CM1 

im 
sin 

0»2S 

sm 



. lAUO VATf 
'MLICTiC^ 
t 



•i«-j •■( 

^" 

CUT 

-CMITINMRCSISTON 
-CHO Tf RM HI S'STON 
-CH2t{RMRIS<ST0N 
-CM3TCNMniftlST0N 






J3 
R3i} 

• a^ aN? 

• M3 

• N3 



AOORCSS AND 

viCTonjL rtn$ 




n 



•HfAKM LECTION 
KMANNfLX 



}CMI ANO 
CH31IA 
lEliCTlON 



Refer to Table 
6.1.2 for pin 
explrnations & 
juaper definitions. 



J 



Dlagraa 6.1.1 
DLVll-J Juaper Configuration 
When Supplied By Voluae Manufacturing 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMtEII 

MAA5324-0-0 



REV 
C 



OtC lMMt|-lM8-N«7« 



SHEET 



OF 



16 



MANUFACT.RING 


SPECIFICATION 




■n 


1 


CONTINUATION SHEET 


1 




■ 


'" NODULAH APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 1 


6.1.2 


\ Juaper Definitions 




R • Reaovod 




. •- *• 


I ■ In««rt«d 


• • * * 


JIMPER 


CONF. SHIP*D 
FROM VOL MFG. 


FUNCTION 






Address 


A5-A12 




Thssc jtsipsrs correspond to Bits 5-12 of the 
address word for Channel 0. The least signi- 
ficant digit Is decoded on the aodule during 
operation to address one of four serial line 
ualta device reglaters as follovs: 

X • RCSR 

X - 2 IBUF 
X - 4 XCSR 
X - 6 XBUF 


A12 

All 

AlO 

A9 

A8 

A7 

A6 

AS 


X to 1 
X to 1 
X to 1 
X to 
X to 1 

R 

X 
X to 


This arrangeaent of Juaipers lapleaents the 
octal base device address 176S00 for Channel 
fvo« which Chsnnels 1 and 2 arc autonatl- 
cally deteralned on the aodule. 






Console Address Selection 


CI and C2 
.1^ 




These juapers allow the configuration of the 
laat four addresses used on Channel 3 to be 
aaslgned to the console addresses 177560- 
177566. The preceding addresses of Channeli 
0* 1» and 2 are not affected. 


CI 
C2 


X to 1 
X to 1 


CI and C2 set to enable Channel 3 for console 
operation. The base address aust be 176500. 
176540, or 177500. If not set, Channel 3 
will default to next consecutive address 
froa Channel 2. (X to 0) 








nzE 


CODE 

SP 


NUMtER 
MAA5324-0-0 





Oec lHMt)-lM*«M?t 



SHEET 



OF.ii. 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APFIOACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



6.1.2 JuBper Dcfinltlonc cont. 



JUMPE' 



CONF. SHIP'D 
FROM VOL MFG. 



FUNCT- N 



Break 

Hale 
Boot 



X to H 
B to X 



V5 - V7 



77 
V6 
V5 



X 

I 

X to 



This can enable the uae of a break response 
while Channel 3 Is In console aode, or for 
bootstrap response. 

Ji<*per set to enable break generation. 

Juaper has to be disabled when break is set. 
Reaove juapers when Channel 3 is not console. 



Vectors 

Used to generate the vector during an in- 
terrupt transaction. V6 and V7 designate 
the base vector address and VS deteraines 
the console vector for Channel 3. 



This arrangcacnt iaplcaents the octal base 
vector of 300 and Channel 3 at 60 and hU. 
With V5 raaovad, the vector addresses for 
Channel 3 will be 330 and 334. 



F.D.E.S 



X to 1 
X to 
X to 1 



Farfty. Data Bits. Stop Bits. Odd/Even Parity 



Each channel (coaaunlcatlon line) is capable 
of being aet for indlvlduel line operotlon. 
D pnnblcN 7 or B ilntn hflH, K oIIiiwh I'vt'n or 
Oilil pertly, 1* /tllowN |»nriiy k*')***'''>( 'i*** •'• "" 
parity generation, S enables one or 2 utop 
bite. 



Thia allov9 8 data bits to be unerl, 
7 data bits, insert Jumper X to 1, 



For 



Jtaper inaerted for 1 atop bit. 
bits, inaert Juaper X to 1. 



For 2 atop 



With this jtasper inserted, perity generation 
and detection ia disabled. For parity opera- 
tlon, inaert ju^>er X to 0. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMtER 

MAA5324-0-0 



REV 
C 



BKC IMtM>-lMa-M«?< 



SHEET 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TTIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



6.1.2 JuBptr Definitions cont. 



JUMPER 



CONF. SHIP'D 
FROM VOL MFG. 



FUNCTION 



X to 



S«l«ct* odd parity or cvtH parity. 
Inttrt Ju«p«r X to 1. 

NOTE: P Juapcr autt bt X to for 

••lection of odd/^vcn parity, and E 

■u^t alwaya b^ in odd or cv^n •tatc; 
nmvx r^aov^d. 



0.1.2,3 




1 
2 
3 



Effective 

to M 

1 to N 

2 to N 

3 to T 



laud Rata« 

Ona baud rate wire wrap pin !• pro- 
vided for ••ch channal. Th«a^ nuabers 
correspond to the respective lines. 
Both transmitter and receiver operate 
at the aelectad •p^ed. To determine 
th« baud rata for a channal. connect 
the juap^r to th^ channal dasired. 
and the other and to the dealrcd baud 
rata pin (reference li^t b^low). 

Vir^ Wrap 
Pin Labal 

V 
T 
V 
V 
T 
L 
N 
K 
Z 

NOTE: If aore than ona channel re- 
quiraa the aaae baud rate, vlre vrap 
juapara aay be daisy chainad. 

Configured for 9.6K baud q , 

Configurad for 9.6R baud o to M 

Configured for 7.6K baud i f 9 
Configurad for 300 baud 



Baud Rate 


31ts/Sec. 


150 


300 


600 


1200 


2400 


4800 


9600 


19200 


38400 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5324-0-0 



REV 
C 



tC lMMt>-lMt-N«7t 



SHEET 7 



MANUFACn'RINC SPECIFIC AT10r< 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPItOACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



6.1.2 JuBp«r Dcflnltlona cont. 



JUMPER 


CONF. SHIP'D 


FUNCTION 


• - 


PROM VOL MPS. 


• 
• • 


M 


I 


Maintenance Bit (not for Syateaa Manufact- 
uring uaagiO 


N0-N3 




These jtapers deteralne if EIA (RS-422, 


M0-M3 




C"w^23/RS232C}) or 20iiia operation will be 
uaed. 


N0-N3 


X to 3 


Thaa* juapers arc inaerted ao the DLVll-J 
will be coapatlble for both EIA RS-A23 and 


M0-M3 


X to 3 


RS-232C alaultancoualy. For other configu- 
rationa, aee below: 

NOTE: When EIA RS-A23 and RS-232C configu- 
ration la uaed, no tcminatlon reslatora are 
to be inatalled. RIO and R23 auat be in- 
atallcd. 

EIA RS-422 Operation 

1) M0-N3 connect X to 2 

2) Nn-M3 ronnrrt X to 1 

3) RIO and K23 are not required. 

M) TaiBinatlng raaistora R33 (CH3), R32 

(CH2). R30 (CHO), R31 (CHI) are required 




• 


to be 100 OWf H watt, non-wire wound 
fuaible reslatora. P/N 13-00229-00 

20HA Current Loop 
(Requlrca operation with DLVIl-KA option) 

1) H0-N3 connect X to R.(for prograai con- 


.»^ 




trolled paper tape reader) 






2) M0-M3 Connect X to 3. 

3) No temination reaiatora required. 

4) RIO and R23 aust be installed. 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5324-0-0 



REV 

C 



OCC l«-<M2>-tM>-M«rt 



SHEET 



r: 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



4.1.2 JtflBpcr Definitions cont. 



JUMPER 


CONF SHIP'D 










FROM VOL MFC 




FUNCTION 


• • 


iao,R23 




The value 


of Resistor RIO deteralnes the 






slew rate 


of both channels 


and 1 , which 




• 


are slsultaneoualy set to the saae value. 






Similarly. 


R23 controls the slew (settling) 






rate of both channels 2 and 


3. These 






resistors 


are not required 


for operation 


RIO 


22iC OHM 


In EIA RS- 
Chsnnels 


-422. 
and 1 




R23 


22R OHM 


Channels 2 


and 3 








For selecting the correct value h," non-vlre 






vound resistor. For RIO and 


R23. use list 






below: 










Resistor P/N 


Baud Rate 






22K 


13-01808-00 


38. 4K 






59IC 


13-00525-00 


19. 2K 






120K 


13-00539-00 


9.6K 






200K 


13-U516-00 


4.8K 






430K 


13-14649-00 


2.4K 






820K 


12-03187-00 


1.2K 






1 MEG. 
OHM 


13-09595-00 


p600 

300 

150 

*-110 






NOTE: 


If channela and 1 are split 






baud rates the resistor 


value defalts 






to the higher baud rate 


This holds 






true for channels 2 and 


3. 



SIZE 



CODE 
SP 



NUMSER 

MAA5324-0.0 



REV 
C 



occ ift-<»M>-ioba-«««7a 



SHEET 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO 8TSTIN8 TEST . APPENDIX A 



6.2 SystttB InBtallatloB 

Vh«n tht DLVll-J li bf-ing Inttallsd In a cuttoatr syttta. 
It say b« nacaaaary to change tha juapara aa thay vara 
ahlppad froa Voluaa Manufacturing. When configuring, refer 
to Diagra* 6.:i.l ond Tabla 6.1.2 to aaaura proper inatallation. 
Rtferance 6.1 for proper taat aet up. 

6.3 The DLVll-J ban aany poaaibla cabling conf Iguratlona. 
Dlagraa 6.3.1 JLa an azaapla of EIA Interfacing and Dlagraa 
6.3.2 la an axiiapla of 20MA Interfacing. 

MOTE: Reaeaber that thaaa are only exaaplee, and are not 
neceaaarlly al! tha poaalble coablnatlona . 

6.4 Whan Inatalllng tha DLVll-J, do not leave any open a.lota 
between the proceaaor aodula or aeaory and the DLV}1-J. 

The priority for each option la deteralned by how .loae that 
option la Inatallad to the proceaaor aodulea. The cloaer 
to the proceaaor you get, the higher priority the option haa 

6.3 20MA Operation 

The DLVll-J la capable of interfacing with 20MA when uacd 
with a DLVll-ri option. 



6.6 



Option 
DLVll-KA 

DLVll'KB 



Qty/Contenta 

1-BC21A-03 
1-DLV11>KB 



Daacrlptlon 

Cable 

EIA to 20HA conv- 
erter 
1-EIA to 20MA Converter 



Configure the DLVll-J fc 20MA operation aa described In 
Section 6, ualng Diagraaa 6.1.1, 6.1.2, and 6.3.2. 

A 110 baud rate clock generator circuit la contained on th - 
optional DLVll-KA 20 MA option. When 110 baud operation Is 
deairad, do not connect the baud rate juaper on the DLVll-J 
aodule for that particular channel. The 110 baud clock will 
be aupplled by tha DLVll-KA option through the Interface 
connector. 

Additional DLVll-J 

When the firat DLVll-J ia uaod aa conaole and another DLTll-J la to 
foe uaad as 4-addltional linaa tha atarting addreaa ia tha ftaae 
Addreaa of the firat sodule plua 30 and the Vector ia tha Base 
Address of the firat aodule plua 30. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 
MAA5324-0-0 



REV 
C 



oac a*HMahiM«4iMrt 



SHEET 



10 



OF 



16 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFiCATION 



CONTINUATIOM SHEET 



TTIE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



DLVIUTOMOMM OM AOOUBTIC COUTUR 



a OLviig 



1 



-*n- 



OM 

AOOIATIC 



n 



-lirr- 



p Divtu - 



•aiMi 

■OlMi. 



It 






un- 



WSfu 

ON 
ACOUSTIC 

couniM 



MOOCM 

on 

Aoourc 



counm 



WOTI ti 




OtVI I J 10 LOCAL tIMMNAL 



[ 
[ 



IS 



%*H. 



OtVltJ 



IfT- 



I?— CE> 



-•PT- 



J 



«•%« 



-I 



u: 



won 71 




t^T 



l!| 



MOTCt 

1. MOOIM UKO IS A -VANUAL VtH' 
SUCMASMLLtOMWlVH 

2. Of C IIA ll»mc TtMMNAU 
(VTti. LASS. CStaH (TCt COM 
lOUimO MNTM A • r T CASLI MOM- 
OIC f lA US 13X riMMINALS AM 
OONNCCTIO SNULAHIV tlCI^ 
99109 Lf NOTM MUST tf OtOUCTIO 
f MM TM TOTAL C^LI UMTH 



Plagraa 
6,3,1 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MAAS324-0^0 



REV 

C 



KC l«-i»MhlMa4M7t 



tHECT 



U 



OF 16, 



MANUFACTURING SFECinCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 




(.3.2 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



D>C lH*MMM2<M«y2 



NUMBER 



REV 



SHEET n OF 16 



J JAWUFACTURIMC SPECfflCAflON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



'"^^ MOOULAt APPROACH TO 8T81BHS TEST - APPENDIX A 



7.0 



8.0 



POWIK CHECKS 

7.1 Powtr R«qulr«a«nts 

_ +5V + .25Ve l.OA typ. (1.25A a«x.) 
•I-12V ± .36V9 O.ISA typ. (0.2A sax.) 

7.2 'fl2V it present on Pin 10 of oach channel. Thl* line is 
provided for the DLVll-RA option operetlon. 

7.3 Bue Loeding 

Each DLVll-J places (1) AC and (1) DC Bus load on the Q Bus 
as defined by the LSI-11 Q Bus Spec. (DEC Std 160). 

DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCBDUBE 

8.1 The DLV11*J can be tested 3 different vayt as specified in 
Section 6.1. Reference should be aadc to that aection for 
proper installation and conf iguratioa before diagnostics 
are run. 

NOTE: If the DLVll-J is configured for 4 additional lines, 
the disgnostic «ust be losded vith another device as console, 
Diagnostic progrr i must be aodifisd at Loc 1220 ($USWR). 
Starting Program 

8.2.1 Load (CVDLA) diagnostic through appropriate load 
■edia. When running under APT loc 1220 ($USWR) Bust be 31 
as defined in fectioa 8.2.4.2 

8.2.2 Start: Refer to Section 8.2.4.1 for available switch re- 
gister settings. Refer to Section 8.2.4.2 for configuration 
options progras changes. 

8.2.3 Initial systea type 200 C. 



8.2 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMIER 

MAA5324-0-0 



REV 

C 



OCC l^Mn-ir r«M7« 



SHEET 



13 



OF 



16 



MANUFACTURING SFECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO 8T8TEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



Bit 



BIT POSITION 



1 
2 
3 

4 



8.2.4.1 Softwar* Switch Rsglstcr Options 



Halt on Error 

Loop en taat (whan taating in prot'aaa) 

Inhibit arror typa outs 

Enabla parforaanca raporta 

Inhibit itarationa 

Ball on arror 

Loop on arror 

Loop on taat in SVR <7:0^ 

Muabar of faat to loop on (uaad with 

*it 8). All caats pravious to tha 

aalactad teat arc axacutad firat with 

one itrration only. 



8.2.4.2 Options 

$USVm ia at location 122C in the prograsi. 
Location $USWR containa all the uaar aalactabli 
optiona. Tha valuaa in thia word auat confora 
to tha actual board configuration, cycyii 

DEFIMITIOM DEFAULT VALUE 



15 




> loooor 


14 




. 40000 


13 




. 20000 


12 




. 10000 


11 




4000 


10 




2000 


9 




1000 


8 
7 


iO 


400 



I of data bita tranaaiittad 

3-7 bita, 1-8 bita 

Parity anablad 

Evan odd parity 

Braak ganaration anablad 

Run data wrap around tcata 



1 


■ 


8 Bits 





• 


NO 





■ 


ODD 


1 


■ 


YES 


1 


■ 


YES 



<ll:9> 
<'U:9> 

^11:9> 
<11:9> 



- 

1 - 

2 - 



Conaola Davica 

No conaola aalactad 

Conaola on Nodule 1 
Con? ola on Nodule 2 



1 - YES - con- 
sole on aodula 1 
Channel 3 



INPORTANT NOTE; 



/or disgnoatic purpoaea, all channels aust 
Ha configured the aaaa, either 7 or 8 bits 



^T3 End of Pass ia indicated by a type out with no errors. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

ISP 



NUMBER 

MAA5324-0-0 



REV 

C 



OCC >MSM»-lMa-N«7S 



SHCCT JLi. OF JLSu, 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



PlaA* 0«A« 



APPENDIX A 



H317.1 DISTRIBUTION PANEL 



The 
need to 
DLVll-J. It 
a standard 19 



H317:. Distrbution panel relinquishes the 
use lour separate BC21B cables with the 
occupies 1.75 inches of panel space in 
inch rack. The H3171 incorporates an 
H7004 static filter to improve the R.F. integrity 
of the system. There are two mechanical 
configurations available. They are as follows: 

A) H3171-A (Separate Filter) 

This configuration is used in conjunction with CPU 
boxes that have a mounting racket for static 
filters built directly into them. In this case the 
H3171 distribution panel itself contains no 
filter. The filter is located on the CPU bracket. 

B) H3171-B (Integral Filter) 

This configuration is used in conjunction with CPU 
boxes that do not c nr.?ii. a bracket for static 
filters. In th s cc the H3171 chassis is 
elongated to acct c the catic filter directly onto 
the distibution pa «.;. 



Each H3171 consists of 
(See figure 1 in Appendix A) 



4 major assemblies. 



1) Distribution Panel / Chassis (includes output 
connectors) 

2) BC05L Cable 

3) H7004-B Filter 

4) I/O Cable (7016436) 



SIZE 



c^ot 



MA-A 



m 



Ti 



V 



OCC l«-(SttMM«-W«7X 



SHEET 



15 



OF 



16 



tnm 





^ 




















■" 


■■■"" 








MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 




1 CONTINUATION SHEET 1 




■ 


^•^''^ M.A.S.T. , , 1 


FIG 1 






























JO 




J1 




^' 


J 


J3 










— 




J4 




/ 






H3171 DISTRIBUTION ^ 1 
PANEL 1 


/ 


^ ^ \ 


BCOSL-*^ 




■ 


OUT 
IN 




\ 




/ 


H7004-B- 


■-- 


OUT 










IN 






/ 


\ 


I/O CABLE 

•/C 16436 ^ 


Pi. 








/ 


/ 

/ 

/ 


f 




\ 


^ 


\ 






PO 




PI 


P? 


P3 




V 


/ s 




rf~ % 








f : 




DLV11 -J-^ 


JO 


f ' 


J1 




J2 




J3 
























SIZE 

A 


C|pE 


NUME^R 

f1A-A5324-0-0 


REV 

C 



Dec lft-<)91)-10«2^«72 



SHEET i'^OF 



1 6nt I 



ill 

it 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORiTION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



DATE 



3/10/80 



TITLE M.A.S.T. 



DLll-W 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



in 

ill 
m 



1 



M 



Update old Back-up 



MA- 
ML009 



L.ELCLERC 



8-80 



S. ESTES 



8-80 




SIZE ;C0DE 

A I sp 



NUMBER 

J1A-A5330-0.0 



REV 

B 



Sf«>«tM«k|«.N«yf4aW.' 



SHEET 1 OF 12 



MANUFACTURINC SPECIFlCATiON 



CONTINUATION ^HEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



DLll-W 



1.0 INTRODUCTION 

The DLll-W is a single line asynchronous communication 
interface to the PDPll Unibus. The DLll-W contains the 
functionality of the DLll-A, -B, -C, and -D options. The 
DLll-W also contains a line frequency real time clock (RTC) 
used for timed interrupts and software timekeeping. 

The serial line unit (SLU) portion of the DLll-W has 
such features as split speed, odd/even/no parity select, 
active/passive 20 ma. interface, EIA RS232C (data only) 
interface, and a 5 to 8 bit character length. These 
parameters and features are switch selectable. 



2.0 RBFBRBMCB DOCUNBIITATIOII 



2.1 Manuals & Engineering Specifications 
2.1.1 OLll-W SLU/RTC Maint. Manual 

2.2 Prints & Scheratics 

2.2.1 Field Maintenance Print Set 
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMBWT 
3.1 Hardware and Media 

3.1.1 PDPll system with 8K of memory 

3.1.2 Quad SPC slot 

3.1.3 DVM accurate to .01V at 15VDC 

3.1.4 EIA or 20 ma. terminal 

4.0 REQUIRED DIAG1I08TIC PROGRAMS 

4.1 FLOAT PROGRAM .......... DZPLA 

4.2 DLll-W DIAGNOSTIC ...... CZDLD 



EK-DLllW-MM 



MP00106 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

tiA-A5330-Q-Q 



REV 

iL. 



OKC lH«M>-IM»N«7t 



SHEET 



OP 



MANUFACTURING SPECglCATiON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



5.0 8PBCIAL INSTRUCT! QMS 

The DLll-W is coaprised of a quad height module (M7856) , 
which plugs into a PDPl' "'PC slot. The four option 
variations are listed be at 



OPTION 

DLll-W 
DLll-WA 
DLll-WB 
DLll-WC 



SSCRIPTION 

M785D SLU/RTC Module 
DLll-W, 70-08360-01 20 ma. Cable 
DLll-W, BC05C-25 EIA Cable 
DLll-W, BC03L-10 filtered panel 
mount EIA Cable. 



6.0 INSTALLATION AND T88T SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS 

The M7856 Nodule has many features and several operating 
modes which mus^ be configured via the 5 switch packs prior 
to installation. Refer to FIGURE 1 for switch location. 

6.1 FLOAT PROGRAM 

6.1.1 Run the FLOAT program (OZFLA) to determine 
the correct address and vector settings for 
the DLll-W(s). Note that this only applies 
to DLll-W* 8 that are not used for consoles. 

6.2 MODE ft ADDRESS SELECTION 

6.2.1 The M7856 Module may be run in one of 3 
modes: 

MODE 1 - As a console interface with the RTC 
enabled. The SLU address is 777560 and the 
RTC address is 777546. 

MODE 2 - As a SLU ONLY with the RTC DISABLED. The 
SLU address range is 774000 to 777770. 

MODE 3 - As a RTC ONLY with the SLU DISABLED. The 
RTC address is 777546. 

*** NOTE ♦** 

For DLll-W s which will NOT use the RTC logic, 
remove R63. See FIGURE 1 for location. 

Refer to TABLE 1 for switch selection of ADDRESS 



and M OPB . 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5330-0-0 



REV 

B 



OCC lM9MMMt<N«7t 



SHEET 



OF JZ 



MANUFACTURING SPECfflCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.3 VECTOR ADDRESS SELECTION 

6.3.1 Vector address selection is accomplished by 
setting the switch pack S2. The DLll^W uses 
three vectors: one for the rece er , one for 
the X-nitter, and one for the real time 
clock. The X-mitter vector (XX4) is 

automatically selected when the receiver 
vector (XX0) is set. If the DLII-W is being 
used as a console, the receiver vector 

The vector for the RTC 
Refer to TABLE 2 for 



should be set to 60. 
is fixed at 100. 
switch settings. 



6.4 BAUD RATE SELECTION 

6.4.1 Split speed on the M7856 may be attained by 
setting the transmit and receive speed 
select switches to their desired values. If 
split speed is not desired, set the transmit 
and receive select switches to the same 
speed settings. Refer to TABLE4 tor the 
switch settings. 



6.5 20 ma. ACTIVE/PASSIVE OPERATION 



a 20 ma. 
and paper 
be set as 
normal 
active 
reader 
switch 



6.5.1 If the DLll-W is to be used as 
interface, the X-mitter, receiver, 
tape reader enable functions must 
either ACTIVE or PASSIVE. The 

setting is for active transmitter, 
receiver, and active paper tape 
enable. Refer to TABLE 5 for these 
settings. 

6.6 MISCELLANEOUS SWITCH FUNCTIONS 

6.6.1 The BREAK ENABLE function is selected by 
setting ^4-1 ON. The normal setting is 
GPP. 

6.6.2 ODD PARITY is selected by setting SW4-2 ON. 
(See 6.6.5) The normal setting is ON. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMtER 

MA-A5330-0-0 



REV 

B 



OCC 1MSM)-1M2-N«7a 



SHEET 



OF 12 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.6.3 CHARACTER LENGTH is selected by SW4-3 and -4 
(Refer to TABLE 3) . The normal settings are 
OFF. 

6.6.4 STOP BITS are selected by SW4-5. ON-1 atop 
bit, OFF-2 stop bits. (1.5 stop bits if 5 
bits per character) The normal setting is 
OFF. 



6.6.5 PARITY is enabled if SW4-6 is ON. 
normal setting is ON. 



The 



6.7 Install the M7856 Module in a Quad SPC slot and 
connect the cable to the berg connector on the 
module. 

6.8 Connect an appropriate terminal (EIA or 20 ma.) to 
the DLll-W. 



7.0 POWER CHECKS 

7.1 Verify the presence of the following voltages at 
the module pins indicated: 



VOLTAGE 

+5VDC +/- .25V 
+15VDC ■►/- .75V 



8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE 



MODULE PIN 

CA2 

CUl 



in 



to 



For the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run 
any particular situation, or for the current MAST 
minimum test criteria, e.g.: Pass Counts, etc., refer 
the appropriate MAST CHECKLIST. Listed below are 
detailed step'by-step instructions for executing each 
individual diagnostic contained in the "CHECKLIST". 

The DLll-W diagnostic contains three separate tests 
which are to be run on the serial line unit. Testing of the 
real time clock is done in the DATA TEST. 



SIZE 



CODE 



NUMBER 

MA-A5330-Q-Q 



REV 



OCC l*^aMMM2-«««7t 



SHEET 



Of JiL^ 



MANUFACTURING SPECI 


jvtw A'n/\iLi 








HHI 


CONTINUATION SHEET 1 


r it ATiON 


TITLE 


MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 


8.1 DLll-W 
8.1.1 


DAT\ TESTS . 


. CZDLD 


The DATA TEST ia 


capable of testing the 




console interface and up to 15 consecutively 




addressed and vectored SLU's. The 




diagnostic assumes the following 




parameters: the console address is 777560 




and the vector is 60. The first of any 




additional SLU's is addressed at 776500 and 




vectored at 300. The diagnostic will 




autosize any DLll-W s which fall within this 




range. 


8.1.2 


Start the DATA TESTS at address 200 and set 




the switch register for the desired 




functions. 


SWITCH 


FUNCTION 


15 


Set to halt on error 


14 


Set for scope loop 


13 


Set to inhibit error typeout 


12 


Unused 


11 


Unused 


10 


Set to enable error flag tests 


9 


Set to loop on error 


8 


Set to enable break function tests 


7 


Set to enable data tests 




with turnaround (H315) 


6 


Set to inhibit RTC tests (console 




only) 


5 


Set to set-up device map (inhibit 




auto-size) 


4 


Set to inhibit SLU tests 


8.1.3 


The console wi'l report the number of units 




being tested and an END-OP-PASS message will 




be printed after all units have been tested. 






SIZE 


CODE 


NUMPER 


REV 1 






-A^ 


SP 


MA-A5330-0-0 


...i 



OCC 1«-<MI|-10M-N«7a 



8HCCT 



OF «JII. 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Tint 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.2 DLll-W ECHO TEST C2DLD 

8.2.1 To run th« ECHO TEST on the console 
teminal, start at address 2f4. An asterisk 
(*) will be printed at the terminal to 
indicate that the test has started. Type a 
few printable characters at the terninal and 
verify that they are echoed bick to the 
terninal correctly. 

8.2.2 If the unit under test is not tne console 
interface, it will be necessary to nodify 
the following progran locations t^ reflect 
the paraaeters of the unit under test. Make 
sure a terninal is connected to the DLll-W. 

NAME LOCATION CONTENTS 

CRCSR...2654 * Address of receiver status register 

CRBUP...2656 Address of receiver buffer register 

CTCSR...2660 Address of trananitter status register 

CTBUP...2662 Address of trananitter buffer register 

CRVECT..2664 Receiver vector 

CRPSW...2666 Receiver vector plus 2 (PSW) 

CTVECT..2670 Trananitter vector 

CTPSW...2672 Trananitter vector plus 2 (PSW) 

* - CZDLD REV D 

8.2.3 Run the ECHO TEST as described in step 
8.2.1. Repeat step 8.2.2 for every DLll-W 
to be tested. 

8.3 CHARACTER TEST CZDLD 

8.3.1 To run the CHARACTER TEST on the console 
terminal, start at address 210. The 
terninal will print 32 characters per line 
and will repcfv^t every third line. Typing 
any character at the terninal will halt the 
test. A typical pattern is shown below: 

I"i$%4' ()*+f->/0123456789: ;<->? 
gABCDEPGHI JKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ (\) •_ 
V *abcdefghi jklmnopqrstuvwxyz( I) - 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5330-0-0 



RCV 

8 



OKC lHMf)-lM«4(t«7t 



SHEET 



OP 



12 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.3.2 



NAME 


LOCATION 


CRCSR.. 


.2654 * 


CRBUF.. 


.2656 


CTCSR. . 


.2660 


CTBUF.. 


.2662 


CRVECT. 


.2664 


CRPSW. . 


.2666 


CTVECT. 


.2670 



CTPSW...2672 



If the unit under test is not the console 
interface, it will be necessary to modify 
the following program locations to reflect 
the parameters of the unit under test. Make 
sure a terminal is connected to the DLll-W. 

CONTENTS 

Address of receiver status register 

Address of receiver buffer register 

Address of transmitter status register 

Address of transmitter buffer register 

Receiver vector 

Receiver vector plus 2 (PSW) 

Transmitter vector 

Transmitter vector plus 2 (PSW) 



* - 



CZDLC REV D 



8.3.3 Run the CHARACTER TEST as described in step 
8.3.1. Repeat rtep 8.3.2 for every DLll-W 
to be tested . 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



MEMBER 

r4A-A5330-0-0 



REV 

B 



OKC l»^MaM0M4iM7t 



SHEET .8 OP il 



MANUFACTURING SPEClFlCATiON 

T»TIE '!ODOIAR APPROACH TO SISTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



PZOUII 1 



M7856 MODULE LATOUT 



.0 



S3 



SI 



S2 



R63 



10 



S4 



E 

2a. 



W1 



10 



ss 



MOTES - 

1163 Bust be r«Bov«d if th« RTC li diaabl«d. 

Th« B«rg conn«otor, J1, eontalnt a 70-0860 cabia for the DL11-VA 
option? a BC05C-25 for the DL11-VB option and a BC03L-10 for thi 
DL11-WC option. 

Juapar VI auat alwaya be inatalled. 



SIZE I CODE I 

A Isp I 



NUMtEII 

m-A5330-0-0 



OaC I«^SM|-ieM-<^71F 



Rev 

B 



SHEET 



OP 



MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



TABLE 1 



ADDRESS AND MODE SELECTION TABLE 



^ + + +-- . — 4 + + 4. + + 4. + + 

lADRS BIT I A10i A09I A08 1 A07 1 A06 i A05 i A04 1 A03 1 i LTC| LTCI 
4. 4. 4. 4.- 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4, 4. 

I SW S5 I -3 I -2 I -1 I -4 I -5 I -6 I -8 j -7 I I -9 I -10 1 
+ 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4, 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 

I MODE 1 I OFPI OPFI OFPI ON | OPP| OPP| OPPj ON | | OPPI ON j 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. f 4. 4. 

I MQDC 2 1 — I — I — I — I — I — I — I — I I ON I OPPI 
4. 4. 4. 4- •*- •¥ •»• 4 + + + + •♦• 

I MODE 3 I OPPI OPPI OPPI ON I OPPI OPPI ON I ON | | ON I ON I 
4. 4.-^ — 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 

NOTES - A switch set to ON equals a logical and a switch set to OP 
is equdl to a logical 1. 

The switch settings for node 1 selector an address of 777560 (console 
and the RTC (or LTC) address is 777546. 

The address switch settings for node 2 at d user defined to select an; 
address froRi 774000 to 777770. The RTC is disabled. 

The switch settings for node 3 select the RTC (or LTC) address ai 
777546 and the SLU is disabled. 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMMR 

MA-A5330-0-0 



REV 

B 



MC a*i*MhieM<N«7t 



•HtlT 10 Of JL 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTtNUATlON SHEET 



TITlt 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



VECTOR ADDKi 



.ECTION TABLE 



•f . + + + 

I SWITCH I IS I TO SELECT VECT BIT I 
+ 4. + + 

I S2-4 i ON I 3 I 

+ ^ + + 

I S2-6 I ON I 4 I 

+ + + 4. 

I S2-3 I ON I 5 I 

+ + + 4. 

I S2-5 I ON I 6 I 

+ + + + 

I S2-7 I ON I 7 I 

+ 4. 4. 4. 

I S2-8 I ON I 8 I 

4. + 4. + 



TABLE 2 
CHARACTER LENGTH TABLE 

4. 4- 4- i- 

I LENGTH IS4-4IS4-3I 
4. 4. 4. 4. 

I 5 BITS I ON I ON I 
4. 4. 4. 4. 

I 6 BITS I ON I OPFI 
4. 4- + + 

I 7 BITS I OFPI ON I 
4. 4. 4- -». 

I 8 BITS I OPFI OFF) 
4. 4. 4. 4. 



TABLE 4 



SPEED SELECTION TABLE 



4 4. 4. 

I BAUD I RECEIVER I 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 

I IS3-2IS3-3IS3-5I 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 

I 110 I OFF! OFFI OFFI 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 

I 150 I ON i OFFI OFFI 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 

I 300 I OFFI ON I ON I 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 

I 600 I OFFI ON I OFFI 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 

I 1200 I OFFI OFFI ON I 
+ 4. 4. 4. 4. 

I 2400 I ON I ON I ON i 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 

I 4800 I ON I ON I OFFI 
4. 4. 4. „4. 4. 

I 9600 i ON I OFFI ON I 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 



^ 4 

I TRANSMITTER I 
4. ». 4. 4. 

IS4-10IS3-1IS3-4I 
4. 4. 4. 4. 

I ON I ON I ON I 
4. 4. — — 4. 4. 

I OFF I CN I ON I 
4. 4. 4. 4. 

I ON I OFFI OFFI 
4. 4. 4. 4. 

I ON I OFFI ON ! 

4. 4- + + 

I ON I ON I OFFI 
4. 4- ■► "f 

I OFF I OFFI OFFI 
4. 4. 4. 4. 

I OFF I OFFI ON I 
4. 4. 4. 4. 

I OFF I ON I OFFI 
4. 4. 4. 4. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5330-0-0 



REV 

B 



OCC l»^Mt>-lM<-M«7a 



SHEET 



Of JL 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 

TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TABLE 5 
20 MA. ACTIVE/PASSIVE SELECTION TABLE 

+ + + + + + + 

I TRANSMIT lSl-1 |Sl-2|Sl-3|Sl-biSl-7| 
+ ^ + > + + ^ 

I ACTIVE I ON I ON I OFF| OFF| ON | 
+ 4. + + + 4. 4. 

I PASSIVE I OFFI OFFI ON I ON | OFF| 
4. 4. + + + + 4. 

4- . 4. 4. 4. 4- + + 

I RECEIVE IS3-6IS3-7IS3-8IS3-9IS3-10I 
4. 4.-. 4. + 4- ■♦■ •♦■ 

I ACTIVE \ ON I OFFI ON | OFF| ON I 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4- +- + 

I PASSIVE I OFFI ON | OFFI ON | OFF | 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4- 

4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4- 

IPT RDR ENAIS1-4IS1-5IS1-8IS1-9IS1-10I 
4. 4. ^4. 4. 4. 4. + 

I ACTIVE I ON I OFFI ON | OFF| ON I 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4- + + 

I PASSIVE I OFFI ON | OFF| ON | OFF I 
4- 4. 4. 4. 4- + + 

NOTE - Normal operation is to select active 
transmit, active receive, and active paper 
tape reader enable. 



SIZE 

LA. 



CODE 

SP 



NUHtEll 



IIEV 



OeC 1H3MMM2-MC7X 



SHUT 12 Of Jl 






DIGITAL BQUIPMBNT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



KWll-L - APPENDIX A 



I 

s 



REV 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO 



ORIQ 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



hi 

II 

tin 



ajs 



Prev. 7668001-»0-5510 



^%>*/ gf^, 



feuiSfii 



Wit 



SIZE CODE 
A ISP 



NUMBER 



REV 



BN^M«-l«^««/tH«M) 



SHEET 1 OF 3 



MANUFACTURIWG ^f ^- CIFICATION 

TITIE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEHS TEST - APPBMDIX A 



nai-L 



LiA* Inqamaey Clock TMt 



This prosraa tMCs th* KtfllL lliM ^vtfumBcy dock. I'. ^lldatM proper op«ratioa 
oadsr both latampt and iioii-int«rru?t aodM. It ro^rot th« oporator to 
■onitor Its op«ratloa with a dock eapablo of aooauriiit tiao 1b •oconda. 



i'i».«>t'-*^»^ 



VD?-11 with KWllL 

- 2000 

luto Loodor 
1 Binato 



**\*i*t*KK 



*.'.LMr<»Ji. 



200 « 60 BZ, LlBO froyianey 
202 « 50 B, Llao FroqnoBcy 
Load «p;rroprlat« addrooa to owlteh rtfittor cod doprosa ttart aiflteh 



Mo 



Tm 

roncH BKcismt optkib 

MKFEIKHCE DOCQfElRS 



Frlatoot EVll-L Dxaviag Diroetoxy 
Mcanal KC-ll-BOn-D 
Haimsc-U-DZKHi-A-D 
MainEBC-U -DaOli-A-PB 



Tha danrlca addraaa la 777S46 and Toetor addraaa la 130. It 'a on bua rar^uaat 
laval 6. It la alao ratad at ooa (1) bita load. 



To ba ■pqatad to an 11/35 or 11/40 

Tha aodola loeatioo la alot f -3. l( 

To ba ■ouatad to an 11/45 or 11/50 

Tha Bodula location la alot CI. k* 



vrla 73R2 to F3V2. 



wrlta Clk2 to C1V2. 



OtC IHMt>*lM«4M7t 



Size 

A 



cooc 

8P 



NUMIER 

MAA5510-0-0 

SHEET «L«- OF 



REV 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION ^ 

Trai MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX lA 



I'M* 0^ ?•! f 

ThSj tMt rlagt th« ttlttyp^ b«ll at th« eoaplttlon of ■tvaral dlff*rtQt tia* 
Intarvalf ov«r • period of on* aiimtft. Tram th« tlM thli t««t b«lgns, th« bell 
will riat at tha and of 1.2.3.4.5.10.20.30.40.50. and 60 aaconda. it vlll than 
rapaat thia aaquanca aa long aa daalrad. For varl leatioo of thla option tha 
taat ahould 15 mlnutaa. 



MC 1*K3MM0M4>««71 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



maa^WWj 



REV 
A 



SHEET 



OF 



1? 



I 
i 

Ui 
hi 

II 



isi 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION M . A . S . T . 



DATE 



TITLE 



KWllP - APPENDIX A 



REV 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO 



Prev. 7668001-0-5520 



ORIQ 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



^t 



tW ie(ew(4^^^ 



SIZE 



CODE 

£P 



NUMBER 

MAA5520-0-0 



REV 

A 



KN41dM-}S4««7S-{Mt) 



SHEET 1 OF 3 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



TITli 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



KWllP 



ABSTRACT 



thiM prograa t*sts th« KWll-P t««l T1b« Cloek. It contaliia a ■•rl«s of Lncrvicnttd 
routia«« that taat tha control and atattia rtgiatar, count tat buffar, cotmtar, and 
Intarmpt vactor addraaa uaint 10#ICBZ, lOKBZ, and 60 or SOGZ uslns '.ba axtanial 
inpat vlth a taaporary Jvapar mi tha backplana to tha LTCL pin (50 o:r 60HZ) . 
Thara la alao a provlaion for nianlnt two KWUP'a tlaultanaoitaly (ona a "COW** 
or Knom Good) and coaiparlnt tha two. 

REQuinggyrs 

PDP-11 

nrii-p 

STORAGE 

Thia progran occuplaa aanory fron to 4664. 

AbaoluCa Loadar 

EIZCUTIOH TIME 

Baalc taat raqulraa 15 aac. par paaa. 

STiLRTIMG PROCEDORE 

200 Baalc Taat 

204 Raatart Addraaa Priaarlly Uaad by ZOR Taatar 

210 Tialttt Taat 

214 Doubla or Slngla Raal Tlaa Clock Taat lOOKRZ 

220 Doobla or Slngla Raal Tlaa Clock Taat lOKHZ 

224 Doubla or Slnfla Raal Tl»a Clock Taat 60HZ 

230 Doubla or Slngla Raal Tlaa Clock Taat 50HZ 

PRIHT COTS 

With avltchaa 12 thru IS a^ual to '^'* (Down) tha prograa will print on arrora and 
cootlaua In taat. Ball will ring at coaplatlon of a paaa. 

SWITCH REGISTER OFIIOIIS 

8V15 • I or UP , . . Bait on Error 

8W14 * 1 or UP ... Seopa Loop 

8W13 • 1 or UP ... Inhibit Printout 

8W02 • 1 or UP ... Clock 2 (cow) Praaant - axacuta rapaatablllty taata (T25 + 

T26) 
SW00 • 1 or UP ••• Suppraaa Taata ualng axtamal fraquancy 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER T REV 

MAA*iS2n-n-n A 



Oac 1«H>M>-10M<M«7S 



SHEET 



OF 3 



HAWUFACTURING SPEClFiCATION 

irai MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATtON SHEET 



DOUBLE HAL TIME CLOCK TESTIHG 



UtiBf th« MOM dUgHMelc •• b«fort, doubl* real tia« clock t*ftlog sAy b« 
aeeoapllthcd. On* clock 1« th« on« undtr tost and th« othar la a 'icnown Good'* or 
GOV board. 

To coov«rt a ataadard P clock to a "COW" Modula: 



1. la a o Ta jurapar A4 
est - 772560 
C8B • 772562 
CTE - 772564 

2. Add Jtaipar V8 
Vactor Location la 504 
F8V Loeatloo la 506 

MOTE: Thla vactor la In floating factor apaca, caution la adviaad with raapact 
to allowint factor conflicta vith othar davicaa on tha ayataa. 



PROCEPPKI FOR 



<f¥Xy ff ?T 



1. Load addraaa 214, dapraaa atart {lOOKHZ Taat). 

2. Entar tha tim via tha TTT keyboard. 

3. Sat tha awltchaa in tha avltch raglatar to 000005. Tha TTY vill print tha 
tiaa at 5 aacond intanmla. 

4. Conaaeutlva printout will ba writtan 5.00 plua or ainua .01 aaconda of aach 
otlMir. Allow tha taat to run for at laaat 10 printouta. If tha tolaranca 
la tttcaadad, tha clock nodar taat la dafactiva. 

5. Load addraaa 220, dapraaa atart (1#KBZ Taat). 

6. Rapaat atapa 2-4. 

7« Load addraaa 224, if 60BZ; or 230 if 501IZ; dapraaa atart (lina fra^uancy 
taat) . 

8. iapaat atapa 2 and 3. 

9. CoaaactttlTa printouta will ba vithln 5.00 plua or ainna .04 aecoada of aach 
othar. Typically, and 5.00 plua or ainna .2 aaconda aorat caaa dua to 
poaalbla AC lina fra^uancy ▼ariatitnw allow tha taat to run for at laaat 

10 printouta. If tha to»laraaea la axcaadad tha clock "Dndar Taat" ia 
dafactiva. 



oac it^att^i iU Htn 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMIER 

MAA5520-0-0 

»MECT 3 OP 



REV 
A 



I 

in 

hi 

II 

X s S 

?^ * I 



DIGITAL BQUIPMKNT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION 



M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



REV 



KWllW ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURE - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



Prev. 7668001-0-5530 



CHG NO 



ORIQ 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



'T^/rJe/^/i'^sei I H^*^ lAyt — 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5530-0-0 



REV 

A 



Ol^ltM-lff-MCTt^Mtl 



SHEET 1 OF 3 



MANUFACTORPiC gBLTFlCATTON 



TITli 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A , 



I. 



II. 



III. 



IV. 



KWllW ACCEPTAMCE PKOCEDUKZ 

TEST EOPiamTT MQOim) 

1. FDP-11 CoBputar 

2. 453 Tcktrtmlx 8cop« or Equlvalant 

3. KWII-W Option & Print Sat 

4. M7823 (Vatcbdot claar) 

5. M105 (AddrMS t«lttctor) 

6. H7821 (vtctor uddraat ••lactor) 

7. TTY 

MAIMDKCS KEQUntZD 

1. DZXWC-C-PB/D 

EQOIfMEHT SET-UP 

1. To aawrclto tbo Ktfll'-W option, all jiap«rf nu - b« ln«tall«<l on 

M7823. Thtt tMt coonoctor 7009463 auct b« usnd on KVII-W logic tost. 

OPEBATOR ACTIOM 

1. Lo«(l MAIBSBC-ll-DZKVKS-C Into PDPll ulng abtoluta lo«d«r. t«f«r to 
protm vrlto-up, MADDEC-Il DZXHC-C-D. 

2. Lond and start 200. Tba TTT will raapood as follow* 

First dsfvlea addrass: 
Tba operator rasponds by Inputting 6 charactars plua a carrlaga 
ratuzn on tba kayboard. 
Mxitmflm: First davlca addrass 772400 CR 

2.1 Tba TTT raspoods as follows: 
First Int. Vactor • 
Tba oparator aust raspond by inputting 3 charactars plus a 
carrlaga ratum on tba kayboard. 

ia: "First int. Vactor - 350 CI 



2.2 Tba TTT viU raspond as follow: 
Priority int. Laval « 
Tba oparator raaponds by inputting 1 charactar & C& (ualng 
Floating Vactor, rafar to systssi configuration, should b« batwaen 
DQU & DUll.) 
Ezdipla: Priority int. Laval • 7 CI 



Size 
A 



cooc 

SP 



MtlMSF* 

MAA5510-0-0 



RCV 
A 



OCC l«-iMt>-10M-N«7t 



•MEET .2 OF L 



MANUFACTURINC SPECfflCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



IV. OPERATOR ACTION (Continued) 

3. Running the Logic Teat ; 

The TTY will respond with the following: 

Logic Test (1), Delay Test (2)*, Dynamic (3) 
The operator responds by Inputting on the keyboard "1" 
with a carriage return for Logic test. 
The TTY will respond: 
1 

Logic Test 
This test, upon completion, will type out 
test should nin for a miniinuin of 5 minutes. 



"pass" this 



* Delay test (2) is part of adjustment procedure. 

Note: To run the Logic test, the supplied test plug roust 
be connected to the module connector. The T 3 
delay must exceeu T 2 by 50 microseconds. The 
adjustment of T 1 must be set to a minljium. 
For details on other adjustments see KWll-^W 
adjustment procedure - A-SP-KWll-W-3. 

4. Running the Dynamic Test 

Put bit 00 in th. switch register to get back into the 
monitor or halt machine and load and start 240. if the 
operator has gone back into the monitor, a keyboard 
input mast be used. Type in "3", carriage return (CR) • 
Dynamic test begins. 

On every 100 completions of Dynamic Test, the TTY will 
type "pass". This test should run for a minimum of 
15 minutes . 

Accepta±)le Errors 

1. None J 

5. Procedure for Restart After Error or Fix 

1. If an incorrect character is typed vhile inputting 
on the TTY, the operator may type a run out and 
repeat the entire line. 

2. Starting address 1000 - direct start or restart 
of Logic test. 

3. Starting address 220 - direct start or restart of 
delay adjustment test. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5530-0-0 



REV 

A 



OCC l«HM»*lMa-M«7S 



SHEET 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



KWll-K DUAL PROGRAMMABLE REAL TIME CLOCK - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



^t 



Prev. 7668001-0-5540 



-m. 



ENO 




[fY^A^t^ 



APPD. 



SIZE 

_A_ 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5540-0-0 



REV 

A 



■N^tM-l«-N«?S{Wt} 



SHEET 1 vTF 3 



'9M 



MANUTACrURINC SPECIW CAIION ^ 

Wtl MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



KWll-K DDAL PlOCtAMKUtl HAL TIMt CLOCK 



t.O IWTtODDCTIOII 

T1i« iiicvot of thit procadurc is Zo •umariic tht diagnottic 
vrlt«-ap for porpotoa of •spodioaey. All lattrttctioot eoa- 
talttod in this proesduro aro kriof sad diroct for rossoas of 
siaplif iestioa, so aot to eoafuss tlio oporstor vhoa ptrforaing 
disgnostie tsstiag. for aoro ia-dspth tostiag iaforastioai it 
irill b« nseosssry to rsfsr to tho disgaostie vrit«-vp. 



2.0 



3.0 



4.0 



5.0 



i.O 



7.0 



KiritENCl DOCOmilT» 

Tbo docuB«Bts listed balov srt for rsfsrtaes oaly. 

2.1 Vorkasaship Maattsl 

KVll-K Osar's Maaual IK-KHU-K-OP-OOl or later ravisiwa 

KWll-K triatsat B-TC-KVll-K-l 



2.2 
2.3 

2.4 



KVll-K fystaa Chaakout aad Accaptaa^a Procadara A-Sf- 

KWll-K-2 



IKQDItED H8T I'^ wlfMtlT 
3.1 PDP-11 CPv/ 
lEQUIKID TEST »OPTWAM 

4.1 NAlllDIC-11-DZKVK KVll-K Diagaoatie aa4 Vrita-wp. 

4.2 MAINDEC-ll-nZK«K DBC-Xli KVll-K Bxarcisar aad Hrita-up. 
8PECI/L INSPECTIOW AKP CHECKS 

S.l Hoaa 

TEST SET- l? 

i.l Sat*ttp adcrasc aad vac'^or 

8TSTIK IWTECkAi lb Mt ' :i »^CKi)CKE 

■ • p- 
7.1 Load diagf- ' *: Citco systaa uadar tast usimg lo^ or high 
• p<itd t.np» ii^Ajar, IXDP* or ACT-11. 



fize cooc 
A sp 



mmm 



NUMttR 

MAA5540-0-0 



RCV 

A 



CN-ot Ota- 1 *^« 7a-( MX) 



SNCET 



or 



HANUFAcnmiNC ««ncAiiaN e«oiNo*nOM »<»t 


TITU 


HODUIAR 


< 
APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 


• 

7.2 


Prograa 


Start-Op • 


t 

• 


7.2.1 


Load Addraaa 200. 




7.2.2 


Start SI • 000000 (Staadard Oafault Coaditiea) 


7.3 


Switch 


lagittar Sattiaga 




7.3.1 


S115 • lalt oa Error 


• 


7.3.2 


8tl4 - Loop oa Taat 


1 


7.3.3 


SI13 - lahibit Irror Priatoat 




7.3.4 


8112 - Xahibit Spaeial Taat Tjpaoat 




7.3.5 


SRll • Xahlbit Ztaratloaa 




7.3.6 


8R10 ■ Ball oa Error 




7.3.7 


819 ■ Loop oa Error 




7.3.8 


S18 - Loop oa Taat la SK 0-7 


7.4 


Optrator Aeti«a 




Th« optrator should oksorTo sott-orroriag patatt par 
appropriata ehackliata. lach paaa takaa approxlaatalj 




4 aiavtaa. 


7.5 


Acctpcabla Irrora 




• 
Thara ara no aecaptabla arrora. 


7.6 


Procadura # Kaatart Aftar lapair 




7.6.1 


tapaat atapa 7.2 thra 7.5. 


7.7 


DBC-Zll 


aad ADll-K Zaatallad 




7.7.1 


tafar to AOll-K Mfg. aad Plaid S/itaa Aeeaptaaea 

Proeadura A-SP-ADll-K-5 Saetloa 7 for iataraetlTa 
taatiag. 




Size 


cooe 

8P 


NUMBER Rev 1 
MAA5 540-0-0 A 1 




CN oiotM«>NC7>-()tn 



SNeei 



OP 



I? 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION 



M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



KWVll-A REAL TIME CLOCK (11/03) - APPENDIX A 



I 



REV 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



B 



m 



11 

II 

Ui 

It 



•.» 



9 3 

H uj .S 



Prev. 7668001-0-5550 



^^%^ Jf^ f^iOfft!^ \^^^J/Ci 



SI2E 

A 



CODE 

SP 



CN^M»-l«-N«7tKMt) 



NUMBER 

MAA5550-0-0 

SHEET 1 OF «♦ 



REV 

B 



■MVP 



MANUFACTURING SFECmCATION 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



KWVll-A REAL TIME CLOCK (11/03) 
1.0 INTRODUCTION 

Tht lattnt of this proc«dur« is Co ■uaa«rli« ch« diagnostic 
vricsup for ch« purpose of sxpcdisncy. Th« procadurs haa baan 
kapt briaf, and to tha point, to kaap froa confusing tha uaer. 
For additional inforaatlon, it vlll ba nacaaaary to refar to tha 
diagnostic writaup. 

2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 

2.1 Workaanship Manual (STD 116) 

A-SP-KWVll-A-2 Enginaaring Spacif icat ion 



2.2 
2.3 



EK-ADVll-OP-001 ADVll-A. KUVll-A, AAVll-A, DRVll Usars 
Manual 



2.4 11L03 Manufacturing Spacif icat loos 

2.5 Microcoaputar Handbook EB-0794a 
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT 

3.1 LSIll Standard Coaputar 

3.2 RVVll-A Modula 

3.3 Output tarainal/OLVll 
4.0 REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE 

4.1 NAINDEC-11 - DVKWA KWll-A Diagnostic and Vritaup 

4.2 MAINDEC-11 - DXKWF DEC/Zll Ezarcisar and Urltaup 
5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS AND CHECKS 

5.1 If tha systaa containa an B322 afgnal distribution panel, 
connact tha KWVll-A by aaana of a BC0eR cable, Jl of oodule 
to J5 of tha B322. (all 11L03 aystaas) 

• , 

5.2 Whan an ADVll-A and a KVVll-A ara both praaant in tha sys- 
taa, aodula Juapara (DEC 7010771) are installed froa the 
KV output tab (CLK) to tha A/D clock overflow tab (C) and 
froa tha KU tab (STI) to thd AD tab(s). 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5S50-0-0 



REV 

E 



oac i«^)Mi-iMa-M«Ta 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECOTCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



miE 



MODULAR APPROACh TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



6.0 



TEST SET DP 
6.1 



6.2 
6.3 



7.0 



Inaurt twitch packs SI and S3 art aet for a davlca addraaa 
of 170420 and a vactor addraaa of 440 raapactlvaly . 

Inaura all avitchaa of switch pack 32 ara turnad off . 

Inatall aodula in CPU alota A thru D02 of all 11L#3 ayatama. 
11 SYSTEM INTECRATIOW TEST PROCEDURE 
7.1 KWll-A Taat Dlagnoatic (DVKVA) 

7.1.1 Load prograa through appropriate load madia. 

7.1.2 Prograa atarting addraaaaa. 

7.1.2.1 200 - Start of logic taata 

7.1.2.2 204 - Raatart addraaa for logic taata 

7.1.2.3 210 - 10 signal taat #1 

7.1.2.4 214 - 10 signal taat #2 

7.1.2.5 220 - 10 signal taat #3 

7.1.2.6 230 > Production atarting addraaa 

7.1.2.7 aVO - Taatar atarting addraaa 
* For Fiald uaa only. 

7.1.3 Altarnata aoftvara SR aattinga (176) 

7.1.3.1 SWR15 - 1 Halt on arror 

7.1.3.2 SVR14 • 1 Loop on taat 

7.1.3.3 SVR13 - 1 Inhibit arror typaout 

7.1.3.4 SVR12 » 1 Enabla lina fraquancy rata tasting 

7.1.3.5 SVRli - 1 Inhibit itarationa (abort paaa) 

7.1.3.6 SVRIO - 1 Ball on arror 

7.1.3.7 SWR 9 • 1 Loop on arror 

7.1.3.8 SVR 8 - 1 Loop on taat in SVR<7:0> 

NOTE: The aoftvara avitch ragiatar aay ba changad at 
any tiaa by typing Control C. If you viah to kaap tha 
currant valua, t^pa <CR>. If you .viah to chaaga the 
valua, typa tha nav valua follovad by a <CR>. 



* 
* 
* 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5550-0-0 



REV 



JLJ 



occ l^^i9^^■^o^»^H^Jt 



SHEET 3 OF JL 



^ 



MAN jyACrURlNG SWCIFICATTON 

iraf 



C0NT1NUATI0M SHEET 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



7.1.4 Operator Acdon 

7.1.4.1 S«r All SVH bit! •• d«sl2«d (default #01000) 

7.1.4.2 Typ« 200G. 

7.1.5 E^idcnca of End of Past and Sun Tlaa at End of Fata 
typaout vill raaaabla tha follovlng azaapla: 

'*EHD PASS 1 - Total arrora - Good unlta 00001000 
00000001" Flrat Paaa runa without Itaratlona and 
takaa 30 aaconda, aubaaquant paaaat run with itara- 
tlona and taka 2.3 alnutaa. 

7.1.6 Accaptabla arrora: Wonc 



SIZE CODE I NUMtER 

A I SP I MAA5550-0"0 



oac i«KMt>-iMa<«««7i 



REV 
B 



SHEET J OF J, 



i 

hi 

Ml 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURINC SPECinCATION 



M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



AAll DIGITAL/ANALOG CONVERTER - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



Pi 

^ tti 1 : 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO 



Prev. 7668001-0-6110 



ORIQ 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



'7^¥vJ^/Ftff'f€oS^ 7>^^ A^ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6110-0-0 



REV 

A 



CH-010«»-l«-N«7t^MS) 



SHEET 1 OF 2 



MANUFACTURINC SWCinCATTON 

TITLI MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - AiTENDIX A 



AAll DIGIIAL/AlKaOG COWVERTZR 

1.0 AAll SET-UP AHD CALIBBATKW 

Refer to docvn«nt A-8P-AA11-D-7 

l.l Diagnostic Peckage 

U> Callbretlon Teet MelnDeC-ll-D6BA 
(B) Scope Optioaa Teet Maia0eC-ll-D6GA 

1 2 Other Eeleted DocuMBte 

(A) AAll-D D/A Sub-Syttai Mantial DCC-11-BULC-D 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER REV 

MAA6110-0-0 A 



oec iftHWt>-iM2-N«7a 



SrfEET 



OF 



II 



p. 

i 
I 

Ui 

n 

* t e 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



AAVll-A 4 CHANNEL 12 BIT D/A FOR PDP-11/0 3 - APPENDIX A 



REV 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APf>D BY 



DATE 



II 



liSS 



Prev. 7668001-0-6115 



ENQ / / APPD 



CN4tM«-a«-M«ytHMt) 



;s 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

?P 



NUMBER 

MAA6115-0-0 



YU 



SHEET 



OF 5 



M/JJUFACTURINC SPECinCATlON 



TTTLC 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYS'^EMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



AAVll'A 4 CHAHHtL 12 BIT D/A FOR PDP~ll/63 

1.0 nmtODDCTioii 

Th« Inttnt of tbli proetdur* if to tuaMrix* tht di«tnor*:lc vrittup. Per 
th« purpose of oxpodioncy, eht procedure has bssn kept brlsf and to th« 
point, to )m«p froa confusiag tbs usar. For additional inforaation, it 
will be necessary to refer to tbe diagnostic vriteup. 

2.0 REFERENCE DOCDKEMTATIOII 

2.1 Workaanship Manual (STD 116) 

2.2 Engineerint Specification A-SP-AAVll-A-3 

2.3 Deer's Manual EX-ADVll-OP-001 
2. A AA^n rlnt Set 

3.0 REQUIRED l»^r EQUIPMENT 

3.1 LSI-11 Standard Coaputer 

3.2 Oscilloscope 453 or equivalent 

3.3 DVM - 5 digits or accurate null aeter 

3.4 AAVll-A aodule 

3.5 Output terpiaal/DLVll 
4.0 REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE 

4.1 MAIKDEC 11 > DVAAA AAVll-A Test Diagnostic and Write up 

4.2 MAINDEC 11 - DXAAC DEC/Xll Exerciser and Write up 
5.0 SPECIAL INSIRDCTIOWS AND CHECKS 

5.1 RF Shield provided with AAVll-A aust be Installed over Side 1 
(coaponent) of aodule. 

5.2 If an H322 Distribution Panel is present, then connect AAVll-A by aesns 
of a BC08-06 cable froa Jl of aodule to JIO of the H322 (all H and J 
variations of 11L03) 



TiTTt 



CODC 

SP 




C.M310«3-l*N«7>-(j<»2, 



NUMtER 

MAA6115-C-0 



SHEET 



0? 



KEV 
A 



MAfiOFACTURINC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



mil 



MODULAR APPROACh TO SYSTEMS TEST _ APPENDIX A 



6.0 TEST SET UP 

6.1 Iniurt iwltch pack SI set up for a d«vlc« addraas of 176460. Mo vactor 
is aat up iloca tba AAVll-A la not capabla of intarrup^ing. 

6.2 Inatall ■odula In Expandar Box (BAll-M) slot A thru D03 of all R and J 
varUtlons of llL03*a. 

7.0 11 SYSTEM brTECRATION TEST PKOCEPURE 

7.1 AAVll-A Tast (DVAAA) 

7.1.1 Load prograa through approprlata load sadia. 

7.1.2 Avallabla tast a and thair atartlng addraaaaa: 
ST. ADD TEST 



?0« 
20A 

210 
214 



Manual Logic Tast 
Manual Saap Taat 
Manual Static Calibration 
Manual Dynamic Calibration 



7.1.3 Altamata Softvara SR aattinga (loc 176) 

7.1.3.1 SWR15 - 1 Halt on arror 

7.1.3.2 SWR14 - 1 Loop on taa* 

7.1.3.3 SWtl3 - 1 Inhibit arror typaouta 

7.1.3.4 SWRll - 1 Inhibit itarationa 

7.1.3.5 SWRIO - 1 Ball on arror 

7.1.3.6 SWR 9*1 Loop on arror 

7.1.3.7 SWI 8 - 1 Loop on taat in SWR<7:0> 

7.1.4 Oparator Action 

7.1.4.1 Sat SWR bita aa daairad 

7.1.4.2 Typa 200C (for logic taat) 

NOTE ; For datailad infonution on aanual rasp taat, aanual 

atatic calibration tast, and aanual dynamic calibration 
taat, rafar to anginaaring spacificationa SP-AAVllA-3 

7.1.5 Evidanca of End of Paaa and Run Tiaa 

"END PASS IZZXXZ** ia typad in 5 aaconda with no itarationa and 
in 20 aaconda vlth itarationa. 

7.1.6 Accaptabla Errors: Mona 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUM0ER 

MAA6115-0-0 



REV 
A 




KN010t2- ift-N« J7{ lt2l 



SHEET 



OF 



Ill 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO, MASSACHUSETTS 



? 



Ml 

hi 

II 

-e *• O w 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION 



M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE ADOl-D A/D CONVERTER - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



«1 



Prev. 7668001-0-6120 



^^^^>Wpif^u>^/t( ^^j[/yC- 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6120-0-0 



REV 

A 



■N<«aM»-l«-N«7»^Mt) 



SHEET 1 OF 2 



MANUFACTORINC STBCIFICATION 

miE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



ADOl-D A/P COWVERTO 

1.0 APOI-D SET-UF AW) nAITMATTOW 

tmUx to docwrat DIC-U-MSDl-C-D 

l«l ADOl-D AccttpUnc* Froeadim 

R«£«r to dooaMt A-8P-A001-D-12 

1.2 Diagnottio ?ack«t* 

U) AOOl-D Lotlc and Calibration T««t 
MaiaDEC-U-lXiAB 



Kc i»H*(m-im9-N%fa 



SIZE 

.A. 



COOCT NUMBCR T REV 

SP I MAA6120-0-0 a 



SHEET «2 OF 2 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION 



M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



Tr'€ 



LPAll-K LABORATORY PERIPHERAL ACCELERATOR " APPENDIX A 

REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO ORIQ 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



Prev. 7668001-0-6124 



uu^\-^^^y/. 



ENG 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



NUMBER 

MAA6124-Q-0 



REV 

A 



CN-«lM»*lt4««?t^Wt) 



SHEET 1 OF 1^ 



MANUPACnJMNC gBOFICATlON 



Tinc 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



JJAll-t UBOIATOW FiaiPHlUL ACCP.HATOR 



UlTtUUUCTIOli 



This LPAll-K proc«<ur« MtablishM alni— checkout •piiclflcatlonf for FA&T, 
alont vltb cooflguratlon raquirirof . 



1.0 TEST IQPIPMEWT 

1.1 Oscilloscope (100 MBs bsn^vldth mis.) 

1.2 Qusd Bztsndsr Hoduls 0«9S4) 

1.3 Bsz MultUsysr btsodsr Moduls (179048) 

1.4 Tsktroaiz Hodsl 7D01 Uglc Aaslyssr vlth DFX Display 
Forasttsr (or squlTslsnt) is rscooBsndsd but not rsquirsd. 

2.0 TEST SOFTWARE • 

2.1 MP00479 LFAll-K Fisld Msiateasncs Frist Sat 

2.2 MPOOiei AAll-K Fiald MaiBtaaanca Friot Sat 

2.3 MP00047 ADll-K Piald Maintaaanca Frint Sat 

2.4 MF00090 AMll-K Fiald Maintanaaca Frint Sat 

2.5 E-DD-DRll-K DUl-E CoatOMr Frint Sat 

2.6 HF00048 K»ll-K Fiald Maintanaaca Frint Sat 

2.7 B-DD-ARll-O Alll CuatoMr Frint tat 

2.8 B-OD-LFSll-S LFSU Oosta«ar Frint Sat 

2.9 IK-LFAll-SM-OOl LFAll-I iMtalUtioa and Maintaaanca Manual 

2.10 lK-IMCll-<]r-001 mCll-A MalataMaca Iteaual 
2.U ZJ252-iB LPAll-C Diagnoatic Fackaga 

2.12 ZJ234-U BMCll-A DiafBoatic Fackaga 

2.13 MUMDBC-11-SXXJPF DIC-Z-ll Haltiasar Noda Micro Coda Loader 

2.14 M4IIDtC-ll-0XLFG KC-Z-U Dadicatad Noda Micro Coda Loadar 

2.15 MAUDBC-ll-OZLFI OIC-Z-U IPAll-K Isarciaar 

2.16 A-SF-LFSll-14 LFSll Accaptanea Frocadura 



>a<aM»-M«»Mt7t 



A 



CODC] NUMtill 

SF ! MAA6124-0-0 



REV 

A 



•MRIT ,2— Of 



MANUFACTURING gBCDTCATION 



CONTINUATSON SNCE/ 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPPOAPH Tn SYSTEMS TEST 



3.0 QttaCOUT OP AH LPAll-I WITH **t'* OPTIOHS 

Tharc «r« aany possible configurations for th« LPAll-K. Tborsforo, configu- 
ration of the syttaa cannot ba spaclflcally given for all casaa. Tha LPAll-K 
•uat ba configured according to the guidelines given In the LPAll-K Install- 
ation and Malntanance Manual. Checkout of the LPAll-K cen proceed aa aoon 
•a configuration hi\a been completed Checkout of an LPAll-K vlth **K" 
optlona la aa folljvs: 

3.1 Make surs all device addreaaea, vector addreaaes and priority levels of 
the Basic LPAll-K and any additional options on the LPAll-K* a I/O Bus 
are eat according to Appendix A of thla docuaant. 

3.2 Make aura that Switch 7 cf E76 on the M8200-TC la set to the "OFF" 
position. 

3.3 Make sure that Juaqtar VI la inatallad on the H8254. 

3.4 Make aura that the I/O Bua haa at laaat an ADll-K and a KVll-K on It. 

3.5 Load MAINDEC-ll-DRLPA (LPAll-K Syatea Teat). Pollov operating Inatruc- 
tlona contained In the vrlte up for this dlsgnostlc. Do not pstch 
locstlons "SRI:** and '*St2:'*. Allow the prograa to run In Ita default 
condition (1 ADll-K and 1 KiQl-K). Thla will be e quick check to aee 
that the Baalc LPAll-K la functioning properly. Allow at laaat four 
(4) non-arrorlng pasaaa. If there la an error, refer to the trouble- 
ahootlng flowchart In Appendix B. 

3.6 The following checkout inatructlona will aaauae e aaxlaua LPAll Syatea 
(5 DUl-K'a, 1 XVll-K, 2 AD11-K*a. and 1 AAll-K). Oalt the aectlona 
percelnlng to any options that are not Included In the configuration 
that la being taatad. 

3.7 Load M^jyuEC-ll-DKLPF (LPA/DRll-K Digital I/O Teat). Follow operating 
insmictlons contslnad la tha wrltaup for thla dlagnoatlc. All DR11-K*a 
ca t'^e LPAll-K'a I/O Bua will ba checked by thla dlagnoatlc. If an 
error uceurs* fix or replace the falling DKll-K. The dlagnoatlc aust 
be allowed to sake at laaat four (4) non-arrorlng paaaaa. 

3.8 Load MAIHDEC-11-OKLPC (LPAll/KVll-K Dlagnoatlc). Follow operating In- 
•tnctlons contained la the wrltaup for thla dlagnoatlc. Interrupt 
logic la not checked by thla dlagnoatlc. If an error occura, fix or 
replace tha falling KVll-K. The dlagnoatlc wiat ba allowed to aake at 
laaat four (4) non-arrorlng paaaaa. 



SIZE CODE 
A ISP I 



NUMIER 

MAA6124-0-0 



REV 
A 



tc MiMt»->SS»M«yt 



SHEET 



OF 



14 



MANUFACItJIUNC gBCIFlCATiON 



CONTINUATION tNCCT 



trrif 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



3.9 Load MAZHDEC-llDILPK (LFAll/ADll-K Diagnose Ic) . Pollow oparatlng ln> 
•tructlooa contalnnd in tba vritaup for this diagnottic. Cback and 
ealibrata th^ ASll-^ (•) according to A-SP-ADll-K-5 which ii included 
in tha ADll-K riald Naintananca Print Sat. Uaa of thia diagnostic 
appaars to tha uaar tha aaaa as if tha DZADL diagnostic vaa balng run 
on an ADll-K on tha Onibua. Xntarnipt logic on tha ADll-K ia not 
chackad by MD-11-DILPK. 

IKJTE: Allov a 15 ainuta varaup for tha ADll--K(s) bafora calibration. 
Allov tha diagnostic to aaka at laaat tvo (2) non-arroring passas of 
**Auto last** aftar calibration ia coaplatad. Maka surs tha G5036 wrap- 
around bodula ia in placa and that tha svitch ia in tha *'0" poaltion. 

If an aai-t (Multipla Gain Nultiplaxar) is to ba installed on tha 
•jataa, do ao at thia tiaa. Mmff^x to /-SP-AKll-K-S (AKll-K Manu- 
facturing and Fiald Accaptanca Procadura) for inatallation and checkout . 
Uaa KAINDEC-11-DSLPB instaad of MAJlDEC-ll-DZADL. Gait rafaranca to 

MD-11-DZKBA (DEC/Xll Nodula). 

3.10 Load NAUfDEC-ll-DRLPB (LPAll/AAll-I diagnostic). Follov operating in- 
structions contained in tha vritaup for this diagnoatic. Chackout and 
calibrate the AAll-K according to A-8P-AA11-K-5 (AUl-K Manufacturing 
and Field Acceptance Procadura). MD-ll-DUPB will appear to the user 
the saae as if MD-11-DZAAC ware being run on an AAll-K on tha Dnibua. 
However » the interrupt logic on the AAll-K will not ba checked and the 
aettling test square wave will not be generated. Gait referencea to 
running MD-11-DXAAB (DEC/Ul Module) . 

3.11 Load NAIliDEC-11-DlLPA. Follow operating inatnictions contained in the 
writeup for thia diagnoatic. The addreas of locationa **8R1:" and "SR2:" 
aay be found in the ayi^bol table at the back of the liating. Load 
location **8U.:'* with tha appropriate bits to infora the diagnostic ss to 
which options are on the LPAll-K'a I/O Bua. Load location "8R2:" with 
tht appropriate bits to infora the diagnostic aa to how the optlona arc 
set up for test. The FAftT area will have G5036 wraparotmd aodulcs on 
all ADll-K'a praaent. Set the siritches on the C5036's to the "0" posi- 
tion. 65036 wrspsround aodulei are optional in tha fiald. All DRll-K'a 
will have the one foot BC08K wraparound cable installed; if an AAll-K 
is praaent, it will have one of the dlaplay acopas connected (as des- 
cribed in A 8P-AA11-K-5) . 

Allow MAIMDEC-ll-DILPA to aake a ainiaua of aix (6) non-arroring passes. 
If an error doas occur, refer to the troubleshooting charts in Appendix 



SIZE 

A 



CODE! NUMBER 

8? I MAA6124-0-0 



KEV 
A 



oac i*-iMn-im»mtra 



tHirr _i OP 



HUNUFACrURlNC gPEOFlCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



XITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



4.0 CHECKOUT OF AN LPAll-K WITH AN AKll 

4.1 Configure the LPAll-C vltb an ARll analog realtime eubayatea that has 
previously been checked out and accepted accordl-'^ to the AUl Systea 
Installation and Checkout Procedure (A-SP-ARl 1-0-4). ^ollov config- 
uration guidelines given In the LPAll-K Installation and Maintenance 
Manual (EK-LPAll-SM-301) . 

4.2 Set the Device Address of the ARll to 770A00. Set the Vector Address to 
340. 

4.3 Set the Device Address, Vector Address and Priority Level of the Basic 
LPAll-K according to Appendix A of thia docu»>. it. 

4.4 Make sure that Switch 7 of Z76 on the M8200-YC Is set to the "OFF" 
position. 

4.5 Hake sure that Jusper VI la Installed on the M8254. 

4.6 Make sure a C5036 wraparound »odule la connected to the ARll in the 
FA&T area. Set the avltch to the *'0" position. The G5036 wtaparound 
nodule la optional In the field. 

4.7 Load MAINDEC-11-DRLPA (LPAll-K Syate» TeSi Follow operating instruc- 
tions contained lu the wrlteup for this dii.onostic. Patch location 
"SRI:" to 002000. Patch location *'SR2:" to 002000 If the o5036 is 
present. Allow the diagnostic to sake at least six (6) non-error ing 
passes. If an error does occur, refer to the troubleshooting flowcharts 
In Appendix B. 

5.0 CHECTOtrr OF AN LPAll-K WITH AN LPSll 

5.1 Configure the LPAIl-K with an LPSll Laboratory Peripheral Systea that has 
previously been checked out and accepted according to the LPSll Accept- 
ance Procedure (A-SP-LPSll-S-14) . Follow configuration guidelines 
given In the LPAll-X Installation and Maintenance Manual (EK-LPAll-SM- 
001). 

5.2 Set the Base Device Addreas of the LPSll to 770400. Set the Vector 
Address to 340. 

5.3 Set the Device Address, Vector Address, and Priority Level of the Basic 
LPAIl-K according to Appendix A of this docuaent. 

5.4 Make sure that S%rltcb 7 of E76 on the M8200-TC la set to the **0FF" 
position. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



NUMBER 

MAA6124-0-0 



REV 



-<a*2hlOS14««7> 



SHEET 



Or 



14 



MAhOnPACTURINC STECmCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TUIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



5.5 Mak* tur* that Juapcr VI !• Inatallad on tht H8254. 

5.6 Hak* aura that all A/D Channal Inputa arc ahortad to ground. 

5.7 If tha LPSll haa tha LPSDRA Option, It mat hava ha Digital I/O Tatt 
Cabla (7009192) coaaactad. Thla la optional In tha flald, but aandatory 
in tha PAtT araa. 

5.8 If tha LPSll haa tha LPSVC Option, a acopa auat ba connactad to tha 
acopa control output on tha raar of tha LFSII chaaila. Kafar to para- 
graph 14.0 of A-SP-LPSll'S-U (LPSll Accaptauca Procadura) for aalactlon 
of tha propar acopa and ita Inatallatlon. Thla la optional In tha field, 
but aandatory in tha PAAT araa. 

5.9 Load NAINDEC-11-DKLPA (LPAll-K Syataa Taat) . Pollov operating Inatruc- 
tlona conttiinad in tha vrltaup for thla dlagnoatlc. The addraaa of 
locationa "SU:" and '*SR2t*' aay ba found in tha Syabol Table at the back 
of tha Hating. Load location "SIl:** vlth tha appropriate bite to in- 
form tha diagnoatic that there la a LPSll on the LPAll-K'a I/O Sua. and 
to infora it aa to which optlona are in the LPSll. Load location **SR2:*' 
vith the appropriate blta to infoni the diagnoatic aa to how the LPSll 
optlona are eat up for taat. 

Allow MAIMDEC-ll-DItLPA to sake at laaat alx (6) non-errorlng paseet. 
If an error doaa occur, refer to the troubleahootlng charta In Appendix 
B. 

6.0 LPAll-I OPTIOW ACCEPTANCE 

6.1 Parfon tha option taat glTan in Section 3.0 of this docuaent if the 
XJPAll-K baa **K" optiona on tha I/O Bua. 

6.2 Picrfom tha option ttt«,r T*'-^ ^ Section 4.0 of thla docuaant if the 
LPAll-K baa an Alll on the I/O iua. 



6.3 



6.4 



ParfoTB tha option taat giwan in taction 5.0 of thla doc 
LPAll-K haa aa LPSll oa tha I/O Bua. 



t if tha 



Configure BCC/Zll for tha ayataa that the LPAll-K is on. DEC/Zll for 
tha LPAll-K aaat ladada MAIIIDeC-ll-DXLPP, NAIKDEC-ll-DZLPG and 
MAmiC-ll-OXLPI. Vbaa raaaiag DBCZ/11 ia tha PAAT araa. run ND-11- 
OKLPG aad ND-ll-AZLFl. Thay auat ba aalactad ia that order. Do not 
•alaet MD-ll-mLPP aad MD-ll-OILPI if a problaa oaeaad to aziat with the 
•jatoB irtiaa fha eaatoaar v«a waiag aultiuaar aoda. MD-11-DXLPP and 
HD-ll-DILPC ara both loader a that ara aaad to load tha aicrocode that 
ia nm bp tha MD-ll-DZLPI asarcioar. MD-ll-SXLPP la tha aierocode 
loadar for tba aultioaar aoda. MD-ll-OllPC la tha aierocode loader for 
tha dadieatad aoda. tf all three LPAll-K DEC/Ul aodulaa ware aelected, 
irtiichawar of tha two loadara waa tba laat oaa aalactad, would ba the 
oaa whoaa aicrocoda woald ba aaarciaad by MD-ll-DXLPB. 



SIZE 



aec iHiMhiMMw; 



CODE I NUMBER 

Sy I MAA6124-0-0 

SHEET 



REV 
A 



MAWur AcnmiNO wcincATioN 



CONTINUATION SNCCT 



Tini 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.4 eont 



Patch locations "SUt** and **tt2:** of MiDnyEC-ll-MUn accordlnt to tb« 
inatructloDt cootainod la tha vriteup for this DEC/Xll aodula. tun 
DEC/Zll for a BioiauB of four (4) hours, 



CIZC 



CODE! MiiMiirn 

SP I MAA6124 0-0 



pp 



IHMtrMM4«t7a 



tMCET 



.- OF 



^ .■3B«iagft3KMt'^T-.,tiSr'-a.'- 



MAiwPAcnmiNC ncmcAnoN 




1 


■■ CONnNUAT!ON SNECT 






mu 


MODULAR APPROACH 


TO 


SYSTEMS 


TEST 








APPmn A 


• 
• 


Dma 




DEVICB 
ADDUS8 




VICTOt 
ASDIISS 


PUOUTT 

umEL 

• 


mcii-A 




770460 




*300 




1C8200-TC 


770470 




420 


5 


AAll-K 




770416 




360 




AOll-X 


#1 


770400 




340 




ADll-K 


#2 


770440 




400 




ARll 




770400 




340 


Find 


Dill-K 


#1 


767770 




310 




DUl-K 


12 


767760 




320 




9ill-K 


#3 


767750 




330 




DKll-X 


#4 


767740 




350 


~ 


KUl-H 


#5 


767730 




370 




KVli-K 




770404 




344 




LFSll 




770400 




340 


PlSMd 


* Prcftrred Floatlat Vtctor Ad4rM« 


• 


u 








1" 


MZE COOCI NUMtER HEV 

A » 1 NAA612I-0-0 A 


ais>»4tft»-IMIWMr 


1 








^m^m^^ ft ^« 1 M 



SNtCT 



or 



MAWUr ACTUMNC gBOPlCATION 

▼■TU MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATION SNCET 



APPIMDZX B 



MBK iPAlKK 



-v. 




PASS 




TBf 



PAIL 




P2NIS 



D 



PEPAXR 



REPAIR 



PAIL 



fit 




YES 




•ize 



COOfl NUMtCR Tiiv 

IP I NAA6124-0-0 i A 



ti M Wift 



•Nin 9 OP 



MANUFACnmiWC gBCmCAnON 



CONTINUATION SNCCT 



Tim 



MOnilLAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



■ASIC IPAll-K 



REPAIR 



FAIL 



REPAIR 




SiU ICOOC 

A \ n 



MUMtCR 

MAA6X24-0-0 



RCV 

A 



•HCET ^0 OF IL 




SHCir 111. or .Jl 



MAWUFACnmiNG WOFICATION 

TITU MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



LPAii-K WITH nr otnms 



•-V PASS 

(*> ' 




REPAIR 



PUT AAll-X 
ON UNXtUS 



PJ^.SS 



REPAIR 



y^ RUM >w^ 
"X. DRLPr >/^' 



PAIL 



REPAIR 



PUT ORll-iq 
ON UNItUS 



PASS 



COMTINUATION SHEET 




YES 





YES 






NUMtEII 

MAA6124-0-0 



IT 



i»iaM>>a«M«M?a 



•NiKT 



12 



OP -11. 



mmm 



MAIWACIUMNC MOFICATION 
TITU 



CONTINUATION SNCCT 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 




IFAll-K Win Altll 




TBS 



I 



LOCXC 
BKKOII? 



YES 



REFAXlt 



VISUAL^ 
TEST 

BIIKOK?. 



YES 



»ASS 



/^ ROM >s 




DRLPD 


>«- 


[fail 




REPAIR 







PASS 



PEPAXK 



WOTE i If DKLPA reports mi Mrrer 

*~^ mLPD M \mrg\ thM tm i 

•m. Bmov« tlM 10254 
Ina MD-ll-ttAIA, ID-U-fiCAU 
. MaIm wax% yvm do aot 



4 it CABBOt W fovDd by namlBt OILPC, 
t CMBMt tlM Uklbtts to tiM LPAll'a I/O 
•ad r«pl«c« It with • C727 grant card. 
•ad lf>>ll-OZARC to aolvo tiM preblM. 
tiM OaibM Load Ipoc'a. 



Wl 



COOCl NUHtCII 

V I MAA6124-0-0 



iCV 

A 



n 



•NUT 



OF 



UAHWACnmiHG PBCmCAHON 

TITU MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATIOM SHEET 



PASS 




PASS 



REPAIR 




¥PS 



PAZL 



REPAIR 





■OTE: 



If DUPA reports an trror, sad it taaaot hm found by miming 
lf>-ll-imLPH, MD-11-MtLPX or MO-ll-OILPJ ; tlM& 70U mu»t 
cooDMt thm Vtdhnm to tho LPA11-K*s I/O Buo. Umow iho 
10254 M«ttlo «i4 nflaco it with a 6727 groat card, lun 
lD-11-WLPC, ll>-ll-SnPD or IB-ll-OCLPI to aolvo tho probI«. 
tara you do aat ai c aa d tba Uaibaa Load fpaca. 



SIZE CODE 



NUIISER 

MAA6124-0-0 



r 



•HtiT.il. or 



DIOITAI. EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION M.A.S.T, 



DATr 



TITLf 



ADll-K BACKUP REFEP^NCE DOCUMENTATION - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



REV 

A 



DESCRIPTION 



Prev. 7668001-0-6125 



CHO NO 



ORIQ 



DATE 



API>D BY 



DATE 




ENQ / / 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

KAA6125-0-0 



REV 



cN«M.->-ift.f(«7aHMa) 



SHEkT I OF «♦ 



MANUFACTURINC MOFICATION 

Tmi MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



ADii-K McwjF unnmx DocnmrE4Tiow 



1.0 



2.0 



3.0 



4.0 



'*lt:*iUi*t 



Tb* lataat of thl« y r B c «< nr » im to noMorlso tbo 41«gaoo«l« vrlto-vp 
for eho purpooo of ■■fiiti«aj> All iMtnMtlOM eoBtala«4 U Chio 
procoduro oro briof oai 41ro«C for roooooo of olapllfleotloa, to aoc to 
confiMO tho oporotor nkos porfoiBiat 41ofBootl« tootlaf. Por aoro 
lB-4opth lafooMtioa, It vill bo ooeoooory to lofor to tbo 41agMotU 
vrito-op. 

mmiwcE Docwprra 

Tbo tfoeoMato liotod bolow »f for rofaroaeo only. 
2.1 VorioMnihlp MooMl 

ADll-K Uaor's Moanol IK-ADU-K-<yP-#<l 

ADllHL Print Sot B-TC-^ll-K-l 



2.2 
2.3 
2.4 



ADllHC Mumfoctariag tad Plol4 9j9tm Aceopt 

A-SP-ADllHC-S. 



• Procodaro 



1£ CUED TEST BOPIIHEW 
3.1 



3.2 



B6S036 NolatMOMO Kit (eOMloto of • 6S034 
and lC08t-l eoblo). 



Callbrotod DC iroltofo ooareo (BDC aodol NV116 or ofulvoloat) . T^o 
•ro noodod If o wrap-oroaad aodulo is aot ovalloblo. 



3.3 PDP-ll CPO. 

A..1' MiZHDEC-ll-DZABL 
4.2 M4IHDEC-ll-IIUn 



ADll-ft OlofMotU oa< Vrlto-Op. 
IIBC-Xll ADll-C mreloor oad Vrlto-Op. 



Size 

A 



cooc 

SP 



NUMtCR 

MAAfii25-n-n 



REV 
A 




KN-ciovrit^fn-iun 



SHICT 



OF 



MANUFACTURiNC SFECIFICATIOW 



CONTINUATION tNECT 



TITIC 



Mor^TlTAR APPROACH TO SYSTFNS Tg&T 



5.0 SPECLAt. INSPKCrriOW AMD CHECKS 

S.I A.'i-Mirr Liu' a/D convcrtar package la aacuraly faatanad to the 

AbM'> uiodula. 

6.0 TKST M T-l -f 

6.1 yy fiddrcsa and vacCor avitchaa par ADlI-K Mfg. and riald 8j«t«B 
Ac< <piancc Procadura A-SP-ADllHC-S aactloa 2.2 - 2.3. 

6.2 Inatall C5036 vrap-arouad taat card par ADllHC Mfg. and Flald 
Syvten Accaptaoea Procadora A-8P-AD11-K-S aaction 6.1 If wrap- 
arnmd modula la avallabla. If Cba wrap-arou&d aodula ia not 
■valUbla, rafar to ADllHC Mfg. and Flal Sytm Accaptanca 
procadura A-fP-AD*l-K*S ■•ctlon 6.2. 

7.0 SYSTEM INTEGRATIOB TIST PIOCEPOTZ 

7.1 Load dlagnoatlc laco ayataa tadar taat ualag lav or high tpaad 
tapa raadar, ZXDP, 9W ACT-ll. 

7.2 Prograa StartHJp • 

7.2.1 Load Addraaa 200 

7.2.2 Start 81 • ##000# (Standard Dafault CoMlltloc) 

7.3 Switch Raglatar Sattloga 

7.3.1 SW15 • ^1 or Op Halt oa Error 

7.3.2 8U14 > 1 or Up Loop on Taat 

7.3.3 SV13 - 1 or Up Inhibit Error Trp«<Mts 

7.3.4 8V12 - 1 or Up for VTS5 Dlaplay 

7.3.5 SVll - 1 or Up Inhibit Itaratlona 

7.3.6 8V10 - I or Up Ball on Error 

7.3.7 8W9 " I or Up Loop ou Error 

7.3.8 SVS • I or Up Loop oo Tact la 81 <$:?> 



SIZE 

A 



cooc 

SP 



NUMaio 

MAA612S-0-0 



fICV 

A 



mmn 



CM*«ieai-i»-M«ri-(itr 



SHCCT ^ ^ OF 



MAWUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION 



COMTlNUATiON SHEET 



TITIC 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



lA 



7.5 



7.« 



7.7 



Operator Actloa 

After the 4UfaMtlc hat baaa atartad, tkla atat^MOt la prlntad 
out: "Type tha latter aad carriage return of the 4ealred teat.'* 
Tiie Auto Teat (A) aheiiltf be aelected alaee It operetea all 
dlagnoatle porCloaa of the AOll-K teat. 



The operecor ahoal4 obeenre 2 noii<^rrorlat peaaea. tuanlnt the 
Auto teat on the flrat paaa ahould take 18 mlottteaa aucceaalTa 
peaaea ahould cake M aiaatea each. 

Acceptable Irron 

There are ao ecceptable errora. 

Froeedore # ftaaUrt After lepalr 

7.6.1 lepeat atepa 7.2 thru 7.3. 

DEC -111 Vith nrll-K Xoetelled 

7.7.1 Refer to AOllHC Mff. and Field tyotaa Acceptance 
Frocedure A-fF-AOll-K-5 tectlaa 7 for latarectlve 
teatlat. 



A I «F I 



NUMICII I RCV 

MAA6125-0-0 A 




f-9t%rhi99m 



•MIKT < OF ^ 




% 




l¥ 



f 

I 
t 

in 

li 

M 
fii 



DIGITAL EQUIPMBNT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLK 



AAll-K DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHONO 



ORIG 



DATE 



ARPD BY 



DATE 



ll 



I 



Prev. 7668001^0-6126 



''^0»r Je^r^lBufAk l^-X^u^ 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUKBER 

MAA6126-0-0 



REV 

A 



■N^M>lft.M«7t4*t«l 



SHEET 1 OF »♦ 



MAWUFACTURINC SFECinCATION 
TITIE 



CONTINUATtON SHEET 



MDDUIAR APPPCyOi TO SY9TP6 TEST , aPPEN^^IX A 



AAll-K DlCT ri ^ TO AMALOC COWYEITH 



2.0 



3.0 



4.0 



3.0 



1.0 iffnoBOcnoii 

S. parpot* of •mpoditucy. All IwtnKtloo. U thl. procodurt .ro bri.f 
2; n^I for rSH- of .l^Uflctlon. .o not to ~«f«" 'J- 2"!^' 
T.a pTfo«i«i 4Ut«o«tle ftlf For .or. l«-d.pth Ufo^tlon. It 
will bo aoeosfory to rofor to tho diagnoatic writoup. 



■IFEIZWCI DOCTMEMTATIOW 

Tho doeuMnt* li«tod bolov *ro for roforonco only. 

2.1 VorkMnohip Moaual 

AAll-K ttftr'i MMual IK-AAllK-TH-OOl 

AAll-K Print Sot 



2.2 
2.3 
2.4 



AAll-l Monufocturiat •«<» »i«W «T«"" Accoptonco Procodurt 
A-8P-AA1 1-1-5 



lEQCIIgD T18T gOUlPMEWT 

3.1 Calibrotod DC Volt Motor 

3.2 V114 or VTOl Scopo or Iquivolont 

3.3 Oocilloocopo Toktrosix 453 or MuiYolont 

3.4 PBf-ll CPU witk I (M4 IPC ilot 
tlpUIBID «8T 8<yiWAg 

4.1 MAIIWC-Il-OZAAC-A DUCWOiTIC AMD WIITIUP P0» AAll-E 

4.2 MAIW)EC-ll-DUA»-A AAll-K DtO-l-H iKorcitor and Writtup 
wwrikx. TWgPgCTIQMg AWD CHECKS 

HOKE 



Size 

A 



cooc 

SP 



NUMieil 

MAA6126-0-0 



REV 
A 




CN-01M2 l*-Nt77(J«2l 



iHcrr 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITl' 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



6.0 TEST SETUP 

6.1 8«t up addrct* and vtctor •witch«« p«r AAll-K Mfg. and Fltld SyatM 
Acc«ptaoc« Proc«durt it-SP-AAl 1-1-5 Stctiona 3.4 - 3.6. 

6.2 Connect tcop* c«bl« to AAll-K htg comi«ctor Jl par AAll-K Mfg. and 
Piald Systoi Aeccptaact Procadura A-8P-AA11-K-5 Saction 4.2. 

7.0 11 SYSTEM INTEGHATIOII TEST PBOCEPOIE 

7.1 Load prograa through tha appropriata load aadia. 

7.2 Prograa atartlng addraaa 

7.2.1 Load addraaa 200 

7.2.2 Start 000000 (SI) standard avitch aattinga 

7.3 Altarnata avitch aattinga 

7.3.1 Stfl5-1 Halt on Error 

7.3.2 SW14-1 Loop on currant taat 

7.3.3 SWI>1 Inhibit arror typaout 

7.3.4 SV1>1 Storaga Scopa connactad 

7.3.5 SUll-1 Inhibit taat itaratioaa 

7.3.6 SWlO-1 Extaraal dalay connactad 

7.3.7 SW09-1 two' a coHpliaant aoda 

7.3.8 SW08-1 Loop on taat in St 7:0 

7.4 Oparator Action 

A maaaaga will ba typad daaignating a 2 lattar coda for tub taat 
aalaction. Tha auto logic taat "AL" ahould ba aalactad first to 
▼arify propar logic operation. Than "AD" ahould ba typad to run 
tha visual diaplay portion. 

WOTE: If acopa diaplay ia not availabla, rafar to tha AAll-K Mfg. 
and Fiald Accaptance Procadura, A-8P-AA11-K-5 for altamativa 

taating. 



SIZE 

-A- 



CODE 
SP 



NUMtER 

MAA6126-0-0 



REV 
A 




CN 010(2 1«-N«7?(1«7| 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 
TITLE 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST . APPENDIX A 



7.5 Bvidcnct of End of ?«••, or IttimaCtd tun Ti»« 

7.5.1 Subttat *'AL'* tak«t Approx. 30 lac. 

7.5.2 SubCMt '*AD^' taktt approx. 60 aac. 

7.5.3 Subtaat '*AL** la oparator dapandant. 

7.5.4 Subtaat "HL" i§ a aon-anding loop. 

7.5.5 Subtaat '*KD" la a ooo-andlng loop. 

7.6 Accaptabla Errora 
ROHE 

7.7 Procadura #B«it4irt Aftac Rap«lr 
7.7.1 lapaat atapa 7.2 through 7.6. 




SIZE 

.A. 



COOCf MiiMiirv 

8? MAA6126-0-0 



REV 
A 



CM-010«2 1*-M«73|J«2| 



tHCET 4 OF 4 






DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



\ 



MANUFACTURING SPECinc ATION 



M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



AMll-K MULTIPLKXL'S E:<P.\K0EH - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



i 
t 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO 



ORIQ 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



1 

m 



1i 
II 

Ml 
it 



hi 



Prev. 7668001-0-6127 



7^ 



ENG 



JrA 



i9f^^%tci 



APPD 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6127-0-0 



REV 
A 



w »-»n f i»-wyM<tt> 



SHEET 1 OF ^ 



MANUFACTIJ RINC SPEClFICA-n yfi 
TITIC 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



AMll-K MOLTIPLEXEl EZPARDCl 



1.0 IITIKODDCTIOB 



2.0 



3.0 



4.0 



5.0 



Th« int«nt of this proc«d«r« ia to tuHMrii* tho diagnoatlc vrit*-up for 
the purpoao of •zpodioacy. All inatnictiona containod in this procsdurs 
•ro dirset «ad hriof for roasons of siaplifieation, so «s not to eonfuss 
ths operator whoa porforainf th« diainostic tasting. For aora io-dcpth 
infonution. it vill ba iMcassary to rafar to tha diagnostic vrita-up. 

KZFEIZIICE DOCUMEWTATICII 

Tha docuaants listad balov ara for rafarancs only. 

2.1 Uorkaanship Manual 

ANll-K Osar's Manual EX-AallX-TH-001 

ANll-K Print Sat 



2.2 
2.3 
2.4 



ANll-K Manufacturing and Fiald Sjstasi Accaptanca Procadura 
A-8P-AM11-K-5. 



KQUIKED gST EOPIPtgHT 

3.1 Oscilloscopa Taktroais 453 or a^uivalant. 

3.2 BG5036 Maintanaaca Kit (C5036 Wraparound Nodula and a BC08K-01 Cabla) 

3.3 Callbratad DC voluga aourea (IDC Nodal NHOO or aquivalant). 

3.4 BC061-08 cabla 

3.5 ADU-K Analog Modula 
RIQUIRID nST SOnWAtt 

4. 1 NAIHSIC-ll-DZAOB-B AOll-K diagnostic usad for chsckout and dabug of 
tha AMll-E. 

4.2 M4INDBC-11-DZADB-A ADll-K DEC-X-11 axarcisar. 
SPECIAL lySPECnOIIS AW) CHECKS 
IK7NB 




SIZE COOC 
A I 8P 



NUMtER 

MAA6127-0-0 



REV 
A 



CN-oioti i»-«t«;2.(jtai 



«*iErr ^2 Qp 



MANUFACTURING STECIFICATION 



CONTIMUATION SHEET 



TITIC 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



6.0 



7.0 



TEST SETUP 

••1 ConnACt a BCll-T cable froa ADll-K J2 to AMll-K Jl. 

Connact th« BC08R-08 cabU froa A011>K Jl to AMll-K J3. 



«.2 
t.3 



Coimact GS036 taat aodula to J2, J4 or JS dapanding on which bank of 
channala oa tha AMll-K ara to ba tattad; i.a., J2 - CH20 - 37. 
J4 - CH40-57, J5 - CH60-77. 

NOTE: G5036 aodula connaeta to tha AMll-K via a BC08R-01. Thia 
cabla ahould ba Inatallad upaida down, i.a., A-W inataad of A-A. 

11 SYSTEM IHTECTATIOW TEST PROCEDDRE 

7.1 Load prograa through tha appropriate load aadia. 

7.2 Prograa atart addraca 

7.2.1 Load addraaa 200 

7.2.2 Start 000000 (St) atandard avitch aattinga 

7.3 Altarnata Svitch Sattiaga 

7.3.1 8W15 - I Halt oa arror 

7.3.2 Stfl4 - 1 Loop oa taat 

7.3.3 8W13 - 1 lahlbit arror typaouta 

7.3.4 8iri2 • 1 Halt for VTS5 diaplay 

7.3.5 SVll - 1 lahlblt itaratioaa 

7.3.6 SHIO - 1 Ball oa arror 

7.3.7 8tf09 • I Loop oa arror 

7.3.8 SWOB « 1 Loop on taat la SWR 7:0 



iiZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6127-0-0 



REV 
A 




KN 010a}i«-M«'>-lJt2) 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



rrriE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



7.4 OpttTAtor Action 

A ■••••ga It printed vith « li«t of tubtaact that cha '«aar say 
ail^^t. For aceaptanca varificarion, tha only taat to ba aalactad 
'.« taat "A", tha auto taat. Baf ora runninf tha taat, a 1 location 
patch ia nacaaaary to aalact ona of thraa baaa addraaaaa of tha 
channala to ba taatad. lafar to Saction 6.3 for channal aalaction. 
Tha location "baaa CtL" ahould ba patchad for 20 (chanoala 20-37 to 
ba taatad), 40 (channala 4(K57 to ba taatad) or 60 (rhtnnala 60-77 
to ba taatad). 

MOTE: If BG5036 wraparound taat board ia not availabla, rafar to 
tha AMll-K Hff . 6 Piald Aceaptanca Procadura A-8P-AM11-K-5 Saction 
7.2 for altarnativa taating. 

7.5 tvidanca of End Paaa or Eatiaatad lun Tiaa 

Whan ninnint tha auto taat '*E1ID PASS" will ba typad. Each paaa of 
tha auto taat takaa approsiaataly 10 ainutaa. 

7.1 Accaptabla Errora 

HONE 
7.7 Pxocadura MLaatart Aftar lapair 

lapaat atapa 7.2 through 7.6. 

MOH: If analog aaction of tha option ia rapairad, racalibration 
•ay ba nacaaaary. Rafar to AMll-K calibration procadura for furthar 
inatructiona. 



SIZE 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER REV 

MAA6127-0-0 A 




CN-oiM2i«-M«;3-(j»ai 



Ill 

I! 



ill 

Ml 
111 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



REV 



5 



II 



ll« 



> E I 

* 3 * £ 



LSP~11 SYSTEM CHECKOUr & ACCEPTANCE - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO ORIC 



Prev. 7668001-0-6130 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



-7g»y J^^/nyfA'f I ^?^s^?^/U^^C 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6130-0-U 



REV 

A 



EH-01M«-l«>N«72-()»2) 



SHEET 



OF 2 



MANUFACTURINC SPECmCATlON 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TT-ST , APPp4nTV a I 



LPS '11 SYSTEM CHECKOUT & ACCEPTANCE 

1.0 LPS -11 S«tup and Calibration 

lafar to DocunanC DBC-ll-HLRiA-B-D 

1.1 LPS-11 Accapcanca Procadura 
Rafar to Dociaa&t A-SP-LPSll'S-14 

1.2 Diagnoatlc Packaga 

A) LPS-11 Taat I MAIMDIC-ll-DZLPC 

B) LPS-11 Taat II MAINDEC-11-DZLPD 

C) H7023 Digital I/O '"aat MAIMDEC-ll-DZLPI-A 

Othar Ralatad Doctaanta 

LPS-11 SyatflB Uaara Cuida DEC-11-HLRlA-B-D 



SIZE CODE 

A I sp 



NUMBER REV 

M^A6130-0-0 A 



oac iHSM>-iMt-M«7a 



SHEET 



Of 



s 




i 
S 

II 
1J| 

11 

lilt 

* t e 

rM 

x «< o ^ 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. .VIASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION M.a.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



16 CHANNEL 12 BIT A/D FOR PDP-11/Q3 - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRI^ION 



CHQ NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



i^s 



ENQ 



Prev. 7668001-0-6135 



^>v J^^y, 



y^hjs/kr( 



7^ 




z. 



nzE 

.A. 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER REV 

MAA6135-0-0 A 



D«^iM«-i«-«««7a^»tt) 



SHEET 1 OF «♦ 



MANUFACrURIWC SPECIFICATION 



TITIE 



MQDOIAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



16 CHAMWEL 12 BIT A/D FOl FDP-ll/i3 



1.0 PrntPDUCTIOi 



Th« Intent of thit procadura is to ■uHMrlit tbo dlAgnostlc vrltoup. For 

tho purpo«« of ozpodlMBcy, tlM procoduro has boon kapt brlaf , and to tha 

point, to kaap fron confualnt the uaar. For additional Infonatlon, It 
win ba nacaaaarj to rafar to tha diagnostic wrltaup. 

2.0 lEFEKIHCl DOCQMEIITATICIt 

2.1 WorkMnahip Manual (8TD 116) 

2.2 Intinaarlng Spaclfleations 8P-AD711-A-3 

2.3 ADVU-A Print Sat 

2.4 EK-AOni-OP-#01 ADni-A, EHtrn-A, AAVll-A, OtVll Uaara Manual 
2.3 11L#3 Manufaeturinf Spacificationa 

3.0 REQUnZD TEST EOmPMEWT 

3.1 LSIll Standard Coaputar vith 8K of mmorj 

3.2 Tast connactar 70-12894 

3.3 Pracision roltaga sourca: Klactronic Davalopaant Corp. (EDC) VS-llM 
or aquivalant. 

3.4 ADni-A Bodttla 

3.5 Output tarainal/DLVU 
4.0 KEOPntlD TEST SOFTWARE 

4.1 MAUDBC 11 - DVADA ADVU-A ParforMnca Taat Diagnostic and iiritaup. 

4.2 MADIDBC 11 - OZADC DBC/Xll Exarciaar and wrltaup. 
5.0 SPECIAL nrSTBPCnOMS AW) CHECES 

5.1 If an H322 distribution panal is prasant, than connact A0?11-A by 
■aans of a K#6t-#6 eabla froa Jl of aodula to JIO of tha H322 
(aU C sad D TarUtioM of 11U3) 

5.2 Whan an AD711-A and a BMHl-A ara both prasant in tho systv aodula, 
jiapars (DSC 7#1#771) ara instsllad froa tha Elf output tab (CLE) to 
tha A/D clock orarflow tab (C) and froa Im Etf tab (STl) to tha A/D 
tab(s). 




SIZE CODE 

A Isp 



NUMtEII 

MAA613S-0-0 



f M-o) MI- u-M* y t-< Mn 



»«WT 3 OF 



REV 

,1^ 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFKATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIE 



MnniiTAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



5.3 Two RF ihltldt %f provided with Mch ADVll-A. Th«y ara lMt«ll«d on 
•acb slda of th« aodul*. 

5. A If th« ADVll-A Is hookftd up to an H322. than SEL sltnal wiat ba 

groundad on tha H322 to that tha A/D la ahlppad to tha cuatoaar In 
alnfla andad soda. To accoapllah thla, connact a wlra batwaan J8 
top acraw tarminal (SE aignal) to J7 top acraw tarmlnal (lofic GRD) 
on tha H322. 

6.0 TEST SET UP 

6.1 Inaura switch packa S2 and SI ara aat up for a davlca addraaa of 170400, 
and a vactor of 400 raspactlvaly. 

6.2 Inatall aodula in alota A thru D03 of CPU box C and D varlatlona of 
11L03. 

6.3 Install tast eonnactar 70-12894 In Barg Connactar Jl of aodula. 
7.0 11 SYSTEM IHTEGRATIOW TEST PROCEDUEE 

7.1 ADVll-A Parformanca Taat (DVADA) 

7.1.1 Load prograa through approprlata load aadia 

7.1.2 Summary of cvallabla taata and charactar typad to axecuta. 



Charactar Typad 

V 
C 
P 
L 

A 



Taat 

Wrap around taat 

C«libratlon taat 

Print valuas taat 

Logic tasti- 

Vraparounr' ^ logic taata 



* NOTE 1: Wraparound taat raqulras Barg Taat Connactar to run. 

pO.i 2: Program will giva inatructiona on calibrating upon typing C. 
7.1.3 Program atarting addrassas 

7.1.3.1 200 - For normal tast 

7.1.3.2 204 - Rastart 

7.1.3.3 210 - Option ara& bum- in 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP I 



NUMtER 

MAA6135-0-0 



REV 




CN-O10SM*-N«72(]«2l 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACniRINC SPECIFlCATiON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Tint 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TKS'r 



7.1.4 Altftrn«t« Soft««r« SI ■•ttlnta (176) 



7.1.4.1 
7.1.4.2 
7.1.4.3 
7.1.4.4 
7.1.4.3 
7.1.4.6 
7.1.4.7 
7.1.4.8 



811113 
8«R14 

811113 

8ini2 

8«ai 

810110 
811ft 9 

8ini 8 



7.1.3 Op«r«cor Actios 



1 Halt OB trror 

1 Loop on tMt 

1 Xahlbit •rrer typoouta 

1 Halt for VB3 Diaplay 

1 Zahlbit Itaratlona 

1 Ball on arror 

1 Loop on nrror 

1 Loop on taat in SVft<7:0^ 



daalrad. 



7.1.3.1 8at SVft blta 

7.1.3.2 Typa 200C 

7.1.3.3 Typa cbaraetar to run daalrad tait. 

7.1.6 Kvldanca of Ind of Faaa 

At and of paaa, tba following typaout vlll occur: 

**!») PASS GOOD UHtTS li88#8 W 800##ll" 

Thla Indicataa that ualta 1 and 2 hara run without failura. 

7.1.7 Ixacutlon tlaa for aach taat la: 



Calibration: 
Print Valvaa: 
Wraparound : 

Logic: 
Auto: 



3 coavaraiona/nitt. 1110 baud 

8 convacaiona/S aaconda I 110 baud 

7 ainutaa firat paaa;32 ainutaa for 
auccaaaiTa paaaaa 

1 ainuta 

8 ainutaa firat paaa; 33 ainutaa for 
auccaaaiva paaaaa 



7.1.8 Accaptabla Error a: lona 



SIZE 



cooc 

_SP 



NUMtCR I RCV 

MAA6135-0-0 A 



d I q 



m 



<N-«1MI-1«-M«y>-<S«»I 



•MEIT ^^ OF 1 



Ml 

5 
I 

in 

hi 

Vl 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION 



DATE 5/7/81 



TITLE M.A.S.T. IBll 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CMC NOi 



ORIO 



DATE 



APPO BY 



7^ 



DATE 



^i 



- w 5 



New Release 



ML0I3 



C 



^/aM* 



m 



ENQ Art Richard 



APPO Bob Beck 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A6154-o,Q 



REV 

A 



KN^IMS-l»«|«7a^Mt) 



s i 'rr ] 'fl p — ^ 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION 8HEET 



TITLI 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



IBll 



1.0 INTRODUCTION: 

1.1 Th« IBll option is a hardwart/softwarc packaga that 
allows tast and aaasuraaant instriMsnts that ara IEEE 
bus conpatibla to ba intarfacad with tha PDP-11 
Unibus. Tha IBll consist of a DWll Unibus to Q-bus 
Intarfaca, DDVll Bdckplana, and IBVll IEEE Instrisnant 
Bus Intarfaca. 



2.i REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION: 

2.1 Manuals k Bnginaaring Spacif ication: 

2.1.1 IBll Unibus to IEEE Instrumant Bus 

Intarfaca Installation Manual EK-IBllA-IN 



2.1.2 DWll Unibus to LSI-11 Bus 
Installation Manual 

2.1.3 IBVll-A LSI-11 Bus to Instrument 
Bus Intarfaca Usar's Manual 

2.2 prints and Schanatics: 

2.2.1 IBll Fiald Maint. print Sat 

2.2.2 DWll Unibus to Q-bus Print Sat 

2.2.3 IBVll-A LSI/IB Intarfaca Print Sat 



EP-DWllA-IN 
EP-IBVll-UG 

MP00620 
MP00459 
MP00274 



3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT: 

3.1 PDP-11 with 16K words of mamory. 

3.2 Consols tarainal such as an LA36, LA120 or aqulvalant. 

3.3 Appropriate load nadia. 

3.4 Digital Volt Matar (DVM) , accurate to .IV % 15 volts. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MA A61S4-0-0 



REV 
A 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUPACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



irrti 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



4.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS; 

4.1 CVIBB?? IBVll-A Diagnostic 

5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS; 

5.1 Wh«n installing tht M8217 nodule into an available 
Unibus backplane SPC slot, the NPG in/NPG out junper 
CAl to CBl nust be removed. 

6.0 INSTALLATION t TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS; 

6.1 Visual Inspection: 

6.1.1 Check for any structural daaage to aodules such 
as broken coaponents, cut etches, etc. 

6.2 Module Switch Configuration! 

6.2.1 The first M7954 Module switches are configured 
as follows: 

Reference Figures 1, 2, and 3. 

For Bus address 160150: 

S2 - switches 7, 8, ft 10 on. 

switches 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, fc 9 off. 

For vector address 420; 

51 - switches 1, 5f & 8 on. 

switches 2, 3, 4, 6, fc 7 off. 

6.2.2 Other M7954 aodules to be added to the system 
will use floating address and vector 
assignments. 

6.3 Module Cabling: 

6.3.1 Two BC05L-06 cables connect from the M82I7 to 
the M9401 module. See Figure 4. The red 
stripe on the cables must be adjacent to 
connectors pins W/UU on both modules. 



SIZE 

JL 



CODE 
SP 



NUMtEII 

MA A6154-0-0 



REV 

A 



SNEIT 



OF 









kJ ▲ Wft fC A ^^nrfl tDIKI^ CDC^II?!/^ A Tl/^kJ 


BHH 


CONTINUATION SHEET 1 


MANUFACTuRJNG 5PtCirICATION 


^^^^ MODULAR APPROACH VO SYSTEMS TEST 


6.4 Hodult Plac«mtnti 


Rtf«r to Figurtt 5 and 6. 


6.4.1 Th* M8217 it plactd in a availabla Unibus 


backplana SPC slot. 


6.4.2 The M9401 nodula is placed in slot A/BIl of the 


DDVll-C LSI-11 Bus backplane. 


6.4.3 The M7954 Instruaent Bus module is nora^ly 


placed into slot C/D01 of the DDVll-C LSI-11 


Bus backplane. If more M7954 nodules are to be 


added, install into slots noting device 


priority. See Figure 6. 


6.4.4 Ttie M9400-yB Terminator module is placed into 


the slot just after the last M7954. Normaly 


C/D02 of the DDVll-C. 


7.0 POWER CHECKS: 


The following voltage should be present on the respective 


ba'Tkplane pinst 


VOLTAGE TOLERANCE BACKPLANE LOC. 


45 V.D.C. 4.75V to 5.25V AA2, BA2, or 


CA2 


8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE: 


Note: For the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run 


in any particular situation, ani for current MAST 


minimum test criteria (e.g. pass-v^ounts, etc.). 


refer to the appropriate MAST CHECKLIST. The 


following is a list of step-by>step instructions for 


executing each individual diagnostic contained in 


the CHECKLIST. 




SIZE 


CODE 


NUMBER REV 




A 


SP 


MA A6154-0-0 A 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATIO N 
TITLI 



CONTINUATION 8HEET 



HODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.1 CVIBB?? IBVll-A Diagnostic 

8.1.1 Starting instructions: 
Starting addrasc is 200. 
CVIBBA IBVllA DIAGNOSTIC 
S.VR m 000000 NEW m <CR> 
END PASS! 1 

END PASSI 2 

8.1.2 No trrors are allowed. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE} 
SP 



NUMBER 

MA A6154-0-O 



REV 

A 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



15 «4 15 12 M 10 0» OS OT 0« 09 O* 03 02 01 00 



STANDA»»D ADDRESS 
CONFIGURATION (160150! 







ofr orr orr orf ofr orr 



OH 



ON Off ON 



U 



BrTC 

POtNTEH 

BIT 



_ O'IBS REGiSTEH 
I • reO REGISTER 

NORMALLY 
•(RESERVED FOR 
FUTURE USE) 



52 INDIVIDUAL 
SWITCH NUMBERS 



10 



NOTES: 

1 OFF • Logical 0; ON* Logicoi 1 

2 OMy 1K« IBS REGlSTE!? ADDRESS *! configurad «ia S2 Tht IBO REGISTER ADDRESS Qinoyt •4uOl» ih« 
IBS REGISTER ADDRESS ^2 . 



Figure 1 M7954 D«v.ce AddrcM Select 



ion 



15 '« 



13 



I? 



10 



0* ot 



or 



M 



OS 04 OS 0? 



01 



00 



STANDARD vfCTOR AOORCSS q^ ^f o,^^ Qff 
CONFIGURATION (0004201 



ON 



5) inOiv<OuAl 
S«'TCH NUMBCRS 





I 
1 




I 



C»BOR 

SE»v Ct acOuEST 

• COMMAND AND TAlkFR 

1 •LISTENER 



NOT USED 



J 



ON -Disable £»*i 

•NTEBWjPTS 
NCE 51 

err . »,c'»Mti EN'B.E 



NOTES 

1 OFF • LOflitoi ONMOfliCOi I 

2 0«.i» 'M VECTOR ADDRESS b."t (• 4) •>• €•«»'§»'•# »'fl 5' •'•» S •"« Z •'• IBvm-A 
ha.'daart - ltl«Ct«4 lo< •n* furclon* (hoan 

i 5 1 - 1 OFF • li" It tM oMf »»§«••• CO"*'***' eoiMt'** '0 f*» ,t>%i«iimt»\ »w« 
Si-B ON • AootMf i»ti»*< coniron*' <• c»«*«ti«« fc w* H>»ir«<»««<M but 



Figure 2 M 7954 interrupt Vecior Address Sclecnon 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A6154-0-0 



REV 
A 



«*«• 4«-.t«tt)-tMB4««»| 



iiii^^^l^ 



TT ^y^ — wi^'^^vy'm* ','j^ "' "i^ "' ' ^y^ * 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



10- 9\m 

INtTKuMfNT tUS 
CASlI COMNCCTO* 




vccTp* AOONcn 



UlCCT S«i' 



ISM 



(XM» HOM0i»TfS» 
MONfSS SClCCT 

■WITCMCS 



"\ry rT~l rvT" 







Q 
D 



D 









T 


-u- 




■V- 


■yr 


Ul 




1— 1 






LI 


-V- 


n 


-\r 



Q] 






D 



Q 



"U-| p/-! rv- 



DUq^D 



D 




I I 



I B 



Figure 3 M7954 Module Swritch Locations 



SIZE 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MA-A6154 -0-0 



REV 
A 



BKc a»<M0i>iM»N«yi 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 




IBI I InicrcoDMCtinf Diairam 
Fiqur» 4 



Mc tHMt)>sMa<M«ya 



SIZE CODE 
A I 8f 



MUMBM ^ 
MA-A6154-IH0 



REV 



tMfCT 



^ OF -JL 



MANUFACTURINC SFECIFTCATION 



TITLR MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATION SHfET 



^oritPNOCfsson 
Mooutc; 



II UNIIUS 



Ma7l7 INSTALLED 
IN SW: SLOT 



•CO5L06 
CASLES 



MM01 
tNSTALLEO 
IN SLOT AMI 

MMO»YI 

INSTALLIDIN 
SLOT NEXT TO 
ANOAFTENTHC 
LAST INSTRUMENT 
■US INTERFACE 
MODULE 




•O* 



UNItUS lACKPLANI 



OOvncrORODvMCK 

•ACKI»LANE 



M7tS4 INSTRUMENT 
■US INTERFACE 
MODULES 



Flgttr* 3 •■• ' Option in i PDP-I I Proctssor Btti 



NMNitT 
MNORITV 



e 



tamuf 

MIOMTV 



B 



^ 



ttMiV 



I 



BAMV 



I 



I 



CIWWiB 



I 



^-M 



DAMV 



I CMAMliO 



Pigur* 6 DDVII-C Backplane Priority Asiifnincnu 



SIZE 

JL 



CODE 
SP 



M^-^mU TT 



o«c a«sMci-iata4««7i 



SHEET 



OP 



I? 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION 



M<A«S«T. 



DATE 



TITLE ICS-11 INDUSTRIAL SUB-SYSTEM PROCEDURE - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



I 

s 

Ui 
hi 

n 
III 

I* 
lilt 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



I 



Zt 



^3s 



Prev. 7668001-0-6160 



^ 



T^^Jj/irftf-^^^iMt 



APPD 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6160-0-0 



REV 

C 



IM^IM»-l«-N«7«i*M} 



SHEET 1 OF 16 



MANUFACnjRlNC SPEClFICATlpN 

Tini 



CONTIMUATION SHEET 



1.0 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



ICS-11 IKDUSTIIAL SUB-STSTFM PROCEDURE 



SPECIAL INSTRUCTIOHS 

1.1 No slota nay b« •mptj b«tv««n A005 and A007 aodulaa. 

V7440 Bodul** autt navar ba loatallad In ICS flla alot #9. 



1.2 
1.3 

1.4 

1.5 



1.6 




A907 auat ba loatallad batvatn A005/A007 and tha M8030/ 
M8050 aodula (a) , vhan tha lattar la locatad vlthln four 
(4) alota of cha AO0S/AOO7 ao(f^ul( (a). 

ICS-J continuity Juapar Card auat ba Inatallad In tha "P" 
connactor block of all opan alota batvaen tha flrat and 
laat Intarruptlng aodula of a flla. 

Marcury vattad ralay aodulaa (A005, A007, M8030. M80S0) 
auat raalda In a vartlcal plana for a parlod of at laast 
ona (1) alnuta, to pravant aodula daaaga raaultlng fron a 
ahortad ralay. 

Intarruptlng aodulaa cloaaat t . tha control aodula haa 
hlgheat priority vlthln tha flla, and that flla cloaaat 
to tha procaaaor haa hlghaat priority vlthln tha ICSll. 



1.7 Optlona lAC-IA. lAC-IB, lAC-OA, and lAC-OB ahall ba 
ayataa taatad aa IDC-ID, IDC-IE, IDC-OA, and IDC-OB 
raapactlvaly . 

Modulaa uaad In thaaa conf Iguratlona auat hava juapar Wl 
Inatallad, only aftar coaplatlon of all ayataa taatlng. 

1.8 Tha AOOS-TA la a coaputar Spaclal Syataa'a variant, that 
ahall raqulra prograa aodlf Icatlona to tha In-houaa 
AUTOCAT dlagnoatlc. 



1.8.1 
1.8.2 

1.8.3 
1.8.4 



Rafaranca Tahla 5 for dlagnoatlc changaa. 

Rafaranca A-SP-A005-0-8, Sactlon 7, for A005-YA 
axplanatlon. 

Flald SatTlca ahall rafaranca labia 6 for calibra- 
tion taat paraaatara vhan ualng tha ICS Flald Taat 
Prograa. 

FA4T ahall rafaranca tha ICS Flald Taat Program 
vhan parforalng ra-callbratlon of tha A005-TA. 



SIZE 

A 




NUMBER 
MAA6160-0-0 



REV 

C 



CN 010t2 l«N«77 <J«2| 



SHcrr .J OF _il 



MANUPACTURINC SPECiFlCATiON 



CONT1NUAT10H SHEET 



Trai 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



2.0 tiygREHCK DOCDMENTS 

Manuftls 

Chackout Proctdur«s 

Acc«ptanc« Proc«dur«« 

P.S. Aec«ptAOC« 
Modultt T««t Proctdurtt 



Entln««rlng Spaclf.itl nf 



Prlnca 



EK-ICSll-MM 

A-SP-A6330-0-5 
A-SP-7010596 

A-8P-A6330-0-5 
A-SP-7010S96 

A-SP-ICSll-M-5 

A-SP-7010327-O-l 
A-SP-7011020-0-1 
A-8P-14/30-0-5 
A-SP-IC811-N-6 

A-8P-M68S0-0 

A-8P-M6870-0-O 

A-8F-M8030-0-8 

A-8P-M8050-0-8 

A-8P-W7410-0-8 

A-8F-W7411-0-8 

A-8P-W7430-0-8 

A-8P-W7431-0-8 

A-8F-H7440-0-8 

A-SP-IC811-M-4 

A-8P-A005-0-8 

A-8P-A007-0-8 

A-SP-A907-0-8 

A-SF-6330-0-8 

A-8P-H1501-0-1 

A-SP-IC811-M-6 

B-DD' ICSll-M 

B-OD-H9I2-0 

B-DD-IDA-O 

B-DD-ICJ-I 

B-DD-ZSB-I 

B-DD-IDC-0 

B-DD-ZDC-I 

B-OD-IAD-I 

B-DD-IMX-X 

B-DD-IlL-0 

B-DD-7010S96-0 

B-DD-7010327-0 



Size 



CODE 



NUMBER 

MAA6160-0-0 



REV 

C 




CNOlOtI l*N«7}-<S«|| 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURINC STBCmCATlOW 

TlTlf MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATION SHLET 



APPENDIX A 



3.0 



MainO«c Llatlngt 



AUTOCAT-11-QZICA (FA&T only) 
AaTOCAT-Il-QZICB (Module T«st 

only) 
AniOCAT-ll-QZICC (Modul* Tttc 

only) 
ND>11-DZICA (Fitld S«rv. only) 



lEFIREMCE TEST IQUIFMEWT 

-"T~^— """""■'"'^"■""^^"^"^■"""^"""""■^ 

3.1 7010S96 Sytt«a Taster (in-housa). 

3.2 Oscllloacopt, taktronlc 465 or tqulval«nt. 

3.3 A6330. DAC Tastar. 

3.4 "11** faally procaasor. vlth 8K aaaory. 
A.O SPECIAL IMSPECTIOW/CIECK 

4.1 Enaura ayataa coaponanta agraa vlth IC8 Una lt»>i8 on tha 
Cuatoaar laqulcltlon (ora. 

4.2 Enaura an alactroaagnatic ahlald la praaant batvaan tha 
K8090 and tha flrat I/O aodula for aach ICS Flla Box. 

4.3 Varlfy aach ICS Flla Box aodula (a) ara Inatallad accord- 
ing to tha approTad priority aaquanca tabla. Saa Tabla 1. 

4.4 Varlfy Flla Box (a) ara aacuraly groundad to tha aountlng 
cablnat and that tha lattar la aacurad ayataa povar 
ground. (uaa oha aatar) 

5.0 COWFICUIATIOII CUIDEIIWE8 

5.1 All ICS option aodulaa ara to ba Inatallad using tha aloe- 
priority aaquanca tabla. Saa Tabla 1. 

5.2 B912 aountlng taralnala auat not ba Inatallad In cablnata 
containing sanaltlva aqulpaant, auch aa dlaka or tapaa. 

8.0 TEST SET-UP 

Kafar to tast procaduras A-SF-7010596-0-0 and A-SF-A6330-0-5. 

Modula Configuration; aaa Tabla 1 through 4. 



SIZE 

A 



cooc 

SP 




NUMtEII 

MAA616Q-0-G 



REV 
C 



CN 01Ma>«-N«7>(3t2| 



SHEET 



OF 



MAISUFACTURINC STECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHeCT 



Tinc 



MODULAR /PPRDACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



7.0 



STSTIM IWnCRATIOH TEST PROCEDURE 

7.1 Pov«r up both th« Bjatrnm tatccr and ch« •yttaa under ttat. 
Also, if th« IDA-OA option t«st«r is to b« used at thia 
tlaa. It ahould also b« turned en. Allov 30 alnutaa for 
thia ayataa and taat g««r to atabiliza. 



7.2 IC^ll Syataas Taat Prograa 
NOTE: 



Thia diagnoatlc raquiraa tha uaa of a ICS ayataa 
tastar. 

7.2\1 Load tha ICS ayateaa taat program diagnoatlc ACTO- 
CAT-11-QZIRA ualng standard Digital Loading Pro> 
caduraa. 

7.2.2 Sat awitch ragiatar to 200, load and atart. 

7.2.3 Entar tha octal nuabar of tha fila to ba taatad. 

7.2.4 Entar tha vactor addraaa of the aaaa file. Addrc; 
range 23A-777. 

7.2.5 Enter (aalf (cr) ). Thia will autoaatically run a 
aalf taat of tha ayataa tester to verify that all 
Internal vorklnga of the taater are operative. 
Should errora be encountered during thia run, re- 
palra should be Inatituted before procedlng. 

NOTE: Systea tester cables should be disconnected 
froa the following option aodules before atteaptlng 
to run "self test". If not, falaa interrupt* aay 
be generated by the custoaer's file. IDC-IB, 
IDC-IC, IDC-IE and lAD-IA. 

7.2.6 Enter (Z (cr) ) to clear any prevloua job buffer 
entry. 

7.2.7 Entar the I/O optiona aounted within the ICS file 
to be teated. Thia file aay ba 1 or 12 poaalble 
fllea on the ayatea. 

7.2.7.1 Should the file configuration Include 

IDA-OA optiona, (A6330) do not enter then 
at thia tlae. 

MOTE: It is not neccaaary to rcaove this 
option while testing all other options, 
but do dlaconnect the DC input froo the 
IDA-OA option teat«r. (ref. A-SP-A6330 -O-C 
option teat procedure) . 



SIZE 

A 



CODE NUMBER 

SP MAA6160-0-0 



REV 



1^ 




IN 01012 l«N«r2(lt2) 



SHEET 5 



Of JL. 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITir 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST « APPENDIX A 



SAMPLE ENTRY 



#EA005 (CR) - Entar ona A005 In slot addrasa 00 to raal 
addraaa 171000. Modula connactid to ayataa taatara ana- 
log cabla. 

#EA007,4 (CR) - Eotar four A007'a in alot addraaaaa 02.04. 
06 and 10 raal addraaaaa 171002 to 171010 aodulaa connact- 
ad to ayataa taatara analog cablaa. 

#EV7411,5 (CI) Entar fiva V7411'a In raal addraaaaa 171012 
to 171023iaodulaa connactad to ayataa taatar DC cablaa 0>4 

#S«30 (CR) Sac alot addraaa aqual to 30. NOTE: Va ara not 
running A6330'a at thia tlaa. ao alct addraaaaa 24 and 26 
hava baan bypaaaad. 

#EM68S0.4 (CI) Entar four M68S0'a In alot addraaa 30 thru 
36. Raal addraaaaa 171030 thru 171036. 

Thxa coaplaeaa Cha loading of tha progiaw job uufT^.. to 
run all aodulaa with tha axcaptlon of both A6330'a. 

.2.8 Typa In (L (CR) ) to obtain tha aodula antry loadad into 
tha prograa. Thla ahould ba chackad againat your antry 
CO varify that all antriaa vara aada corractly. 

7.2.9 Aftar antaring tha aodulaa into tha job buffar. typa in 
(K (CR) ). Tha prograa will raapond with t ON . Thia 
will anabla tha prograa to run non atop. 

7.2.10 Typa in (R (CR) ). Thia will iniciata tha taat on tha 
flla box. NOTE: Should tha prograa ba haltad during 
paaa 2. it ahould not ba raatarcad for 30 ainutaa. if IAD - 
lA optiona ara within tha filabox ccuflguration. Thla 

T\i to alloy for atabiliiat ion of flying capa aountad on 
thia aodula . 

7.2.11 Run tha diagnoatic for a ainiaua of (1) tiaa apacifiad, 
or (1) coaplata paaa. Whichavar i^ longar . 



7.2.11.1 



7.2.11.2 



Tha currant paaa '*ount can ba obtainad by 
Cyping "p*" on- cha Cal-^Cypa. NOTE: If tha ICS 
fila haa a aaxiaua lo«d of (16) analog aodulafi 
(voraC caaa diagnoacir run Ciatf) a coaplata 
paaa will caka approxIaat« ly ll| houra. 

Connacc all I/O cablaa froa tha ICS to tha 
H009 MTG panal (aftar taata hava baan run 
auccaaafully in Accaptanca) . and hava QC 
Inapact tha inatallation . 




SIZE 

-A- 



CODE 



NUMBER 

MAAblbU-U-U 



c 



CN OlOfll l%-***tt lJt}| 



SHCiT 



OF 



16 



MANUFACTlJ^Ni? y^fff^ATON 



C0MT1NUATI0N SHEET 



Tin/ 



MODULAR APPROACH 7 SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



7.3 IC811 Fi«ld T«»t Prograa 



MOTE 



Thli dl«tno««lc r«qulr«t th« u«« of a fl«ld UDC/ICS 



c«*t«r 



7.3.1 l«f. Specification A-SP-ICSll-M-5 for Indapth •%- 
planation. 

7.4 ICS-11 8y»t««i T«it Profra* In Conjunction with A6330 
DAC Taatar. 

7.4.1 Dlacoonact all I/O ayata* taatar cablaa fro* tha 
fllaa that wara pravloualy teatad. 

7 4 2 Flva A6330'a can ba connactad to tha option taatar 
at thla tl«a, but thay will hava to ba acopad lo- 
dapandaatly of ona anothar. 

7.4.3 Entar (Z ''1 ) on tha talatypa to claar all ora- 
▼loualy antarad Joba. 

7.4.4 Entar (E CI ) on tha talatypa to chack what atate 
tha •'E*' coaaand la In. Tha E co»«and for thla taat 
aho lid ba in tha off Boda. 

7.4.5 Entar tha alot addraaa location for all tha IDA-OA 



optlona wlthlo tha flla 



NOTE 



only (5) flva IDA-OA optlona c 



an ba connact- 



,d to tha taatar. If othara ara praaant, thay can 
ba taatad upon tha co«piatlon of thla taat. 

Exaapla of loading tachnlqua to ba ufad for IDA-OA 
optlona: 

#8-24 cr Sat alot addraaa aqual to 24 

# E A6330. 2 ^cr> Entar A6330'a In ;lot addraaaaa 



24 and 26 raal addraaaaa 

and 1 raapactlvaly 



171024 and 17102c, Joba 



7.4.6 Adjuat all aattlnf 



a for tha acopa, and awltcb th« 



option taatar to tha flrat option (card/cabla 



output) Job 



(rafaranca A6330 option taat pr( 



cadurc A-8P-A6330-0-5. ) 

7.4.7 Typa 1« lJO<cr>. Thla will ^»^'^*«, V"'/.?"'" 
Ing on tha flrat IDA-OA option or Job at alot 
addraaa 171024. (aaa atap 7.4.5) ra.pa will ba 



outp 



tputad to tha option for acopa Baaauraaanta 



SIZE 

A 



cooc 

SP 



NUMSIR REV 

MAA6160-0-0 C 




CNO1042 l«N«;2 ()«3l 



SHEET 



OF 



16 



MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Trar 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



7.0 SYSTEM IHTIGRATIOH TIST PIOCEDUIE CONT. 

7.4.B Coapars th« acop* vAvtfora against tha tolarancas 
Indlcatad within tha option taat procadura A-SP- 
A6330-0-S. If tha option la found to ba vlthln 
tolaranca, procaad to tha naxt atap. If not.rapalr 
adjust, or raplaca tha option, and rataat until 
accaptabla. 

7.4.8.1 To adjuat tha A6330, or IDA-OA Option, 
procaad as follova: (Raf. Flgura 1) 

A. 71rst aaaaura tha carda rafaranca vol- 
taga batvaan "TP2" and "IPC". It 

should ba 4-2 volts > 2av. If out of 
spac, us« tha "-^2 v~adj." pot to ad- 
4"'^ ^^ vlthln tolaranca. 

B. Sat tha thuabvhaal avltch to tha card 
undar tast. 

C. Sat tha thuabvhaal svltch to channal 
or tha flrat voltaga output. 

D. Adjust tha pot "D/A 0" gain adjuat for 
chanaal 0. Tha output on tha acopa 
should ba adjuatad vlthln tha ± 20av 
tolaranca. 

E. Sat tha thuabvhaal avltch to ch«. oal 2 
or tha sacond voltaga output. 

7. lapaat stap D, but usa pot aarkaJ 
"D/A 1" gain adjust. 

G. Rapaat atapa C thru F for rcaalnlng 
tvo voltaga channals 2 and 3 (thuab- 
vhaal aattlnga 4 and 6 raapactively) . 

B. Rasat thuabvhaal avltch to channal 1. 
This Is tha first currant output 
channal. 

Z. Adjuat tha currant offaat of channel 1 
as closa as pcsslbla to ground by 
using pot. "off 0". 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMSER 

MAA6160-0-0 



REV 

C 




it 



eN-oio«2i»-N»7a-iJt2) 



SHEET .J OF _il 



MANUFACTURINQ SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITl» 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



7.0 SYSTEM INTEGRATION TEST PROCEDURE COMT. 



J. Adjuit th« current gain of channtl 1 
to fall within th« raquirad ± 20 av 
tolaranca. 

K. Raaat tha thuabvhaai ivltch to channal 
3 or tha aacond currant output. 

L. Rapaat atapa I thru J and rapaat thaaa 
atapa for the raaalning currant cut- 
puta channala S and 7. 

7.4.9 Typa "Control C" to taralnata the teat. 

7.4.10 If other IDA-OA optiona have been entered, type in 
fhe next job to be run. Repeat atapa 7.4.7 thru 
7.4.9 until all joba have b«en teated. 

7.4.11 Turn "E" coaaand on by typing "K" on the terainal. 

7.4.12 Enter R 4ct7 and run all IDA-CA optiona entered in 
atep 6.4.5 for (1) hour. With the "t" coaaand on, 
paaa 2 will only be run during thia teat. It ia 
not neceaaary to acope the outputa for thia teat. 

7.4.13 Typa "Control C" to terainate the teet. 

7.4.14 Repeat atapa 7.4.6 thru 7.4.10. Should any of the 
optiona fail, repair and repeat all testa. 

7.4.15 If there are aore than (5) five IDA-OA optiona 
within thia file, it will be neceaaary to repeat 
atapa 7.4.5 thru 7.4.14 to teat tha reaaining. 

7.5 Repeat all teata 7.0 thru 7.4.15 for all other filea on 
tha ayataas configuration. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6if;.i-n-o 



REV 

c 




CN-O10t3-1»-N«7}<)t7) 



SHfET 



9 OF 16 



MANUFACRJIUNC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



TABLE 



FILE BOX > MODULE PRIORITY TABLE 



PRIORITY 


HOOULE 


OPTION 


COWfENTS 


SEQUENCE 








I 


AC05 


IAI>-IA 




2 


A007 


IMX-IA 


7 MAX 


^ 


A005 


IAI>-IA 




<» 


A007 


IMX-IA 


7 MAX 


S 


A907 


ISH-IA 




i 


W7410 


IDC-IA 




7 


U7411 


UC-IA 


H912. ♦ K40J 


• 


W74U 


IDC-ID 




9 


W7440 


lOC-IC 




10 


W7430 


IDC-IB 




11 


W7431 


UC-IB 


B912, ♦ BC40J 


•12 


W7431 


IDC- IE 




13 


A6330 


lOA-OA 


12 MAX 


14 


M6t70 


IDC-OB 




'15 


M6I70 


UC-OB 


M912. ♦ BaOJ 


16 


M«8S0 


IDC-OA 




17 


M6850 


lAC-OA 


H912, ♦BC40J 


18 


N8030 


IRL-OA 




19 


MS050 


IlL-OB 





SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMKR 

MAA6160-0-0 



REV 

C 



di i g'i I t a 



CN-ei Ota- It-M* 72-< 3tX) 



•MEET 10 OF 16 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Trar 



MODUIAH APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST " APPENDIX A 



TABLE 2 



A005 STARDAtD JUMPER COUP I CURAT I ON 



JUMPER 


IH/OUT 


PUNCtlON 


W108 

Win 


OUT 
IM 


INTERRUPT MODE 
ICS-II 


AGO? STANDARD JUMPER CONPIGURATION 


JUMPER 


IM/OUT 


PUMCriON 


W21 
W22 
U23 
W24 
U2S 
W26 
W27 


OUT 
OUT 
OUT 
OUT 
OUT 
OUT 
OUT 


SEUCT HUX # I 
SEUCT HUX # 2 
SEUCT HUX # 3 
SEUCT HUX # 4 
SEUCT MUX # S 
SEUCT HUX # 6 
SEUCT HUX « 7 



W7430 STANDARD JUHPER CONPIGURATION 



JUMPER 


IN/OUT 


PUICTION 


W58 
W59 


tN 

OUT 


INTEUUPT MODE 
ICS-ll 



W7431 STANDARD JUMPER CONPIGURATION 



JUMPER 


IN/OUT 


PUNCTIOM . 




W 9 
WIG 


OUT 
XM 


INTERRUPT MODE 





SIZE 

A 



COOC NUMBER 

SP I MAA6160-0-0 



REV 

C 



SPS^QID 



CN-c;Ot2-l«-N«72-(3t2) 



SHEET JLL. OP 1^ 





COAITINUAnON SHEET 1 


ll.%NUFACrUUNG SPECIFICATION 








^'^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 


- APPENDIX A 






• 
• 

TABLE 3 










H7440 STANDARD JUMPEl CONFICUtATION 








1 

JUMPER 


IN /OUT 




FUNCTION 


W 2 


IN 




ICS-U 




W16 


OUT 




INTERRUPT mOl 






M8090 5TAIf»^AIlD JOMIEl C0«riCUIA'»'10« 




■ 


rilt No. 


ICSR/ICAR JUMPERS 1 1 


A12 .All AID A9 AS 


:i A6 A3 


A4 


Ai 




V22 W21 W20 W19 VIS 


V17 W16 WIS 


vu 


W13 


00 OUT IN IN OUT OUT 


OUT OUT OUT 


OUT 


our 


01 OUT IN IN OUT OUT 


OUT OUT OUT 


OUT 


IN 


02 • OUT IN m OUT OUT 


OUT OUT OUT 


IN 


OUT 


03 OUT IN ZM OUT OUT 


OUT OUT OUT 


IN 


IN 


04 OUT IN IN eOT OUT 


OUT OUT IN 


OUT 


OUT 


05 ' OUT IN IN OUT OUT 


OUT OUT IN 


OUT 


IN 


06 OUT IN IN OUT OUT 


OUT OUT IN 


IN 


OUT 


07 OUT IN IN our OUT 


OUT OUT IN 


IN 


IN 


OS OUT IN IN OUT OUT 


OUT IN OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


09 OUT IN IN OUT OUT 


OUT IN OUT 


OUT 


IN 


10 OUT IN IN OUT OUT 


OUT IN OUT 


IN 


OUT 


11 OUT IN III out OUT 


our IN OUT 


IN 


IN 


JuBp«r OUT - Logic "1" 








Juaptr IN - Logic "0" 










SIZE 


coot 


mm%tn 


REV 






JI. 


MAA61S0-0-0 


C 




CN-Ol Ma- 1 ••N* 7>-< 3« It 



SHEET 



Of ai_ 



MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICAnON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



nrif 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



TABLE 4 
N8090 SXAMOAII) JUMPEl COWriCUlATIOM 
PILE JUMPCKS 



AD7 


AD6 


ADS 


ADU 


W12 


Wll 


VIO 


W 9 


IN 


IN 


n 


IN 


IN 


IN 


tN 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


Ui 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


III 


OUT 


IN 


OCT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


oirr 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


n 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 



Juapcr OUT • Logical '*1" 
Juapar IN - Logical "0" 





H8090 STANDAIO JUMPER CONPICURATION 








PiU 


Vtccor 


VECTOR ADDRESS . 


lUMPERS 1 


D8 


07 


D6 


D5 


D4 


03 


D2 


No. 


Addrtfs 


W7 


W6 


W5 


W4 


W3 


U2 


Wl 


00* 


234 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


01** 


300 


IN 


our 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


IN 


IN 


02 


304 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


03 


310 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


IN 
OUT 


04 


314 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


05 


320 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


06 


324 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


our 


IN. 


OUT 


07 


330 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


08 


334 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


our 


OUT 


OUT 


09 


340 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


IN 


10 


344 


IN 


our 


OUT 


OUT 


INi 


IN 


OUT 


11 


350 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 










1 









tt 1 n 



JuBp«r OUT • Logic '^l 



Juap«r !R • Logic 



••am 



Size 
A 



cooc 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6160-0-0 



REV 

C 




CN-«lMMft-N«72H>f>l 



SHEET JLL. OF 



16 











CONTINUATION SHEET 


1 


MANUFACTUKING stecifkatkin 


i 


^"^' MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMb TlSbT - APPENDIX A 


TABLE S 


ADTOCAT DIACHOSTIC "PATCHES" 

■ • 

; 




ADDRESS TO BE CHANGED 






ICSll 


ICRll 




AUTOCAT-11-QZICA 


AUTOCAT-11-QZICA 


NEW CONTENTS 




033210 


C33722 


100020 




033230 


033312 


100420 






033250 


033332 


100066 






033270 


033352 


100100 






033310 


033372 


100500 






033330 


033412 


100466 






033346 


033430 


100000 






033350 


033432 


101001 






033370 


033452 


101004 






033410 


033472 


101066 






033530 


033612 


101466 






033550 


033632 


101404 






033566 


033650 


100000 






033570 


033652 


101401 

• 




. 


SIZE CODE NUM8EII 
_A_^j. MAA6160-0-0 


REV 




C 




CN-OIMM*-M«'M>f}t 



fMECr 14 OF 16 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Tmf 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



TABLE 6 
CALIBRATION TABLE FOR A005-YA 



T 



Tolerance (LSB) 



EDC Out:put 



Bipolar Unipolar 



Gain 



'Channel 



A005-YA A007 



Averafee 



Bipolar Unipolar 



Bipolar Unipolar 



+0V 
-K)V 
+0V 
+0V 

+5MV 
-5MV 

+9MV 

-9MV 

+10MV 

■f36MV 

-KOMV 

+0V 
+0V 
•H3V 
•fOV 

+I80MV 
■KOOMV 
+3.6V 
+5V 



+0V 
+0V 
+0V 
+0V 

+5MV 



+9MV 

+ 10MV 
+36MV 
+AOMV 

-l-OV 
+0V 
+0V 
+0V 

+1B0MV 
+/»OOMV 
+3.6V 
4-5V 



+9. 9609V +9. 9609V 
-9.980AV 



1000 
500 
250 
125 

1000 
1000 

1000 

1000 

500 

250 

125 



1 
1 
1 



10 
10 
10 



lO 
10 

10 
10 
10 
10 
10 



50 


10 


12.5 


10 


2.5 


10 


1 


. 10 


50 


10 


12.5 


10 


2.5 


10 


1 


10 



10 
10 
10 






0000 
0000 
0000 
0000 

2000 
6000 

3A63 
A315 
2000 
3A63 
2000 

0000 
0000 
0000 
0000 

3A63 
2000 
3A63 
2000 

3770 
A007 
6000 



0000 
0000 
0000 
0000 

AOOO 



71A6 

AOOO 
71A6 
AOOO 

0000 
0000 
0000 
0000 

71A6 
AOOO 
71A6 
AOOO 

7760 



+A 
^2 
+2 
±2 

+5 
55 

+5 
+5 
73 
+3 
+3 

+2 
+2 
+2 
+2 

+2 
T2 
•f3 
+2 

■»-3 
+3 
+2 



+6 

T3 
73 

•»-8 



+10 

■• mm 

+5 
T6 

is 

•f3 
;^3 
?3 

13 
44 

+5 
+5 



* Channel to be used for each A007 




A007 # 


1 


2 


3 


A 


5 


6 


7 


CHANNEL 


.21 


iA2 


63 


8A 


105 


126 


1A7 



CN-01M>U-N«yi(3«2| 



SIZE 



cooc 



NUMBER 

MAA6160-0-0 



SNEET 



15 



OF 



REV 

C 



16 



.£* 



f^,>--jj^^-:,i^ 



MAWUFACTURIWC STECiFICATlON 



CONTINUATION SHttl 



'^^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



D 



Cain C 


CH 1 

CH I 

CH 3 
CH 3 

CH 5 
CH 5 

CH 7 
CH 7 


I Gain Adj. 


Off 


I Off Adj. 






' Cain 1" 
Off 1 


I Cain Adj. 
I Off Adj. 






Gain 2 
Off 2 


I Gain Adj. 
I Off Adj. 


Gain 3 
Off 3 


Z Gain Adj . 
I Off Adj. 



TP2 
o TPC 



ML 



0/ A 



-BTTT 



"BTTT 



♦ 2V T,F. 
Analog God. 



♦2V ADJ. 
CHO V Gain Adj. 
CR2 V Cain Adj. 
CH4 V Cain Adj. 
CH6 V Cain Adj . 



S 



A6330 DAC Hodula 
Top Vitw 



rZGUlK 1 



CHAimEL 




VO - 
10 - 
VI - 
XI - 
V2 - 

12 - 
V3 - 

13 - 



CAU) -1 



e 



J 







THUMBWHEEL SWITCH 
nONT VIEW 



COOej NUMBER I RCV 

SP I MAA6160-0-0 I C 



SIZE 




CN«10t> I««M7>(M1I 



SHEET .li. OF 



16 



! 



I 

s 

II 

Ui 
;|lt 

* ? c 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



ICR-11 INDUSTRIAL SUB-SYSTEM PROCEDURE - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



B 



c <T c 

- ItJ s 



Prev. 7668001-0-6165 



TPrV J^Apfff.fiCO»( 



T^I^ 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6165-0-0 



REV 

B 



»t-Mm»-f-H%7t-i$9n 



SHEET 1 OF 23 



MANUFACTURING STECIFiCATION 



TmE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



ICR-ll IMPUSTIIAL SUB-STSTEM PROCEDURE" 

i.o syECiAL iNanpcTiotis 

1.1 No ilott WMj b« MptT b«tw«tta A005 and A007 aodulat. 

1.2 V7440 .aodulM auat o«v«r b« Inccallad la ICS file tiot #9. 

1.3 A907 mi»t U inatallad batwaan AO05/A0O7 and cha M8030/K80S0 taodulaa 
(a)» whan tha Uttar la locatad within four (A) aloea of cha A005/A007 
■odulaa (a) . 

lA ZCS-J continuity Juapar Card auat ba Inatallad In tha T* connactor 
block of all opan alota bacwaan tha flrat and laat Intamiplng aodula 
of a flla. 

1.5 Marcuvy wattad ralay aedulaa (AOOS, A007, M8030, M8050) wtat raalda In 
a vartlcal plana foic a parlod of at laaat on* ^1) •Inuta, to pravant 
■odula daaaia raaultlnf froa a al^ortad ralay. 



1.6 Intarruptlat aodulaa cloaaat to tha control aodula haa hlghaat priority 
within cha flla, and that flla cloaaat to tha procaaaor haa hlghaat 
priority within tha ICl-11. 

1.7 Optlona IAC-IA» lAC-Zl, XAC-OA, and lAC-OB ahall ba ayataa taatad aa 
IDC-ID, IDC-n, IDC*04 and IDC-OB raapacclvaly. 

Modulaa uaad In thaaa conflguratlona auat hava Juapar VI Inatallad, 
only aftar coaplatlon of all ayataa taatlng. 

1.8 Tha AOOS-TA la a coaputar apaclal ayataa*a variant , that ahall raqulra 
prograa aodlflcatlon to tha In-bouaa ADTOCAT dlagnoatlc. 

1.8.1 Inf. tnbla 7 for dlngnoatlc changaa. 

1.8.2 laf. A-SF-AOOS-0-8, faction 7, for A005-TA axplanatlon. 

1.8.3 Flald Sarvlca ahall rafaruica tabla 8 for calibration taat para- 
aatara whan aalag chm ICI-11 Flald Taac Frograa. 

1.8.4 Rafaranca tha ICR -11 Flald Taat Frograa wh#a parforaing ra- 
callb^atlop of tha A005-TA. 



SIZE 



CODE 
SF 




NUMSEII 



lEV 

B 



(N OlMt l«-N*7t (]•>} 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUPACTURWC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



THll MODULAR APr'^OACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



2.0 EiygiaiCE DOCUMENTS 
MantiAla: 
Chtckout Proc«dur«s: 

Acocptanca Procadurta: 

f.S. Accaptanca: 
Modula Taat Procaduraa: 



Inflnaarlng SpaclflcaClona: 



Prints : 



EK-ICIll-HM 

A-SP-A6330-0-3 
A-8P-7010596 

A-SP-A6330-0-5 
A-SP-7010596 

A-SP-ICIlll-A-5 

A-SP-7010327-0-1 
A-SP-7011020-0-1 
A-SP-14/30-0-5 
A-SP-ICIll-A-? 

A-SP-Hl 601-0-1 

A-SP-M6BS0-O-8 

A-SP-M6870-O-8 

A-8P-il8030-O-8 

A-SP-II80S0-O-8 

A-SP-V74 10-0-8 

A-iP-V7411-0-8 

A-SP-V7430-O-8 

A-8P-V74 31-0-8 

A-SP-W7440-0-8 

A-iP-«772-0-3 

A-iP-AOOS-0-8 

A-8P-A007-O-8 

A-SP-A907-0-8 

A-8P-4330-0-8 

A-8P-11301-O-1 

A-SP-ZCIll-A-1 

l-01>-IC]ai-A & C 

B-DD-H912-0 

B-DD-niA-O 

1-DD-ICJ-I 

S-DD-ISH-I 

B-DO-IDC-O 

B-DD-IDC-I 

B-DD-IAD-I 

l-DD-IMZ-I 

1-DD-IlL-O 

B-DD-7010596-0 

B-DD-7010327-O 




tN-«lMM*-N«}} Dtai 



size 

.A. 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6165-0-0 



H 



EV 



IMIIT «J_ OF 



23 



MAWUFACTURINC STECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TtTlE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



APPENDIX A 



KaloDac Llttlnirft 



AUT0CAT-11M)ZI1A (FAAT only) 

AUTOCAT-11-qzniB (BVH only) 

MD-ll-DZIKA 

HD-11-DZIU (Tlald Sanrlct onl/) 



3.0 IiriRENCE TEST EQUIPMENT 

3.1 7010596 Syitra T«it«r (In'houfa) W I/O Eotcndar cablcf. 

3.2 Otcllloscop«, ttktronlc 465 or •qulvalant. 

3.3 A6330, OAC Taattr. 

3.4 "11" fa^ly procMsor. with 8K Mwry. 
4.0 SPECIAL giSPECTIOM/CHgCK 

4.1 Envurt Syatta Coaponantt «gr«« with ICR Una Itaaa on tha Cuatoaar 
taqulaltion ForB. 

4.2 Eaaura an Elactroaagnatie Shlald la praaant batvaan tha K8096 and tha 
flrat I/O Kodula for aach ICS Plla Box. 

4.3 Varlfy amch ICS Plla Box Modula (a) ara Inatallad according to tha 
approvad priority aaquanca tabla. Saa Tabla 1. 

4.4 Varlfy Flla Box (a) ara aacuraly groundad to tha aouatlng cablnat and 
that tha lattar la aacurad Syataa Povar Grottnd. (uaa oha aatar) 

5.0 COHFIGDRATIOil GUIDELINES 

5.1 All ICS option aodulaa ara to ba Inatallad ualng tha alot-prlorltr 
iaquanca tabla. Sac Tabla 1. 

5.2 B912 aountlng tarmlnala lat not ba Inatallad In cablnata containing 
aanaltlva aqulpmant, auch aa dlakc or tapaa. 

^.3 ICE aodulaa ara to ba Inatallad par approvad placaaaat. Saa Flgura 1. 

6.0 TEST SET~OP 

Rafar to taat procadura A-SP'-7010596-0-0 and A-SP-A63 30-0-5. Module con- 
figuration: aaa Tabla 1 thru 6. 



SIZE 



CODE 
SP 




NUMtCR 

MAA6165-0-0 



REV 

B 



CN010I2 i«N«;2<]«2| 



SHEET 



:. OF 



23 



MANUFACTURING STECIFICATION 



CONTIi^UATION SHEET 



Tmc, 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



6.1 



Mechanical Chackout 
6.1.1 



6.1.2 



6.1.3 



6.1.4 



6.1.5 



Xhara ara two dlatlnct aechanlcal varlatlona to cha 
ICRll: tha ICull-A, which la a cablnat ■ountable 
varaloo; aad tha ICRll-C (NEMA) . which la ancloaad 
for uaa in harah induatrlal anvlronaanta . Both 
unita ara alactroolcally Idantlcal with tha axcap- 
tlon of a haat circuit praaact only In tha ICRll-C. 

Tha ICRll-C varalon will ba ahlppad to tha FA&T 
llQ« on an ancloaad akld. Bafora procaadlng. It 
will ba nacaaaary to reaovc tha ehlpplng container 
cover. Thla la accoapllahad by reaovlng (8) bolta 
at the baaa of the cover. 



Reaove top 
aertlon of 



reer aodule cerd guldaa tc allow for In 
ayatea teat cablea. 



ICBll-A - Connect tha I/O teat cablea to all 
optlona aounted within the fll^. except lAD-OA 
(A0005), IMX-IA (A0007) or IDA-OA (A6i30) . Options 
lAD-IA end IMX-IA require apeclal teat gear hard- 
ware. IDA-OA option teeter. (reference procedures 
ICS/ICR eyateaa teeter procedure A-SP-7010596-0-0 
and IDA-OA (A6330) Checkout Procedure A-SP-A6330- 
0-5 for detailed Inf'rratlon on configuring and 
connecting thoee teatarn). 

NOTE: Do not attempt to run IDA-OA optlona with 
lAD-IA and IMX-IA optlona connected to the system 
teeter. 

ICRll-C - All condltlona In step 6.1.4 hold true for 
the ICRll-C, but It vUl be neceaaary to add exren- 
dor ceblea to the I/O Syaten Teat Cables In order 
to nake the neceaaary connectlona within the NEMA 
caatlng. 



Thla 

door 

file 

abou 

door 

exte 

the 

loca 

cabl 

conn 

in t 



can 
to 
ret 
t al 

a to 

nder 

reae 

ted 

e up 

ectl 

^e f 



be beet eccoaplluhed by opening the front 
the NEMA caatlng, and removing the tour (4) 
alning acrews. Slide the file forwerd 
X (6) Inchee. Now open both elde acceaa 

the NEMA. Connect the aatlnf end of the 

cable to the I/O eyatea teat cable. Snake 
inlng end up Into the NEMA conduit hole 
on the bottom of the caatlng. Uork the 

Into the back of the ceatlng until the 
on can be aada with the option aounted with 
lie. 



SIZE 



ccoc 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6165-0-0 



REV 

B 



SQSBDSD 



CN O10«} >«-N«72 ( Jt3l 



SHEET J OF 23 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITir 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - AlrPENDIX A 



6.1.6 It !■ btat to connect options In th« ctntar of th« 
fllo and vork out to both onds. E«ch conduit hole 
it ciip«bl« of •xccpting eight (8) cables, so If 
sixtssn (16) options sccovpsny th« fils, both 
conduit helss aust bs ussd. After all option 
cables are connected, slide the file back in, and 
close all three NEMA doors. All testing should be 
accoBplished on the file in this aanner. 

6.1.7 Insert the Master Control and Interface Nodules 
(HS094, and M8098) into the provided DDllB block 

or aTailable SPC slots on the systea. Be sure that 
all juaper locations are correct. (lef. table 2-6) 

6.1.8 Check the following herdwere for proper installation 
against the ICRll Engineering Print Set iB-DD-ICRll- 
A and C. 

BC08 Cables (Master and Slave connectlons)-Teletype 
Juaper Connector #7011332 23 foot seriel interface 
cable between aeeter and slave N8098 aodules 
#7011239. 

MOTE: ICtll-C version only - disconnect the slave 
N8098 Digital cable froa the inside bulkhead con- 
nection. This la necessary to facilitate eating 
of the ■•rial laterface teat cable #7011239. Route 
the test cable up thro the bottoa conduit hole be- 
fore connecting to the pigtail. 

6.1r9 Reference the ZC8 eyateae teeter procedure #A-SP- 
7010396-0-0 for proper internal conversion and 
panel switch aettinga to be uaed on the aystea con- 
flturatlon to be tested. 

VOTIt Systea Teeter's BCll-A bus cable plugs into 
lest unibue elot of the custoaer's systea. DO HOT 
PLUG THI8 CAltE IMTO THE ICR riLEBOI UHDER TEST . 

7.0 SYSTEMS TEST 

7.1 Power up both the syetea teeter end the eystea under test. 
Alec, if Che IDA-OA option tester is to be used at thia 
tla«f it ehould also be tamed on. Allow 30 ainutee for 
this ayatea and test gear to atabilise. 

7.2 ICR-11 Controller Teett 

ffOTIt it it not aecessary to have the ZCS aystsa teeter 
coaaected to the systea aader test to perfora this testing. 



tIZK ICOOC 

A r»y 



NUMUII 

MAA6165-0-0 



iiev 

B 



SNMM*-t«-M«yt-{M» 



SNCCT 



MANUrACTUIIINC gEClFICATlOW 

^^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST _ APPENDIX A 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



7.2.1 Load th« "XCl Controllar Dlagnoatle MAIMDEC-11-DZIRA 
ualdg ataadard Digital Loading Procoduraa. 

7.2.2 Sat awlteh raglatar to 224 and load addraaa. 
MOTE: Thla atartlng addraaa Includaa povar fall 
taatlng. 

7.2.3 t*iaat tha avltch raglatar to 1000 and praaa atart. 

ROTE: Rafaranca dlagnoatle wrlta up MAIMDEC-ll- 
DZIRA-D for additional Information and awlteh aat> 
tlnga if daalrad. 

7.2.4 Chaek tha ayataa «ap agalnat tha ayataa eooflgura- 
tlon to Inaura that all fllaa raportad on axlat, 
and that all that axlat, ara raportad. 

''.2.S Powar fall taat oaeh raaota fllabox on tha ayataa, 
aa Inatructad to do ao by tha prograa. ..... 

7.2.6 Upon coaplatloa of tha Povar Pall Taat, run tha 
dlagnoatle for tiaa apaelflad for avary flla on 
tha ayttaa. Tharafora, a two flla ayataa will hava 
a dlagnoatle r«a tlaa of doublad. Vhan tha pra- 
acrlbad run tlaa haa baan raaehad, lowar awlteh 09 
to taralnata tha taat and obtain tha run auaaary 
typaottt. 

7.2.7 Aceaptabla arror eouat for tha run auaaary ahould 
ba 0. Should arrora or Una arrora ba aneountarad, 
tha^ayataa ahall ba conaldarad unaeeaptabla. 
lapaira shall ba Initlatad and tha prograa rarun 
for tha apaelflad tlaa, until an arror fraa paaa 

la aehiavad. 

7.3 ICRll Syataaa Taat Prograa 

NOTE: Thla dlagnoatle raqulraa tha uaa of « ICS ayataa 
taatar. 

7.3.1 Load tha ICE ayataaa taat prograa dlagnoatle 

AUTOCAT-U-QZIIA ualng atandard Digital Loading 
Procaduraa. 



SIZE 



cooc 

SP 



NUMIER REV 

MAA6165-0-0 I B 



d i g i!t!a 



CM-«10««t«-N«7|-(3«t) 



SHtn 



MANIJFACTIJIUHC SPEClTiCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITll 



MODULAR APPROACH 10 SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



[ 



7.3.2 
7.3.3 
7.3.4 

7.3.5 



7.3.6 
7.3.7 



8«t tvitch rtt(iit«r to 200 load and ttart. 

Enear cha octal ntonbar of tha fila to ba taatad. 

Entar tha vac tor addratt of tha saaa fila. Addratt ranga 
234-777. 



Entar (aalf ^er^). Thla vill autoaatically run a talf tatt 
of tha ayttaa tattar to varify that all intaraal working! 
of tha taatar ara oparativa. Should arrort ba ancouncarad 
during this run, rapairt should ba iaatitutau bafora pro- 
eadiaf. 

won: fyatta taatar cablaa should ba diaeonnactad froa tha 
following option aodulaa bafora attaanting r.o run "talf tatt". 
If not, falia intaruptt will ba ganaratad by tha euatoaar'f 
fila. ZOC-Xl, ZDC-ZC. IDC-IS, and lAD-U. 

•.ar (Z^er^) to elaar any pravioua job buffar antry. • 



.i.atar tha I/O optiona aountad within tha ICl fila to ba 
taatad. Thia fila aayba 1 of 12 poatibla filaa on tha 
(Saa rigura 2) 



Should tha fila configuration include lOA-OA 
optiona, (A6330) do not antar than at thif tiaa. 



ayataa. 
7.3.7.1 



Wn: It is not naeaaaary to roaova thia option 
whila taating all othar optiona, but do disconnect 
tha IDC input froa ^a lOA-OA option taatar. 
(raf. A-SP-A6330 option tast procadura). Saapla 
antry: 
#EA005<CR>Entar ooa A005 in slot addrass 00 raal address 
" 171000. Hodula cocaactad to syscaa tasters analog 

cable. 

fEA007,4<CI>Enter four AOOT'a in slot addresses 02,04, 06. 
" and 10 raal addreaaaa 171002 to 171010 aodulas 
connected to systea testers analog cablaa. 

#BW74n,5<CI>Bnter five V7411's in slot addreaaaa 171C12 to 
" 171022 aodulas connected to aystea testers DC c^ules 
thru 4. 

#S-30<CI>8at a lot addreaa equal to 30. 

' W>TI: We are not running A6330'a at this tiaa, so 
•lot addreaaaa 24 and 26 have been bypassed. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMSEII 
MAA6165-0-0 




REV 



CN010«3l*N»r}(Jt}t 



SHEET 



OF 23 



MANUFACTURING STECIFICATIO N 



CONTINUATION SHf:ET 



TITLI MODULAR APPROACH W SYSTfcMS TEST _ APPENDIX A 



# EM68S0,4CC][>Ent«r four M68SO'f In slot addratf 30 thru 
36. 2««1 «ddr«tttt 171030 thru 171036. 

Thia coapltttt th« loading of tht protm job buffer to run 
all aodulai with tht axcaption of both A6330'i. 

7.3.8 Typ« in (L<C1» to obtain tha aodula antry loadad into tha 
prograa. Thia ahould ba chaekad againat your antry to 
varify that all antriaa wara aada corraetly. 

7.3.9 Aftar antaring tha aodulaa into tha job buffar. typa in 
(K<CI» Tha prograa will raapond with K OH . Thia will 
•nabla tha prograa to run non atop. 

7.3.10 Typa in (I<Ct>). Thia vill initiata tha taat on tha fila 
box. 



HOTE 
no 



TE : Ihr i tha protraa ba haltad durini paaa 2. 
t ba raa rtad for 30 «inuf a. if 1A>IA optiona 



it ahouli 
optiona ara 

^_.. -- I _ - . - ^^* ia to allow for 

atabiliiation ok flying capa aountad on thia aodula. 



inuti 



w ithin tht f ilaboK confiiuratiop. 



7.3.11 lun tha diagaoatic for a ainiaua of (1) timm apacifiad. or 
(1) ona coaplata paaa. Vhichavar ia lontar. 

7.3.11.1 Tha currant paaa count can ba obtainad by typing 
**p" on tha talatypa. 

MOTE: If tha IC8 fila haa a aaxima load of (16) 

aixtaan analog aodulaa (worat caaa diagnoatic 
run tiaa), a coaplata paaa vill taka approx- 
iaataly 1 hour and 40 ainuxaa. 

7.3.11.2 Connact all I/O cablaa froa tha ICR to tha 
■009 HTC panal (aftar taata hava baan 

rua auccaaafully In Aecaptanca), and hava 

QC intfact rha inatallatlon. 

7.4 ICK 11 Syataaa Taat Prograa In Conjunction With lOA-OA Option Taater. 



7.4.1 



7.4.2 



Diacount all I/O ayataa taatar cablaa frc 

vara pravioualy taatad. 



tha filaa that 



tafaranea atapa 6.1.3 ilid^ 6.1.4 on eonnacting tha IDA-OA 
option taatar if not pravioualy dona. Piva A6330'a can be 
connactad to tha option taatar at thia tiaa, but thay vill 
hava to ba acepad iadapandaatly of ona aaochar. 

NOTE: Don't forgat to raconnact tha EDC output cabla for 
tha IDA-OA option taatar. 



Size cQoe 



NUMBER 

MAA6165-0-0 



REV 

B 




CNoiMMft-«»«>f mai 



SHEET 



OF 



23 



MANUFACTUIUNC SFECIFICAHON 



CONTINUATION SHfLlJ 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



7.4.3 Eiit«r (Z<CI» o« tha t«l«typ« to cUir til prtvloualy 
•Qt«r«d jobf. 

7.4.4 Ent«r (K <Cl» on th« toUtypo to chtck what ittto th« 'IC" 
eoMMfid it U. Th* K co«uod for thi« tt«t should b« in 
tho off aodo. 

7.4.5 Entor tho slot addrota location for all tha lOA-OA optiona 
within tha fila. 

von: Only <S) fiva IDA-OA optiona can ba eonnactad to tha 
taatar. If othara ara praaant, thay can ba taatad upon tha 
eoaplation of thia taat. 

Exaapla of loading tachniqua to ba uaad for lOA-OA optiona 
ahowQ in figura 2. 

# S ■ 24 <cs> Sat ale addraaa aqual to 24 

7 E A6330, 2 (ct} E. A6330'a in slot addraaaaa 24 and 26 

rai:'. addraaaaa 171024 and 171026, Joba 

and 1 raapactivaly. 

Thia eoaplataa tha loading of both A6330'a ahovn in figura 2. 

7.4.6 Adjuat all aattinga for tha acopa. and awitch tha option 
caatar to tha firat option (eard/cabla output) Job 0. 
(rafaranca A6330 option taat procadura A-SP-A6330-0-S) . 

7.4.7 Typa in IJO<er>. Thia will initiata paaa 1 tasting on tha 
firat ZOA-OA option or job at ilot addraaa 171024. Caaa 
atap 7.4.3) raapa will ba outputad to tha option for acopa 
■aasuraaanta. 

7.4.8 Coapara tha acopa wavaforB againat tha tolarancaa indicatad 
within tha option taat procadura A-SP-A6330-0-5. If tha 
option ia found to ba within tolaranca, proeaad to the naxt 
atap. If not. rapair, adjuat, or raplaca tha option, and 
rataat until accaptabla. 

7.4.1.1 To adjuat tha A6330, or ISA-OA Option, proeaad aa 
followa: (Ia2. figura 3) 

A. Pirat aaaaura tha carda Eafardnca Voltaga ba- 

twaan "TP2" and •'TFC'.' It ahould ba ^2 volta ♦ 
tev. If out of apac. uaa tha "♦2 v adj." pot 
to adjuat it within tolaranea. 

1. Sat tha thuiibwhaal awitch to tha card undar taat. 

C. Sat tha thuabwhaal twitch to channal or tha 
firat voltaga output. 



SIZE ICOOCi NUMBER 

A I SP I MAA6165-0-0 



RCV 

B 




fN«lM> U-M«»>(J«2| 



SHEET ^0 OF Ji 



MANUFACTDMNC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTtMS 'ifcbT - APPENDIX A 



7.4.9 
7.4.10 



7.4.11 
7.4.12 



7.4.13 
7.4.14 



D. Adjuat pot "D/A 0" gain adjuat for chanaal 0. 
Th% output on tht acopa ahould b« adjuattd 
vithia tha ^20nv tolaranca. 

E. Sat tha thuKbvhaal avitch to channal 2 or tha 
aacond voltaga output. 

r. Kapaat atap D, but uaa pot aarkad "D/A 1" gain 
adjuat. 

C. lapaac atapa C thru F for rasaining two voltaga 
ehannala 2 and 3 (chuabwhaal aattinga 4 and 6 
raapactivaly). 

B. laaat chuabwhaal avitch to channal 1. Thia ia 
tha firat currant output chaaasl. 

X. Adjuat tha c* ^ cant offaat of channal 1 aa cloaa 
aa poaalblr ground by uaing pot. "off 0" 

J. Adjuat tht currant gain of channal 1 to fall 
within tht rtquirtd J^ 20 vr tolaranca. 

K. laaat tht thtabwhttl avitch to channal 3 or tha 
atcond currtnt output. 

L. Itptat atapa I thru J and rtptat thaaa stapa for 
tha raauining currant output a, ehannala 5 and 7. 

Typt "Control C to ttr«inata tha taat. 

If othar XOA-OA optiona hava baan antarad, typa in 
tha naxt job to ba run. For axaapla, Job 1 vould 
ba ant trad naxt for tht Figura 2 Configuration. 
laptat atapa 7.4.7 thru 7.4.9 until all joba hava 
bttn taatad. 

Turn "K" coaaund on by typing "K" on tht tarminal. 

Ettttr t <cr> and run all XDA-OA optiona tnttrtd in 
attp 7.4.5 for tlM aptclfltd. With tha "K" cooeand 
on,paaa 2 will only ba run during thia tast. It 
ia not nactaaary to acopt tht outputa for thia :aat. 

•-P^ "Control C" to ttralnatt tht ttat. 

Itptat atapa 7.4.6 thru 7.4.10. Should any of the 
optiona fall, rapalr, and rapaat all taata. 



Size 



COOC] NUMICR 

SP I MAA6165-0-0 




REV 



aN-010Mt«-M»7t(]f«) 



SHECT 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYS'iiiHS TEST - APPENDIX A 



7.4.15 If th«rt art nor« than (5) fiv« IDA-OA options 

withiu thif filt, it will be necessary to repeat 
sttps 7.4.5 thru 7.4.14 to test the refining. 

7.5 Repeat all tests 7.3. thra 7.4.15 for all other files on the 
aysttas configuration. 

7.6 ICRll Field Ta«t Pregra* 

NOTE: Thla dlagnoatlc raqulraa tha uaa of a Field UDC/ 
ICS Taater. 

7.6.1 Rafaranca apacification A-SF-ICRll-M-5 for indepth 
•xplanatlcn. 



SIZE 

A. 



CODE 
SP 



NUMtER 

MAA6165-0-0 



REV 

B 



SDIDQSD 



CN-«ieMI»^«lt(J«4) 



SHEET 



12 



Of 



23 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHKIJ 



TITLf 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 



FICtRZ 1 



CONTROL A\'D INTERFACE MODULE ASSIGNMENTS AND CABLE 
LOCATIONS: 



Terminator card or 
Unibus Out Cable 



Unibus 
Cable in 




Remote teletype cable and ihorting 
plug p/n 7008360 and 7011532 these 
items must be installed befr running 
test diagnostics. 



BC08R 



< 1 i 4 



bntinuity 
or peripheral 
interface modulfi 










00 lie or availible SPC 
(Front View) »^o^« 



I t i 4 r C 7 I i 1$ H H >i >* J K 'f If IIIM U U U U 

Note 1 

ICR File Backplane 
(Front View) 



SIZE 

A. 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MAA6165-0-0 



SDIDDSD 



REV 



CN-010t>-l4-Nt;7-<J«2| 



SHEET -^-3 OF -^^ 







■^ 


^M 




■■MB 






HHH 
















■"■ 






■■" 








■MB 


1 


11 ANiii7Ar*n iDfMi^ cPET^rerir* ATiriM 


MMi 


1 CONTINUATION SHEET 1 


MAnur Ai, lUKino SkrEA^irivAiiun 


TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST ~ APPENDIX A 




EXAMPLE OF TYPICAL FILEBOX CONFIGURATION 




NOTE; A6330 will be tested upon completion of this test. 

,-i ... — 




A 


















0) 


: 


- 


s 


r 


•3 


iH 


CM 


3 


•«t 


OO 


s 


i-t 

■3 


3 


3 


00 

3 
























r 


: 


r 


r 




3 


^ 


• 


„ 


<** 


■> 


8 


3 


3 


3 


' 


B 


NO CONNECTIONS 


C 


















^ 


f<* 


S^ 


^0 


^ 


(N 


^ 


\D 


tsi 


M 


^ 


v£> 


ta 


W 


^ 


vO 




















«i 


«l 


«< 


.H 


fH 


•H 


r-i 


cs 


(S 


C4 


M 


n 


m 


m 


n 
















00 




VO 


• 














































0> 




<r 


a 














































«l 




>s^ 


9 


X 


: 


: 


s 


: 


s 


3 


3 


3 


' 


' 


3 


X 


' 


3 
















ao 




s 


































D 


















^ 




















































2 


z 


s 


: 


s 


s 


s 


S 


z 


3 


3 


3 


3 


s 


3 


3 






















CO 






























































fH 










^ 




>A 










E 




















1S^ 


















en 




in 
00 




























«t 


«» 


s 


: 


s 


r^ 


s 


3 


r 


3 


\D 


3 


^? 


3 


3 


3 






















< 

< 

H 

1 


< 

< 

H 
1 








Q 

H 
1 










< 

g 

1 














F 






















g 


s 


: 


- 


H 


= 


' 


3 


3 


g 


*• 


H 


" 


w 


*• 






















H 


H 








M 










H 




H 










123456789 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 2^ 


I 


Physical Slot Location 


FIGURE 2 


NOTE: For module address locations other than filebox 


reference 9.1 of the diagnostic write-up autocat-11-QZIRB. 


Operator entry on teletype for configuration shown in fig. 2. 


• 


SIZE 


CODE 


NUMBER 


REV 1 




A. 


SP 


MAA6165-0-0 


« 



OCC l«-(3t2)lM2-N«72 



SHEET 1^ OF 23 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TbbT Appendix A 



Cain 


t 


Off 


t 




Cain 


1 


Off 


1 




r.Jiin 


? 


Off 


2 




Gain 


3 


Off 


3 



O TP2 



CH 1 I Cain AdJ . 
CH 1 I or? Adj. 



CH 3 I Cain AdJ 
CH 3 I Off Adj. 



CH 5 I Gain AdJ 
CH 5 I Of f AdJ . 



CH 7 I Gain AdJ 
CH 7 I Off Adj. 

♦ 2V T.P. 



O TPC Analog Cnd. 



♦2V ADJ. 
CH8 V Cain Adj. 
CH2 V Gain Adj. 
CHU V Gain Adj. 
CH6 V Gain Adj. 



RET 


D/A t 


D/A 1 


D/A 2 


JUA-J 



Ab330 DAC Modult 
Top Viaw 



t: 



riGURZ 3" 



imm 



CHA^NKZL 



CARD 



n 











i 

1 





vtf - 




U - 




VI - 




II - 




V2 - 




12 - 




V3 - 




13 - 






1 
2 

3 

b 

5 



THUMBVKZEL SWITCH 
FROMT VIEW 



SIZE 



i?°'j MAAgir?J^7 



JL 



3 
I 



REV 



CN01M}I*-«««»7|J«>I 



SHEET 15 OF 11 



MANUFACTURING SfEOFICATICN 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLI 



MODULAR APPROACH 'IXJ SYSTEMS TLST Appendix A 



TABLE 1 



fill aOX - MODULE PRIORITY TABU 



PRIORITY 


HODUU 


OPTION 


COWIENTS 


SEQUENCE 








I 


A005 


lAIKiA 




2 


A007 


IMX-IA 


7 MAX 


3 


A005 


lAD-IA 




4 


A007 


IMX-IA 


7 MAX 


$ 


A907 


ISH-IA 




4 


V7410 


IDC- I A 




7 


W74U 


lAC-IA 


H9U. ♦ BC40J 


1 


W74U 


I DC- ID 




1 


U7440 


IDC-IC 




10 


W7430 


IDC-IB 




11 


W7431 


lAC-IB 


H9I2, * BC40J 


12 


W7431 


IDC- IE 




13 


A6330 


IDA-OA 


1 1 MAX 


14 


M6870 


IDC-OB 




11 


M6a70 


lAC-OB 


M912. * BC40J 


U 


M68S0 


IDC-OA 




V 


H68S0 


lAC-OA 


H9i:, ♦BC40J 


11 


H8030 


• IRL-OA 




If 


M80S0 


IRL-OB 






tNOiOSa t«M«7;(jt9t 



SIZE 



CODE 
8P 



NUyBEfl 
MAA6165-0-0 



3 



SHEET 16 OF 23 




MANUFACTl'RJNC SPECIFICATIO N 



CONTINUATION SHLET 



^•^'■f MODUIAH APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TbST Appendix A 



TABLE 2 



AOOS STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION 



JU>U'ER 


IN/OUT 


FUNCTION 


UI08 
Will 


OUT 


INTERRUPT MODE 
lCS-11 


A007 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION 


JUMPER 


IN/OUT 


FUNCTION 


W21 

U22 • 

W22 

W24 

U25 

U26 

W27 


OUT 
OUT 
OUT 
OUT 

OUT 
OUT 
OUT 


!> ELECT MUX # 1 
SELECT MUX ♦ 2 
SELECT MUX tf 3 
SELECT MUX # 4 
SELECT MUX * 5 
SELECT MUX # 6 
SELECT MUX # 7 



SflSDDBD 



U7430 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION 



JUMPER 


IN/OUT 


FUNCTION 


U59 


IK 

OUT 


INTERRUPT MODi; 
ICS-II 



U7431 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION 





JUMPER 


IN/OUT 


FUNCTION 




W 9 
WIO 


OUT 
IN 


INTERRUPT MODE 
JCS-U 



SIZE 

A 



cooe 

SP 



NUMBER 
MAA6165-0-0 



REV 



CM oio«>i«N*ri |]«li 



SHEET «1L OF 



* 



MANUFACTU RING SPfc ClFICA TlCN 
TITLE 



CONTINUATION SHLl 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 



TABLE 3 



W7440 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION 



JUMPER 


IN/OUT 


1 - 

FUNCTION 


W 2 
W16 


IN 
OUT 


rcs-u 

INTERRUPT HOOK 



Md09A STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION 



File No. 








ICSR/ICAR 


JUMPERS 












AI2 


All 


AID 


A9 


AS 


A7 


A6 


A5 


A4 


A3 




W22 


W2l 


W20 


Vi9 


W13 


W17 


WIS 


WIS 


wi:. 


WI3 


00 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


CUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


01 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


02 


OUT 


IS 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


03 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


CUT 


IN 


IN 


04 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


Ol~ 


IN 


OUT 


CUT 


05 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


06 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


X*4 


IN 


OUT 


07 


n;x 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


IN- 


OH 


jCT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


• OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


CUT 


09 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


10 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


11 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


Jumpj"/ OU" 


r • Logic 


1* t It 


















Jumpt:' IN 


• Logic 


-O" 



















SIZE 

A 



mmm^ 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MAA61'^>5-0-0 



tiV. .'Ot; l» No// I )97| 



SHEET 



18 



RFV 

B 



OF 23 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



TABLE 4 



M8094 FILE JUMPERS 



File 


F3 


F2 


Fl 


FO 


No. 


W12 


Wll 


WIO 


W9 
IN 





IN 


IN 


... . ... 

IN 


1 


IN 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


2 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


3 


rj 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


4 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


I!J 


5 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


6 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


7 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


8 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


IN 


9 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


10 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


11 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 



Jumper OUT - Logical "1" 
Jumper IN «■ Logical "0" 



MB 094 VECTOR JUMPED 









VECTOR ADDRESS 


JUMPERS 




File 


Vector 


V8 


V7 


V6 


V5 


V4 


V3 


V2 


No. 


Address 


W7 


W6 


W5 


W4 


W3 


W2 


Wl 


00* 


234 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


01* 


300 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


IN 


IN 


02 


304 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


03 


310 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


04 


314 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


05 


320 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


06 


324 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


07 


330 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


08 


334 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


09 


340 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


IN 


10 


344 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


11 


350 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 



HI N 



Jumper OUT = Logic "l 



Jumper IN - Logic "O' 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6165-0-0 



REV 

B 



OCC 1«-(MX)-1M2-I««7X 



SHEET ^^ OF «ii 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATIO N 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYST»SMS TEST Appendix A 



TABU 5 



#of InpuC 
Modules 



I 

2 

1 

4 
5 
6 
8 

9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 

15 
16 



M8096 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION 



W7 ' 



W6 



V3 



W4 



113 



out 


xn 


in 


in 


out 


OUC 


in 


i« 


out 


ia 


out 


in 


ia 


out 


out 


out 


in 


out 


in 


in 


out 


in 


out 


in 


out 


6< 


in 


out 


out 


in 


ev 


out 


ia 


in 


in 


out 


out 


ia 


in 


out 


out 


out 


ia 


out 


in 


out 


out 


ia 


out 


out 


out 


out 


out 


in 


in 


out 


out 


out 


in 


out 


out 


out 


out 


out 


in 


out 


out 


out 


out 


* 

out 


ia 


s 


a 


a 


X 



X ■ Do not cart 



Juap«rs miniaixt polling tiat for input aodult*. Tht ttltcttd 
juaptrt short cyclt tht poll eounttr afttr tht Itst aodult addrtss 
has bttn atltettd. 

Znitallation of Juaptr U8 eauats an I/O aignal to bt stnt to all I/O 
■odulta if atrial link ia loat for sort than 2? ainutta. (auat not 
bt ustd by PAiT) 



Size 
A 



CODC 
SP 



NUMIER 
MAA6165-0-0 



REV 
B 



SQgDQSO 



CN-oio«ai«-M»rr.jt}i 



SHEET 20 Qf 23 



MANUFACTURING SPECOTCATION' 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



TABLE 6 
M8098 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION 



Valid for etch Rev. "B" or higher. 

M8098 SWITCH SETTING (ESQ) 



Mode 
Selection 


WIO W9 


W8 


W7 


W6 


W5 


W4 


W3 


W2 


Wl 


Master 
Slave 


In In 
out out 


In 
out 


out 
In 


out 
In 


out 
In 


out 
In 


In 
out 


out 
In 


out 
in 


Valid for etch Rev 


. -A" 


only 


• 












Mode 
Selection 


WIO W9 


W8 


W7 


W6 


W5 


W4 


W3 


W2 


Wl 


Master 
Slave 


out out 
In In 


out 
In 


In 

out 


In 

out 


In 
out 


In 

out 


out 
In 


out 
In 


out 
in 



Switch 


Master 


Mode 


Slave 


Function 


Sl-1 


on 




on 


ADR 


Sl-2 


on 




on 


ADR 1 


Sl-3 


on 




on 


ADR 2 


Sl-4 


on 




on 


ADR 3 


Sl-5 


on 




on 


ADR 4 


Sl-6 


on 




on 


ADR 5 


Sl-7 


off 




on 


Master/Slave Select 


Sl-8 


off 




off 


Broadcast 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6165-0-0 



REV 

B 



OCC l«iSMhlMa4««7t 



SHEET 21 OF 23 



MANUFACTURING STECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



TABLE 7 



AUTOCAT DIAGNOSTIC "PATCHES 



ADDRESS TO BE CHANGED 




ICSll 


ICRXl 


AUTOCAT- 1 1 -QZ ICA 


AUTOCAT-11-QZiCA 


NEW CONTENTS 


033210 


033722 


100020 


033230 


033312 


100420 


033250 


033332 


100066 


033270 


033352 


100100 


033310 


033372 


100500 


033330 


033412 


100466 


033346 


033430 


100000 


033350 


033432 


101001 


033370 


033452 


101004 


033410 


033472 


101066 


033530 


033612 


101466 


033550 


033632 


101404 


033565 


033650 


100000 


033570 


033652 


101401 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6165-0-0 



REV 

B 



MC f-l»nhl—»*f7» 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACrURINC SFECOTCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



TABLE 8 
CALIBRATION TABLE FOR A005-VA 



EDC Output 


Gain 


Channel 


Avaraga 


Tolaranca (LSB) | 


Bipolar Unipolar 


AOOS-VA A007 


Bipolar Unipolar 


Bipolar 


unipolaz 


■K)V -KJV 
-KDV -frOV 
-K)V +0V 
+0V 40V 


1000 
500 
250 
125 


10 * 

10 

10 

10 


0000 0000 
0000 0000 
0000 0000 
0000 0000 


+4 
+2 

±2 


>6 

♦3 
+3 

±3 


+5MV +5MV 
-5MV 


1000 
1000 


10 ♦ 
10 


2000 4000 
6000 


+5 
±5 


±8 


+9MV +9MV 

-9MV 

+10MV +10MV 
+36MV +36HV 
■♦■40MV +40MV 


1000 

1000 

500 

250 

125 


10 
10 
10 
10 

10 


3463 7146 

4315 

2000 4000 
3463 7146 

2000 4000 


+5 
■»-5 
■»-3 
+3 
+3 


110 

+6 
+5 


■K)V -WV 
+0V 40V 
40V -WV 
■K)V -KJV 


50 
12.5 

2.5 

1 


10 
10 
10 
10 


0000 0000 
0000 0000 
0000 0000 
0000 0000 


+2 

+2 
+2 

±2 


+3 
+3 
+3 
±3 


+180MV +180MV 
+400MV +400MV 
4-3. 6V +3.6V 
■fSV +5V 


50 

12.5 
2.5 

1 


10 
10 
10 
10 


3463 7146 
2000 4000 
3463 7146 
2000 4000 


+2 
+2 
+3 
±2 


•K4 
•►4 
+5 


+9.960<?V +9. 9609V 

-9.9804V 

-5.0V 


1 
1 
1 


10 ♦ 
10 ♦ 
10 


3770 7760 

4007 

6000 


+3 
?3 
+2 


±5 



* Channel to 


be used for each A007 






A007 # 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


CHANNEL 


21 


42 


63 


84 


105 


126 


147 



0€C l«HMtM0«»N«7a 



TiiS 

JjL 



CODEF NUMBER 

SPIMAA6165-0-0 



REV 

B 




SHEET 



-e 





II 

|3 

u u 

3 « 

h 
H 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



DATE 8/7/80 



TITLE DPM23 DISTRIBUTED l/O SUBSYSTEM 



REV 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



-4 






U^xiated arxS revised 



AOOOO 
MLOIO 



ENQ 

BILL WHITBY 



APP 
S 



554^fel^»^' 



SIZE 

A 



COD*^, NUMBErt 

SF MAA6170-0-0 



REV 
A 



M»-«IMMMlMy»<tM| 



SHEET 1 0F21 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITli 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 

DPH23 DISTRIBUTED I/O SUBSYSTEM 



1.0 INTRODUCTION . * 

The DPH23 i» a ustr prograaaablt subsystta which Is bastd on 
th« KDFll-AA (11/23 CPU) and intcrfactd to th« DEC DATAWAY. It 
is supported undor ISX11S, supports FORTRAN and MAC«0. and usts 
DPH50 Phasa 2 coaaunioat ^ons softwara. User prograas and 
diagnostics Br9 downloaded froa a DPH HOST COMPUTER over the 
DATAWAY. 

Vhls procedure defines ainiaua test criteria for the base 
DPM2:. For options added to the base, reference other 
appropriate aast procedures. 

The base DPM23 consists of: 



BAII-NC/ND 
KDFll-AA 
MSVII-DD 
ISV1UB 



9 slot chassis and pow?r supply 
CPU with aeaory aanagea'^nt 
61kb aos aeaory 
DEC DATAWAY Interface board set 



2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 

2. 1 MANUALS; 

2.1.1 MICROCOMPUTER PROCESSOR HANDBOOK: 

2.1.2 MICROCOMPUTER INTERFACES HANDBOOK: 

2.1.3 MSVII.D.-E USERS MANUAL: 

2.1.4 PROCESS I/O SUBSYSTEM USERS GUIDE: 
2. 1.5 DPM23 USERS GUIDE: 

2.1.6 KDF11.AA USERS GUIDE: 

2.1.7 BAII-N TECHNICAL MANUAL: 



EB-1S836-18/79 

EB-17723-20/80 

EK-MSV1D-0P-??? 

EK-PIOS-UC-??? 

EK-DPM23-UG-??? 

EK-KDFII-UC-??? 

EK-BA11N-TM-??? 



2.2 PRINTS AND SCHEMATICS: 

2.2.1 DPM23 PRINTSET: MP001058 

2.2.2 DLV11-F PRINTSET: MP000461 

3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQU IPMENT; 
3. 1 HARDWARE AND MEDIA: 

3.1.1 Valid DPM HOST SYSTEM configuration. 

3.1.2 RSX11-M on appropriate host aedla. 

3.1.3 Attenuation panel. 

3.1.4 HEWLETT PACKARD DVN or equivalent accurate to .01V f 

3.1.5 Serial line unit IE. DLV11-F and Terainal for LSI 
Inforaatlon outp'ut (LOCAL MODE). 



15V. 
error 



me u^mthim* utn 



^jggjc^y 



NUMBER 
MAA 6170-0-C 



REV 
A 



SHEET 2 OF .21, 



MANUFACTliRlNC SPECOTCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Tine MODULAR APPRpACu TO SYSTEMS TEST 



*.0 HEQUIRED DIACNOSTIC PW0CWAM3! 

4.1 OPN REMOTE DIAGNOSTICS KIT «ZP125-IID 



HAME 

4.1.1 DZKCI 

4.1.2 DZKCH 

4.1.3 CZKMP 

4.1.4 DVDVC 

4.1.5 CZQMC 

4.1.6 OVPCA 

4.1.7 CJKDA 

4.1.8 CJKDB 

4.1.9 CJKDC 
4.1. 10 CJXDD 

••OPTIONAL 



DESCIIPTION M ODE 

Rtaot* ttrainal ttsttr Reaott 

Serial but •xtroli«r Rtnot* 

Task Handler N/A 

DLV'11-F ttst Local 

0-124k Btaory •xtroittr Local 

Poa ttst Local 

P-11 MNU tast Local 

F-11 CPU tast Local 

KEFIUAA dlag 1« Local 

KEF11-AA diag 2* Local 



5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS 



5.1.1 RSX11-M Bust ba running 
DIAGNOSTICS KIT #ZP125-ID. 



in tha host systaa with DPH REMOTE 



5.1.2 A sarial Una intarfaet (IE. DLVII-F.DLVII-J) and tarainal 
will ba rtqulrtd to run diagnostics in LOCAL MODE at tha DPM23 
subsystaa. NOTE: Thasa Itaas ara usad for ttst only and ara not 
shipped unlass spaoifically ordtrad with systaa. 

5.1.3 Tha M8080 is always tha last itta 
axcaptions that tha M8084 always occupies 
optional BDV11-AA(M8012) always plugs into 



en the 


bus with the 


slot 9. 


and that the 


slov 8. 


« 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUUtCR 
MAA 6170-0-0 

SNilT 



tcv 

A 



MAWUPACTURINC SPECOTCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLt NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



5. 1.4 At this 
on th« OPM23. 



Wrltlnc only tht following options art lupportod 



A. NSV11-DD 

B. BDVn-AA 

C. DLVII-E 

D. DLVn-J 

E. DLVII-KA 

F. DZVn-A 

G. IBVn-B 
H. IPV11 

I. LPVn-PA/PO 

J. RXVn-BA/BD 

K. RXV21-BA/BD 

L. BAII-NE/NF 



32K WORDS HOS MEMORY 

TERMINATOR/BOOT MODULE 

ASYNCHRONOUS LINE UNIT 

FOUR ASYNCHRONOUS SERIAL INTERFACES 

20MA CURRENT LOOP OPTION 

ASYNCHRONOUS MULTIPLEXER 

INSTRUMENT BUS INTERFACE AND CABLE 

Q BUS lOCM 

LINE PRINTER OPTIONS 

FLOPPY DISK OPTIONS 

DOUBLE DENSITY FLOPPY DISK OPTIONS 

EXPANDER BOX 



5. 1.5 In ofdor to run DCF11-AA diagnostic 
TIME CLOCK) Inttrrupts «ust bt dlsablad, 
JUMptr V4 iiust bt infltalltd on tht KDF11-AA 
ttstlng. If a BDVII-AA (M8012) aodult has 



(CJKDB). LTC (LINE 
to aeooapllsh this 
CPU Bodult prior to 

bttn addtd to tht 



DPM23 systta switohpaok E21 #5 sity bt turntd on inattad. In 
tlthtr oast this prootdurt aust bt rtvtrstd prior to running D 
BUS I/O aodult diagnostic VPCAEO. Syitf augt ihlp with LTC 
Inttrrupts tnabltd. • 

6.0 mSTALLATIOM AND TEST SEtUP INSTRUCTIONS 

6.1 UNPACKIMC AMD INSPECTION; 

* 

6.1.1 Savt all paoklng aattrlal for tqulpatnt to bt shipptd that 
la not oab aounttd. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
8P 



NUMBER 
MAA 6170-0-0 



REV 
A 



SHEIT ^ OF 21 



■ I 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.^ MODULE CONFIQUBATIOH SETUPS FOR DPM2J 
6.2.1 KDFIt-AA (N8166) LSI 11/23 CPU HODULE 



JUMPER DESICNAT 


ION 


JUMPER STATE 


VI 




IN 


112 




AS RECEIVED 


V3 




AS RECEIVED 


W1» 




OUT 


W5 




OUT 


V6 




OUT 


W7 




IN 


- V8 THRU 


W15 


DON'T CARE 


W16 




IN 


W17 




IN 


WIS 




IN 



*«Not«: S«« special Initruotlon at 5.1.5 

Rafaranoa FIGURE 2 for Juapar looatlont. 

6.2.2 H8V11-DD (MSdKI-D?) FIRST 32K 

SI SWITCHPACK SWITCH STATE 

ON 
ON 
ON 
ON 

IN 

l¥ 
IN 

IN 

IN 
IK 

U9rT%no9 FIGURE H for switoh and juapar locations. 



SW1 






SW2 






SW3 






SW4 






W2 






W3 






PIN 1 


TO 


3 


PIN 5 


TO 


7 


PIN 10 


TO 


14 


PIN 15 


TO 


16 



Size 

A. 



CODE 
6P 



NUMBER 



REV 
A 



Bcc iHaMl-iau<N«?a 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 



6.2.3 DLV11-F (M6028) SERIAL LINE UNIT 

JUMPEH DESIGNATION JUMPEW STATE 

TO 
Tl 

T2 
T8 
iO 
II 
112 
• 3 

The DLVn-F is default Junpertd for console use, but the tbove 
baud rate Jumpers aust be reconfigured from 110 baud operation 
to 300 baud. 

The DLV11-F is not a standard part of the DPM23 systea, but is a 
frequent option, and is needed In FAAT for diagnostic testing in 
LOCAL MODE. See FIGURE 5 for Juaper locations. 

6.2.1 ISVn-B (H8080,H808«) DEC DATAWAY INTERFACE 
FACTORY CONFIGURED: 



CSR ADDRESS 

VECTOR ADDRESS 
JUMPERS 



Wl 
117 

wn 

W17 
W21 



THRU 
THRU 
THRU 
THRU 
THRU 



W6 

W10 

W16 

W20 

W23 



W1.W3,W5,W7,W9 
W2,Wii,W6,W8.W10 



STATE 

OUT 
IM 
OUT 
IN 
OUT . 

IN 
OUT 



160140 
160U2 
160144 

300 
304 

LOCATION 

M8080 
H8080 
M3080 
M8080 
M8O80 

M8084 
M8084 



NOTE: If DLV11.J is installed in DPM23 systea its default 
vector address of 300 aust b« reconfigured because of its 
conflict with the ISVIUB. 

Reference FIGURES 7.1 and 7,?. for Juaper locations. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MAA 6170-0-0 



'I 



REV 



MC IMMthlOM-fMVI 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



T'"^*-^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



6.3 CABLING OF THE DPM23 

6.3.1 Cabling of the OPM23 consists of a serial bus cable 
(70-15928-03) coning from the M8084 board of the ISVll-B, which 
interconnects with the DEC DATAWAY cable (70-14152), which in 
turn is run through an attenuation panel to simulate cable 
length, finally exiting the attenuation panel and connecting to 
the HOST CPU'S ISBll. Reference FIGURE 1. 

NOTE: The attenuation panel is only used for test and Is not 
shipped with the system. 

7.0 POWER CHECKS 

7.1 +5VDC 4-250MV 
+12VDC >600MV 

The •♦•5VDC and +12VDC regulated voltages can be measured at J7 
of the backplane or, preferably at the tip jacks on the M8012 
(BDVll-AA) module (if it has been added to the system). The pins 
of J7 are numbered, and color coded. +12VDC and -fSVDC are 
assigned the following pins and colors. 

■H2VDC PIN 

+ 12VDC GROUND PIN 

■♦■5VDC PIN 

+ 5VDC GROUND PIN 



as 



The tip jacks on 
follows: 



the M8012 



2, 


PURPLE WIRE 












3, 


BLACK WIRE 












5, 


RED WIRE 












4, 


BLACK WIRE 












ule are color c 


od( 


£d 


and 


label 


ed 



+ 12VDC— — J3 , 

+ 5VDC 32, 

GROUND Jl , 



PURPLE 

RED 

BLACK 



If adjustment becomes necessary, remove the two power supply 
mounting screws to tilt the power supply forward exposing the 
adjustment potentiometers Ri for +12VDC, and R22 for 4-5VDC. 
Reference FIGURES 3.1 and 3.2 for locations. 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 
MAA 6170-0-0 



REV 
A 



Oec l*-0«2) 1M2-N473 



SHEET 



OF 



21 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TinC MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDUWE 

Th« host processor ,wh«thtr it be an 11/70 or 11/3«i along with 
its ISBII'S aust bt fully checked out according to HAST prior to 
connecting • DPM23 to the DATAWAY. 

8 . 1 DPM23 HOST SYSTEM BOOTING PHOCEDUWE 

8.1.1 Obtain a disk pack for the appropriate host aedia which 
has the RSXIt-M host package lAP-FISZA-MC and install it into 
DRIVE 10. Load DRIVE #0 and insure thot "WRITE PROTECT" is off . 

8.1.2 When DRIVE fO is ready and "ON LINE" (heads loaded) BOOT 
the drive. 

8.1.3 When the prograa asks for the date and tiat. you may 
either enter the inforaation or default it by typing a carriage 
return . An exauple would be 08:30 04-JUN-80. 

8.1.<l The prograa will continue setting up paraaeters and will 
ask: "Do you want to load IPC diagnostics froa aagtape [Y/N]:". 
Type in a carriage return which will default your answer to a NO 
condition. 

8.1.5 The prograa will now output: 
>f <EOF> (This signifiaa end of file and paraaeters are 

now set) and waits for you to key in a ooaaand . 

8. 1.6 Type in: 
Sat /UIC«C200.2703 (This aay not be necessary if the UIC 

is already at 200,270.) 



Size CODE NUMBCR 1 REV 

A I 8P jMAA 6170-0»0 | A 



n 



•HKT 



8 



OF 



21 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.2 HUM THE EKROW REPOItT TASK III ORDEW TO C LEAK OUT THE ERROR 

IM ' 

8.2. 1 > RUN ISBRPT TTPE: <RUIIISBRPT> 

ISBRPT-DEC DATAWAT ERROR REPORT TASK 
> 

PRIHT SUMHART (Y OR II]7II TYPE:<II> 

PRIMT ENTIRE FILE (Y OR'MJTM TYPE:<II> 

DELETE ERROR FILE [Y OR N]7T TYPE:<Y> 

ISBRPT... OPERATIOM COMPLETE* 

TASK "ISBRPT" TERMIMATED 

TASK EXIT WITH OUTSTANDING I/O 

PC.125130 

PS.170000 

R0«120720 

RU125576 

R2«125650 

RSsOOCCOO 

RilaH3^70 

RSsOOOGOO 

SP«120ft76 

8.2.2 Typer CTRL C to ttrainat* ISBRPT task and ractiva baok 
MCR> prospt . 

8.3 RUN THE DEC DATAWAY DIAGNOSTIC EXERCISER . 

8.3.1 > RUN DZKCH TYPE:<RUM DZKCH> 

DCP-A>STA TYPE:<STA> 

lUNITS (D)71 TYPE:<1> 

ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER: (0)070 TYPE:<0> 

ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTR^^LLER: 

(0)171. TYPE:<1> 

NUHBElT OF ENTERED TERMINALS. 1 

UNIT«»CONTROLLEI«»LOC:CAL SB»«LUN»« 
001 000 001 Oil 

TOTAL ACTIVE PASSES « 21, ACTIVE TERMINALS*!. TIME«8:33 
TOTAL ACTIVE PASSES • INACTIVE TERMINALS*1, TIME«8:34 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 



REV 
A 



OF 



21 



MANUFACTURING SPECmCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



^rmK NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTBHS TEST 



a. 3.2 Afttr r«qulr«d run tla« h«i •lapitd ttrninatt runnlni af 
diagnostlo by typing CTHL C . 

TASK "TTO" TCRNINATCD 

TASK EXIT WITH OUTSTANOINC I/O 

PC1OII6OOO 

PS.170000 

R0«000002 

RIaOOOOOO 

R2«000000 

R3rOOOOOO 

R<l«000003 

R5«00000l 

8P«001246 

8.*i Afttr OZKCH has run.Tha trroi log aust b« ohaoktd for 
•rrors that aay have ooourtd during running. 

8.1.1 > RUH ISBRPT TYPEKRUH ISBRPT> 

ISBRPT-DCCDATAWAY ERROR REPORT TASK 
> 

PRINT SUMMARYtY OR M3?Y TYPE:<Y> 

PRINT ENTIRE FILE (Y Ol «37N -— TYPE:<N> 

OUTPUT TO LINE I'RINTER [Y Ol H]7N TYPEUN> 

WANT ONE CONTROLLER CY OR N]7N— I TYPE:<N> 

DELETE ERROR FILE CY OR NlTN-I TYPE;<N> 

ISBRPT... ERROR FILE IS EKPTY 
ISBRPT... OPERATION COMPLETE 

8.*. 2 Typa: CTPL C to ttralnata ISBRPT task and rtotlvt back 
HCm> proapt. 

8.1.3 Error reporting oan b« in th« fora of hard arrora, typtd 
out laaadlataly, or soft arrors:( Errors that art loggtd by tht 
trror loggtr). No errors art allowtd. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
8P 



NUMBER I REV 

MAA 6170-0-0 A 



SNin 10 OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



"^^K MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.5 HUN WOM WESIDEMT TESTS OP ISVII-B 

8.5.1 MC8> HUII CZKCIB TTFE:<8UII C2KCIB> 

> 

DCP-A>STA TYPE:<STA> 

I UNITS (D) 7 J, — TYPE:<1> 

UNIT 1 

ENTER .CONTROLLER NUMBER r (0)070 TyPE:<0> 

ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTROLLER: 

(D)172 -— TTPE:<1> 

SELECTED SERIAL LINE PORTS 

UNIT««CONTROLLER«»LOCICAL SB»«LUN»»TYPE 

10 001 9 0PM50.P0RT 

START OF TESTING 

END OF PASS 0, TIME « 9:29 

END or PASS I, TIME • 9:31 

8.5.2 After rtqulrcd run tia« hai tlapscd tcrainatt running of 
tht diagnostic by torping CTRL C . 

8.6 LOAD DIAGNOSTIC MONITOR CZKMPB 

8.6.1 > RUN CZKMPB TYPE;< RUN CZKMPB > 

> 

CZKMPB VERSION 2,2 

SELECT MODE: LOCAL. HOST, AUTO.MAP. COMMUNICATION OR EXIT 

(L.H.A,C.E)L TYPE:<L> 

ENTER NUMBER OF TERMINALS [D]«1 TYPE:<1> 

ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER CO]«0-r TYPE:<0> 

ENTER TERMINAL NUMBERS [0]«1- TYPE:<1> 

NUMBER OF ENTERED TERMINALS"* 1 
UNIT««CONTROLLCR««LOGICAL SB** 
10 1 

At this point tht oonsola ttrainal at tha DPM23 subsystea 
ooMts on lint and is usad to ask for and run subsysttn 
diagnostics. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
8P 



NUMBER 
MAA 6170-0-0 



REV 
A 



SNCET 



Of 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TTTlf MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



1.7 RUN 11/23 CPU AND MEMORY DIAGNOSTICS OH DPM2J 

Ste Figure 6 for tiplanatlon of nonitor Inttraotlon inputs 
tnd outputs at local DPM23 tarainal. 



8.7. 1 > JKDACO TTPE:<JKDACO> 

157776 

#2000 TYPE : <200C> 

CTinSTCO KTF11-AA HMU DIAG. 

SWRiOOOOOO NEV«CR TYPE:<CR> 

END PASSf 1 ;TOTAL ERRORS SINCE LAST START AT 200 

8.7.2 Aftar raqulrad run tiaa has alapsad. ttrninata running of 
tha diagnostic at tha DPM23 oonsola tarainal by daprassing the 
break key. 

8-7.3 t 760H»/ 000000 2 : TYPE: <7601«M/> 

TYPE:<2> 
> JKDBC0 TYPE: <JKDBCO> 

ywrrr • 

#2000 TYPE:<200C> 

CTTISVCO DCF11-AA CPU DIAGNOSTIC 
END PASS# 1 
END PASSI 15 

NOTE: LTC interrupts aust be disabled to run diagnostic 
JKDBCO. See special instruction at 5. 1.5. 

8.7.4 After required run tiae has elapsed ,terainate running the 
diagnostic at the DPM23 console terainal by depressing the break 
key. 



Size COOC NUMBER 
A I SP I MAA 6X70-0-0 



RCV 
A 



SNtIT 



OF 



MANUFACTURING STECinCATION 



CONTINUATION SHCCT 



TraC NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TBST 



^•T'^ g7 60M*l/ 000000 2 TYPE: <7601**/> 

TYPE:<2> 

>ZQMCCO. TYPE:<20MCC0> 

157771^ 

€ 2000 TYPE:<200C> 

swirnyooooo NEW* cn TypE;«:«> 

KTIKMEMORY HANACEMENT)AVAILABLE 

HEMORY MAP 

FROM 000000 TO 757777 (WITH H MSVn-D IRSTALLED) 

NO PARITY REGISTERS FOUND 

PROGRAM RELOCATED TO 720000 

PROGRAM RELOCATED TO 000000 

END PA8S# 1 

• 

Abov« will b« r«e«iv*d whtn k MSVILD aodults art 
install«d, typ«outs will vary with lasstr aaounts of ■•■ory. No 
rtlocation will occur whan only 1 MSVII-D is inatallad. 

8.7.6 'NOTE THE following two taatt ara to ba run if tha 
optional KEF 11 chip is installad. 

8.7.7 #7602M/000000 2 TYPE: <760 1««/> 

TYPE:<2> 

>JKDCBO— — — . TYPE:<JKDCB0> 

157776 

•2000 TYPE:<200C> 

CJKDCB, KEFIUA FP DIAGNOSTIC PART 1 

SWR • 000000 NEWbCR TYPE:<CR> 

END PASS '# 1 
END PASS « 2 

8.7.8 Aftar raquirad run tiaa has alapsad, tarainata running of 
tha diagnostic at tha DPM23 consols tarainal by daprassing tha 
braak kay. 



SIZE CODE I NUMBER T REV 
A I SP I MAA 6170-0>0 I ^ 



■as a amw 



SNEIT 



OF 



MANUFACTUIUNC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



8.7.9 f760144/»fiiBi 2— - -TYPE:<76fl44/> 

TYPE!<2> 

> JKDDBH TYPE : <JKDDBf> 

15777« 

#2000 TYPE:<200G> 

CJKDDB KEPll-A DIAGNOSTIC PART 2 

SWR - 000000 NEW -CR TYPE:<CR> 

END PASS • 1 
END PASS 12 

6.7.10 After r«quirtd run tine has elapsed, terminate running of 
the diagnostic at the DPM23 console terainal by depressing the 
break key. 

8.7.11 Load and run diagnostics for any additional LSI option 
■odules installed, using saae aethod used to run the CPU tests. 

8.7.12 After all LSI Modules have been run, if any D BUS I/O 
■odules exist within the DPN23 subsysten, load diagnostic VPCAE0 
and follow procedure POO-00COA-00-0000WM~06-80SS. Reference 
section 4.0 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING. 



SIZE 

A 



w 



MAA 



immo 



REV 



MC IH«M>-lM»M«7t 



SHcrr 



MANUFACTURING SFECIFICAPON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



. f 



TITIC 



NODUIAR APPROXCH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



9\ U1 * U lO H« H 

o o o o o o 



0\ Ut * U> lO M «A 
U> M> «0 «0 V0 «0 



O 

c 



CO »l 



5 



M KJ M M K> M N> 
DODO DO S M >: 



I 






I 



3 

I 

p 



L 



11/70 OR 11/34. 





s 



8 





w 

f 8 

I s 





§ 



e 

8 






M 

I 

% 



Z8VI I -B 



OP1C23 




SIZE CODE NUMBER I REV 

A I 8P jMAA 6170«0-0 | A 



MCMHMIhl 



ft 



BHCET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 




KDFII-AA 

(M8186 DUAL SIZE MODULE) 
FIGURE 2 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NuyBER 

MAA 6170-0-0 



REV 
A 



occ i*^»m-i—»*fn 



SHEET 



OF 21 



MANUFACTURING SPECUHCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIC MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 







® 


• 

< 
t 


Supply AsMinMy 


FIGURE 


3.1 



l*o»«r Supply Adiwunciitt 



FIGURE 3.2 



SIZE 

A 



caDc 

SP 



HAA 



ms^s^ 



RCV 
A 



Bsc aM*»thtM«4ii«7a 



SHEET 



OF 21 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



rWitCf)' 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TraE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 




T r 



Sn^ 







• • • 

a 1 > 



■AIMT 
INAM.IAMaAaL| 



MUMMY / II* # 









OrfMAriON 



N8044-D7 



Figure 4 MSVI 1-D. MSVl l-E Switch tnd Jumper Locations 



SIZE 

.A. 



sp MAA eSfrcP-o-o 



^ 



(MCt»iMI|.» 



n 



SHEiT 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPBCIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



ajc 



^ 



rv 



n 






INI Hill 0' 



• ««• 



IW»M S» 



f 



IP 






II 



MT 



?;SS(S 



N ■ i 



Figure 5 



N8028 
DLVll-F Junper Locationg 



M«.1tT4 



nnBBTSfi35sr 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 
MAA 6170-0-0 



REV 
A 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



M^O'^111,1 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODUIAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM- TEST 



MOrvrOB DVmUCnON AT LOCAL TEBMIN.U. 



rmHfU 

> 



SKtT'' 



•rtypt 



IT foiotw^ ISrm lAv I «• BMM kM kM 

Ikt LS3-I I aad tht ofanior say «OMmaicM witk il via ODT 

If faOoiWM "Ead mm" aatf Ik* oiffMM PC, adMsMi Ike 
iMtnctiMMte ODT. Oivtef **7<0I44'< rmfbUtkw m 



ZtopuiLil-lli 



km 



■ay five Airtkcr 
mkatioa witk local 



H LSI- 1 1 it M ODT. 



rUtimm$ UMdfDtto«ia|">"toedi( 
• 200O Nm to MMMior - Manii 

Ireak No4 to oMsitot 

760144/ Rcriiibliikw wu«ifaiiB> wik laad loaitor if LH- 1 1 ■ ui OPT 
D«poa it 3 l-u4lim«ii| "VXaOKT tolh HMwilnr llwl nfefitiir wttiiM to nm aiMKhcr il»«|fM«Uc. 

O«posit I PoUow "OOOOOir akofle aaaitor Ml kMt TkM it Um Um liipit by Um ofwaww. 

CoBirol. FoUowiag ''>''pHiLJJ-lliaOOT. 
0%itfuu 
IJ777* 

NX TWi 

BOLD Tkai 
ENDPASS DJapaakkMniapliiiLapMa. 
Omtmtt^C Foflewiai kraak ki4isaiai 4ii^»«iic kaa iMfpail ai addnat phatod. 

■ay iapiM fWtkar aamicticM to local moaiior 



llaa^aoibafoMd. 



000000 frtiemmg "710144- 

Uor2). 



EX 



kloaitorkaa 



aik X 



Fl^^ £ 6 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MAA 6170-0-0 



Hi' 



OCC IMMt>-IM4-M«yt 



SHEET 



Of 



21 



MANUFACTURING SPBCIFICAIKW 



CONTINUATION SHCCT 



TITLC MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



PZGURE 




"^ "^1 H>x 'vim^ 






REV 
X 



1 



^•^'^^--' - ^^ 



•^ - -'^-^ -»*■=*— »^-aaii^''-^ '• 



SHCCT 



or 



> ■-"■^*: 



ifau.,ijia...,^...^^c.. ...-,j^-..^ ,....„ , 



■^ --■ V-' v->f^«^>^.-.---^,- , ■,\rtt^K^mmi-imtWt "'V'- 



\\\ 

I 

s 
in 

li 

Us 

lis* 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION 



M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



II .'an 80 



TITLE ISB-ll DFC 



DA-^AWAY CONTROLLER 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CMC NO ORIQ 



DATE 



APPO BY 



DATE 



I 



£5f 



Prev. 7668001-0-6175 



New update ECO CHANGE 



MA- 
AOOOO- 



L.LECLERC 



1-80 






l-Mrii 



. jStZElCODE 

( 1 A I ^^ 



REV I 
11 



fy^4^^ -/^ 



«NMltMS-lMW7H»M) 



^ 



W^ 



APPO 



imhimk 



Mi 



^.A 



%mkmm^ 



/ 



NUMBER 

MAA 6175-0-0 



SHEET 1 OF 7 



MANUFACTURING gBCBFICATlOW 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITll 



NOniUUI Aff MACN TO SIS I INS TIST 



IS»-11 PtC DATAIiiY COMTHOLLH 

1.0 linmCl DOOINPffATIOS 

1.1 Print mU ord«r « lfP0O«52 

1.2 ItaintMMUM NmimI: n-DICNP-OP, IK-DNCLlM>f 

1.3 ISB-II Us«rt Guid«: EI-ISB-II-US 

1.4 ISB-.11 Fitld Aootptanot Proo«dur«: A-SP-XSS-11^7 

1.5 Lib lit: (KNC-11 Lib Kit) fZJ23«-iB 

1.6 DZKCH Serial Sua EiaroiMr (doowtnt) fND-II.DZKCH-D 

1.7 CZQIT ISI11N T«at SyatM (doouMfit) «A&^153A-41C 

2.0 SiqUHED TEST EQUIWCWT 

2.1 POP 11/3« or PDP 11/70 with aiiiiaui of 16K of mmory, mmm typ« of 
diae load Mdia, and on* OOIUC SPC block. 

2.2 SPC Bvat b« DD11-C. 

2.3 SPC Buat providt ♦S, ^ISt an^ -15 volta. 

2.4 Caeilliaeopa IM75 or •qiiivalant, 

2.5 Digital volt Mtar 

2.S Nultilayar Eitmidar Nsdula (VfO^S-llai) 

2.7 Ona 16 pin I.C. elip 

2.8 Taat Oabla #7014152 

2.9 nraquanoy oountar aay ba raquirad. 

2.10 SoM tjrpa of DTN tanainal; atioh aa a ITS01, irr803. rra05. DPN01. 
VT110, or DPN50. 



SIZE 

A. 



COK 

SP 



MAA 617S«0-0 



mi 

.JL. 



ote i^^wtthim a mn 



SNEIT 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Tint 



NOOUUI APmOACH TO STSTINS TIST 



3.0 AfAIUBU DIA0IK)8TIC PWOMWS 

3.1 Stand AlMM Di^nostlos Kit #ZJ>23«-RB 



M«lad«o 

CZKCC 

CZKCD 

CZKCA 

CZKa 

czKcr 



D»«orlptlow 

SUtlo T«st, NS204 Data Path Taat 

Statlo Craa Branch Taat (H8202) 

Plraa Run, NB20« Data Path Taat 

Llna unit Taat (N8202) 

Bit Stuff Una Ukilt Taat (Ne202) 

Die 1-11 Syataa Taat 



KMCA 

3.2 On-Mna Dlagnoatioa Kit «ZP-125-RI> (Nag tapa kit) 

AP-ri52A-NC aORH BSX11N Taat Syataa Dli«noatlc 

NOTE: Tba ZP-125-RD kit auat ba uaad to aya-gan a diao Uat pack 
bafora on-lina diagnoatiaa ean ba run. 



4.0 IBSTALUTIOi IBSTBWCTIOtS 
«.1 N820A InaUllation 

4.1.1 Tha NB204 aodula alioiild ba inatallad in alot #2 of tha DD11-C 
SP: blook bafora install ii«. BasMva tha NPR Grant continuity 
vira that runs batuaan pina CAI and CB1 on tha baok plana for 
alot #2. If a systaa ohang* raquiraa raaoval of tha N8204, 
thia wira auat ba raplaead. 

4.1.2 Tha addraaa and vaetora for thia nodula fall into tha floating 
ranga, and a atandard aatup configuration ia raquirad. 



ISB-11 # 



§\ 



#4 



Addraaa 

160140 
160150 
160160 
160170 



Vac tor 

400 
410 
420 
430 



SIZE CODE 
A I » 



NUMtER 
■11 ftlT'WWI 



REV 



nac Miwmhimthtmn 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITII 



NOOULAll APPIOACH TO STSTCN3 TEST 



4.2 NS202 InsUllation 

1.2.1 Th9 NI202 BOdul* ihould b« insUllvd in Slot #3 of th« DDII-C 
SPC block. 

1^.2,2 All twliohos an th« Bodula should b« plaood In th« OPT 
position, for thty srs not usotf. 

1.2.3 An ISB-II Ttst Csblo #7011152 should b« rsst«n«d to ths osblt 
oonntotor, sttMhsd to tho aoduls. 

1.2.1 So«« typo of DPM tomlnsl should bo sttschod to th« 97011152 
tsst otbls; suoh ss s RTSOI, rr802. RT803, DPM01. VT110, or 
DPII50. 



5.0 TEST SET UP 

5.1 No spooisl Ust stt up is rsqulrsd. unltss problsas oocur running 

disgnostios. If problsas ooeur, rofor to tho asintensnct asnusl for 
sd justing ths lins unit olook snd rssd dsts ons shot on ths N8202 
■oduls. 



6.0 POWEM CHECKS 

6.1 Ths ISB-11 utilisss 8 sapsrss of plus fivs volts psr ise. Csrs should 
bs oisrcissd thst sny tsst stsnd, or systsa instsllstion considsrs ths 
■inlata ourrsnt psr rsgulstor. 

6.2 Vol tags ssttings for ths ISB-11 srs vsry oritiosl, snd s Digital volt 
■stsr is rsoonsndsd for Mking say sdjustasnts. Tsst points, givsn 
bslow, for Bsklng sdjustaonts should bs tsksn on ths aoduls whsn 
asking -15 volt sdjustasnts on ths 11/31** only. Sst ths -15 volts 
for sisctly ths ssas as ths ♦IS volt rssding, uhioh is non-sdjustsbls. 



Vol tags 

♦ 15 
-15 



Voltags Tsst Points 
Noduls Tsst Point 



N8202 
Ne202 
M8202 



♦ sids of C65 
- sids of C61 

E 35 pin 16 



6.3 Unibus Losding 

The ISB-11 presents one DC and seven AC unibus loads to the system, 
A maximum of 20 AC loads are acceptable before reparation by an M9202, 
or a 2 ft, bus cable Is required. 



SIZE 

A 



OCC l(MM«-lMt4««/a 



CODE 



NUMBER 



MAI 61^ .««. 
SMEf? JL^ OF 



REV 



MANUFACTURINO SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Tm.1 



NODUUI APflOACN TO STSTCNS TEST 



llM IS^II pr«MnU on« DC and mvm AC iwlbut loads to th« syataa. 
A Bttilaiai of 20 AC loada sr* aooaptabl* bafor* aaparatlon by an N9202 
or a 2ft. bus oabla la raqulrad. 



7.0 DIAGMOSTIC TEST fHOCCPmE (STAMP ALOME) 

7.1 Saa Saotlon 3.0 for ordar of dlagnoatlca. The foUowlng procadura la 
uaad for all dlagnoatloa. 

7.1.1 Load dlacnoatlo. 

7.1.2 Load addraaa at 200. 

7.1.3 Sat awltoh ragiatar to all aaroa. Start prograa. 

7.1.4 End of paas will ba ahoiai by typa out. 

7.1.5 No arrora allowad. 

8.0 DIAGMOSTIC TEST PiOCEDmE (CM-LIME) 
8.1 Hoat Syataa Baotlnc Proaadura 

8.1.1 ObUln a diak paak from tha approprlata hoat aadia, Mhioh 
oontalna tha ISX11N taat ayataa dlagnoatio paok^a #ZP125-ID. 
and Install it into Driva #0. Load Drlwa #0. and inaura that 
•MUTE PMOTECT* is off. 

8.1.2 Whan Driva #0 ia raady, and "OH LINE*, boot tha driva. 



8.1.3 074036 00002% 000652 001472 
IDKO 



DEVICE DBOO: MOT IM CONPIGUIATIOM 
DCnCE DM1: HOT IM OOHPIGUMTIOH 
DEVICE DM00: HOT IH COHTIGiniATIOH 
DEVICE DIOl: HOT IH OOHFICUIATIOH 
DEVICE NTOO: HOT IH COHriCURATION 



•TTPE: <DRO.RE05, DtO- 
IL01. DM0-K06 or 07. 
DRO-RH02 or 03, DBO- 
RP04, 5. or 06> 



RSX-IIN V3.1 BL22 64K NAPPED 

>IEO DK0:«ST0: 

>IED DK0:*LB0: 

>NOU 0KO:ST87EN 

>fC1. 21STAITUP 

>• PLEASE EHTEI TINE AMD DATE (HII:NH DD-NMN-YY) (SI: 

08:30 10-PCC-79 TTPE: <08:30 lO-DEC-79> 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

NAA 6175-0-0 



REV 

B 



occ la^aMhiMMwvt 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECmCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Tm.E 



NOOUUI APf MACN TO STSTINS TEST 



>TIN 08:30 IO-DeC.79 
>IIS IISMPT 

>IKS iiswim 

>IMS IISKML 
>Iia IISBIMI 

>iis (T.TirwmM 
>rn ncTjn 

>LOA SS:/PMaGn 
>RUN FDCTIM H/IISI-20S 
>IIIS $PIP 
>INS IPLX 

>• DO TOU WAMT TO LOAD IPC DIACNOSTICS 

FROM HAGTAPET (T/ll):ll TYPE: («) 

>• <Eor> 

> 3ET /UIC«C 20 0, 2701 TYPE: <SET /UIC.[200.270]> 

8.2 lun th« error r«port task in order to cl«tr out th« error log. 



8.2.1 >RUII ISMPT 



•TYPE: <IIUII ISBIIPT> 



ISB8PT - DEC DATAUAT ERROI REPORT TASK 

> 

PRIIT SUMMARY (Y OR ■)? N 



PRIRT ENTIRE PILE (Y OR l]7 M - 
DELETE ERROR FOE (T OR l]T T - 
ISBRPT . . . OPEMTION COHPLfTE 



8.3 Run tho ISB11 DEC DnUiMf DiacM*tlo Eioroltor 



-TYPE: <R> 
-TYPE: <R> 
-nPE: <Y> 



8.3.1 



RWi DIECII - 

« wnfTD) 

IMIT 1 



7 1 



ENTER^COVnOLLER NUMBER: (0) 7 
ENTER TEWINALS OH THAT CONTROLLER 



TYPE: <RUN DZECM> 

TYPE: <STA> 

TYPE: <1> 

TYPE: <1> 

TYPE: <0> 

(0) 1 7 1 TYPE: <1> 



NUMBER OF ENTERED TERMINALS • 1 

UNIT •• CONTROLLER •• LOGICAL SB ■• LUN •• 

001 000 001 Oil 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

HAA 6175-0-0 



REV 
B 



OtC l«^Mt)-lMt-N«7t 



SHEET 



OF _JL 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



NODUUR APPROACH TO STSTINS TE5T 



a.« 



8.5 



Art«r ■ oocpl«t« run, th« diagnostio auat b« Unilnat«d with 
• oarriag* return ■ TTPI; <CII> 

TAat "TTO • TClMIMTtD 
TASE nil WITH 0UT8TARDIIIC 10 

PC • 046000 

PS • 170000 

no • 000002 

R1 • 000000 

12 • 000000 

R3 • 000000 

R« « 000003 

R5 • 000001 

SP > 001246 

After ■ ooapl«t« run. Um error log auat b« ohtoked to sake 
sure there ere no errors reported. 



8.5.1 >ROiISBRPT 



ISMPT . DEC OATAWAT ERROR REPORT TASK 



-TYPE: <RUN IS»RPT> 



PRIMT SUNNART (T OR K)]T T 

PRIMT ENTIRE PIU (T OR iT? I ~ 



-TYPE: <Y> 
-TYPE: <■> 
~TTPE:<R> 
TYPE:<R> 



TYPE:<«> 



8.6 



OUTPUT TO UNE PRINTER (Y Ol'l]T M 
WANT ONE CONTROIXn (Y OR N)T N ^ 

DELETE ERROR FIU [Y OR N)T N I 

ISBtPT . . . ERROR PIU IS ENPYY 
ISBRPT . . . OPERATION COMPLETE 

NCR> 



Error reporting om be in the flora of herd mroru, typed out 
iM«di«tely, or aoft errors; errors that are logged by the error 
logger. Mo error a are allonad. 



SIZE I CODE 
A I ^SP 



NUMBER 

MJfi,ei.73..0.0 



iiil 



«^»i 



REV 



oKc it^Hn-i—t-mn 



SNCET 



OP 



I! 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T. 



^^^^ 20 June 80 



TITLE DPM50 DISTRIBUTED I/O SUBSYSTEM 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO ORIG 



DATE 



APPO BY 



DATE 



n 

n 

1- 

Ui 

r 
III 



Updated and revised 



M4- 

AOOOO 

MLOIO 



20/06/ 10 



^» 



kl .5 



ENQ 



BILL WHITBY 



APPD 




SIZE 

A 



C^E 



MAA 6 



ivr"!-^ 



liHHM«-lMiM7t-<Mt) 



SHEET 1 bf 5i 



REV 

C 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



DPH-50 DISTRIBUTED I/O SUBSYSTEM 



1.0 INTRODUCTION; 



.The DPM-50 distributtd ■yst«HS art based on alnglt boied 
oonflgurationa of aither tha KD11-H LSI-II ■lorocoaputar or tha 
KDF11-AA (11/23) BicroooHputar ,powar supply .procaaa I/O aodulas 
snd DEC DATAWAY intarfaoa. Tha purposa is to provida process 
I/O for tha LSI-II and thereby offer Ion cost distributed 
intelligent systeas fully supported by softwsre. The KDF11-AA 
configurstion offers in addition PDP>11/34 functionality on tha 
LSI-11 bus, aeaory Banagaaent as a stsndsrd feature and optional 
floating point option(KEF 1 1-A) . 



2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION; 



2. i MANUALS: 



2.1.1 MICROCOMPUTER HANDBOOK; CB 15836-18/79 

2.1.2 MSV11-D,-E USERS MANUAL; EK MSV ID-OP-??? 

2.1.3 PROCESS I/O SUBSYSTEM USERS GUIDE; EK-PIOS-UG-??? 
2.1.11 DPM50 USERS GUIDE: EK-DPM50-UG-.777 

2.1.5 KDF11-AA USERS GUIDE; CK-KDF I1-UG-777 

2.1.6 NICROCONPUTEI INTERFACES HANDBOOK EB-17723-20/80 

2.2 PRINTS AND SCHEMATICS; 

2.2.1 H333 PRINT SET: MP00il2« 

2.2.2 ISV11-A PRINT SET: MP00609 

2.2.3 TEV11 PRINT SET: HP0007* 
2. 2. it KDII-S PRINT SET; NP00433 

2.2.5 DLV11-F PRINT SET; HP00il6l 

2.2.6 KDF11.AA PRINT SET MP00731 

2.2.7 MSV11-D PRINT SET: MP00566 

3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMEN T; 
3.1 HARDWARE AND MEDIA: 



3.1.1 Valid DPM host system configurstion. 

3.1.2 RSX11-M on spproprista aedia. 

3.1.3 Attenuation panel. 

3.1.4 HEWLETT PACKARD DVM or equivalent, accurate 

3.4.5 Serial line unit IE. DLV11-F and terainal 
infornation output (local). 



to .01V 9 15V. 
for LSI error 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



MAA 



mi^s-i 



REV 

C 



Dae i«KMt)-ie9S4««7t 



SHEET 



OF 



24 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLC 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



<I.O REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS! 

4.1 DPM50 DlagnwStlos Kit #ZP125-RD 
NAHE DESCRIPTION 



Reaot« Ttralnal Teat«r 
Serial Bua Exarolaar 
Taak Handlar 
Baalo Inatruotlon Taat 
EIS Inatructlon Taat 
FIS Inatruotlon Taat 
LSI-11 Traps Taat 
DLV1I-F Taat 
4K Systaa Exarolaar 
0-124K Haaory Exarolaar 
PCS Taat 
F-n HMU Taat 
F-11 CPU Teat 
DLVII-J Taat 
KEF11-AA Dlag 1 
KEFI1-AA Dlag 2 
0-12itK Hamory 



H. 1. i 


DZKCI 


6. 1.2 


DZKCH 


1. 1.3 


CZKHP 


H, 1.4 


DVKAA 


*l.«.5 


DVKAB 


H. 1.6 


DVKAC 


1. 1.7 


DVKAD 


k, 1.8 


DVDVC 


*. 1.9 


DVKAH 


4. 1. 10 


CZQMC 


4. 1. 11 


DVPCA 


4.1. 12 


CJKDA 


4.1.13 


CJKDB 


4.1.44 


CVDLA 


4.1. 15 


CJKDC 


4.1. 16 


CJKDD 


4. 1.17 


CZKHA 



Exarolaar 



MODE 

Reaota 
Remote 

N/A 
LocalAReaote 
LocalAReaota 
LocalAReaote 
LocalARaaote 
LocalAReaote 
Local 

LocalAReaote 
LocalAReaote 
LocalAReaote 
LocalAReaote 
LocalAReaote 
LocalAReaote 
LooalAReaote 
LocalAreaote 



5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: 



5.1.1 RSX11-M ffluat be running 
diagnostics kit #ZP125-iiD. 



In the host system with DPM50 



5.1.2 Due to power supply llmitationa, only two of the below 
supported options c^n l>e inatalled at any one tlae In F and H 
variations of ; ht iiPM50. Since a teralnal Interface la required 
to run diagnostics in local aode one of the two options aust be 
the DLV11-F or DLV11-J 



A. 


DLV11-F 


B. 


DLV11-J/DLVI1-KA 


C. 


DZV1UB 


D. 


HSV11-D 


£. 


RXVn or BXV21 • 



Floppy disk options not supported by a local ocot. 



sac t»<>e«»-iOM w o i 



SIZE 
A 



CODE 

SP 



MAA 



*mt^u 



SHEET 



OP 



REV 

C 



MANUFACTURING SPFCIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



6.0 INSTA LLAT ION AND TEST SETUP INSTRUCTIONS: 

■II ^1 ■— I — "" I —M ill I — ■ I—I ■■III. ■ . !■■ ■ —I ■!» III. ■■II ■■! - III, .I M ., m M l — 

6.1 UNPACKING AND INSPECTION; 

6.1.1 Save all packing aatarial for equlpnent to ba shipped that 
la not cab aountad. 

6.2 MODULE CONFIGURATION SETUPS FOR DPM50 



(.2.1 ICDn-H(M726ll) LSI CPU HODULE 



JUMPER DESIGNATION 



JUMPER STATE 





U1 


OUT 




W2 


OUT 




W3 


OUT 


* 


W4 


IN 




W5 


OUT 




W6 


OUT 




W7 


IN 




W8 


IN 




W9 


IN 




WIG 


OUT 




W11 


OUT 



The KEV11A EIS/FIS chip is installed in location E75 on M7264 

LSI CPU nodule. Refer to Figure 1. 

6.2.2 KDF11-AA(H8186) LSI 11/^3 CPU aodule (DPM50 F/H variations 
only). 



JUMPER DESIGNATION 



JUMPER STITE 



VI 




IN 


V2 




AS RECEIVED 


W3 




AS RECEIVED 


VH 




OUT 


¥5 




OUT 


116 




OUT 


W7 




IN 


W6 THRU 


W15 


DON'T CARE 


H16 




IN 


W17 




IN 


•. W18 




IN 



Reference Figure 2 for Juaper locstions. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 
MAA 6176-0-0 



REV 

C 



sieieK 



> — «i m ?a 



SHCCT 



Of 



24 



MANUFACTURING SPECDHCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TUII 



MODULAR APPROACB TO SYSTEM TEST 



6.2.3 HSV11-DD(M8044.D7) PIMST 321 

SLSWITCHPACK SWITCH STATE 

ON 
ON 
ON 
ON 

IN 
IN 
IN 
IN 
IN 
IN 

Ktf«rtnot Flgurt 4 for swlt'oh and juaper looatlona. 

6.2.4 DLV11-F(M8028) SERIAL LINE UNIT 

« 

JUMPER DESIGNATION JUHPER STATE 



SW1 • 






SW2 






SW3 






SW4 






V2 






W3 






PIN 1 


TO 


3 


PIN 5 


TO 


7 


PIN 10 


TO 


14 


PIN 15 


TO 


16 



TO 
Tl 

T2 

T3 
RO 

Rl 

R2 

R3 



OUT 

IN 

OUT 

IN 

OUT 

IN 

OUT 

IN 



Tht DLV11-F la dtfault Juaptrad for conaola uaa.but tha baud 
rata. Juapara auat ba raoonfigurad froa 110 bai^d oparatlon to 300 
baud. 

Tha DLV11-F la not a atandard part of tha DPM50 ayat«at but 
ia a fraquant option. Saa Figura 9 for Juapar looatlona. 

6.2.5 ZSVH-A (NdOao, 5413290) SERIAL BUS INTERFACE 

FACTORY CONFIOURBO: 



CSR ADDRESS 



VECTOR ADDRESS 



160140 
160142 
360144 

300 
304 



ff ap^l Miu. m'-i'-o I '^ 



SNIC? 



OF 



24 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION ^__ 

TITLE NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



JUNPEKS 


STATE 
OUT 


LOCATION 


VI THIU tf6 


N8080 


WT THRU W10 


IV 


M8080 


Mil THIU V16 


OUT 


H8080 


V17 THRU V20 


IN 


M8080 


1121 THRU V23 


OUT 


M8C80 


111,113. W5.W7,i»9' 


IV 


5413290 


V2,V«I.V6,W8,V10 


OUT 


5413290 



Stt Ftgurti 7*1 tad 7*2 for Juaptr looatlon*. 

If DLfll-J Initalltd dtfault ttartlnf vtotor addrtii of 300 
■utt bf rteonfigurtd bteausa of ita eonfllot with tha ISV11-A 

8.2.6 I/O CONTROL N0DULE(M7958) 



CSR APDRESS 

« 


171000 


VECTOft ADDRESS 


234 


VECTOR SWITCH PACK E7 


SWITCH ^TATS 


SVI 


Oil 


SV2 


Oi 


sua 


ON 


. . sw* 


OFF ; 


8115 


OFF 


SW6 


01 


SW7 


OFF 


. sws 


OFF 


ADDRESS SWITCH PACE E34 


SWITCH STATE 


SW1 


OFF 


SW2 


ON 


• SW3 


OFF 


SWII 


OFF 


SW5 


ON 


SW6 


OFF 


8WT 


OFF 


SW8 


ON 



R«.4raiioa Flgura 8 for awttohpaak looationat 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



MAA 



tm^ 



REV 

C 



SHEET 



OF 



24 



MANUFACTURING SfEClFlCATlON 

^"^* MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM T15ST 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



6.2.7 TEVn(N9<IOO-YB) TiaNXMATOI NODULE 

JUNPEI DESIGNATIOM JUNPEI STATE 



mr 

V2 



TT 
OUT 
IN 
OUT 



ltr«rtnot Fifurt 3 for Juapcr loeationc. 

6. 3- CABLIMG OF THE L/PM50 

6.3.1 Cabling of th« DFH50 eoaalsta of a serial bua oablt 
(70-15928-03) ooalng from tha daughtar board (54-13290) of tha 
ISV1I-A KOthar/dtughtar pair .which Intaroonnaota with tha DEC 
DATAWAT oabla (70-14 152) .which In turn la run through an 
attanuatlon pana.'i to alnulata cabla langth. finally ailtlng tha 
attanuatlon panal and oonnactlng to tha hoat CPU'S ISBII. Saa 
Flguraa 5.7.2 and 10. 

Attanuatlon panal la only uaad for taat and la not ahlppad 
with tha ayataa. 

DEC DATAWAT la kayad. 

7.0 POWEK CHECKS 



7.1 



♦5.1VDC 
♦12VDC 



♦. l-.f5 

♦. t-.36 



If voltagaa ara out of tolaranoa raaova tha H7670 powar 
supply covar and allda tha powar aupply out until acoaaa to tha 
adjuataanta la poaalbla. lafaranca Flgura 6. 

8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PEOCEDUKE 

Tha hoat procaaaor .whathar It ba an 11/70 or 1 1/311 along with 
Ita ISB11*S Buat ba fully chackad out according to MAST prior to 
oonnactlng a DFH5(> to tha DATAWAT. 

a. I DPM50 HOST SYSTEN BOOTIMC PROCEDUKE 

8.1.1 Obtain a dlak pack for tha appropriate hoat aadla which 
haa tha SSXI1-N hoat paokaga #AF-F152A-NC and Install It Into 
DRIVE #0. Load DRIVE #0 and Insura that "WRITE PROTECT* la off . 

8.1.2 Whan DRIVE #0 la raady and "OR LINE" (haada loadad) BOOT 
tha drlva. 



SIZE 

A 



aP^ KAA AH«!8!o V' 



SNIET 



Of 



24 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



BSEIillBII 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.1.3 Wh«n tht program aikt for the data and tint, you nay 
tithar antar tha Inforaiatlon or default It by typing a carriage 
return . An example would be 08:30 04-JUN-80. 

8.1.4 The prograa will oontinua aetting up paraaetera and will 
aak: "Do you want to load IPC diagnostics from aagtape [Y/N]:". 
Type in a carriage return which will def'ault your answer to • NO 
condition. 

8.1.5 The prograa will now output: 

>f <EOF> (This signifies end of file and paranettrt art 
now set) and waits for you to key in s conasnd. 

8.1.6 Type in: 

Set /UIC8C200.2703 (This aay not bt necessary if the UIC 
is already at 200,270.) 



8.2 RUM THE ERROR REPORT TASK IN ORDER TO CLEAR OUT THE EHROU 
LOG 



8.2.1 > RUH ISBRPT TYPE;< RUN ISBRPT > 

ISBRPT*-DEC OATAWAY ERROR REPORT TASK 

PRINT SUMMARY [Y OR N]?M TYPE:<N> 

PRINT ENTIRE FILE (Y 0R""N]?N TYPE:<N> 

DELETE ERROR FILE CY OR N]7Y TYPE:<Y> 

ISBRPT... OPERATION COMPLETE" 
TASK "ISBRPT" TERMINATED 
TASK EXIT WITH OUTSTANDING I/O 
PCsl25130 
PS.170000 
R0.120720 
m»125576 
R2>125650 
• R3s000000 
R4«U3*»70 • 
R5«000000 
SP«120476 

8.2.2 Type: CTRL C to terainate ISBRPT task and receive back 
MCR> proBpt. 

8.3 RUN THE DEC DATAWAY DIAGNOSTIC EXERCISER. 



occ i*iM«Me««4««y« 



SIZE 

-A- 



CODE 
SP 



NAA 



"m^^ 



HO 



REV 
C 



SHECT 



B 



or 



24 



MANUFACIDRINC SfEClFICATlON CONT.NUAT.ON SHEET 

TITLE MODUIAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 

ir." — . 

• .3.1 > ljUii DZKCH TYPE:<RUII DZfCH> 

PCP-A>3TA- TYPE : <STA> 

iUIIITS (D)?1 TYPE:<1> 

ENTEI CONTIOLLER NUMBEP: (0)070 TTPE:<0> 

ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTR?SlLER: 

(0)1?1 TYPE:<1> 

nunbeI of entered TERHINALS-1 

UNIT*«CONTROLLER««LOGICAL SB»«LUN«* 
001 000 001 Oil 

TOTAL ACTIVE PASSES > 21. ACTIVE TERMINALS. 1. TIME. 8:33 

TOTAL ACTIVE PASSES > HI, ACTIVE TERMINALS. 1, TIME.8:34 

8.3.2 Aft«r rtquir«d run tia« has tlapstd t«ralnat« running of 
dltgnostio by typing CTRL C . 

TASE "TTO" TERMINATED 

TA8E EXIT UITH OUTSTANDING I/O 

PC.046000 

PSjITOOOO 

R0.000002 

R1.000000 . 

R2.000000 

R3«000000 

R1I.000003 

RSfOOOOOl 

SP«0012i)6 

8.1 Afttr DZECH hat run.Tht error log aust b« oh«cktd for 
•rrora thpt say hava ooourtd during running. 

8.1.1 > RUN ISBRPT TYPE:<RUN ISBRPT> 

ISBRPT-DECDATAVAY ERROR REPORT TASK 

> 

E.?IINT SUMMARYCT OR N]?T TYPE:<Y> 

'PRINT ENTIRE FILE [Y OR N]?N TYPE:<N> 

OUTPUT TO LINE PRINTER [Y OR N]7N-^.TYPE:<N> 

WANT ONE CONTROLLER [Y OR N]7N— I TYPE:<N> 

DELETE ERROR FILE [T OR N]?N TYPE:<N> 

ISBRPT... ERROR FILE IS EMPTY 
ISBRPT... OPERATION COMPLETE 

8.1.2 Typt: CTRL C to ttrainata ISBRPT task and racaiva back 
MCR> proBpt. 



SIZE CODE NUMBER I REV 
SP MAA 6176-0-0 C 



SHEET 



OP 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



<i,'rn\\\.. 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.1.3 Error reporting can bt in th« forn of hard trrors, typad 
out iaaadiatcly, or aoft arrora; Errors that art loggad by tht 
arror lo|gar. Ho arrora ara allowad. 

8.5 HUli ItOM HESIDEIIT TE3T3 OF ISV11-A 

8.5.1 MCR> 8Uil CZKCIB TYPElKIUM CZECIB> 

> 

DCP-A>STA TYPE : <STA> 

# UMITS (D) ? 2 TYPE:<1> 

UNIT 1 

ENTER CONTROLLEI NUHBER: (0)070 TYPE:<0> 

ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTROLLER: 

( D ) 1 72 T YPE : < 1 > 

SELECTED SERIAL LINE PORTS 

UNIT««CONTR0LLER*«L0GICAL SB««LUN*«TYPE 

10 001 9 DPN50-P0RT 

START OF TESTING 

END OF PASS 0. TINE > 9:29 

END OF PASS 1, TINE > 9:31 

8.5^2 Aftar raquirad run tiaa haa alapaad tarainata running of 
tha diagnoatio by typing CTRL C . 

8.6 LOAD DIAGNOSTIC NONITOR CZKNPB 

«•*• ^ > BU»' CZKN.^B TYPE:< RUN CZKNPB > 

> 

CZKNPB VERSION 2.2 

SELECT NODE: LOCAL. HOST. AUTO-NAP, CONNUNICATION OR EXIT 

(L.H,A,C,E)L --TYFE:<L> 

ENTER NUNBEI OF TERNINALS CD]«2 TYPE:<1> 

ENTER CONTROLLER NUNBER lO]bO TYPE:<0> 

ENTER aERNINAL NUNBERS CO]«iI TYPE:<1> 

NUNBER OF ENTERED TERNINALS"* 1 
UNIT«*CONTROLLER««LOGICAL SB«« 
10 1 

At thia point tha oonaola tarainal at th« DPHS^ aubayatea 
eoaaa on lina and la uaed to aak for nnd run aubayataa 
dlagnoatica. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



KUMBER 
NAA 6176-0-0 



REV 
C 



oac tXMi^-io M wya 



SHCCT 



Of 



24 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



I.^'lll! 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



If 0PH50 oontaint an M/23 CPU (KDFM-AA), prooatd tc 
jection 6.8 otherwise $o to section 8.7. 

8.7 RUM 11/03 (KDII-H) BASED DPM50 LSI DIAGNOSTICS 

See Figure M for eiplanetion of aonitor interaction at 
DPM50 local terminal. 



Lie switch oust be in the off position to run diagnoatioa. 

TYPE: <VKAACO> 

TYPE:<200G> 



8.7.1 > VKAAC0 - 
157776 

6200G 

END PASS 
END PASS 



8.7.2 After required run tine has elapsed, terninate running of 
the diagnostic by depressing the break key on the DPN50 conaolc 
terminal. 

8.7.3 g 760H<>/ 000000 2 TYPE: <760 UU/> 

TYPE:<2> 

> VKABAO TYPE:<VKABAO> 

157776 

«200G-t TYPE:<200G> 

END«PASS 
END PASS 

8.7.1 After required run tine haa elapaed, terainate running of 
the diagnostic by depreasing the break key on the DPH50 console 
terffllnal. 

8.7.5 g 760H<t/ 000000 2 — TYPE: <7601H<i/> 

TYPEr<2> 

> VKACC1 TYPE: < VIACC 1> 

157776 

# 2000 TYPE:<200C> 

DVKACC-LSI-11 FIS INSTHUCTIOM TEST 
END PASS 
END PASS 

8.7.6 After required run tine haa elapaed, terainate running of 
the diagnostic by depreaaing the break key on the DPH50 console 
teroinal. 



SIZE 



*=aP' MAA immO 



¥' 



■it aHieaH«M-N«7t 



SHEET .iL OF ^^ 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



8.7.7 #7 6i2lii/ 000000 ^ ' TYPE : <7601 »l1/> 

TYPE:<2> 

>VICADCO > TYPE : < VKADCO 

157776 

# 200C TYPE : <200C> 

CWIBCO LSI-11 TRAPS TEST 

EIS/FIS OPTION PRESENT 
' DIBOL INSTRUCTION SEX NOT PRESENT 
END OF PASS 



8.7.8iArt«r required run tlae haa tlapaed, ttrainata running of 
tha diagnoatio • by dapraaaing tha braak kay on tha DPM50 oonaola 
tarainal. *. 

8.7.9 • 760U4/ 000000 2 TYPE : <76014*/> 

~ TYPE:<2> 

> ZKMAF0 -— TYPE : <2ICMAF0> 

157776 

• 200C TTPE:<200C> 

CZKMAFO 
000000-157776 
TST 13 BNK 00 
TST 13 BNK 01 
TST 13 BNK 02 
TST 13 BNK 03 
TST 13 BNK 04 
TST 13 BNK 05 
TST 13 BNK 06 
RELOC 

TST 13 BNK 00 
PASS! 01 

8.7.10 Aftar raquirad run tiaa haa alapaad .tarainata running of 
tha diagnoatio by dapraaaing tha braak kay on tha DPN50 oonaole 
tarminal. 

8.7.11 Load .and run diagnostica for any additional LSI option 
Bodulaa added to the baae DPM50 ayatea, uaing aaaa aethod uaed 
to run CPU teata. 

8.7.12 After all LSI aodulea have been run, if any D Bua I/O' 
aodulea exiat, load in diagnoatio VPCAEO froa the hoat prooeaaor 
and follow procedure POO-OOCOA-OO-OOO-WM-06-8055 . Reference 
aection 4.0 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING 



SIZE 

A 



COOE 
SP 



NUMBER 
HAA 6176-0-0 



REV 
C 



iMMe>-ieM4ii«yt 



SHCCT 



OF 



11'q'M''j' 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION CONTINUATION SHEET 

TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 

8.8 RUM 11/23(ICDF11..AA) BASED DPM50 DIAGNOSTICS 

Sot Figur* 11 for •xpltnation of Monitor Intcraotion 
inputs and outputs at local DPH50 tarnlnal. 

LTC switch Bust ba in OFF position to run diagnoatios. 

8.8.1 > JKDACO . TYPE:<JKDACO> 

157776 

#2000 ^ TYPE:<200C> 

CJKDACO KTF11-AA HHU DIAG. 

SWR. 000000 NEW.CR TYPE:<CR> 

END PASS! 1 :TOTAL ERRORS SINCE LAST START AT 200 

8.8.2 A'ter requirtd run tima has clapsad, terminata running of 
the diagnostic at tha 0PN50 oonsola terainal by depressing the 
break key. 

8.8.3 g 760Ut/ 000000 2 TYPE: <760U«»/> 

TYPE:<2> 

>JKDBCO TYPE:<JICDBCO> 

157776 

g 200G ^TYPE:<200G> 

CJKDBCO DCF11-AA CPU DIAGNOSTIC 
- END PASSI 1 
END PASSI 15 

8.8.4 After required run tiae has elapsed .terainate running the 
diagnostic at the DPN50 console terainal by depressing the break 
key. 

8.8.5 «7602ii/000000 2 TYPE : <7601*Hl/> 

TYPE:<2> 

>ZQMCGO TYPE : <20HCG0> 

157776 

# 2000 TYPE : <200G> 

SWRlSOOOOO NEW* CR TYPE:<CR> 

KT11 (MEMORY MANAGEMENT) AVAILABLE ' 

MEMORY MAP 

FROM 000000 TO 757777 (WITH H MSV11-D INSTALLED) 

NO PARITY REGISTERS FOUND 

PROGRAM RELOCATED TO 720000 

PROGRAM RELOCATED TO 000000 

END PASSI 1 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 
MAA 6176-0-0 



REV 

C 



occ ae<MiKaoM#i«7t 



SHEET 



OP 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



Above will b« received when 1 HSV11-D aodules are 
inatalled, typeouta will vary with lesser aaounta of aeaory. No 
relocation will occur when only 1 HSV11-D Installed. 

8.8.6 *NOTE THE following two testa are to be run if the 
optional KEF11 chip is inatalled. 

8.8.7 » 760 1'm/ 000000 2 -- --TYPE: <760 1Hi|/> 

TYPE:<2> 

> JKDCBO TYPE:<JKDCBO> 

157776 

# 200C TyPE:<200G> 

CJKDCB, KEF11-A FP DIAGNOSTIC PART 1 

SWR z 000000 NEWsCjR- — TYPE:<CR> 

END PASS #1 
END PASS #2 

6.8.8 After required run time has elapsed, terninate running of 
the diagnostic at the DPM50 console terainal by deprsssing the 
b reak key. 

8.8.9 g 760m»/ 000000 2 TYPE : <760 1«m/> 

TTPE:<2> 
>JKDDBO TYPE:<JrDDBO> 



157776 
«200G-' 



TYPE:<200G> 



CJKDDB KFF11-A DIAGNOSTIC PART 2 

SWR « 000000 NEW aCR TYPE:<CR> 

END PASS « 1 
END PASS #2 

8.8.10 After required run time has elapsed, terminate running of 
the diagnostic at the DPH50 console terainal by depressing the 
break key. 

8.8.11 Load and run diagnostics for any additional LSI option 
modules installed, using same method used to run the CPU tests. 

8.8.12 after all LSI modules have besn run, if any D BUS I/O 
modules exist within the DPM50 subsystem, load diagnostic VPCAEO 
and follow procedure POO-OOCOA-OO-OOOOWM-06-8055 . Reference 
section 4.0 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING. 



/ 



SIZE 

A 



*=!?" MAA aWV^O V 



ETTf ^ 



0«C lHMt)-lM«4it«7S 



SHEET 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TB0T 



M?n4 ITCH RIV ■ (Alio LATf Rl 



■^ n t - 



KD11-H 



I7t 

I 



I7« 



Its 



I 



IM 



I 



lU 

E 

I 



W1« 



1' 

II 



1 



9 - 

I JUMTtR NCMOVIO 



n 



n 



:I- 



JUMMR INSTALLIO 



k^BSsdJbs 



9 
6 



FIGURE 1 



1- 



99 



n 



/ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 
MAA 6176-0-0 



REV 



MK «*i«M>-ioMM««ya 



SHEET ^5 OP J± 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



(Mi^ntbi 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 




KDFII-AA 

(M8186 DUAL SIZE MODULE) 
FIGURE 2 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA 6176-0-0 



?' 



EV 



OCC l«^«MMMa-M«7a 



SHEET 16 OF 24 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



TEV11 M9400-YB 



^ 



T_r 



^£ 



wt 



DMA 

MCrMCSM 

CMASCC 



W4 






W1 



1 



lALWAVl 1 
IMflTALLlO) 



n- itor 



FIGURE 3 



SIZE CODE NUMBER 

A I 3P I MAA 6176-0-fl 



REV 
C 



OtC l»iaM|«IM»M«9a 



SHCCT 



OP 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



^n^ 



T r 



^n£ 




■ATTtRY ■ACKUT J 









•'•] 

>•-' 



MRITV/NO ^AHITV 
OMIUriOM 



• • • 
t 1 J 



■ANK7 
INAU.t/0<B*B4.| 



N8044-D? 



MROMi 



Figure 4 MS VI l-D, MSVi l-E Switch ind Jumper Locations 



SIZE 

A 



^E?^ M^A 6«JIW 



ff^y 



i(HH*hl9» M H%n 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SrUClFiCATION 



CONTINUATION SHCCT 



TITLI 



MODPLAR APPROACH TO 8Y8TBM TEST 



tCMAi aut CAKI 




H7I70 



Figure 6 DECdatawiy Connector Mounting 



^ 



VOITAOI AOJUtTMINT 




„..] 



FIOURE 6 



I Size I COO 

I KW 



W 



NUMBER 
lAA 6176-^ 



REV 

C 



•NICT 19 OP .21. 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



w» wii wii wic wao MM wit WM wti wii «wai 




size ICOOE 
A I SP 



NUMBER 
¥Ni 6176-0-0 



REV 

C 



iHattHiMMMm 



SNCCT 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODXJLAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



^ 



v. 

y 



fl 



r 



ir 



VICTOR 
•ILICT 



I? 



OM 1 
Of* 



STATUS 
INOICATORS 



♦SV 
■fllV 
C^ OtVSiL 

r"n INTR 
f^ TtMSOVT 



Aoomss 

SILICT 



■S4 



ON 1 
Wf 



IN)TIAUIB 
MUCT 



OSC 
XTAL 



Al 



VI 



Al 



VI 



Al 



Al. 



VI 



MA.«101 



Pigur« 8 



M7958 I/O Control Modult 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA 617M/ 



BM l«HSttMM»«Myt 




REV 



SH€Jtf 



■s 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



xc 



=^ 



r\ 



n 






II Hill 0- 






Hill 



ir 






MT 



?;$$(( 



H ■ i 



Figure 9 



M8028 
DLVll-P Jumper Locations 



MM'iaT4 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



MAA 6 



ft^m^ 



S' 



EV 



Mc ttHWhi w Mtn 



SHEET 22 OF _ii 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



HUE HODUIAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



V" 



I OF TERMINALS 



1 TO 9 
10 TO 19 
20 TO 29 
30 TO 39 
40 TO 49 
50 TO 59 
60 TO 63 



ATTENUATOR 
SETTING 

2 SOB 

24DB 
23DB 
22DB 
210B 
20DB 
19DB 



FIGURE 10 



M 

O 



i 



i 
I 



L 



Iii/7b OR 11/34! 





JSBll 














DPH HOST 




1 • 


'■-■-■' ' II 






- Jl 





M 

s 











o 
5 



O 

o 










DPM50 



'^l 





1 

1 
t 

1 


ISVli-A 


1 


• 
t 



t^mmmS 



SIZE 

A 



SP' i^AHmS ¥^ 



Otc >»<»•«■> — - w yi 



SHEET 



23 



OF 



24 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE. 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



M<M^(ITOt millACnON AT LCXIAL TE«M1NAL 






OpmuotmtijimmMn 



«rt)rpteeMralZie|NMUU*ll te 



If foUowtei lS7r?« aAw • ik mum luf hMa «Mn4. imdicMM ikt 
the LSI- II Mid liM oftn»m wuy eoaanucatt witk k via ODT. 



kin 



irfoUowiBg''Eod mm" Mtf tbt otfiMi PC HidiMiM ilw optmet May give fWtli« 
itnictiou la ODT. Oivisf ''7MI44'' iswtablisliM nMBMukatioa witk local 





/jyttft 




ftkumm 




WO 




liMk 




760144/ 


Deposit 


a 


DspOBlt 


I 



if LSI- 1 1 hia ODT. 



UMdroUowia|*'>"io«II( 

Not 10 1 

Noiioi 

ReouMkhM oomMMiGMiM «iik loal MOBiior if LSI-I I ii ia OOT. 

Pdkwiai '^XnOOr talk BMMiiar dut opcrMor «MMi ID nM Moihn d^ 

Foitow nxnxxr aborti BMMlor ia koM. Tte it ika IMI iapM ky dM oparaur. 



CoamilZ FoUo«ia|''>''pimLSMIfaiOOT. 



ISTTIf Foaowia|llaa«Maa«y 
NX TiMraqaaMadlkMaaMktroMatf. 

■OLD Tha attaaapi lo dowatoad iIm ilinaoiHf »»aa 
ENDPASS DiafAoatkkMcnaplaiadapMa. 
CWrvMf/C Fdfcwwai >«Mk hidkaiM dtaga—dt Imj i>a| 
OOOOOO Followiag.'*7MI44" imHoum afamMr may 






EX 



Moottor bat lanaiMiad at 



FIGURE 11 



. — , I 1*^1 



,..«•>*. ..« * • III **■ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



Wfi 6 



,?y|i85P ¥ 



OCC aH»MMM»«««7a 



SHEET 



24 



OF 



24 



II 

i! 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING 



C SPEcfrl 



CATION 



M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



ARll SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURK Appendix A 



REVISIONS 



I 
% 

Ui 
Mi 

II 
III 

ffil 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO 



ORIQ 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



isi 



ENO 



Prev. 7668001-( -6180 



i 



-r^^ySf^/'^cost^f 



APPD 



~Mi 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6180-0-0 



REV 
A 



eN^tMa-l«-N«7HMt) 



SHEET 1 OF 2 



MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION 



Tim 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



Appendix A 

I L 



ARll SYSTEM DCIALLATIOW AND ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURE 

1.0 ARU DCTALLATION/ACCEPIAyCE 

R«f«r to DocuBMnt A -SP -ARll -0-4 
X»X Dlagnottlc Fack«g« 

CA) ARll Logic T«st MalnDEC-11-DZAXA-A 

(B) ARll Analog T*ats MaloDEC-ll-DZARB-A 

(C) ARll Wrap-Around Taat MalnDEC-11-DZARC-A 

1.2 Error Diagnoala and Rapalr 
Rafar to Docunant A-8F-AR11-0-6 

1.3 Othar Ralatad DocuoMnti 

CA) ARll Circuit Daacrlption A-SP-ARll-0-5 
(B) ARll aaara Guida DEC-11-HARU6-B-D 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



MAA6180-0-0 A 



OaC l»-<9M>-lMa-N«72 



SHEET 



Of 



Ill 



I 



la 

sec 



Ml 

» I 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



M . A . S . T . 



DATE 



TITLE 



NC 11-A GAMMA CAMERA INTERFACE Appendix A 



REV 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



Prev. 7668001-0-6190 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPO PY 



DATE 



ENQ 



u 



r^i/xL^ 



s:zE 
A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

?-^AA6 19 0-0-0 



REV 



ENmiMa-lt*Ntyf-(3M| 



SHEET 1 OF 2 



MANUFACTURINC SriCffiCATION 

Tini dODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TESl Appendix A 

' 



HC U-A GAMMA CAMERA lyTERfACE 

Raf. Adjutcacnt Froccdurt A-SP-NCll-A-23 
Checkout and Accsptanc* A-SP-NCil-A-22 



Size CODE 



1 NUMtCR 
A I SP I MAA6190~0-0 



REV 



OKc iHMthtaaa-Mc?! 



SHEET 



OF 




-9. 




ZSB!^^ 



. JK. 



P 



^/I^ITAL KQUIPMKNT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURINC SPECinCATION 



n«A«i3»X« 



OATC 



Tint 



NCVll CAMHA CAMERA INTERFACE 



Apptndlx A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



OEftCRiPTION 



CHONO 



OHIO 



DATE 



APPO SY 



DATE 



ENO 



lirttrt 



■»MtM>-l*««y»4MH» 



^^ ^^Xmhaa.^aJL^ I A 



Sll^E ICODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6192>Q~0 



REV 

mAmm 



SHEET 1 OF 6 



MANUFACrURlNC STECOTCATION 

TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Appendix A 



NCVn GA>fU CAMERA INTERFACE 



l.O INTRODUCTION: 



Th« Gaana CuMra la used to record the distribution of radioactive laotopea 
that ara introduced into a patient under atudy and co^icentrated in the 
organ of interaat. The output of the Gaasa caaera ia proceaaad by the 
NCVll interface, loaded into a coaputer Bcaory, and written on a wiaa 
atorage defvice. The atored information may be called back and dlaplaycd 
at a later date. 



2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION ; 

2.1 Reference Manual EK-NCVl 1-1^7?? 

2.2 Reference Parts Liat PL-NCVll 

2.3 Checkout Procedure SP-NCVll-0-10 

2.4 Print Set MP00491 

3.0 TEST EQUIPMENT ; 

3.1 Teat philoaophy will be to aodule avap and return for repair. 

3.2 The Self Test connector (Part No. 70-12894) is the only special 
equipment required to run these tests. The connector is shipped with 
the NCVll option. You aay find it pluggad into Jl on the A017 nodule. 

3.3 Add DVM - Voltaeter. 

4.0 REQUIRED DUGNOSTIC PROGRAMS : 

4.1 DVNCA NCVll Logic Teat 

4.2 DVNCA NCVll Differential Linearity Teat 

5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS ; 
Nona 



Size CODE 

A sp 



HUMtCR 

MAA61 92-0-0 



REV 



0>C MHaMl>» 



tHiCT 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Appendix A 



6.0 INSTALLATIOH & TEST SET UP INSTKUCTIONS : 

Unlbus Bated SysC«ui - VThto making an add-on Inatallation of tha NCVll-B 
Intarface Option to an axlatlng Unlbua-baaed Bysten, proceed aa follova: 

6.1 Mount the DDVll-C backplane In the CPU or expander box In tha aaaa 
manner aa a atandard Unlbua ayatea mounting unit. 

NOTE 

Dlaka ahould normally ba flrat on the Unlbua to 
give then higher priority in DMA arbitration than 
that of the NCVll. 

6.2 If It la neceaaary to provide an additional SPC alot for the M8217 
Converter module, mount the DDll backplane in the CPU or expanalon 

NOTE 

Some old Unlbua backplanea are incompatible with 
the M8217 module. If in doubt, check the DWll 
Inatallation Manual. 

6.3 Connect the backplane power harneaa(ea) to the power dlatribution 
panel (a). 

6. A Inatall the M9401 module In alot ABOl of the DDVll-C backplane. 

6.5 Inatall the M8217 In the Unlbua backplane. 

NOTE 

When the M8217 module la mounted in a Unlbua 
backplane, remove the NPG IN/NPG OUT Jumper 
between plna CAl and CBl of the SPC alot to 
be uaed. 

6.6 Connect the two BC05L cablea between the M9401 and M8217 modulea. 
Jl to Jl, and J2 to J2 (colored atripe adjacent to plna UU/W). 

6.7 Install the NCVll modulea in the DDVll-C backplane in the aequence 
sho%m in Figure 2-1. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



occ iMaaa>-ias»Ma7a 



NUMBER 

MAA6192-O-0 

•MEET 3 



REV 
A 



OF 



MANUFACrURIN C STECIFICATION 

TITLE HODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATION IHCCT 



Appendix A 



§•• Install tht M940O-TB aodulc In alot AB02, dirsctly bahind th« 
N9401 Bodula In th« LSI-U Bus backplane. 

ft. 9 Install tha H322 distribution panal. 

i.lO Intarconnact tha NCVll Modulaa and tha H322, shown In Flgura 2-1. 

7.0 POWER CHECKS '. 

J. I Chack BAll box voltagaa. -fSV -♦■ 5X, -HSV -»■ 5X, -15V •♦■ 5X 



8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE ; 

*For tha apaclflc saquanca of dlagnoatlcs to ba run In any particular 
situation, or for tha currant MAST alnlaua taat criteria; a.g. paaa-counts, 
•tc« t raf ar to tha appropriate MAST CHECKLIST. Llatad below are detailed 
■tap-by-step Instructions for executing each Individual diagnostic 
contained in tha CHECKLISTS." 

8.1 NCVll Logic Taat (Checks tha M8026 and M8036) 

8.1.1 Load tha MD-11-DVNCA prograa into aaaory. 

8.1.2 Start tha prograa at location 200. (Reatart addreaa la 204) 

8.1.3 Type L (CR) to atart tha test 

8.1.4 To terminate the test type CTRL/C. 

8.2 NCVll Differential Linearity Taat (Chacka the A017 and M8036) 

8.2.1 Switch tha Maintenance Switch (SI) on the A017 aodule to 
MAINTENANCE (toward the I/O connector). 

8.2.2 Plug the Self Teat Connector into Jl on the A017 aodule. 
Connect the red juaper wire on the connector to test point 
R (TPR) on the A017 module. 

8.2.3 Load the MD-II-DVNCA program into memory. 

8.2.4 Start tha program at location 200. 

8.2.5 Type D (CR) to start the teat. 

8.2.6 Type CTRL/C to terminate teat. 



SIZE 

.A. 



CODE 

SP 



NUMIEII 

MAA6192-0-0 



REV 
A 



imt m n 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING STECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION IHECT 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



Appendix A 



8.3 NCVll Final Acceptance Test (Thia teat rcpeaca the logic and 
differential linearity tests) 

8.3.1 MD-11-DVNCA aust be loaded into aemory. 

8.3.2 Make aure the Self Teat Connector ia plugged into connector 
Jl on the A017 aodule. The red Jinpcr wire la connected to 
teat point TFR on the A017, and avitch SI on the A017 module 
ia avitched to MAINTENANCE. 

8.3.3 Type F (CR) to atart the teat 

8.3.4 Type CTRL/C to terainate the teat. 



9.0 TEST PROCEDURE: 



Reference 8.0 



SIZE 

A 



CODE I NUMBER 
SP I MAA6192-Q-Q 



REV 



occ iMMt>-iaet<w«7t 



SHEET 



MANUFACTURING SfEClTlCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



Appendix A 



oo 




A OUAO lt.lCTIIOIT*TIC 
•MILS rAMT MO 1l-«Mt1-«l 
« MOUNTflO MtMlfN TMg 
M17 iINO MMM HOOUtn. 



Figure 2-1 DW| l-NCVl I- H322 Interconnectiont (Unib ui-laicd Syttem) 

NUMIEII 



SIZE I CODE 



occ »»<»M»-lMtm?t 



SHtrr _ 



OF 



pSv" 



I? 



t 
i 

-s| 
?^ I 

•• o c 



i 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT Cf>RPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



^'^'•^ DRll-A GENERAL DEVICE INTERFACF' Appendix A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO 



ORIO 



DATE 



APPU BY 



DATE 



^ M S 



Prev. 7668001-0-6205 



ENQ / . 



'^^^.e^SfCr 



eKH>io«j-i«^«7^<Ma) 




SIZE 

A 



So? 



NUMBER 

MAA6205-0-0 



REV 

A 



I 1 Uh 4 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 

I 



DRll'A CEWERAl DEVICE INTERTACE 

* 

RIFERgWCE DOCOMENTS 

DRII-A EoglQ««ria( Draviati* Print S«c. 

MAST Phat« I Ch«ck-Off LlaC. 

Wor^Minthlp Mamul, DEC. 

riaith and Color Standard, DEC STD 092. 
REQUIRED TEST EQUIIMENT 

FDP-II SyatMi with Input davlca. 

M980 Malntananca Modula. 

Digital VoltsMtar. Fluka Modal 465 or a^ulvalant. 

M4INDEC-11-D6LA DUgnoatlc Wrlta-up. DRllA Davlca Raglatar Taat. 

MAIMDEC-11-D8LA DUgnoatlc Tapa. 

CHECXOOT IHSPECTICTT 

Folloirlng Racalpt of tha taat ItaB(a) , parfora a brlaf (quick scan) 
▼laual Inapactlon for obvlou: diacrapanclaa par tha DEC Workaumahlp 
Manual and DEC STD 092. 

TEST SET-UP 

Sat-tqp tha taat Itaa(a) , with all powar off, In tha configuration ahown 
In Flgura 1. Nota that tha taat ItMi haa a floating vactor. Chack that 
It haa tha propar Jtopar configuration. 



Size 
A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBEII 

MAA62nS-n-0 



REV 
A 



occ i*-4MaHi(Ma-M«7a 



SHEET .2, _ OF 1. 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TU SYbiLMb 'ibSI Apppndix A 



VOLTAGE CHECKOUT 

Pow«r up th« syttaa to ch«ck th« -fSVIx: •t each SPC tlot containing a taat 
plan. Usa Che digital voltnetar to maaaure tha voltaga between plot A2 
(•fSVDC and C2 (GND) at each applicable SPC alot on backplane. The voltage 
ah«ll be 5.00 VIX: jp.25 VDC. Note that the H744 Regulator hae a -t-S VDC 
voltage adjuat potentiometer. 

11 SYSTEMS CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURI 

Perfona the checkout teat in the sequence detalTad in this section. 

Program starting address, switch settings and operetor ection are contained 

herein. However, refer to the Diagnostic Write-Up, MAINDEC-11-DL8A, 

for more detailed information, ahoald the need arise. 

DEVICE REGISTETI TEST 

Lo«d starting address 2^0. 

Start program with all control switches down (zero). 

Allow test to nin for 15 minutes. Note that bell will ring at completion 
of each peas. 

No errors allowed. 

For restart after fix, repeat 7.1.1 end 7.1.2. 



SIZE 

-A- 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6205-0-0 



REV 

A 



oec :»-<]»a)-io«2-N«7] 



SHEET 



OF _i_ 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 



PDP-U 
SYSTEM 



C 



IINIBUS 



SPC Slot 



X^fcrT 



I 
1105 I 



DRl 1 '^ 1 



I 

IM786 
i 



■'»'"'. 




.IL. 



1 

I _ 
I 

I 
I 

I 



. J 



> 



Notes 



* An M980 Special Maintenance Module must be connected to each DKll-A 
ac the M786 dual cunncctors. 

** A naxlimun total of 32 sequential DRll-A'a may be connected for teat. 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6205-0-n 



oec ift-<sta) ioa2-N«72 



SHEET 



or 



a 



iJH^U^MmiiJu^^^^n-^ 




I! 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPEHnCATlON 



M.A.StTt 



DATE 



TITLE DRll-B DIRECT MEMORY (DMA) INTERFACE Appendix A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



II 

II 
ll| 

All 



III 



Prev. 7668001-0-6210 



si^^ee^^^ \^r?>i^!^yH 



ENQ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAAC210-0-0 



REV 

A 



0»^lM»-l«4Mr»(Mt| 



SHEET 1 OF «♦ 



MANUFACTURING SPECmCATION 
Tini 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 

I 



DUll-B DIltfCT MP10RY (DMA) INTERTACf; 



>JJi':i'^<ii' 



DRll-B Kngin««riiis Draviaft. Print S«t. 

MAST PlMM I Chtck-Off List. 

Vortaanahlp Manual, DEC. 

riniah and Color Standard, Die STD 092. 

Dtll-B Manual. DBC-ll-HD&C-D. 
RZQUITOD TEST EQUIRIEHT 

PD?-11 Bytm with input datriea. 

Digita^ VoltSMtv >luka Modal 463 or a^lvalMt. 
BEQUHED TEST SOFTWARZ 

MAIMDEC-ll DZDEB DUgnoatic Writa-up. DUIB FDPll Ganaral NPR Intarfaea. 

h^mVC-ll-DZCU DlatBoatie Tapa. 

CHECKOPr IMgPECTIOW 

Pollowing laeaipt of tha taat itaa, parfoia a briaf (quick scan) vliual 
inapaction for obvloua dlaerapanciaa par tha KC Worloiianahip Manual and 
DEC STD 092. 

Sat -up tha taat itia, with all powar off, in tha configuration ahow in 
figura 1. RflMva aodulaa froa alota CD4. Than tranafar tha Taat Board 
froB Slota AB2 to Slota CD4. 



Powar up tha ayataa to eha^ tha 45VDC at tha taat itaa backplana. Uaa tha 
digital volQMtar to a^aaura tha voltaga batwaan piaa A2 (•('S FDC) and 
C2 (GHD) on tha baekplaua. Tha voltaga ahall ba S.OO 7DC ±0,25 VDC. Mota 
that tha H744 lagulator haa a -fS VDC ^luga adjuat potantioaatar. 



Size 
A 



cooe 

SP 



NUMBER 
MAA6210-0-0 



REV 
A 



oae i9-MUhi9*»^*u 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPEaTICATIQN 

Tmi MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTtMb Tfch'i 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Appendix A 
I 



11 mTmS CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE 

P«rfoni ttM eh«ekout tMC In th« ■•<Tucnct d«tail«d in thlt ■•etloa. 
ProgrMi ttartlnt addrMt, tviteh ••cclngi and oparator action ara 
contalnad haraln. Bovavar. rafar to tha Dlagnoatlc Wrlta-Up. 
lUIMDEC-11-DZDRB. for aora datallad InfonMtion, should tha naad arlaa. 

Load atartlng addraaa 200. 

Start protraa irlth all control awltchaa do«D (laro). 

Allov taat to nm '^or 30 mlnutaa. 

No arrora allonad. 

For raatart aftar fix. rapa^ first tvo stapa of this taction. 



SIZE 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6210-0-0 



REV 
A 



oac i«KMt)-tMa4>(«7t 



SHEET 



OF 



CONTINUATION SHEIT 



MAWFACnJRINC STECIFlCATiON 

Trai MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMii TEbT Appendix A 



i 



PDP-U 
SYSTIH 




=> 



FUNCTTOHAL TEST CGNPIGURATION 
FIGURE 1 



[ 



MC It^SJXhlMa^tTt 



SIZE 



cooe 

SP 



NUMICR 

MAA6210-0-0 



REV 
A 



SHEET 



OP 




^m 



i^3*t>^iS^!te!i&.**- 



I 

s 

I*' 

II 
II 
|« 

X •< o 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



DRll-C GENERAL DEVICE INTERFACE Appendix A 



REVISIONS 



hev 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO ORIQ 



DATE 



APPO BY 



DATE 



Prev. 7668001-0-6220 



^-^^^^J^t^^^ \^^y./C^ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6220-0-0 



REV 
A 



n*-*%m*-i*4ni»^nt} 



SHEET 1 OF «♦ 



MANUFACTURINC SPECDFICATION 

Xrn.1 MODULAR APPROACH TO SYbifcMS TbST 



Appendix A 



DR11>C CENtHAL DEVICE IWTERFACE 

KoroiiKt DoaMnfra 

Dtll-C Ixifln««rlJit Dravlnt>> Print 8«C. 

HAST Phatt I Cb«ck-Off List. 

yorkmanahlp Hanual, DEC. 

Pinith and Color Standard. DEC STD 092. 

DRll-C Ganaral Davlca Intarfaca Manual, DEC-ll-RXDCA-D-D. 

PDP-11 SyatiB irlth Input davica. 
BC08R Malntananca Cabla. 

Digital Voltaatar, Fluka Modal 465 or aquivalant. 
REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE 

MAIMDEC-ll DZDRC Diagnoatie Writa-up, DRllC Davica Rafistar Tait. 
MADIDEC-11-DZDRC Diagnoatic Tapa. 

Pollowiat Racaipt of tha taat itaB(a) , parfoxa a briaf (^ick scan) 
▼iaual inapaction for obvioua diacrapan;:iaa par tha OEC Workaanahip 
Manual and DEC STD 092. 

8ae-up tha taat ittta(a) , with all ponar off, in tha configuration 
ahow in Figura 1. Nota that tha taat itia haa a floating vactor. 
Chack that it haa tha propar juapar configuration. 

VOLIAGE CHEQCOOT 

• 

Powar op tha ayatiB to chack tha 45VDC at aach 8PC tlot containing a taat 

it«i. Uaa tha digital voltaatar to aaaaura tha voltaga batwaan pina 

A2 (45 VDC) and C2 (GMD) at aach applieabla SFC alot on backplana. Tha 
▼oltaga ahall ba 5.00 VDC •*> 0.25 VDC. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBEIt 

MAA6220-0-0 



REV 
A 



oac i*H»M>-iMa-M«7a 



SHEET 



OF 4 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



rrai 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 



U 81STM CBCROW TtST raOgPVM 

Ptrfom Ch« eh«ckout tast in th« icqucnc* dctallsd in thli t«ecion. 
ProgriM starting addrass, twitch •actinga and oparator action ara 
contalnad haraln. Bovavar, rafar to tha Dlagnoatlc Wrlta-Up. 
MAIMDIC-ll-DZD&C, for aora datallad Information, should tha naad arlsa. 

wm Rgc;?TyR tot 

Load starting addraaa 200. 

Start prognuB with all control avltchaa dowi (saro) . 

Allow taat to run for ona paaa. Nota that at conplatlon of aach pass, 
of aach taat lt«i, an * will ba prlntad. 

No arrors allowad. 

For raatart aftar fix. rapaat f^i-st two staps of this tactic 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMIER 

MAA6220-0-0 



REV 

A 



occ ia^Mt)-iMa-M«7a 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTUKINC gBCIFlCATlON 



CONTINUATIOM SHCIT 



Tini 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTlSMii TfcbT 



Appendix A 
I 











PDP-11 
SYSTEM 




CONN. #2 



Wot«« • *A BC#8R Special ll«int«iiane« C«bl« autt b« conn«cttd to each DRll-C 
at tha M860 du#l connactora. 



*«A aaxlMm total of 32 aaquantlal MU-C'a ray ba connactad for tatt. 



FUNCnCNAL nST CONFICUMTION 
PlOlflll 1 






fIZI 

A 



coot 

8P 



NUmCK 

MAA6220-0-0 



RCV 
A 



«WC ^H»M>-iaM4««7« 



SHUT 



or 




-9. 




^jrn^ 



k 



'a: 






I 
i 



11 






lis 

'III 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



REV 



DRVll 16 BIT PARALLEL LINE UNIT FOR PDP 11/0 3 Appendix A 



REVISIONS 



OESCRIRTIOM 



CHQ NO 



Prev. 7668001-0-6225 



ORIQ 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



^^^fgvy S£(enteMH( \^J^(/u L^ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER REV 

MAA6225-0-0 A 



EN-91 M« t«-N«y t<««Mt 



SHEET 1 OF 3 



M\NUFACTURJNG SPECIFICATION 



TITll 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TFST Appendix A 



DRVll 16 BIT PARALLEL LINE IHIT FOR PDF 11/03 
1.0 INTRODUCTION 

Th« Intent of this procedure Is to suasjirlzc ihs dlsgnostlc vrlttups. For 
tht purpose of expediency, the procedure has been kept brief, and to the 
point, to keep fron confusing the user. For eddicionel infonnetion, it 
vill be necessary to refer to the diagnostic vriteup. 

2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 

2.1 Workaunshlp Manual (STD 116) 

2.2 DRVll "Inglneering Specification A-SP-DRVll 

2.3 LSIll PDP 11/03 User's Manual EX LSIll-TM-001 

2.4 DRVll Printset 

2.5 ADVll-A, KWVll-A, AAVll-A, DRVll-A. User's Manual ER-ADVll-OP-001 

2.6 LSIll PDP 11/03 Configuration and Inetalletlon Guide EK-LSIll-lN-001 
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT 

3.1 LSIll Standard Computer 

3.2 DRVll Module 

3.3 BC08R-1 Test Cabla 

3. A Output tenninal/DLVll 
4.0 REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE 

4.1 MAINDEC ll-DVlL\r DRVll Test Diagnostic and Write up 

4.2 MAINDEC ll-DXDRC DEC/ni Exerciser and Write up 
5 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND CHECKS 

5.1 If part of DEC LAB 03 System variation H or J, module vlll have 2 
BC042-15 cables plugged into Jl '-ind J2 for communication with the 
outside irorld. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6225-0-0 



REV 
A 




CN-oi oaa- 1 t-Mt III 3t3i 



SHEET J OF 3. 



i^ia^h^^^M^ >iM^ ^^h^Ajti^^^?^^ ^^^-^ i« -a-'i;* :'-*;>. 



& 



MANUFACTLRINC STECIFKATION 



CONTINUATION SHE.ET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 



6.0 nsT srr u? 

6.1 Intur* th«t Juap^rt A3 thru All art rr— -cd and juapar A12 la inaarted 
for a davlca addraaa of 167771. 

6.2 Tnaura that vector juapara V3, V4, and V5 ara Inatallad and vactor 
Jjap«ra V6 and V7 ara raaovad for a vactor of 300. 

6.3 laatall BC#81-1 Taat Cabla Into B«rg connactora Jl and J2. 
7.0 11 SYSTEM IWTECitATION TIST PROCEDURE 

7.1 DIVll Taat (DVIAT) 

7.1.1 Load prograa through approprlata load aadla 

7.1.2 Progran atartlag addraaa 

7.1.2.1 Uad addraaa 200 

7.1.2.2 Start $fHH aoftvara SR default valua 



7.1.3 Altamata aoftvara 8R aattlnga (loc 122) 

7.1.3.1 SVR15 - 1 Contlnua on arror 

7.1.3.2 SVR14 • 1 Loop on currant arror 

7.1.3.3 SVRIO • 1 Loop on currant taat 

7.1.3.4 SVR 9-1 Run taat aodula 

7.1.4 Oparator Action 
7.1.4.1 Typa 200C 

7.1.5 EvldMca of End of Fa«a and Runtlaa 

7.1.5.1 "niD OF PASS" will ba typad avary 10 aaconda. 

7.1.6 Accaptabla Errorf: Nona 



Size 
A 



cooc 

SP 



NUMIER 

MAA622S-n»n 



REV 
A 



CN 010t> IMV4T3 (J«2| 



SHCCT 



OF 




Ia^^!# 






DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



M.A.S.T, 



DATE 



TITH 



DTP 3 - FM - FP Appendix A 



REVISIONS 



I 

I 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPO BY 



DATE 



12 

II 

II 

III 

ll 



Prev. 7668001t*0-6230 



i^xr 



^^ ^ 



^(^gtor»i Wi 



SIZE 

A_ 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6230-0-0 



REV 

A 



>KHiiMs*a»4My><Mti 



SHEET 1 OF 2 



MANUFACTURING STECITICATION 



nni 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEbT Appendix A 



BT9? - fH - rr 

SreCIAli IW8TWCTIgH8 

B«for« powarlag up DTOJ-m/FP r««d th« option dMcrlpCion thoroughly. 



Th« DT03-FM/yp Fowar Supply, and all tharad bua ("C" Bua) davieat powar aourca 
■uat ba on non-avltchad povar froai tha t61-Povar Controllar, or froai aoaia otbar 
uaawltchad povar aourca. 

TEST EQUIFMEirr 



Tvo (2) PDP-11 procaaaori 

Onlbua taatar, or a I/O davlca that can ba aharad by both PDP-11 CPU' a. 

For furthar Inforaation rafar to option daacriptlon. 



RErERZWCE DOCWENTATIOtI 
Manuala: 

Chackout Frocaduraa: 

Accaptcnca Frocaduraa: 

Enflaaarlnt Spaca: 

Prints : 

MAIMDEC Llitlngs: 



C8S-IIO-F-IC.-19 
Option Daacriptlon 

Eafaranca Option Daacriptlon Paga 2.3 
faction 2.S thru 2.6 

tafaranca Option Daacriptlon Paga A-2 
Saction A. 5 thru A. 7 

l«ftr»nca Option Daacriptlon Paga !•) 
Saction 1.6 

DT03-F 

DIG SFEC-11-ATV-AOC 

ABS HU1:T:TT Procaaaar Diag. 

DEC SFEC-ll-AXAAXC 

DAS Must ba uaad vlth slave nodula DATS 

DEC SFEC-11-AZJAXB 

DIS 0T03Ft Controllar Modula (Slngla 

Davlca) 

DEC SPCC-ll-AXTAXA 

DAS DT03Ft Controllar Nadula (Multipla 

Davlca) 

DEC SPEC-U-AXASXA 

SIC DTAS Slave Modula for DXAC 



SIZE 

JL 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6230-0-0 



REV 
A 



osc iH*M)-iMa<#««7a 



SHEET 



OF 








l£ 






{I! 

t 
S 

in 

hi 

M 
u 

I* 



DIGITAL EQUIPMKNT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



DAll-BD Appendix A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO 



ORIQ 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



Prev. 7668001-0-«240 



-1^ S^fff-^jis^t I ^^ aAC — 



SIZE ICODE 

A |s P 



NUMBER 

MAA6240-0-0 



REV 

A 



tN^lM«*l«^C?tSMt) 



SHEET 1 OF 2 



MAWWACTUMWG arBClHCATlQH 



TTOI 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 



mizMs. 



intin pfgTMgnsBi 



Itfttrtnc* option daierlptloa p«|a 2*1, ••cCloo 2.1 for sito contldaratloiM, 
•od •occi 2.2 for cabllnt. 

For furthor lafonMClon, t—i tho option docuaontatloa. 

Two (2) FDP-Il proeostorf 

7or furthar Infonnatlon rofor to th« option doacrlptlon, and tha Dtll-B Manual, 

KLYlUmCt DOCIUPiTATIOW 



Hanuala: 

Chackout Procaduraa: 

Accaptanca Procaduraa: 

Inslaaarlat 8paca: 

Prlaca: 

MAIUDEC Llstlngt: 



CSS-MO-P-10.4-iM 

Pat* 2.2. aactlon 2.4.1 

tafaranca Dlagnoatlc Llatlng paga 7, 
aactlon tvalva (12) 

Pnea 1, aactlon 1.3 

tafaranca Mlll-B-Mll-B 

MC 8PBC-11-DZ0U-C-0 



DEC 8PEC-ll-AVtAX8 
OBJ. (DEC Zll) 



aiC l«SMa>.10M4M7« 



Size 



cooe 

8P 



NUMIIII 

'MAA6240-0~n 



REV 
A 



SMiCT J OF 2_ 





o 



I!' 

I? 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCATlON M.A.S.T 



DATE 



TITLE 



DRll-K GENERAL DIGITAL I/O INTERFACE Appendix A 



REVISIONS 



s 
s 

in 

ill 

111 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ORIQ 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



Prev. 7668001-0-6260 



'^/JL 



^ ^^ J^ InftrnnK^ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6260-0-0 



REV 

A 



■M4iM«'«»>N«yHaMi 



SHEET 1 OF 4 



MAiwrAcnjMWG gKincAinow 

Tini MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 

I 



Dlll-K CIWEKAL DIGITAL I/O nmtCTACI 



flHuA&BStfl-aiufl(MEB&J& 



Dtll-C BntloMriat Dravlati. frlnc t«t. 

MiST PhM« I CtMok-Off Liat. 

1ioclta«n«bip Munial, MC. 

WinUh tad Color 8UB4«r4» DIC STD 092. 

DUl-K iBtorfaeo Otor't Outdo oad NolaCOBoaeo Manual. K-DtllX-Mf-OOl. 

umMkJMLxmsssssL 

nf'll Syotai with input doiriea. 

OOll-A or DDll-B. 

1000-1-1, ona foot long Nalataaaaca Sabia. 

Digital VoltBotar, rioka Motial 465 or ofui^alaat. 

Mgffim TOT gormw 

MAnDBC-ll-DZmC Diaf&oatlc Vrita-up, Dtll-K Digital Z/O Taat. 
MLDDiC-ll-DZDMG Diagnoatie Tapa. 

Following tacaipt of tha taat it«a(a) . parfoca a briaf (fuiek ncmn) 
▼laual inapactloo for obvloua d iaerapaneiaa par tha DEC Wortoaanahip 
Manual and DEC STD 092. 

gat -up tha taat itai(a) , with all povar off, in tha configuration ahonn 
la rigura 1. Iota that tha taat ItM haa a floating vaetor. Cback 
that it haa tha propar "faetory" Joapar configuration and M7843 Intamtpt 
Inabla aviteh poaitiona par Chaptar 3 of tha Maintananca Manual, 
K-maiK-Mf-OOl. 



Size 
A 



cooc 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6260-0-0 



REV 
A 



OCC l»1tM)'l««a-«««7t 



SHEET 



OP 



MANUFACrURING SPEaFlCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH 'i-Q SYSTKHS ThST 



Appendix A 
U 



VOLTAGE CHECKOUT 

Povar up tha tystai to check th« 4-^VTX: ac aach SPC alot cootalniag a CaaC 
Itaa. \i»9 Cha digital voltaatar to aaaaura tha voltaga batwaaa ploa 
A2 (-f5 VDC) aod C2 (CND) at aach applicable SPC alot on backplane. Tha 
voltaga ahall b« 5.00 VDC t 0.25 VDC. Note that tha H744 Regulator haa 
a •f5 VDC voltaga adjuat potentloBatar. 

U SYSTEMS CHECKOUT TIST PROCEDURg 

Jiapar U21. W22 and W23 la tha A poaltlon. 

Parfora cha checkout teat lo the aaqueaca detailed In thli aactloa. 

Progm itartlng addraaa, awltch aattlnga and operator action are 
contained herein. Hovever, refer to the Dlegnoetlc Write-Up, 
MAINDEC-U-DCDRG, for aore detailed Information, ahould the need erlaa. 

LOGIC TEST 

1. Load atartlng eddreaa 200. 

2. Sat all tha M7843 Module INTERJIU?T ENABLE avltchea on. 

3. Start program vlth all control avltchea dovn (tero). 

4. Allov teat to run for five ainutea. 

5. Set all the M7843 Module INTERRUPT ENABLE avltchea off. 

6. Start thla program with all control avltchea dovn (cero). 

7. Allov teat tz run for ten ainutea. 
No arrora allovad. 

For reatart after fix, repeat 1 through 3 for the Interrupt Eneble 
avltchea on teat and repeat 1, 5, and 6 for the Interrupt Enable 
avltchea off teat. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6260-0-0 



REV 
A 



occ i»-iSM)-ioaa-M«72 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUrACIUMWC g^OWCATlOli 



CONTINUATION SHIIT 



Tmi 



jJODUIAR APPKOACII TO •T$TfWS XiSf Apyendix A | 




ICO0-I-1 



r--~ 




li 



! I 



• * 



— , -.«-. — I 



i I 



W.J 



I t 



L..«J 



HaiSti * lh« DWt-ll plugt into 8PC tlot 2 or 3 of th« DDll-B or SPC tloC 2 of 



th« DOn-A 



** 



All Dtll-K't hav* tbo 
juMpor/. 



Utornape owiteh •otcingt and 4a e« patH 



FWCTIOHAL rest COMflGUlATICll 
rigura 1 



mut uHtm^-imttmn 



TSIZf iCODtl 

LL 



IIAA6260-0-0 



REV 
A 



•HitT <- OF * 



II 

I! 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIRCATION 



M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



3/27/80 



TITLE PHASE I BACKUP DOCUMENTATION FOR DRll-W 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO ORIQ 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



2 

n 
la 

II 
VJ 

[it 



3i 



ENQ 



BILL WHITBY 



MA- 

A00O0- 

MUC9 



L.LECLKRC 



8-80 



ESTES 



8-80 



APPO SIZE 

TOM JELENIEWSKl| j\ 



code] number I REV 

SP I MAA6275 -O-O A 



gflMll«M-l«4M9t-4»tt) 



SHEET 1 OF 5 



MANUFACrURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODUUR APPROACH TO SYSTEM:. TEST 



1.0 INTRODUCTION 

The DRll-U is a general purpose, direct memory access (DMA) device that 
optratca directly to or from memory. It is designed for use in any hex 
(SPC) aouill paripheral controller slot. The DRllW can be interfaced 
with a DRVllB (Q Bua) as well as connected back to back with another 
DRll-W to form an interprocessor system link. Any number can be added 
to a single system, with respect to existing configuration guidelines. 

The purpose of this document is to define minimum test criteria for FA4T 
for a single module option and any special steps required to set up 
option for test. For multiples of this option, refer to reference 
documentation and diagnostic writeup. 



2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 

2.1 Manuals and Engineering Specifications: 

2.1.1 DRllW Engineering Specification SP DRll-W-C 

2.1.2 DRllW Users' Guide EK-DRllW-UG 

2.2 Prints and Schematics: 

2.2.1 DRllW Field Maintenance Print Set MP00693 

3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT 

3.1 Hardware & Media: 

3.1.1 PDPU with available Hex SPC Slot 

3.1.2 8K of Memory 

3.1.3 Input console device 

3.1.4 BC05L-01 Loopback Cable (Supplied with DRll-W) 

3.1.5 Digital Voltmeter fluke Model 465 or equivalent 

3.2 Special Tools: 
3.2.1 None 

4.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS 

4.1 CZDRL7? DRl 1-W Gen. NPR INTFC. 



SIZE 

A. 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MAA627$ ' O'O 



REV 

A 



oieiMSMi-iMa-MtTt 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLI 



HDDUUR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



NOTE ; Additional Dlagnoitlc CZDRK?? DRll-W IntrProc. Exer. la not run In 
FA&T dua to naad for additional OHA Interface and PDPll Proceaaor. 

5.0 SPECIAL IMSTRUCTIONS 

5.1 For Unlbua-11 Syatana capacitor C8 (1600 tmf.) muat be cut off of 
of DRU-W Modula. 

5.2 For UBA (Unlbua Adapter) of VAX, both C7 (820 tmf.) and C8 (1600 imf.) 
owat be inatalled . Reference Figure 1 drawing for locations of above 
componenta. 

5.3 Wire in backplane between CAOI and CBOl (NPG jumper) must be removed 
from alot In wh ' i DRU-W la Inatalled. 

NOTE ; Jumper must be reinatalied when module Is removed unless nodule la 
replaced with another DHA (Direct Memory Access) device. 

6.0 INSTALLATION AND TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS 

6.1 Unpacking Inatructiona: 

6.1.1 If DRU-W nodule la to be installed in a system, dispose of 
box it was packed in. If part of an option order, retain 
for repacking. 

6.2 Set-Up Instructions: 

6.2.1 Rcnova G727A grant card from hex slot to be used. 

6.2.2 Inaure DRU-W aodulc haa DVA (Device Address) configured for 
772A1X. Switch pack E120 will have awitches 2, 4, 6, 7. 8 
and 9 on and I, 3, 5 and 10 off. Reference Figure 1. 

6.2.3 Insure DRU-W module haa vector addreaa configured for 124. 
Switchpack E15 will have awltchea 3, 5, 7 and 8 on and 2, 
4, and 6 off. Switch #1 la unused and its position does 
not matter. Reference Figure 1, 

6.2.4 Insure DRU-W nodule has operational mode switchpack E105 
configured with switches 1, 3 and 4 on and 2 nnd 3 off. 
Reference Figure 1. 

6.2.5 Insure burst mode switch SI is In down position (toward row F 
of module) to select two-cycle b.'rst operation. Reference 
Figure 1. 

6.2.6 Insure BR plug is installed on nodrxe in £62 socket. BR3 

is the standard plug part #54-0877d. (Supplied with DRll-W). 

6.2.7 Install B005I/-01 c^le (without a twist) between Jl and J2 
of DRU-W module. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SF 



NUMBER 

MAA6275 ~o-0 



REV 

A 



oec ia.(Mih>est4««7a 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACrUIUNG STECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODin.AR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.2il Install DRll-W nodule In hex eloc In which backplane Jumper 
was reaoved. 



7.0 POWER CHECKS 

7.1 Typically when an additional nndule Is installed in a backplane, it 
will cause a slight dip in voltage. Use a Digital voltOMter to 
insure that -fSV is still within tolerance ±0.25VDC. To do this 
place voltmeter leads between A2 and C2 (any row) of slot in which 
nodule is installed. If necessary adjust applicable regulator for 
proper voltage. 



8,0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE 

8.1 CZDRLtT DRll-W Gen. NPR INTPC. 

8.1.1 Load prograa into nenory using applicable load device. 

8.1.2 Load address 200 and press stsrt. 

8.1.3 After "Do vou wish burst dsta late calibration? (Y - yes, 
N - no):" is typed out, type -<N> 

8.1.4 After "Do you wish nultlplc board dlslogue? (Y - yes, N • 
no):" Is typed out, type <N> 

8.1.5 If software switch register is invoked, then the following 
will be printed "SWR • XXXXXX New - ", type<CR > » 

8.1.6 Progran will now test nodule in naint. 4 cable node/with 
Iterations. 

8.1.7 End of pass will be indicated by "End Pass #XXXXXX" after 
approximately 7 seconds for first pass and 60 seconds for 
each subsequent pass. 

8.2 Allowable Errors: 
8*2.1 None 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 
MAA6275 - O-e? 



REV 
A 



CMC isKMeHisea4iM?t 



SHCCT 



OF 



MANUFACTUMWO SrECIFICATlQN 



Tim 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



c 



c 



Ji 



J2 



Ol 



R80 



<^ 



if> 



lO 

o 

Ul 



ZU. 

OO 



^ 



^ 



M8176 



CO 

o 










■pMiHM«pi 






ZU. 

OO 



II. 

ZU. 
OO 



o 

UJ 



FIGURE 1 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMSER 

MAA6275 ^O- C> 



REV 

A 



OCC tHSMhlOM^Mft 



SHEET ^ OF _1 



Ml 

hi 



Ml 
hi 

HI 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



BD03 BINARY/ASCII/BINARY CONVERTER Appendix A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO 



ORIQ 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



i 



1lf 






Prev. 7668001-0-7110 



j^S^rJf^fi 



L 



^^^L^ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER REV 

MAA7110-0-0 A 



CN*MM«.|»4MrtKaM} 



SHEET 1 OF 2 



MANUFAcnnuNo sracmcATiQH 

Tim MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 

I 

iRCiAL mnocTZon 

tafur to Option DMcrlptlon, Appwdis A. Po|o A-1 
TEST SiUXIMDrr 



UTDIBCB DOCOKHriATKNI 
Maiiualt: 

Choekout & Accoptjuico: 
Bntinoorlnt Sp«ca: 
Frlnti: 
MalnISC LUtlii««: 



Do cf OUtlon #CSS-M0-r-4.4-8B 
OPT. OU. SECT. 2.3 4 2.4 
OR. DCS. DACI 1-1. SIC. 1.2 
^tvliig Soto #A-ML-BD03-0 
OICS?IC-11-AUXAOD 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



OOC lMMt)*10M4M7t 



NUMIEII REV 

MAA7110-0-0 A 

•HEn 2> OF 2 



Ml 

I 
I 

in 

hi 

I!* 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



^'^^^ BD04 DISK INTERRUPT ALARM Appendix A 



REV 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPO BY 



DATE 



«& 



I 



iss 



Prev. 7668001-0-7120 



^^^fey JeHff*v9^f. WB^ il/o- 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA7120-0-0 



REV 

A 



KN-«lMa>U>N«7t-(Mt) 



SHEET 1 OF 2 



MANUTACTURINO SPECITlCATiON 



mil 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 

I L 



tpo» pw wrtnw AWiw 



snciAL msTiDCTxaia 



BD04 Witt b« cabltd to WTll eontrollar vlth c«bl« F/M (ATGK eabla KD04) 
Cabla plufi lato slot D09 of tfll «nd tlot B02 of BD04, and r^^ltM tho 
•aaitioa of « mritt frai If 11 pin 009H2 to D16J2 ^o b« h«niwlr«4. 



TEST iQirmfnrr 

tofor to Option I>«ocrlptloa Pago 2-1 
Soctloo 2.1-2.4 and paga S-1, oact. S.l 



limZlICI DOOMDIIATiaN 
Hamialt: 
Chackout & Accaptanea: 

?riAta: 

MainDEC Liatiogs: 



Doc«ont #C8S-M0-P-54-U 

Option Daacrlptioo Faga 
2-2. Saction 2.3.2 

Drawing Sat «A-KL-BD04-0 

DEC8PEC-11-ADU0C 






SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMtER 

MAA7120-0-0 



REV 
A 



OCC l»-{m)->Mt-N«7t 



SHEET J OF _i. 



* 



DIGITAL EQUIPTIKNT CORPORATION 

IMV4AR0. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION 



N*A«S«i* 



DATE 



TITLl 



BD05 LINE INTERFACE CONTROLLER Appendix. A 



REVISIONS 



s 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



n 
III 

M 

9 £ I 

c *• O W 



S2i 



Prev. 7668001-0-7130 




SIZE 



CODE 

CP 



NUMBER 

MAA7130-0-0 



REV 

A 



e«iHi««M>i»>«tcr0mMi 



SHEET 1 OF 2 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



Tint I MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS ThST Appendix A 
.^ I 



BD03 LDC DfTERfAq COWTROtm 



inCIAL DBrtRUCnONB 



Iaf«i to Option D«tnrlpCloa Pag* ▲•!, Appwullji A for all chackout and 
aeoap'::anca procaduraa. 

To chack for Indicatloa of a taat fallura, tranailttar taat - rafar to 

App. A, aactloo A.S.l.S. 

lacalvar Taac - rafar to kfp. A, aactloo A. 6. 

For DEOai Syataa Kzarclaar •— Syataa Daacrlpcioa C8S-M8-F-73-AA, 
aactloo S.4 



TEST EQUUMEHT 



lafar to Option DOacrlptloo paga A-2. aactloo A. 4. 2 
For taat box eoonactlona and aactlon A. 5 thru A. 7 
For aattlng up taat Ixnc and nBnlnc tha dlagnoftlc. 



UFEUNCE DOCaaaiXATION 
Hamaala: 

Inglnaailng Spaca; 
Frlnta: 
MalsDEC Liatlnss: 



Docwaot Mo. C88-HO-F-33-17-A 

Option Daacrlptloo paga 1-2, aactloo 1.3 

A-ML-BDOS-0 

DEC8FC-ll-#^ZAD-7 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA7130-0-0 



REV 
A 



Oac IMSMhlOM^Myt 



SHEET 



OF 




-? 




B 1 

1" 

I 
S 

'I 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION 



M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLt 



REORDER TRAP DEVICE Appendix A 



RCVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO 



ORIQ 



DATE 



APRO tY 



DATE 



^i 



Prev, 7668001-0-7210 



^^ Jfl^r^sM \^^ IlL^^ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



HUMBER 

MAA7210-0-0 



REV 

A 



CN^lOM- :«-M«?t-<Mt| 



SHEET 1 OF 2 



MANUFACTV 



'» m " 



TITVl 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 



Hi9Wit rm Pfviff 



tnCIAL DBTIOCTIOW 



Th«r« arc twalv* (12) K281 fljMd aaaory. Th«7 ar* to b« Inaartttd Into 
iU>v"C'*jfiraii. right to l«ft for tb« frlot t«at. (viowvd froa BoduU •ld« of 

For tost two (2) tho K2tl aoduloo moat b« marmd to lov '*D". 



TEST BQUmfENT 

lofor to Optioo Dofcrlptloa: p«g« A-1. ••ctioa A- 2 



RL«1JL£UCZ U .:r£ATIOII 
Manuals : 
Gbackout Procaduraa: 

Aceaptanca Procaduraa: 
Knflnaarinc Spaca: 
Prints : 
MalnDEC Llstinfs: 



Do cfSBt No. CSS -MO-F -37-3-1 

Rafar to Optioo Doacrlptlon paga A-1 
sactloo A. 3 thru A. 4. 2 

Saaa aa Chackout Procadura 

Kafar to sactioti 3.9.3 (M) 

Drawing Sat Mo. A -ML -7606 20 7-0 

DECSPEC -11 -ASQ4M -PB 



SIZE 



cooc 

SP 



Hummtu 

MAA7210-0-0 



IICV 
A 



OCC lH>M)<lMt<N«7a 



SHiCT J or 2 



1 






I! 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPICIFICATION 



OATI 4/IS/80 



TITLE 



LPCOl/LPDll M.A.S.T. 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO ORIG 



DATE 



APPD ev 



DATE 



n 

II 



3 ■ 

<? e 



Added sections 8.2.13 thru 8.2.1' 
and Table G 



MA- 
A0000 
MI 009 



L.LKCLERC 



8-HO 



S. ESTES 



8-80 



^ 



ENG 



D. Ayotte 



APPO 



j^^^^'^Al 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

5P 



NUMBER 

f1A-A7510-0-0 



REV 

C 



eMHl«M«-18'N«»«-|30a| 



SHEET 1 OF !«♦ 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAW APPWOACH TO 3T3T1MS TIST 



LPC01/LPD11 H.A.S.T. 



1.0 IMTIOPUCTIOM 

Th« LPC01 it a general pyrpoa* Intarfaoa uatd In 
oonjunotion with an L0P11. It can ba uaad by aoat PDP-11*a 
to provlda output to a nuabar of photo-ooapoaition aaohlnaa. 
All I/O froB tha PDP-II thru tha LP011, thru tha LPCOt to tha 
Photoooapoaar la dona undar prograa control. Tha LPC01 
inoludaa taat oirouitry to aiaulata tha photoooapoaar. 



2.0 BSFBEBMCI DOCUHHIAIIQM 

2.1 Hanuala and Inglnaarinf Spaoifloationa 

2.1.1 LPC01 Haintananoa Manual IK-LPCOI-MM 

2.1.2 LDP11 Haintananoa Nanual DEC-11-HLPDA 

2.2 Printa and Sohaaatioa 

2.2.1 LPC01 Haintananoa Print Sat DD-LPC01-0 

2.2.2 LDP11 Haintananoa Print Sat OD-LOPIUO 
3.0 wiQUiHKD Igai BQUIFHJMT 

3.1 PDP-11 Syataa with an oparatora oonaola. 

3.2 Lina Clook. 

3.3 Two (2) BC06J-XX oablaa. 

3.11 A DVM aoourata to .1? at 15VDC. 

3.5 Oaoilloaoopa, Taktronioa Hodal 153 or aquivalant 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A7510-0-0 



REV 

C 



DCC l«-(Mi>-lM2-N«7t 



SHEET 



Of JJl 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION fHCCT 



TITLt 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



M.O 



5.0 



ll£fiJUJL£l DIAQI1Q3TIC fflOfiRi^Ha 

tl.l LP011 Intarfao* Dltgnottlo ......... DZLPJ 

amLLAJL iMaiRUCTiOMa 

5.1 NOTE - Th« LPCOl aust bt tetttd in cunjunotlun with 
an LPD1 1 . 



LPDII 




must b« wlrad tog«th«r 
oonflguratlon you hava. 



will apply 



tha 



NOTES 



- Ba aura 
width. 



to aaaaura tha "Fusltlva" pulsa 



Bafora an adjuataant can bt aade It will ba 
naoaaaary to hava tha following "toggla-ln" 
prograa running: 



200/ 


CLR 


no 


5000 




CLR 


R1 


5001 


NEXT: 


INC 


R1 


5201 




MOV 


R1, 1727X2 


10137 


LOOP: 


INC 


RO 


5200 




BNE 


LOOP 


1376 




BR 


NEXT 


770 



1727X2 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



MA-.A 



10-0-0 



REV 

C 



OaC l«^SM)*lMt-N«7X 



SHEET 



OF 



14 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



LPOn DELAY TIME SETTINGS 
TABLE A (M3020 ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS FOR TOP POT) 

♦-------♦----•------♦--.«-------«.--♦ 

! LPC01 i I CONNECT I 
I TYPES I DELAYTIME t PIN TO PIN I 
.»•.....-♦...-.......«......«.. ....^ 

! A A/B t 1.5 M SBC i L2 I El I 

♦-------♦-----------♦-.----♦-..__-..♦ 

I B A/B I 150 uSEC i L2 ! J1 ! 

♦-------♦----------«♦------♦•------.♦ 

I C A/B i 100 uSBC I L2 ! J1 ! 

! D A/B I 3.5 H SIC i L2 I 11 

^.•••.•.>.... .......>..... ........... 

i I A/B I 300 uSIC ! L2 I J1 ) 
I P A/B I ^.5 N SEC t L2 ! B1 ! 

4....... ............4......4 ------..♦ 

i H A/B ! 2 M SBC i L2 i B1 { 

4.......4..-........4......4..._....4 

i J A/B ! 2.5 N SBC I L2 i B1 I 
4 ................... 4 -•>-<---♦..<>..... ♦ 

I E A/B ; 1.0 N SEC i L2 ! El t 

4. ......♦-. -........^------^'------^^ 

i L A/B ! 100 uSBC i L2 I J1 ! 

4.. ...... 4-. ...... ...4. .....4. ...... .4 

I M A/B I 1.5 H SBC I L2 i El I 
I N A/B ! 1.5 H SBC i L2 I El ! 

4.......4 ........4----..4-.---.--^ 

i P A/B I 150 uSEC t L2 ! J1 t 
i R A/B I 60 uSEC i L2 ! J1 ! 
I S A/B I 50 uSEC I L2 I J1 ! 

4. ......4-------»«-. ♦-..«. .4-»---.--^ 

i T A/B I 200 uSBC ! L2 I J1 t 
4....... 4........... 4...... 4........ 4 

! U A/B I 50 uSEC ! L2 I D1 i 

4...«...4-*----«>----^-----*<f>------«4 

I V A/B ! 2.5 H SEC ! L2 I El I 

t W A/E t 100 uSBC i L2 I J1 ! 

4.>..>..«.......'-...4------^«--»-«--> 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



MA-A7^1U-C)-n 



REV 

C 



OCC l«^MtMMa-N«7t 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPtClFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Tint 



MODULAR APPROACH TO ntSTFMS TSST 



TABLE B (MjO20 ADJUSTMEMF itTTINCS FOB F^OTTOM POT) 



! LPCOl I I CONNECT 

I TYPES I DELATTIHE | PIN TO PIN 

I A A/B I 500 uSEC I S2 I U1 

♦----.--♦ --♦------♦.----, 

! B A/B I 1 H SEC I S2 I PI 



i C A/B I 500 uSEC 



S2 



i D A/B I 10 uSEC I 32 



I I A/B i 100 uSEC i S2 



U1 



SI 



U1 



A 1 


r 


A/B 


1 

1 


500 uSEC 


^ ▲ ^ 


S2 


— ^ _ 


U1 




H 


A/B 


• A < 


1 M SEC 




S2 




PI 


A . 


J 


A/B 


» A ■ 


100 uSEC 


M A ^ 


S2 




U1 


Ai a 


K 


A/B 


• A • 


350 uSBC 




S2 




U1 




L 


A/B 




100 uSBC 




S2 




U1 


A m 


M 


A/B 


■ ▲ a 


200 uSBC 




32 




U1 




N 


A/B 




3.5 M SBC 




S2 


1 
1 


PI 


♦ - 


P 


A/B 


>♦- 


50 uSEC 


-♦- 


32 


1 

-♦- 


U1 



R A/B ! 35 uSEC I S2 



S A/B ! 50 uSEC 



S2 



1 T A/B 



35 uSEC 



S2 



1 U A/B ! 50 uSEC 



S2 



-------------------------- 

! V A/B ! 100 uSEC I S2 



I W A/B 1 25 uSEC I 32 

♦-------♦-----------♦----. 



U1 



U1 



U1 



SI 



U1 



SI 



I 



• ♦ 

I 

>♦ 

I 

• ♦ 

I 

>♦ 

I 



♦ 

I 

♦ 

I 

♦ 

t 
t 

• ♦ 

I 



♦ 
I 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A7 51 0-0-0 



REV 



'5 



KC l«-<aM)-lMt-N«72 



SHEET J OF 1A 



MANUFACTURING 


SFtCIFK ATION 








mm 


CONTINUATION SHEET 1 




1 


Tint 






MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 




6.1 


Un 


packing Instruciiuna as Received froa High 






Vu 


iune. 






6. 


1.1 The LPC01 is packed in a cardboird shipping 
container. Unpack the LPC01 as fullowst 

A. Reiuve the LPC01 frua the shipping 
ouniainer. 

B. Reauve the polyethylene cuver froa the 
unit. 

C* Ensure that the unit is clean and free 
of any foreign aaterlal or daaage. 

D. Place the LPC01 in the location in which 
ltistobeused(testedj. 

E. Save all packinct aaterlal if the unit is 
to be shipped. 






6. 


}.2 The LPDII Is packed in a cardboard shipping 
container. Unpack the LPD11 as follows: 

A. Reaove the LF011 Logic Backplane from 
it's container and eount as per 
configuration sheet. 

B. Unpack the aodules and insert thea Into 
the LPD11 Backplane as per MUL (Module 
Utlllrstlon List) . 

C. Remove the H7U0.D power supply froa it's 
shipping container and aount it in the cab 
as per configuration sheet. 

D. For ADDRESS and VECTOK assignaents, 
reference the Product Line supplied 
Configuration Sheets for your systea. 

NOTE - The use of the FLOAT PROGRAM is 
Illegal in deter^inin;^ these as'.ignaent s due 
to "TXPESET" software liaitations. 

NOTE - For OPTION ORDERS use the following: 
ADDRESS - 172720 
VECTOR - 31*0 




SIZE 

A 


CODE 

) t 


NUMBER 

MA-A7Mn_]-0 


REV 

C 



OCC 1*H392M0«2-M672 



SHEET 



OF 



14 



M\NUf ACT! 'RING SPEC IFICATJON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTKMS TEST 



ADDRESS - H105 
VECTOR - H7621 



- JUMPER "IH' 

- JUMPER "IN' 



a 



lugloal 
lugloal 




1 



6.2 LPCOI/LPDn Cabling and Tarainatluna 



6.2.1 Tha LPDII 



Intarfaee la connected to tha 
PDP11 Unlbua uaing a BCIIA cable of 
appropriate length (refer to Configuration 
ah^et). The BC11A cable la plugged Into 
LPD11 alot AB01, and either 
Teralnator or a BC1 1A Unlbua 
plugged Into alot AB02. 



a Unlbua 
cable ia 



The LPC01 Interface la connected to ^he 
LPD11 Control Interface via a BC06J.IX I/O 
cable froa alot location B01 on the LPC01 to 
LPDII alot location A12. 

ROTE - Both anda of the BC06J-XX Interface 
cable have identical alngle-helght H906 

cable connectora either connector can 

be Inaerted Into the control Interface or 
the unlveraal Interface. 

NOTE - The aaxlauB allowable lengttt for the 
BC06J-XX Interface cable la 250 feet. 



7.3 £AM£1 £ii&£I& 

7.1 Refer to TABLES C and D. 

TABLE C 

LPCQ1 BACIPLAMB YOLIAOE CBECIOiLI 

....................................... .......^ 

i VOLTAGE TOLERANCE PIN ' t 

^.... ............................. ....^ 

I >5VDC I ♦/-.25V i AO A2 \ 

^..... ........................... .....^ 

t -12V0C t ♦/-0.6V ! B07R • I 



SIZE 

A 



i>HC«no>amyt 



CODE 

SP 



MA-ATBIO-O-C 



SHEET 



REV 
C 

OP 14: 



MANUFACTURING SFECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



kI 

P" 



TITIE 



HODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TKST 



TAILS 

LPD11 BICIfLAH lOLTIflt CmCIOUT 

--------------------------------------------- 

I VOLTAGE i TOLERANCE ! PIN NO. t 
--------------------------------------------- 

I ♦SVOC i ♦/-.25V I A01A2 t 

♦-----------------------•--------.--..--.--.♦ 

I -15VDC I ♦/-1.0V ! A01B2 I 

^...........................................^ 



e.o puQMQaTic nail raoc»u»i 

For th« apcolfio ■•qu«no« of dlagnoatlos to b« run in 
any altuation, or for tht ourrant MAST ■iniaua taat 
orltaria, a.g.: paaa-oounta, ato . , rafar to tha 
approprlata MAST CHECKLIST. Llatad balow «r« tha 
datailad atap-by-atap inatruotlona for axaouting aaoh 
individual dlagnoatlo oontalnad in tha "CHECKLIST". 

NOTE - Tha LPD11 will ba tastad In atand-alona soda 

by Itaair and than tha LPDtl/LPCOl will ba taatad 

togathar. Alao nota that in aithar oaaa; 
dlagnoatlo la uaad (OZLPJ). 

8.1 LPD11 STAND-ALOMI DZLPJ 



tha aaaa 



6.1.1 Chaok to ba aura thmt thara la an M783 
■odula in location BOI and no aodula in 
location A05. Alao chaolc tha anitoh 
aattlnga on tha M523 aodula in location A10 
for tha corract aattlnga aa par TABLE E. 
Nota that SU ?-8 ahould ba ON for taatlng 
purpoaaa. 



Oac l«HMI)-10MKN«yt 



SIZE 

A. 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A7510-0-0 



SHEET J OF 




MANUFACTURiriG SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



TABLE B 
LP011 .-- M523 SWITCH SETTINGS 

♦ --------♦---♦---♦---♦---♦---♦---♦---♦--«•-♦ 

i SWITCH Il|2t3i4i5i6l7i8 I 

t 1 ION ION ION iON ION ION ION ION t 

♦ --------♦---♦---♦---♦---♦---*---♦•---♦----♦-------------♦ 

i 2 ION ION ION ION lOFP I OPF I OPP I OPP-nura«l/ON.t«tt I 

i 3 lOPPlOPPlOPPlOPPlOPPIOPFlON lOPP t 



8.1.2 

8.1.3 
8.1.H 

8. 1.5 



8.1.6 



8.1.7 



8.1.8 



Load and ttart tha dlagnoatic at looation 
200 with tha awitoh ragiatar aqual to 0. 

Tha ounaola will aak tor VECTOR and ADDRESS. 
Pulluw tha Inatruotlona on tha prli t out. 

Halt tha CPU 'oad addraaa 20il, aat awlt.ohaa 
to all laroa and atart . It ahould run with 
no arrora and typa "END OP PASS*. 



Sat tha oonaola awitoh 13 to 
CONTINUE twloa. It auat run 
arror fraa. 
oontlnuoualf run 
tharafora will 
■aaaaga. 



a "1", dapraan 
for 10 alnutaa 

NOTE Thla taat will 
tha loglo/data taata and 

not print an END-OP-PASS 



Halt tha CPU powar down and aova tha M783 
•odula froB looation BQil to location A05. 
Plug tha BC06J-XX oabla Into looation A12 
and tha othar and Into looation B15. 

Powar up, raatart tha aalntananoa dlagnoatic 
at looation 201 with oonaola awitoh 13 on a 
"1". It Buat run for 10 alnutaa Tvor fraa. 

Halt tha CPU powar down and aova tha M783 
aodula froa looation A05 to location BOM. 
Raaova tha BC06J-XX oabla froa looatlona A12 
and B15. Powar up, raatart tha aalntananoa 
dlagnoatic at location 204 with conaola 
awitoh 11 on a "1". It auat run for 5 
alnutaa arror fraa. 



SIZE I CODE 



NUMBER 

MA-A7510-0-0 



REV 

C 



Oac l»<»M|*lMa«««r« 



SHEET «i OF IfL 



MANUFACTURiNC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTfclHS TEST 



8.2 LPDII/LPCOI TESTING DZLPJ 

8.2.1 Conn«ot th« LPC01 to th« LPDII by plugging 
tht LPD11 I/O oabl« intu LPC01 location B01 
and LPDII looation A12. 



8.2.2 Plug In another BC06J-IX oabla into locati 
006 of tha LPC01 and LPDII location B15. 



on 



8.2.3 Sat all awitchaa on tha H523 aodula In tha 
LPC01 to tha off poaitlon. 

8.2.1 Sat awltoh 2-(8) on tha H523 on tha LPDII to 
a "1" and raaova tha H783 froa BOH and plug 
it into A05. 

8.2.5 Plug an Mill aodula into looation A07 of tha 
LPC01 and raaova any aodulaa that aay ba In 
alota A04, A09, A06. 

8.2.6 Put all awitohas on tha LPC01 control panal 
to tha noraal poaitlon (DOWN). 

8.2.7 Load and atart tha LPD Maintananca 
Diagnoatio %". location 200 with SWR ■ 13. 

8.2.8 Tha prograa will aak for VECTOR and ADDRESS. 
Anawar it aooordingly. Run tha prograa for 
5 ainutaa arror fraa . 

8.2.9 Halt tha prograa and powar down tha ayataa. 
Raaova tria LPDII I/O oabla froa LPC01 
looation B01 and plug it into BO3. Put 
SYSTEM 1/SYSTEM 2 awitch to SYSTEM 2 
poaitlon and parfora aaotion 8.2.6 - 8.2.7 
again. 

8.2.10 Halt tha prograa and nower down tha ayataa. 
Raaova th« LPDII I/O oabla froa LPC01 
looation B03 and plug it into BOM. Placa 
SYSTEM 1/STSTBM 2 awltoh back to SYSTEM 1 
position. Plaoa ON-LINE/OFP-LINE awltoh to 
tha OFF-LINE poaitlon and rapaat aaotions 
8.2.6 - 8.2.7. 



Oac lHMthlM«4««7l 



SIZE 

A. 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A751Q-Q-n 



SHEET 



10 



REV 



OF 



14 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.7.11 Halt the program and power down the aystem. 
Remove the LPDll I/O cable from LPC01 
location B04 and plug IL into B01. Place 
the ON-LINE/OFF-LINE switch back to the 
ON-LINE position. Place the TEST ENABLE 

switch in the ENABLE position and remove the 
IN-HOUSE test cable from the LPDll and 
LPC01. Place switch S2-(8) on the 

module in the LPDll to the OFF (0) 



M523 
position . 



8.2.12 Remove the M783 module from A05 and plug 
into slot B04 of the LPDll. 



it 



8.2.13 Run the OUTPUT SECTION of the LPDll 
Maintenance Diagnostic by setting SWR bit 6 
to a "!• and restart the program at location 
204. Place the LPC01 TEST ENABLE switch to 
the 'ON" position, place the LPDll in the 
"NORMAL MODE" of operation (M523 SW 2-8-0) 
and type a G. Then enter a series of 
numeric characters (0-377) and terminate 
with a "T". This will transmit the 
characters to the LPC01. Now depress the 
"TEST" button on ths LPC01 and the octal 
patterns that were tranmtitted will appear 
in the DATA LIGHTS of the LPC01. 

8.2.14 Power down the system. Remove the LPDll I/O 
cable. Set the switches on the M523 module 
as per TABLE E for the LPDll and TABLE G for 
the LPC01, then plug the correct modules 
into slots A04, or A05, or 6, or A07 etc. 
as per Table F. 

8.2.15 All modules should be left plugged into 
their proper slots in the backplane and the 
LPC01 cover should be secured In place using 
the screws provided. 



SIZE 

JL. 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A7510-0-0 



REV 

C 



MC l»^SMM0«a^«7« 



SHEET 



11 



OF 



14 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



TABLE F 



rHOTOCOHP DRIVB/POLARITT 



NOTE - LPC01 audult uaagt !• dtp«ndant on varlatlun. 

>..«..4..... ♦.•...♦.. ..♦.•...4.... «......4--«-->*--4....... 

iLPC01|H050 iMin IM205IM62M I B7M II READER I INTERFACE I M5925 
i I I i I tlO •! CABLE! CABLtf I 



♦ ' 


... 


--♦- 


-♦ 


--♦ 


--♦ 


->♦ 


B.. 


-♦- 


-♦ 


..4*-»««'. 




-♦- 


...4. 


... 


-♦« 


. ..« 


4.... 






|Ai)|A5iA6iA7lB10 


IA6IA7IB7B2I 


BH 


IBI 


S 1 


Bn|AB12 


IABI3 


♦ • 


w M» « « 


• •♦- 


• ♦ 


--♦ 


--♦< 


..4< 


... 


-♦-. 


-♦ 


..4**-««< 




.4-' 


...«. 


.. 


-♦■ 


.... 


4.... 




A 


IT 




Nl 


NIN 1 


N 


IN 




NIB7A2I 


YES 


1 1 


r 1 


N 




N 


1 N 


♦ • 


.... 


..♦.. 




--♦< 


--♦< 


-.♦< 


... 


-♦-< 


-♦ 


..4*->»>' 


...... 


-♦- 


.. .4. 


.. 


-♦- 


. . . • 


4.... 




B 


IN 




NIY 1 


Ni 


N 


iN 




NIB7A2I 


TES 


1 1 


r 1 


N 




/\ 


1 /\ 


♦ • 


.... 


• . 4 . < 




..4. 


• -♦« 


• -♦> 


... 


-♦-■ 


-♦• 


..^....4> 


..... 


-♦-< 


...4. 


.. 


-♦ 








C 


IN 




Nl 


n 


Ml 


N 


IN 




NiB7A2l 


YES 


i : 


r 1 


N 








♦ • 


» « «• 4 


..4.. 




--♦• 


»-♦• 


• -♦- 


... 


•>♦-• 


-♦• 


..4....^. 




-♦-• 


...4. 


.. 


-♦ 








D 


IN 




Nl 


Nl 


Yl 


Y 


IN 




NtB7A2| 


YES 


1 1 


r 1 


N 








♦ • 


.--. 


..4.. 




• -♦• 


..4. 


--♦• 


... 


-♦-• 


• ♦• 


..^....4. 


..... 


.4*' 


...4. 


... 


-♦ 








B 


IN 




Nl 


Yl 


Ni 


N 


IN 




NtB7A2l 


YES 


1 1 


i 1 


N 








♦ ' 


*«■«■« 


..4.. 


• ♦• 


..4. 


..4. 


• -♦■ 


» ap iB 


-♦-• 


-♦• 


..4....^. 




-♦-• 


...4. 


... 


-♦ 








F 


!N 




Nl 


Yl 


Nl 


N 


IN 




NIB7A2I 


YES 


1 ] 


r i 


N 








♦ ■ 


w ■» ^ « 


..^.. 


• ♦■ 


• -♦• 


• -♦• 


.-♦• 


... 


-♦«• 


".♦• 


.-♦....^. 


..... 


.•4-' 


...^. 


m m 4 


m ^ 








H 


U 




Nl 


Nl 


Nl 


N 


IN 




NIB7B2I 


--- 


1 1 


r 1 


N 








♦ • 


.... 


..4.. 


• ♦• 


• -♦• 


• -♦• 


.-♦■ 


... 


-♦-• 


• ♦• 


..^....4. 




-♦-• 


...^. 


... 


m ^ 








J 


IN 




Nl 


Nl 


Yl 


N 


IN 




NiB7A2| 


YES 


1 ) 


f 1 


N 








♦ • 


.... 


..4... 


• ♦• 


• -♦• 


• -♦• 


.-♦• 


M ^ ito 


-♦-• 


• ♦• 


..4>---«. 


..... 


.4.. 


...4. 


« 4» 4 


• ♦ 








K 


IN 




Nl 


Tl 


Nl 


N 


IN 




NIB7A2I 


YES 


1 1 


f 1 


N 








♦ - 


.... 


..4.. 


• ♦• 


• -♦• 


• -♦• 


• •♦• 


... 


-♦-. 


• ♦• 


..4.. ...4. 




-♦-• 


...4- 


... 


• ♦ 








L 


IN 




Nl 


Yl 


Nl 


N 


IN 




NIB7A2I 


YES 


1 1 


f 1 


N 








♦ - 


» ^ ■• fl 


..4... 


• ♦• 


• -♦• 


■ -♦• 


.-♦• 


... 


»♦-■ 


• ♦• 


..^.....4. 




-♦-• 


...4» 


... 


• ♦ 








H 


IN 




Nl 


Yl 


Ni 


N 


IN 




NiB7A2t 


... 


1 ) 


r ) 
I 1 


N 








♦ • 


.... 


..4... 


• ♦- 


..4. 


• -♦- 


• -♦• 


• w <• 


-♦-• 


• ♦- 


..^....«. 


..... 


-♦-• 


...^. 


... 


•♦ 








N 


IN 




Nl 


Yl 


Nl 


N 


IN 




NIB7A2I 


... 


1 1 


r 1 


N 








♦ - 


.... 


..4.. 


• ♦- 


• -♦- 


..4. 


.-♦. 


... 


-♦-- 


• ♦• 


..4. ...4. 




-♦-- 


.-.4. 


... 


• ♦ 








P 


IN 




Nl 


Nl 


Tl 


Y 


IN 




NIB7A2I 





1 \ 


I 1 


N 








♦ - 


.... 


..4.-. 


• ♦• 


>-♦- 


• -♦- 


.»♦- 


... 


»♦-. 


• ♦• 


.•4. ...4. 


.... 


-♦-. 


...%. 


... 


• ♦ 








R 


IN 




Nl 


Nl 


Nl 


N 


IN 




NiB7A2i 


... 


i 1 


r 1 


N 








♦ - 


.... 


..4.. 


• ♦- 


..4.. 


• -♦- 


.-♦- 


... 


-♦-• 


• ♦- 


...4. ...^. 


.... 


-4... 


.- -4. 


... 


• ♦ 








S 


IN 




Nl 


Nl 


Nl 


N 


IN 




YIB7B2I 


... 


1 1 


1 1 


Y 








♦ - 


.... 


..^.. 


• ♦- 


...4. 


■ -♦- 


.-♦- 


.... 


-♦-- 


• ♦- 


..^....4-- 


.... 


.4-- 


...4.. 


... 


.♦ 








T 


IN 




Nl 


Nl 


Ni 


N 


IN 




YIB7A2I 


... 


1 1 


1 • 


Y 






1 1 1 
i • 1 


♦ - 


.... 


..4... 


■ ♦- 


.-♦- 


• -♦- 


.-♦- 


.... 


-♦-- 


■ ♦« 


.-4. ...4.. 


.... 


-♦-- 


...4. 


... 


-♦ 




1 1! 




U 


IN 




Nl 


Nl 


Nl 


N 


lY 




NiB7B2l 


... 


1 « 


1 1 


Y 




\/ 


' \/ 



^.....^•.>...4--^-->««- 

1 V«* IN i Ni Nl Ni N 


.4..4o-^-- 

IN 1 Nl . 


..^..... 


1 N 


-♦- 

1 


...4..- 
N 1 N 


I 


Y 


1 U IN 1 Nl Nl Nl N 

^.....4...^..4--««-^--» 


IN i Nl - 

.4. .4..^.. 


...4 •>--■>* 


1 N 


1 


N 1 Y 


1 
I 

.4. 


N 



I 

I 

il 

■ ♦ 

I 

■ ♦ 

I 

♦ 

i 

♦ 

I 

♦ 

I 

♦ 

I 
I 

♦ 

I 

♦ 

I 

♦ 

I 

♦ 

I 
I 

♦ 

I 

♦ 

i 

♦ 

i 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-ATSlp-O-O 



REV 

C 



CMC f-iMiioti-Htrt 



SHEET 17 OF lA 



MANUFACTURIN SPECIFICAT ION 

Tini 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



MODliLAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



Nutva frua th« ohirt on tht prcvluut pag«: 

• - Mlr« B7M1 ■• dlraoted by tht above chart for 
tha daairad uption. 

•• • Tha LPC01-V uaa.i an Mlia aoduU In alut kU 
and an Hn3 aoCula In alut A15. 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A7510-0-0 



REV 

C 



oac tHMai-ioM-M«?a 



SHEET 



13 



OF 



14 



MANUFACTUiliNG SPECtMCATlON 



CONTINUATION tHCCT 



TITLt 



STEHS TEST 



TABLE G 
M523 SWITCH SETTINGS (SLOT B21 OF THE LPC01) 



4,-^ 4. 4.. 

ILPC01 ISWITCH PACK 1 | 
|OPTION-f--f— f-4-- f-^--^-^—* 

I Il|2|3|4l5l«|7|8| 

4j-i--.- — 4.-.4.*4.-f-4.— f-4._4.-4 

I A llllllllllllUlll 
4, . 4.-4.-4.-4.-4. i. 4.-4.. 4.. 4. 

i B I0I0I0I0I0I0I0I0I 
4.^ 4.-4-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.^.4. 

I C |0|0|0I'J|0|0|0|0| 
♦ -• 4-4— f ,4.4— 4.-4.-4.4.4. 

I D 10101010101010101 

■¥— --4— + -+-■♦•— ►-♦—f--»--4- 

I E |0|0|0|0|0t0|0|kJ| 

4.i.-*.i 4.^4.. 4.^4.1.4.-4. -4.-4.-4. 

I r 10101010101010101 
4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.^.4. 

I H iiuiiiiiiiiimi 
4.-; 4.^4.-4.-4.-4.^4.^ *—«•*.♦ 

I J 10101010101010101 
4.--; — . — 4.^.4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.4.4.4.4. 

I K I0I0I0I0I0I0I0I0I 

4.4.— ;.--4. 4. 4.^4.^4.-4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4.-4. 

I L 10101010101010101 

4. -4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.4-4.-4.1.4. 

I M 10101010101010101 
4. -4.4.4.-4.-4.-4.-4.4. 4.J.4.-4.-4. 

I N I0i0i0i0i0ik;i0i0i 
4. —4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4. 

I p 10101010101010101 
4. 4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4. 

I R I0|0|0|0|0|0|0i0| 
4.-4.-4.-4.4.-4.-4.-4.-4.4.4.4-4.-4.4.4, 

I S 10101010101010101 

+ 4.; : 4.4.4.4.4.-4.-4.-4.4-4.-4.^.4. 



I 



I 



|0|0|0i0|0|0|0|0| 



4.-4.— --4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4. 

I U |0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0| 
4.— 4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.-4.4.4. 



I0I0I0I0I0I0I0I0I 



4. 4. 4- 4. 4. 4.4. 4.-4.-4. 4. 4.-4.-4.-4.:. 4. 4.4. 
I W 10101010101010101 

4.-. — 4.-4-4.-4.-4.-4.4.4.-4.-4.-4.-4. 
1 - Switch "ON" / - Swi 



.4.— . 4., 

ISWITCH PACK 2 I 
4.-4.-4,-4.^4.-4.-4.-4-4. 

I1I2I3I4ISI6I7I8I 
4-4-4 .4-4-4-4-4-4 

lll0llll|0|0|l|to| 

4-4-4^.4-4-4-4-44.4 

10101010101110101 
4-4-44.4-4-4-4-44.4 

I0I0I0I0I0III0I0I 
4-4-4-4.4-4-4-44.4 

I0I1I0I0I0I1I0I0I 
4-4-4^.4-44.44.4-4-4 

|0|0|0|0|l|0|0|0i 
4-4-44-4-4-44.44.4i-4 

10101010101110101 
44.44.44.44.4-44.4-4-4 

11101111111010101 
4-44.4.4.44.44.4.4-44.4 

10101010101110101 
4-44.4-4-44.4-4-44.4 

I0I0I0I0I1I0I010I 
4-4-44.44.4-4;.4-44.4 

10111010101010101 
4.4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4 

10101010101110101 
44.44.44-4-4-4-4-44.4 

10101010101110101 
4-44.4-4-4-4-4-4-4 

10111010101110101 
4-4-4-4-44.4-4-4-4 

10101010101110101 
4;-4:-4-44-4-4-4-4-4 

10111010101110101 
4-44.4-44.4-44-44.4:-4 

10111010101110101 
4-4^44.4-44.4^44.4-4 

I0I1I0I0I0I1I0I0I 
4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4 

10111010101010101 
44-4-44.4-44.44-4-4-4 

10111010101010101 
44.4-44.4-4-4-4-44.4 

tch "OFF" 



.4 4 

ISWITCH PACK 3 I 
4-4-44.4-4-4-4-4-4 

I1I2I3I4I5I6I7I8I 

4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4 

I0I0I0I0I1I0I0I1I 
4-4-4-4-4-44.4-4-4 

I0I0I1I0I0I0I0I1I 
4-4-44.4-44.44.44.4-4 

10101110101010111 
4-4-4-44.44.4^44.4.4 

101010111010,6101 
4-4-4-4 -44.4-4-4-4 

10111010101010111 
4.44.4-A.-44.44.44.4-4 

I0I0I1I0I0I0I0I1I 
4-4-44.44.4-4.4-44.4 

I1I0I0I0I0I0I1I0I 

4.44.4-4-44.44.4- J.-4 

10101011101010111 
4-4-4-4-44.4. 4^.4. .4 

I0I1I0I0I0I0I0I1I 
44-4-44.4-44.44.44.4-4 

10101010101010101 
4-4-4-44.44.4-4-4-4 

I0I0I0I0I0I0I0III 
4-4-4-4-44.44.4-4-4 

10101011101011101 
4-4-4-4-44.4i.44.4-4 

10101011101010101 
4-4;.4-4-4-44.4--f-4- 

|0|0i0|l|0|0|l!0| 
4-44.4-44.44.4-4i.4-4 

|0|0il|0|0|0|l|0| 
4-4-44.4-4-44.4-4-4 

1010101110101011! 
4-4-44.44.4-44.4-4-4 

I0I0I0I1I0I0I0III 

4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4 

10101010101010101 
4-4-4-4-4-4-44.4-4 

|0i0|0|0|0|0|0|0| 
44.4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A2510-0-0 



REV 

C 



MC l«KaM)-ieM4M7S 



SHEET 



OF 



DRAWING 

A-SP-M 

^-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP- 

A-SP-i. 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 

A-SP-M 



NO. 

AA5270 
AA5275 
AA5285 
AA5290 
AA5296 
AA5298 
AA5310 
AA5i15 
AA5320 
AA5J21 
AA5 j22 
AA5i2a 
AA5330 
AA5510 
AA5520 
AA5530 
AA5540 
AA5550 
AA61 10 
AA61 15 
..A6120 
AA6124 
AA6 125 
AA6126 
AA6l2r 
AA6130 

AA6135 
AA615U 
AA6160 
AA6165 
AA6170 
AA6175 



REV. NO 
D 
A 
A 
C 
A 
B 
A 
A 
B 
A 
A 
C 
B 
A 
A 
A 
B 
B 
A 
A 
A 
A 
A 
A 
A 
A 
A 
A 
C 
B 
A 
B 



a 

12 
2\ 
6 
4 

3 

3 

3 

Ic 

12 

16 

12 

3 

3 

3 

8 

2 

3 
2 

1 U 
n 

2 

9 

23 
21 
7 



DPSCRI 

jUP 1 
HYTG 
Di'S2 
b'AC 1 
K M CI 
UMH I 
UL 1 1 
DL 1 1 
DLVl 
DLV 1 
DLV 1 
DLVl 
DLl 1 
KWl 1 
KW1 1 
KWl 1 
KWl 1 
KWV* 
AAl 1 
AAVl 
ADO! 
LPAl 
ADl 1 
AAl 1 
AMI 1 
LPS- 
16 C 
IBl 1 
ICS- 
ICR- 
DPM? 
ISB- 



PTION 
1 PRO 
1 DEC 

1 INT 
1-A 'J 
1 SYN 
-A , B 
-C.D. 
1 SLU 
1-E A 
1-F A 
1-J U 
-W SL 
-L 

-P PR 
-W WA 
-K DU 
1-A 
D/A 

1-A a 

-P A/ 
1-K A 
-K A/ 
-K 0/ 
-K MU 
1 1 SY 
H 12 



G SYNC LINE 
DA'^AWAY TER 



IN-r. 
INTERFACE 



ER PROCESSOR LINK 

FN PURPOSE MICROPRUC. 

CRONUUS COMM. CONTP. 

A S Y N C INTERFACE 

E ASYNC INTERFAC"^ 

FOR 1 1/03 
SYN INT.W/MODEM CTL. 
SYN .LN. INT.W/20 MA. 
-LINE SERIAL INTERFACE 
U/RT CLOCK OPT. 

OG. CLOCK 

TCH DOG TIMER 

AL PROG CLOCK 

CONVERTER 

CH 12 BIT D/A 
D CONVERTER 
/D CONVERTER 
D CONVERTER 
A CONVERTER 
LTIPLEXER EXP 
STEM 
BIT A/D FOR 1 1/03 



11 SYSTEM INTEG. 

n SUBSYSTEM 

3 

1 1 DEC DATAWAY CONTR 



la 



!^ 

5 • 

h 

lit 

w O >- 

Ml 

» c * 
ti : S 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION 



DATE 12/12/79 



TITLE 



M . A . S . T , 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



DU^ll PROCRAMMABLE SYNC LINE 



CHQ NO 



MA- 

AOOOOH 

ML^07 



ORIG 



..LECLERC 



DATE 



1-80 



APPDBY I DATE 



ENQ 

D. Avotte 



AFPO 



/o 



?>; ^- // 



I SIZE ;. ODE 



NUMBER 

MA-A5270-0-0 



REV 

B 



CN-O10a3-l«-M«72-<3«2) 



SHEET 1 OF 8 



MANUFACTURING SPECUFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



DUPll 



1.0 INTRODUCTIOi>l 

The nuPll '' s a single line synchronous communication interface 
capable of connecting the Unibus to a synchronous serial line. It 
operates under either SDLC or DDCMP protocol with programmable sync 
characters and CRC error detection. 

The option is comprised of a hex module (MVe*??), a BC02C-1D, a 
BC05C-25, and an H325 test connector. The module plugs into a PDPll 
hex SPC slot. The DUPll is fully programmable and operates In both 
full and half duplex modes. The DUPll has modem control and EIA 
RS232C level conversions. 

2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 

2.1 Manuals and Engineering Specification: 

2.1.1 DUPll Maintenance Manual EK-DUPll -MM-? 

2.2 Prints and Schematics: 

2.2.1 DUPll Printset MP-DUPll-00 

3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT 

3.1 PDPll System wJ th a hex SPC slot 
/ 3.2 Console terminal 1 

' 3.3 DVM accurate to .IV at 15VDC 

4.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM S 

4.1 F 'jat Program DZFLA 

4.2 Basic DUPll and Off-line SDLC Tx Tests ... DZDPB 
.4.3 DUPll Off-line SDLC Rx Tests DZDPC 

4.4 SDLC and DDCMP Tests DZDPD 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5270-0-0 



REV 

B 



DtC 1M*M)-10«2-N«72 



SHEET 



OF 



8 






MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPRnAPH TD qv^TPMc; tpqt 



6.0 INSTALLATION AND TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS 

6.1 Run the Float Program (DZFLA), to determine the 
correct Vector and CSR Address settings for the 
DUPU. Refer to SP-MA-A3000 for details on running 
FLOAT. 

6.2 Configure the DUPll Address by setting the switches 
on the switch pack at EI13. See table A. 



6.3 Configure the DUPll Vector 
on the switch pack at E59. 



by setting the switches 
See table B. 



6.4 



The seven jumpers on the DUPll module are used to 
select desired functions and should be configured 
as per the customer requirements. The functions 
and their normal settings are shown in table C and 
their locations in figure 1. 

6.5 Install the DUPll module in a hex SPC slot and 
insert the BC02C cable in Jl. Connect the BC05C-25 
cable to the BC02C and place the H325 test 
connector on the end of the BC05C-25. 



of 
of 



the following voltages on 
the hex SPC slot which 



POWER 



PIN 



7.0 POWER CHECKS 

7.1 Verify the presence 
the backplane pins 
contains the DUPll: 

VOLTAGES 

+ 5V +/- 0.25V 
-15V +/- 0.75V 
+15V +/- 0.75V 



8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE 

8.1 DUPll OFF-LINE SDLC X-MITTER DIAG 

8.1.1 Load address 200. 

8.1.2 Switch Register Equal to BIT ZERO 



3.6A 


AA? 


325ma 


CUl 


600ma 


CB2 



CZDPB 



1. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5270-0-0 



REV 



OCC l«-(SMMMt-fl«7X 



SHEET 



OF 



8 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.1.3 Depress Start. The Diagnostic will begin by 
typing out the MAINDEC name and PROGRAM 
naiDf^ . 

NOTE - If multiple DUPll's are to be tested, 
they must all be configured the same (i.e. 
jumpers Wl to W7 and H325). 

8.1.4 The console will print REC CSR ADDR? Type 
in the address of the first (if more than 
one DUPll is to be tested) reciever status 
reg ister . 

8.1.5 The console will print VEC ADDR? Type in 
th-) vector address of the first DUPll. 

8.1.6 The console will print PRIORITY? Type in 
the priority level of the DUPll(s). 

8.1.7 The console will ask for the » of DUPll's 
(in octal)? Type in the number of DUPll's 
to be tested. 

8.1.8 The console will print IS THE OPTIONAL CLEAR 
JUMPER IN? (Y OR N) Type in the appropriate 
answer (y if W3 is in) . 

8.1.9 The console will print IS THE H325 CONNECTOR 
ON? (Y OR N) Type in Y. 

8.1.10 The console viiil print SEC TX JUMPER IN? (Y 
OR N) Type in the appropriate answer (Y if 
W4 is in) . 

8.1.11 The console will print SEC RX JUMPER IN? (Y 
OR N) Type in the appropriate answer (Y if 
Wl is in and W2 is out) . 

8.1.12 The console will print a DUPll Status Map 
and begin testing. An End Of Pass message 
will be issued for each DUPll which passed. 

8.1.13 No errors are allowed. 

8.2 DUPll OFF-LINE SDLC RCVR TEST CZDPC 



SIZE 

A 



CC^DE 



MA-A 5270 -0-1 



REV 

B 



OKC afH*tt)-lMM««7t 



SHEET 



OF .^ 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 








COI 






^iMH 


4TINUATI0N SHEET 




TITLE 


MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 




8.2.1 


Repeat steps 
the OFF-LINE 


8.1.1 thru fi.1.13 to execute 
SDLC RCVR TEST (CZDPC) . 


8.3 DUPll 
8.3.1 


SDLC DECMD TES 

Repeat steps 
the SDLC DECM 


T 


CZDF 


>D 
13 


to execute 


8.1.1 
D TEST 


thru P.l. 
(CZDPD) . 








TA ■ 


A 




r 


DUPll ADDRESS SELECTION CHART 

+ A X 




". 


1 SWITCH 
■f 


--t-- 


IS 1 TO SELECT ADDR 


4. 

BIT 1 




1 E113-1 
4- 


-4-- 


OFFI 


3 


-r 

1 




1 E113-2 


-4" 


OFFI 


4 


— — 4- 

1 




1 E113-3 
4- 


-4-- 


OFFI 


5 


I 




1 E113-4 

4 — __. 


-■^- 


OFFI 


6 


— — 4- 

1 




1 E113-5 

4- 


-4-- 


OFFI 


7 


-f 

1 




1 E113-6 

■f 


-4-- 


OFF! 


8 


-.4. 

1 




1 E113-7 
■f 


-4-- 


OFFI 


9 


— — 4- 

1 




1 E113-B 
■f 


■-f- 


OFFI 


10 


4 

1 




1 E113-9 
+ 


•+- 


OFFI 


12 


- — + 

1 
4. 




■ 


SIZE 

A 


CODE 

SP 


NUMBER 

MA-AS270-n-n 


REV 

B 



OCC 1M*«»-I0t2-N«7a 



SHEET 



OF 



8 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



TABLE B 

DUPll VECTOR ADDRESS SELECTION CHART 

+ + + ^ 

I SWITCH I IS I TO SELECT VECTOR BIT | 
4- + + ^ 

I E59-6 I ON I 3 I 

+ + + ^ 

I E 59- 5 I ON I 4 I 

^ + + ^ 

I E59-4 I ON I 5 I 

+ + ^ ^ 

I E59-3 I ON I f> I 

+ + + ^ 

I E59-2 I ON I 7 I 

+ + + ^ 

I E59-1 I ON I R I 

+ + + ^ 

Switches E59-7 and E59-8 are not used. 



TABLE C 



DUPll JUMPER SELECTION CHART 



4- +. 

I JUMPER I 



4. ^ ^ 

FUNCTION I NORMAL | NOTE | 



i Wl ISEC. RX. ENABLE I IN | 1 | 
+ 4 ^ ^ ^ 

I W2 ISEC. RX. DISABLE I OUT | 1 | 



W3 



I 

+ 

I W4 



I CLEAR OPTION | IN | 
.+ + ^. 

ISEC. TX. ENABLE | IN | 



2 I 

+ 

3 i 



I 



W5 



|A DATASET CNTL | OUT 



4 

4 I 



W6 



I 

+ 

I W7 
+ 



lA&B DATASET CNTL I IN | 

.+ + 4.. 

I BUS GRANT CNTL | IN I 

.+ + ^. 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5270-0-0 



REV 

B 



OtC l«-(StS)-lMt-NC7a 



SHEET 



OF 



8 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROArH TO qV.qTFMc; TF^T 



1. 



2. 



5. 



6. 



****** NOTES ****** 

Wl is IN to allow the DUPll to monitor the state 
the Secondary Reel eve lead. W2 must be OUT. If 
is OUT, the lead at the berg connector 
disconnected from the r-st of the DUPll. The 
jumper must then be IN, 



of 
Wl 
is 
W2 



W3 is IN to allow the clearing of SEC TX, REQUEST 
TO SEND, and DATA TERMINAL READY on a DEVICE RESET 
or BUS INIT. W3 OUT disables the clearing of these 
signals. 



3. 


W4 is 




modem . 


4. 


If W5 ] 




there i 




W5 is I 




RX will 




DSCITEN 



IN to allow SEC TX to be sent out 
W4 is OUT to disable this signal. 



to the 



is OUT, the bit ADAT SET CHG will set 

a transition on the Ri or CTS leads. 
IN, t-ansitions on RI, CTS, CO, DSR, or 
set the ADAT SET CHG bit. This bit 
will cause a reciever interrupt. 



if 

If 

SEC 

and 



l£ W6 is IN, transitions on CO, DSR, and SEC RX 
will set the BOAT SET CHG bit. W6 OUT disables 
BDAT SET CHG bit. BDAT SET CHG cannot cause 
interrupts. 



W7 is IN 
taken OUT 
option. 



to improve the NPR latency and is only 
ior the KAll processor without the KHll 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5270~0-0 



REV 



KC l»K3M»-lMa-NC72 



SHEET 



OF 



8 









* •', 



''*.Air^* 



# '» 






MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



DUPn (M78671 LAYOUT 



w 




w 




1 




2 






W 








3 



w 

6 



W 
4 



W 
7 



E113 
ADDR SWITCH 



FIGURE 1 



W 

s 



E59 

VECTOR 

SWITCH 









■t: 



^t: 



i_ 



r 



^ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5270-0-0 



REV 

B 



OCC 1«^SM)-1M2-NS71 



SHEET 



OF 



if 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MiAYi4ARD. MASSi'CHilSETTS 



MANVJFACTURiNG SPECIHCATION 



M.A.S.T. 



DATE 7/14/81 



TiTir DYTOl DECdataway Terminal Interface 



REVISiONb 



KCV 



Df-SCNIPTI0I4 



CHQ NO 



:| 

lit. 

i S £ 

7eI 



New Back-up for DYTOl 
DECdataway Terminal Interface' 



I ML014 



ORir 



^L^- beter^-- |7/14/8l / 
.000') Gronroos 



DATE 



APPO B> 



DATE 



ENG 

Pete 



r Grc 



onroos 



APPP / 

Bob Bock 



SIZE 

A 



CCOE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5275-0-0 



REV 

A 



CN-010t3 lft-N«72-(3fai 



:rT 1 



^t 



]2 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



aOeiPQf 



cor'iiKi;/»i«ui4>>.»-: t 



TlTLfc 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTtM TfcST 



DYTil DECdatavay Terminal Interface 

1.0 INTROOUCTION; 

1. 1 The DVTtl Is a single port interface which connPi.^.s 
asynchronous 7.d na or EI/ devices to the Datawsy. The 
Datavay is a serial line of u|' to 15000 feet in 
length with a naximun of 63 ports connected to it. 
The DYTfl is program compatable with the DPM01 or 
VTili. 

2.f REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION ! 

2.1 Manuals and Specifications: 

2.1.1 DYT01 user Guide BK-DYT01-UG 

2.1.2 DYT01 Decdataway Terminal Interface 
Techr.ical Manual BK-DYT01-TM 

2.1.: Dec Dataw&y User's Guid*» EK-ISBll-UG 

2.1.4 Dl'M Systems Application 

Program Reference Manual AA-C678A-TC 

2.1.5 DPM Diagnostic User Guide EK-DPM00-DM 

2.1.6 DECdataway Technical Manual EK-ISBll-TM 

2.1.7 rSBll Engineering Specif ication3 SP-ISBll-0-2 

2.1.8 ISBll MAST Backup SP-MA-A61'7:/-0-0 

2.2 Prints and Schematics: 

2.2.1 DYT01 Fielc laintenance Print Set MP-01065-00 
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT: 

3.1 valid DPM System Configuration * 

3.2 Serial Bus Test Cable, 70*14*52 

3.3 20 MA Port To Port loop Cabl- . 70-17892-04 



Size 
A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MA-A5275-0-0 



REV 
A 



ofc y*i»2t iDU mn 



SHEET 



OF 



.tANUFACTl «»ING SPECIFICATION 



BKftyi COWTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



HODULAR APPHOhCB TO SYSTtrf TEST 



3.4 20 MA Test plug, 70-17894-00 

3.5 EIA Port To Port loop Cable, 70-17893-04 

3.6 EIA Test Hug, 70-17895-00 
4.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTICS: 

4.1 MAINDEC 11-DZKCH-SERIAL BUS E7IERCISER 

4.2 MAINDEC 11-CZKCI-REMOTE TERMINAL EXERCISFR 

4.3 DYTil Exerciser AP-S896A-AC 

(800 BPI Mag. Tape includes utilities and 
instruction for generating the DYT01 exerciser) 

NOTE* These programs run under RSXll-M operating system 
software. The RSXll-M operating system must be built with 
Fortran Iv-Plus and Spawrers, partitions for DYTCOM 
and DYTLIB must be set for 4 and 12K respectively. 

5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS; 

5.1 To run the DYTfx EXERCISER two DYTfls have to be 
connected back to back. 

6.0 INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT t 

6.1 Unpack and save the packing material. While unpacking 
inspect the unit for any defects. 



6.1.1 



tems which 
DYT01 
90-07889 
17-00083 
17-00199 
12-18178 
36-18329 
90-06613 
74-24129 
EK-DYT01 
MP-01065 
70-17893 
7i!-17895 
70-17892 
70-17894 



should be present are: 
Dataway terminal 

cable ties 
-09 115v power cord 

220-240V power cord 
3/8A fuse 
-02 Decal , 

Mounting Nut 
Mounting Bracket 
-UG User Guide 

Field Maintenance print Set 
-04 Test Cable (DYT01-MA only) 
-00 Test Plug (DYTil-NA only) 
-04 Test Cable (DYT01-EA only) 
-00 Test Plug (DYT01-EA only) 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MA-A5275-0-0 



REV 
A 



ofc ^usKy^oumn 



SHEET 



0F«--. 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CurilMATIOHr fCFT 



TITLk 



NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



6.2 Inspect the DYTIl for th« correct vcltag*. 

6.2.1 The DYT01 is configursd for 120 volt operation, for 
conversion to 220-240 volts first renove the power 
cord from the AC input. (Figure #2) 

6.2.2 Slide the plastic cover to the left to expose the 
fuse, then pull the fuse extracter out and remove 
the 3/4 Anp fuse. (Figure #3) 

6.2.3 R^^nove the voltage selector printed circuit board 
rotate it 180 degrees and re-insort it so the 240 
is visible. 

6.2.4 Install a 3/8 amp fuse (pn 12-13178) » move the fuse 
extractor to its normal position and slide the 
plastic cover to the right. 

6.2.5 Place the "This unit is configured for 220- 24flv* 
decal (PM 36-18329-02) above the AC input so that 
it covers the "This unit is configured for 120v" 
decal. 

6.2.6 install the 220-240 volt power cord (PM 70-00199) 
into the AC input. 

6.3 Set the mode switches for the proper configuration to 
run the internal m'cro diagnostics in the loop mode. 
DYT01-BA switch 2 should be "ON" all others "OFF". 
DYT01-NA switches 2«4 and 7 should be "ON" all 
others "OFF". (F'gures #2 ft 4) 

6.3.1 install fhe proper test plug at the DYT01's 
connectors for the SIA or 20 NA devices. 
DYTei-HA 70-17894-00 2i MA 

DYTfJi-BA 70-17895-00 EIA 

6.3.2 Apply power to the DYT01 by plugging the AC line 
cord in;:o the appropriate potrer source. Observe 
that the Status and Carrier lights flash 
alternate ' every 12 seconds. (Figure il) 



SIZE 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MA-A5275-0- 



REV 

A 



ofc i»on)-iottNt7a 



SHEET 



NkANUFACTUklNG SPECinCATION 



CilNT|KU#TI0»r8HCri 



THL*' 



NODULAR M'PROACB TO SYSTEM TEST 



6.4 S«t th« DYTfl for on-lin« tasting by renoving th« 
power from th« unit i'nd«r t«st. Itoxtr r«iiov« the loop 
test pliK, and set the node switches for on-line 
operations. 

6.4.1 DYTfl-EA all switches are "OFF". 

DYT01>NA switches 4 & 7 are "ON" all others "OFF" 
for the active DYTfl and the passive DYTfl has all 
switches off. (Figures #2 t 4) 

6.4.2 Connect the loop test cables between the DYTfls. 
DYT01-EA uses cable 70-17892-f4. DYT;J1-MA uses 
cable 7fl-17893-f4» insure the cable is connected so 
the active end (red and white wires in pin 
locations 3 and 5) is connected to the active DYTfel 
and the passive end (red and white wires in pin 
locations 1 and 8) is connected to the passive 
DYT01. 

6.5 Connect the DYTfl to the Dataway. 

6.5.1 using cable 7f-14152 connect two DYTfls to the 
ISBll through the DECdataway. (Figure #2) For 
additional Inforaiation refer to the Engineering 
ISBll specification. SP-ISBll-f-2 

6.5.2 Apply power, the unit should go through a series of 
micro diagnostics then come on-line. At power up 
the status light will flash once* the micro 
diagnostics run and the status light will flash 
again before the DYTfl goes on-line. (Figure fl) 

7.f POWER CHECKS » 

7.1 The DYTfl is a sealed unit so no po«#er checks are 
necessary. ^ 



\- 



SIZE 

-A. 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MA-A527b-f-fl 



REV 
A 



twr. y%0i^'Ma4Mn 



SHEET 



MANUPACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CCMriHIiATIOir CHI 51 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPHOACH fO SYSTEM TEST 



8.f DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE*. 

Por th« sptcific 8«qu«nc9 of diagnostics to b« run in any 
particular situation, or for tha currant MAST Aininun tast 
critaria, a.g.i pass counts, etc., refar to the appropriate 
MAST CHECKLIST. Listed balov are detailed step-by-step 
instructions for executing each individual diagnostic 
contained in the checklist. 

Operator responses will be underlined and CR equals a 
carriage return. 

8.1 Run DZKCI by using the following procedure. 

8.1.1 Log onto the system, start the error logger and run 
the diagnostics by typing the following. 

> HELLO CR 

ACCOUNTIJr NAME: 4M CR (system accounts and 

PASSWORD: SYSLIB ^R~ passirards are exanples) 

RSX-llM BL26 MULTI-USER SYSTEM 

GOOD MORNING 

15-MAY-81 10tf2 LOGGED OH TERMINAL TTf: 

> SET /UIC«[1,61 CR (changes the account numbei) 
>ERP CR (turns error logger off) 

> PIP TT,61*.*i*/DE CR (clears error file) 
>SET T ui^^TIgS ,2701 CR 

> RUN ERRLOG Tr (starts the error logger) 
> 
ERL — ERROR LOG INITIALIZED 



>R UN CZKCI ? CR 
DCP-A>STA CR 

• UNITS (D) ? 2 CR 



UNIT 1 

ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER x (0) ? CR 

ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTROLLER : (D) 



1 ? 1,2 CR 



OK t^<m^%on4mn 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 
MA-A5275-0-0 

SHEET 



REV 
A 



MANUFACTURING SPECJFICATION 



CO»<TIHUATfO*( SHEI^T 



TITLE 



NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



SELECTED SERIAL LIME PORTS 

UNIT ** CONTROLLER ♦♦ LOGICAL SB *• LUN ♦• TYPE 



X 
2 






001 
002 



9 DPNil-PORT 
10 DPN01-PORT 1 



START OP TESTING 
END OP PASS §, TIMB-10:42 
END OF PASS 1, TIME-10:43 
8.1.3 To Stop th« t«st prttsa the CTRL and C k«ys. 
8.2 Run diagnostic DZKCH. 

8.2.1 Typa th^ following: 

> RUN D ZrCH CR 
DCP- A>£TA CR 

f UNITS (D) 7 2 CR 

UNIT 1 

ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER : (0) 17 CR 

ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTROLLElT: (0) ? I_e2 CR 

NUMBER OP ENTERED TERMINALS- 2 

UNIT ♦* CONTROLLER *• LOGICAL SB •♦ LUN ** 

001 00fc 001 01) 

002 000 002 012 

TOTAL ACTIVE PAS3ES-19r ACTIVE TERMINALS-2, TIME«10:04 
TOTAL ACTIVE PASSES-17, ACTIVE TEKJIIMALS-2, TIMK-10:05 

8.2.2 Prtss tha CTRL and C kays to at^p %ha taat. 



SIZE 



CCDfe 
SP 



NUMBER 
MA-A5275-0-0 



REV 
A 



OK t*aH)-toM4«n 



8HEFT 



OF 



_ ^ ^. EHHK CONilKi'ATlOHUKL... 1 


MANUFACIURING SPECIFICATION '" ' "■' " 


1 


TIT'C MODULAR APPROA'^H TO SYSTEh TEST | 


8.3 Run th« DYTPl EXERCISER. 




8.3.1 Type tht following to run the exerciser. 




>SET /UIC-t7,258J CR 




>DYM CR 




DYN>SEL1 CR (this wi?l start the exerciser 


1 


DYN>8tA CR (this will get the status) 




DYTfl EXERCISER 14-KAT-81 13:52:38 


RUN TINE-S.hra HARD LINIT-5.S0PT LINIT-5.TRAM LINIT-S. 


UNITS STATUS HARD SOPl TRANS 




PASCNT ELAPSED TIHE 


1- 2 SEL... 0. 0. f. 


0. l.hrs 


0.Bins 


3-4 0. 








. 0.hrs 


0.Bins 


5- 6 0. 








. 0.hrs 


0.Bins 


7-li 0. 








. 0.hrs 


0.Bins 


11-12 0. 








. 0.hrs 


0.nins 


13-14 0. 








. 0.hrs 


0.Bins 


15-16 0. 








. 0.hrs 


0.Bins 


17-20 0. 








, 0.hr8 


0.Bins 


21-22 0. 








. 0.hrs 


0.Bins 


23-24 0. 








. 0.hrs 


0.Bins 


25-26 0. 








. 0.hrs 


0.Bins 


27-30 0. 








. 0.hrs 


0.Bin8 


31-32 0. 








. 0.hrs 


0.Blns 


33-34 0. 








. 0.hrs 


0.ains 


35-36 0. 








. 0.hrs 


i.Bins 


37-40 0. 








. 0.hrs 


0.Bins 


41-42 0. 








. 0.hrs 


nins 


43-44 0. 








, 0.hr8 


0.Hins 


45-46 0, 








. 0.hrs 


0.nin8 


47-50 0. 




■0« 




. 0.hrs 


0.iiin8 


DYN>DES1 CR (stops exercising the DYT01*s) 

• 




8.3.2 Press the CTRL and Z keys to exit the test. 






SIZE 


CODE 


NUMBER 




REV 




A 


SP 


MA-A5275-0- 


-0 


A 



CMC 1»ai9-tO»Ntra 



SHEET 



OFXi 



rAANU PACTURING SPECIFICATION 



COl.Tf: lUAViw M SKI ET 



TITI^ 



MOOUrAT APPRO/ CB TO SYSTEM TEST 



9.0 ERRORS} 



9.1 Hard •rrors are prlntad on th« tera^nal whan thay occur while 
running DZKCH and CZKCIB. Tlia DYT01 axarciaar priiits the 
arrors whan STA CR is typad. 

9.2 Soft arrors ara loggad in tha ISBRPT DECdataway arror log^ar. 
To run this arror loggar typa tha following. 

> RUN ISBRPT CR 

ISBRPT - DECDATAWAY ERROR REPORT 

PRINT SUMMARY [ Y or M ] 7 Y CR 
PRINT ENTIRE PILE ( Y or N] ? N CR 
OUTPUT TO LINE PRINTER ( Y or N ] 7 N CR 
WANT ONE CONTROLLER [ Y or N ] 7 N C^ 
DELETE ERROR PILE ( Y or N ] ? N CR 
ISBRPT . . . ERROR PILE IS EMPTY 
ISBRPT . . . OPERATION COMPLETE 

MCR> 

9.3 No arrors ara allowad for tha P^Tfl. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



Dtcmm^tmumn 



NUMBER 
MA-A5275~fl-e 

SHEET 



REV 
A 



M ANUPACTUKING SPECIFICAHON 



COriir«IA"»M»l.'«MFET 



mLt 



MODULilR API ROACH VO SYSTCM TBST 




DTPOl Front Vi«w 



SIZE 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5275-i-i 



REV 
A 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPCCIFICATIO! 1 



coNT!':i».ir'rb»" : "* 



TITLE 



NODULAR APPROACH TO SYCttn TEST 



(M* fig 

♦ 4> 



OOMNiCTQII 
L0CAT20« 

IIA 

OONNICTOA 
LOCATZOM 

CAILITIE 
MOUNT 



oD 



ITAMOOfr 





■ffSF™^ 




TSRMIN/i 
CAILf 



RXintCRIWf 
MCUNE FRONT 

covin 



'AC Z>POT 
AC VUAACI 
tBZ#CT(M AMD 
rosB (••• 
fig. # 3) 



CAILI 



ACKmfR 
CABLI 



fiqwm #2 
DYTOl Rttar Vicfw 



OIC 1» i»W > lO M Nt H 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MA-A5275-S-i 



REV 
A 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACnUlUNG SPECIFICATION 



C0N1iNUr»ON8N:-i.T 



mf 



NODULAR APPROACL 1*0 SYSIrll TPST 



THIS MCAL (Mi-mMn MUtT 
M A^PUID WNIN A OY101 it 
OONFIOURIO POn 220-MOV 



.\ 



-••y^'Zii 




THI AfilA or THI VOLTAQI 
MLiCrOR lOAIIO WNICN It 
SHOKWI SHAOf It NOT 
VltltU WHIN THt UMIT It 
OONnOUMlD POn 2»-240V 



figure ^J, 
AC Inpu.: AC 
Voltage Select 
And Fuse 



SWICM 



12 3 4 5 6 7 



ODDDQOD 



On>"Enable 
Off 



2 Terminal Loop Enable 

3 Tenolnal Output Enable 

4 20MA Active2 
7 20MA Actlvel 



Figure # 4 
Node Switches 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
NA-A5275-9-f 



REV 
A 



oic woiV^tonMsn 



SHEET 



OF 



,4f, ^T^ , , *»^T -. '■ r« 



%1 t 



'5 



><*>< 



niOl i ^L EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 
MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACrURING SPECIHCATION 



°^^^ 10/21/81 



ill 
4l 

Hi 

si- 

llll 

^ to' 3 i 



TITLE 



M.A.S.T. 



DYS23 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



\ 



Preliminary Release 
Initial Release 



MA- 

AOOOO 
ML015 



D.HOWELL 
D.HOWELL 



10/20 



B.BECK 
B^BECK >• 

/'Ml 



■r«» 



ENG^ ;^^^«^^y K.^^*<^:' 
dThowell 



APPD 



B . BECK 



:#] 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



NUMBER 

MA-A5285_0-0 



REV 
A 



eN-010«l l*^ft72M392) 



SHEET 1 OF 21 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



DYS2 3 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 

1.0 SCOPE PAGE 3 

2.0 RESPONSIBILITY PAG.- J 

3.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION PAGE 3 

4.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT PAGE 4 

5.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS PAGE 4 

6.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 4 

7.0 INSTALLATION fc TEST SET-Ut INSTRUCTRIONS PAGE 6 

8 . POWER CHECKS PAGE 8 

9.0 DIAGNCSTI . "^JT PROCEDURE PAGE 8 

10.0 APPENDIX PAGE 14 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



MA-A5 28 5-0-0 



'^ 



QIC ^um»^^m3M^T2 



SHEET 



i- OFi. 



MANUFACTURING SPE':iFIv^ATION ' 








jt 1 igj 1 t a{ 1 ^^H 


CONTINUATION SHEET 1 




1 


TITLE 


DYS23 hAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE 




DYS23 DISTRIBUTED I/O SUBSYSTEM 


1.0 


SCOPE 




The DYS23 is a user programmable subsystem bosed 




on the DPM23. It uses a 30 inch cabinet and is 




primarily intended to be used in an industrial office 




enviroment as a terminal cluster controller on the 




DECdataway. However, it is an unbounded system and 




supports several standard options, user programs and 




diagnostics are down-line loaded fron a host computer 




over the DCCdataway. 




This procedure defines ninimom test criteria for 




the base DYS23. For options added to the base. 




reference other appropriate mast procedrres. 




The base DYS23 conists of: 




DYS23-A,-D 




KDFll-AA CPU 




1 - MSVll-DD 32K MOS MEMORY 




ISVll-B DECdataway interface 




BAll-NC, -NO Enclosure and Power Supply 




H984 2 CAB 


2.0 


RESPONSIBILITY 




2.1 It is the responsibility of the originator to maintain this 




document. Changes should be requested through *:he 




originator - if possible, or his/Y it group (if originator 




is no longer available) , or through MAST administration in 




Salem (NI) . 


3.0 


REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 




3.1 MANUALS: 




3.1.1 MICROCOMPUTER PROCESSOR HANDBOOK EB-18451-20/80 




3.1.2 MICROCOMPUTER INTERFACES HANDBOOK EB-20175-20/80 




3.1.3 MSV11-D,-E USERS MANUAL EK-MSVID-OP-?? 




3.1.4 PROCESS I/O SUBSYSTEM USRES GUIDE £K-PIOS-UG-??? 




3.1.5 DYS23 USERS GUIDE EK-DYS23-UG-?? 




3.1.6 KDFll-AA USERS GUIDE EK-KDFll-UG-?? 




3.1.7 BAll-N TECHNICAL MANUAL EK-BAl 1-TM-??? 




3.1.8 DPM PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE MANUAL AA-C878D-TC-?? 




SIZE 

A 


(^(JDE 


H^.^mim2 


RE^ 



occ ^^<3a■^onmn 



SHEET 



OF 



21 



.,,,„., ^ ^„_ BIBDDBD CONTINUATION SHEET 


MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION wmi iiumii 


TITLE DYS2 3 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE 


3.2 PRINTS AND SCHEMATICS 


3.2.1 DYS Field maintenance print set MP01099 


3.2.2 Unit Assembly E-UA-DYS23-0-0 


3.2.3 Parts list K-PL-DYS23-0-DBP 


3.2.4 Drawing directory B-DD-DYS23-0 


3.2.5 Shipping List B-PL-DYS23-0 


4.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT: 


4.1 HARDWARE AND MEDIA: 


4.1.1 Valid DPM HOST SYSTEM configuration 


4.1.2 RSXll-M on appropriate host media. 


4.1.3 HEWLETT PACKARD DVM or equivalent accurate to .01v 


«i5v. 


4.1.4 Serial line unit ie.; DLVll-P and terminal £or LSI 


error information output (local mode) . 


5.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PRCiCRAMS : 


5.1 DPM REMOTE DIAGNOSTICS KIT #ZP126-RD: 


5.1.1 AP-0004 3C-BC RSXllM V3.1 DSCSYS MT9 


5.1.2 AP-P152A-MC CZQRHAO RSXllM TEST SYSTEM DIAG. 


5.1.3 AP-F146A-MC CZQRVAO TEST SYS FOR RK05 


5.1.4 AP-F147A-MC CZQRCAO TEST SYS FOR RK06 


5.1.5 AP-F148A-NC CZQRDAO TEST SYS FOR RK07 


5.1.6 AP-F149A-MC CZQREAO TEST SYS FOR RP06 


5.1.7 AP-F150A-MC CZQRFAO TEST SYS FOR RM03 


5.1.8 AP-F151A-MC CZQRGAO TEST SYS FOR RLOl 


5.1.9 AC-F153A-MC CZQRTAO RSXllM TEST SYS (DOC) 


5.1.10 AC-F404B-MC CZKCI RMT DIAG EXER (DOC) 


5.1.11 AC-F405A-MC CZKMP DPM50 DIAG MON (DOC) 


6.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: 


6.1.1 RSXll-M rust be running in the host system with DPM 


REMOTE DIAGNOSTICS KIT #ZP126-RD. 


6.1.2 A serial line interface (ie. DLV11-F,DLV11-J) AND 


terminal will be required to run diagnostics in 


LOCAL MODE at the DYS23 subsystem. NOTE? These 


items are used for test only and are not shipped 


unless specifically ordered with the system. 


6.1.3 The M8080 is always the last item on the bus with 


the exceptions that the M3084 always occupies slot 


9, and that the optional BDVll-AA (M80x2) always 


plugs into slot 8. (See Figure 1). 


1 SIZE 

1 A 


(|(JDE 


MA-A^^'??!?^ 


REV 

A 



OK tftam-lOMMT} 



SHEET 



OF -.21. 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



BBfJDElO 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



DYS2 3 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE 



6.1.4 Verify that the cable dress is as shown in 
UA-DYS23-0 (NOTE 14). This is essential to meet FCC 
requirements . 

6.1.5 Supported options (See NOTE below). 

The basic DYS23 can be expanded within the 
initia? 

DPM23 configuration by the addition of one BAll-NE, 
-NF expander box. The following peripherals are 
supported; 

BDVll-AA DIAGNOSTIC, BOOTSTRAP, TERMINATOR 

DLVll-E ASYNCHRONOUS LINE INTERFACE (IEAonly,full 

modem control) 

DLVll-F ASYNCHRONOUS LINE INTERFACE (EIAor20ma., 

no modem control) 

DZVll-B ASYNCHRONOUS MULTIPLEXER 

KEFll-A FLOATING POINT OPTION 

LPV11-PA,-PD LINE PRINTER OPTIONS 

MSVll-DD 32KW MOS MEMORY(128KW MAX PER DYS23 SYS.) 

MXVll-AC MULTIFUNCTION MODULE 

RXV21-DA,-DD FLOPPY DISK OPTION (NON-DMA) 

NOTE: When adding options, care must be taken to observe 
the backplane configuration rules of BAll-N 
enclosures; 

particularly AC loading. 

6.1.6 In order to run DCFll-AA diagnostic (CJKDB) , LTC 
(Line Time Clock) interrupts must be disabled, to 
accomplish this jumper W4 must be installed on the 
KDFll-AA CPU module prior to testing. If a BDVll-AA 
(N8012) module has been added to the DYS2 3 system 
switchpack E21 #5 may be turned on instead. In 
iether case this procedure must be reversed prior 
to running D BUS I/O module diagnostic VPCA??. 
System must ship with LTC interrupts enabled. Refer 
to tig. Ti 



SRE 

A 



^^'^^ MA.A^^«?S«-0 



OK IMaD-iOKNtTI 



SHEET 



RE 



X 



OF-21. 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



DYS2 3 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE 



7.0 INSTALLATION AND TEST SETUP INSTRUCTIONS ; 

7.1 Unpacking and inspection: 

7.1.1 Sava all packing material for equipment to be 
shipped that is not cab mounted. 

7.2 MODULE CONFIGURATION SETUPS FOR DYS23: 

7.2.1 KDFll-AA (M8186) LSE 11/23 CPU MODULE 



JUMPER DESIGNATION 



JUMPER STATE 



Wl 




IN 


W2 




AS RECEIVED 


W3 




AS RECEIVED 


* W4 




OUT 


W5 




OUT 


Wfi 




OUT 


Vf7 




IN 


W8 THRU 


W15 


DON'T CARE 


W16 




IN 


W17 




IN 


WIS 




IN 



* ■ NOTE: See special instruction at 5.1.5 
Reference FIGURE 2 for jumper locations. 
7.2.2 MSVLL-DD (M8044-D?) FIRST 32K 

SI SWITCHPACK SWITCH STATE 



SWl 


ON 


SW2 


ON 


SW3 


ON 


SW4 


ON 


DESIGNATION 


JUMPER STATE 


W2 


IN 


W3 


IN 


PIN 1 TO 3 


IN 


PIN 5 TO 7 


IN 


PIN 10 TO 14 


IN 


PIN 15 TO 16 


IN 



Reference FIGURE 4 for seitch and jumper locations 



SIZE 

A 



%%^^ MA-A^'A'^tl^-a 



RE 



X 



0CC1I 



vatmn 



SHEET 



OF 



21 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



DYS23 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE 



7.2.3 DLVll-F (M8028) SERIAL LINE UNIT 



JUMPER DESIGNATION 

Tf 
Tl 
T2 
t3 
Rt 
111 

na 

113 



JUMPER STATE 

OUT 

IN 

OUT 

IN 

OUT 

IN 

OUT 

IN 



THE DLVll-F IS DEFAULT JUMPERED FOR CONSOLE USE, BUT THE 
ABOVE BAUD RATE JUMPERS MUST BE RECONFIGURED FROM 110 
BAUD OPERATION TO 300 BAUD. 

THE DLVll-F IS NOT A STANDARD PART OF THE DYS23 SYSTEM, 
BUT IS A FREQIENT OPTION, AND IS NEEDED IN FA&T FOR 
DIAGNOSTIC TESTING IN LOCAL MODE. SEE FIGURE 5 FOR JUMPER 
LOCATIONS. 

7.2.4 ISVll-B (M8080, M8084) DEC DATAWAY INTERFACE. 

FACTORY CONFIGURED: 



CSR ADDRESS 



VECTOR ADDRESS 



160140 
160142 
160144 

300 
304 



JUMPERS 



STATE 



LOCATION 

M8080 
M8080 
N8080 
M8080 
M8080 

M8084 
M8084 



NOTE: If DLVll-J is installed in DYS23 system its default 
vector address of 300 must be reconfigured because 
of its conflict with the ISVII-B. 

Reference FIGURES 6.1 and 6.2 for jumper locations. 

TOTAL ACTIVE PASSES - 41, ACTIVE TERMINALS » ^, TIME«8:34 



Wl THRU W6 


OUT 


W7 THRU W10 


IN 


Wll THRU W16 


OUT 


W17 THRU W20 


IN 


W21 THRU W23 


OUT 


W1,W3,W5,W7,W9 


IN 


W2,W4,W6,W8,W10 


OUT 



OK fUtmftn-mn 



SIZE 

A 



^°^ MA-Ao'i^'^ir.a 



SHEET 



'^ 



OF ^21. 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



DYS2 3 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE 



7.3 C ABLING OF THE DYS23! 

7.3.1 Cabling of the DyS23 consists of a serial bus cable 
(70-15928-03) coining from the M8084 board of the 
ISVll-B which interconnects with the DEC DATAWAY 
CABLE (70-14152) connecting to the HOST CPU'S ISBll. 

8.0 PO>^R CHECKS; 

8.1 -t-SvcJc - 250BIV 
M2vdc — f600mv 

The -fSvdc and •fl2vdc regulated voltages can be measured at 
J7 of the backplane or, preferably at the tip jacks on the 
N8012 (BDVll-AA) module (if it has been added to the 
system). The pins of J7 are numbered, and color coded. 
•«-12vdc and -fSvdc are assigned the following pins and 
colors. 



9.0 



+12vdc PIN 2, PURPLE WIRE 

+ 12vdc GROUND PIN 3, BLACK WIRE 

+5vdc PIN 5, RED WIRE 

+ 5vdc GROUND PIN 4, BLACK WIRE 

The tip jacks on the M8012 module are color coded and 
labeled as follows: 

+ 1 2vdc J3 , PURPLE 

+5vdc J2, RED 

GROUND Jl, BLACK 

If adjustment becomes necessa'^y, remove the two power 
supply mounting screws to til . the power supply forward 
exposing the adjustment potentiometers, Rl for -t-12vdc and 
R22 for -fSvdc. Reference FIGURES 3.1 and 3.2 for locations 
DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE: 



For the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run in any 
particular situation, or for the current MAST minimum test 
criteria; e.g. pass-counts, etc., refer to the appropriate 
MAST CHECKLIST. Listed below are detailed step-by-step 
instructions for executing each indivedual diagnostic 
contained in the CHECKLIST. 

The host processor, along with its ISBll' s roust be fully 
checked out according to mast prior to connecting a DYS23 
to the DATAWAY. 



SIZE 

A 



%%''^ ^^•^iiWl^ "^ 



OK lM3H»^«iai4«r3 



SHEET J OF JL 



. 'i^ ^«:#i4N«il«#*' . '^•^^ •• • 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



DYS2 3 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE 



9.1 DYS23 HOST SYSTEM BOOTING PROCEDURE; 

9.1.1 Obtain a disk pack for the appropriate host media 
which has the RSXll-M package IAP-F152-MC and install 
it into DRIVE #0. Load DRIVE «0 and insure that 
•WRITE PROTECT" is off. 

9.1.2 When DRIVE #0 is ready and "ON LINE" (heads loaded) 
BOOT the drive. 

9.1.3 When the program asks for the date and time, you may 
either enter the information or default it by typing 
a carriage return. An ecample would be 08:30 
04-JUM-81. 

9.1.4 The progran will continue setting up parameters and 
will ask: "Do you want to load IPG diagnostics from 
magtape lY/Nl:". Type in a carriage return which will 
default your answer to a NO condition. 

9.1.5 The program will now output: 

>9 <EOF> (This signifies end of file and parameters 
are now set) and waits for you to key in a command. 

9.1.6 Type in: 

Set /UIC»[2g0,2701 (This may not be necessary if the 
UIC is already at 200,270.). 
9.2 run the error report task in order to clear out the error 
logI 



9.2.1 >RUN ISBRPT- 



•TYPE:<RUN ISBRPT> 



ISBRPT-DEC DATAWAY ERROR REPORT TASK 
> 

PRINT SUMMARY [Y OR Nl ?N TYPE:<N> 

PRINT ENTIRE FILE (Y OR N] ?N TYPE:<N> 

DELETE ERROR FILE (Y OR Nl ?Y TYPE:<Y> 

ISBRPT... OPERATION COMPLETE 

TASK "ISBRPT" TERMINATED 

TASK EXIT WITH OUTSTANDING I/O 

PC-125130 

PS»170000 

RC-120720 

Rl-125576 

R2-125650 

R3-000000 

R4-143470 

R5-000000 

SP-120476 

9.2.2 Type i< ctrl c> to terminate ISBRPT task and receive 
back MCR> prompt. 



SIZE 

A 



^^ n^-^imm^ 



OfC i«4»D-lO*I-Mira 



SHEET 



OF 



RE^ 



21 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



DYS2 3 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE 



^•3 RUN THE DEC DA'x \WAY DIAGNOSTIC ECERCISERt 

9.3.1 > RUN D2KC?? TYPE : < RUN D2KC??> 

DCP-A >STA TYPE : <STA> 

* UNITSrTC)?_l TYPE:<TF" 

ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER: (0) 070 TYPE;<0> 

ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTROLLER: 

(0) 171 TYPE:<1> 

NUMBER^OP ENTERED TERMINALS « 1 

UN1T**C0NTR0LLER**L0GICAL SB**LUN** 
001 000 001 011 

TOTAL ACTIVE PASSES - 21, ACTIVE TERMINALS ■ 1, TIME - 8:33 

§.3.2 After required run time has elapsed terminate running 
of diagnostic by typing <CTRL C> . 

TASK "TTO" TERMINATED 

TASK EXIT WITH OUTSTANDING I/O 

PC-046000 

PS-170000 

R0-000002 

Rl-000000 

R2-000000 

R3-009000 

R4-000003 

RS-000001 

SP-001246 

9.4 After DZKC has run, the error log mus^ be checked for errors 
that nay have occured during running. 

9.4.1 >RUN ISBRPT TYPE; <RUN ISBRPT> 

ISBRPT-DECDATAWAY ERROR REPORT TASK 

> 

PRINT SUMMARY [Y OR Nl ?Y TYPE:<Y> 

PRINT ENTIRE FILE (Y 0R~N1 7N TYPE:<N> 

OUTPUT TO LINE PRINTER (Y OR N] ?N TYPE:<N> 

WANT ONE CONTROLLER [Y OR Nl 7N— TYPE:<N> 

DELETE ERROR FILE (Y OR Nl ?N TYPE:<N> 

ISBRPT.... ERROR FILE IS EMPTY 
ISBRPT.... OPERATION COMPLETE 

9.4.2 TYPE: <CTRL C> to terminate ISBRPT task and recieve 
back NCR> prompt. 



9.4.3 Error reporting can be in the form of hard errors, 

typed out immediately, or soft errors; ( Errors that 
are logged by the error logger) . No errors are 
allowed. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



MA-A 528 5-0-0 



REV 

A 



OtCi«<3H»-«0»l«n 



SHEET .10 OF 21 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



DYS2 3 MAST PACK-UP PROCEDURE 



9.5 RUN ROM RESIDENT TESTS OF ISVll-B 

9.5.1 MCR> RUN CZKCI TYPE:<RUN_CZKCI> 

> 

DCP-A>STA TYPE : <STA> 

I UNITSTd) ? 1 TYPE:<1> 

UNIT 1 

ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER: (0) 0?0 TYPE:<0> 

ENTE? TERMINALS ON THAT CONTROLLER: 

(C) I?l TYPE;<1> 

SELECTED SERIAL LINE PORTS 

UNIT**CONTROLLER**LOGICAL SB**LUN**TYPE 
1 001 9 DPM50-PORT 

START OF TESTING 

END OF PASS 0, TIME - 9:29 

END OF PA3S 1, TIME -9:31 

9.5.2 Aft«r required run time has elapsed terminate running 
of the diagnostic by typing <CTRL C> . 

9.6 LOAD DIAGNOSTIC MONITOR C2KMP 

9.6.1 > RUN C2KMP TYPE : < RUN CZKMP > 

> 

CZKMPB VERSION 2.2 

SELECT MODE: LOCAL, HOST, AUTO-MAP, COMMUNICATION OR 

EXIT (L,H,A,C,E)L TYPE:<L> 

ENTER NUMBER OP TERMINALS [DJ-l, tYPE:<l> 

ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER [01-0 TYPE:<?> 

ENTER TERMINAL NUMBERS (01-1- TYPE:<1> 

NUMBER OF INTERED TERMINALS"- 1 
UNIT**CONTROLLER**LOGICAL SB** 
10 1 

At This point the console terminal at the DYS23 
subsystem comes on line and is used to ask and run 
subsystem diagnostics. 



SIZE 

A 



W»^ MA.A^!W«?S"-0 



'^ 



otc 



SHEET 11 OF ,21. 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



DyS23 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE 



9.7 RUN 11/23 CPU AND MEMORY DIAGNOSTICS ON DYS23 

S«« appendix A £or •cplanation o£ monitor interaction 
inputs and outputs at local DyS23 terminal. 



9.7.1 >JKDAC- 



•TYPE:<JKDAC> 



-TYPE:<200G> 



157776 

g2g0G 

CJKDACO KTPll-AA MMU DIAG. 

SVm-009000 NEW-CR TYPE;<CR> 

END PASSt 1 ;TOTAL ERRORS SINCE LAST START AT 20? 

9.7.2 After required run tine has elapsed, terminate 
running of the diagnostic at the DYS23 console 
terminal by depressing the <BREAK> key. 



9.7.3 9760144/000000 2- 
>JKDBC 



157776 

82000-^ 

CJKDEC DCFll-AA CPU DIAGNOSTIC 
END PASSI 1 
END PASS* 15 



■TYPE; <760144/> 
TYPE:<2> 
•TYPE:<JKDBC> 



-TYPE:<2O0G> 







NOTE: LTC interrupts must be disabled to run 
diagnostic JKDBC. See special instruction at 5.1.5. 

9.7.4 After required run time has elapsed, terminate 
running the diagnostic at the DyS23 console terminal 
by depressing the <BREAK> key. 

9.7.5 9700144/000000 2 TYPEt<760144/2> 



>ZQMCG- 
T57776 
§200G— 
SWR 



000000 NEW » CR 



•TYPE:< ZQMCG> 

•TYPE:<' < 0G> 
-TYP2:*v.i> 



KTll (MEMORY MANAGEMENT) AVAILABLE 

MEMORY MAP 

FROM 000000 TO 757777 (WITH 4 MSVll-D INSTALLED) 

NO PARITY REGISTERS FOUND 

PROGRAM RELOCATED TO 7 20000 

PROGRAM RELOCATED TO 000000 

END PASSt 1 

Above will be received when 4 MSVll-D modules are 
installed, typeouts will vary with lesser amounts of 
memory. No relocation will occur when only 1 MSVll-D 
is installed. 



SIZE 

A 



^^°^ f,^-^im^% "^ 



OK 



mn 



SHEET 



12 



OF 



21 



^^ANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



DYS23 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE 



9.7.6 # NOTE: The following two tests are to be run if the 
optional KEFll chip is installed. 

9.7.7 #760144 /000000 2 TYPE : <760144/2> 

> JKDCB - TYPE;< JKpgB> 

irTTT^ 

CJKCB, KEFll-A FP DIAGNOSTIC PART 1 

SWR ■ 000000 NEW « CR TYPE;<CR> 

END PASS • 1 
END PASS » 2 

9.7.8 After required run time has elapsed, terminate 
running of the diagnostic at the DYS23 console 
terminal by depressing the <BRBAK> key. 

9.7.9 £760144/000000 2 TYPE; <760144/2> 

>JKDDB - TYPE : < JKDDB> 

157776 

|200G TYPE : <200G> 

SjKDDB DEFll-A DIAGNOSTIC PART 2 

SWR - 000000 NEW « CR TYPE:<CR> 

END PASS • 1 
END PASS • 2 

9.7.10 After required run time has elapsed, terminate 
running of the diagnostic at the DYS23 console 
terminal by depressing the <BREAK> key. 



9.7.11 Load and run diagnostics 
option modules installes, 
run the CPU tests. 



for any additional LSI' 
usinq same method used to 



SIZE 

A 



^' 



PE 



H^^^imm^ 



RE> 



TT 



ofc i»on-ian-«w72 



SHEET 



13 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



DYS23 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE 



PROCESSOR 
MODULE 
OPTION 1 

2 
I 

" 4 
" 5 
• C 

7 
8 



SLOTl 
SLOT 2 
SLOT 3 

SLOT 4 
SLOT 5 
SLOT 6 
SLOT 7 
SLOT 8 
SLOT 9 




*■« 



MODULE UTILIZATION 

KERNEL DyS23 ONLY 
(H9273-A) 



ribbon cab lb 
part of ISVll-B 



FIGURE 1 KERNEL SYSTEM BACKPLANE 

CONFIGURATION 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5285-0-0 



REV 

A 



OffC 1»4«»10M N«n 



SHEET 



14 



OF 



21 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



• IqjiltH' 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE DYS23 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE 



5||! 



1 



lauMMl Unit 
(MMUCIkt^l 



l«M iMMtWCllMI !•• 



» •• O M 





f l*«lk»« ftoial In*.. !•• 

iilfllCltipl 

lOpti— 11 



- ^ * i 5 p 



0«l«K«tl**l IMI 

|cruciki#i 



2li2 



KDFII-AA 



(MliS6 11/23 CPU 
PIGUM t 




li 



{K 



o 

O. 



9. 



ofc <*«jt»ieuN«r3 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MA-A5285-0-0 



SHEET .15 CF _2i. 



MANLTACTLRJNC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



DYS23 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE 






••»»OC«Oiu«ri«ta, 




^°^ ^t>P»y Adinttmev,!, 



FIGURE 3.2 



FIGURE 3.1 



SIZE 

A 



CODE NUMBER 

SP |mA-A5285-0-0 



REV 

A 



otc iM)ffa)iMa-«««rt 



SHEET 16 OF Jl. 



VUNLFACTLTUNG SPECIHCATION 



SBlBOIB 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



riTLE 



DYS21 MAST BACK-UP PROn^ITRF 




vr* 



3 C 



r- 



u 






t I I 




■mreMU I 



\.IT«««1« 



m% } PM n rrn m Pttvr 



• ti.a 



Mb U-07 



Figvrc 4 MSV] t-D. MSVl I-E S«Ueh ind Jumper Locatiohs 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



NUMBER 

MA-A5285-0-0 



REV 

A 



3GC '»<}«tV'aU N«.'3 



SHEET 



17 



OF 



21 



MANUFACTmiNG SPECIFICATION 

TITLi DYS23 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE 



tB fpM CONTINUATION SHEET 



xr 



^tn>- 



r\ 



r\ 



Nil Hill (' 



lllllllll 






lai«»«i i» 






»>*••»••«<« 
<««««<««<i 



sssnt 



iiiiii I- I- i< 



rifurt 5 



N8028 

OLVll-P Juaptr Locations 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MA-A5285-0-0 



REV 
A 



oiC'*4X»ianN«n 



SHEET 



18 nc 21 



MAMTACRRINC SPECffTCATlOf* 



CONTINUATION SHCCT 



TITIC DYS23 MAST BACK-UB PROCEDURE 



m%9 





«ri> 



oDdddoi 

OOODDODDq 
DDDDOflflflS,^ 
■.0OBflOO.OD >^* 




00 
DO 

o'OOUOD 

00000 

apooitj^ 

DOOODOOD 




MBoeo 

FIGURE 6.1 



ISVllB 



N8084 

FIGURE 6.2 



MC ICHXMM 



t I'gg'l MA-AJay-^^T^!" I 



*HCCT JL2_ or U. 



MANUFACTURING SPEC^ ICAl'lON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



"^^^ DYS23 MAST BACK-UP PROCEDURE 



APPENDIX 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5285-0-0 



REV 
A 



OK t*4M»ia»Ntr3 



SHEET 29 ofU. 



. #*— ».4^'' •^rft 



U* ,> . a. * « rf •.* 



ENGINEERING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



^"^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



Prompts 



Inputs 

File names 
200G 
Break 
760144/ 

Deposit 2 

Deposit 1 

Control Z 

Outputs 
157776 

NX 

BOLD 
END PASS 
Current PC 

000000 

EX 



MONITOR INTERACTION AT LOCAL TERMINAL 



Operator may enter file name to call next diagnostic, 
or type control Z to put LSI- 11 in ODT mode. 

If following 157776 after a file name has been entered, 
indicates the diagnostic is in the LSI-U and the 
operator may communicate with it via ODT. 

If following "End Pass" and the current PC, indicates 
the operator may give further instructions in ODT. 
Giving "760144" reestablishes communication with local 
monitor. 



Used following " " to call diagnostics. 

Not to monitor - starts diagnostic if LSI-11 is in ODT. 

Not to monitor - stops diagnostic. 

Reestablishes conmunl cation with local monitor if LSI-U 
is in ODT. 

Following "000000" tells monitor that operator wishes to 
run another diagnostic. 

Follow "000000" aborts monitor in host. This is the last 
Input by the operator. 

Following " " puts LSI-11 in ODT. 



Following file name entry indicates the diagnostic has been 
downloaded. 

The requested file cannot be found. 

The attempt to download the diagnostic was unsuccessful. 

Diagnostic has completed a pass. 

Following break indicates diagnostic has stopped at 
address printed. 

Following "760144" indicates operator may input further 
instructions to local monitor (1 or 2). 

Monitor has terminated at host. 



FIGURE 6 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5285-0-0 



REV 

A 



DEC FORM NO en-oiou-i«-N370>(S«1) 
OKA lOt 



SHEET 



21 



OF 2i 



I 



II 

ill 

in 

hi 

II 
Hi 

nil 

* V e 

til 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



REV 



DMCll COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



Prev. 7668001-0-5290 



Mfif^n^AMCALtxu^y ^a^^^JUj^M/^e^^^^^* 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5290-0-n 



■N^10U-|«-fK ««H Wt) 



SHEET 1 OF 6 



REV 



MANUrvCTUKING SPECIFICATION 



Swty^ilfcJ' 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST _ APPENDIX A 



DMCn COflUHICATIONS INTERFACE 



1.0 INTRODUCTION 



This procedure establishes the minimum test standards that a DMCll must meet 
to be considered acceptable for customer shipment. The DMCll consists of 
two (2) hex modules. The microprocessor modules: DMCll-AA, -AR, -AL execute 
conmunlcatlon protocol microcode held In CROM and Interface with the Unlbus. 
and the associated Line Unit module. The main function of the Line Unit 
modules: DMCll -OA. -FA. -MA, -MO Is to perform parallel to serial data con- 
version to the external data coonunl cations line. 

1.1 DMCll kits consist of the following basic harware: 

Microprocessor Modules 



Optio n 
DMCll-AA 

DMCll -AR 



Contents 
M8200 

« 

MB200-YA 



DMCll -AL 



M8200-YB 



Description 

Microprocessor 
without CROM 

Microprocessor 
module w/ remote 
DDCMP CROM (use 
W/M8201 low speed 
line unit) 

Microprocessor 
module w/local 
DDCMP CROM (use 
w/Me202 h1g» speed 
line unit) 



Prerequisite 
PDP-11 

PDP-11 



PDP-n 



Line Unit Modules 



DMCll -DA 



DMCn-FA 



M8201 
BC05-C 

eco8-s 

H325 

NB201 
BC08-S 
BC05-Z 
H3250 



Low speed line unit DMCll -AR 
module w/EIA Inter- 
face cable for remote 
connections 



Low speed line unit 
module w/ V.35/DDS 
Interface cable for 
remote connection 



DMCll -AR 



siJi: 



CODF. 
SP 



MAA52 90-0-0 L^C^ 



i" C 1«< ( «V/I ll>;l.( N%,/» 



■■:L£T 



or- 



MANUFACTURING SPi CIFICATION 



j'j: "''l -u3- CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACK TO SYSTEMS TEST _ APPENDIX A 



1.1 cont. 



Option 
0NC11-NA 



DMC11-MD 



Contents 

M8202-YA 

BC08-S 

12-12528 



M8202-YD 

BC08-S 

12-12528 



Description 

1H baud line unit 
module w/lntegral 
modem for local 
connections 

5tK baud line unit 
module w/lntegral 
modem for local 
connections 



Prerequisite 
OMCll-AL 



DMCn-AL 



2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 



2.1 DMT 

-Ah 



J 



roproccssor Maintenance Manual - EK-OMCMP-MM-001 (for DMCll-AA, 



2.2 DMC11 Synchronous Line Unit Maintenance Manual - EK-DMCLU-MM-001 (for 
DMCn-OA, -FA, -MA. -MD) 

2.3 DMC11 Field Maintenance Print Set MP00076 

2.4 OMCn Option/System Test Procedure A-SP-OMCll-O-S 

2.5 Diagnostic Lib Kit ZJ215-RB 
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT 

3.1 PDP11 with minimum of 8K and two or more hex SPC slots. 

3.2 SPC must be 0D11-C. DDIl-D. 0011-8 (Rev. -E" or later) or equivalent. 

3.3 SPC must provide +5, +15. -15 volts and the power requirements will be: 
Wodule +5 (+5Z) ♦15(+5Z) lli(±5Z) 
M8200 5.0A 

H8201 3.0A 0.03A p.31A 

♦«202 3.0A 0.18A 0.46A 

3.4 Oscilloscope and probe baud width 200 MHz or better. 

3.5 Frequency counter (minimum range 25 KHz to 1100 KHz + one percent) 



TTTi^coDc 
I A I SP 



■ NU..1^' ' 
MAA5290-V 



UkC •«., <>:, i<M2-Mft/4 



-JFET 



JS.J 

6 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



ESiJIiD. CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



4.0 AVARABIE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS - Kit ZJ216-RB 



4.1 MAINDEC-11 
OZOMC 

DZOME 

DZDMF 

DZDMG 



DZ3HH 



Description « 

Basic Microprocessor test; i.e. for M8200. Does not 
test CROM or require a line unit. 

ODCMP Line Unit Test; l.a. for M8201 , M8202. Requires 
an M8200 and should "^ave a turnaround connector. 

Bit-stuff line unit test; I.e. for M8201. M8202. Tests 
the Bitstuff mode of operation of the line unit. Re- 
quires an M8200 and should have a turnaround connector. 

CROH microcode check, and Jump test on M8200-YA. -YB 
microprocessors. 

Free running ODCMP tests on microprocessors and 
corresponding line units. 

DECX/11 module. 



DMCA 
5.0 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION: 

5.1 M8200 Microprocessor - Before Installing, remove the npr continuity wire 
that runs between pins C Aland CB1 on the backplane for the slot that Is 
going to accept the M8200. If a system change requires removal of the 
H8200. the wire must be replaced. 

5.2 M8200 Microprocessor with local line units (OMCll-MA or DMCll-MD). This 
configuration must be placed on the unlbus closest to the PDPU processor 
and before the first bus buffer because of the high rate of npr trans- 
actions. 

6.0 TEST SET UPS 

6.1 A DMCll-AA cannot be tested until a verified set of CROM's from an -AR or 
-AL is temporarily Inserted and then the -AR or -AL tests run. 

5.2 A DMCll-AR or -AL can be tested by running DZDMC and DZDMG. Preferably, 
a line unit should be connected and DZDME, DZDMF and OZDMH run. 

6.3 A DMCll-DA or DMCU-FA low speed line unit can only be tested via a fully 
operational DMCll-AR microprocessor. Diagnostics DZDME. DZDMF, dzdmh 
must be then run. See Figure 1. 



T 



•:ODE 

SP 



kW tu (.•'•■'I ig«iN*/4 



• NUMCEr; 

MAA529 0-" 
S.HcE't . 



T: 



'<tV 1 
6 



MAN'JFACTURING SPPICIFICATION 



ES2IiE3. CONTINUATION SHF.CT 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



Figure 1: Low Speed Line Unit Setup 
* BCOSSconnector 
** BC05C ^ H325 
*** BC05Z ♦ H3250 




s. 



Hit 



CMC-llTA 
MB201 



EMCll-AR 




£ 



*** 



CMCn-FA 



CMCll-AR 
M8200-TCA 



6.4 A DMCn-MA or OMCll-MO high speed line unit can only be tested via a 
fully operational DMCll-AL microprocessor. Diagnostics DZDME. DZDMF, 
and DZDMH Buat th«n b* run. S«e Flgura 2. 

Figure 2: High Speed Line Unit Setup 
* BC08S 
*♦ 12-12528 




JX. 



CMCn-MA 
M8202-YA 



CMCll-AL 
M8200-YB 




n 



** 



CMCll-M) 
M8202-YD 



DMCU-AL 
M8200-YB 



'. i'J 'I.I. 



5IZF 

A 



1 






:-.:::. '.6£n 



.7: J 



MAA52 90- 0-0 t q j 



SHi:cr 



- 6 



MANUK\CrURINC SPECIFICATION 



i£C^' 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



7.0 POWER CHECKS 

7.1 Refer to Section 3.3 for power requirements. 

7.2 Unlbus loading - The M8200 microprocessor presents one unlbus load. 
The MB201 and M8202 line units present no unlbus loads. 

8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE 

8.1 As a general statement on the test procedure: 

8.1.1 Determine which diagnostics to run from the test setup section. 

8.1.2 Obtain switch, address and Jumper settings from the diagnostic 
listing, or Option Test Procedure. 





L 



8.1.3 ■ c :V.ST ChecI'Mst g^ve< the 

8.1.4 No errors are acceptable. 



count required. 



I /; i SP : MAA5290-0-0 J C J 



!'• « !'• I l-J/ftUH.' N.>/: 



^^htl} 



i{! 

Ml 
ns 

Si 

Mi 

'k 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



KMCll-A GENERAL PURPOSE MICROPROCESSOR - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



K w S 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



Prev. 7668001-0-5296 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



ENQ^ 



0>^ 



CN-«IOU-l«-fl«f2-<3M) 



72-OMI 



SIZE 

A. 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5296-0-0 



REV 

A 



SHEET 1 OF 4 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION ._ 

T'*^*-^ MODULAR APPROACH TO Sv-teMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



KMCn-A GENERAL PUPPOSE MICR O PROCESSOR 
INTRODUCTION 

Thli procedure establlihes the Blnlnuiki test and electrical 
•tandardt that a KMCll-A must neet to be cooaidared accept- 
able for customer shipiaent. KMC^l kits consist of the 
following basic hardware: 



Option 
KMCll-A 



Designation 

general purpose 
iiicro processor 



Contents 



M8204 



1.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 

1.1 Print set MP00339 

1.2 Maintenance lal EK-KMCll -MM-REV 

1.3 Users Manua. .;-KMC 11 -OP-REV 

l.A Test/Acceptance Procedure A-SP-KMCll-0-5 
1.5 Lib Kit ZJ-23A-RB 
2.0 REQUIRED T^ST EQUIPMENT 

2.1 PDPll with miniauB of 8K and two or more slots 

2.2 SPC must be DDll-C, DDll-D or equivalent 

2.3 SPC should provide +5, +15, -15 

2.4 Oscilliscope & probe band width 200MU2 minimum or better 

NOTE tRefer to the KMCll test and Acceptance Procedures for 
further information. 

3.0 AVAILABLE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS Kit #ZJ-234-RB 

Maindec Descriptio n 



DZKCC 

DZKCD 

DZKCA 

*DZKCE 

♦ DZKCF 

* DZKCG 
KMAA 



Static Test, M8204 Data Path- Test 

Static Cram ( Branch Test CM8204) 

Free run, M8204 Data Path Test 

DDCMP Line Unit Test 

Bit Stuff Line Unit Test 

M8204 Plus Line Unit Free Run Test 

DEC/Xll System Test 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5296-0-0 



REV 
A 




CNO10B2t*-N«72 (3M) 



SHEET J OF _1 



'» ri 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



* NOTE : These diagnostics are only used when customer has 
ordered an optional DMCll line unit cabled to the 
KMCll. (DA, FA, MD, MA) 

4.0 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 

4.1 M8204 Microprocessor 

Before installing, remove the NPR grant continuity wire, 
that runs between pins CAl and CBl on the backplane, for 
the slot that is going to accept the M8204. If a system 
change requires removal of the M8204, this wire must be 
replaced. 

4.2 M8204 Microprocessor with local line units (DMCll-MA or 
DMCll-MD) . In addition to item "A", the configuration 
must be placed on the Unibus closest to the PDP-11 pro- 
cessor and before the first bus buffer, because of the 
high rate of NPR transactions that are required. 

5.0 TEST SET UP 

5.1 No special test set-up is required. 

6.0 POVVER CHECKS 

6.1 The KMC utilizes five amperes of plus five volts per M8204 
module. Care should be exercised that any test stand or 
system installation considers the maximum current per 
regulator. If the DMC line units are used, their 
requirements are : 



MODULE 




+5 


+15 


-15 


M8201 




3.0A 


0.03A 


0.31A 


M8202 




3.0A 


0.18A 


0.46A 


Unibus 


Loading 









6.2 

The M8204 presents one Unibus load if a DMC line unit is 
used. The Line Unit presents no load to the Unibus. 

7.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE 

7.1 See Section 3.0 for order of diagnostics. The following 
procedure is used for all diagnostics. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5296-0~0 



REV 

A 



OCC l«-<392)-10a2-N672 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



Cv JTINUATiON SHEET 



Tinc. 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TKST - APPENDIX A 



7.1.1 Load diagnoftlc. 

7.1.2 Load address at 200. 

7.1.3 Sat switch IS up and all othar switches down. 
Start prograa. 

7.1.4 End of Pass will ba ahown by type out. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5296-0-0 



REV 
A 




CN-010t2-l«-N«72-(Jt2l 



SHEET 



OF JL 



II 



e 

II 

VJ 



5 > 

Ml S 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



DATE :/ 1.8/8] 



TITLE M.A.S.T. DMRll 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



GENERAL UPDATE TO INCLUDE I'./i 
PRODUCIBILITY STUDY FIND I No 



MU0I3 

/ 



D, Ay^otte 






//'/" 



I' 




,''■ •',/ 






ENQ 



D. Ayot 



APPD Bob Beck / 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



NUMBER 
MA-A5296-0-0 



REV 

B 



EN<«ia«»-i»4«Mya-(Ma) 



SHEET 1 OF 



24- 



MANUFACTURING SPBClFTCATiON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TraE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



DMRll 



1.0 IMtRODUCTION 

The DMRll Is a micro-processor based intelligent synchronous 
cownuni cat ions controller, which employs the Digital Data 
Communications Message Protocol (DDCMP) . The DMRll is 
designed to be used in a network link for high performance 
interconnection of VAX-11 or PDP-11 computers. The DMRll is 
program compatible with the DMCll and line compatible with 
either the DMCll or any device that uses DDCMP version 4.0. 

2.0 REFEREMCB DOCUMBMTATION 

2.1 Manuals 6 Engineering Specifications 

2.1.1 DMR Synch. Cont. Tech. Man. EK-DMRli-TM 

2.1.2 M8207 Microprocessor Manual EK-M8207-TM 

2.1.3 M8203 Line Unit Manual EK-M8203-TM 

2.2 Prints and Schematics 

2.2.1 DMRll Print Set MP00911 

3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT 
3.1 Hardware and Media 

3.1.1 PDP-11 CPU with a Console Terminal and a 
minimum of 16K bytes of memory. 

3.1.2 Scope - stable at 1 microsecond on X10 
scale, Tektronics 465 or equivalent 

3.1.3 DVM - accurate to .1 volts at 15 volts 



Size 



CODE 

8P 



NUMBER 

i7v-rr.2CP-c-c 



REV 




CN-eiMM«-N«72-<M2| 



SHEET 



OF .il 



MANUFACrUIUNC SPECIFICATiON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



3.1.4 H3250 Cable Test Connector for BC05Z V. 35 
Cable. 

3.1.5 H3254 Module Test Connector for Jl of M8203 

3.1.6 H3255 Module Test Connector for J2 on the 
M8203. 

3.1.7 H3251 Cable Test Connector for BC55B, BC55C, 
and BC55D Cables. 

3.1.8 H325 Cable Test Connector for BC55C and 
BC05D Cables. 



4.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS 

4.1 C2DMP .... M8207 STATIC DIAGNOSTIC I 

. M8207 STATIC DIAGNOSTIC II 

. M8203 STATIC DIAGNOSTIC I 

. M8203 STATIC DIAGNOSTIC II 

. DMRll FUNCTIONAL DIAGNOSTIC 

. FLOAT PROGRAM 



4.2 CZDMO . 

4.3 CZD,^S . 

4.4 CZDMS . 

4.5 CZDMI . 

4.6 DZFLA . 



5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS 

The DMRll Dasic unit consists of the M8207-RA 
microprocessor and the M8203 line unit. This line 
unit/microprocessor combination permits either remofe or 
local computer applications. Refer to Figure 1 for a typical 
PDP-11 application. 

The DMRll basic subsystem has four options virtiich allow 
it to accommodate standard and special interface 
configurations. With these options, DMRll systems can 
operate with speeds ranging from 2.4K bits per second (B/S) 
to IM B/S. Refer to Table 1. 



SIZE 

JL. 



CODE 



r.p 



NUMBER 

i\r:-LL20P-C-0 



REV 

p 




CN-0>MM«^ft't-(Mai 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING gECmCA-nON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



TABLE 1 DMRll OPTIONS 

+ — -+ — + 4- 

I OPTION I INTERFACE | LINE SPEED I 

+ + 4- + 

IDMRII-AAIEIA RS232C |UP TO 19. 2K B/S I 

I lEIA RSAA3 lUP TO 56K B/S I 

+ + + »- 

jDMRll-ABIISO/CCITT V.35 |UP TO IM B/S I 

+ + + ■»■ 

IDMRII-ACI INTEGRAL MODEM |56K, 250K, 500K, IM B/S| 
+ + + + 

IDMRII-ADI BASIC ***** SEE BELOW FOR DETAILS ****| 

+ + + + 

jDMRll-AEIEIA RS422 jUP TO IM B/S I 

+ + + + 



***** 



DMRll-AD 



***** 



The Basic Subsystem is designated DMRll-AD and consists 
of an M8203 Line Unit, an M8207-RA Microprocessor, a BC08S-1 
Interconnect Cable, an H3254 Interface Module Test Connector, 
and an H3255 Interface module Test Connector. The M8203 Line 
Unit has an Integral Modem which is switch selectable to 
operate at speeds of 56K, 250K, 500K, and IM B/S. 



5.1 Special Switch Considerations 



5.1.1 



5.1.2 



If the DMRll is to be used in conjunction 
with a DMCll or with DMCll software, ensure 
that Switch Pack E121 switch 9 on the M8203 
Line Unit module is in the "OFF" position. 
Refer to Figure 3. 



If the DMRll 
or greater, 
switch 10 of 
in the "OFF* 



is operating at a speed of 56K 
ensure that Switch Pack Ei21 
the M8203 Line Unit module is 
position. Refer to ?igure 3. 



5.1.3 If Micro-diagnostics are desired on 
initialization of the device, set Switch 
Pack E134 switch 10 on the M8203 Line Unit 
module to the "OFF" position. Note: This 
switch should be in the ON position (MICROS 
DISABLED) so device will be compatible with 
DMCll software. Refer to Figure 3. 



SIZE 



CODE 



NUMBER 

!:A-;.S20E-C"C 



REV 

E 



drq rt;a! 



EN-OlMa-l»44672-(392) 



SHEET 



OF 



2A 



MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TraE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.0 INSTALLATION AND TEST SBT-UP INSTRUCTIONS 

6.1 M8207-RA Module Set-Up 



6.1.1 



6.1.2 



6.1.3 



6.1.4 



6.1.5 



6.1.6 



Run the FLOAT PROGRAM (DZFLA) on a PDPll 
system to determine the Address and Vector 
assignment of the M8207-RA Microprocessor. 
Refer to MA-A3000 for additional 
information. 

The Address of the DMRll can be set via 
Switch Pack E127 on the M8207-RA module. 
(See Figure 2 for module lay-out) Refer to 
Table 2 for the correlation between switch 
number and address bit. Note that a switch 
in the *OFF* position will respond to a 
logical *ONE" on the Unibus. 

The Vector of the DMRll can be set-up via 
Switch Pack E28 on the M6207-RA module. (See 
Figure 2 for i^iodule lay-out) Refer to Table 
3 for the correlation between switch number 
and vector bit. Note that a switch *0N*, 
responds to a logical *0NE* on the Unibus. 

Ensure that the following switches on the 
M8207 module are in the correct position: 
(Refer to Figure 2) 

A. RUN INHIBIT - M8207 SWITCH E28-7 — 
always ON 

B. CSR INHIBIT - M8207 SWITCH E28-8 — 
always OFF 



C. BYTE 
E85-1 



SELECT/LOCKOUT 
Normally ON 



(BST) - M8207 SWITCH 



Verify that the M8207-RA Priority Plug is a 

BRS and is installed correctly in location 
E77. 

Verify that M8207-RA Jumpers Wl and W3 are 

installed. Reference Figure 2 for Jumper 
location. 



SIZE 



CODE 

rr- 



NUMBER 



REV 




eN-01Mt-l»«M7a-<3t2) 



SMFET ^ OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAP. APPROACH TO SYSTFJIE TEST 



SWITCH PACK K127 - Di:viCT- MjI)HI..s.s :;fi.i:cti(>n 



MSB 



LSB 



15 


14 


13 


12 11 


10 987J65 4 3 


2 


1 





1 


1 


1 


SWITCH PACK El 27 

















1 

t 


5 ! ! ; i ; : 









SWITCH 



&1£ S9 58 



S7 



S6 



S5 



off 

off 

offbff 



off! 

of 

offloff 



S4 



Dff 



S3 



of 
of 
of 
of 



S2 



ofil 
of 



offl 
of 



of I 
foff 
off 
off 



DEVICE 
SU ADDRESS 



760010 
760020 
760030 
760040 
760050 
760060 
760070 
760100 

760200 

760300 

760400 

760500 

760600 



NOTE: SWITCH OFF RESPONDS TO A LOGICAL ONE ON THE UNIBUS 



SWITCH PACK E127 
DEVICE ADDRESS 
SELECTION 



A3 


I - 


• — 


— 


- 


- 


_ - 






- - 


- — 


- 


- A12 


o 
n 

? 

f 


1 


2 


3 


• 


4 


5 


6 




7 

— 


8 


9 


10 


_J 



TABLE 2 



SIZE 

A. 



CODE 

rr 



NUMBER 

M;-.-A529fl-0-0 



REV 

B 



eN-010«2 l«N«72-(392) 



SHEET ± OF 24 



MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODl'LAK ArPFCACH TO lYSTFTS, TEST 



SWITCH PACK E28 - VF.CTOB ADDRESS SELECTION 



MSB 



LSB 



15 


14 


13 


12 


11 


IC 


9 


8 


7 


6 


5 


— —» 

4 3 


1 

2I 1 


























SWITCH PACK F:2 8 


h 









NOTE: Switch "ON" 
produces a logical 
ONE on the Unibus. 



i.WITCH f 


S6 


S5 


S4 




S3 


S2 


1 
S] 


Vector 
addresii 






on 


oil 








iOO 






on 


on 






tr. 


■Jin 






Ci; 


Of. 




< r;; 


ikO 






on 


en 




• r.j on 


.<iG 






OP 


on 


I r: 






uo 






on 


on 


en 




on 


350 






on 


on 


on 


r n 




3b0 






on 


on 


on 


on 


on 


370 




on 












100 




on 




on 








500 




on 


on 










600 



SWITCH PACK E28 
V3 . 



V8 



o 
n 



? 

f 



1 




2 




3 




4 


5 

r 




6 




7 




8 





vector addrsss 
selection 

•run inhibit 
*csr disable 



TABLE 1 




SIZE 



CODE 



NUMBER 



REV 

e 



EN010«216-N672-(392) 



SHEET 



OF 



24 



MANUFACTURING SPECfflCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.1.7 Carefully insert the M8207-RA module into 
the selected SPC slot as por configuration 
sheets . 

6.1.B Remove the NPR GRANT wire (NPG) from the 
selected SPC backplane slot. (Wire CAl to 
CBl) 

6.2 M8203 Line Unit Set-Up 



6.2.1 Ensure that Switch Packs E39, E121 and E134 
on the M8203 module are set-up for the 
appropriate variation. Refer to Figure 3. 

SWITCH PACK E39 

SWl-4 OFF 

SW5-7 ....... see Table 4 

SW8-10 see Table 5 

TABLE 4 

+ + + + + 

I INTERFACE TYPE I 5 I 6 I 7 I 
+ — + + + + 4- 

lAAl 423/232C | OFF| OFF| OFF| 
+ — + + + •¥ + 

lABl V.35 I ONIOFFIOFFI 
4- — + + + + + 

lACI MODEM lOFFIOFFlOFFI 
+ — + + + + 4- 

I AD I BASIC lOFFIOFFlOFFI 
+ — + + + -». + 

lAEl 422 lOFF'OFFl ON I 
+ — + + + + + 

NOTE - To select INTEGRAL MODEM, plug the 
BC55A in Jl (J2 is empty). 



SIZE 

JL 



CODE 



CT- 



NUMBER 



REV 

V 




eN-01MM«-NC7a-(M2) 



SHEET 



OF 



2 A 



MANUFACTURING SPECmCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



TABLE 5 



SPEED SELECT 



^. + + + + + 

I INTERFACE TYPE I 8 19 1 .10 I SPEED I 



lAAj 423/232C 

+ — + 

lABi V.35 



lOFFlOFFlON I 56KBI 
.+ + + + + 

ION ION ION I 1MB I 



lACI MODEM 
+ — + 

I AD I BASIC 



ION ION ION I 1MB I 
.^ + + 4- + 

ION ION ION I 1MB I 



lAEl 
+ — +- 



422 



ION ION ION I 1MB I 
.+ + + + + 



SWITCH PACK E121 - Refer to Figure 3. 

SWl-8 .... ON BOOTSTRAP OFFSET 

SW9 OFF DMC LINE COMPATIBLE 

SW10 OFF* .... HIGH SPEED 

* - "ON" only for speeds less than 56KB 



6.2.2 



SWITCH PACK E134 

SWl-8 OFF BOOTSTRAP PASSWORD 

SW9 OFF AUTO ANSWER 

SW10 ON DISABLE MICRO'S 

Carefully insert the M8203 Line Unit module 
into the proper backplane slot (adjacent to 
the M8207-RA Microprocessor) . 



SIZE 

A. 



CODE 

r.p 



NUMBER 

r;.-A'")2^r-o-o 



REV 



EN-O1M<-I«^«7t-(401) 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.2.3 Connect the Line Unit to the Microprocessor 
using a BC08S-1 cable. One end of the cable 
Is connected to Jl of the M8207-RA 
microprocessor module and the other end to 
J3 of the M8203 line unit module. Fold the 
cable back to the right, tightly against the 
component side of either the microprocessor 
or line unit module, so as to fit it into 
the mounting box. Refer to Figure 4. 

6.2.4 Insert the module test connectors into Jl 
and J2 ot the line unit as shown in Figure 
4. Be sure to insert them with "SIDE 1* 
(etched on the test connector) visible from 
the component side of the line unit. 

6.2.5 NOTE - FOR CZDMI FUNCTIONAL DIAGNOSTIC ONLY. 
Connect the appropriate Interface Cable and 
Test Connector to the correct Line Unit 
Connector as specified in Table 6. 
Reference Figures 5 thru 8. 

TABLE 6 

4. + 4. + + 

I INTERFACE I CABLE I LINE UNIT CONNECTOR I TEST CONNECTOR I 
^ ^ +- + + 

I RS-232-C IBC55C-10I J2 \ H325 I 

I IBC05D-25I I H325 I 

+ + + + + 

I RS-422 IBC55B-10I J2 I H3251 I 

+ + + + + 

I RS-422 IBC55D-33I I P3251 I 

+ + + + + 

I RS-423 IBC55C-10I J2 I H3251 I 

+ (SEE NOTE) + + + + 

I IBC55D-33I 1 H3?51 I 

+ + + — + + 

I V.35 IBC05Z-25I Jl I H3250 I 

+ + + + + 

I INTEGRAL IBC55A-10! Jl I PANEL SWITCHED TO I 

I MODEM I I IHDX POSITION 1 

+ 4- + + + 

NOTE: The normal F.A.S T. set-up of the DMRll-AA is to use 
the RS423 interface and the H3251 test connector. 



SIZE CODE 

A I -^ 



NUMBER 




d'liq htlal 



eN-01Mt-l»4M7«-(MD 



SHEET ^0 OP 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



7.0 POWER CHBCKS 

7.1 Ensure that the following voltaqes exist: 

BACKPLANE 



MODULE 


VOLTAGE 


MAX 

VOLT. 


MIN 






VOLT. 


M8207-RA 


+ 5 VDC 


+5. 25V 


+ 5.0V 


M8203 


■fS VDC 


+5. 25V 


+ 5.0V 



"►15 VDC +15. 75V +14. 25V 
-15 VDC -15.75V -14.25V 

•*♦ CAUTION *** 



PIN 

C1A2 

C1A2 
ClUl 
C1B2 



Each DMRll requires approximately 8 amperes from 
the +5 volt source. Check the power supply before 
and after installation to avoid overloading. 



8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE 



in 



For the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run 
any particular situation, or for the current MAST 
minimum test criteria, e.g.: Pass Counts, etc., refer to 
the appropriate MAST CHECKLIST. Listed below are 
detailed step-by-step instructions for executing each 
individual diagnostic contained in the "CHECKLIST". 

NOTE - When running all diagnostics, except CZDMI, the 
Line Unit TURN-AROUND CONNECTORS should be used. When 
running CZDMI, the Line Unit Cable and CABLE TURN-AROUND 
should be used. 



8.1 CZDMP M8207 STATIC DIAGNOSTIC I 

8.1.1 Load diagnostic and supervisor 
available load media. 

8.1.2 Load address 200 and start. 

8.1.3 Enter STA <CR>. 



through 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



NUMBER 



REV 



im 



eN-01M2-U-N«7a-Of2) 



SHEET LL OF 



MANUFACTURINC SPECOTCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEff 



TtTLC 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.1.4 Answer hardware and software questions. The 
following questions will be asked on a start 
command. The value located to the left of 
the question mark is the default value that 
will be taken on a carriage return response. 



1. 
2. 
3. 

4. 



WHICH MICRO-CPU: (0) 7? <CR> 

MICRO-CPU CSR ADDRESS: (0) 160070? <CR> 



MICRO-PROCESSOR VECTOR ADDRESS: (0) 
<CR> 



300? 



MICRO-PROCESSOR PRIORITY LEVEL: (0) 5? 
<CR> 

NO SOFTWARE PARAMETER QUESTIONS ARE ASKED BY 
PART 1 OF THE STATIC LOGIC TESTS. 

8.1.5 End of pass message will be printed. No 
errors allowed. 



8.2 CZDMO M8207 STATIC DIAGNOSTIC 2 

8.2.1 Load diagnostic and supervisor through 
available load media. 

8.2.2 Load address 200 and start. 

8.2.3 Enter STA <CR>. 

8.2.4 Answer hardware and software questions. The 
following questions will be asked on a start 
command. The value located to the left of 
the question mark is the default value that 
will be taken on a carriage return response. 



1. 



2. 



(0»M8200, 4>=M8204, 
MICRO-CPU CSR ADDRESS: (0) 160070? <CR> 



WHICH MICRO-CPU? 
7=M8207) (0) 7? <CR> 



SIZE 



CODE 

n 



NUMBER 

• ;. -/.'.r^r-c-c 



REV 

p 




■N-01MMM««71-(19D 



SHEET «ii. OF ^ 



MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



3. MICRO-PROCESSOR RUN SWITCH-TYPE IF OFF, 1 

IF ON: (0) i? <CR> 

NO SOFTWARE PARAMETER QUESTIONS ARE ASKED BY 
PART 2 OF THE STATIC LOGIC TESTS. 

8.2.5 End of pass message will be printed. No 
errors allowed. 



8.3 CZDMR 
8.3.1 



M8203 STATIC DIAGNOSTIC 1 



Load diagnostic and supervisor through 
available load media. 



8.3.2 Load address 200 and start. 

8.3.3 Enter STA <CR>. 

8.3.4 Answer hardware and software questions. Thf» 
following questions will be asked on a start 
command. The value located to the left of 
the question mark is the default value that 
will be taken on a carriage return response. 



1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 



8.3.5 



DEVICE CSR ADDRESS: (0) 160070? <CR> 

DEVICE VECTOR ADDRESS: (0) 300? <CR> 

DEVICE PRIORITY LEVEL: (0) 5? <CR> 

(M8207-E27,SW7) RUN SWITCH - TYPE IF OFF, 
1 IF ON: 1? <CR> 

NO SOFTWARE PARAMETER QUESTIONS ARE ASKED BY 
PART 1 OF THE STATIC LOGIC TESTS. 

End of pass message will be printed. No 
errors allowed. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



NUMBER 

- c - or , I- ^ 



REV 




CN<«lMa-l«4«»7«-<Ma} 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURINC STBCIFICATION 

■"T*-* MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



8.4 CZDMS M8203 STATIC DIAGNOSTIC 2 

8.4.1 



8.4.2 
8.4.3 
8.4.4 



1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 

5. 
6. 
7. 



Load diagnostic and supervisor through 
available load media. 

Load address 200 and start. 

Enter STA <CR> . 

Answer hardware and software questions. The 
following questions will be asked on a start 
command. The value located to the left of 
the question mark is the default value that 
will be taken on a carriage return response. 

DEVICE CSR ADDRESS: (0) 160070? <CR> 

DEVICE VECTOR ADDRESS: (0) 3 00? <CR> 

DEVICE PRIORITY LEVEL: (0) 5? <CR> 

E134 SW9,10) : 



M8203 REG 11 (E121 SW10,9 
(0) 6? <CR> 

M8203 REG 15 (Ei34 SWl-8) : 

M8203 REG 16 (E121 SWl-8) : 



(0) 377? <CR> 
(0) 0? <CR> 



TURN AROUND TYPE-: (0) 0? <CR> 

(0=H3254 6 H3255, i»CABLE, 2=M0D LOC, 3«M0D 

REM, 4>N0NE) 

SHOULD BE SELECTED SO ALL TESTS WILL BE 
RUN, AND IF 1-4 IS SELECTED, CERTAIN TESTS 
CANNOT BE RUN, AND THE PROGRAM WILL TYPE THE 
NUMBER (S) OF TEST(S) TO BE SKIPPED. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5298-0-0 



REV 

B 




CN-eiMa-lS4««72-4M2) 



SHEET 



OF 24 



MANUFACTURINC SPECOTCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLC 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8. PLEASE SELECT BAUD RATE: TYPE *a' FOR 2.4K; 
•!• FOR 4.8K; '2' FOR 9.6K; '3' FOR 19. 2K; 
'4' FOR 56K; '5' FOR 250K; 

•6' FOR 500K; '7' FOR 1 MEG BAUD: (0) 4? 
<CR> 

NOTE - Insure that the Baud rate selected 
corresponds to the module set-up. See Table 
5. 

(THE DEFAULT IS 4 FOR 5^K BAUD) 



NOTE - Steps 9 thru 12 are examples of 
software parameter questions which need not 
be invoked. 

9. IS MAN. INTERVEN. DESIRED TO MOUNT TEST 
CONNECTOR (S) 

(L) N? <CR> 

10. SHOULD SWITCH PACK AND AX3-15 PRINTOUT BE 
ALLOWED (L) N? <CR> 

11. SHOULD SWITCH PACK TESTS BE ALLOWED (L) N? 
<CR> 

12. MSG TIMER VALUE (0-177777), = LONGEST TIME 
OUT: (0) 0? <CR> (THE DEFAULT ShOULD BE 
USED OR ERRORS MAY RESULT) 

8.4.5 End of pass message will be printed. No errors 
allowed. 



8.5 CZDMI 



DMRll FUNCTIONAL DIAGNOSTIC 



NOTE - Install Cable & ""urn-around Connector. 
Refer to section 6.2.3 for details. 

8.5.1 Load diagnostic anH supervisor through 
available load media. 

8.5.2 Load address 200 and start. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA If /98-0- 



n 



acv 




CN-01Ma-l«4<l«72-<3t2) 



SHEET 



J^ OF 2±^ 



MANUFACTURING STECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.5.3 
8.5.4 



1. 
2. 
3. 



Enter STA <CR> . 

Answer hardware and software questions. The 
following questions will be asked on a start 
command. The value located to the left of 
the question mark is the default value that 
will be taken on a carriage return response. 

DEVICE CSR ADDRESS: (0) 160070? <CR> 

DEVICE VECTOR ADDRESS: (0) 300? <CR> 

TEST CONFIGURATION ■ 



INTERNAL (NO CONNECTOR) 



H3254 - V.35 

H3254 - INTEGRAL 

H3255 - RS232C/423 

H3255 - RS422 

CABLE AND SW PACK INTERFACE SELECTED 
♦ •••SELECT THE FOLLOWING IF THE MODEM 
SUPPORTS LOOPBACK**** 

6 « LOCAL LOOP 

7 « REMOTE LOOP 



(0) 5? <CR> (THE 
CABLE LOOPCTPITS) 



DEFAULT IS FOR ACTUAL 



8.5.5 End of pass message will be printed, 
allowed. 



No errors 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



NUMBER 

KA-/'.529e-C-0 



REV 

B 




ffMUMM«<W«7r(3«X) 



SHEET 16 OF «24. 



MANUFACTUIUNG STBCIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APP POACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



/\ 



(REMOTE) 



O 



MICROPROCESSOR 
(M8207-RA) 



BCOCS-1 



O 



BC55B-10 
BC55C-10 
BC05Z-25 



COMMUNI- 
CATIONS 
LINE UNIT 

(118203) 



8-BIT 

DATA 

(BIDIRECTIONAL) 



SYNCHRONOUS 
SERIAL DATA 



Vvf™3Cv 



SXNCHRO- 
NOU^ 
SERIAL 
DATA 



(LOCAL) 




MICROPROCESSOR 
(ri8207-RA) 



BC08S-1 



COMMUNI- 
CATIONS 
LINE 
UNIT 
(H8203) 



INTEGRAL 
MODEM 



TO REMOTE STATIOr 
VIA TELEPHONE 
LINES 



BC55A-10 

synchronous 

'serial data ' 
to local station 
via twinax or 
triaxial cables 





V 



TYPICAL PDP-11 APPLICATIONS 
FIGURE 1 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5298-0-0 



REV 

B 




EN-Ol MX- 1«-N« 72-(S»2) 



SHEET 



OF 21 



MANUFACTURING SPECmCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



SWITCH PACK El 27 
DEVICE ADDRESS 
SELECTION 





A3 


- 


■ 


- 


— 


- • 




- 


- 


- 


■ - 


- 


- 


AU 


o 
n 

? 

f 


1 




2 




3 




4 


5 




6 




7 


B 

... 




9 


10 





Jl 



wi 
( — I 



lllll 



W3 
I I 



□ Q 



j-a 



SWITCH 
£85 


PACK 




O 

n 

o 
f 

f 


1 


2 


» 




3 


4 

3 





PRIORITY 
PLUG 



SPARES 



BSEL 1 LOCKOUT 



FIGURE 2 



Mrt207-liA MJCnoPKOCKr.SOU 
SW ^ TCH/J I 'N ?'FR LUCAT J ^)m^ 



j^ r^ r'L--^^ 







PWITCH 


PACK 


E28 












V3 - V8 


01234567 8 


n 














- 


















o 
f 
f 














_ 






~ 








— 





VECTOR ADDRESS 
SELECTION 

RUN INHIBIT 

CSR DISABLE 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

mV-A5298-0-0 



REV 

B 




CN-01MX-l«^«72-(Jt2) 



SHEET ^8 OF _24_ 



MANUFACTURINC SPEFIFICATION 

^^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTD!S TEST 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



BOOTSTRAP PASSWORD 
(IBUS REGISTER 15) 



AUTO ANSWER 
MICRODiAGNOST 

^ SWITCH 0N=0 
SWITCH 0FF»1 




CMC UNi COMMTAUJTV 
HNM SPEED SELECT 





E134 



E121 



III I ., 

»w I Hill 

W1 «2 «• WQ W««ft 

••I 




SWITCH PACK E39 




RESERVED 



SELECTS OMk RATE 

SELECTS RS-422 Int 
RESERVED 
SELECTS V35 INTERFACE 



SEL 
•IT O 


SWO AT 


EXECUTION OF HICROOIAONOSTKS 


CLEAR 

CLEAR 

SET 

SET 


ON 
OFF 
ON 
OFF 


NO MICROOUONOSTICS IS RUN 
RUN MICROOAONOSTICS 
RUN MCROOIAfiNOSTICS 
NO NICROOiAONOSTICS IS RUN 



SW 9 


SWIO 


CONFIGURATION 


ON 


ON 


DOCNR VEII9QM. «.• 4NDf . 
CONNECTCO ^0 IMC m WITM t 
LME SFCtO-LESS TMAMIM Ws 


ON 


OFF 


ODCNF VERSION 4 ( NOT 
CONNECTED TO DMCtI) WITN 
LINE SPEED AT IM t/S 


OFF 


ON 


CONNECTED TO LOW SFEED 
OMCn-OA IMUOOYAI 


OFF 


OFF 


CONNECTED TO HIGN SPEED 
ONCtl-AL (MtlOOVII 



SPEED 


SHI 


TCH 


8 


9 


10 


1 MEG 


ON 


ON 


ON 


500 K 


OFF 


ON 


ON 


250 K 


ON 


OFF 


ON 


56 K 


OFF 


OFF 


ON 


19. 2K 


ON 


ON 


OFF 


9.6K 


OFF 


ON 


OFF 


4.8K 


ON 


OFF 


OFF 


2.4K 


OFF 


OFF 


OFF 



SW5 



RS-232.RS-4Zt 
MTEORAL •• 



V 35 



RS-422 



SWo SW7 



OFF 



3FF 



ON 



jOFF. 



)FF 



3FF 



DFF 



OFF 



ON 



FIGURE 3 



• NORMAL SMrrrCH SETTING UNLESS 
THE INTEGRAL MOPCM OR NULL 
MOgEM CL'iCK F£A URES ARE 



•• MTEGRAL HOXM IS SELECTED 
•V RCSSA CABLE WHEN 
INSTALLED IN J1 GF THE NtM3 LINE 
UNIT. MODULE CONNECTOR J2 MUST 
NOT HAVE ANY CABLE OR TEST 
COweCTQR INSTAU£0 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMtER 

MA-A5298-C-0 



l|EV 




EN-OJ0«2-I6-N672(392) 



SHEET ^9 OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAF APPROACH TO SVSTF>'£ TEST 



CONNECT CABLE BC05Z FOR V . 35 INTFRFACC OR 
BC65A FOR INTEGRAL MODEM 



H3254 
TEST CONNECTOR 






H3255 
TEST CONNECTOR ^ 



CONNECT CABLE BC55C-10 
FOR RS-232-C OR RS-423-A 
INTERFACE OR BC55B-10 FOR 
KS-422-A INTERFACE 



BC08S-1 
(no twist) 




MICROPROCESSOR/LINE UNIT INSTALLATION 

FIGURE 4 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A529e-0-0 




REV 

B 



EN r ,4216-N«72-(392) 



SHEET 20 OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECnPlCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



KODULAP. APPPOACe TO SYSTB'.S TEST 



BC55C-10 (RS-232C-/RS423) INTfR'ACE PANEL CABLE 



NOT USED 
IN OMRll 



RS-232-C 



RS-423 



- > 
-< 

—I. -I. 



JZ 



77 





W1 

CZ3 






tZZ] 



□ W2 

□ W3 

cz: 
czi 

□ W4 

□ W5 

□ W6 

CZI 
mW7 




FIGURE 5 



SIZE 



CODE 

£P 



NUMBER 

MA-A5298-0-0 



REV 

B 



CN-01M2-U-N«72-Ot2) 



SHEET 



MANUFACTURING SPECmCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPF.OACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



® 



OJ 



^ 

CD 



r 



® 



W 



BC55B-10 (RS-422 
INTERFACE) 

PANEL CABLE 



FIGURE 6- 



© 



r 



YV 



® 



z=y^ 



S 



YV 



CODE I 



SIZE 



NUMBER 

SP i HA-A5298-0-0 



REV 

B 



g lit a 



CM-«l«Mt-l«-N«72-|3»irn 



SHEET 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



^'^^^ MODUL/»R APPROACH TO SYSTWHS TEST 



FIGURE 7 



CONNECTOR PANEL 
(FRONT VIEW) 



B 




EMALE CONNECTORS 



il 



HOX ^^ 

RECEIVE^ TRANSMIT 
FOX In 




£1^ 




^ 



P? 



ii 



MALE CONNECTORS 



BC56A-10 (INTEGRAL MODEM) 
PANEL CABLE 




9 



BC55N TWINAX CABLE 



r:i3 1 




H3258 TERMINATOR 



CZ 



l32S7rLRMINAT0R 





BC55M TRIAX CABLE 



ucz 



©r" 



'^ 



< ■ -A 



4] 




SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5298-0-0 



REV 

B 



CN-01Ma-l»-N«78H3*ai 



SHEET 



OF 24 



MAWUFACnjRINC STECmCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPPOACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



KIGURF 8 



r^ S 



% 



® 



® ®, 



BC05D-25 (RS232-C INTERFACE) 

MODEM CABLE \ 25 PIN 

CINCH 



li. 



4i 



^ 



25 PIN CINCH 



r^ 



^ 



BC55D-33 (RS-422/R 



37 PI 



S433 INTERFftgy^ ^^^^ 


V 

37 PIN 


k 


CINCH 




* 



J=^ 



\ 1 



lirr-' 



BC05Z-25 (V.35 INTERFACE) MODEM CAB 



21 




4i 



IP 




SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5298-0-0 



REV 

B 



CN-01Ma-l«-N«72-( s«a) 



SHEET 21 OF U 



1 1 



Ml 

II 

1*1 



5§c 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



DLV11-A,B ASYNCHRONOUS INTERFACE - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO ORIG 



DATE 



APPO BY 



DATE 



Prev. 7668001-0-5310 






SIZE 

A. 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA531Q-C-Q 



REV 

A 



CN4iMa-l«M«7«HW«l 



SHEET 1 OF 3 



MAWUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION 



TITU 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



1.0 



3.0 



DLII-A.B AiYWCHMOItOUS IKTEKFACE 



ABSTRACT 



Th« following doteriboa tho ayttta ttft proeoduro for tho 
DLll-A and B. Baaicallj, • **finithod" DLll it tnkna froa th« 
■eockrooa eonaiitiag of no N7800 aodulo nnd cnbln. According 
to cuiconer ipncif icntion, Juapnrn aunt bn cut on thn M7800 
to aclect data foraat, tbn proper eryotal anat bt inntnllnd, 
and addrtis and vaetort auat b« aaaigaad. Sotaila of thia 
proctta art dtacribad in A-tF-DLll-0-2 "Inatnllntioa Froctdnra' 

2.0 KEQOIRKMENTS 

Tbo ainiaua oquipannt rnquirnannta art: 

A. F0P->11 with 4K of corn anaory. 

B. DLll intorfacn and naaociatad cabling. 



Soaa type of torainnl 



REFERENCE DOCUMElfTB 



MANUALS: 



CHECKOUT A ACCIFTAICI 
F10CEDUII8: 

XaSTALLATIOH FKOCSOnil: 

MAXHDBC LISTZNCS: 



IK-DLll-Tll-003 

DLll Eng. Dravinga or lator ra- 

▼iaiona 

B-DD-DLll-0 



A-BF-DLl 1-0-3 
A-8F-DL11-0-2 

DZKLA TILITTFI TEST 

DZDLA OLll-l/C/D OFF-LIII TEST 

DZDLB DLll-l OR-LIli TEST 

DZVTB fTOS DXSFLAT TUN. TI8T 

DZLAC X.A38 lIACFOiTXC 

DZFTC ?T50 DXSFLAT TIIM. TEST 



Size 



cooc 



Nunecii 



REV 

A 




CN. U««.' U N»i: (if 21 



SHCCT 



OF 



.. ^.. « ^ CONTINUATION SHEET 


MANUFACTDRINC SPECIFICATION 


""^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 


• 
• 

4.0 TEST PROCEDURE 


Th« ooraal tttc proctdura i§ to run th« DLll «tt«ch«d to tht 


cuatOBcr ordorod DEC toralnal aueh •• LA30, VTOS, VTSO. LT33. 


LT35, or LA36. Roftr to Soetion 3.0 for • litt of Moindoci. 


Zf tho cuatoaor hat not ordortd « DLll ♦ ttraiaal coablnation, 


thtn tho DLll should b« attoehtd to « VTOS, If eoapatiblt. 


Any DLll it "VTOS Coapatiblo** if tho DL!1 eonforat to tho 


following foraat: 


t. 8 dttt bitt; 


b. 1 or 2 ttop bitt; 


e. i^^arity off; 


d. baud rata: 110.150, 300, 600. 1200. 2400. 2400/150. 1200/ 


150; 


0. EIA or currant loop. 


Tha juapara on tha M7800 thould not ba altarad to eonfora to 


tha abova litt; howavar, tha baud rata ahould ba adjuatad by 


avitch - at long at it it within tha ranga of tha crystal - in 


ordar to eonfora to a VT05 tpaad. 


If the DLll ia naithar a DLll ♦ tarainal eoabination nor "VT05 


Coapatiblc", than only an off-lina aaintananca tatt can ba uaad 


1 
Oatailt of tha* tatt procadura follow: 


DLll-A.B: 


Taat tha DLll-A ox 1 uaing tha firtt applieabla aat!2kod balow: 


1. DLll ♦ DEC tarainal: run appropriata tarainal tatt. 8aa 


MAINDEC writa-up for pracadura. 


2. Actach to VTOS if "VTOS Coapatibla" and run DZVTB, Prograa 


2. "Kayboard Tatt.** 


3. If naithar 1 or 2 apply, run in aaintananca aoda utiag 


DZKLA. Prograa and 14. 


r 


SIZE 


CODE 


NUMBER RCV 1 


1 


JL, 




MAA5310-0-0 A 1 




CN-eioaMA^tcrt'iM*) 



• *«T 



OP 



'J 



111 

in 

Hi 
111 

o E o 5 

a 3 * £ 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T 



DATE 



TITLE 



DLll-C, D, E ASYNCHRONOUS INTERFACE - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



I 



PrGV. 7668001-0-5315 



ENQ 



7^^ J^^ 



/#e^SA^ 



up 



EN-01 Oaa- 16-N« 72.(392) 



;S£ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5315-0-0 



REV 

A 



SHEET 1 OF 3 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TES - APPENDIX A 



2.0 



3.0 



DLIl-C.P.E 



AiTWCHKOItOUS INTERFACE 



l.O ABSTRACT 



The t^llov/ing detcrib«s th« ayfm ttit procedure for the 
CLll-C through DLll-E. Batically, a "finiab«d" DLll la taken 
from the stockrooa conaiating of an M7800 aodule and cable. 
According to cuatoaar apacif icat ion, juapera auat be cut on 
the M7800 to aelect data foraat, the proper cryatal auat be 
inatalled, and addreaa and vectora auat be aaaigned. Detalla 
of thia proceaa era daeeribed in A-8P-DL11-0-2 "Inatallatlon 
Procedure". 

REQUIREMENTS 

The ainiaua equipatnt raquirtaanta art: 

A. PDP-11 with 4K of core aaaory. 

B. DLIl interface and aaaoelatad cabling. 

C. Soae typ* of terainal. 

REFERENCE DOCUMEWTt 

MANUALS: EK-DL11-TM-003 

DLII Eng. Dravinga or later Rav. 
i-DD-DLll-0 



CHECKOUT & ACCEPTANCE 
PROCEDURES: 

INSTALLATION PROCEDURE: 

MAINOEC LISTINGS: 



A-SP-DLll-0-3 

A-SP-Dlll-0-2 

DZKLA TELETYPE TEST 

DZDLA DLIl-E/C/D OFF-'.INE TEST 

DZDLA DLll-E ON-LINE TEST 

OZVTB VTOS UI8PLAT TERM. TEST 

DZLAC LA36 DIAGNOSTIC 

DZVTC VTSO DISPLAY TERM. TEST 



mum 



SIZE 

.A- 



CODE 
8P 



NUMBER 

MAAbJlb-U-O 

SHEET «i OP 



REV 
A 



MAWUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION 



C0NT1HUATI0N SHEET 



TITIES 



MODULAR AfPRQACH TO SYSTfirtS TSST - APPg^PI?^ A, 



4.0 TEST PROCEDURE 

The nornal teat procedure ie to run DLll attached to the 
cuttotner ordered DEC terainal euch ai LA30, VTOS, LT33, LT35, 
or LA36. Refer to Section 3.0 for the eppropriate MAIMDEC 
number. 

If the cuatomer haa not ordered a OLll * terainal coabination, 
then the DLII ahould be ettached to a VT05, if coapatible. 
Any DLll ia "VTOS Conpatible" if the DLll conforwa to the 
following foraat: 

a. 8 data bita; 

b. 1 or 2 atop bita; 

c. parity off; 

d. baud rate: 110. 150. 300. 600, 1200, 2400, 2400/lSO. 

I : no/ 150; 

e. EIA or current loop. 

The juEpers on the M7600 ahould not be altered to co^fora to 

the above list; however, the baud rate ahould be adjuated by 

awitch - At long aa it ia within the range of the cyratal - 
in order to confora to a VTOS apee<!. 

If the DLll ia nt^ither a DLll ♦ teraiael coabination nor 
"VTOS Conpatible", then only an off-line aaintenance teat 
can be uaed. 

Detaila of the teat procedure follow: 

DL11-C,P.F : 

Firat run OZDLA Off-Line Teat, Prograa 0, for 2 coaplete paaaca 
DLll-E's muat be run with H31S connector. Then run the firat 
applicable method below: 

1. DLll * DEC terainal: run appropriate terainel teat. See 
MAINDEC write-up for procedure. 



Attach to VTOS if "VTOS Coapatible" end run DZVTB, Progrea 
2, "Keyboard Teat". 

If neither 1 or 2 appliea, no lurther teating can be done 
for DLll-C'a and E'a. Por DLll-D'a juaper pina 2 and 3 
on EIA connector and run DZDLA. Prograa 0. Teat St. 



SIZE 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5315-0-0 



REV 

A 



SBSQQSa 



CN.OIOt7-i«N«72.(]«2) 



SHEET 



OF 






DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION 



M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



DLVll SERIAL LINE UNIT FOR PDP-11/03 - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



III 

e 

hi 

ni 

Mi 

'III 

P ui S i 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



B 



Prev. 7668001-0-5320 



^^i^XC 



ENQ / / . 



SIZE CODE 

A I sp 



NUMBER 

MAA5320-0-0 



REV 

B 



CN-oioaa-it-Ntri-^tMi 



SHEET 1 OF 3 



MANUFACTUIUNG gECITICATlON 

mil 



MOnrTT.AW APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



DLVll SERIAL LINE UNIT FOR PDP-ll/g3 
1.0 INTRODUCTION 

Th« Intent of this proc«dur« la to auaBarlzc the dlagnosclc vrlti 
ups for tht purpoao of oxpadicncy. The proctdurc has b«tn kept 
.. brlaf, and to tha point, to kaap froa confusing tha uaer. For 
additional inforaatiot, it vill ba nacaaaary to rafar co tha 
diftnoatic vrita up. 

2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 

2.1 Vorkaanship Manual (STD 116) 

r 

. 2.2 11/03 Printaat 

2.3 LSIll PDF 11/03 Configuration and Inatallatlon Guide EK 
LSIll-IN-OOl 

2.4 LSIll PDF 11/03 Uaara Manual EK LSI11-TM-002 

2.5 DLVll Engineering Specif Icatioaa A-SP-DLVll-O-O 

2.6 Microcoaputer Handbook 
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT 

3. 1 DLVll aodula 

3.2 Wraparound taat connecter 

3.3 Output terclnal 

3.4 LSI-11 atandard coaputer 
4.0 REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE 

4.1 ilAIHDEC 11-DVCAE DLVll Teat Diagnoatlc and Vrlteup 

4.2 MAINDEC 11-DZDLA DZC/Xll Exarciaar and Wrltcup 
5.0 «';^ECIAL INSTRUCTIONS AND CHECKS 

5.1 lusurt^ wraparound coanactar la inatallad to riin DECXll. 
6.0 TEST SETUP 

6.1 Sat up juapara for addraaa, vector, baud rate aa required. 

6.2 Reaove capacitor C44 .005UF if aerial line device la, not a 
tele-typewriter . 



SIZE 

A 



OaC tSHMt)-lMM««7t 



CODE 



NUMBER 

MAA5320O-C 



REV 

B 



lAta 



SHEET 



OF 



r 

li — 



MAiVUFArgTRlNG SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



I "^'^^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



7.0 



6.3 Install appropriate c :>!« in Jl of nodula A-EIA interface 
BCOSC-X aoden cable B 20MA current loop - BC05M-X cable 
easy. 

11 SYSTEM INTEGRATION TEST PROCEDURE 
7.1 DLVll Teat (DVKAE) 

7.1.1 Load program through appropriate load media. 

7.1.2 Program starting addreas 

7.1.2.1 Load address 200 

7.1.2.2 Start 000000, software SR default value 
(1000 for wrap test) or on alternate setting 
(see 7.1.3) 

7.1.3 Alternate software SR settings (loc 122) 

7.1.3.1 SV 15 • 1 Continue on error 

7.1.3.2 SV 14 • 1 Loop on error 

7.1.3.3 SW 10 - 1 Loop on test 

7.1.3.4 SV 9-1 Run wrap test 

7.1.4 Testing other than cnnsolo DLVll's 

Supply correct address snd vector to the following 
locations: 



7.1.4.1 Loc 220 - 

7.1.4.2 Loc 222 - 

7.1.4.3 Loc 224 - 

7.1.4.4 Loc 226 - 

7.1.4.5 Loc 230 - 

7.1.4.6 Loc 232 - 

7.1.4.7 Loc 234 - 

7.1.4.8 Loc 236 - 

7.1.5 Operator Action 



Address of receiver CSR 

Address of receiver buffer 

Address of transmitter CSR 

Address of transmitter buffer 

Address of receiver vector 

Address of associated PSV 

Address of transmitter vector 

Address of associated PSW 



7.1.5.1 Install test connector In Jl 

7.1.5.2 Type 200G 

7.1.6 Evidence of End of Pass sndRun Time 

7.1.6.1 Program will print "END OF PASS" time de- 
pendent on baud rate. 

7.1.7 Acceptable errors: 
None 



SIZE 



CODE 



NUMBER 

MAA5320-0-0 



REV 

B 



Dec i«-iMa)-iMa-M«72 



SHEET 



OF 



5|e 

Is' 
ill 

Ml 

* * C 

C ^ «i 

hit 

; •• O w 

ti h o a 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



M . A . S . T 



DATE 



TITLE DLV11-I-: ASYNCilHONOL'S S-NCLt! SKRiAI, LINK INTKRFACE WITH MODKM 



REVISIONS 



APPENniX A 



CONTROL 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



f 



Prcv. 7669^01-0-5321 




qp^J-pf^^n, 



'f^UfS(f^K 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5 3 2 1-'^-0 



REV 

A 



CN>aioa«-i«.N«72.(3tt} 



SHEET 1 OF 12 



MANUFACTURINC STECIFICATION 



TITLC 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



DLVn-E ASYNCHRONOUS SINGLE SERIAL LINE 
INTERFACE WITH MODEM CONTROL 



INTRODUCTION 

This procsdure establishes the minimum test and electrical stan- 
dards that a DLV11-E must meet to be considered acceptable for 
customer shipment. 

DESCRIPTION 

The DLV11-E Is an asynchronous line Interface module that Inter 
faces the LSI-11 bus to a serial communications line. The 
DLVn-E receives serial data from a peripheral device and 
assembles It Into parallel data for the LSI-11 Bus. In turn, 
the parallel data from the LSI-11 Bus Is converted Into serial 
data and is transmitted to a peripheral device. The DLV11-E Is 
unique from other D'Vlls In that It offers full modem control. 



Option 
DLV11-E 



Qty/Contents 

1 - M8017 
1 - H315 



Description 

Module 

Modem Test Conn 



1.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 

1.1 Print Set MP00460 

1.2 Technical Manual EK-DLVII-TM-(Rev) 

1.3 Users Guide EK-OLVII-OP-(Rev) 

1.4 Lib Kit ZJ-243-RB 

1.5 Ship List A-PL-DLVn-E 

1.6 Packaging Inst. A-SP-3700297-40-0 

2.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT 

2.1 POP 11/03 with a alnlmum of 4K of memory and one available 
slot. 

2.2 Scope: 465 or equivalent. 

2.3 For power requirements, refer to Section 6.0. 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5321-0-0 



REV 



A 



tc i^mthimtuHU 



SHEET 



OF 11 



MANUFACTURING SfECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TniE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST _ APPENDIX A 



2.4 Wire wrap gun (OK Speed Wrap Model #BW-515BF) or equivalent 

2.5 Unwrapping tool - hand type, unwraping tool. 

2.6 Cable: (BCOIV-X or BC05C-X) or turnaround connector. See 
P*9^ 10 ^ 0*^ directions on making a turn around connec- 
tor that will plug into the nodule. 

3.0 AVAILABLE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS 
3.1 Kit I ZJ-243-RB 

CVDVA - DLVU-E Off Line Tests paper tape and document 



3.2 DECXn 



DXDLA-H 



DLVn 



^ 



Xll Exerciser (Rev H or higher only) 



4.0 IN' 



^.TION INSTRUCTIONS 



4.1 If the DLVll-E Is being tested as an option add-on. It is 
not necessary to change configured Jumpers. See tables 
4.1.1 and 4.1.2 for shipped configuration. 

4.2 When being Installed In a customer system, It may be 
necessary to change the jumpers as they are shipped. When 
configuring, refer to tables 4.1.1 and 4.1.2 for proper 
Installation. 

4.3 CAUTION II - When changing wire wraplngs, always use equip- 
ment designed for that purpose, and Calibrated. Note Sec- 
tions 2.4 and 2.5 for type of equipment. 

4.4 CAUTION #2 - All wire wraping must be done to Digital's 
workmanship standard; DEC Std 116. Reference should be 
made to Section 3. In that text. 

4.5 CAUTION 13 - All wire wraping should be done by a qualified 
person. Mistakes may cause damage to the wire wrap pin or 
printed circuit board. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5321-0-0 



REV 

A 



MC l*.iM»lM«-M«yt 



SHEET 



OF 



12 



MANUFACTURINC SPEOnCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



4.6 The OLVll-E can be Installed In any slot of the LSI-ll BackH 
plane, except the first 4 slots that are reserved for the 
LSI-ll processor aiodules. When Installing the DLVU-E. do 
not leave any open slots between the process modules and 
the DLV11-F> Note that priority for each option Is deter- 
mined by how close that option Is Installed to the processor 
modules. The closer to the processor you get, the higher 
priority the option has. A picture of a typical configu- 
ration Is shown below: 



DATA SET CONTROL 



DLvii-C 



40 PlH 
COMN 



B 



oe-j; 



■C05C 



0*TASET 

■ Ell ios 

•ELL 202 



VIEW mOM MODULE tlOC or MCKPLAME 

A e c 




KOn-F 


MSVtI-B 


«>CVII-E 


MSVtI-t 


ttxvn 


RCvn 


O^vn 



\ 

2 
S 

4 



OONNECTO* 
ttOCM 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5321-0-0 



REV 

A 



OCC l«-(St»lM2-MCU 



SHEET 



OF 



12 















n«i 






MHM^ 




MANUFACTURING SPEXmCATION 


HH 


B CONTINUATION SHEET 1 








TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 




4.1.1 DLY11-E Jumper Locations 






v^ 










MM-onX-O 


* 








r\ n 






•• MS 






1 


»1 




• 


1 
■ 


-#0 -fll 

"cT 

Ml 

PS 








II 

<4 


1 t=( 








"1 1 ^ _3'_ 








r-n 


• 




1 












1 




• 









1 




SIZE 


CODE 

SP 


NUMBER 

MAA5321-0-0 


REV 1 

..ill 


1 



ic i«HSM)-iosi4««ya 



SHEET L. OF il 



MANUFACTUIUNG gEOnCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYfTEMS TEST - APPENDI 



X A 



4.1.2 Jumper Definitions 

I - Junper Inserted * program bit cleared 
R • Juaper renoved * program bit set 

NOTE: Juapers Bre inserted to enable the function they 

control except for those jumpers that Indicate nega 
tlon (such as "-B") Negated jumpers are removed to 
enable the functions they control. 



Jumper 



A3-A12 



Jumpers 
Installed 
when ship'd 

froa Vol. Mfg. 



A3 


I 


A4 


R 


A5 


R 


A6 


R 


A7 


I 


A8 


I 


A9 


1 


AlO 


R 


All 


1 


A12 


I 



V3-V8 



V3 


R 


Y4 


R 


V5 


R 


V6 


I 


V7 


I 


V8 


R 



Function 



These jumpers correspond to bits 3-12 of 
the add'-ns word. When Inserted, tney 
win c the bus Interface to check for 
a True .tditlon on the corresponding 
address olt. 

Jumpers A3 through A12 Implement device 
address 17561X for the OLVll-E. The 
least significant octal digit Is hard- 
wired on the nodule to address the four 
device registers as follows: 

X - RCSR 

X - 2 RBUF 

X - 4 XCSR 

X - 6 XBUF 



Us^o to generate the vector during an 
Interrupt transaction. Each Inserted 
jumper wll assert the corresponding vec- 
tor address bit on the LSI-U bus. 

This jumper selection Implements Interrupt 
vector address 3008 for receiver Inter*- 
rupts and 3048 for transmitter Interrupts 
on the DLVll-E. 



SIZE 



CODE 



NUMBER 

;MAA5321-0'0 



REV 

A 



occ aMSMhioM^Mra 



SHEET 



OF 



12 



MAhfUFACnnUNC gECBFlCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYfiTPM^ TEST - APPENDIX A 



Jumper 



RO 
R1 
R2 
R3 



TO 
Tl 
T2 

T3 



B6 
P 

r 

PB 
C.Cl 

S.Sl 



Jumpers 
Installed 
when ship'd 

froa Vol. Mfg. 



I 
R 

I 
I 



I 

R 
R 

R 



I 

R 
R 



R.R 
R 

I.I 

R.R 



Function 



The nodule Is configured to receive at 
110 baud. 

Receiver and transmitter baud rate select 
jumpers, during common speed operation. 
See table 4.1.3 



The transmitter Is configured for 9600 
baud If split speed operation Is used. 
Transmitter baud rate select jumpers dur- 
ing ..p1,1t spped operation. See table 
4.1.3 



Jumper Is Insert tu enable Break genera 
tlon. 

Jumper Is Inserted for operation with 
parity. 

Removed for even parity; Inserted for odd 
parity. Receiver checks for appropriate 
parity and transmitter Inserts appro- 
priate parity. 

These jumpers select the desired number 
of data bits (see Table 4.1.4) 

Jumper Is Inserted to enable the program- 
mable baud rate capability. 

These jumpers are Inserted for common 
speed operation. (Note that S and SI must 
be removed when C and CI are Inserted) 

Inserted for split speed operation. (Note 
that C and CI must be removed when S and 
SI are inserted.) 

This jumper is Inserted to assert 6HALT L 
when a framing error Is received. This 
places the LSI-11 In the halt mode. 



SIZE CODE 
A I SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5321-0-0 



REV 

A 



OKc i*^natifhH%rt 



SHEET 



OF 12 






MANUFACnJRING gPECmCATiON 



CONTINUATiON SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



Jumper 



G 
-B 

-FD 

-FR 

RS 

FB 

M,M1 



Jumpers 
Installed 
when ship'd 



R 
I 

I 
I 
I 



R ,R 



Function 



Jumper 6 Is Inserted to negate BDCQK H 
when a BREAK signal or framing error Is 
received. This causes the LSI-U to re- 
load the bootstrap, (Jumper -B must be 
removed when 3 is Inserted.) 

Jumper Is removed to free DATA TERMINAL 
READY signal on. 

Jumper is removed to force REQUEST TO 
SEND signal on. 

This Jumper is Inserted to enable normal 
transmission of the P.EQUEST TO SEND sig- 
nal . 



I^^^rted to enable transmi 
FukCE bUit > .(^i.al (f tt ^^ 
data sets) 

These are test Jumpers used 
manufacture of the module, 
defined for field use. 



Ion of the 
lUdel 103E 

during the 
They are not 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



C^C l*^l0t>lM2-Nft7a 



NUMBER 

MAA5321-Q- 



r::v 



SHEET 



OF 





MANUFACTURING SPBTIFirATION ■■■ CONTINUATION SHEET 


MAnurAviuKino SH^cciri^Aiii/ni 


'"^^ MODUIJVR APPROACH TO SySTrMt; TEST ■ 


- APPENDIX A 


Tabic 4.1.3 





Baud Rale Scicclions 





Bit 


Bit 


Bit 


Bit 


Bit 




Program Control 


15 


14 


13 


12 


II* 




Receive Jumpers 


R3 


R2 


Ri 


RO 




Baud 


Trinsmit Jumpers 


T3 


T2 


TI 


TO 




Rate 






I 


I 


I 




50 






1 


1 


R 




75 






! 


R 


I 




no 






I 


R 


R 




134.5 






R 


1 


I 




150 






R 


I 


R 




300 






R 


R 


1 




600 






R 


R 


R 




1200 




R 


I 


I 


I 




1800 




R 


1 


I 


R 




2000 




R 


I 


K 


• 
* 




?4f/ 


« 


R 


1 


R 


R 




iOv 




R 


R 


I 


1 




480C 




R 


R 


I 


R 




7200 




R 


R 


R 


I 




9600 



1 • Jumper Inserted » Pro|rim Bit Cleared. 

R • Jumper Removed • Program Bit Set. 

•Bit 1 1 of the XCSR (MV'rite Only Bit) must be set in order to select a new baud rat- under program control. Also, 
jumper PB must be inserted to enable baud rate iclcction under program control. _««««««__ 



Tablt 4.1.4 



Data Bit Selections 



Jampers 


Number of Data Bits 


2 


1 




I 


1 


5 


1 


R 


6 


n 


I 


7 


R 


R 


8 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5321-0-0 



REV 
A 



oac saHaMMoaa^M?! 



•MEET J. OF 



MAWUFACnmiNC gEcmcAnoN 
TITIC 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



5.0 TEST SET UP 

5.1 No special test set up Is required. 

6.0 POWER CHECKS 

6.1 Power requirements: 

♦5V ^5X9 1.0A (5.0 w) 
412V ? 5t • 150 MA (1.8w) 

NOTE: -12V Is generated Internally on the M8017 from the '^12V 
supply. 

6.2 Bus Loading 

Each 0LV11-E places one (1) b\i% load on the Q Bus as de- 
fined by the LSI-11 Q Bus Spec. (DEC STP ::0). 



7.0 


DIAGNOSTIC 


TEST PROCEDURE 1 




7.1 The DLV11-E can be tested In two (2) different turnaround | 




conflj 


luratlons. 




7.1.1 


The first configuration for testing would be to 
plug a turnaround test connector directly Into the 
DLV11-E. See Diagram 7.1 for view. This method 
should be used when it is Impratlcal to work wlt^ 
the long modem cables or when the volume of DLVIi-E's 
requires many cables. See Diagram 7.3 for Informa- 
tion to make test connector. 




NOTE: 


This test connector has no part 1 and cannot be 
ordereu. 




7.1,2 


The second conflauratlcn for testing would be to 
pluQ a modem rable into the DLV11-E and plug the 
H31S turnaround conntector; that is supplied. Into 














the other end of ^he cible. See Diagram 7.2. The 






lodem cable Is not supplied on the IIVII-E. A cable 






may be supplied to the customer. If there Is' a 






cable going to the customer, use that one. If a 
cable IS not going to be supplied, use a BCOIV-X 










or BC05C-X. 






SIICIC V NUMBER 1 REV 






A 1 SP 2 MAA5321-0-0 | A 



u^9m-i 9UH %n 



SHEET 



OP 



12 



. :,s.riMU^^k^mSsii^m^^^ii.mt^ii^i^'ji^&'^i<ruitri^. j";;>.L,;r';) ■■ 



MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



7.2 Diagnostic Test 

7.2.1 After configuring the OLVll-E to Section 7.1.1 or 
7.1.2, load CVDVA through appropriate load media. 

7.2.2 Starting program 

7.2.2.1 Load address 200. 

7.2.2.2 Start;check Section 7.2.3 for available 
switch settings. 

7.2.3 Available test switch settings 

7.2.3.1 Bit 15 - Halt on error 

14 - Loop on test 
13 - Inhibit error typeouts 
12 - (unused) 
11 - Inhibit Iterations 
10 - Bell on error 
9 - Loop on error 
8 - Loop on test In SWR 7:0 
7 - Test number to loop on (used 
with Bit 8) 



7.2.4 End of Pass Is Indicated by a type out 



fi) 





CABLE 



nsoi7 

OLK//-r 



DlAfHim 7.1 



1_jLJ 



PlA^RIth 72 



H3I5 Co^^^* 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBE^t 

MAA5321-0-0 



REV 

A 



tC l»<Mf)lMt-Mft'* 



SHEET ^.}L OF ^Ji 



MANUFACTURINC gECEFICATION 



CONTINUATION ^HCCT 



TTTIC 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A ' 



M80]^7 T««t CoPBtctor 
Parts Lilt 
Part I Daacription 



Diagram 7.3 
Qty ItcB # 



12-10918-15 
12-10089-06 
91-07636-00 
12-11166-00 
36-11567-00 



Conn, 44 Poa, BSC 

Socket, Crlnp 

Wire, #26 Awg , Black 

Strain rallaf 

Labtl (thla alda up) 



1 

16 
ace notes 
1 
1 



1 
2 
3 
4 
S 



CI 



ft 
J 

X 



T 




V 

c 
M 

r 



tcult Schanatlc, Vlra List 

axtarnal clock 
transalt clock 
lacalvar clock 








salt data 
racalva data 

data sat raady 
sac salt data 
aac rac data 

data cara raady 
clr to sand 
carrlar 

raq to sand 

forca buay 
ring 



ala loopback 

Sid 



MOTES: 



1. Suggaatad langth of juapera la 
S 4 Inchaa . 

2. Actual juapar count la 
4 - doubla Juapara 

2 - alngla juapara 

3. On alda 2 of Barg connector, 
attach label with Identification 
'*DLV11-C Teat Conn", (no part # 
available for lebel) 



. Pnlt Aaaaably 



Itea #3 



Side 2 




Itea 




SIZE 

JL. 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5321-0-0 



REV 
A 



tC l«^Mt»-lM«4««7t 



SHEET ^A OF _i2_ 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



# 3 *' 

± 
a 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION m.a.S.T. 



DATE 



n 
ill 



TITLE 



DLVJl-h- ASYNCHRONOUS SINGLE SFJRIAL LINK ItlTFRFACE WITH 20ra 






REVISIONS 



APPEHDIX A 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CMC NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



E 



; 5 * J 

' ^ r 



£NG 



Prov. 7668001-0-5322 



Brent "acAlonov 



APPD 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

"AA'3322-0-0 



REV 



ENOieO !• N«72-(JM) 



SHEET 1 OF 12 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



^"^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



DLVll-F ASYNCHRONOUS SINGLE SERIAL LINE INTERFACE WITH 20ma 

INTRODUCTION - 

This procedure establlBhes the ■InlnuB test standards that a DLVll-F must neet to 
be considered acceptable for custoncr shipnent. 

DESCRIPTION 

The DLVll-F la an asynchronous line Interface aodule that Interfaces the LSI -11 
bua to a aerial comunlcationa line. The DLVll-F recelvea serial data from a 
peripheral device and aaseables It into parallel data for the LSI-11 bus. In 
turn, the parallel data froa the LSI-11 bua la converted into aerial data an J is 
transaltted to a peripheral device. -The DLVll-F la unique fron the DLVll-E in 
that it supporta 20iBa current loop operation. 



Option 
DLVll-F 

1.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 



Qty/contcnts 
1 - M8028 



Description 
aodule 



1.1 Print Set MP00461 

1.2 Technical Manual EK-DLVll-TM- (rev) 

1.3 Uaers Guide EK-DLVll-OP- (rev) 

1.4 Lib Kit ZJ-253-RB 

1.5 Ship List A-PL-DLVll-F 

1.6 Packaging Inat. A-SP-370029>-AO-0 

2.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT 

2.1 PDPll/03 with a miniaua of 4K of aeoory and one available slot. 

2.2 Scope: 465 or equivalent. 

2.3 For power requirwscuts , refer to Section 6.0. 

2.4 Wire Wrap Gun (ok speed vrap aodel #BW-515BF) or equivalent. 

2.5 Unvraplng tool - hand type, unvraping tool. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5322-0-0 



REV 
A 



Oec lMMl|-lMt<Mfl7t 



SHEET 



OF 12 



MAhaJFACTDRINC SPECFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TFgT - APPFNnTX A 



3.0 AVAILABLE DIAGMOSTICS 

3.1 LIB Kit I ZjT.253rW 

CVDVC - DLVll-F off Ifcie te«t« (paper t*pe and docvRen»^l 

3.2 DEOlll - DXDLA-H DLVll Exerciier (Rev H or higher only) 

4.0 INSTALLATION INSTRDCTIOWS 

4.1 If the DLVll-7 la being teated ea en option edd-on, It Is not neceaaex7 
to change configured juapera. See Teblea 4.1.1 and 4.1.2 for configu- 
ration ahlpped from Voluae Menufecturlng. 

4.2 When being Inatalled In e cuttoaer ayitea. It aey be necesaary to change 
the juaqpera at they are ahlpped. When configuring, refer to Teblea 
4.1.1 and 4.1.2 for proper inatallatlon. 

4.3 CAUTION #1: 

When changing vlre vraplngi* alvayi uie equlpnent dealgned for that pur- 
pose and calibrated. Note aectlona 2.4 and 2.5 for type of equlpnent. 

4.4 CAUTION #2: 

All vlre vraplnga auat be done to Digital's vorkaanahlp atandard; DEC 
STD 116. Reference ahould be aade to Section 3 In that text. 



4.5 The DLVll-F can be inatalled in any alot of the LSI-11 Beckplane, except 
thoae occupied by the proceaaor aodulea. When Inatalllng the DLVll-F, 
do not leave any open alota betveen the proceaaor aodulea and the 
DLVll-F. An open alot vould break the Interrupt acknowledge daisy chain. 
Note I the priority for each option la deterained by how cloae that option 
la inatalled to the proceaaor aodulea. The cloaer to the proceaaor you 

'.^ get, the higher priority the option, A picture of e typical config- 
uration ia ahovn 'on Page 3 and 4. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



MAA 



NUMBER 

5322-0-1 



REV 
A 



oec i«-<Mthiatt4ii«7t 



SHEET 



MANUFACTURING SPECmCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



TYPICAL BACKPLANE CONFIGURATION 



11/03 



view rROM MOOULC SIOC or BACN»L*NC 

A • C 




KOii-r 


MSVII't 


OLVtt'g 


Msvn-i 


mvn 


MCvn 


OKVII 



CONNCCTOM 
■LOCK 



11/03 



I 
I 
s 

4 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5322-0-0 



REV 
A 



OCC lM*M>-10U4M7a 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURINC SFECmCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



iniE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



olv M-r 



CONN 

Be 



OLvn-r 

;«cctivc» 

THANSK.TTCN 
AC^IVCI 



40 ^IN 
CONN 

0B 



Oivii-r 
(Kiccivcn 

M5SIVC. 
TMNSMlTTCN 



«0 Pitt 
CONN 



40 P>*t 
CONN 




Oivii-f 



40 PI** 
CONN 



DLVll-y Cabling Exagples 



CURRENT LOOP MODE 

MATC-N- 



LOK 



•C05M 



B 




MATC-N- 

LOK 



tOK 



BC05M 



JI:]==Ul 



•CO»M 



40 Pl*t 
CONN 

QB 



OLvn-r 

mcccivEK 

PASSivC, 

VNANSWITTCn 
ACTIVCI 



MATE-N- 
LOK 



MATC-N 
LOK 




EXA "DATA LEADS ONLY' MODE 



»co>c 



DB-2S 

SB 



tC03» 



DB-2S 

M 



NULL MOCkW CABLE 



C14/CCITT 
TCffWiNAL 
VT 



•CO»C 



0«-?5 

r 



MOOCL tOS 
DATASCT 

(AUTO MOOCI 



SIZE 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 



REV 
A 



oftc if^aMMMa-M«7> 



SHEET «5 OF 



12 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION mMsM 


CONTINUATION SH :ET 


^'^"•^ MODUIAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 




Table 4.1.1 DLVll-F JUMPER LOCATIONS 





All 
A«0 

A4 
A] 



t 



f 

2 

Ml 



SA 
lA 
%P 
lA 



VJ 

V« 
V5 

v» 

VI 



I] 



s — 



CI 



c 

CI 

t 

St 

M 

Tl 

T» 

T» 

TO 



MO 
Nl 
Ml 
MJ 






OCC l*-0»2)-lM2-M«7t 



SIZE 

A 



CODE NUMBER 

SP MAAS322-0-0 



REV 

A 



SHEET 6_ OF J^ 



MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MnnTTT,ap itPPPrt^CH Tn RVSTKMS TEST " APPENDIX A 



NOTE: 



TABLE 4.1.2 JUMPER PEFIWITIOHS 



I • Jumper Inserted ■ progrm bit cUared , 
R < Jumper removed ■ program bit set 

Jumpers are Inserted to enable the function they 
control except for those jumpers that Indicate nega 
tlon (such as " t") Negated jumpers are removed to 
enable the functions they control. 



Juinper 



A3-A12 



Jumpers 
Installed 
when ship'd 

from Vol. Mfg. 



A3 


R 


A4 


I 


A5 


I 


A6 


I 


A7 


R 


A8 


T 


A9 


I 


A10 


I 


All 


1 


A12 


I 



V3-V8 



V3 




V4 




V5 




V6 




V7 




V8 





Function 



These jumpers correspond to bits 3-12 of 
the address word. When Inserted, they 
will cause the bus Interface to check for 
a True condition on the corresponding 
address bit. 

Jumpers A3 through A12 Implement device 
address 17756X for the OLVll-r. The 
least significant octal digit is hard- 
wired on the module to address the four 
device registers as follows: (see table 

4.1.4) 



X 
X 
X 
X 




2 
4 
6 



RCSR 
RBUF 
XCSR 
XBUF 



Used to generate the vector during an 
Interrupt transaction. Each Inserted 
jumper will assert the corresponding vec- 
tor address bit on the LSI-11 bus. 

This jumper selection Implements Interrupt 
vector address 608 ^or receiver Inters 
rupts and 648 for transmitter Interrupts | 
on the DLVll-F. See table 4.1.5. 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5322-0-0 



REV 

A 



OCC 1«-4MX)-1M2<N«72 



SHEET 



OF ^ 



12 



MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MnniTT.AT? APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPKNDTX A 



Jumper 


Jumpers 
instal led 
when ship'd 
from Vol. Mfg. 


Function 


RO 
Rl 
R2 
R3 


I 
R 

I 
I 


The module Is configured to receive at 
TiO baud. 

Receiver and transmitter baud rate select 
Jumpers* during common speed operation. 
See table 4.1.3 


TO 
Tl 
T2 

T3 


I 
R 
R 

R 


The transmitter Is configured for 9600 
baud If split speed operation Is used. 
Transmitter baud rate select jumpers dur- 
ing split speed operation. See t«ble 
4.1.3 


BG 

P 

I 

1.2 

PB 

C.C1 

S.Sl 

H 


I 
R 
R 

R.R 

R 

I.I 

R.R 

I 


Jumper Is Inserted to enable Break genera 
tlon. 

Jumper Is Inserted for operation with 
parity. 

Removed for even parity; Inserted for odd 
parit). Receiver checks for appropriate 
parity and transmitter inserts appro- 
priate pa ity. 

These j* . :rs select the desired number 
of dat. tls (see Table 4.1.4) 

Jumper is inserted to enable the program- 
mable baud rate capability. 

These jumpers are Inserted for common 
speed operation. (Note that S and SI must 
be removed when C and CI are Inserted) 

Inserted for split speed operation. (Note 
that C and CI must be removed when S and 
SI are Inserted.) 

• 

This jumper Is Inserted to assert BHALT L 
when a framing error Is received. This 
places the LSI-11 in the halt mode. 



SIZE 

A. 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5322-0-0 



REV 
A 



IXC 1M*M)-1M>-M«72 



SHEET 



8 



OF 



12 







BBDB CONTINUATION SHEET 1 


MANUFACTURINC 


SPECIFICATION 


^^^^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 




Jumpers 




Juqper 


Installed vhen 
Shipping txcm 


Function 




Vol. Manfg, 


• 


m 

B 




Junpcr B Is Inserted to negate ET)COK U 
when a BREAK signal framing error Is re- 


¥ 




ceived. This causes the LSI-11 to reload 
the bootstrap, (Juatper o Bust be removed 
%rhen B Is inserted.) 


lA 




These junpers are luserted to aiake the 


2A 




20MA current loop receiver active (jumpers 


aA 




IP, 2P must be rsnoved when lA, 2A, and 3A 
are inserted). 


IP 




These are Inserted to make the lOtiA current 


2P 




loop receiver passive (jumpers lA, 2A, and 
3A must be removed when IP and 2P are In- 
serted) . 


4A 




Inserted to make the 20MA current loop 


5A 




transmitter active (jumpers 3P and AP must 
be removed when 4A and 5A are inserted) . 


3P 




Inserted to make the 20MA current loop 


4P 




transmitter passive (jumpers 4A and 5A 
must be removed vhen 3P and AP are Insert- 
ed). 


IT 




Jumper Is removed to ensble the error flags 
to be read In the high byte of the re- 
ceiver buffer. 


MI 


■ 


When Inserted, enables maintenance bit. 


M.Ml 


R.R 


These are test jumpers used during the 
manufacture of the module. They are not 
defined for field use. 

t 








SIZE 


CODE 


NUMBER 


REV 1 








^ 


SP 


MAA5322-0-0 


*,.. 



OCC l*HMt)-aSM4M7X 



SHEET 



OF 



12 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



TABLE 4.1.3 



Baud Rate Selections 





Bit 


Bit 


Bit 


Bit 


Bit 




Program Control 


15 


14 


13 


12 


11* 






Receive Jumpers 


R3 


R2 


Rl 


RO 




Baud 




Transmit Jumpers 


T3 


T2 


Tl 


TO 




Rate 








1 


1 


1 




50 








1 


1 


R 




75 








1 


R 


1 




110 








1 


R 


R 




134.5 








R 


1 


1 

X 




150 








R 


1 


R 




300 








R 


R 


1 




600 








R 


R 


R 




1200 






R 


1 


1 


1 




1800 






R 


1 


1 


R 




2000 






R 




R 


1 




2400 






R 


1 


R 


R 




3600 






R 


R 


1 


1 




4800 






R 


R 


1 


R 




7200 






R 


R 


R 


1 




9600 





1 * Jumper Inserted » Program Bit Cleared. 

R = Jumper Removed « Program Bit Set. 

* Bit 11 of the XCSR (Write Only Bit) must be set in order to 
select a new baud rate under program control. Also, jumper PB 
must be inserted to enable baud rate selection under program 
control . 

TABLE 4.1.4 







Data Bit Selectic: : 


Jumpers 


Nuniber of Data Bite 


2 


1 




1 

1 
R 
R 


1 
R 

1 
K 


5 
6 

7 
3 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5322-0-0 



REV 

A 



OCC 1XSM)1M2-NC72 



SHEET 10 OF IL 



MANUFACrURINC SPECmCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLC 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST , APPENDIX A 



Addrees 

160000 
160010 
16C020 
160030 
160040 
160050 
160060 
160070 
160100 



4.1.4 Address Selections 

Jumpers : - Inserted 
E removed 



A12 



All 



AlO 



A9 



A8 



A7 



A6 



A3 



A4 . A3 



t 
I 
R 

1 



R 
R 



R 
R 



4.1.5 Vector Selections 



R 
R 
R 
R 





Jumpers : 


- inserted 
R removed 










Vector 


V08 


V07 


V06 


V05 


V04 


VO 


300 


. 






. 


- 


)» 


310 


- 






- 


- 


R 


320 


• 






• 


R 


- 


330 


- 






• 


R 


R 


340 


- 






R 


mm 


- 


350 


- 






R 


- 


R 


360 


• 






R 


R 


- 


370 


• 






R 


R 


R 


400 


R 


- 


- 


- 


• 


- 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5322-0-0 



REV 
A 



OCC IHMtMM>4»«7t 



SHEET 2L^ OF - ^^- 



MANUFACTURINC SPECfflCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



5.0 TEST SET UP 

5.1 No tpccial test act up is required. 
6.0 POWER CHECKS t 

6.1 Power Requlreaents 

+5V + 5Z e l.OA ( .OW) 
-^nw ± 5X 9 150 M (5.0W) 

NOTE: -12V is generated Internally on the M8028 froa -M2V aupply. 

6.2 Bub Loading 

Each DLVll-F placea one (1) Bua load on the Q Sua aa defined by the 
LSI-11 Q Bua apec. (DEC STD 160). 

7.0 DUCNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE 

7.1 The DLVll-F doea not coae with a turnaround connector aa doea the 
DLVll-E. Becauae of thla, the DLVll-F will only be teated In the 
internal aalntenance aode. 

7.2 Dlagnoatlc Teat 

7.2.1 After the DLVll-F haa been checked for proper juaper configuration 
load CVDVC through appropriate load aedla. 

7.2.2 Starting prograa 

7.2.2.1 After checking available, awltch aettlnga ^7.2.3), atart 
the prograa. 

7.2.2.2 200G 

7.2.3 Available awltch aettlnga 

Bit IS - Bait on error 
14 •> Loop on teat 
13 - Inhibit error 
12 - (unuaed) 
11 - Inhibit iteratlona 
10 - Bell en error 
9 - Loop on error 
8 - Loop on teat In SV (7:0) 
7-0 . Teat nuaber to loop on (uaed with Bit 8) 

7.2.4 End of paaa la Indicated by a type out. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 
MAA5322-0-0 



REV 
A 



OCC IMMthaOM4««7t 



SHEET «J2. OF ^^ 



5 * 

a 



ll 

* c e 

111 

«^ t 

'Ml 

S 3 * fi 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCATlON 



DATE 



9/4/79 



TITLE f^.A.S.T. DLVll-J Four Line Serial Interface 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



Added Appendix A (pp. 15-16) to 

include the H3171 Distribution 

Panel 

ECO CflANGE 



MA- 



T. 



0-7C 



MAOOOOJELEN I l::WS HI 
ML006 






^■/■<h 



i 



ENG 



D. Ayotte 



APPD 






.4_/.«,* 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5324-0-0 



REV 

C 



eN-O10fl4-4«-N«?t>f«*t) 



SHEET 1 OF 16 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST _ APPENDIX A 



DLVll-J POUR LINE SERI>i INTERFACE 



1.0 INTRODUCTION 

* This procedure establishes the Dlninun test requlreoents that a DLVll-J must 
Bcet to be considered acceptable for customer shipments from Systems Manu- 
facturing. 

1.1 Description 

The DLVll-J is an asynchronous line Interface sodule that Interfaces the 
LSI-11 Bus to 4 serial connu'"' :atlons lines. The DLVIl-J Is a dual- 
height module with E.I. A. operation. 20MA operation Is available when 
the DLVU-KA Is used In conjunction with the Dl.Vll-J. Although rnch 
line can be configured to operate at dlffcn-nt baud rates, no split baud 
rates are possible. 

Option Qty/Contents 

DLVll-J 1-M80i3 



Description 
Module 



2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 

2.1 Prlut Set MP00586 

2.2 Users Guide Eit-DLVU-UG-??? 

2.3 Lib Kit ZJ-269-RB 

2.4 Ship List - Reference should be made to System Manufacturing Ship List, 
not Englnaarlng Ship List. 

2.5 Packaging - A - PS-9905622-0 
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT 

3.! PDP 11/03 with a mlnlr-jB of 4K of sieaory and one available slot. 

•9.2 Scope: 465 or equivalent 

3.3 For power requlreaents , refer to Section 7.0 D.V.M. %rtth 3 digits 

3.4 Wire wrap gun ( OK speed wrap aodel IBV-515BF) or equivalent. 

3.5 Unvrapplng tool - hand type, unvrapplng tool 

3.6 H3270-A (turnaround connectors) are needed for device testing. 
(See Section 6.1) 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5 324-0-0 



REV 
C 



IC I* (Itlt-l »•«■««« 71 



SHEET 



OF 



16 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



4.0 AVAILABLE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS 

4.1 Kit # ZJ269-RB CVDLA - DLVlI-J Test, paper tape and listing 



5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS 

5.1 Caution #1 - When changing wire wrappings, always use equipment designed 
for that purpose, and that is calibrated. Note Section 2.4 an<i 2.5 

for type of equipment. 

5.2 Caution #2 - All wire wrapping must be done to Digital's workmanship 
standard; DEC Std 116. Reference should be made to Section 3. in that 
text. 

6.0 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 

6.1 Option Add-On 

The DLVll-J may not require changes to the jumpers as it was configured 
from Volume Manufacturing. (Refer to Diagram 6.1.1 for jumper configura- 
tion) . The DLVll-J Line 3 is configured for console device addresses 
177560 - 177566 and vectors 60 and 64. For jumper definitions, refer to 
Teible 6.1.2. DLVll-J is capable of being tested with Channel 3 in 
console mode. No changes will be required to the module when Channel 
3 is console. This requires an EIA terminal or a DLVll-KA (EIA-20ma) 
option/20ma terminal to be used. This configuration will require the 
turn-around connectors mentioned in Section 3.6 to be used in Channels 
0, 1, 2. Refer to Section 6.6 for addition of 2-DLVll-J. 

If the above terminal equipment is not available, the DLVll-J is to be 
run with all 4 lines turned around using the turn around connectors 
mentioned in Section 3.6. This will require the DLVll-J be configured 
so all lines will be consecutively addressed and no console selected. 
Refer to Diagram 6.1.1. Table 6.1.2. and Section 8 for proper diagnc - 
tic setup when in this configuration. The following is a list of 
changes required to the DLVll-J so it may be run with 4 lines wrap- 
around : 

V5 » Removed 

CI = X to 

C2 - X to 

X to H = Removed 

Diagnostic location 1220 must be 21 as defined in Section 8.2.4.2. 



SIZE 

A 



C(JDE 



NUMBER 

MAA5324-0-0 



REV 



OCC l«HWt)lMa-N«7t 



SHEET J OF 



I^ 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



X - Base Pin for function 

- Logical Pin 

1 - Logical 1 Pin 



CHO ANO r 

CHIilAV 

«CLECTIOM I 



eOMMUNlCATIOM 
VMAMTiltt 



CHO^ 

{ 
{ 



CM1 



CK3 



^n=i 



JO 

7 > 3N 

M0««-« 
NO* *« • 
Ml* •-« 
Ml* »« • 



Jl 



*3 



<L 



RIO 



CMO 

* »* 

CHI 

im 

0*»« 

r*»« 
srr* 



3 

L 



c?* • * 

*t*-i •« 

lUT 



*-C3-» ••-•• 

•AUO '•ATI 
SfLfCTIOM 



R3i 7 
•-• •M? 

• »« VN? 
M3 
N3 



CHITfRMNfSlSTON 
CHOTENMRfSiSTOH 
-CMJTfRMMISlStOII 
— CM3TENMNiSlSY0«l 



AOORCSS <tNO 
VICTOR A URS 




}CM7 AND 
CHjtlA 
tlLfCTIOM 



Refer to Table 
6.1.2 for pin 
explrnatlons & 
juaper definitions.. 



Dlagraa 6.1.1 
DLVll-J Juaper Configuration 
When Supplied By Voluae Manufacturing 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 
MAA5324-0-0 



REV 
C 



oac iM*tt)iMa-N«7t 



SHEET ± OF 



TT 



MANUFACRING SPECIFICATI ON 

TITLE 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



6.1.2 JuBper Definitions 
R • Reaoved 
I - Inserted 



JUMPER 


CONF. SHIP'D 
FROM VOL MFG. 


FUNCTION 










Address 


A5-A12 








These jumpers correspond to Bits 3-12 of the 
address word for Channel C. The least signi- 
ficant digit is decoded on the aodule during 
operation to address one of four serial line 
units device registers aa follows: 

X - RCS' 
X - 2 RBUF 
X - 4 XCSR 
X - 6 XBUF 


Alt 


X 


to 


1 


This arrange»ent of juapera iapleaents the 


All 


X 


to 


1 


octal baae device address 176SOO for Channel 


AlO 


X 


to 


1 


fro* which Chsnnrls 1 and 2 are automati- 


A9 


X 


to 





cally determined on the aodule. 


At 


X 


to 


1 




A7 




R 






A6 




I 






AS 


X 


to 















Console Address Selection 


CI end C2 








These juapers allow the configuration of Che 
last four sddresses used on Channel 3 to be 


. fc-' 








aasigned to the conaole addresses 177560- 


*'' 








177366. The preceding addresses of Channel 
0. 1» and 2 are not affected. 


CI 


X 


to 


1 


CI and C2 aet to enable Channel 3 for console 


C2 


X 


to 


1 


operation. The baae address aust be llbbOO, 
176540, or 177500. If not set, Chsnnel 3 
will default to next consecutive address 
froB Channel 2. (X to 0) 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA3324-0-0 



REV 

C 



OCC l*-i»9lilO»i-*4*ti 



SHEET 



OF 



16 



M ANUKACT URINCSPF ClFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



6.1.2 Jumper Definitions coot. 



JUMPER 



CONF. SHIP'D 
FROM VOL MFG. 



FUNCTION 



Break 

Halt 
Boot 



V5 - V7 



?7 
V6 
V5 



P.D.E.S 



8 



X CO H 
B to X 



I 
X 

X to 



X to 1 



X to 



X CO 1 



This can enable the use of a break response 
while Channel 3 1b In console node, or for 
bootstrap response. 

Ji'^per set to enable break generation. 

Jumper has to be disabled when break la aet. 
Reaove jumpers when Channel 3 la not console. 



Vectors 

Used to generate the vector during an In- 
tarrupt transaction. V6 and V7 designate 
tha base vector address and V3 deteralnes 
the console vector for Channel 3. 



This arrangeaent laplcvcnts the octal base 
vector of 300 and Channel 3 at 60 and 6A. 
With V5 rcaoved, the vector addresses for 
Channal 3 will be 330 and 336. 



Parity. Data Bits. Stop Bits. Odd/Even Parity 



Each channel (coaaunlcatlon line) Is capable 
of being aet for Individual line oprrotlon. 
D pnnltli'M 7 or R <lntn Mim, K hIIowh cvfii i*r 
otiil parity, V /i1 Iiwn imrlly k*'***'' '*( I'*** •■■ **" 
parity generation, S enables one ur I Mtup 
blta. 



This allo%r« 8 data bits to be u<!e'1, 
7 data bits, insert Juaper X to 1, 



Tr- 



Jiapcr inserted for 1 atop bit. 
bits, Insert Juaper X to 1. 



For 2 atop 



With this JuB,ier inacrted, parity generation 
and detection Is disabled. For parity opera- 
tion, inacrt juaper X to 0. 



Btc iaHMt>*as>'M«it 



SIZE 



CODE 
SP 



MUMiER 

MAA5 324-0-0 



REV 
C 



SHEET 



OF 



16 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



T»T:e 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST _ APPENDIX A 



6.1.2 Juaptr Dtflnltlont cont. 



JUMPER 



0,1.2,3 




1 
2 
3 



CONP. SHIP'D 
FROM VOL MFC. 



X to 



Effective 

t3 Vi 

1 to N 

2 to N 

3 to T 



FUNCTION 



Selects odd parity or 
Insert Jumper X to 1. 



even partly . 



NOTE: P Juapcr aust be X to for 
■election of odd/even parity, and E 
tiust always be In odd or even state; 
never reaoved . 



iaud Rates 

One baud rate wire wrap pin Is pro- 
vided for each channel. These numbers 
correspond to the respective lines. 
Both transmitter and receiver operate 
at the selected speed. To determine 
the baud rate for a channel, connect 
the Jumper to the channel desired, 
and the other end to the desired baud 
rate pin (reference list helow). 



Wire Wrap 
Pin Label 

U 
T 
V 
V 

t 

N 
K 
Z 



Baud Rate 
31ts/Sec . 

ISO 

600 

1200 

2400 

A800 

9600 
19200 
36400 



NOTE: If more than one channel re- 
quires the same baud rate, wire wrap 
jumpers may be daisy chained. 

Configured for 9.6K baud ^ . 

Configured for 9.6K baud 2 to N 

Configured for 9.6K baud 1 f. 9 
Configured for 300 baud 



ic ift^Mi)-iMa-Mft7a 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA532^-0-0 



REV 
C 



SHEET 



OF ±6. 



MANUFACTV'RINC SPECIFICATION 


■BDB CONTINUATION SHEET 1 


TITLE 


MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A | 


6.1.2 Ju«p«r Definition* cont 


• 


JUMPER 


CONF. SHIP'D 
FROM VOL MFC. 


FUNCTION 


M 


I 


Maintenance Bit (not for Systems Manufact- 
uring uncgtO 


N0-N3 




These jumpers determine if EIA (RS-422, 


M0-M3 




C\o'423/RS232C3) or 20iii« o,)eratlon will bi 
used. 


NC-N3 


X to 3 


These jumpers are inserted so the DLVll-J 
will be compatible for both EIA RS-42 3 and 


M0-M3 


X to 3 


RS-232C almultaneously. For other configu- 
rations, see below: 

NOTE: When EIA RS-A23 and RS-232C configu- 
ration Is used, no termination resistors are 
to be Installed. RIO and R23 must be in- 
stalled. 

EIA RS-422 Operation 

1) NO-NS connect X to 1 

2) M0-M3 ionnrrt X to 3 

3) RIO and K23 are not required. 

4) Tctvinatlng resistors R33 (CH3), R32 
(CH2), R30 (CHO), R31 (CHI) are required 






to be 100 OHM k vatt, non-wire wound 
fusible resistors. P/N 13-00229-00 

20MA Current Loop 
(Requires operation with DLVll-KA option) 

1) N0-N3 connect X to R.(for program con- 






trolled paper tape reader) 

2) M0-M3 Connect X to 3. 

3) No tencination resistors required. 
A) RIO and R23 must be Installed. 




SIZE 


CODE 


NUMBER 


REV 1 


A. 


SP 


MAA532A-0-0 


c 1 



OCC 1*-{192»1M2-N«;2 



SHEET 8 OF J^ 



MANL'FACTURINC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSiEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



0.1.2 Jumper Deflnldons cont. 



JUMPER 


CONF SHIP'D 






- 


FROM VOL MFC 


FUNCTION 


. . • 


R10,R23 




The value of Resistor RIO detennlnes the 






slew rate of ooth channels 


and 1, which 






are slnultaneously set to th< 


! same value. 






SlBllarly, R23 controls the t 


ilew (settling) 






rate of both channels 2 and 


3. These 






resistors are not required 


for operation 






m EIA RS-422. 




RIO 


22K OHM 


Channels and 1 




R23 


22K OHM 


Channels 2 and 3 








For selecting the correct value V* non-wire 






vound resistor. For RIO and 


R23, use list 






below: 








Resistor P/N 


Baud Rate 






22K 13-01808-00 


38. AK 






59K 13-00525-00 


19. 2K 






120K 13-00539-00 


9.6K 






200K 13-U516-00 


4.8K 






430K 13-1A649-00 


2.4K 






820K 12-03187-00 


1.2K 






1 MEG. 13-09595-00 


f-600 






OHM 


300 

150 

•-110 






NOTE: If channels and 1 are split 






baud rates the resistor 


value defalts 






to the higher baud rate 


. This holds 






true for channels 2 and 


3. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5324-0-0 



REV 

C 



OtC t*-(M2t-lMa-Mf72 



SHEET 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLC 



MODULAR APPROACH TO STSTEMS TEST _ APPENDIX A 



6.2 Syitta Installation 

Whan tha DLVll-J la b^lng Inatallad in a cuatoaer aystcm, 
it aay ba necaaaary to change tha Juapara aa they ware 
ahippad froa Voluae Manufacturing. When configuring, refer 
to Diagraa 6.1.1 und Table 6.1.2 to aaaure proper inatallation. 
Reference 6.1 for proper test aat up. 

6.3 The DLVll-J haa aany poaaibla cabling configurations. 
Diagraa 6.3.1 la an axaaple of EIA Interfacing and Diagraa 
6.3.2 la an axaaple of 20MA interfacing. 

NOTE: Reaeaber that ti.eae are only exaaplea, and are not 
neceaaarily all the poaalble coablnatlona . 

6.4 When Inatalllng the DLVll-J, do not leavi any open alots 
batvean the procaaaor aodula or aeaory at d the DLVll-J. 

The priority for each option la deterained by how close that 
option la inatallad to the processor aodules. The closer 
to tha proceasor you get, the higher priority the option has 

6.3 20MA Operation 

The DLVll-J la capable of Interfacing with 20MA when used 
with a DLVll-v t option. 



6.6 



Option 
DLVll-KA 

DLVll-KB 



Qty/Contenta 



Jeacript ion 

Cable 

EIA to 20MA conv- 
erter 
1-EIA to 20MA Converter 



1-BC21A-03 
1-DLVll-KB 



Configure tha DLVll-J fc.- 20MA operation as described in 
Section 6, using Dlagraas 6.1,1, 6.1.2, and 6.3.2. 

A 110 baud rate clock generator circuit la contained on the 
optional DLVll-KA 20 MA option. When 110 baud operation is 
desired, do not connect the baud rate juaper on the DLVll-J 
■odule for that particular channel: The 110 baud c^ock will 
be aupplled by the DLVll-KA option through the interface 
connector. 

Additional DLVll-J 

When the first DLVll-J la used as conaole and another DLVll-J Is to 
be used as 4-ffddltljnal lines the atartlng address Is the Base 
Address of the first nodule plus 30 and the Vector Is the Base 
Address of the first ru>dule plus 30. 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5324-0-0 



REV 
C 



CXC l*K)t2)-lM34«ft7a 



SHEET 12 OF 



16 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDI?: A 



Oivn J TO MOOIM ON ACOUSTIC COUf LI N 



3 OLVIIJ 



m 



JifilLSL 



-•FT- 



-d 



MOOIM 

ACOUSTIC 
^OOUH,IW 



n 



[ 



S 



-1»FT- 



DLVtt-J 



S: 



•C3ii-o» icno to 

•C}1»«^.^IC0IO 7». 



-d 



MOOfM 
ON 

ACOUSTIC 
COWlIN 



(ItOTC II 



MOOIM 
ON 

ACOUSTIC 
COUfllN 



m= 



OlVIU TO SLU CNANNtl INTf Nr ACC 




DLVn J 1U LUCAL 1INMINAL 



IDLV11J 



E 



— un- 



•caoNM 



it"-;. 



-•FT- 



J 



;^ 



IDLV1.J 



'^ 



-»FT- 



INOTC 21 



S 



•ai>« 



co- 



■003MM 



• FT 



MOTfS 

1. MODEM USCO IS A "kTANUAl TVTC" 
MCH AS aC LL I03A WITH KM* 

2. Of C f lA NS237C TENMlNALS 
(VTS2. LAM. U120. f TC I COME 
iQUimOWlTMA«FTCAf'.l NOW 
DEC E I A NS 73X TENMINALS ANI 
CONNECTED SIMILANLV EXCEPT 

• FT OF LENGTH MUST BE DEDUCTED 
FROM THI TOTAL CA»Li LiNCTH. 



Plagraa 
6,3,1 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5324-0-0 



REV 
C 



OCC 1»-4M»-1MS-M«7S 



SHEET 



11 



OF J± 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 




h DLVUJ 


- 


* 

\ 



Dlagraa 
6.3.2 



SIZE 

A- 



CODE 



NUMBER 



REV 



OCC 1»-<3*»1M2-N«72 



SHEET 12 OF 



\\ '- »«•> 



MANUFACTURING SPDCIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



7.0 POWER CHECKS 

7.1 Power Requirements 

- _ "fSV ± .25Ve l.OA typ. (1.25A max.) 
+12V + .36V0 0.15A typ. (0.2A aex.) 

7.2 +12V Is preeent on Pin 10 of each channel. This line Is 
provided for the DLVll-KA o|/tlon operation. 

7.3 Bua Loading 

Each DLVll-J places (1) AC and (1) DC Bus load on the Q Bus 
as defined by the LSI-11 Q Bus Spec. (DEC Std 160). 

8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE 

8.1 The DLVll-J can be tested 3 different ways as specified in 
Sect n 6.1. Reference should be aade to that aectlon for 
pre, < Installation and configuration before diagnoatlca 
are ;ui«. 

NOTE: If the DLVll-J is configured for A additional lines, 
the diagnoatlc auat be loaded with another device as console 
Diagnc-tic progrr i auat be aodlflad at Loc 1220 ($USWR). 

8.2 Starting Program 

8.2.1 Load (CVDLA) diagnostic through appropriate load 

• edla. When running under APT loc 1220 ($USVR) aust be 31 
as defined ..i Section 8.2.4.2 

8.2.2 Start: ' fer to Section 8.2.4.1 for available switch re- 
gister settings. Refer to Section 8.2.4.2 for configuration 
options proRraa changes. 

8.2.3 Initial system type 200 G. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5324-0-0 



REV 

C 



OCC 1M>M)-1M«<M«7I 



SHEET 



13 



OF 



16 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



Bit 



BIT POSITION 



1 
2 
3 

4 



8.2.4.1 Software Switch Register Options 



Halt on Error 

Loop on tea: (when testing In process) 

Inhibit error type outs 

Enable parforaance reports 

Inhibit itaratlona 

Bell on error 

Loop on error 

Loop on test In SVR <7:0> 

Nuaber of test to loop on (used with 

"It 8). All tests previous to the 

selected test are executed first with 

one iteration only. 



Options 

$USWR Is at location 1220 In the prograa. 

Location $USWR contains all the uaer selectable 

options. The values In this word aust conform 

to the actual board configuration. et.cuD 

DEFAULT VALUE 



15 set • 


■ loooor - 


U set • 


. 40000 - 


13 aet - 


. 20000 - 


12 set ' 


. 10000 - 


11 aet • 


4000 - 


10 set • 


2000 - 


9 set • 


1000 - 


8 set • 


400 - 


7:0 





8.2.4.2 



<11:9> 
Cll:9> 

<11:9> 
^11:9> 



i)EFIWITIOW 

I of data bits transaltted 

3 > 7 bits, 1-8 bits 

Parity enabled 

Even odd parity 

Break generation enabled 

Run data wrap around teats 

Console Device 

■ No console selected 

■ Console on Module 1 

■ Con- ole on Module 2 



1 



1 
1 



8 Bits 

NO 
ODD 
YES 
YFS 



1 - YES - con- 
sole on Bodule 1 
Channel 3 



IMPORTANT NOTE ; ror diagnoatlc purposes, sll chsnnels must 

Se configured the saae, either 7 or 8 bits 

^V3 End of Pass Is Indicated by a type out with no errors. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

ISP 



NUMBER 

MAA5324-0-0 



REV 

C 



OeC l*^»9ttl9»i-**%7t 



SHEET ^^ OF JLL 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



M • A • S • T< 



APPENDIX A 



H3171 DISTRIBUTION PANEL 

The H3171 Distrbution panel relinquishes the 
need to use four separate BC21B cables with the 
DLVll-J. It occupies 1.75 inches of panel space in 
a standard 19 inch rack. The H3171 incorporates an 
H7004 static filter to improve the P.F. integrity 
of the system. There are two mechanical 
configurations available. They are as follows: 

A) H3171-A (Separate Filter) 

This conf iguratior .s used in conjunction with CPU 
boxes that have a mounting bracket for static 
filters built directly into them, in this case the 
H3171 distribution panei itself contains no 
filter. The filter is located on the CPU bracket. 

B) H3171-B (Integral Filter) 

This configuration is used in conjunction with CPU 
boxes that do not contain a bracket for static 
filters. In this case the H3171 chassis is 
elongated to accept the static filter directly onto 
the distibution panel. 



Each H3171 consists of 
(See figure 1 in Appendix A) 



4 major assemblies. 



1) Distribution 
connectors) 

2) BC05L Cable 

3) H7004-B Filter 

4) I/O Cable (7016436) 



Panel / Chassis (includes output 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



HA-Aftm^-S 



REV 



f 



OCC 1*-<>M|-1MX-W«7> 



SHEET 



15 



OF 



16 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



••1 . A . S . T , 



F IG 1 




1 1 


BC05L-*- 


OUT 
IN 







H7004-B 



OUT 



IN 



I/O CABLE 
7016436 



Pi 




DLV11 -J 



\ / \ 



JO 



— f-^ M — f 

Jj I I J2 I 1 J3 I 



SIZE 

A 



CfpOE 



fV,-A5y/J?0-0 



REV 

C 



DEC l»-OM)-lMa-N«7a 



SHEET i^OF 



1 6/\e I 6 



ill 

ill 

n 

si 

*• o ^ 

III 

V e S 

kJ S » 



) 



DIGITAL. EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



^^^^ 3/10/80 



TITLE M.A.S.T. 



DLll-W 



REV 



ENO 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



Update old Back-up 



D. Ayotte 



MA- 
A0©(a0- 



ORIG 



T..KI.CI.KRC 



DATE 



8-80 



APPD BY 



S. fcSTKS 8-80 



DATE 






IkPP^Ty 



^r ' ^^{ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5330-0-0 



REV 

B 



EN-«iMau^«7i.ia«t) 



SHEET 1 OF 12 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



DLll-W 



1 . I NTRODUCTION 

The DLll-W is a single line asynchronous communication 
Interface to the PDPll Unibus. The DLll-W contains the 
functionality of the DLll-A, -B, -C, and -D options. The 
DLll-W also contains a line frequency real time clock (RTC) 
used for timed interrupcs and soitware timekeeping. 

The serial line unit (SLU) portion of the DLll-W has 
such features as split: speed, odd/even/no parity select, 
active/passive 20 ma. interface, EIA RS232C (data only) 
interface, and a 5 to 8 bit character length. These 
parameters and features are switch selectable. 



2.1 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 

.\,l Manuals & Engineering Specifications 

2.1.1 DLll-W SLU/RTC Maint. Manual 
;!.2 Prints fc Schematics 

2.2.1 Field Maintenance Print Set 
3.0 REQUIRED TEST BQUIPNENT 
3.1 Hardware and Media 

3.1.1 PDPll system with 8K of memory 

3.1.2 Quad SPC slot 

3.1.3 DVM accurate to .01V at 15VDC 

3.1.4 EIA or 20 ma. terminal 

4.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS 



EK-DLUW-MM 



MP00106 



4.1 FLOAT PROGRAM ... 

4.2 DLll-W DIAGNOSTIC 



DZFLA 
CZDLD 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

f^-A5330-Q-Q 



PEV 



occ i*^ataMMf4««7a 



SHEET 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS 

Th« DLll-W is conprised of a quad height module (M7856) , 
which plugs into a PDPll SPG slot. The four option 
variations are listed below: 



OPTION 

DLll-W 
DLll-WA 
DLll-WB 
DLll-WC 



DESCRIPTION 

M7856 SLU/RTC Module 
DLll-W, 70-08360-01 20 ma. Cable 
DLll-W, BC05C-25 EIA Cable 
DLll-W, BC0JL-10 filtered panel 
mount EIA Cable. 



6.0 INSTALLATION AND TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS 

The N7856 Module has many features and several operating 
modes which must be configured via the 5 switch packs prior 
to installation. Refer to FIGURE 1 for switch location. 

6.1 FLOAT PROGRAM 

6.1.1 Run the FLOAT program (DZFLA) to determine 
the correct address and vector settings for 
the DLll-W(s). Note that this only applies 
to DLll-W* 8 that are not used for consoles. 

6.2 MODE & ADDRESS SELECTION 

6.2.1 The M7856 Module may be run in one of 3 
modes: 

MODE 1 - As a console interface with the RTc 
enabled. The SLU address is 777560 and the 
RTC address is 777546. 

MODE 2 - As a SLU ONLY with the RTC DISABLED. The 
SLU address range is 774000 to 777770. 

MODE 3 - As a RTC ONLY with the SLU DISABLED. The 
RTC address is 777546. 

*** NOTE •** 

For DLll-W s which will NOT use the RTC logic, 
remove R63. See FIGURE 1 foi location. 

Refer to TABLE 1 for switch selection of ADDRESS 



aiiJ M O P B . 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5330-0-0 



REV 

B 



oic a*H*ttMeM-N«7t 



SHEET 3 OF J2. 



MANUFACn IRINC SPECmCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.3 VECTOR ADDRESS SELECTION 

6.3.1 Vector address selection is accomplished by 
setting the switch pack S2. The DLll-W uses 
three vectors: one for the receiver, one for 
the X-mitter, and one for the real time 
clock. The X-mitter vector (XX4) is 

automatically selected when the receiver 
vector (XX0) is set. If the DLll-W is being 
used as a console, the receiver vector 
should be set to 60. The vector for the RTC 
is fixed at 100. Refer to TABLE 2 for 
switch settings. 

6.4 BAUD RATE SELECTION 

6.4.1 Split speed on the M7856 may be attained by 
setting the transmit and receive speed 
select switches to their desired values. If 
split speed is not desired, set the transmit 
and receive select switches to the same 
speed settings. Refer to TABLE4 for the 
switch settings. 

6.5 20 ma. ACTIVE/PASSIVE OPERATION 

6.5.1 If the DLll-W is to be used as a 20 ma. 
interface, the X-mitter, receiver, and paper 

tape reader enable functions must be set as 

either ACTI /E or PASSIVE. The normal 

active transmitter, active 

active caper tape reader 

to TABLE 5 for these switch 



setting is for 
r ece iver , and 
enable. Refer 
settings . 



6.6 MISCELLANEOUS SWITCH FUNCTIONS 

6.6.1 The BREAK ENABLE function is selected by 
setting SW4-1 ON. The normal settino is 
OFF. 

6.6.2 ODD PARITY is selected by setting SW4-2 ON. 
(See 6.6.5) The normal setting is ON. 



SIZE 

_A. 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5330-0-0 



REV 

B 



OeC 16-(3»2) 108J-N672 



SHEET 



OF 12. 



MANUFACTURING SPtCIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TFST 



6.6.3 CHARACTER LENGTH is selected by SW4-3 and -4 
(Refer to TABLE 3). The normal settings are 
OFF. 

6.6.4 STOP BITS are selected by SW4-5. 0N«1 stop 
bit, 0FF=2 stop bits. (1.5 stop bits if 5 
bits per character) The normal setting is 
OFF 



6.6.5 PARITY is enabled if SW4-6 
normal setting is ON. 



is ON. 



The 



6.7 Install the M7856 'Module in a Quad SPC slot and 
connect the cable to the berg connector on the 
module . 

6.8 Connect an appropriate terminal (EIA or 20 ma.) to 
the DLll-W. 



7.0 POWER CHECKS 

7.1 Verify the presence of the following voltages at 
the module pins indicated: 



VOLTAGE 

+5VDC +/- .25V 
+15VDC +/- .75V 



MODULE PIN 

CA2 

CUl 



8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE 

For" the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run in 
any particular situation, or for the current MAST 
minimum test criteria, e.g.: Pass Counts, etc., refer to 
the appropriate MAST CHECKLIST. Listed below are 
detail-d step-by-step instructions for executing each 
individual diagnostic contained in the "CHECKLIST", 

The DLll-W diagnostic contains three separate tests 
which are to be run on the serial line unit. Testing of the 
real time clock is done in the DATA TEST, 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A533Q-Q-Q 



REV 



MC l»-(SNMMX-NC7t 



SHEET 



1U1..«££^^ - nJ>l:^^^^il^kt^-<~ 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.1 DLU-W DATA TESTS CZDLD 



8.1.1 



8.1.2 



SWITCH 

15 
14 
13 
12 
11 
10 

9 

8 

7 



5 

4 

8.1.3 



The DATA TEST is capable of testing the 
console interface and up to 15 consecutively 
addressed and vectored SLU's. The 

diagnostic assumes the following 

parameters: the console address is 777560 
and the vector is 60. The first of any 
additional SLU's is addressed at 776500 and 
vectored at 300. The diagnostic will 

autosize any DLll-W's which fall within this 
range. 

Start the DATA TESTS at address 200 and set 
the switch register for the desired 
functions. 

FUNCTION 

Set to halt on error 

Set for scope loop 

Set to inhibit error typeout 

Unused 

Unused 

Set to 

Set to 

Set to 

Set 



tests 



enable error flag 

loop ori error 

enable break function tests 

to enable data tests 
with turnaround (H315) 
Set to inhibit RTC tests (console 
only) 

Set to set-up device map (inhibit 
auto-size) 
Set to inhibit SLU tests 



The console will 
being tested and 
be printed after 



report the number of units 
an END-OF-PASS message will 
all units have been tested. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5330-0-0 



REV 

B 



OCC lHaMhlMt<N«7t 



SHEET 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 








HHH 


CONTINUATION SHEET 1 




1 


TITIE 




MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST | 


8 

* ■ 


.2 DLll-W 
8.2.1 


ECHO TEST 


- r7nr.n 


To run the ECHO TEST on the console 
terminal, start at address 204. An asterisk 
(*) will be printed at the terminal to 
indicate that the test has started. Type a 
few printable characters at the terminal and 
verify that they are echoed back to the 
terminal correctly. 




8.2.2 


If the unit under test is not the console 
interface, it will be necessary to modify 
the following program locations to reflect 
the parameters of the unit under test. Make 
sure a terminal is connected to the DLll-W. 


NAME 


LOCATION 


CONTENTS 


CRCSR.. 
CRBUF.. 
CTCSR.. 
CTBUF.. 
CRVECT. 
CRPSW. . 
CTVECT. 
CTPSW . . 


.2654 ♦ 

.2656 

.2660 

.2662 

.2664 

.2666 

.2670 

.2672 


Address of receiver status register 

Address of receiver buffer register 

Address of transmitter status register 

Address of transmitter buffer register 

Receiver vector 

Receiver vector plus 2 (PSW) 

Transmitter vector 

Transmitter vector plus 2 (PSW) 

* - CZDLD REV D 




8.2.3 


Run the ECHO TEST as described in step 
8.2.1. Repeat step 8.2.2 for every DLll-W 
to be tested. 


8. 


3 CHARACTER TEST CZDLD 1 




8.3.1 


To run the CHARACTER TEST en the console 
terminal, start at addresi 210. The 
terminal will print 32 characters per line 
and will repeat < very third lin.. Typing 
any character at the terminal will halt the 
test. A typical pattern is shown below: 

I "!$%&• ()*+,->/0 123456789: ;<«>? 
@ABCDEFGHI JKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ (\) * 
' abcdefghi jklmnopqrstuvwxyz( 1 ) - 




SIZE 

A. 


CODE 

SP 


NUMBER 

MA-A5330-0-0 


REV 1 



OCC l«-OM)-lMX-NC7a 



SHEET 



OF 



12 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.3.2 



NAME 


LOCATION 


CRCSR. . 


.2654 • 


CRBUF.. 


.2656 


CTCSR. . 


.2660 


CTBUP.. 


.2662 


CRVECT. 


.2664 


CRPSW.. 


.2666 


CTVECT. 


.2670 



CTPSW...2672 



8.3.3 



If the unit under test is not the console 
interface, it will be necessary to modify 
the following program locations to reflect 
the parameters of the unit under test. Make 
sure a terminal is connected to the DLll-W. 

CONTENTS 

Address of receiver status register 

Address of receiver buffer register 

Address of transmitter status register 

Address of transmitter 

Receiver vector 

Receiver vector plus 2 

Transnitter vector 

Transmitter vector plus 2 (PSW) 



buffer register 
(PSW) 



• - CZDLD REV D 

Run the CHARACTER TEST as described in step 
8.3.1. Repeat step 8.3.2 for every DLll-W 
to be tested. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5330-0-0 



REV 

B 



OCC lft-OMMMt-Nt7t 



SHEET «8 OF il 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



NOTES - 



PIGUIB 1 



M7856 MODULE LAYOUT 



J1 



10 



10 



S3 



51 



S2 



R63 



10 



S4 



E 
2R. 



wi 



10 



ss 



R63 lust be r«aov«d if the RTC is disabled. 

The Berg connector, J1, contains a 70-0860 cable for the DL11-WA 
option; a BC05C-25 for the DL11-WB option and a BC03L-10 for th« 
DL11-WC option. 

Juaper WI aust always be installed. 



StZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5330-0-0 



REV 

B 



DCC lH9MMMt-NC7« 



SHEET L. OF JL 



MANUFACTURING SPECmCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



TABLE 1 
ADDRESS AND MODE SELECTION TABLE 



lADRS 
4.- 

I SW 
4. 

I MODE 
+ 

I MODE 
+ 

I MODE 
+ 

NOTES 



+ ■♦• 

I I 

■f + 

I I 

I I 

I I 

I I ON I OM I 

•f -f + •♦■ 



LTCI 


LTC 


4.- 


---_ 


-9 1 


-10 


4. 





OPFI 


ON 


4.. 





ON 1 


OFF 



is equal to a logical 1 



»qua. 



.og 



nd a switch set to OF 



The switch settings for mode 1 selector an address of 777560 (console) 
and the RTC (or LTC) address is 777546. 

The address switch settings for mode 2 are user defined to select an^ 
address from 774000 to 777770. The RTC is disabled. 

The switch settings for mode 3 select the RTC (or LTC) address a: 
777546 and the SLU is disabled. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5330-0-0 



REV 

B 



MC l«-(MtMeU4««72 



SHEET 10 OF 12 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Tini 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



TABLE 2 

VECTOR ADDRESS SELECTION TABLE 

.f 4 ^ > 

I SWITCH I IS I TO SELECT VECT BIT I 
+ ^ ^ ^ 

I S2-4 I ON t 3 I 

+ ^ + + 

I S2-6 I ON I 4 I 

+ + + + 

I S2-3 I ON I 5 I 

■f ■♦• •♦• -f 

I S2-S I ON I 6 I 

+ + > 4. 

I S2-7 I ON I 7 I 

4. 4. 4. + 

I S2-8 i ON I 8 i 

4. 4. 4. 4. 



TABLE 2 
CHARACTER LENGTH TABLE 

4. 4. 4 ^ 

I LENGTH IS4-4IS4-3! 
4. 4 4 4. 

I 5 BITS I ON I ON I 
4. 4- ■»■ ■♦• 

I 6 BITS I ON I OFF I 
4 4. 4. 4. 

I 7 BITS I OFFI ON I 
4. 4- 4- 4" 

I 8 BITS I OFFI OFFI 
4. 4. 4. 4. 



TABLE 4 



SPEED SELECTION TABLE 



4. 4. 4. 

I BAUD I RECEIVER I 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 

I IS3-2IS3-3IS3-5I 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 

I 110 I OFFI OFFI OFFI 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 

I 150 I ON I OFF! OFFI 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 

I 300 I OFFI ON I ON I 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 

I 600 I OFFI ON I OFFI 
4. 4- •». -f -f 

I 1200 I OFF! OFFI ON | 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 

i 2400 I ON I ON I ON I 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 

I 4800 I ON I ON I OFFI 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 

I 9600 I ON I OFFI ON I 
4. 4. 4. + 4. 



4. 4. 

I TRANSMITTER I 
4. 4. 4. 4. 

IS4-10IS3-1IS3-4I 
4. 4. 4. 4. 

I ON I ON I ON I 
4. 4. 4. 4. 

I OFF I ON I ON I 
4. 4. 4.>- 4. 

I ON I OFFI OFFI 
4- 4- 4- 4- 

I ON I OFFI ON I 
4. 4. 4. 4. 

I ON I ON I OFFI 

4. 4- 4- 4- 

I OFF I OFFI OFFI 
4. 4- 4- 4- 

I OFF I OFFI ON I 
4. 4. 4. 4. 

I OFF I ON I OFFI 
4. 4. 4. 4. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

HA-A5330-0-0 



REV 

B 



OKC l*HMaMMMM7t 



SHEET 



OF 12 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



TABLE 5 

20 MA. ACTIVE/PASSIVE SELECTION TABLE 

^ + 4. 4 ^ 4. 4. 

I TRANSMIT ISl-1 lSl-2 IS1-3IS1-6IS1-7I 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 

I ACTIVE I ON I ON I OFF I OFF| ON | 
4. 4- + -f 4- 4- -f 

I PASSIVE I OFFI OFFI ON | ON | OFFI 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. ^ 

4. 4- •♦• + ♦ -f -f 

I RECEIVE IS3-6IS3-7IS3-8IS3-9IS3-10I 
4. 4- ■♦■ "♦• -f ♦ -f 

I ACTIVE I ON I OFFI ON | 0?F| ON | 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 

I PASSIVE I OFFI ON | OFFj ON | OFF I 
4. ■¥ + ■«■ + -f -f 

4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 

IPT RDR ENA|Sl-4|Sl-5|Sl-8|Sl-9ISl-i0| 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 

I ACTIVE I ON I OFF! ON I OFF| ON j 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 

I PASSIVE I OFFI ON | OFFI ON | OFF I 
4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 

NOTE - Normal operation is to select active 
transmit, active receive, and active paper 
tape reader enable. 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5330-Q-0 



REV 



OCC l«^Mt)-lMI4««7| 



SHEET 



OF 



I? 

hi 

II 

Hi 

•I- 

«« o t 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



KWll-L - APPENDIX A 



REV 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPO BY 



DATE 



t 3 



Prev. 7668001-0-5510 



%°^^ 



^^ ^^n^feu/Sf^t 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5510-0-0 



REV 



CN-01M»-l«^«72-(aM) 



SHEET 1 OF 3 



MANUFACTURING .^> CIFiCATION 

TinC MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TFoT - APPENDIX A 



KVll-L 



Llaa Fr«qu«xcy Clock Ttttt 



hssmss. 



Thla prograa t««ts tha KWllL line fraquancy clock, it valldataa propar operation 
undar both Intarrjpt and non-lntamipt aodaa. It raqulraa tha oparator to 
Booitor ita oparation with a clock capabla of aMturlng tlaa in aaconda. 



^■'*vn.*^i}*if^ 



FDP-11 with KWllL 
grOKACI - 2000 

luta Loadar 



BBCTTIW TBff Laiimtta 

STitTIMC PKOCEDUPE 200 

202 



60 HZ. Lina Fraquancy 
SO BZ, Lina Fra^ancy 



Load appropfiata addreas to switch raglatar and dapraaa atart awitch 
Taa 



SWITCH REGISTER OPTIOMS Ho 

REFEREMCE DOCttlElfrS 

Frlntaat KWll-L Drawixig Diractory 
Manual DCC-ll-HKUB-D 
MAlnDBC -11 -DZKKA -A -D 
MainDEC -11 -DZna-A -PB 

Tha davica addraaa la 777546 and vactor addraaa ia 100. It 'a on bua raquaat 
laval 6. It la alao ratad at ona (1) bua load. 



va wria F3R2 to F3V2. 



To »a aounted in an 11/35 or 11 /AO 

Tha Bodula location la alot F-3. K 
To ba ■olmtad in an 11/45 or 11/50 

Tha aodula location ia alot CI. Ramova writ a C1R2 to C1V2. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5510-0-0 



REV 



kNxaaaaiM 



OaC t*^aM)-IMt4M7t 



SHEET 



OF 



MAWUrACTUfyNG SPECfflCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITU 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX lA 



End of v §§ 

Thlt tMt rlnga ^-^^ c«lttyp« b^ll at th« caa^lAtlon of ■•vorol dlfforent tine 
latorvala ovor • period of on* mlnuta. Fran tho timm thlt teat baigna, tha bell 
will ring at the end of 1.2,3,4.5.10,20.30,40,50, and 60 aeconda. It «rlll then 
repeat thla aequance aa long aa deaired. For verlficetion of thia option the 
teat ahould 15 ninutea. 



SIZE 

-A- 



CODE 
SP 



MAA^ffl55"-U 



REV 

A 



OCC l»^3»2)-lMa-M«7a 



SHEET 



OF 






I 

s 

in 
hi 

II 

Us 

J c i 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORA' 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION W.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



KWUP - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO 



ORIQ 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



Prev. 7668001-0-5520 




ENO / / APPD 



►/, 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5520-0-0 



REV 

A 



IN<«tM3-l«-«««7t-(Ma> 



SHEET 1 OF 3 



MANUFACnmiNC SPECIFICATION 



TITH 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



EHH 



AI8I34a 



thiM profraB ttsts r.h« KWll-P t*al T1>m Clock. It contaliu a ••rlas of lncr«B«nt«d 
roatlAM that tttt tho control and rtatua raglatar, count aat buffar. countar, and 
latarmpt vactor addraaa ualnc 10#KBZ, lOKBZ* and 60 or SOBZ using tha axtamal 
input with a taaporary Jvapar on tha backplana to tha LTCL pin (50 or 60BZ) . 
Thara la alao a provlalon for nmnlnc two KVllP's slaultanaoualy (ona a "COW** 
or EaovB Good) and coaparlnt tha two. 



PDP-11 
KWll-P 



Thia projraa occuplaa naaory froa to 4664. 

lifllfiiBSL 
Abacluta Loadar 

HECDTKW TPg 

Baale taat raquiraa 15 aac. par paaa. 



il*Ji±'JU 



IH Baale Taat 

2$k Baatart Addraaa Prlaarlly Uaad by XOR Tastar 

21# TlMlat Taat 

214 Doobla or Slngla laal Tiaa Clock last lO^KRZ 

23$ Doobla or Slngla t^l Tla? Clock Taat lOKHZ 

224 Douttla or Slnfla Raal Tlaa Clock Taat jCBZ 

23i Dottbla or tlngla Raal Tlaa Cloc). Taat 50HZ 



Vlth avltchaa 12 thru 15 aqual to *%" (Down) tho prograa will print on arrors and 
coBtiana la taat. Bal7. will ring at coaplatlon of a paaa. 

WIITCM MCISTEl OPTIOWS 

tVl5 ■ 1 or UP . . . Bilt on Briror 

glfl4 "• 1 or OP ... Scopa Loop 

BVIS • 1 or UP ... Inhibit Printout 

SI1I2 - 1 or OP ... Clock 2 (cow) Praaant - axacuta rapaatabl'.lty taata (T2S -f 

T26) 
8W00 • 1 or UP ••• Suppraaa Taata uaing axtamal fraqnancy 



oac iaHJM>*iM»M«7t 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

JHAAVS2rW)-n 

SHEET ; 



I qEV 



OF 3 



^^I«<«fe«irt'? ^Ei;,-j!-!!5*KiiisfliSiuAi>!j-,lW.: hii, ■ J , 



MANUFACTURING SPECmCATlON 

Tm.1 MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



DOOBLZ IZAL TPg aOCK TESTING 

Uflng tlM ••■• dlagnoftic •• b«for«, doubl* raal tla* clock cattiof tMy b« 
•ccaapllihsd. On« clock it th« on* under t«at and tha othar la a "Known Good" or 
COW board. 

ToTconvart a atandard P clock to a "COW" Modula: 

1. Raaora Juapar A4 
est - 772560 
CSB - 772562 
CTR - 772564 

2. Add jiapar V8 

Vac tor Location la 504 
PSV Location la 506 

NOTE: Thla vaetor la In floating vactor apaca, caution la advlaad with raapact 
to allowlnt factor confllcta with othar davlcaa on ^ha ayitin. 

PROCEDURE FOR DUAL CLOCK REAL TPg CLOCK TEST 

1. Load addraaa 214, daprata atart (lOOKHZ Teat) . 

2. Entar tha tlaa via tha ITT keyboard. 

3. Sat tha awltchaa In tha awltch reglatcr to 000005. The TTY will print the 
tiae at 5 aaeond Intervale. 

4. Consecutive printout will be written 5.00 plua or alnua .01 aeconda of eech 
othar. Allow the teat to run for at leaat 10 print outa. If the tolerance 
la exceeded, the clock under teat la defective. 

5. Loed eddreaa 220, depreaa atart (10KEZ Teat). 

6. Repeat a tape 2-4. 

7. Load addraaa 224, If 60HZ; or 230 if 50HZ: depreaa atart (line frequency 
teat) . 

8. Repeat atapa 2 and 3. 

m 

9. Conaecutlve prlntouta will be within 5.00 plua or mlnua .04 aeconda of each 
othar. Typically, and 5.00 plua or alnua .2 aeconda worat caae due to 
poaalble AC llna frequency verlatlona allow the teat to run for et leaat 

. 10 prlntouta. If the tolerence la exceeded the clock "Under Teat" la 
defective. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5520-0-0 



REV 
A 



oac i*HiM)-ieM4««yi 



SHEET 



OF 



hs 
II 

° ll 

t ^ ' £ 

£ 9 e B 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION 



M . A . S . T , 



DATE 



TITLE 



REV 



KW] IW ACCEPTANCE PROCEDUHF - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



Prov. 7668001-0-5530 



St 



^^^Jf^ 



Y^A^rvSf^i 



APPD 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5530-0-0 



REV 

A 



CN-«l«Ml«4>t«y«^«M) 



SHEET 1 OF 3 



MANUFACrmUNC SPECIFICATION 

Trat MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



I. 



II. 



III. 



IV, 



i 



KWUW ACCTPTAHCE PROCEDURE 



TEST EOOirMOT REQOIRZP 

1. FDP-11 Conpucar 

2. 453 Tektronix Scop« or Equivalant 

3. KVII-W Option & Print S«t 

4. M7823 (Watchdog tlaar) 

5. MIOS (AddrMt salactor) 

6. M782I (vactor addraaa talactor) 

7. TTY 

MAINDECS REQUIRED 

1. DZKWC-C-PB/D 

EOUIPMEHT SET-UP 

I. To azarcita tha KWll-W option, all Junpara bu . ba Inatallad on 

M7823. Tha tatt connactor 7009463 auat ba uaad on KWll-W logic test. 

OPERATOR ACTION 

1. Load MADiDEC-lI-DZKWG-C into FDPll uaing abioluta loader. Refer to 
progran write-up, MAINDEC-ll DZXWC-C-D. 

2. Load and start 200. Tha TTY will respond as follows: 

First device address: 
The operator responds by inputting 6 charecters plus a carriage 
return on the keyboard. 
Eza^le: First device address 772400 CR 

2.1 Tha TTY responds as follows: 

First Int. Vector - 
The operstor aust respond by inputting 3 characters plus a 
carriage return on the keyboard. 
Exa^le: "First int. Vector « 3S0 CR 

2.2 The TTY will respond as follows: 

Priority int. Level - 
The operator responds by inputting 1 cherecter & CR (using 
Floating Vector, refer to systai configuretion, should be between 
DQll & DUll.) 
Example: Priority int. Level - 7 CR 



SIZE 



CODE 
SP 



NIIMilFR 

MAA55in-n-n 



REV 
A 



OeC l*^Jt»-lMI-M«7t 



SHEET .i OF 1 



MANUFACTURING SPECfflCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



(3) 
keyboard 



"1 



IV. OPERATOR ACTION (Continued) 

3. Running the Logic Teat ; 
The TTY will respond with the following: 

Logic Teat (1), Delay Test (2)*, Dynamic 
The operator reaponda by inputting on the 
with a carriage return for Logic test, 
The TTY will respond: f 
1 

Logic Teat 
Thia teat, upon completion, will type out "paaa" this 
test should run for a minimu m of 5^ minutes . 

* Delay teat (2) ia part of adjuatment procedure. 

Note: To run the Logic teat, the aupplied teat plug muat 
be connected to the module connector. The T 3 
delay must exceed T 2 by 50 microaeconda. The 
adjustment of T 1 muat be aet to a minimum. 
For detaila on other adjuatmenta aee KW11*W 
adjuatment procedure - A-SP-KWll-W-3 . 

4. Running the Dynamic Teat 

Put bit 00 in the awitch regiater to get back into the 
monitor or halt machine and load and atart 240. If the 
operator haa gone back into the monitor, a keyboard 
input mast be uaed. Type in "3", carriage return (CR) . 
Dynamic teat begina. 

On every 100 completionaof Dynamic Teat, the TTY will 
type "pass". This test should run for a minimum of 
15 minutes . 

Acceptable Errors 

1 . None 

5. Procedure for Restart After Error or Fix 

1. If an incorrect character is typed while inputting 
on the TTY, the operator may type a run out and 
repeat the entire line. 

2. Starting address 1000 - direct start or restart 
of Logic test. 

3. Starting address 220 - direct start or restart of 
delay adjustment test. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5530-0-0 



REV 

A 



MC l«HSM)-lMa-«M7a 



SHEET _2 OF _3. 



itii 



DIOITAX^ EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECmCATlON 



DATE 17 rr--. 81 



TITLE M^.ST BAC-'l'P PROCEDURE FOR KWll-.v DUAL PROGRAMMABLE CLOCK 



REVISIONS 



REV 



OESCRiPTION 



CHQ NO 



ORIQ 



DATE 



APPO BY 



DATE 



A 

B 



I 



I 



:ZM 



Original Release 
Complete Re-write. 



^ 



^/^.r ;]^ti-M 



ENQ 

Arthur Richard 



*4C»f<0 



A. R4charpi2/17^ 



81 

Bob 




3l>iie^ 



APPO 

Bob Beck- 



■r4(Qyf 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5540-Q-Q 



REV 



CN^lMS- l*.M«7t-(M<l 



SHEET 1 OF 8 



MANUFACVtRJNG SPECIFICATION 



>lqjHtUl 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLI 



MAST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR KWll-K DUAL PRCSAMMABLE CLOCK 



TABLE OP CONTENTS 

1 . SCOPE PACE 3 

2.0 RESPONSIBILITY PAGE 3 

3.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION PAGE 4 

4.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT PAGE 4 

S.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS PAGE 4 

6.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 4 

7.0 INSTALLATION k TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 5 

8.0 POWER CHECKS PAGE 6 

9.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE PAGE 6 

APPENDIX A .PAGE 8 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER [ REV 

MA-A554g-0-0 I B 



OK lA^JH^Wn-NCT] 



SHEET 



OF 



^ \1 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MAST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR KW^ ^ ~K DUAL PRQGAMMABLE CLOCK 



KWll-K (M7025) DUAL PROGRAMMABLE CLOCK 



1.0 SCOPE; 



1.1 The KWll-R is a dual programnabla real-time clock option 
used in PDP-11 Unibus computers. The option has Clock A 
and Clock B and is described as follows: 

1.1.1 Clock A is a 16-bit programmable real-time clock, 
which can accurately measure and count intervals of 
time and events. It can be used for processor 
synchronization to external events; generate events, 
such as an A/D conversion at programmed intervals; 
and generate events synchronized to an external 
event input. 

1.1.2 Clock B is a 8-bit programmable real-time clock 
which can accurately time intervals or events. It 
can be used for generating interrupts at programmed 
intervals, for generating events (such as an A/D 
conversion) at pr>gramed intervals, or to provide an 
input frequency to Clock A. 

1.2 This procedure establishes the minimum test and electrical 
standards that a KWll-R must meet to be considered 
acceptable for customer shipment. 

2.0 RESPONSIBILITY t 

2.1 It is the responsibility of the originator to maintain this 
document. Changes should be requested through the 
originator if possible, or his/her group (if originator is 
no longer available) , or through MAST Administration in 
Salem (NI) . 



SIZE 
A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5540-0-0 



REV 

B 



OfC i»4lKyiOKNtn 



SHEET 2— OP a. 



mamfactlr;ng specification 



EDSSQZD 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MAST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR KWll-K DUAL PRQGAYMABLE CLOCK 



3.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION; 

3.1 Manuals 6 Engineering Specif icat 'ens : 

3.1.1 KWll-K System Checkout and Acceptance 
Specification 

3.1.2 KWll-K User's Mcinual 

3.1.3 M7025 Circuit Description 

3.2 Prints and Schematics: 

3.2.1 KWll-K Field Maintenance Print Set 



SP-KWll-K-2 
EK-DRVIJ-UG 
SP-KWll-K-5 

MP00048 



4.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT : 
4.1 Hardware & Media: 

4.1.1 Unibus CPU wiwh a console device (LA36 or 
equivalent) . 

4.1.2 At least 16K words of memory. 

4.1.3 Digital voltmeter accurate to .01V § 15V. 

5.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROCRAMS: 

5.1 DZKWK KWll-K Diagnostic 

6.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: 



6.1 If a ADll-K option is in the system, it's DEC/X) i module is 
to exercise the KWll-K during the n ormal run o. DEC/Xll. 
However, the KWll-K' s DEC/Xll module mi'st be included when 
building the DEC/Xll and is run for 15 minutes prior to the 
normal run of DEC/Xll. Be aware that running two DEC/Xll 
exerciser modules for the same device at *-he same time will 
cause errors. Reter to Appendix A of this document for 
further details. 



SIZc 'CODf 

sr 



J. 



occ i*43B2v'ae^.<4;3 



NUMBER 

'1A-A5540-(!)-0 



HEV 

3 



SHEET 



^ OF 



MANUF ACT T / ^ING SPECIFICATION 
TITLE 



£W 



fisansD 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



/AST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR KWll-K DUAL PRnr.AMMABLK CLOCK 



7 . INSTALLATION & TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS; 
7.1 Module Jumper Configurations: 

7.1.1 Refer to Figure 1 and Table A for proper address 
and vector selection. 

7.1.2 The jumpers on the M7025 module should be configured 
as follows: 

Wl « IN - NPR-Remove only if PDP-11/20 or 11/15 
without a KHll option. 

W2 ■ IN - This jumper allows Clock "A" Overflow to 
generate interrupts in all modes and to 
set "A Overflow". If LPSll Compatability 
is desired, remove it. 

W3 ■ OUT - If in, allows STl to accept TTL inputs. 

W4 ■ OUT - If in, allows ST2 to accept TTL inputs. 

W5 ■ OUT - If in, allows ST3 to accept TTL inputs. 



TABLE A 



Address: 15: 14: 13: 12: 11: 10: 9 : 8 : 7 : 6 : 5 : 4 : 3 : 2: 1: 0; 
Bit :::::::::::::::: 



S2 Switch No. 



:1:2:3:4:5:6:7:8: 



Device 
Address ■ 

770404 



t ; : 












: t : 












:Off: On: 


On: 


On:Off : 


On: 


On: 


On: 



S2 * Switch off for a logical 1. 

S2 switches 9 and 10 are unused and is normally left in the off 
position. 

t 
Address 770404 is the base address for Clock A. Address 770432 

is the base address for Clock B. Address bits 3 and 4 are hard 

wired and are not selectable. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5540-0-0 



REV 

B 



QIC ift^JaMOU Na73 



SHEET 



OF 



8 



SBSflDfiO CONTINUATION SHEET 
MAMFACTLRING SPECIFICATION Ulfe^liuyy 


TITLE 


MAST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR KWll-K DUAL PROGAMMABLE CLOCK 


TABLE B 

i 


Vtctor : 15: 14: 13: 12: 11: 10: 9 : 8 : 7 : 6 : 5 : 4 : 3 : 2: 1: 0: 
Bit ::::::::::::::::: 


SI 


Switch No. :1:2:3:4:*:5: 






D«vic« Vtctor ■ 344 :Off: On: On: On: :0££: 






SI ■ Switch on for a logical 1. 






* - Bit 04 is hard wired and is not s«lectable. Vector 344 is 
for Clock A. Vector 364 is for Clock B. 


8.0 


POWER CHECKS: 




8.1 The following voltage must be present and within tolerance 
on the backplane containing the KWll-K: 




VOLTAGE TOLERANCE MEASURED AT PIN 




♦5VDC +4.75 VDC to +5.25 VDC AA2 


9.0 


DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE: 




particular situation, and for current MAST minifflum test 
criteria (e.g. pass-counts, etc.), refer to the appropriate 
MAST CHECKLIST. The following is a list of step-by-step 
instructions for executing each individual diagnostic 
contained in the CHECKLIST. No errors are allowed. 




9.1 Run the KWll-K Diagnostic, DZKWK 




9.1.1 The starting location is 200 anu the switch 
register should ■ 000000. 




9.1.2 Only the message "END PASS" will be printed on the 
console terminal, unless an error occurs. 




9.1.3 No errors are allowed. 

» 




SIZE 

A 


CODE 
SP 


NUMBER 

MA-A5540-0-0 


REV 

B 



otc i»<sK>'«(aa-Ntra 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE M..ST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR KKll-K DUAL PR0GRA>L'-1AELE CLCJC:: 



FAST -ON 
fASS 



40 ^)N 

I/O CONNECTOH 



TA.2Q r-jTA., 

JT»1 OVtHFLOW 



T 



«2 



i." ^»* I 



9---0 5>---« ®---0 
W9 «3 W4 




SWITCH 
PACK 



riqur« 1 KWll-K M7C25 Module 



SIZE 

.A. 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5540-0-0 



REV 

3 



OCC i*-(393)-10t2-N«72 



SHEET 



OP 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



SOSI 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MAST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR KWll-K DUAL PRQGAMMABLE CLOCK 



APPENDIX A 



This section was providsd to give a comprehensive method of 
DEC/Xll interactive testing the KWll-K and ADll-K. Complete 
diagnostic testing of both the KWll-K and ADll-K is required 
prior to DEC/Xll testing. 

1.0 The DEC/Xll is built with the modules KWD? and ADB? . 
(XWD7 is for the KWll-K and ADB? is for the ADll-K.) 

2.0 Run the DEC/Xll for a ninimun of 15 minutes with KWD? and 
ADB? selected and without error. 

3.0 Install a fast-on jumper from tab 2 of the ADll-K to tab 
2 of the KWll-R. 

4.0 Set the ADll-K's DEC/Xll module ACB? SR0 - 000001 and 
de-select the KWll-K's DEC/Xll module KWD?. Failure to 
de-select the KWll-K's DEC/Xll module will cause errors. 

5.0 Run the DEC/Xll for the normal run time (minimum 8 hours) 
without error. 



SIZE 
A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A5540-0-0 



OK i«43K>'iaK-N«n 



SHEET 



8 



OF 



REV 

B 

8 



I! 



i 

II 
Ui 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIRCATION 



M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



KWVll-A REAL TIME CLOCK (11/03) - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CMC NO 



ORIQ 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



B 



Prev. 7668001-0-5550 



^^%^ Seh^if^^m I ^^f^J/u 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5550-0-0 



REV 

B 






C*«-«lM«-l«4it«7>-<Ma) 



SHEET 1 OF *♦ 



MANUFACTURINC STECinCATlON 



TUli 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



KWVll-A KEAL TIME CLOCK (11/0 3) 
1.0 IWTtOPOCTION 

Th« Incant of this proc«dur« is to luaaArlt* th« dlagnoftlc 
vrltaup for tho purposo of •xpcdloncy. The proc«dur« hai b««n 
kopt brlof, and to tb« point, to k««p froa confus>4ng tht uicr. 
For additional Inforaatlon, It will ba nacaaaary to rafar to tha 
dlagnoatlc wrltaup. 

2 . REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 

2.1 Workaanahlp Maaual (STD 116) 

A-SP-KUVll-A-2 Eniinaaring Spaclf ication 



2.2 
2.3 



EK-ADV11-OP-#01 ADVll-A. KUVll-A, AAVll-A. DRVll Uaara 
Manual 



2.4 11L03 Manufacturing Spaclf Icatlona 

2.5 Mlcrocoaputar Handbook EB-07948 
3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT 

3.1 LSIll Standard Coaputar 

3.2 KVVll-A Modula 

3.3 Output taralnal/DLVlI 
4.0 REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE 

4.1 MAIMDEC-11 - DVKVA KVVll-A Dlagnoatlc and Vrltaup 

4.2 MAINDEC-11 - DZKVF DEC/Xll Ezarclaar and Vrltaup 
5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS AND CHECKS 

3.1 If tha ayataa contalna an H322 algnal dlatrlbutlon panal, 
connact tha KWVll-A by aaana of a BC08R cable, Jl of aodula 
to J5 of tha H322. (all 11L03 ayataaa) 

• ^ 

5.2 Whan an ADVll-A and a KWVll-A are both praaant In the aya- 
taa, aodula Juapara (DI£C 7010771) are inatallad froa the 
KV output tab (CLK) to tha A/D clock uvarflov tab (C) and 
froa tha KU tab (STI) to tha AD tab(a). 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5550-0-0 



REV 

E 



OIC 1HM1MMX-N«7a 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURINC SPEClFiCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



6.0 TEST SET DP 

6.1 laaurt iwltch packs SI and S3 ara aat for a davlca addraaa 
of 170420 and a v«ctor addraaa of AAO raapactiyaly . 

6.2 Inaura all avltchaa of awltch pack S2 art turnad off . 

6.3 Inatall aodula in CPU alota A thru D02 of all 11L03 ayateaa. 
11 STSTEM INTEGRATION TEST PROCEDURE 



7.0 



7.1 KWll-A Taat Dlagnoatlc (DVKUA) 

7.1.1 Load prograa through appropriate load media. 



7.1.2 Prograa starting addi 







200 






204 


* 




210 


* 




214 


* 




220 






230 






240 


* 


For Fiald uaa 



- Start of logic teata 

- Restart addraaa for logic taata 

- 10 signal taat #1 

- 10 aignal teat #2 

- 10 aignal teat #3 

- Production atarting addresa 

- Taatar atarting addraaa 
only. 

7.1.3 Alternate aoftvare SR aettinga (176) 

Halt on error 

Loop on teat 

Inhibit error typeout 

Enable line frequency rate teating 

Inhibit iterationa (abort paaa) 

Bell on error 

Loop on error 

Loop on teat in SVR^7:0^ 

NOTE: The aoftvare avitch regiater cay be changed at 
any tine by typing Control C. If you viah to keep the 
current value, type <CR>. If you .viah to change the 
value, type the nev value folloved by a <CR>. 





SWR15 








SVR14 








SVR13 








SVR12 








SVRll 








SWRIO 








SWR 9 








SVR 8 







SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5550-0-0 



REV 



OeC l«-Ott)-lM8-M«71 



SHEET 3 OF ^ 



MAN lyACTURING SPECmCATlON 

Tinr 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



7.1.4 Operator Action 

7.1.4.1 S«t all SVR blti as deilred (default 000000) 

7.1.4.2 Type 200G. 

7.1.5 Evidence of End of Paaa and Run Tlae at End of Paas 
typeout vlll reaeable the following example: 

"END PASS 1 - Total errora - Good units 00000000 
00000001" Flrat Pass runs without Iterations and 
takes 30 seconds, subsequent peases run with Itera- 
tions and take 2.S alnutas. 

7.1.6 Acceptable errors: None 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MAA5550-0-0 



REV 
B 



oec t«'<Mt»-ieu<«««it 



SHEET 



OF 



{I! 

t 

hi 

II 

III 



8 3 » 

»- hi s 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIRCATION 



M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



AAll DIGITAL/ANALOG CONVERTER - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



Prev. 7668001-0-6110 



CHG NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



2t 



ENO / / 



PPD 




SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA^l 10-0-0 



REV 

A 



CN-010M-lft-Nt7a-(3t2) 



SHEET 1 OF 2 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



TTTLI 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



AAII DICnAL/AN^LOG COWVERTER 

1.0 AAll SET-UT AND GALPKATIOII 

Refar to doctaMxiC A-8?-AAll-D-7 

1.1 Dlagnottic fackAg* 

(i) CalibratloQ Tot Mal2iDEC-ll-I}6BA 
(B) Scop« Optlcmi iMt M«liiKC-ll-D6GA 

1 2 Oth^r Ralatad Docum«itfl 

U) AAll-D D/A Sub-SyttM Manual DEC-11-MAC-D 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER REV 

MAA6110-0-0 A 



otc i*^stf)-iM24«a7a 



SHEET 



OF 



■M&Q&^!&i^M^'^^ii«^t;^^!i:iMiSi^k''. >iSittaaB^!S«*ia«j&^ 



II 

I? 



i 

Ui 
hi 

Ui 

• c £ 

I 



9 3 » 

£ cr e 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



AAVll-A 4 CHANNEL 12 BIT D/A FOR PDr-11/03 - APPENDIX A 



RE-V 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



Prow. 7668001-0-6115 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



f 



:M 



ENG / / APPD /^// 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



EN-O10a3-lS-NC72-(S»a) 



NUMBER 

MAA6115-0-Q 

SHEET 1 OF 3 



Id 



REV 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 
TITLC 



MODUL\R APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



AAVll-A A CHANNEL 12 BIT D/A FOR PDP-ll/e3 
1.0 INTRODUCTION 

Th« lattnt of this proctdura It to suaaarlzc tht dlagnoitlc vrlteup. For 
th« puxpottt of •xptdl«nc7» Cht procedure hat b«tn kept brltf and to the 
point, to K«*P ^^o> confuting tht ua«r. For additional Information, It 
will ba nacattary to rafar to tha dlagnoatic vrltaup. 

2.0 REFtRENCE DOCUMENTATION 

2.1 Uorkraanthlp Manual (STD 116) 

2.2 Englnaarlng Spaciflcatlon A-SP-AAVll-A-3 

2.3 Utar't Manual EK-ADVll-OP-001 
2.6 AAn rXnt Sat 

3.0 REQUIRED l,>.r EQUIPMENT 

3.1 LSI-11 Standard Coaputar 

3.2 Otclllotcopa 453 or aquivalent 

3.3 DVM - 5 dlglta or accurate null mater 

3.4 AAVll-A module 

3.5 Output terminal/DLVll 
4.0 REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE 

4.1 MAIKDEC 11 - DVAAA AAVll-A Teat Dlagnottlc and Write up 

4.2 MAINDEC 11 - DXAAC DEC/Xll Exarciter and Write up 
5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS AND CHECKS 

5.1 RF Shield provided with AAVll-A mutt be inttalled over Side 1 
(component) of module. 

5.2 If an H322 Dittributlon Panel it pretent, then connect AAVll-A by meant 
of a BC08-06 cable from Jl of module to JIO of tha H322 (all H and J 
variationt of 11L03) 



[ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6115-0-0 



REV 
A 




CNOlOtJ- 16 N* 721 3«2| 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST . APPENDIX A 



6.0 TEST SET UP 

6.1 In»ur« iwltch pack SI ttC up for « dtvlct addret* of 170440. No vtctor 
It tat up tinea tha AAVll-A la not capable of Intarruptlng. 

6.2 Inttall Bodula in Expandar Box (BAll-M) tlot A thru D03 of all H and J 
varlatlona of llL03't. 

7.0 11 SYSTEM brTECRATIOW TEST PROCEDURE 

7.1 AAVll-A Tatt (DVAAA) 

7.1.1 Load prograa through appropriate load aadia. 

7.1.2 Available taatt and their atarting addraaaea: 
ST. ADD TEST 



70^^ 
204 
210 
214 



Manual Logic Tatt 
Manual Ramp Teat 
Manual Static Calibration 
Manxitl Dynamic Calibration 



7.1.3 Alternate Software SR aettinga (loc 176) 

7.1.3.1 SWR15 - 1 Halt on error 

7.1.3.2 SWR14 - 1 Loop on teat 

7.1.3.3 SWR13 - 1 Inhibit error typeouta 

7.1.3.4 SVfRll - 1 Inhibit iterationa 

7.1.3.5 SWRIO - 1 Ball on error 

7.1.3.6 SWR 9 - 1 Loop on error 

7.1.3.7 SWR 8 - 1 Loop on teat in SWR<7:0> 

7.1.4 Operator Action 

7.1.4.1 Set SVR bite aa deaired 

7.1.4.2 Type 200G (for logic teat) 

MOTE : For detailed information on manual ramp teat, manual 

atatic calibration teat, and manual dynamic calibration 
teat, refer to engineering apecificationa SP-AAVllA-3 

7.1.5 Evidence of End of Paaa and Run Time 

"END PASS IXZZXZ'* it typed in 5 aaconda with no iterations and 
in 20 aaconda with iterationa. 

7.1.6 Acceptable Errora: None 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6115-0-0 



REV 
A 




CN OlOIZ i»N«?} (]«2| 



SHEET 



OF 



i! 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



" e 

1! 



MANUFACTURING SPECIRCATION 



M . A . S . T . 



DATE 



TITLE ADOl-D A/D CONVEPTER - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



(11 

t 

m 

hi 
Ui 

VJ 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



ll 



9 3 ^ 



Prev. 7668001-0-6120 



^^/■/ Jfy^/^u>f>rf ^^£^U 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6120-0-0 



REV 

A 



fN-01MS-l»-NCrt-<M<) 



SHEET 1 OF 2 



MANUrACTUIUNC IPECinCATlON 
TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 

' 



ADOl-P A/D COWVERTER 

1.0 ABOl-D SFT-UF AMD CALIBBATIOri 

t«««r to dooBMiC DCC-ll-HAOOA-C-D 

1.1 ADOl-D Ace«ptanc« Proc«dur* 
R«£ftr to docuMOt A-8P-AZ)01-D'12 

1.2 DUgnoitlc Pack«M 

(A) ADOl-D Logic and Callbraclun Ttft 
MaliiDEC-ll-I>6AB 



SIZE 

A. 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER REV 

MAA6120-0-0 A 



DKC l»OM)-lMS4««7a 



SHEET 2 OF 2 



DIGITAL KQUIPMBNT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 


MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION M . A . S . T . ^^^^ 


TITLE LPAll-K LABORATORY PERIPHERAL ACCELEFtATOR " APPENDIX A 


REVISIONS 


RCV 


DESCRIPTION 


CHGNO 


ORIQ 


DATE 


APPO BY 


DATE 


A 


Prev. 7668001-0-6124 













ENQ 



vi^^^ l^^^k^^^ 



SIZE CODE 
A I SP 



NUMOER 

MAA6124-0-0 



REV 
A 



SHEET 1 OF Ik 



MANUFACnmiWC gBCmCATION 



TIM 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



LFAll-K LABOIATOKT FIlIPHIItAL ACCELIKATOK 



IHTtODUCTIOW 



Thla LPAll-X procadurt Mtabllthat BlnlaMi checkout sptclficatloftA for PA&T, 
•long vlth configuration raquir— an ta . 



1.0 TEST BQOIPMZIfT 

1.1 Oacllloacopa (100 MRs bandwidth mlo.) 

1.2 Quad Bxtandar Hodula (V984) 

1.3 Bax Multilajar Ixtandar Nodula (V9048) 

1.4 Taktroniz Modal 7D01 Uglc Analysar vlth DFI Dlaplay 
Foraattar (or aqulvalant) la raconaandad but not raqulrad. 



2.0 TEST SOFTWARE • 

2.1 MP00479 LPAll-K Plaid Malntananca Print Sat 

2.2 MP00161 AAll-K Plaid Maintananca Print Sat 

2.3 MP00047 ADll-K Plaid Maintananca Print Sat 

2.4 MP00090 AMll-K Plaid Maintananca Print Sat 
2.3 B-DD-DUl-K DRll-K CuatoMr Print Sat 

2.6 MP00048 KWll-E Plaid Naintmanca Print Sat 

2.7 1-DD-AIll-O ARll CuatoMr Print Sat 

2.8 i-DD-LPSll-S LPSll CuatOMr Print fat 

2.9 n-LPAll-SM-OOl LPAll-K iMtallatlon and Maintananca Manual 

2.10 B-INCll-OP-OOl IMCll-A ItaiataMaca Manual 
2.U LJ252-U LPAll-K Diatnoatle Packaga 

2.12 LJ234-U IMCll-A Dlagnoatie Packaga 

2.13 M4IIDBC-11-DXLPP DBC-X-11 Multluaar Moda Micro Coda Loadtr 

2.14 MLZaDBC-ll-OZLPG SBC-Z-ll Dadicatad Moda Micro Coda Loadar 

2. 15 HAIlDIC-ll-OZLPI KC-l-U LPAll-K barciaar 

2.16 A-8P-LPS11-14 LPSll Accaptanca Procadura 



SIZE CODE 

A Isp 



NUMBCII I RCV 

MAA6124-0-0 I k 



M<i 



It 



•NECT 



OF 



MAWUFACnmiWO geciwcATiow 



CONTINUATION SNCET 



TfTit 



MODULAR APPROArw to SYSTEMS TEST 



k 



3.0 QttCKooT or AW vndi-T WITH **!" orriows 

fh»f art many posaibl* conflgtirationa for the LPAll-K. Tb«r«for«, configu- 
ration of th« ayataa cannot ba apaclflcally given for all casat. Tha LPAll-K 
■uat ba configurad according to tha guidallnas givtn in tba LPAll-E Install- 
ation and Maintananca Naaual. Chackout of tbo LFAll-4^ can procaad aa toon 
aa configuration baa baan coaplatad. Chackout of an LPAll-K irith **K" 
optlona la aa fclloira: 

3.1 Maka aura all davlca addraaaaa, Tactor addrcaaaa and priority lavals of 
tha Baaic LPAll-K and any additional optlona on tha LPAIl-K'a I/O Bua 
ara aat according to Appandix A of thia docuaant. 

3.2 Kaka aura that Svltch 7 of E76 on tha M6200-TC la aat to the "OFT" 
poaitlon. 

3.3 Maka aura that Ju^>ar VI la Inatallad on tha M8254. 

3.4 Maka aura that tha I/O Bua baa at laaat an ADll-K and a EVll-K on it. 

3.5 Load MAIHDEC-ll-DllLPA (LPAll-K Syataa Taat). Pollov operating Inatruc- 
tlona contained in tha vrlta up for thia diagnoatic. Do not patch 
locatlona **SU;** and **8R2:'*. Allov tha prograa to run in Ita default 
condition (1 4D11-K and 1 KVll-K). Thia vill be a quick check to aee 
that Che Baaic LPAll-K la functioning properly. Allov at laaat four 
(4) Bon-^rroring paaaaa. If there la an error, refer to the trouble- 
ahootlng flowchart In Appendix B. 

3.6 Tha following chackout laatructlona will aaauaie a aaxiaua LPAll Syatesi 
(5 DU.l-K'a» 1 nni-K, 2 AD11-K*a, and 1 AAll-K). Oait the aectiona 
pertaining to any optlona that ara not Included in the configuration 
that ia balng taatad. 

3.7 Load MAIMDEC-ll-DILrF (LPA/DUl-K Digital I/O Taat). Follow operating 
Inatmctlona contained la tha wrltaup for thia diagnoatic. All DRll-E'a 
OB tha LPA11-E*a I/O Bua will ba checked by thia diagnoatic. If an 
error occura, fix or raplaca the falling DBll-K. The diagnoatic auat 
ba allcwad to aaka at laaat four (4) non-arroring paeaaa. 

3.8 Load KAnDBC-ll-OtLPC (LFAll/Ctfll-K DUgnoatlc). Follow operating In- 
atmctlona contained la tha wrltaup for thia diagnoatic. Interrupt 
logic la not chackad by thia dlagaoatic. If an error occur a, fix or 
raplaca tha falling EHll-K. The diagnoatic leuat ba allowed to sake at 
laaat four (4) noB-arrorlng paaaea. 



SIZE CODE 



NUMBER 

MAA6124-0-0 



REV 
A 



tc *»nath»aaawt?i 



SHEET 



OF 



14 



MAWUTACnWINC gBClFlCATlOW 

tini 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



3.9 Load HAZIDBC-llDILPK (LPAll/ADll-K Dlagnottlc). Follow oporatlng In- 
■tructioao eoot«ln«d in tha wrltoup for this dlatnottlc. Chock and 
calibrata tha ADll-K (a) according to A-SP-ADll-K-5 which la Included 
in tha ADll-K Plaid Nalntananca Print Sat. Daa of thla dlagnoatlc 
appaara to tha uaar tha aaaa aa If tha DZADL dlagnoatlc waa balng run 
on an ADll-K on tha Onlbua. Intarrupt logic on tha ADll-U la not 
chackad by MD-11-DKLPK. 

WCftt: Allow a 13 mlnuta warwip f tha ADll-K(a) bafora calibration. 
Allow tha dlagnoatlc to aaka at laaat two (2) non-arrorlng paaaas of 
**Auto Taat** aftar calibration la coaplatad. Ncka aura tha G5036 wrap- 
around aodula la In placa and that tha awltch la In tha "0" poaltlon. 

If an AKll-K (Hultlpla Gain Multlplaxar) la to ba Inatallad on tha 
ayataa, do ao at thla tlsa. Kafar to A-SF-AHll-K-S (AMll-K Nanu- 
facturlog and Flald Accaptanca Procadura) for Ibatallatlon and chackout. 
Uaa KAINDEC-ll-DILPB Inataad of MAIMDEC-ll-DZADL. Oilt rafaranca Co 
KD-11-DIXAA (DEC/Zll Hodula). 

3.10 Load MAIHDEC-ll-DKLFB <LPA11/AA11-K dlagnoatlc). Pollow oparatlng In- 
atructlona contalnad in tha wrltaup for thla dlagnoatlc. Chackout and 
calibrata tha AAll-K according to A-SP-AAll-K-S (AAll-K Manufacturing 
and Flald Accaptanca Procadura) . MD-11-DKLPl will appaar to tha uaar 
tha aaaa aa if MD-11-DZAAC wara balng run on an AAll-K on tha Onlbua. 
■owafvar, tha intarrupt logic on tha AAll-K will not ba chackad and the 
aattling taat aquara wava will not ba ganaratad. Oait rafarancaa to 
running MD-11-DZAAB (DEC/Xll Nodula) . 

3.11 Load NAIVDEC-ll-DRLPA. Follow oparatlng inatructlona contalnad in tha 
wrltaup for thla dlagnoatlc. Tha addraaa st locatlona *'SR1:" and "SR2:*' 
maj ba found in tha uywho} tabla at tha back of tha Hating. Load 
location "SKI:** with tha appropriate blta to infora the dlagnoatlc at to 
which optiona are on tha LFAll-K'a I/O Bua. Load location "SK2:" with 
tha appropriate blta to infora the dlagnoetic aa to how the optiona are 
aet up for taat. Tha FAAT area will have G5036 wraparound aodulaa on 
all ADll-K'a praaant. Sat tha awitchaa on tha G5036'a to the "0" poal- 
tlon. G5036 wraparound Bodulai are optional in the field. All DRll-K'a 
will have tha one foot BC08R wraparound cable inatallad; if an AAll-K 
ia praaant, it will have one of the diaplay acopaa connected (aa dea- 
cribad in A-SP-AAll-K-S) . 

Allofw KAIMDEC-ll-DILPA to itake a ■iniauB of aiz (6) non-arroring paaaee. 
If an error doaa occur, refer to tha troublaahooting charta in Appendix 



tC »»t»Mh W M W T« 



SIZE 

A 



COOEl NUMtER 
SP I MAA6124-0-0 



REV 
A 



SHEET Jl OF 



'mmmmm' 



hUNUFACTUIUNG gEClFlCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



A.O CBEOCOUT 0? AN LPAll-K WITH AN All! 

A.l Cocflgurc the LPAll-K vlth mn AIll analog raaltiaa •ubayataa that hat 
prevloualy been checked out aad accepted according to the A&ll Syaten 
XnatallatloD and Checkout Procedure (A-SP-ARl 1-0-4). Follov config- 
uration guidelines given in the LPAll-K Inatallatlon and Maintenance 
Manual (EK-LPAll-SH-001) . 

4.2 Set the Device Addresa of the ARll to 770600. Set the Vector Address to 
340. 

4.3 Set the Device Address, Vector Address and Priority Level of the Basic 
LPAll-K according to Appendix A of this document . 

4.4 Make sure that Switch 7 of E76 on the M8200-TC la set to the *'01'F" 
position. 

4.5 Make sure that Jusper VI la Installed on the M8254. 

* 

4.6 Make sure a CS036 wraparound Bodule Is connected to the ARll In the 

FA&T area. Set the s«rltch to the "O" position. The G5036 wraparound 
■odule la optional In the field. 

4.7 Load MAINDEC-11-DRLPA (LPAll-K Syatca Test). Follow operating Inatruc- 
tlons contained In the wrlteup for this dlagnoatlc. Patch location 
"SRI:" to 002000. Patch location "SR2:" to 002000 If the 05016 la 
preaent. Allow the dlugnostlc to aake at least six (6) non-«rrorlng 
paaaes. If an error does occur, refer to the troubleshooting flowcharta 
in Appendix B. ' 

5.0 CHHCK O Ur OF AN LPAll-K V;TH AN LPSll 

5.1 Configure the LPA11~K with an LPSll Laboratory Peripheral Syatem that has 
prevloualy been checked out and accepted according to the LPSll Accept- 
ance Procedure (A-SP-LPSll-S-14) . Follow configuration guidelines 
given In the LPAll-X Inatallatlon and Maintenance Manual (EK-LPAll-SM- 
001) . 

5.2 Set the Baae Device Addreaa of the LPSll to 770400. Set the Vector 
Addref^a to 340. 

5.3 Set the Device Address, Vector Address, and Priority Level of the Baaic 
LPAll-K according to Appendix A of this document . 

5.4 Make aure that Switch 7 of E76 on the M8200>TC le set to the "OFF" 
poeltlon. 



SIZE TCOOE] NUMBER 
A I SP I MAA6124-0-0 



.•(MXhtM«4M7t 



REV 



SHEET 



Or 14 



'^Jm 



MANUFACTURINC SPECinCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



5.5 Make tura that Jtapar VI !• installed on the M8254. 

5*6 Maka aura that all A/D Channal Inputs ara ahortad to ground. 

5.7 If tha LPSll haa tha LPSDRA Option, it miat hava tha Digital I/O last 
Cabla (7009192) connactad. Thia is optional in tha fiald, but mandatory 
In tha rA4T araa. 

5.8 If tha LPSll haa tha LFSVC Option, a acopa auat ba connactad to the 
•copa control output on tha rear of tha LPSll chaasis. lafar to para- 
graph 14.0 of A-8P-LPS11-S-14 (LPSll Acceptance Procedure) for aelection 
of the proper acope and ita inatallation. Thia ia optional in the field, 
but aandatory In the FA&T area. 

5.9 Load MAmDEC-ll-DRLPA (LPAll-IC Syatea Teat). Follov opereting instruc- 
tions conteined in the vriteup for this diagnostic. The eddress of 
locationa **8E1:" and **8R2:" aay ba found in the Syabol Table at the back 
of the listing. Load location '*8R1:** with tha appropriate bite to in- 
fora the diagnoatic that there ia a LPSll on the LPAll-R'e I/O Bue, and 
to infom it aa to which optiona are in the LPSll. Load location "SR2:*' 
with the appropriate bite to infora the diagnoatic aa to how the LPSll 
optiona are eet up for teet. 

Allow MAmDEC-ll-DRLPA to sake at leaat aix (6) non-erroring passes. 
If an error doaa occur, refer to the troubleahooting charts in Appendix 
B. 

6.0 LPAll-K OPTION ACCEPTAHCE 

6.1 Parfora tha option teat given in Section 3.0 of this docuaent if the 
LPAll-C has *V optiona on the I/O Bua. 



6.2 Parfom tha option cast giTan In Section 4.0 of thia document If the 
LPAll-K baa an ARll on tha I/O Bua. 



6.3 FarfoTB the option taat $iy9n ia Section 5.0 of thie doc 
LFAll-K has aa LPSll on the I/O Bua. 



t if the 



6.4 



Configure DBC/Ul for the ayataa that the LPAll-K is on. DEC/Ul for 
the LPAll-K auat iadode MAHIDEC-II-DXLPF, HAIMDEC-ll-DZLPC and 
MjmiDBC-lI-IXZLPB. Vbcn nrnnlng DECZ/11 in tha FA4T araa, run MD-11- 
DILP6 aad MD-11-ULPB. Tliay auat be aalected in thet order. Do not 
•aUet MD-ll-OXLPF aad MD-ll-DXLPH if a probloa aasMd to aziat with the 
•jataa iHiaa tha eaatoaar waa oaiag aultiuaar aode. HD-11-DZLPF and 
ID-lX-dLPG ara both loaders that ara uaed to load tha aicrocode thet 
la nm hj tha MD-ll-OZLPB asardaar. MD-11-DZLPF la tha aicrocode 
loader for the aultloaar «Dda. 1ID-11-4>ZLPC la tha aicrocode loader for 
the dadlcatad soda. If all three LPAll-X DBC/Zll aodulea vara aalected, 
irtiichawar of tha two loadara waa tha laat one aalected, would be the 
<me whoaa aicrocode would ba asardaed by MD-11-DZLPB. 



SIZE 

A 



esc ISKMthtMt^**: 



CODE I NUMBER 

8P I MAA6124-0-0 



REV 
A 



SHEET 



M^&^i^i^lM,^^-^ 



■4^^ ',i^SSt!iii'}i^i^^S&ii&n/t.s.:.i^J,-ju,A:l - 



Tini 



CONTINUATION SNf ET 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.4 cont 



Patch locatlont **8Ut'* md "812 :" of KAIIIDEC-ll-OILPB according to th« 
laatructloDS containad in tba writaup for thia DEC/Xll aodula. lun 
DEC/Zll for a ainiaa of four (4) houra, 



mi€ CODE 

A Isp 



MliyRFR 

MAA6124'0'-0 



T 



i*imtyim99H7t 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACnmiNC mBCmCATlOH 




■n CONTIMUATION SNCET 


TITU 


NODULAR APPROACH 


I TO 


SYSTEMS TEST 








• 

APPfNDtX A 


DIVICZ 




DEVICE 
AODUSS 




VECTOR PIIOIITT 
ADD1B8S LEVEL 

• 


DfCll-A 




770460 




•30C 5 


M8200-TC 


770470 




420 S 


AAll-K 




770416 




360 4 


ADll-C 


11 


770400 




340 6 


ADll-K 


#2 


770440 




400 6 


Alll 




770400 




340 Plud 


Dtll-K 


#1 


767770 




310 4 


Dtll-K 


#2 


767760 




320 4 


Dtll-K 


#3 


767750 




330 4 


DRll-X 


#4 


7677*0 




350 4 


Dtll-K 


15 


767730 




370 4 


KVil-C 




770404 




344 6 


LP811 




770400 




340 Plscd 


* Pr«f«rTftd PloatlBf V«ctoi 


AfddrMt 










1 Size 1 CODE 1 NUMtCR 
1 A 1 » 1 MAA6124.0-0 


REV 1 



HteiMi 



n 



•Ncrr 



8 



OP 



iir.,j;i!Sitt*afeiV. ..-. c J-JiH 'iifc iiia tssi^ -(■."SS^!' ■ ^.iii^^&- 



MANUTACnmiWC gBdnCATlOW 

Tim MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATION SNf CT 



APrHIDZI B 



MBK LPAIKIC 



♦■•■•■•^^"'■^ 




SIZE 



CODE] NUMtER 

8P I MAA6124-0-0 



REV 
A 



He t^iamt-im a mn 



SHEET 



OF 



MAWUFACnmiWC MCIFICATTON 



CONTINUATION %4ttl 



TITil 



MOnilLAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



BASIC LPAll-K 




SIZE 

A 



CODE 
tP 



NUMtER 

MAA6124-0-0 



REV 
A 



>»<— «hi— tm?t 



SHEET 12 OF ii 




SHcrr iL OF -il 



MANUFACTUMWC gBOPICAIIO N 

Tmi MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATION SNCCT 



•-V PASS 

(j> ' 



PASS 



tPAll-K WITH "IC" OPTIOMS 




REPAIR 




PUT AAll-K 
ON UNIBUS 



PASS 




REPAIR 



REPAIR 



PUT DRll-l 
ON UNIBUS 



PASS 




PAZL 



I REPAIR I 

* I ssssrngm 




OCI NUMBER 

MAA6124-0-0 



REV 
A 



IMMWrt 



SHEET 



12 



OF J± 



i..jc*jea:f .*(■ ■Wl . 



V;I)».;,afeSR:i«iSS^}^s4S\;i 



MANUFACnmiWG gBOFICA-nON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 




IFAll-K WITH ARll 




YES 



REPAIR 



PASS 




YES 



PASS 



REPAIR 



REPAIR 



' won t If DILPA reports an error and It casoot bo fouod by nnmlng DtLPC, 
*~~~ OiLPD or DILPB; tboa jcu wwt coonoct tbo Ihiibuo to tho LPAll'o I/O 
Boo. Boaovo tho 10254 aodulo and roploco It vlth a C727 grant card, 
tun MD-11-DZAIA, lf>-ll-OZAU and MD-11-DZAlC to aolvo tbo probloa. 
Maka aura ytn do oot ascoad tba Oaibua Load 8pae*a. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
tP 



NUMSER 

MAA6124-0-0 



SEV 

A 



n 



SNEET 13 OF .JJ. 



MAItUFACroilWC MC1P1CAT10N 



C0NT1NUAT10I4 SHEET 



TITU 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



PASS >^ KUN 




PASS 



FAIL 



REPAIR 




yf:s 



PAIL 



REPAIR 





■OTE: If DILPA raperts aa arror, aad it caonot b« found by rurning 

ll>-ll-OILPH» ll)*ll-OiLPI or MD-11-DILPJ; tbaa 70U muat 
eooaact tha Oalbua to tba LPA11-K*a I/O Bua. taaova tha 
10254 aodttla «Dd raplaca it with a 6727 %tmat card, tun 
ID-11-OZIPC, IB-ll-DZlPD or ID-ll-DZIPI to aolva tba problaa. 
Maka aura you 4o aet a« c aad tba Oaibua Load Spaca. 



SIZE CODE 



HUMSES I REV 

MAA6124-0~0 I A 



n 



SHEET .iJL OF 



DIOITAI^ EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T. 



DATr 



TITLE 



ADll-K BACKUP REFERENCH: DOCUMENTATION - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO ORIO 



DATE 



APPC BY 



DATE 



Prev. 7668001-0-6125 




ENQ fj 



APPD 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6125-0-0 



REV 

A 



KN^lMS-lt^t/a-OMI 



SHEfcT 1 OF h 



MANUTACTURINC OTCIWCATION 

Tim MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



ADll-K BACKP? lEriKEIICE D0CttmiT4TI« 



1.0 im9wgH9H. 



2.0 



9.0 



4.0 



TiM latent of this procodur* la to •vHoorlso th« dloBnootle vrlto-up 
for tho purpooo of oayodloaey. All laotnwtlooo eoatalaod la thlo 
proeoduro aro brlaf aad dlroct for roaaooa of alafllflcatloa, oo aot to 
eoofaao tho oporator vhoa porfomlat dlatnaatle toatlaf. Por aoro 
lB-4opth lafonaatloa, It will bo aoeooaary to rofar to tho 41agBOotl« 
vrltc-iip. 

hfhhice pocuMEirrg 

Tba do cmoa ta llatod bolov ato for rofaroaea oalj. 
2.1 Voitaaoahlp Haaual 

ADllHC Uaor'a Naanal EK-AOll-K-OP-#01 

AOllHC Prlat Sot B-TC-AOllHC-1 



2.2 
2.3 

2.4 



AOll-K Manttfacturlng aad Flald Ixataa Accaptaaca Frocoduro 
A-8P-AD11-K-5. 



lEQPIlED TEST BOPIMEWT 
3.1 



9.2 



BGS036 Malataaaaca Kit (cooalata of a G5036 wrap-arouad aodula 
aad a BC08I*1 cjhla). 

Callbratad DC voltaga aourca (IDC aodol HV116 or aqulvaloat) . ivo 
ara aaodod If a vrap-arouad aodula la aot avollabla. 



9.3 PDP-11 CPU. 

MQUIRED TEST SOPTWiM 
4.1' MAZHDEC-ll-OZAOL 
4.2 NADIDEC-11-IBAn 



ADllHL Dlagaootle aad Wrlta-Up. 
oec-Zll ADll-E Isarelaar aad Wrlta-Op. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6125-n-n 



REV 
A 



SOSOQSO 



CN ■« 1 o'7-i M«« r S-1 Stfl 



BHEET 



OP 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MOr^IlIAR APPROACH TO SYSTFNS TgST 



5,0 Srii n iAf. INSI'KCTION AW) ggCKS 

5.1 AN-iiirr tlu' A/D convcrCar package la aacurcly faatanad to tha 

A^iM'' luotiula. 

6.0 T' -:ST .M l ■[.{■ 

6.1 If 'iddrcsa and vacCor awitchaa par AOlI-K Mfg. and Flald Sjati 
Aci'pianca procadura A-S?-ADll-K-5 ■action 2.2 - 2.3. 

6.2 inacall G5036 irrap-ai./uiid taat card par ADll-K Mf|. and Flald 
System Aceaptanca Procadura A-8P>ADll-K-5 aacClon 6.1 if wrap- 
arntnd modula li availabla. If Cha wrap-around aodula la not 
availablt, rafar to ADll-K Hfg. and Plr^d SystM Accaptanca 
Procadura A-8P-AD11HC-5 taction 6.2. 



7.0 yY^TEH mTEg^T^ipy TWT 



<J.^*?<'J1. 



7.1 Load dlagziotclc lato ajataB uadar tMt using low or high apaad 
tapa raadar, ZXDP, or ACT-11. 

7.2 Prograa SUrt-Op 

7.2.1 Load AddrMB 7100 

7.2.2 Start 81 - #0000# (Standard Dafault Condition) 

7.3 Switch taglatar Sattings 

7.3.1 SW15 • ^1 or Up F^lt on Error 

7.3.2 SW14 • 1 or Up Loop on Taat 

7.3.3 8V13 - 1 or Up Inhibit Irror Typaouta 

7.3.4 6V12 - 1 or Up for 7TS5 Display 
7.3.3 SVll • 1 or Up Inhibit Itarationa 

7.3.6 SVlO - 1 or Up Ball on Irror 

7.3.7 8W9 •• 1 or Up Loop on Brror 

7.3.8 8V8 • 1 or Up Loop on Taat in 8R <$:7> 



wsm 



SIZE 

A. 



CODE 
8P 



MUMSfH 

MAA6125-0-0 



REV 

A 



CM*eioa>'i«^«7M3fr 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURJNC SPECIFICATiON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TTflt 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



7.^ Operator Actloa 

After tb« dUgnoatlc hat b««n ftartad, thla ftatMaot It prlntad 
ouC: "Typ« th« l«tt«r and carrlaf* ratura of tha daairad taat." 
Tlia Auto Taat (A) ahould b« aalactad alnea It oparataa all 
dlaRQoatle portiooa of tha ADll-K taat. 

Tha oparator ahould obaanra 2 non-arrorlng paaaaa. Rtmnlog tha 
Auto taat on tha first paaa ahould taka 18 Binutaa, auccaaalTa 
paaaaa ahould taka 36 «liiutaa aaeh. 

I 

7.5 Aceaptabla Errora 

Thara ara no aceaptabla arrora. 

7.6 Procadura # RaaUrt Aftar Rapalr 
7.6.1 Rapaat atapa 7.2 thru 7.5, 

7.7 DEC -111 With KUll-K Inatallad 

7.7.1 Rafar to ADll-K Mfg. and Flald Syats Accaptaoca 
Procadura A-SP-ADllHC-S Sactloa 7 for lataractlva 
taatlng. 



Size 



cooe 

8P 



NUMieil I RCV 

MAA6125-0-0 | A 




CN.«ia«t*i«-M«ya^M» 



SNIET 



OF 



}! 



1' 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLt 



AAll-K DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIRTION 



CHQ NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



II 

At 

* i e 






Prev. 7668001-0-6126 



^>^/^m It^^CZ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6126-0-0 



REV 



CN-01M3-l«-NS7t-<Mt) 



SHEET 1 OF «♦ 



MAWUPACTUIUNC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



^*^^ MCOJLAP APPHQftCH TO SYSTQC TEST _ APPENDIX A 



AAll-t MCITAL TO AWALOC COMVgKTER 



l.O IWnODUCTIOII 

Th« Intwt o£ thlf proMdurt it to •u»«rit« th« dl.Enoitlc vrittup for 
21 i^rJS.. of ..ptdltncy. All Inttructlooi in thl. procodurt .f bri.f 
It; KrHt for "lion, of .i-pllfic.tlon. .o not to -» «• th. op.r.tor 
^o porfo(.in« dUgno.tlc f.tl-t. For .or. l«-d.pth Inf oration. It 
will b« noeattary to r«f«r to tho dUgnoitic writoup. 



2.0 



3.0 



4.0 



5.0 



BBfEtgUCT DOCUMEMTATION 

Tho docwMnti liittd b«low %f for r«f«r«nct only. 

2.1 VortaMnthis> Mami«l 

AAll-K uior'i Manual K-AAllK-m-OOl 

AAll-K Print Sat 



2.2 
2.3 
2.4 



AAll-l Manufacturini and Fiald 8yitt» Acctptanca Procadura 
A-8P-AAII-K-5 



■EqUllED TK8T BQUIPMENT 

3.1 Calibratad DC Volt Matar 

3.2 V114 or VTOl Scopa or Iquivalant 

3.3 Oacilloacopa Taktronis 453 or Iquivalant 

3.4 PDP-11 CPU with 1 Oi*d tPC Hot 
tiqUIRED TEST SOnWAKZ 

4.1 MAlHDtC-ll-DZAAC-A DIAOIOSTIC AHD WWTEUP FOt AAll-K 

4.2 HAWDEC-ll-DXAAB-A AAll-K DtO-X-U Ixarci.ar and Writaup 
SPECIAL IHSPECnOWS AND CHECKS 

MCIIE 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER REV 

MAA6126-0-0 A 




CN-OlOtZ 1«N«7? (3«2l 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURINC SFECIFICATION 
TITL» 



CONTINUATION SHtCT 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



6.0 TEST SITOP 

6.1 S«t up addr«ti and vactor tviechet per AAll-K Mfg. and Fiald Syatam 
Accapcaoca Procadura A-SP-AAll-K-S Sac dona 3. A - 3.6. 

6.2 Connact acopa cabla to AAll-K barg connactor Jl par AAll-K Mfg. and 
Fiald Sjataa Accaptanca Procadura A-SP-AAll-K-5 Section 4.2. 

7.0 11 SYSTEM IWTtCRATIOW TIST PKOCEDURE 

7.1 Load prograa through tha appropriate load nadia. 

7.2 Program atarting addraaa 

7.2.1 Load addraaa 200 

7.2.2 Start 000000 (SR) atrndard avitch aattinga 

7.3 Alternate mritcb aattinga 

7.3.1 SWlS-1 Rait on Error 

7.3.2 SV14"1 Loop on currant teat 

7.3.3 SV1>1 Inhibit error typaout 

7.3.4 SV12*1 Storage Scope connected 

7.3.5 SW11"1 Inhibit teat itcrationa 

7.3.6 SW10"1 Extanul delay connected 

7.3.7 SW09*1 Tvo'a coa^plimant aode 

7.3.8 SW08"1 Loop on teat in SR 7:0 

7.4 Operator Action 

A maaaaga will be typed designating a 2 letter code for sub test 
selection. The auto logic test "AL" should be selected first to 
verify proper logic oparation. Than "AD" ahould be typed to run 
the viaual display portion. 

NOTE: If acopa display is not available, refer to the AAll-K Mfg. 
and Fiald Acceptance Procedure, A-SP-AAII-K-S for alternative 
taating. 



mam 



SIZE CODE 
A I SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6126-0-0 



CN OIOS? 1«N«77(39}| 



SHEET 



OF 



REV 
A 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONHNUATION SHEET 



TITIC 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



7.5 Evid«nc« of End of ?•••, or E«tiA«t«d Run Tint 

7.5.1 Subttit "AL" t«k«» approx. 30 toe. 

7.5.2 Sub cat t "AD" C«k«s «pprox. 60 tec. 

7.5.3 SubtMt "AL" !■ op«r«eor dependent. 

7.5.4 Subtest "ML" ie • non-ending loop. 

7.5.5 Subteet "MD" le • non-ending loop. 

7.6 Acceptable Errore 
NONE 

7.7 Procedure #leetart After tepeir 
7.7.1 Repeat stepa 7.2 through 7.6. 



SIZE 

A 



cooe 

SP 



MliyilFO 

MAA6126-0-0 



REV 
A 




CNoioaa i*N*72 (3«2) 



SHEET 



OF 



! 



I 

I 

hi 

n 
1*1 

Hi 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION M.A.S.T 



DATE 



TITLE 



AMll-K MULTIPLEXER EXPANDER - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



Prev. 7668001-0-6127 



CHQ NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPO BY 



DATE 



S£ 



ENQ 



Jr^-: 



jr/^=^jAc« 



APPO 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6127-0-0 



REV 
A 



etii^iM«.i»^«7fHata) 



SHEET 1 OF «♦ 



MANUFACTUR ING SPECIFICATIO N 

nni 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



AMll-K MULnPUXEt EXFANDEX 



l.O IimtODDCTION 



Th« latent of th£« proc«dur« it to §\ammTif the diagnostic vritt-up for 
th« purpo«« of •xpadioncy. All inatruetions contained in this procadura 
ara direct and brief for reaaona of aiBplificatL'>n, so as not to confuse 
the operator when performinf the diagnostic testing. For aore in-dc-,>th 
infonution, it vill be neceasary to refer to the diagnoatic trrite-up. 

2.0 EZFEHEWCE DOCUMENTAnON 

The docuaenta liatad below ere for reference only. 

2.1 Workaanahip Manual 

AMll-K Oaer'i Manual EX-AallX-TM-OOl 

AMll-K Print Set 



3.0 



4.0 



5.0 



2.2 
2.3 
2.4 



AMll-K Manufacturing and Field Systea Acceptance Procedure 
i^SF-AMll-K-S. 



REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMEWT 

3.1 Oacilloacope Tektronix 453 or e^uivelent. 

3.2 BC5036 Maintenance Kit (GS036 Wraparound Module and a BC08R-01 Cable) 

3.3 Calibrated K voluge aource (EDC Model MVlOO or equivalent). 

3.4 BC08R-08 cable 

3.5 ADll-K Analog tfedule 
REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE 

4. 1 MAIllKC-ll-DZAOB-B ADll-K diagnoatic uaed for checkout and debug of 
the AMll-K. 

4.2 MAIMDKC-11-DXADB-A ADll-K DEC- X-11 exerciser. 
SPECIAL IKSPECnOHS AMD CHECKS 

NOME 




SIZE CODE 

A I sp 



NUMBER 

MAA6127-0-0 



REV 
A 



CNoiot; i»-N«72otai 



5HEET 2 Q^ 4 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



6.0 TtST SETUP 

6.1 ConiMCC a BCll-T cable froa ADU-R J2 to AMll-K Jl. 

6.2 Connact Ch« BC081-08 cabl* froa ADU-K Jl to AMll-K J3. 

6.3 Connect GS036 tost aodulo to J2, J4 or JS doponding on which bank of 
channala on tha AM11~K ara to ba taatad; i.a., J2 - CH20 - 37, 

J4 - CH40-57, J5 - CH60-77. 

NOTE: GS036 aodula connacta to tha AKll-K via a BC08R-01. Thia 
cabla ahould ba inatallad upaida down, i.a., A-W inataad of A-A. 

7.0 11 SYSTEM IlflEGRATIOW TEST PROCEDORE 

7.1 Load prograa through tha appropriate load aadia. 

7.2 Prograa atart addrasa 

7.2.1 Load addraaa 200 

7.2.2 Start 000000 (SR) atandard awitch aattinga 

7.3 Altarnata Svitch Sattinga 

7.3.1 SU15 • 1 Halt on arror 

7.3.2 SW14 - 1 Loop on teat 

7.3.3 8W13 - I Inhibit error typeouts 

7.3.4 SW12 • 1 Halt for VT33 diaplay 

7.3.5 Stfll - 1 Inhibit iterationa 

7.3.6 9W10 • 1 Bell on error 

7.3.7 SV09 * 1 Loop on error 

7.3.8 SW08 * 1 Loop on teat in SWR 7:0 



SIZE CODE 

A Isp I 




CN oioa>i»N«;2(]«2i 



NUMBER 

MAA6127-0-0 



REV 
A 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTUMNC SfEClFICATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



7.4 Operator Action 

A ■•••«!• ^* printed with a list of iubtaata that tha uaar aay 
aalact. For aeeaptanca varification, tha only taat to ba aalactad 
ia taat "A", tha auto taat. Bafora running tha taat, a 1 location 
patch ia nacaaaary to aalact ona of thraa baaa addraaaaa of tha 
ehannala to ba taatad tafar to Saction 6.3 for channal aalaction. 
Tha location "baaa CB" ahould ba patchad for 20 (ehannala 20-37 to 
ba taatad), 40 (ehannala 40-57 to ba taatad) or 60 (ehannala 6C-77 
to ba taatad). 

NOTE: If BG5036 wraparound taat board ia not availabla, rafar to 
tha AMll-K Mfg. 4 Piald Aeeaptanca Procadura A-SP-AMll-K-5 Saction 
7.2 for altarnativa taating. 

7.5 Evidanca of End Paaa or Eatiaatad lun Tiaa 

Whan running tha auto taat "END PASS" will ba typad. Each paaa of 
tha auto taat takaa approxiaataly 10 ainutaa. 

7.6 Aceaptabla Errora 
NONE 

7.7 Procadura iRaatart Aftar Rapair 

lapaat atapa 7.2 through 7.6. 

NOTE: If analog aaction of tha option ia rapairad, racalibration 
■ay ba nacaaaary. lafar to AMll-K calibration procadura for further 
inatructiona. 



SIZE 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6127-0-0 



REV 
A 




CN 01012 i»-N«'20«2l 



ill 

in 

fill 

Ail 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 




MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



LSP-11 SYSTEM CHECKOUT L ACCEPTANCE - APPENDIX A 



TEViSIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



: 9 



Prov. 7668001-J-6130 



"Tgvy J/^4^/^^fAff n^J^^A^tcpC^ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6130-0~0 



REV 

A 



EN-010t3-l»-NC72-(392) 



SHEET 1 OF 2 



MANUFACTURINC iPECmCAnON 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS THST - appf^htv a | 



LPS -11 SYSTEM CHECKOUT & ACCEPTANCE 

1.0 LPS-11 Satup and Calibration 

Rafar to Docimant DEC-ll-HLWA-B-D 

1.1 LPS -11 Acctptanca Procadura 
Rafar to Docxnant A-SP-LPSll-S-14 

1.2 Diagnostic Packaga 

A) LPS-11 last I MAINDEC-11-DZLPC 

B) LPS-11 Taat II MAINDEC-U-DZLPD 

C) M7023 Digital I/O Teat MAINDEC-11-DZLPI-A 

Othar Ralatad Docmants 

LPS-11 SyttflB Uaart Guida DEC-11-ULFMA-B-D 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER REV 

M;>A6130-0-0 a 



OaC It-'ltl^-lOtX-MATS 



SHEET 



0» 



Ml 

I' 



2 
S 

Ui 
hi 

n 

ill 

r M O C 

'III 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



^'^^^ 16 CHANNEL 12 BIT A/D FOR Pr)P-Il/03 - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



Prev. 7668001-0-6135 



M. 



ENQ 



"7^/y J^Ay, 



Y^hJS/^( 



AP£P 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6135-0-0 



REV 

A 



CN-«1«M- 1 e-N« 72-< 392) 



SHEET 1 OF k 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



TITlf 



MflDUIAR Af PROACH TO systems test 



16 CHAHNIL 12 BIT A/D FOR PI)P-ll/03 

1.0 nmtoDuaioM 

Th« IntMt of thl» proc«dur« it to ■uHurltt th« dlatnottlc tn:lt«up. For 

tb« purpoa* of •zptdlMcy, th« proc*dur« h«s b«tn k«pt brl«f, and to th« 

point, to iMop fro« confu«ln| th« uwr. For mdditlonal InforMtlon. It 
will b« a«c««s«r7 to r«f«r to tba dlagnoatlc vrltaup. 

2.0 KEFERgflCE DOCOHZHTATIOH 

2.1 WorkaanbOlp )tonu«l (STD 116) 

2.2 Bntln««rlnt Sp«ciflc«tioni SF-ADVll-A-3 

2.3 ADVll-A Print S«t 

2.4 EK-ADVll-OP-001 A0V11-A, fWVll-A, AAVll-A, DRVll U««rs Manual 

2.5 11L03 Manufacturing Spaelflcationa 
3.0 REQUIKED TEST EQUIPMEHT 

3.1 LSm Standard Coaputar vith 91 of mnorj 

3.2 Tait connactar 70-12894 

3.3 Praciaion Toltaga aourca: Elactronic Davalopwnt Corp. (EDO VS-llN 
or aquivalant. 

3.4 ADVll-A aodula 

3.5 Output tarvinal/DLVll 
4.0 REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE 

4.1 MAINDEC 11 - DVADA ADVll-A Farfor^nca Taat Dlagnoatic and vriteup. 

4.2 MAINDEC 11 - OXADC DBC/Xll Exarciaar and %rritaup. 
5.0 SPECIAL aSTRDCTIOHS AND CHECKS 

5.1 If an H322 distribution panal ia praaant. than connact ADVll-A by 
■aana of a BC08ll-#6 cabla froa Jl of aodula to JIO of tha B322 
(all C and D ▼arlationa of 11LI3) 

5 2 Whan an ADVll-A and a KUVll-A ara both praaant in tha ayataa aodula, 

juapara (DEC 7#1#771) ara inatallad froa tha EW output tab (CLE) to 
tha A/D clock ovarfloir tab (C) and froa ba KW tab (STl) to tha A/D 
tab(a). 



SIZE 

A 



cooc 

SF 



NUMBER 

MAA6135-0-0 



REV 




CN-«10t>l«-N«7t|]ftl 



SHEET 2 OF 



MAWUFACTUIUNC SPECIFICATION 

Tinc 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



MnniiTAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



5.3 Two HP thicldt art provided with Mch ADVll-A. They ar* lMtall«d on 
•ach tlda of tha aodula. 

5.4 If iha ADVll-A la hookad up to an H322, than SEt algnal auat ba 
iroundad on tha H322 ao that tha A/D la ahlppad to tha cuatoaar In 
alngla andad aoda. To accoapliah thla, conuact a irlra bacwaan J8 
top ncrav tarmloaJl (SE algnal) to J7 top acrav taralnal (logic CID) 
on tha H322. 

6.0 TEST SET UP 

6.1 Insura avltch packa S2 and SI ara aat up for a davlca addraaa of 171400, 
and a vac tor of 400 raapactlvaly. 

6.2 Inatall aodula In alota A thru D03 of CPU box C and D varlatlona of 

I1L03. 

6.3 Install taat connaetar 70-12894 In Barg Comiactar Jl of aodula. 
7.0 11 STSTEK DITEGItATIOW TEST PROCEDUltE 

7.1 AOVll-A Parforaanca Taat (DVATA) 

7.1.1 Load prograa through appropriata load aadia. 

7.1.2 SuBury of availabla tasta and character trpad to axacuta. 



Character Typad 

V 
C 
P 
L 

A 



Taat 

Wrap around taat 

Calibration taat 

Print valuaa taat 

Logic taata 

Wraparound and logic taata 



* NOTE 1: Wraparound taat raquiraa Barg Taat Connactar to run. 

NOTE 2: Prograa will giva inatructiona on calibrating upon typing C. 
7.1.3 Prograa starting addrasaaa 

7.1.3.1 200 - Por noraal taat 

7.1.3.2 204 - Raatart 

7.1.3.3 210 - Option araa bum- in 




SIZE COOC 



NUMBER 

MAA6135-0-0 



REV 



CN010«>1«-N*7a(l«2l 



SHCCr 3 OP 



MANUFACTURING STECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Tmc 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TbST 



7.1.4 Alt«nut« Softvara SI sattlnga (176) 



B«lt on error 

Loop on t«at 

Inhibit error typeouta 

Bait for V155 Dlaplay 

Inhibit itaratlona 

Ball on arror 

Loop on arror 





SVR15 • 






SVI114 • 






SVR13 • 






SWia2 < 






SVIll ■ 






SVUO * 






SUR 9 ■ 






SVR 8 ■ 





1 Loop on taat In SVR<7:0^ 



7.1.5 Operator Action 



7.1.5.1 Sat SVR blta aa daalrad. 

7.1.5.2 Typa 200G 

7.1.5.3 Type cbarnctar to run daiilrad taat. 

7.1.6 Evldanca of End of Paaa 

At and of pnaa, tb« following typ«tout vlll occur: 

"END PASS GOOD UNlTS HHH$tHtMtll" 

Thla Indlcataa that unlta 1 and 2 hava run without failure. 

7.1.7 Execution tlae for each teat la: 



Calibration: 
Print Valvea: 
Wraparound : 

Logic: 
Auto: 



5 converalona/aln. 9110 baud 

8 convecaiona/S aaconda 9 110 baud 

7 mlnutea I'lrat paaa; 32 alnutae for 
aucceaaive paaaea 

1 ainute 

8 mlnutea flrat paaa; 33 mlnutea for 
auccaaalve paaaea 



7.1.8 Acceptable Errora: Hone 




SIZE 



CODE 

_SP 



NUMBER I REV 

MAA6135-0-0 a 



CN-010«>I«-N«7>(]«3) 



SHEET 



OF 



I! 



; 

! 

in 
Ut 

* k C 
S *" C 

I'i 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 


MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION ^^^^ 5/7/81 


TITLl M.A.S.T. IBll 


REVISIONS 


REV 


DESCRIPTION 


CHQ NO 


ORIO 


DATE 


APRO BY 


DATE 


A 


Now Release 


ML 0)3 




c 


/^^ 


&ls*J^i 



ENO Art Richard 



ARPO Bob Beck 



^ 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



CN-«lM«.l»4««7t-Otf) 



NUMBER 

MA-A6154-0-0 

5 ! TY t ! ^ 



or 



REV 

A 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



IBll 



1.0 INTRODUCTION: 

1.1 Tiie IBll option is a hardware/software package that 
allows Lest and measurement instrments that are IEEE 
bus compatible to be interfaced with the PDP>11 
Unibus. The IBll consist of a DWll Unibus to Q-bus 
Interface, DDVU Backplane, and IBVll IEEE Instrument 
Bus Interface. 



2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION t 

2.1 Manuals 6 Engineering Specification: 

2.1.1 IBll Unibus to IEEE Instrument Bus 

Interface Installation Manual EK-IBllA-IN 



2.1.2 DWll Unibus to LSI-11 Bus 
Installation Manual 

2.1.3 IBVll-A LSI-11 Bus to Instrument 
Bus Interface User's Manual 

2.2 prints and Schematics: 

2.2.1 IBll Field Maint. Print Set 

2.2.2 DWll Unibus to Q-bus Print Set 

2.2.3 IBVll-A LSI/IB Interface Print Set 



EP-DWllA-IN 
EP-IBVll-UG 

MP00620 
MP00459 
MP00274 



3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT: 

3.1 PDP-11 with 16K words of memory. 

3.2 Console terminal such as an LA36, LA120 or equivalent 

3.3 Appropriate load media. 

3.4 Digital Volt Meter (DVM) , accurate to .IV § 15 volts. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MA A6154-0-0 



OR t*on>^wn-Nsn 



SHEET 



OF 



REV 
A 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION "■■ CONTINUATKJN SHEET 


^^^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 


4.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS: 


4.1 CVIBB7? IBVll-A Diagnostic 


5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: 


5.1 When installing the M8217 module into an available 

Unibus backplane SPC slot, the NPG in/NPG out jumper 
CAl to CBl must be removed. 


6.0 INSTALLATION i TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS 


• 
• 


6.1 Visual 


Inspection: 




6.1.1 


Check for any structural damage to modules such 
as broken components, cut etches, etc. 


6.2 Module 


Switch Configuration: 


6.2.1 


The first M7954 module switches are configured 
as follows: 




Reference Figures 1, 2, and 3. 




For Bus address 160150: 




82 - switches 7, 8, fc 10 on. 

switches 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 6 9 off. 




For vector address 420: 




SI - switches 1, 5, & 8 on. 

switches 2, 3, 4, 6, & 7 off. 


6.2.2 


Other M7954 modules to be added to the syst!em 
will use floating address and vector 
assignments. 


6.3 Module 


Cabling: 


6.3.1 


Two BC05L-06 cables connect from the M8217 to 
the M9401 module. See Figure 4. The red 
stripe on the cables must be adjacent to 
connectors pins W/UU on both modules. 




SIZE 

A 


CODE 
SP 


NUMBER 

MA A6154-0-0 


REV 
A 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITH 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.4 Modult plactmtnti 

R«f«r to Figures 5 and 6. 

6.4.1 The M8217 is placed in a available Unibus 
backplane SPC slot. 

6.4.2 The M9401 module is placed in slot A/B01 o£ the 
DDVll-C LSI-11 Bus backplane. 

6.4.3 The M7954 Instrument Bus module is normaly 
placed into slot C/D01 of the DDVll-C LSI-U 
Bus backplane. If more M7954 modules are to be 
added, install into slots noting device 

• priority. See Figure 6. 

6.4.4 The M9400'yB Terminator module is placed into 
the slot just after the last M7954. Normaly 
C/D02 of the DDVll-C. 



7.0 POWER CHECKS: 

The following voltage should be present on the respective 
backplane pins: 



VOLTAGE 



TOLERANCE 



BACKPLANE LOC, 



+5 V.D.C. 



4.75V to 5.25V 



AA2, BA2, or 
CA2 



8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE; 

Note; For the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run 
in any particular situation, and for current MAST 
minimum test criteria (e.g. pass-counts, etc.), 
refer to the appropriate MAST CHECKLIST. The 
following is a list of step-by-step instructions for 
executing each individual diagnostic contained in 
the CHECKLIST. 



OKuHa^wtMtn 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA A6154-0-0 



REV 

A 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.1 CVIBB?? IBVll-A Diagnostic 

8.1.1 Starting Instructions: 
Starting nddress Is 200. 
CVIBBA IBVllA DIAGNOSTIC 
SWR - 000000 NEW - <CR> 
END PASS! 1 

END PASSf 2 

8.1.2 No errors are allowed. 



MC lMM>^iaU NtTS 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA A6154-0-O 



REV 

A 



SHEET 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



19 14 13 12 M to 0* Oa or 0« 09 04 03 02 01 00 



STANOAKD AOOMCSS 
CONFIGURATION ((•OtSOt 



OfF OFF OFF OFr OFF OTF 



OH 



ON OfF ON 



Z2 INDIVIDUAL 
SWilCH NUMBERS 



i i 



z 



B*TC 

POINTER 

biT 



O'IBS RtGiSTER 
I • IBD REGISTER 

NORMALLY 
'(RESERVED FOR 
FUTURE USE I 



10 



NOTES 

1 OFF • Log ICO I . ON • L091C0I < 

2 Only tht IBS REGISTER ADDRESS >i confi^urod v<a S2 Th* IBO REGISTER AQORESS oivOft oqwOH «h« 
' IBS REGISTER ADDRESS ^2 

» 



Figure 1 ^7954 Device Addre« Select u.n 







M '2 

I 



to 



0* 



0« 



OT 



06 05 

I 



04 05 

— — 1 



0? 



0' 10 

-- T 



Tl 



-L. 



iNTESOjPT vFCTQR 



STAMOARO VECTOR AOORf 55 q^ Q,f q^^ qk qm 
CONFIGURATION 10004201 , , 



St iNOlViOUAi. 
SWITCH NUMBERS 



:' i 4 y. 





I 

NOT USED 



. EBKQR 

1 • SERVICE «»E3blST 

• COMIMANO AND TALMER 

1 • LISTENER 



y».'OiSABL£ £""' 



I UN 'Oi^aj 

— I NC'E Ji 



fOB' f.fEBBoP'S 



NOTES 

t Of F • LOflito' ONMogitoi I 

2 Oni» ••>• VECTOR ADDRESS »'•• (6 4) c* t»»<».9«'«4 ••o Si ■'•• S o»« i oi» IBvd-A 

^ord■ot• - *«itci«d *oc •)<• fuxci'Ont (hoax 
1 51 i OFF . (Ill ii iM OfM» •»•'•'« coBfoti*' co«»>»<'«« '0 tiio •"«''»">•«»*>« 

St a ON • A«olh«» •»t»»» COnlfOliO' !• COnwotm 10 ••>• intllymoxi but 



Figure 2 M7954 InJcrrupt Vector Address Selection 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A6154-0-0 



REV 

A 



Cite 4»(«M|lMt-l4«M 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



INSTMuMllt (US 
C««l.f COMNCCKM 




SIlCCT SWiTChCI 

ISM 



OCviCC 

(Its* IK MtCiStCMS) 

AOOMtSS SClCCT 

SWlTCHtS 
Itl) 



a.j= 



^ 



u 







D 



rtn 



"-li-i 




D 



"i/~| ""VM rv" 




D 


D 



C 
D 



~u~ 



Q 
D 



-w- 


Q 


-v- 




-u- 


n 


■V- 




f-i 




— 









n 




D 
0^ 



Q 
Q 
D 





D 



D 



■~u~| ru 




U-] p 


r-| p 


n p 


n pr- 



Figure 3 M7954 Module Swttch Locittons 



SIZE 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A6154 -0-0 



REV 

A 



DCC U-(3MMO«2-N«72 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFfCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 






TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



/\ 



/% 



Mt3U 
■USCONVCRTf N 




BCOSL* 
CABLES 



3 



\7 



IBM Interconnecting Diagram 

Figure 4 



auSTERMINATON 



v 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER ^ REV 

MA-A6f54-0-0 a 



OCC 1»-(IMMM2-N«7a 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



PO^II PROCISSOM 
MUOUL". 



MI7<r INSTALLED 
iNSrCSLOT 



•COSL U 
CAILES 



M940I 
INSTALLED 
IN SLOT ABO* 

M9400VB 
INSTALLED )N 
SLOT NEXT TO 
AND AFTER THE 
LAST INSTRUMENT 
•US INTERFACE 
MODULE 




fO* 1 1 UNIBUS 
■OX 

UNi|USI*>ClirLAN| 



OOvn CF OR OOvll CK 
•ACKPLANt 



M79S4 INSTRUMENT 
■ us INTERFACE 
MODULES 



Figure 5 'Bl l Opuon m a PDP-11 Proceitor BOi 



HIOHtST 

miomrr 



€ 



LOVirttT 
MiORtTV 






B 



OAltV 



CHAI»MO 



f-+-4 



OAliV 



I 



OAllV 



I 



DAISY 



CHAINIO 



I 



CHAINtO 



I 



CHAINIO 



Figure 6 DDVll-C Backplane Priority Auignmenti 



SIZE 

A. 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 
MA-A6154-0-0 



REV 

A 



OCC 1«-(JM>10«2-N«72 



SHEET 



OF 






I 

fi 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



M.A.S.T 



DATE 



TITLE ICS-li INDUSTRIAL SUB-SYSTEM PROCFDUPF - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



i 

s 

i 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPO BY 



DATE 



Prev. 7668001-0-6160 



^ 






'f&^fJpfiTJf/'et^i^t 



APPO 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

r4AA6 100-0-0 



REV 

C" 



CN-Ol MJ- Ift-NC 71-1 MX) 



SHEET 1 OF 16 



MANUFACTURING STECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHLET 



TITll 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



ICS-U INDUSTRIAL SUB-SYSTEM PROCEDURE 



1.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS 

1.1 No tlot. ..y bt t.pty b«tw€«n A005 and AGO? .odul.t. 

1.2 W74A0 ■odul«« ■uit n«v«r b* Initalltd in ICS flit slot #9 

1.3 A9(>7 .ust b« lo.t-U.d b.tv.tn A005/A007 and th« M8030/ 
M8050 .odul. (•), whtn th. latttr !• loc.t.d within four 
(4) tlott of th« AO05/AO07 aodula (•) • 

1 A ICS-J continuity Ju.par Card .uat ba Inatallad In tha "F" 
actor block of all opan alota batwaan tha flrat and 



conn 



laat intarr^ptlBg modula of a flla 

1 5 Marcury wattad ralay .odulaa (A005. A007, M8030. M8050) 
Buat re.lda In a vartical plana for a period of at least 
ona (1) ■inuta, to prevent Bodula damage resulting from a 
shorted relay. 

1 6 Interrupting aodules closest t the control module ha» 
highest priority within the file, and that file cloaast 
to the processor has highest priority within the ICSll. 

1.7 Options lAC-IA. lAC-IB. lAC-OA. and lAC-OB shall be 
aystem teated aa IDC-ID, IDC-IE, IDC-OA, and IDC-OB 
respectively. 

Modules used in these configurations muat have jumper Wl 
installed, only after completion of all aystem tasting. 

1 8 The A005-YA is a computer Special System's variant, that 
shall require program modif icationa to the In-houae 
AUTOCAT diagnoatic. 

1.8.1 Reference Table 5 for diagnoatic changes. 

1.8.2 Reference A-SP-A005-0-8 . Section 7, for A005-YA 
explanation . 

18 3 Field Service shall reference Table 6 for calibra- 
tion teat parameters when using the ICS Field Test 
Program. 

18 4 PA&T shall reference the ICS Field Teat Prograo 
when performing re-calibration of tha A005-YA. 



Size 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 
MAA6160-0-0 



mmn 



EN OlOtl 16 N67} (192I 



SHEET _2 OF 



REV 

C 



16 



MANUFACTUIUNC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLI 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



2.0 tEFEHEHCE DOCUMEHTS 
Manuals 
Chackout Procaduraa 

Accaptanca Procaduraa 

F.S. Accaptanca 
Modula Taat Procaduraa 



Enginaarlng Spaclf -itl ts 



Prints 



EK-ICSll-MM 

A-SP-A6330-0-5 
A-SP-7010596 

A-SP-A633O-0-5 
A-SP-7010596 

A-SP-ICSll-M-5 

A-SF-7010327-0-1 
A-SP-7011020-0-1 
A-SP-14/30-0-5 
A-SP-ICSll-M-6 



«.cp 

A-SP- 

A-SP- 

A-SP- 

A-SP- 

A-SP- 

A-SP- 

A-SP- 

A-SP- 

A-SP- 

A-SP- 

A-SP- 

A-SP- 

A-SP- 

A-SP 

A-SP 

A-SP 



,lf ^ <t o' -'• 



H6850-0 
.M6870-0-O 
■M8030-0-8 
-M8050-0-8 
-W7410-0-8 
-W7411-0-8 
-W7430-0-8 
-W7431-0-8 
-W7440-0-e 
-ICSll-M-4 
-A005-0-8 
-A007-0-8 
-A907-0-8 
-6330-0-8 
-H1501-0-1 
-ICSll-M-6 



B-DD-ICSll-M 

B-DD-H912-0 

B-DD-IDA-0 

B-DD-ICJ-I 

B-DD-ISH-I 

B-DD-IDC-0 

B-DD-IDC-I 

B-DD-IAD-I 

B-DD-IMX-I 

B-DD-IRL-0 

B-DD-7010596-0 

B-DD-7010327-0 




CN OlOtl l*N«>;'(ltII 



SIZE 

A 



CODE NUMBER 

gp I MAA6160-0-0 



REV 
C 



SHEET 



OF 



TT 



MANUrACTURlNC SfECITlCATION 



CONTINUATION SHLET 



Tini. 



3.0 



4.0 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



APPENDIX A 



MalnDtc Llselngi 



AUTOCAT-11-QZICA (FAiT only) 
ADTOCAT-11-QZICB (Hodult Test 

only) 
AUTOCAT-11-QZICC (Module T«at 

only) 
MD-11-DZICA (Field S«rv. only) 



REFERENCE TEST EOUIFMEMT 

3.1 7010596 Sytt«a Tt«t«r (ln-hout«). 

3.2 Oscilloscope, tektronic 465 or equlvalant. 

3.3 A6330, DAC Tester. 

3.4 "11" fsally processor, vlch 8K aeaory. 
SPECIAL INSFECTIOM/CHECK 

4.1 



4.2 



Ensure systea coaponents agree with ICS line iCcuia on the 
Custoaer Requisition fora. 

Ensure an electroaagnetic shield is present between the 
MB090 and the firat I/O aodule for each ICS File Box. 



4.3 Verify each ICS File Box aodule (a) are inatalled accord- 
ing to the approTed priority aequence table. Sec Table 1. 

4.4 Verify File Box (a) are aecurely grounded to the counting 
cabinet and that the latter ia aecured ayatca power 
ground. (uae oha aster) 

5.0 CONFIGURATION CUIDELIHES 

5.1 All ICS option aodulea are to be inatalled using the alot- 
priority ssqusnce tsble. See Table 1. 

3.2 H912 aounting ternlnala aust not be installed In cabinets 
containing aenaitive equlpaent, auch as disks or tapes. 

6.0 TEST SET-UF 

Refer to test procedures A-SP-7010596-0-0 snd A-SP-A6330-0-5 . 

Module Configuration; aee Table 1 through 4. 



SIZE 

A 



cooe 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6160-0-0 



REV 

C 




CN OlOtllt N«;2093| 



SHEET «4 OF 16 



MANUFACTURING SfECIFICATlON 



CONTINUATION SHuCT 



Tinc 



MODULAR APPRJACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



7.0 SYSTEM INTEGRATIOH TEST PROCEDURE 

7.1 Povcr up both the tystsa ttsier and the •/•tan under ccat. 
Alto, if th« IDA-OA option ttstcr It to be uiad at thli 
tint, it thould tlto be turned on. Allow 30 alnutes for 
thlt tyttea and teat gear to stabilize. 

7.2 IC^ll Syateaa Teat Prograa 

NOTE: Thia dlagaoatlc requires the uae of a ICC syateia 
taatar. 

7.2n1 Load the ICS aysteaa teat program diagnoatlc AUTO- 
CAT-U-QZIRA ualng atandard Digital Loading Pro- 
ctdurat. 

7.2.2 Set awitch r-giater to 200, load and itart. 

7.2.3 Enter the octal nuabcr of the file to be teated. 

7.2.4 Enter the vector addresa of the aame file. Addre 
range 234-777. 

7.2.5 Enter (aelf (cr) ). Thle will autoea tically run a 
■elf teat of the ayatea teeter to verify that all 
internal workings of the teeter are operative. 
Should errora be encountered during thia run, re- 
palra should be Inatituted before proceding. 

NOTE: Syatea teeter cablea ahould be diaconniitc ted 
froa the following option aodules before attecptlng 
to run "self test". If not, falae interrupts nay 
be genarated by the custoaer'a file. IDC-IB, 
IDC-IC. IDC-IE and lAD-IA. 

7.2.6 Enter (Z (cr) ) to clear any previous Job buffer 
entry. 

7.2.7 Enter the I/O options aounted within the ICS fMe 
to be teated. Thia file aay be 1 or 12 poaaible 
filee on the systea. 

7.2.7.1 Should the file configuration include 

IDA-OA options. (A6330) do not enter them 
at thia tiac. 

NOTE: It la not neceasary to reaove this 
option while testing all other options, 
but do disconnect the DC input froc the 
IDA-OA option tester, (ref. A-SP-A6 330 -O-C 
option test procedure). 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6160-0-0 



R^V 



mBim 



EN 010*2 l****'7 lit?) 



SHEET _5 OF _i.L- 



MANUFACTURINC STECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Trar 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST _ APPENDIX A 



SAMPLE ENTRT 

#EA005 (CI) - Ent«T on« A005 in slot addrsii 00 to r««l 
•ddraia 171000. Modula conn«ct«d to syttaa tatttrt ana- 
log cabla. 

#EA007,4 (CR) - Entar four A007'a in alot addraaaaa 02,04, 
06 and 10 raal addraaaaa 171002 to 171010 modulaa connact- 
ad- to ayataa taatara analog cablas. 

#EW7411,5 (CI) Entar flva W7411'a In raal addraaaaa 171012 
to 171022. Bodulaa connactad to ayataa taater DC cablaa 0-4 

#S-30 (CI) Sat Blot addraaa aqual to 30. NOTE: Wa are not 
running A6330'a at thia tl«a, ao alot addraaaaa 24 and 26 
hava baan bypaaaad. 

#EM6850.4 (CI) Entar four M6850'a In alot addraaa 30 thru 
3i, laal addraaaaa 171030 thru 171036. 

Thia coaplataa tha loading of tha progiiu. job uufi't. to 
run all modulaa with the exception of both A6330'a. 

7.2.8 Type In (L (CI) ) to obtain the module entry loaded Into 
the prograa. Thia ahould be checked agalnat your entry 
to verify that all entriea were aada correctly. 

7.2.9 After entering the aodulea Into the job buffer, type in 
(K (CR) ). The prograa will reapond with K ON . Thia 
will enable the program to run non atop. 

7.2.10 Type In (I (CI) ). Thia will Initiate the teat on the 
file box. NOTE: Should the program be ha lted during 
paaa 2. it ahould not be reatarted for 30 mlnutea. if lAD- 
lA optione are within the filebox configuration. Thia 

la to allow for etabiliaation of flying capa mounted on 
thia module . 

7.2.11 Run the diagnoatic for a miniaua of (1) time apecifled. 
or (1) complete paaa. Whichever la longer . 



7.2.11.1 The current paaa count can be obtained by 
typing "p" on- the teletype. HOTE: If the ICS 
file haa a maximum load of (16) analog modul 
(worat caae diagnoatic run timi) a complete 
paaa will take approximately 1% houra. 

7.2.11.2 Connect all I/O cablaa from the ICS to the 
H009 MTG panel (after teata have been run 
aucceaafully in Acceptance), and have QC 
inapect the inatallation. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



NUMBER 

MAAblbU-U-U 



REV 

C 




eN 010a216N«>2 |J«2| 



SHEET 



OF 



16 



MANUFACTURING SfEClFICATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITir 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



7.3 ICSll Pl«ld T«it Prograa 

NOTE: This dlagnoitic require* th» u 
taicar. 



•• of a fltlJ UDC/ICS 



7.3.1 i«f. Sptclflcttlon A-SP-ICSll-M-5 for iodapth ex- 
planation. 

7.4 ICS-11 Syita»8 Taat PrograB In ronjunction with A6330 
DAC Taatar. 

7.4.1 Dlaconnact all I/O iyatan taatar cablaa frca tha 
filaa that wara pravlously teatad. 

7.4.2 Plva A6330*a can ba connactad to tha option taatar 
at thla tl«a. but thay will hava to ba acoped in- 
dapandaotly of ona anothar. 

7.4.3 Enter (Z CR ) on tha teletype to clear all ora- 
vloualy entered joba. 

7.4.4 Enter (K CR ) on the teletype to check what atate 



th( 



Mwit 



comman 



d la In. The K co««and for thla taat 



ahould be In the off aode. 

7.4.5 Enter the alot addreaa location for all the IDA-OA 

optlona within the file. .„„„.rfj 

ly (5) five IDA-OA optlona can be connect- 



MOTE 



only 



,d ti the teeter. If othera are praaent, they can 
be teated upon the completion of thla teat. 

Exaaple of loading technique to be uaed for IDA-OA 
optlona: 



# S - 24 



cr 



Set alot addreaa equal to 24 



« E A6330. 2 /cr> Enter A6330'a In alot addreaaes 
24 and 26 real addreaaea 171024 and 171026, Joba 
and 1 reapectlvely . 



7.4.6 Adjuat all aettlnga for the acope 



and awltch the 



option teeter to the flrat option (card/cable 
output) Job 0. (reference A6330 option teat pr( 



ce 



dure A-SP-A633O-0-5.) 



7.4.7 Type In RJO<cr>. Thla will Initiate paaa 1 teat- 
Ing on the flrat IDA-OA option or Job at alot 
addreaa 171024. (aee atep 7.4.5) raapa will be 
outputed to the option for acope ■eaaurements . 



SIZE 

-A- 



CODE 



NUMBER 

MAA6160-0-0 




REV 

C 



CN 0J0t2 l» N*72 (1921 



SHEET 



OF 



16 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATI ON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLF 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENHIX A 



7.0 SYSTEM INTEGRATION TEST PROCEDURE CONT. 

7.4.8 Conpara the scope waveform against the tolerences 
Indicated within the option test procedure A-SP- 
A6330-0-5. If the option is found to be within 
tolerence, proceed to the next step. If not, repair 
• adjust, or replace the option, and retest until 

acceptable. 

7.4.8.1 To adjust the A6330, or IDA-OA Option, 



proceed as follows 



(Ref. Figure 1) 



First measure the cards reference vol- 
tage between "TP2" and "IPC". It 

should be 4-2 volts j^ 2mv. If out of 
spec, use the "+2 v adj." pot to ad- 
Just It within tolerence. 

Set the thumbwheel switch to the card 
under tes t . 

Set the thumbwheel switch to channel 
or the first voltage output. 

Adjust the p t "D/A 0" gain adjust for 
channel 0. The output on the acope 
should be adjusted within the ^ 20mv 
tolerence. 

Set the thumbwheel switch to channel 2 
or the second voltage output. 



Repeat step D, but use pot marked 
"D/A 1" gain adjust. 

Repeat steps C thru F for remaining 



two voltage c 



hannels 2 and 3 (thumb- 



wheel settings 4 and 6 respectively) 



H. Reset thumbwheel switch to channel 1. 
This is the first current output 
channel. 

I. Adjust the current offset of channel 1 
•s close as possible to ground by 
using oot. "off 0". 



mBim 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6160-0-0 



CN 01012 16 Ni72'i392l 



SHEET 



8 



REV 

C 



OF 



16 



MANUFACTURING SPECif ICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITl» 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



7.0 SYSTEM INTEGRATION TEST PROCEDURE COMT. 



J. Adjusc th« currtnt gain ot channel 1 
CO fall within tha raqalrad ^ 20 sv 
toleranca . 

K. Raacc the thumbwheal avitch to channel 
3 or Che aecond current output. 

L. Repeat atcps I thru J and repeat these 
•taps for the remaining current out- 
puct channela 5 and 7. 

7.4.9 Type "Control C" to ternlnate the test. 

7.4.10 If other IDA-OA optione have been entered, type in 
Che next job co be run. Repeat ateps 7.4.7 thru 
7.4.9 uncil all Jobs have been tested. 



7.4.11 Turn "R" conmand on by typing 



on the Cerminal 



7.4.12 Enter R ^cr7 and run all IDA-CA options entered in 
step 6.4.5 for (1) hour. With the "K" command on, 
pass 2 will only be run during this test. It is 
not necessary Co scope Che oucpucs for this test. 

7.4.13 Type "Control C" Co cerminaCe Che cest. 

7.4.14 Repeat etepe 7.4.6 thru 7.4.10. Should any of Che 
options fail, repair and repeat all tests. 

7.4.15 If there are more Chan (5) five IDA-OA options 
within this file, ic will be necessary to repeat 
steps 7.4.5 Chru 7.4.14 Co Cest the remaining. 

7.5 Repeat all tests 7.0 thru 7.4.15 for all other files on 
Che sysCems configuration. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

.vAAfiif (;-n-n 



REV 

C 



mom 



EN OlOtJ IbNb?? ( 3921 



SHEET 



OF 



16 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



lABLE 



FILE BOX - MODULE PRIORITT TABLE 



PRIORITY 


MODULE 


OPTION 


COMMENTS 


SEQUENCE 








1 


ADOS 


IAI>-IA 






AGO 7 


IMX-IA 


7 MAX 


« 


A005 


lAD-IA 




*» 


A007 


IMX-IA 


7 MAX 


s 


A907 


ISH-IA 




i 


W7410 


IDC-IA 




7 


W74U 


I AC- I A 


H9I2. ♦ BC40J 


• 


U7411 


IDC-xD 




9 


W7440 


IDC-IC 




10 


W7430 


IDC- IB 




U 


W7431 


lAC-IB 


H912. * BC40J 


•la 


W743I 


IDC- IE 




13 


A6330 


IDA-OA 


U MAX 


u 


M6870 


IDC-OB 




'15 


M6870 


lAC-OB 


U912, ♦ BC40J 


16 


M6850 


IDC-OA 




17 


M68S0 


lAC-OA 


H912, ♦BC40J 


11 


M8030 


IRL-'IA 




19 


M8050 


IlL-^.i 





SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6160-0-0 



REV 

C 




EN-OiOI2 16-N»72-<Jt3) 



SHEET 10 OF 



16 



MANUFACTURING STXIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



nnr 



MODU:.^R APPROACH TO SVSTEMS TEST " APPENDIX A 



TABLE 2 



A005 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION 



JUMPER 


IN/OUT 


FUNCTION 


W108 

Win 


OUT 
IN 


INTERRUPT MODE 
ICS-II 


AGO 7 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION 


JUMPER 


IN/OUT 


FUNCTION 


W2l 
W22 
W23 
W24 
W25 
W26 
W27 


OUT 
OUT 
OUT 
OUT 
OUT 
OUT 
OUT 


SEUCT MUX # L 
SEUCT MUX # 2 
SEUCT MUX # 3 
SEUCT MUX # 4 
SEUCT MUX # 3 
SEUCT MUX # S 
SEUCT MUX # 7 



W7430 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION 



JUMPER 


IN/OUT 


FUNCTION 


W38 
W39 


IN 

our 


INTERRUPT NODE 
ICS-ll 



W743I STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION 



JUMPER 


IN/OUT 


FUNCTION . 




W 9 

WIO 


OUT 
IN 


inhriupt hocc 

ZS'll 






' Ml[t 



CN-010>2-t«-N«72-(Jtt) 



Size 
A 



cooe 

SP I 



NUMBCII 

MAAbl60-0-0 



RCV 

C 



SHEET 11 OF 16 




















CONTINUATION SHEET 




MANUFACrUllING SPECIFICATION 
















^^' MODULAR 


APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 


- APPENDIX 


A 






> 








TAILE 3 


















W7440 STANDARD JUMPER 


CONTICURATION 










JUMPER 




iN/oin 






FUNCTIOr 


1 






W 2 






IN 






ICS-11 


I 




U16 






OUT 




INTERRUPT 


MODE 








M809 


STAF"^ 


^RD JUMPER CONFIGURATION 






■ 


PiU No. 


ICSR/ICAR JUMPERS | 


A12 


Al 


L AlO 


A9 A8 


A7 


A6 


A5 


M 


A3 




W22 


W2 


L W20 


W19 W18 


WI7 


W16 


WIS 


W14 


WI3 


00 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT OUT 


OUT 


oirr 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


01 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


02 • 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


03 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


04 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT OUT 


OUT 


oirr 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


05 ' 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


00 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN. 


IN 


OUT 


07 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


IN 


01 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


09 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


10 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


11 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


Juapar ( 


DUT - Lo 


gic 


II « II 














1 


Jumpsr 


IN - Lo 


glc 


MQII 


























SIZE 


CODE 


NUMBER 


REV 














S? 


MAA6160-0-0 


C 




EN-010a216-N»7?.(192) 



SHEET 



OF Ol- 



MANUFACTUIUNG STEClFiCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITII 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



TABLE 4 
MB090 STAMOAAD JUMPEI CONFICUIATIOM 
FILE JUMPEKS 



AD7 


kDf> 


KDi — ■" 


ADU 


W12 


Ull 


uio 


W 9 


III 


IN 


IN 


IN 


li 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


w 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


SN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


III 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


li 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IK 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


tN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


IN 


GUI 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 



Juapar OUT - Logical "1" 
JuBp«r IN - Logical "0" 





H8090 STANDAID 


JUMPER CONPICURATION 








Pile 


Vector 


VECTOR ADDRESS . 


JUMPERS 




1 


08 


D7 


D6 


D3 


04 


D3 


02 i 
Wl 1 


No. 


Addrtit 


W7 


W6 


ws 


U4 


W3 


W2 


00* 


234 


IN 


our 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


01** 


300 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


IN 


IN 


02 


304 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


03 


310 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


IN 

OUT J 


04 


314 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OS 


320 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


06 


324 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN. 


OUT 


07 


330 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


08 


334 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


our 


OUT 


OUT 


09 


340 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


IN 


10 


344 


IN 


oirr 


OUT 


OUT 


iNi 


IN 


OUT 


U 


350 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 



Ju»per OUT - Logic "1" 



Jumper IN • Logic 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6160-0-0 



REV 




CN-010l21«N«72-(3t2l 



SHEET ^3 OF 



16 



„.^..., COWTIHUATION SMtET 


MANUFACTUWNC STECIFICATION 


"^' MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTKMb TKSi - APPENDIX A 


TABLE 3 


AOTOCAT DIAGNOSTIC "PATCHES" 

• 




ADDRESS TO BE CHANGED 


-^ 




ICSll 


ICRll 




AUTOCAT-11-QZICA 


AUTOCAT-ll-QZlCA 


NEW CONTENTS 




033210 


Ci3:i2 


100020 




033230 


033312 


100420 






033250 


0333J2 


100066 






033270 


033352 


100100 






033310 


033372 


100500 






033330 


033412 


100466 






033346 


033430 


100000 






033350 


033432 


101001 






033370 


033452 


101004 






033410 


033472 


101066 






033530 


033612 


101466 






033550 


033632 


101404 






033566 


033650 


100000 






033570 


033652 


101401 






SIZE 


CODE NUMBER 


REV 1 




.±. 


e» MAA6160-0-0 


' 1 




CM oioa? t*N«F} iivai 



SHEET ii OF 11 



MANUPACTUKINC STECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITlf 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



TDC Output 



Bipolar Unipolar 



+0V 
+0V 
+0V 
+0V 

•fSMV 
-5MV 

+9MV 

-9MV 

+10MV 

+36MV 

■fAOMV 

+0V 
+0V 
+0V 
+0V 

+180MV 
■KOOMV 
+3.6V 
+5V 



+0V 
+0V 
-l-OV 
+0V 

+5h!V 



+9MV 

■flOMV 
+36MV 
+/.OMV 

+0V 
+0V 
■fOV 
+0V 

+180MV 
+/1OOMV 
+3.6V 
•♦-5V 



+9. 9609V +9. 9609V 
-9.980AV 



TAULE B 
CALIBRATION TABLE FOR A005-YA 



G/iln 



1000 
500 
250 
125 

1000 
1000 

1000 

1000 

500 

250 

125 



'Chnnncl 



A005-YA A007 



50 
12.5 

2.5 

1 

50 
12.5 

2.5 

1 

1 
1 
I 



10 
10 
10 



iO 
10 

)0 
10 
10 
10 
10 

10 
10 
10 
3 

10 
10 
10 
10 

10 
10 
10 



AvcrnRi' 



Bipolar Unipolar 



4r 
* 



0000 
0000 
0000 
0000 

2000 
6000 

3463 
A315 
2000 
3A63 
2000 

0000 
0000 
0000 
0000 

3A63 
2000 
3A63 
2000 

3770 
A007 
6000 



0000 
0000 
0000 
0000 

AOOO 



71A6 

AOOO 
7146 
4000 

0000 
0000 
0000 
0000 

7146 
4000 
7146 
4000 

77b0 



"^ofcrance (LSti) 
Bipolar Unipolar 



+4 
£2 
+2 
+2 

±5 
f5 

+5 
T5 
=f3 
4-3 
+3 

+2 
+2 
+2 

±2 

+2 
+2 
+3 
+2 

+3 
+3 
+2 



53 
•(-8 



+10 

• •■ 

♦5 
76 

i5 

•••3 
¥3 
?3 

% 

▼•• 



* Channel to be used for each A007 



/ 



A007 # 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


CHANNEL 


.21 


.42 


63 


84 


105 


126 


147 



SIZE 

A 



COOE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6160-0-0 



REV 

C 




CNOlOt} l*N«7} ij«;i 



SHEET ^5 OF ^^ 



MANUFACTUIUHC SPECIfiCATtQN 



CONTINUATION SHtET 



Tint 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



D 



Cain 


CU 

CH 

CH 
CH 

CM 
CH 

CH 
CH 




I Cain Adj. 


Off 


I Off Adj. 






Cain r 
Off I 


X Cain Adj. 
I Off Adj. 






^ Cain 2 
Off 2 


I Cain Adj. 
I Off Adj. 


Cain 3 
Off 3 


X Cain Adj. 
X Off Adj. 



TF2 
IPC 



RIF 



dTag 
TTaT 



TSTTT 



♦ 2V T.P. 
Analog Cod, 



♦2V ADJ. 
CHO V Gain Adj 
CH2 V C^in Adj 
CH4 V Cain Adj 
CH6 V Cain Adj 



J" 



A6330 DAC Moduli 
Top View 





PIGDtE 1 



CHANNEL 1-1 




CAftD 



■L 



m 



VO - 










10 - 








VI - 








XI - 


2 






V2 - 








12 - 








V3 - 








13 - 








THUMBWHKEL SWITCH 






FRONT V 


riEW 



SIZE 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER REV 

MAA6160-0-0 C 




CNOlOtl UMi7}'(J«» 



SHEET ^^ OF 



16 



I 



ill 

III 

-I 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE ICR-11 INDUSTRIAL SUB-SYSTEM PHOCKDURE - APPENDIX A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPO BY 



DATE 



B 



e «r 



Prev. 7668001-0-6165 



-ygwy J^^/jpuj»f r^ ityt^C^-^ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SI' 



NUMBER 

MAA6165-0-0 



REV 

B 



EN-01M4. 1 *^ft 72-4 3M) 



SHEET 1 OF 25 



MANUFACTURING STECIFICATION 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPKNDIX A 



ICR-11 INDUSTRIAL SUB~STSTEM PROCEDURE 
l.O SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS 

1.1 No slots Bay bo oapty botvooii ADOS and A007 aoduloi. 

1.2 V7440.Boduloo auit novor bo Inotollod In ICS fll« slot 19. 

1.3 4907 Buot bo Inotallod botvoon A0OS/A007 and tho M8030/M8050 aoduloa 
(a), vhon tho lattar la locatad within four (4) alota of tho A00S/A007 
■oduloa (a) . 

1.4 ICS-J continuity Junpor Card auat bo Inatallad in tho 'T* connoctor 
block of all opon alota botvoon the firat and laat intarruplog aodula 
of a fila. 

1.5 Marcury wattod ralay ■oduloa (A0C5. A007, M8030, M8050) auat raaide in 
a vartical plana for a poriod of at laaat on* f\) nlnute, to prevent 
■odula damaga raaulting frota a aborted relay. 

1.6 Intarnipting aodulaa cloaaat to tho control ■odulo hai higheat priority 
within tho file, and that file cloaeat to the proceaaor has higheat 
priority within the ICR-11. 

1.7 Optiona UC-IA, lAC-IB, UC-OA. and lAC-OB ahall be aystea teated aa 
IDC-ID, IDC- IE, IDC-OA and IDC -OB raapectively. 

Modules uaed in theae configurationa nuat have jriaper Ul installed, 
only after coapletion of all ayataa teating. 

1.8 The A005-YA is a coaputer apecial ayatea'a variant, that ahall require 
prograa nodification to the in-houaa AUTOCAT dlagnoatic. 

1.8.1 Raf. table 7 for diagnoatlc changaa. 

1.8.2 Raf. A-SP-A005-O-8, Saction 7, for A005-TA explanation. 

1.8.3 Field Service ahall reference table 8 for calibration teat para- 
■atara whan uaing the ICl-11 Field Teat Prograa. 

1.8.4 Reference the ICR -11 Field Teat Prograa when perforalng re- 
calibration of the A005-TA. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



HLdJtR REV 

MAA6165-0-0 I B 




CN 010«2 1*N»?} il«2) 



SHEET 



OF 23 



MAWUrACnJKlNC SPECIFICATION 

T»Tll MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



2.0 UmiHCl DOCUMENTS 
IUnu«la: 
Chttckout Procadurta: 

Acctpt«nc« Procadiires: 

F.8. Accapeanca: 
Modula Taat Procaduraa: 



Enilnaarlng Spaclflcatlona: 



Prlnta: 



EK-ICRll-MM 

A-SP-A6330-0-5 
A-SP-7010596 

A-SP-A6330-0-5 
A-SP-7010S96 

A-SP-ICIll-A-S 

A-SP-7010327-0-1 
A-SP-7011020-0-1 
A-SP-14/ 30-0-5 
A-SP-TClll-A-7 

A-SP-H1601-0-1 

A-SP-M68 50-0-8 

A-SP-M6870-0-8 

A-SP-M8030-0-8 

A-SP-M8050-0-8 

A- SP-W74 10-0-8 

A-SP-W7411-0-8 

A-SP-W7A 30-0-8 

A-SP-W7431-0-8 

A-SF-W7440-0-8 

A-SP-H772-0-3 

A-SF-A005-0-8 

A-SP-A007-0-8 

A-SP-A907-0-8 

A-SP-6330-0-8 

A-SP-H1501-0-1 

A-SP-IOai-A-l 

B-DD-ICRll-A 4 C 

B-DD-H912-0 

B-DD-IDA-O 

B-DD-ICJ-I 

B-DD-ISH-I 

B-DD-IDC-0 

B-DD-IDC-I 

B-DD-IAD-I 

B-DD-IMX-I 

B-DD-IRL-0 

B-DD-7010596-0 

B-DD-7010327-0 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6165-0-0 



H 



EV 




CN 01012 iiN«>? 1)92) 



SHEET 



OF 



23 



MANUFACnjRlNC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST ~ APPENDIX A 



KaloDac Llttlngflt 



AUTOCAT-llM)ZItA (PA&T only) 

AUTOCAT-11-qZIRB (HVM only) 

MD-11-DZIRA 

HD-11-DZIRB (Fltld Strvlc* only) 



3.0 RZrtRENCE TEST EQUIPKENT 

3.1 7010596 SytttB TMt«r (ln-hou««) W I/O Enttnd«r cablet. 

3.2 Otcllloscop*. taktronic 465 or aquivalanC. 

3.3 A6330. DAC Taatar. 

3.4 "11" faally procaaaor, with 8K manory. 
4.0 SPECIAL INSr LOTION/CHECK 

4.1 Enaura Syataa Coaponanta agraa with ICR Una Itaaa on tha Cuacoaar 
Requlaldon For*. 

4.2 Enaura an ElactroaagnaClc Shiald la praaanc batvaan cha M8096 and the 
flrat I/O Kodula for aach ICS Flla Box. 

4.3 Varify aach ICS Flla Box Modula (a) ara Inatallad according to tha 
approved priority aaquanca tabla. Saa Tabla 1. 

4.4 Varify Flla Box (a) ara aacuraly grounded to tha mounting cabinet and 
that tha latter la aacurad Syataa Power Ground, (uae oha aeter) 

5.0 C0WFICU1UTI0N GUIDELINES 

5.1 All ICS option nodulea are to be inatallad uaing the alot-priority 
aequanca tabla. Saa Tabla 1. 

5.2 H912 Bountlng teralnala aust not be inatalled in cabinets containing 
senaitive equipment , fuch aa diaLs or tapea. 

5.3 ICR Bodules are to ba Inatallad per approved placeaent. See Figure 1. 

6.0 TEST SET-UP 

Refer to test procedure A-SP-7010596-0-0 and A-SP-A63 30-0-5. Module con- 
figuration: aee Table 1 thru 6. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



NUMBER 

MAA6165-0-0 



REV 

B 




e^J 01012 16 N672.|)92) 



SHEET 



i. OF J3 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHfcET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - AI'PKNUIX A 



6.1 Mtchtnlcil Chtckout 



6.1.1 



6.1.2 



6.1.3 



6.1.4 



6.1.5 



There are two distinct aechanlcal varietloni to the 
ICRll: the ICRU-A, which ie a cabinet mountable 
veriion; and the ICRll-C (NEMA) , which ia enclosed 
for use In harsh Induerrlal environments. Both 
units are electronically Identical with the excep- 
tion of a heat circuit present only in the ICRll-C. 

The ICRll-C version will be shipped to the FA&T 
line on an enclosed skid. Before proceeding, it 
will be necessary to rcaove the shipping container 
cover. This is sccomplished by removing (8) bolts 
at the base of the cover. 

Remo/e top rear aodule card tul-(l** ^° allow for in- 
sertion of systen test cablea. 

ICRll-A - Connect fue I/O cast cables to all 
options mounted within the file, except lAD-OA 
(A0005), IMX-IA (A0007), or IDA-OA (A6330). Options 
lAD-IA and IMX-IA require special test gear hard- 
ware, IDA-OA option tester. (reference procedures 
ICS/ICR systems tester procedure A-SP-7010596-0-0 
and IDA-OA (A6330) Checkout Procedure A-SP-A6330- 
0-5 for detailed information on configuring and 
connecting those testers). 

NOTE: Do not attempt to run IDA-OA options with 
lAD-IA and IMX-IA options connected to the system 
tester . 

ICRll-C - All conditions in step 6.1.6 hold true for 
the ICRll-C, but It will be necessary to add exten- 
dor cables to the I/O System Test Cables in order 
to make the necessary connections within the NEMA 
caating . 

This can be best accomplished by opening :he front 
door to the NEMA casting, and removing the four (4) 
file retaining screws. Slide the file forward 
about six (6) Inches. Nov open both side access 
doors to the NEMA. Connect the mating end of the 
extender cable to the I/O system test cable. Snake 
the remaining end up into the NEMA conduit hole 
located on the bof^om of the casting. Work the 
cable up into the back of the casting until the 
connection can be made with the option mounted with- 
in the file. 



SIZE ICODE 

A Isp 



NUMBER 

MAA6165-0-0 



REV 

B 



SQSDQSD 



CN OlOt; 16 N67? ()92l 



SHEET J OF JJ. 



MANt'FACTURlNC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITir 



MODULAR AFPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPKNDIX A 



7.0 



6.1.6 It It b«3t to connact options In th« c«nt«r of the 
fll« and vork out to both ends. Each conduit hole 
It capable of excepting eight (8) cablet, to If 
tlxteen (16) optlont acconpany the flic, both 
conduit holet aiutt be uted. After all option 
cablet are connected, tilde the file back In, and 

^ close all three NEMA doora. All tettlng thould be 
accoapllthed on the file In thlt aanner. 

6.1.7 Ictert the Matter Control and Interface Modules 
(M8094, and K8098) Into the provided DDllfi block 

or available SPC tlott on the tyttea. Be ture that 
all Juaper locatlona arc correct. (Rcf. table 2-6) 

6.1.8 Check the following hardvare for proper Inttallatlon 
againtt the ICRll Engineering Print Set #B-DD-ICR11- 
A and C. 

BC08 Cablet (Mttter and Slave connec tlona)-Teletype 
Juaper Connector #7011532 ?S foo". terlal Interface 
cable between aatter and slave M8098 aodulet 
#7011259. 

MOTE: ICRII-C vertlon only - dltconnect the tlave 
M8098 Digital cable froa the intlde bulkhead con- 
nection. Thlt la necettary to facilitate aatlng 
of the itrial interface tett cable #7011259. Route 
the test ceble up thru the bottoa conduit hole be- 
fore counecting to the pigtail. 

6.1.9 Refarence the ICS tytteat tetter procedure #A-SP- 
7'>10S96-0-0 for proper interntl convertion and 
panel twitch tettingt to be uted on the tyttea con- 
figuration to be tested. 

NOTE: Syatem Tetter't BCll-A but cable pluga into 
latt unibut tlot of the cuttoaer't tyttea. DO NOT 
PLDG THIS CABLE INTO THE ICR FILEBOX UNDER TEST . 

SYSTEMS TEST 

7.1 Power up both the tyttea tetter and the tystea under test. 
Alto, if the IDA-OA option tetter It to be uted at this 
tiaa, it ahould alto be turned on. Allow 30 ainutet for 
thit tyttea and tett gear to ttablliie. 

7.2 ICR-11 Controller Tettt 

NOTE: it it not necettary to have the ICS tyttea tester 
connected to the tystea under tett to pcrfora thit tettlng. 



SIZE 

-A- 



cooc 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6165-0-0 



REV 

B 




ENaiO«ai«-Nft72-(l»3) 



SHEET 



0^ -il— 



MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



7.2.1 Load th« "ICR Controller Dlagnoitlc MAINDEC-11-DZIRA 
using standard Digital Loading Procaduras. 

7.2.2 Sat switch ragiatar to 224 and load addraaa. 
NOTE: Thia atarting addraaa includaa powar fail 
taating. 

7.2.3 Rasat tha awltch ragiatar to 1000 and praaa start. 
NOTE: Rafaranca diagnoatic writa up MAINDEC-11- 
DZIRA-D for additional inforaatloo and avitch aat- 
tinga if deslrad. 

7.2.4 Chack tha systa* asp againat tha systam configura- 
tion to insura that all filas raportad on axiat. 
and that all that axiat, ara raportad. 

''.2.5 Povar fail tast aach raaota filabox on tha systam, 
an lostructad to do ao by tha prograa. 

7.2.6 Upon coBplation of tha Povar Fail Taat, run tha 
diagnoatic for ti»a apaclflad for avary flla on 

tha aystas. Tharafora, a two flla ayataa will hava 
a diagnoatic run tiaa of doublad. Whan tha pra- 
•crlbad run tlaa Laa baan raachad, lowar awltch 09 
to tarainata tha taat and obtain tha run auaaary 
typaout. 

7.2.7 Accaptabla arror count for tha run auaaary ahould 
ba 0. Should arrors or lina arrora ba ancountared, 
tha'ayataa ahall ba conaidarad unaccaptabla . 
Rapalra shall ba initlatad and tha prograa rarun 
for tha spaciflad tlaa, until an arror fraa paaa 

is achlavad. ^ 

7.3 ICRll Systaaa Tast Prograa 

NOTE: Thia diagnoatic raquiras tha uaa of a ICS aystam 
tastar . 

7.3.1 Load tha ICR aystaaa taat prograa diagnoatic 

AUTOCAT-lrl-QZIRA using standard Digital Loading 
Procaduraa. 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6165-0-0 



REV 

B 




CN-OIOt2'l«-N«Tl(]t2) 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTUIUNC SfKlFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITll 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



7.3.2 8«t svitch r«iise«r to 200 load and ttArt. 

7.3.3 Cnc«r chu octal nuabar of th« fil« to b« tttttd. 

7. J. 4 Entor th« vactor addraat of tha saaa fila. Addrata ran|a 
234-777. 

7.J.S Entar (aalf ^cr^). This will autoaatically run a lalf taat 
of tha systaa taatar to varify that all intarnal workings 
of tha taatar ara oparativa. Should arrora ba ancountarad 
during thia run* rapaira ahould ba inatitutad bafora pro- 
cadiag. 

NOTE: SyatiB taatar eablaa ahould ba diacoonaetad fron tha 
following option aodulaa bafora attaapting to run "aalf taat". 
If not, falaa intarupta will ba ganaratad by tha cuatoaar'a 
fila. XOC-U, XDC-IC, IDC-II, and lAD-IA. 

7.3.6 >.ar (Z^er^) to elaar any pravioua Job buffar antry. 

7.3.7 MOtar tha I/O optiona awuntad within tha ICl fila to ba 
taatad. Thia fila aayba 1 of 12 poaaibla filaa on tha 
ayataa. (Saa Figura 2) 

7.3.7.1 Should tha fila configuration in:luda lOA-OA 

optiona, (A6330) do not antar than at thia tiaa. 

NOTE: It ia not n^caaaary to raaova thia option 
vhila taating all othar cptiona, but do diaconnact 
tha EDC input froa tha IDA-OA option taatar. 
(raf. A-SP-A6330 option taat procadura). Saaple 
antry: 
fEA005<CR>Entar ooa AOOS in a lot addraaa 00 raal addraaa 
" 171000. Hodula connactad to ayataa taatara analog 
cabla. 

#EA007,4<CIl>Entar four A007'a in alot addraaaaa 02,04, 06, 
~ and 10 raal addraaaaa 171002 to 171010 aodulaa 
connactad to ayataa taatara analog eablaa. 

fEW7411,S<CI>Entar fiva V74ira in alot addraaaaa 171012 to 
" 171022 aodulaa connactad to ayataa taatara DC eablaa 

thru 4. 

#S«30<Cl>Sat alot addraaa aqual to 30. 

" NOTE: Va ara not running A6330'a at thia tiaa, ao 

alot addraaaaa 24 and 26 hava baan bypaaaad; 



size 
A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MAA6I65-0-0 



SDiDQSD 



REV 

B 



cn oioaz t»N»;7'iJt2i 



SHEET 



OF 23 



MANUFACTURJNC SfEClFICATIO N 



COMTtNUATION SHiCT 



TITU 



MODULAR APPROACH 'I'D BYSTtiib TfcbT _ APPENDIX A 



# EM68S0.4<CI^Iactr four MftSSO'i in tloc Uif§§ 30 ehru 
36. a«al •ddrtaa«s 171030 thru 1710J6. 

This co«pl«Ctt th« lo«diat of th« prograa job bufftr to run 
«11 aodulof with th« oxcoption of both A6330't. 

7.3.8 Typo in (L<CI>} to obtain tht aodulo ontry loodod into tht 
prograi. Thia ahould bt chackod againat your antry to 
vorify that all antriaa vora «ada corraetly* 

7.3.9 Aftar antaring tha aodulaa into tha job buffar, typa in 
(K<Ct>) Tha prograai will raapond vith K ON . Thia will 
anabla tha program to run non atop* 

7.3.10 Typa in (i<CI>). Thia will inicittt tht taat on tha filt 

h«B. 

IIOTI: Jgii'' i tht ffWf ba haltf< durtwi piti Z. it ihould 
not ba raa r tad for 30 ainutaa. if IA&-XA optiona art 



within tha itilaboK configuration. Thia ia to allow for 
ata bilitation of flying capa ■ounta<i on thia aodula. 



7.3.11 lUin tha diagnoacic for a ainiaua of (1) tuna apacifiad, or 
(I) ona coa^lata ptaa. Uhichtwar ia longar. 

7.3.11.1 Tha currant paaa count can ba ob'.ainad by typing 
"p" on tha talatypa. 

NOTE: If tha ICS fila h«a a Mxiaua load of (16) 

aixtaan analog aodulaa (worat caaa diagnoatic 
run tiaa), a coaiplata paaa will taka approx- 
iaataly 1 hour and 40 ainotaa. 

7.3.11.2 Connact all I/O cablaa froa tha ICR to the 
■009 HTC panel (aftar tasta hava baan 

run aucccaaf ully In Aceantance) . and have 
QC inapact rbe inatallat) 3n . 

7. A ICl II Syataaa Taat Prograa In Conjunction With IDA-OA Option Taacer. 

7.4.1 Oiacount all I/O ayataa taatar cablaa froa tha filaa that 
wtra prtvioualy taatad. 

7.4.2 Rafaranca atapa 6.1.3 ahd^ 6.1.4 on connecting tha IDA-OA 
option taater if not pravioualy dona. Five A6330's can be 
connected to the option teatar at thia tiaa, but they will 
hava to ba icoped independently of one another. 

NOTE: Don't forget to reconnect the EDC output cable for 
the IDA-OA option teatar. 




SIZE CODE 

Ah? 



NUMBER 
MAA6165-0-0 



CN otoa? t«'N*» <)«ii 



SHEET 



OF 



REV 
1 B 
23 



MANUFACTUIUNC SfEClflCAnON 



CONTINUATION SHtCT 



TITLl 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



7.4.3 Enttr (Z<CH>) on tht nUtyp* to cl««r all pr«viou«ly 
•ntar«d jobt. 

7.4.4 Enttr (K <Cl>) on th« talttypt to chtck what sttca tht "K" 
coHMnd it in. The K coanand (or thia taat ahould b« in 
tha off aoda. 

7.4.5 Entar tha alot addraaa location for all tha IDA-OA optiona 
vithin tha fila. 

HOTl: Only (5) five IDA-OA optiona can ba connactad to tha 
caatar. If othara ara praaant, thay can ba taatad upon tha 
eoBplation of thia taat. 

Cxaapla of loading tachniqua to ba uaad for IDA-OA optiona 
ahovn in figura 2. 

# S * 24 <cc> Sat ale addraaa aqutl to 24 

1 I A6330, 2 fcr> E. A6330'a in alot addraaaaa 24 and 26 

rai.. addraaaaa 171024 and 171026, Joba 

•nd 1 raapactivaly. 

Thia coaplatoa tha loading of both A6330'a ahovn in ffgura 2. 

7.4.6 Adjuat all aattinga for tha acopa. and awitch tha option 
taatar to tha firat option (card/cablt output) Job 0. 
(rafaranca A6330 option taat procadura A-SP-A6330-0-5). 

7.4.7 Typa in UO<cr> . Thia will initiafi paaa I taating on tha 
firat IDA-OA option or job at a' c addraaa 171024. (aaa 
atap 7.4.3) rmpa will ba outputat' to tha option for acopa 
■aaauraaanta. 

7.4.8 Coaptra tha acopa wavafor* againat tha tolarancaa indicated 
within tha option taat procadura A-8P-A6330-0-5. If tha 
option ia found to ba within tolaranca, proceed to the next 
atap. If not, repair, adjuat, or replace the option, and 
reteat uacil acceptable. 

7.4.8.1 To adjuat the A6330, or IDA-OA Option, proceed aa 
followa: (Kef. figure 3) 

A. Firat oeasura the carda Raferdnce Voltage be- 
tween "TF2" end "TPG'! It ahould ba ^2 voltt ♦ 
2m. If out of apec, uae the "♦2 v adj." pot 
to adjuat it within tolarence. 

B. Set the thuabwheel awitch to the card under teat 

C. Set the thiabwheel awitch to channel or the 
firat voltage output. 



SIZE 

A. 



CODE 
SP 




NUMBER 
MAA6165-0-0 



Rf.y 
B 



[•• 



CN OiOtf It N*r} ,j«ii 



SHEET 10 OF 31. 



MANUFACTVIUNC SHClflCATION 



CONTINUATION SHLET 



TITll 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYb'lLMb i fcbl - APPENDIX A 



7.^.9 
7.4.10 



7.4.11 
7.4.12 



7.4.13 
7.4.14 



D. Adjust poc "D/A 0" 2*in adjuic fot chaonal 0. 
The output on the ccop* should b« adjusted 
within tht ^20av tolsrsnc*. 

E. Sat tha thiflcbwhaal switch to channal 2 or tha 
sacond voltaga output. 

r. Eapaat atap D. but usa pot aarkad "D/A l" fain 
adjust. 

C. Rapaat atapa C thru F for raaaining two voltaga 
channals 2 and 3 (thuabwhaal aattinga 4 and 6 
raapact ivaly). 

H. Raaat thuaibvhaal switch to channal 1. Thia ia 
tha first currant output channal. 

I. Adjuat tha c '«nt offaat of channal 1 aa ciosa 
aa poaaiblp ground by uaing pot. "off 0" 

J. Adjuat tha currant gain of channal 1 to fall 
within tha raquirad ♦^ 20 arv tolaranea. 

K. Rasat tha thuabwhaal switch to chAnnal 3 cr tha 
sacond currant output. 

L. tapaat atapa I thru J and rapaat thasa stapa for 
tha raaaining currant outputs, channala 3 and 7. 

Typa "Control C* to tar»lnata tha tast. 

If othar IDA-OA optiona hava bean antarad, typa in 
tha naxt job to be run. For axaapla, Job 1 would 
ba antarad ntxt for tha Figure 2 Configuration. 
Rapaat steps 7.4.7 thru 7.4.9 until all jobs have 
been tested. 



Turn "K" 



nd on by typing "X" on the tanainal. 



Enter R <cr> and run all IDA-OA options entered in 
atap 7.4.S for tiae specified. With the "K" coosscd 
on, pass 2 will only be run during this test. It 
is not necessary to scope the outputs for this test. 



Type 



Control C" to terainata the test 



Repeat steps 7.4.6 thru 7.4.10. Should any of the 
options fail, repair, and repeat all tests. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

h4AA6165-0-0 



REV 




CNoioai itN»T}iJti) 



SHEET 



OF ..12- 



MANUFACTURING SPEClf ICATIQN 



CONTINUATION SHLCT 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACh 10 SYS'i bWS TCCT - APPENDIX A 



7.5 



7.4.15 If th«r« art mort than (5) fivt IDA-OA optiont 

wlchiu thii filt, it will b« nactttary to rapaat 
•cap0 7.4.5 thru 7.4.14 to taat tha ra»ainin|. 

Rapaat all taata 7.3. thru 7.4.15 for all othar filaa on tha 
aystama conf iguracioa. 



7.6 ICRll Flald Taat PrograB 

NOTE: Thla diagnoatlc raqulraa tha uaa of a rield UDC/ 
ICS Taatar. 

7.6.1 Rafaranca apaclf icat Ion A-SP-ICRll-M-5 for Indapth 
axplanaticn, 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6165-0-0 



REV 

B 



QflgQQSD 



CN.010«>l»-N«7I'(J«2l 



SHEET ^^ OF 



23 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHtCT 



TITir 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 



riCLR£ I 



CONTROL A;.'D interface MODULE ASSIGNMENTS AND CABLE 
LOC/STIONS: 



Terminator card or 
Unibus Out Cable 



Unibus 
^L^ Cable in 

BC08R 




Remote teletype cable and shorting 
plug p/n 7008360 and 7011532 ♦■hese 
itemi must be initalltd befr running 
test diagnostics. 



lit* 



ontinuity 
or peripheral *" 
interface modulfi 










DO IIB or availible SPC 
(Front View) «^ot« 



« < i 4 / c 7 I 1 It II It >» >* -J *(. 'y ti II i» i^ u 1% t* 
Note 1 

ICR File Backplane 
(Front View) 



SIZE 



COD': 
SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6165-0-0 



REV 



SQSDDSD 



CN OlOSI i*N«r2 |J«2| 



SHEET 



-L3 



OF 



23 





■^^ 


"■ 




"■■ 




""^ 




^^ 




MMB 


^^ 


""■ 


■■^ 






""■ 


"•^ 






■"" 


■^ 


"" 




MMMMj 


li AMI ll7ArT1 IDIKir^ CPCT'IC 1^ ATIDKI 


BH 


1 CONTINUATION SHEET 1 


MAnurAi. 1 UKinu srCJLLriCAiiuni 


TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 




EXAMPLE OP TYPICAL FILEBOX (DNF I (1U RAT ION 




NOTE 


: A6330 will be tested upon completion o 


f this test. 




h 




















: 


: 


s 


: 


61 

0) 


i-» 


CM 


s 


"* 




: 


0) 

-3 


vO 


r» 


00 






















HO 

m 

§_ 


: 


r 


= 


: 


u 


. 


. 


_ 


• 


2a; 


z 






. 


. 




ft 


NO CONNECTIONS 


C 


















>Sl 


CM 


^ 


v£> 


>sv 


<>* 


^ 


vO 


«l 


(N 


^ 


yO 


«l 


(N 


^ 


vr> 




















^ 


Ta. 


«k. 


«». 


iH 


iH 


•H 


iH 


CM 


CM 


(N 


CM 


m 


m 


m 


n 
















00 




M> 


• 
OH 














































0^ 




(J\ 


a 














































sv 




T& 


9 


z 


z 


s 


s 


s 


: 


s 


s 


' 


- 


- 


- 


: 


- 


- 
















GO 




00 














































S 




£ 























































g 




















































^ 


z 


s 


z 


s 


s 


: 


: 


s 


: 


t 


r 


: 


s 


s 


: 






















(A 


































1 




























iH 










tSk. 




IS^ 


























XT) 


r- 








iH 










n 




in 


















■ 










>S 


«i 








t 










ro 




00 




























^ 


Ta 


: 


; 


; 


r^ 


s 


: 


z 


z 


vc 


- 


* 


s 


s 


- 






















< 
< 


< 
< 


















< 

< 




< 












F 


















H 
1 


H 
1 








M 
1 










O 
1 




o 
1 




























9 


i 


s 


= 


= 


u 

Q 


= 


' 


' 


' 


g 


' 


^ 


- 


- 


• 






















H 


M 








M 


1 






H 




H 










123456789 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 


\ 


Physical Slot Location 


FIGURE 2 


NOTE: For module address locations other than filebox 


reference 9.1 of the diagnostic write-up autocat-11-QZlRB. 


Operator entry on teletype for configuration shovm in fig. 2. 




SIZE 


CODE 


NUMBER 


REV 1 




A 


SP 


MAA6165-0-0 


« 1 



OCC Ik (Jt2|-1M2-N«72 



SHEET 14 OF 23 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPHUACh YD bYSVLMS TLS'i /Appendix A 



Cain 


( 


Off 


6 ( 




C«in 


1 


CfT 


A. 




f,ik\n 


7 


Off 


2 




Cain 


3 


Off 


3 



O TP2 



CH 1 : Cain Adj. 
CH i I OFF Adj. 



CH 3 I Cain Adj. 
CH 3 I Off Adj. 



CH 5 I Cain AiJ 
CH 5 I Off Adj. 



CH T I Gain Ad J 
CH T I Off Adj. 

♦ 2V T.P. 



TPC Analog Gnd, 



REF 


D/A t 


D/A 1 


D/A 2 


ML-1 



♦2V ADJ. 
CHi V Gain Adj. 
CH2 V Gain Adj. 
CHi* V Cain Adj. 
CH6 V Cain Adj. 



Ab330 DAC Module 
Top View 



FIGURE 3 



CKA.NNEL 



V(S 
Xtf 
VI 
II 
V2 
12 
V3 
13 



t 
1 
2 
3 
1« 

5 

fa 
7 



CARD 



1 



n. 



1 

2 

3 

u 

5 



THU>fflWKI£L SWITCH 
FRONT VirJ 



JL 



■ 
3 



SIZE 

-A- 



CODE 
SP 



MAAgir^-'cf-U 



REV 



5DIBQS0 



CN 0101} I* N«77 |]«;i 



SHEET 15 Qp 



23 



MANUFACTURING SPEClFIC ATiC N 

Tinc t 



CONTINUATION SHtCT 



MODULAR APPROACH Tu SYSTEMS TbST Appendix A 



TABLE 1 



FILE BOX - MODLXE PRIORITY TABLE 



PRIORITY 


MODOLE 


OPTION 


COMMENTS 


SEQUENCE 






• 


I 


AOOS 


lAD-lA 




2 


A007 


IMX-IA 


7 MAX : 


3 


A005 


lAD-lA 


1 


4 


A007 


IMX-IA 


7 MAX 


i 


A907 


ISH-IA 




1 


W7410 


IOC- I A 




7 


W7411 


lAC-IA 


H912. ♦ BCiOJ 


1 


W7CII 


I DC- ID 




f 


U7C40 


IDC-IC 




10 


W7430 


IDC-IB 




11 


W7431 


lAC-IB 


H912, ♦ 3C40J 


12 


W743I 


IDC-IE 


1 


13 


A6330 


IDA-OA 


1 1 MAX 


K 


M6870 


IOC-OB 




15 


,M6d70 


I AC- OB 


H912. ♦ BCiOJ 


16 


M6u50 


IDC-OA 




17 


M6850 


lAC-OA 


H9i:, ♦BCAOJ 


18 


M6030 


• IRL-OA 




19 


M60S0 


IRL-OB 





SBSBDSO 



EN OiO«2l« N6'7 IJ»?I 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NMMBER 

MAA6165-0-0 



REV 
_B 



SHEET 16 OF ^3 



MANUFACTURJNC SPECIFICATIO N 

^'^'•' MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS Tt.ST Appendix A 



CONTINUATION SHLET 



TABLE 2 



A005 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION 



JUMPER 


IN/OUT 


FUNCi-ON 


W103 
Will 


OUT 
IN 


INTERRUPT MODE 
ICS-II 


AGO 7 


STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION 


JUMPER 


IN/OUT 


FUNaiON 


W2l 

W22 . 

W23 

W24 

U2J 

U26 

W27 


OUT 
OUT 
OUT 
OUT 
OUT 
OUT 
OUT 


SELECT MUX # I 
SELECT MUX ♦ 2 
SELECT MUX tf 3 
SELECT MUX # 4 
SELECT MUX 5 
SELECT MUX # 6 
SELEa MUX if 7 



W7430 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION 



JUMPER 


IN /OUT 


FUSaiON 


WSS 
W59 


IN 
OUT 


INTERRUPT MODE 
ICS-ll 



W7431 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION 





JU>a'ER 


IN/ OUT 


FU.,'CTION 




W 9 
WIG 


OUT 
IN 


INTERRUPT MODE 
JCS-ll 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6165-0-0 



REV 



iflSBQSD 



CN 01C«} it r«kr} |j«li 



SHEET 



17 



OF 



23 



MANtFACTURiNC SPECIFICATIO N 



CONTINUATION SHkET 



TITLC 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 



TABLE 3 



W7440 STANDAiU) JUMPER CONFIGURATION 



JUMPER 


IN/OUT 


FUNCTION 1 

1 

1 


W 2 
W16 


XK 

OUT 


ICS-ll 
INTERRUPT MODE 



M8094 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION 




All 



ICSR/ICAR JUMPERS 



AlO 

W20 



A9 

W19 



A8 

WIS 



A7 
WW 



A6 
WIS 



A5 

WIS 



A4 

Wl 



A3 

Wl3 



00 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


01 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


01' 


OUT 


IN 


02 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


GUT 


IN 


OUT 


03 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


CUT 


4. 


IN 


04 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


^••T 


OS 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


A • « 


OUT 


IN 


06 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


X>« 


IN 


OUT 


07 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


IN 


06 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


• OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


CUT 


09 


GUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


10 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


U 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


IN 



Jumper 
Jusptr 



OUT 
IN 



Logic 
Logic 



"i" 
'0" 



SIZE 



CODE 
SP 



SQgflQiiO 



NUMBER 

MAA6165-0-0 



CN oioi; Ik Nt>/; ( i9;i 



SHEET 



18 



RFV 

B 



OF 23 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



TABLE 4 



M8094 FILR JUMPERS 



File 


F3 


F2 


Fl 


FO 


No. 


W12 


Wll 


wio 


W9 
IN 





IN 


IN 


IN 


1 


IN 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


2 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


3 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


4 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


IK 


5 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


6 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


7 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


8 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


IN 


9 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


10 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


11 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 



Jumper OUT 
Jumper IN ' 



' Logicil "1" 
Logical "0" 



M8094 VECTOR JUMPERS 



File 






VECTOR ADDRESS 


JUMPERS 




Vector 


V9 


V7 


V6 


V5 


V4 


V3 


V2 


No. 


Address 


W7 


W6 


W5 


W4 


W3 


W2 


Wl 


00* 


234 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


01* 


300 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


IN 


IN 


02 


304 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


03 


310 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


04 


314 


Iff 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


05 


320 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


06 


324 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


07 


330 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


08 


334 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


09 


340 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


IN 


10 


344 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


11 


350 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 



Jumper OUT = Logic "1 



Jumper IN « Logic "0" 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6165-0-0 



REV 

B 



OCC lHMX)10ta-N«72 



SHEET 



19 



OF 



23 



MANUFACTURJNC SPEClFtCATIO N 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIC 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 



TABLE 5 



M8096 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION 



#of Inpu c 
Modultt 



I 

2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
8 
9 
10 
11 
i 12 
13 
14 
IS 
16 



W7 



ouc 

out 
ouc 

OUC 

out 

0> 
01 

out 
out 
out 
out 
out 
out 
out 
in 



W6 



W5 



W4 



in 

in 

in 

in 

in 

in 

out 

out 

out 

out 

out 

out 

out 

out 

X 



in 

in 
in 
out 
out 
out 
in 
in 
in 
in 
out 
out 
out 
out 
II 



ia 

out 

out 

in 

in 

out 

in 

in 

out 

out 

in 

in 

out 

out 

X 



W3 



out 

in 

out 
in 
out 
in 
in 
out 
in 
out 
in 
out 
in 
out 
s 



X " Do not cart 



JuBp«rt ainimitc polling tiat for input modules. The selected 
juBpert short cycle the poll counter after the last aodule address 
has been selected. 

Installation of jumper W8 causes an I/O sigral to hi sent to sll 1/0 
modules if serial link fa lost for more than 20 minutes, (must not 
be used by FAiT) 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6165-0-0 



REV 

B 



SDgQQSO 



CNOtOtl i«'N«;} ()t2) 



SHEET 20 OF 23 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITII 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



TABLE 6 
M8098 STANDARD JUMPER CONFIGURATION 



Mod* 
Selection 


WIO 


W9 


W8 


W7 


W6 


W5 


W4 


W3 


W2 


Wl 


Master 
Slave 


in 

out 


in 

out 


in 

out 


out 
in 


out 
in 


out 
in 


out 
in 


in 
out 


out 
in 


out 
in 



Valid for etch Rev. "A" only. 



Mode 

Selection WlO W9 W8 W7 W6 W5 W4 W3 W2 Wl 



Master out out out in in in in out out out 
Slave in in in out out out out in in in 



Valid for etch Rev. "B or higher. 

M8098 SWITCH SETTING (E80) 







Mode 








Switch 


Master 




Slave 


Function | 


Sl-1 


on 




on 


ADR 





Sl-2 


on 




on 


ADR 


1 


Sl-3 


on 




on 


ADR 


2 


Sl-4 


on 




on 


ADR 


3 


Sl-5 


on 




on 


ADR 


4 


Sl-6 


on 




on 


ADR 


5 


Sl-7 


off 




on 


Master/Slave Select 


Sl-8 


off 




off 


Broadcast 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6165-0-U 



REV 

B 



OCC lft*(>ttMMt-N«7t 



SHEET 21 OF 23_ 



MANUPACTUIUNC STECIFiCATIQW 

Tint MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST - APPENDIX A 



COMTINUATION SHEET 



TABLE 7 



AUTOCAT DIAGNOSTIC "PATCHBt" 



ADDRESS TO BE CHANGED 




ICSll 


XCRll 


AUTOCAT- 11-QZICA 


AUTOCAT- 11-OZICA 


NEW CONTENTS 


033210 


033722 


100020 


033230 


033312 


100420 


033250 


033332 


100066 


033270 


033352 


100100 


033310 


033372 


100500 


033330 


033412 


100466 


033346 


033430 


100000 


033350 


033432 


101001 


033370 


033452 


101004 


033410 


033472 


101066 


033530 


033612 


101466 


033550 


033632 


101404 


033566 


033650 


100000 


033570 


033652 


101401 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6165-0-0 



REV 

B 



OCC l«-<SM)-lMa-M«7a 



SHEET 22 OF 11 



■n 



MANUFACnjRINC STECinCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPrOACH TO SYSTEMS TKST - APPENDIX A 



TABLE 8 
CALIBRATION TABLE F( R A005-YA 



EDC Output 


Gain 


Channel 


Average | 


Tolerance (LSB) | 


Bipolar Unipolar 


X0^5-VA A007 


Bipolar 


Unipolar 


Bipolar 


Unipolai 


■KW -KJV 


1000 


10 * 


0000 


0000 


4-4 


+6 


40V 407 


500 


10 


0000 


0000 


+2 


4-3 


■K)V -fOV 


250 


10 


0000 


ooou 


♦2 


4-3 


+OV 40V 


125 


10 


0000 


0000 


±2 


±3 


■►5MV ■♦■5MV 


1000 


10 ♦ 


2000 


4000 


+5 


4-8 


-5MV 


1000 


10 


6000 




±5 


-- 


-►9MV +9MV 


1000 


10 


3463 


7146 


4-5 


4-10 


-9MV 


1000 


10 


4315 





4-5 


— 


>10MV 4-1 OMV 


500 


10 


2000 


4000 


4-3 


4^5 


•f36MV "♦■36MV 


250 


10 


3463 


7146 


4-3 


4^ 


40MV 4-4 OMV 


125 


10 


2000 


4000 


±3 


+5 


1 
40V 40V 


50 


10 


COOO 


0000 


4-2 


4-3 


40V •K>V 


12.5 


10 


0000 


0000 


4-2 


4^3 


40V ' -fOV 


2.5 


10 


0000 


0000 


4-2 


4-3 


40V -fOV 


1 


10 


0000 


0000 


±2 


±3 


+180MV -HBOMV 


50 


10 


3463 


7146 


4-2 


4-4 


>400MV -♦-400MV 


12.5 


10 


2000 


4000 


+2 


4-4 


4-3. 6V ^3.67 


2.5 


10 


3463 


7146 


4-3 


4-5 


+5V ♦SV 


1 


10 


2000 


4000 


±2 


±^ 


+9. 9609V +9. 9609V 


1 


10 * 


3770 


7760 


4-3 


4-5 


-9.9804V 


1 


10 ♦ 


4007 





4-3 


— 


-5.0V 


1 


10 


6000 


.... 


4-2 


-- 



♦ Channel to 


be u 


ised for each A007 






A007 # 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


CHANNEL 


21 


42 


63 


84 


105 


126 


147 



c 



oec ift^(Ma)io«j4««y« 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6165-0-0 



REV 

B 



SHEET 23 OF 23 



1! 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



DATE 8/7/80 



TinC DPM23 DISTRIBUTED I/O SUBSYSTEM 






n 

Is 

lit 



REVISIONS 



REV 



I 



DESCRIPTION 



Uj>Jatecl and rev^ised 



CMC NO 



AOOOO 
MLOIO 



ENG 

BILL WHITBY 



APR 
S 



^iS^ 



ORiO 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBEH 
MAA6170-0-0 



REV 
A 



•**4MttM*4M?»<Mt| 



SHEET 1 0F21 



MANUFiCTURINC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 

PPH23 DISTRIBUTED I/O SUBSYSTEM 



1.0 INTPODUCTION 

Tht DPM23 
tht KDFII-AA 
It lupporttd 
DPM50 Phast 
diagnostics 
DATAWAY. 



is a ustr progrannablt lubsysttm which is bastd on 
(11/23 CPU) and intarfactd to tha DEC DATAWAY. It 

undar RSX11S. supports FORTRAN and MACRO, and uses 

2 coaaunications softwart. Usar prograas and 

• V downloaded from a DPM HOST COMPUTER over the 



This procedure defines ninimun test criteria for the base 
DPM2;. For options added to the base, reference other 
appropriate mast procedures. 

The base DPM23 consists of: 



BAIl-NC/ND 
KDF 1 1-AA 
HSVn-DD 
ISV1 1-B 



9 slot chassis and power supply 
CPU with memory managemtnt 
6<ikb mos memory 
DEC DATAWAY interface board set 



2.0 REFERENCE D OCUKENTATIOW 

2. 1 M ANUALS: 

2.1.1 MICROCOMPUTER PROCESSOR HANDBOOK: 

2.1.2 MICROCOMPUTER INTERFACES HANDBOOK: 

2.1.3 MSVII-D.-E USERS MANUAL: 

2.1.1 PROCESS I/O SUBSYSTEM USERS GUIDE: 

2. 1.5 DPM23 USERS GUIDE: 

2.1.6 KDF1UAA USERS GUIDE: 

2.1.7 BA11-N TECHNICAL MANUAL: 

2.2 PRINTS AND SCHEMATICS: 

2.2.1 DPM23 PRINTSET: MP001058 

2.2.2 DLV1UF PRINTSET: MP0C0«l6l 

3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT: 
3.1 HARDWARE AND MEDIA: 



EB-15836-18/79 

EB-17723-20/80 

EK-MSV1D-0P-??? 

EK-PIOS-UG-??? 

EK-DPM23-UG-??? 

EK-KDF11-UC-??? 

EK-BA11N-TM-??? 



3.1. 1 
3. 1.2 

3.1.2 

2. l.^J 

3. 1.5 



Valid DPM HOST SYSTEM configuration. 

RSX11-M on appropriate host media. 

Attenuation panel. 

HEWLETT PACKARD DVM or equivalent accurate to .01V i 

Serial line unit IE. DLVIl-F and Terminal for LSI 



information output (LOCAL MODE). 



15V. 
error 



SIZE 

A 



w 



NUMBER 

MAA 6170-0-0 



REV 

A 



oac iHMt>*ia«»4««7t 



SHEET 



OF.il 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFIC ATION 

TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



H,0 WEQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM S; 

4.1 DPH REMOTE DIAGNOSTICS KIT IZP 125-RD 



1. 1. 1 
K. 1.2 
H, 1.3 

1 

1 

1 

1, 

1, 



n 
5 
6 
7 
8 



1. 1.9 
1. 1. 10 



NAM E 

DZKCI 
DZKCH 
CZKMP 
DVDVC 
CZQMC 
DVPCA 
CJKDA 
CJKDB 
CJKDC 
CJKDD 



DESCRIPTION 

Remote terainel tester 
Serla! bus exerciser 
Task Handler 
DLV11.F test 
0-12'ik aciory 
Pes test 
F-11 MMU test 
F-1 1 CPU test 
KEFIUAA dlag 
KEF11-AA diag 



exerciser 



2» 



M ODE 

Remote 

Remote 

N/A 

Local 

Local 

Local 

Local 

Local 

Local 

Local 



•■OPTIONAL 



5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS 

5.1.1 RSX11-M must be running In 
DIAGNOSTICS ITT IZP 125-RD. 



the host system with DPM REMOTE 



5.1.2 A serial line interface (IE DLV 1 l-F. DLV 1 l-J ) and terminal 
will be required to run diagnostics in LOCAL MODF at the DPM23 
subsystem. NOTE: These items are i:sed for test only and are not 
shipped unless specifically ordered with system. 

5.1.3 The MaoSO is always the last item on the bus with the 
exceptions that the M8081 always occupies slot 9. and that the 
optional BDV11-AA(M8012) always plugs into slot 8. 



SIZE 

JL 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MAA 6170-0-0 



REV 
A 



occ >e^«MhatM4««ya 



SHEET 



MANUFACTURIN G SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION fHECT 



TITLt MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



5. 1.<i At this 
on tht DPM23. 



Writing only tht foUnwing options art lupportad 



A. MSVn-DO 

B. BDVn-AA 

C. DLV11-C 

D. DLVn-J 

E. DLVn-KA 

F. DZVn-A 
C. IBVn-B 

H. ipvn 

I. LPVn-PA/PD 

J. RXV1UBA/BD 

K. RXV2UBA/B0 

L. BAII-NE/NF 



32K WORDS HOS MEMORY 

TERMINATOR/BOOT MODULE 

ASYNCHRONOUS LINE UNIT 

FOUR ASYNCHRONOUS SERIAL INTERFACES 

20MA CURRENT LOOP OPTION 

ASYNCHRONOUS MULTIPLEXER 

INSTRUMENT BUS INTERFACE AND CABLE 

Q BUS lOCM 

LINE PRINTER OPTIONS 

FLOPPY DISK OPTIONS 

DOUBLE DENSITY FLOPPY DISK OPTIONS 

EXPANDER BOX '. 



5.1.5 In ofdop to run DCF11-AA diagnostic (CJKDB), LTC (LINE 

TIME CLOCK) Interrupts aust ba disabled, 

Jumper Wt must ba installed en the KDF11-AA 

testing. If a BDVIUAA (M8012) nodule has 

DPM23 system switohpack C21 #5 mmy be 

either oase this procedure must be reversed prior to runnint D 



to accomplish this 

CPU module prior to 

been added to the 

turned on instead. In 

running 



^ . — w. WW.. ^,.m „ ir.w«.«^..i. w^mv vm ivTwiavu prAwr to running u 
BUS I/O module diagnostic VPCAEO. S^ttem_muft_shlp with LTC 
interrupts enabled. """ — — — 

6.0 INSTALLATION AND TEST SETUP INSTRUCTIONS 

6, ) UNPACKING AND INSPECTION: 

6.1.1 Save all packing material for equipment to be shipped that 
is not cab mounted. 



tc teiMe>-iM»M«ya 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MAA 6170-0-0 



•MEET ^ OF 21 










BBH CONTINUATION SHCCT 


MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 






TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS 


TEST 1 


6.2 MODULE CONFIGURATION 


SETUPS FO.l DPM2J 


6.2. 1 K0F1UAA (H8186) LSI 


y)/2 


3 CPU MODULE 


JUMPER DESIGNATION 






JUMPER STATE 
IN 


W1 


W? 






AS RECEIVED 


W3 






AS RECEIVED 


W4« 






OUT 


W5 






OUT 


W6 






OUT 


W7 






IN 


we THRU W15 






DON'T CARE 


W16 






IN 


H17 






in 


W18 






XN 


"»Not«: Ste special inttruotl 


on 


•t 5,1,5 


R«r«rtno« FIGURE 2 for Juiiptr 


locations. 1 


6.2.2 MSV11.DD (MSOttt.D?) FIRST 


32K 1 


SI SWITCHPACK 
SW1 








SWITCH STATE 




ON 




SW2 






ON 


SW3 






ON 


SWil 




• 


ON 


W2 






IN 


W3 






IN 


PIN 1 TO 3 






IN 


PIN 5 TO 7 






IN 


PIN 10 TO 1«l 






IN 


PIN 15 TO 16 






IN 


R«rtrtno« FIGURE 4 for switch 

• 


and Juapar locations. 










SIZE 


CODE 


NUMBER 


REV 1 


. 








..A.. 


SP 


MAA 6170-0-0 


*.l 



CMC IHSMMM«-«««7« 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 




UIJDOQli CONTINUATION SHEET 


TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 




6.2.3 0LV11-F (M8028} SERIAL LINE 


UNIT 


JUMPER DESIGNATION 


■ 


JUMPER STATE 


TO 
f 1 

ta 

T3 
10 

• 1 

Ra 

HI 




OUT 

IN 

OUT 

IN 

OUT 

XV 

OUT 

IN 


The DLV11-F is default 
baud rate Jumpers must 
to 300 baud. 


Jumpered for console use, but the above 
be reconfigured from 110 baud operation 


The DLV11-F is not a standard part 
frequent option, and is needed in 
LOCAL MODE. See FIGURE 5 for Junpe 


of the DPM23 system, but is a 
FAAT for diagnostic testing in 
r locations. 


6.2. <♦ ISVIl-B (M8080.M8081) DEC DATAWAY INTERFACE 1 


FACTORY CONFIGURED: 




CSR ADDRESS 




1601«0 
1601K2 
160U11 


VECTOR ADDRESS 


• 


300 
3OH 


JUMPERS 


STATE 


LOCATION 


W1 THRU W6 
W7 THRU W10 
W11 THRU W16 
W17 THRU W20 
W21 THRU W23 


OUT 
IN 
OUT 
IN 
OUT . 


K8080 
H8080 
MeO80 
M8060 
M8060 


W1.W3,W5,W7.W9 
W2.W1|,W6,W8.W10 


IN 
OUT 


M8081 
HSOSH 


NOTE: If DLV11-J 
vector address of 300 
conflict with the ISV11. 


is installs 

■ust be 
B. 


Bd in DPM23 sys'.em its default 
reconfigured because of its 


Reference FIGURES 


7. 1 and 7 


,2 for Jumper locations. 


• 


SIZE 

A 


CODE 
SP 


NUMBER 
MAA 6170-0-0 


"IM 



0«C lM*Ml-lMt<N«7a 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFAtTllRIN(. SPFCIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACTI TO SYSTEM TF.^'T 



6.3 CABf rj OF THE DPM2 3 

6.3.1 Cabling of the DPM23 consists of n serial bus cable 
(70-15928-03) coming from the M8084 board of the ISVU-B, which 
interconnects with the DEC DATAWAY cable (70-14152), which in 
turn is run through an attenuation pan^l to simulate cable 
length, finally exiting the attenuation panel and connecting to 
the HOST CPU'S ISBll. Reference FIGURE 1. 



NOTE: The 
s hipped with 

7.0 POWER CHECKS 



attenuation panel 
the system. 



is only used for test and id not 



7.1 -J-SVOC j;250MV 
■H2VDC 4-600MV 

The +5VDC and •♦•12VDC regulated voltaget can be meanured at J7 
of the backplane or, preferably at the tip jacks on the M8012 
(BDVll-AA) module (if it has been added to the system). The pins 
of J7 are nu;nbered, and color coded. 4-12700 and -fSVOC are 
assigned the following pins and colors. 

+ 12VDC PIN 2, PURPLE WIRE 

■H2VDC GROUND PiN 3, BLACK WIRE 

+ 5VDC PIN 5, RED WIRE 

♦ 5VDC GROUND PIN 4, BLACK WIKE 

The tip jacks on the M8012 module are color coded and labeled 
as follows: 

+ 12VDC J3, PURPLE 

+ 5VDC J2, RED 

GROUND Jl, BLACK 

If adjustment becomes necessary, remove the two power su'jply 
mounting screws to tilt the power supply forward exposing the 
adjustment potentiometers Rl for -»-12VDC, and R22 for +5VDC. 
Reference FIGURES 3.1 and 3.2 for locations. 



SIZE 

Jl. 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA 6170-0-0 



REV 

A 



OCC 1*-(S*3) 1M2-N«7a 



SHEET 



OF 



21 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



u\h'^\ 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE 

The host processoi whether it be an 11/70 or II/3M alcng with 
Its ISBII'S must be fully checked out according to HAST prior to 
connecting a DPH23 to the OATAWAY. 

8. 1 DPH23 HOST SYSTEM BOOTING PROCEDURE 

6*1.1 Obtain a disk pack for the appropriate host media which 
has the RSX11-H host package IAP-F132A-HC and install it into 
DRIVE 10. Load DRIVE #0 and insure that "WRITE PROTECT" Is off. 

8.1.2 When DRIVE #0 is ready and "ON LINE" (heads loaded) BOOT 
the drive. 

8.1.3 When the program asks for the date and time, you may 
either enter the information or default it by typing a carriage 
return . An example would be 08:30 01-JUN-80. 

8.1.4 The prograa will continue setting up parameters and will 
ask: "Do you want to load IPC diagnostics from magtape [Y/N]:". 
Type in a carriage return which will default your answer to a HO 
condition. 



8.1.5 The program will now output: 

>9 <EOF> (This sicnifles end of flit and parameters 
now set) ard waits for you to key in a command. 



are 



8. 1.6 Type in: 

Set /UIC«[200,2703 (This may not be necessary if the UIC 
is already at 200,270.) 



Mc i»<Mai>«eet4Myi 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MAA 6170-0-0 



REV 
A 



SHEET ^ OF 21 






MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.2 RUN THE ^HROR REPOBT TASK IM ORDEW TO C llhH OUT THE ERROR 

egg ' 

8.2. 1 > RUII ISBRPT TTPEr< RUM ISBRPT > 

ISBRPT-DEC DATAWAY ERROR REPORT TASK 
> 

PRINT SUMMARY [Y OR ll]7N TYPE:<II> 

PRINT ENTIRE FILE [Y 0R~N)7N TYPE:<M^ 

DELETE ERROR FILE [Y OR N]?? TYPE:<Y> 

ISBRPT. . .OPERATION COMPLETE" 

TASK "ISBRPT" TERMINATED 

TASK EXIT WITH OUTSTANDING I/O 

PC»125130 
PS.1700C0 
R0«120720 
RU125576 
R2>125650 
R3*000000 
RUxllS'iTO 
RSsOOOOOO 
SP«120»<76 

8.2.2 Type.' CTRL C to ttrninate ISBRPT task and rcctiva back 
M CR> pronpt. 

8»3 RUN THE DEC DATAWAY DIAGNOSTIC EXERCISER . 

8.3.1 > RUN DZKCH TyPE:<RUM D2KCH> 

DCP-A>STA TYPE:<STA> 

lUNITS (D)?1— TYPE:<1> 

ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER : (0 )070 TYPE:<0> 

ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTROLLER; 

(0)171 TYPE:<1> 

NUMBEf OF ENTERED TERMINALS«1 

UNIT»»CONTROLLER«»LOCICAL SB»«LUN*« 
001 000 001 Oil 

TOTAL / TiVE PASSES « 21. ACTIVE TERMINALS. 1, TIME. 8:33 

TOTAL ACi Z PASSES . *1, ACTIVE TERMINALS.!, TIME. 8: 3^ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MAA 6170-0-0 



RCV 
A 



OKCIM; 



?* 



SHEET 



OF 



21 



MANUFACTURING SfECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Tint MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8. 3*2 Afttr rtqulrtd run tia* 
dlcgnoitlc by typing CTWL C. 



htf tlipstd t«riilnat« running of 



"TTO" TEWMIM/ITED 

EXIT WITH OUTSTANDING I/O 



TASK 
TASK 

PCa046000 
PS.170000 
R0*000002 
RIaOOOOOO 
R2a000000 
R3«000000 
Ri|*000003 
R5'000001 
SPs0012t6 

8.<i After D2KCH has run.Tht error log nust be checked for 
error! that mcy have occured during running. 

8.«l.1 > RUN ISBRPT — - TYPE:<RUN ISBRPT> 

ISBRPT-DECDATAWAY ERROR REPORT TASK 
> 

PRINT SUMMARYtY OR N)?Y TYPE:<Y> 

PRINT ENTIRE FILE [Y OR N]7N — TYPE:<N> 

OUTPUT TO LINE . RINTER [Y OR N]7N — TYPE: <N> 
WANT ONE CONTROLLER [Y OR N) 7N— 1— TYPE: <N> 

DELETE ERROR FILE (Y OR N]7N-I TYPE:<N> 

ISBRPT... ERROR FILE IS EMPTY 
ISBRPT... OPERATION COMPLETE 

8.*i.2 Type: CTRL C to terminate ISBRPT task and receive back 
MCR> prompt. 

8.^.3 Error reporting can be in the for* of hard errors, typed 
out Imnediately, or soft errors;( Errors that are logged by the 
error logger). No errors are allowed. 



^SIZE 

LA. 



COD'- 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA 6170-0-0 



REV 
A 



MC aeoMhieet^Mya 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SfECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITll MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.5 HU M WOM WESIDENT TESTS OF ISVII-B 

8.5.1 MC>> RUN CZKCIB - TYPE:<IIUM C2KCIB> 

> 

DCP-A>STA TYPI:<STA> 

I UNITS (D) 7 J, TyPE:<1> 

UNIT 1 

ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER :( )070 TYPE:<0> 

ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTROLLER: 

(D)1?2— TYPC:<1> 

SELECTED SERIAL LINE PORTS 

UN IT* •CONTROLLER* •LOGICAL SB»^LUN^^TYPE 

10 001 9 DPM50-P0RT 

START OF TESTING 

END OF PASS 0, TIME t 9:29 

END OF PASS t, TIME i 9:31 

8.5.2 After required run tine has elapsed terainate running of 
the diagnostic by typing CTRL C . 

8 . 6 LOAD DIAGNOSTIC MONITOR CZKMPB 

«'6' * > RUN CZKMPB TYPE;< RUN CZ KMPB) 

> 

CZKMPB VERSION 2,2 

5!:LECT MODE: LOCAL. HOST. AUTO-MAP, COMMUNICATION OR EXIT 

(L,H.A.C,E)L TYPE:<L> 

ENTt"^ NUMBER OF TERMINALS [D]«1 TYPE:<1> 

ENTE" CONTROLLER NUMBER [G]«0-r TyPE:<0> 

ENTEK TERMINAL NUMBERS [0]«1 TYPE:<1> 

NUMhER OF ENTERED TERMINALS** 1 
UNIT^«CONTROLLER^^LOCICAL SB»« 

1 e 1 

At this point the console termlrti at the DPM23 subsystem 
coaes on line and Is used to ask for onck run subsystem 
diagnostics. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA 6170-0-0 



REV 

A 



oac >»<>rti-A— m ?t 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SfEClFICATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Tini MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8 . 7 RUN n/23 CPU AND M EM ORY DIAGNOSTICS ON DPM 23 

Set Flgurt 6 for tiplanatlon of nonltor interaction Inputs 
and outputs at local DPM23 tarnlnai . 



8.7.1 > JKDACO . 
157776 



.TYPF:<JKDACO> 



-TYPE:<200C> 



#2000 

CTinJTCO KTFII-AA HMU DIAG. 

SWRiOOOOOO NEWaCR > TYPE:<CR> 



END PASS! 



1 :TOTAL ERRORS SINCE LAST START AT 200 



8.7.2 Afttr rtqulrad run tint has tlapstd. terminate running of 
the diagnostic at the DPH23 console teralnal by depressing the 
break key. 

8.7.3 •760 111/000000 2 



TYPE:<7 60l11/> 

TYPE:<2> 

> JKDBC0 TYPE:<JKDBC0> 

157776 ■ 



.TYPE:<200G> 



#2000 

CTin^CO DCFII-AA CPU DIAGNOSTIC 
END PASSI 1 
END PASS! 15 

NOTE: LTC Interrupts aust be disabled to run diagnostic 
JKDBCO. See special Instruction at 5.1.5. 



8.7.1 After required run time has elapsed .terminate running the 
diagnostic at the DPM23 console teralnal by depressing the break 
key. 



SIZE 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MAA 6170-0-0 



REV 
A 



»»ii 



^im»tHfa 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



••7'5 f7 60U«</ 000000 2 — — — — TYPE : <760 HU/> 

TYPE:<2> 

>ZOMrCO-—-—— - — -- — .-- TypE:<20MCC0> 

1^777?" 

#£00C - TYPE:<200C> 

SWniyoOOOO NEWi CR--— — — TypE:<CII> 

KTIKHEHORY HANACEHENT )A VAILABLE 

HEMORY HAP 

FROM COOOOO TO 757777 (WITH H MSVIl-D INSTALLED) 

NO PARITY REGISTERS FOUND 

PROGRAM RELOCATED TO 720000 

PROGRAM RELOCATED TO 000000 

END PASS! 1 

Abovt will b« rtctivtd whtn k MSVIUD modules art 
Installed, typeouts will vary with lesser amounts of memory. No 
relocation will ooqur when only 1 MSVn-D is installed. 

8.7.6 'NOTE THE following two test:* are to be run If the 

optional KEFII chip Is Installed. 

8.7.7 *760J_M/000000 2 TYPE: <760 U4|/> 



>JKDCBO- 

157776 

«200C-- 



TYPE:<2> 
TYPE:<JKDCB0> 



•TYPE:<200C> 



CJKDCB, KEF11-A FP DIAGNOSTIC PART 1 

SWR « 000000 NEW.CR TYPE:<CR> 

END PASS I t 
END PASS # 2 

e.7.8 After required run time has elapsed, terminate running of 
the diagnostic at the DPM23 console terminal by depressing the 
break key. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
Sk> 



NUMBER 
MAA 6170-0-0 



REV 
A 



«H«t>-»ee»my« 



SHEET 



OP 



MANUFACTUmNC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MOUULAR APPROACH TO SYfTEM TKST 



8.7.9 » 76tl44/ ggee0l 2 — — — TYPE; <76fl44/> 

TYPE:<2> 
>JKDDM — — TYPE:<JKDDBf> 

f2»C -TYPE:<2f0G> 

CJKDDB KEPll-A DIAGNOSTIC PART 2 

SWR - §00000 NEW -CR TYPE:<CR> 

END PASS • 1 
END PASS • 2 

8.7.10 After requirtd run time has elapsed, terminate running of 
the diagnostic at the DPM23 console terminal by depressing the 
break key. 

8.7.11 Load and run diagnostics for any additional LSI option 
modules installed, using saae method used to run the CPU tests. 

8.7.12 After all LSI modules have been run, if any D BUS I/O 
modules exist within the DPM23 subsystem, load diagnostic VPCAE0 
and follow procedure POO-00COA-00-0000WM-06- 8055 , Reference 
section 4.0 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING. 



SIZE 

A 



""S^^ MAA im^-h^'-o «^^ 



OCC l»-0«t|-lMa-M«72 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SH£ET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



(T en * U* K> M M 

o o o o o o 

3383838 



0\ {J\ ^ i*i K) t-* so 
W ^ vo vA ^ ^o 



O 
*^ 

H 

W 



H* K> K> lO lO ro K> 

vo o M N) u» * cn 

D D O O OO O 

09 09 OB 



(n 



z 



> 

1 



c 

5 

o 

99 



•11/70 OR II/34I 

> ,.„ • 






ISBll 




















0PM HOST 


1 




_ i 


L, 




SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MAA 6170-0-0 



REV 
A 



MC «*i*M>>>M»N«y« 



SHEET 



OP 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



^^ 



XT 



^£ 



c — 

II 

A' 



r 






c 



m 



i 



WI6 



DIODE D1 




WtS 



iii 



5^ 



W14 

W12 — 

WIO— 

Wi — 

W4— 



•WIS 



>W11 

'wn 
'w» 

1W7 

•ws 



W4 



WI 



W3 

"WJ 



KDFII-AA 

(M8186 DUAL SIZE MODULE) 
FIGURE 2 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA 6170-0-0 



REV 
A 



MC i*HM<>-iMa<M«yi 



SHEET 



OF 21 



MAHUFACTUI^IN9 JFECIFICATIQN 



CONTINUATION SHCCT 



TITII MODUIAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 




Fo*M Supply AiMMMy 



FIGURE 3.1 



^owtt Supply A^MMlMMi 



FIGURE 3.2 



Size 
A 



caoE 

SP 



MAA 6170-0-0 



REV 
A 



occ fi»ttyt—a m »T» 



SHEET 



OF 2L 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 




a C 



^n^ 



wi 



■ATTIRV tACKUr 
rOtWIR JUMrmt 



• • e 
a 1 a 



■AWK y 
■ NABLI/OtkAALl 













PAmtrvmo pahitv 

OrtMATlOM 



M8044-D7 



MMQ?«« 



Figure 4 MSVl l-D. MSVl 1-E Switch ar.J Jumper Locations 



SIZE 

A 



^§?M MAA tm-To 



flEV 



i^ 



ic aHMi>*iM«4««yt 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHCCT 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



f=7 



r\ 



xc 



^ 



n 



INI Hill 



!■■! 



IM»N l» 



I' 






MT 



555555 



H • i 



Figure 5 



Me02d 



DLVll-P Jumper Locations 



MH-iaT4 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MAA 6170-0-0 



MM««t« 



REV 
A 



SHFT J±^ OF 21 





CONTINUATION SHEET 




WAHiurAt lUKiMt* >rti,u-icAlivn« 


TITlt MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 


( 



MONiToa tMruukcnon at local tcbminal 



P r vmf U 



OpcrmiavaAy 
ODT 



leotUMxi 



uc, or lypt ONMrol Z lo pvl LSI- 1 1 la 



•tei 



If roUowiAf IS7774 aAm • Ik •••« hm hm* Mltrad. ladicaiM Um Aktptemit u la 
lb« LSI-I I wmI Um optnior aay OMBauaicaM wuh ii vu ODT 



1/ foUpwuKi "Ead pMi" aad lk« cuitmi PC ladtcAiM iIm oparsior nay pvc funlMr 
iMimcuoai la OOT Oiviaf "7*0144" rMtubliilM* eoMauaicauoi wiik loc*i 



aooiiof. 



DapOBli 
Deposit 



Fikimmti Uiad foUowiaf '*>'*iocall(lui|»oMK». 

200G Nm io moailor - tutn AafaoMic If LSM I u la ODT. 

Brc«k Noi io moailor - Mopt 4t»pie»ttc. 

760 1 44 / RcnuMokM ceinaiuakaiMa wuh kteai aioaiior if LSM I h la ODT. 

2 i ttlliiwini 'VJKnr' wito iMMilMw lliai iifwrataw withn In rvn aiHHhcf JtaiiMitiic 

I PoUuw *XX)00(Xr •boru aMMUUw la koai Tlui u Um Um lapui by Um optituu 



CooudZ FoUowia|''>"pu«iLSiniaODT 



FoUowiBf lU MM* MMry uidwaiM ih« 
Tte raqatMad Ma oaaaot b« foiMd. 
Tbt auaapt 10 dowaload the 



Im* baca tfowaloadcd. 



Ouipuu 

umi 

NX 

BOLD 

END PASS Dmpoilic km neiplam a p—. 

CtumufC FoUowiaibraakiadiciOTdiacaMlk baa Hopped aiaddmapnaicd. 

000000 FoUowiai "740144** iadicaMa oaaiiiar bmv iaput runkar laMntcboo* lo IocaI OKMUlor 

(lor2). 

EX 



MooiUM baa lansiaaiad ai beat. 



FIGURE 6 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
FP 



NUMBER 

MAA 6170-0-0 



"T 



occ i«^«M)-iaa<<4«a?a 



SHEET 20 OF il 



MANUFACTURING SfEClTICATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEFT 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



*>%• W] mi: mi* MIO Mil WIft M(1« WIJ Mlj *>l 




FIGURE 
7.1 



uot^ 



M8080 




uu 
ML. 

dddddqOQ. 

DDDDflODD" 

SOnnno 




VI raMiSMiniR Mcuvf* 




% 



iCLWfl 



•2It til* 






IftVMOT 



FIGURE 
7.2 



IS-.llB 



9 •no«i 



oiD'D 

d'DDHd'd 

:DDDDD 
ioDnOOD 

DDDDDDDD^ 

■"0 



MOATWf 





M8084 



• mow I raoMi rnOMS riidM« 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



MAA bi70-0--0 



REV 
A 



Mc 1* iaMi>iM»-M«y* 



SHEET 



OF 



s 

hi 
•I* 

i ** S 
C <? e f 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



M.A.S. 



DATE 



i\ 'an HO 



TITLE 



I«5B-11 pre HATAWAY r.^N'RnTIF'^ 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHO NO 



ORIQ 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



Prev. 7ft^BOni-n-6l7> 



Npw updato ECO CHANGE 



ENQ 



^ 



// 



APPO 



MA- 

AOOOO- 



L.LECLERC 



1 SO 






7-U-h 



Mi*aMiii 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA hi 75-0-0 



REV 

B 



CN-01M»-|«4««72-O«S) 



SHEET 1 OF 7 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



NODULAi AfPiOACH TO STSTDI3 TEST 



I3B-11 DEC DATAWAT COI^THOLLEW 

1,0 HEfEWEllCE DOCUKIITATION 

1.1 Print Mtt ord«r « NPOOHS? 

1.2 Malnttnano* Mmual : EI-KMCMP^P, EK-DMCLU.OP 

1.3 ISft-ll Ut«rs Guldt: EK-ISB-II-US 

1.A ISB-11 Flfld AcotpUnof Proc«<lurf: A-SP-ISD> 11-07 

1.5 Lib Kit: (KMCn Lib Kit) fZJ231-ltB 

1.6 DZKCH Serial Bua Eitre *r (doouient) #NO-n-DZKCH.D 

1.7 CZORT RSZIIM T«8t SystM (dociaant) «AC.F153A-MC 



ry, soac type of 



2,0 HEQUIBED TEST EQUIPMENT 

2.1 PDP 11/30 or PDP 1. 70 with ■Inlnui of 16K of m 
dlso load aedia, and on* DD11-C SPC block. 

2.2 SPC auat b« 001 LC. r 

2.3 SPC auat provlda ♦S. ♦15. and -15 volta. 

2.4 Oaoilliaoopa H475 or aquivalant, 

2.5 Digital volt aattr 

2.6 Hultilayar Eitandtr Nodula (V90<l8-Hai) 

2.7 One 16 pin I.C. clip 

2.8 Test Cable #7014152 

2.9 Frequency counter aay be required. 



.?.10 Soae type of DPM terainal; such aa a RT801, RT803. RT805. DPH01, 
VT110, or DPM50. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



'HUMiEir-^ 
MAA 6175-n-O 



-£-l 



OCC lH>M)10t2-N»72 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTUHIN C SfECIFICATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITH 



NODULAR APf HOACII TO SYSTtNS TFST 



3.0 A¥AIUBLE PKmWOSTIC FWOOMHS 

3.1 Stand Alon« Dlainosiloa Kit fZJ.?1«.|IB 

Mai ltd to Daacriptlon 

CZKCC Static Taat. N02O4 Data Path Taat 

CZKCD Static Crm Branch Taat (M8?0?) 

CZKCA Fraa Run, N8204 Data Path Taat 

CZKCE Llna Unit Taat (H8202) 

CZKCF Bit Stuff Una Unit Teat (N6202) 

KMCA DCC X-n Syataa Taat 

3.2 On-Lii*« Diafnoatioa Kit «ZP-125-RD (Ntf tapa kit) 

AP-P152A-MC CZORH RSX11M '^vat Syataa Dia«noatlo 

NOTE: Tha ZP-125-RD kit auat ba uaad to aya-gan a diac taat pack 
bafora on-lina diatnoatioa can ba run. 



tl.O IMSTALUITIOII IBSTRUCTIOliS 

«.1 N820II Inatallation 

11.1.1 Tha N820II aodula ahould ba inatallad in alot #2 of the DD11-C 
SPC block bafora inatalling. fiaaova tha NPR Grant continuity 
wira that runa batnaan pina CA1 and CBI on tha back plana for 
alot §2, If a ayataa changa raquirea raaoval of the M820ii, 
thia wira auat ba replaced. 

4.1.2 The addreaa and vactora for thia BOdule fall Into the floating 
range, and a atandard aetup configuration la required. 



ISB-11 i 


Addreaa 


Vector 


#1 


160140 


HOC 


#2 


160150 


mo 


#3 


160160 


«20 


#1 


160170 


•30 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



OKC lM9M»lMt<ft«7a 



NUMBER 
nil U\l'\n(\Ti\ 



REV 
.J. 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



NOOOLAII APFHOACH TO ST5TEH5 TEST 



9.1 N6202 IntUllttlon 

4.2.1 Th« Ni202 Bodul* should b« Initalltd In Slot #3 of th« DOII-C 
SPC block. 

4.2.2 All tMltohca on th« aodul* should b« plsesd In th« OTT 
position, for th«y srs not ussd. 

4.2.3 An ISft-n Tsst Csbls #7014152 should b« fsstsnsd to tht esblt 
connsotor. sttsohsd to ths aoduls. 

4.2.4 Soas typ# of DPM tsrainsl should b« sttschsd to ths #7014152 
tsst Qsbls; such ss s RT801. RT802, RT8O3, DPW01, VT110, or 
DPM^. 



5.0 TEST SET UP 

5.1 No spccisl tsst sst *jp Is required , unltss problsas occur running 

dlsgnostlcs. If problsas occur, rsfsr to ths aslntensnce asnusl for 
sd justing ths 11ns unit clock snd rssd dsts ons shot on ths M8202 
■oduls. 



6.0 POWEII CHECKS 

6.1 Ths ISB-n utilizes 8 sapsres of plus flvs volts psr ISB. Csrs should 
bs sicrclsed thst any tsst stsnd. or systsa Instsllstlon considers the 
ainlaua current par regulstor. 



6.2 



¥olUgs settings for ths I5B-11 srs very crltlcsl. and s Dlgltsl voU. 
aster Is rsooassndsd for asking any adjustasnts. Test points, glvs.- 
below, for asking adjustasnts should bs tsksn on ths aoduls whsn 
asking -15 volt adJustsMnts on the 11/34's only. Set ths -15 volts 
for sisctly ths saaa as the ♦15 volt resding. which is non-sdjustsble, 



Voltsgs 

♦15 
-IS 

♦5 



Voltsge Test Points 
Moduls Test Point 



Kd202 
N8202 
P^202 



♦ side of C65 
- slds of C64 
E 35 pin 16 



6.3 Unlbus Loading 

ihe lSB-11 presents one l)C and seven AC unlbus Iohw. 
A maximum of 20 AC loads are acreptaMe before separ.' 
or a 2 ft, bus cable is require.!. 



•'tern, 
n bv PI. M9202, 



SIZE 

A. 



CODE 



NUMBER 
MAA i17i 8 Q 



REV 



OCC l«-4MtMM«-Mft7a 



SHEET 



OF 



MANU»ACTt)RINO SfhCIKKAriON 

mil 



CONTINUATION SHfET 



NODULAR APPROACH TO STSTCNS TEST 



Th« IS^II presents on« DC and Mv«n AC unibua lotds to th« ■ytte«. 
A auUiUi of 20 AC loads ara acctptabU bafora saparatlor by an M9?02, 
or a 2ft, bus oabla Is raqulrad. 



7.0 DI ACMOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE (STAND ALOWt) 

7.1 Saa S«ctton 1.0 for ordar of diagnostics. The rollowlnji procadura la 
usad for all diagnostics. 

7.1.1 Load iliaKnostio. 

7.1.2 Losd addras^ at ?00. 

7.1.3 '^t switch ragistar to all taros. Start program. 
7.1.1 End of pass will ba shown by typa out. 

7.1.5 No errors allowed. 

8.0 DIACW03TIC TEST PROCEDURE (ON-LINE) 

8.1 Host SystaiR Booting Procedure 

8.1.1 Obtain a disk pack from the appropriate hoat ■edia, which 

contains the RSX11M test syste* diagnostic package #ZP125-RD. 
and install it into Drive #0. Load Drive #0, and insure thst 
"WRITE PROTECT* is off. 

8.1.? When Drive #0 is ready, and "ON LINE", boot the drive. 

8.1.3 071036 000021 000652 001172 

IDKO TYPE: <DK0-RIC05, DLO- 

DEVICE DBOO: NOT IN CONFIGURATION RL01, DMO-RIC06 or 07. 

DEVICE DBOl: NOT IN CONFIGURATION DR0-RH02 or 03. DBO- 

DEVICE DROO: NOT IN CONFIGURATION RP01. 5. or 06> 
DEVICE DROI: NOT IN CONFIGURATION 
DEVICE HTOO: NOT IN CONFIGURATION 

RSX-11M V3.1 BL22 6«K MAPPED 

>RED DKO:«SYO: 

>RED DKOtsLBO: 

>HOU DKO:STSTEM 

>#C1, 21STARTUP 

>• PLEASE ENTER TIME AND DATE (HR:MN DD-MHM-YY) [Si: 

08:30 10-DEC-79 TYPE: <08:30 10-DEC-7q> 



SIZE 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MAA 6175-0-0 



REV 
B 



occ itiWiiMa-Htn 



SHEET „ 



OF 



7 



MANUFACTURING SftCIFIC ATION 



CONTINUATION SHCIf 



Tint 



NODULAR AprHOACN TO STSTCNS TEST 



>TIN 08:30 10-M:C-79 

>INS IISBRPT 

>INS lISBEim 

>INS IISBONL 

>IH9 IISBINZ 

>I1IS tT.TirOCTIM 

>nx rocTiM 

>LOA Sa:/PAR«GEM 

>II«III FDCTIM M/HSI-20S 

>III^ IFIP 

>IIIS IFLX 

>• DO fOU WANT TO LOAD IPC DIAGNOSTICS 

rHOM HACTAPE7 (T/ll):ll TYPE: (M) 

>f <Eor> 

> SET /UIC«[ 20 0. 2701 TYPE: <SET /UIC.l200,270)> 

8.2 Run th« error rtport task In ord«r to clear out tht error log. 



8.2.1 >RUN ISBRPT 



TYPE: <RUN ISBRPT> 



ISBRPT - DEC DATAWAY ERROR REPORT TASK 
> 

PRINT SUMHAtT [Y OR N)? N TYPE: <M> 

PRINT ENTIRE FILE (T OR N)7 N TYPE: <N> 

DELETE ERROR FILE (Y OR Hit ? TYPE: <Y> 

ISBRPT . . . OPERATION COHPLITE 

8.3 Run the ISBII DEC DetaMiy Dlafnoitic EieroUer. 



8.3.1 RUN DttCH -- 
DCF-A>STA - 
# imiTfTD) 

UNIT 1 



-TYPE: ''iUN DZKCH> 
-TYPE: <STA> 



7 1 



TYPE: <1> 

TYPE: <1> 

ENTER CONTROUER NUHBER: (0) 7 

ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTROLLER: (0) 

NUMBER OF ENTERED TERMINALS « 1 

UNIT •• CONTROLLER •• LOGICAL SB •• LUN 

001 000 OOf Oil 



1 7 1 



e« 



-TYPE: <0> 
TYPE: 



<1> 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 
MAA 6175-0-0 



REV 
D 



OCC 1*-|SM|-IM2-N«72 



SHEET 



OF 



2. 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFK ATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLI 



MODULAR Aff ROACH TO STSTCNS Tt' f 



s.« 



After a ooapUU run. th« diagfioatlo auat b« ttralnatad with 
a oarrlaga raturn TTft: <CR> 

TA3K ■no ■ TCRMIIATED 
TASK EXIT VITH OUTSTANDING 10 
K ■ 046000 

170000 

000002 

000000 

000000 

000000 

000003 

000001 

001246 



PS 

RO 
R1 
R2 

R3 
M 

R5 
Sf 



8.5 



Aftar a ooaplata run, tha ^rror log auat ba ehackad to aaka 
•ura thara ara no arrora raportad. 



8.5.1 >RUN ISBRPT 



ISBRPT - DEC DATAWAY ERROR REPORT TASK 



TYPE. <RUN ISBRPT> 



-TYPE: <Y> 
-TYPE: <N> 

TTPE:<N> 

TYPE:<N> 

TTPE:<N> 



8.6 



PRINT SUNNART (Y OR N0)7 Y 

PRINT ENTIRE FILE (Y OR nT? N 

OUTPUT TO LINE PRINTEK (V OR"n]T N 
WANT ONE CONTROLLER (Y OR N]T N ^. 

DELETE ERROR FILE (T OR N]7 N I 

ISBRPT . . . ERROR FILE IS EMPTY 
ISBRPT . . . OPERATION COMPLETE 

NCR> 



Error raporting can ba In tha fora of hard arrora. typad out 
iBB«dlataly, or aoft 9rror»; arrora that ara logtad by tha trror 
loggar. No arrora ara allowad. 



SIZE 



CODE 



NUMBER 



M 



1 i i 



REV 



£. 



OCC l*^SMMeM4M7S 



SHEET 



OF 



DRAWING NO. 

A-SP-MAA76O0 
A-SP-MAA8C10 
A-SP-MAA9025 

A-SP-MAD2i4MO 
A-SP-MAU'42 16 

A-SP-MAE005b 
A-SP-MAE1000 

A-SP-MAF1050 
A-SP-MAF2050 

A-SP-MAV2100 

A-SP-MAV2102, 

A-SP-MAV2103 

A-SP-MAV2200 

A-SF-MAV2605 

A-SP-MAV2850 

A-SP-MAV2910 

A-SP-MAV2912 



«Ev.r>io. 


,PP5. 


OFSCRIPTION 


A 


10 


'3IG2-A RAINBOW iiJT-ACUK . KKUL . 


A 


2 


UNIBUS TESTER 


A 


i4 


PRE ACCEPTANCE HARDWARE Q.C. 


A 


12 


K78-A 


A 


16 


RL8-A/RL01 


C 


6 


MAST PHASE III UETP 


A 


ill* 


PHASE III BACKUP DOC. RSXIl-M" 


A 


U 


WPS-8/211 PHASE III USER'S GUIDE 


A 


16 


WPS-8/212 PHASE III USER'S GUIDE 


B 


26 


11/780 CPU * 


A 


31 


1 1/750 HAST I 


A 


28 


VAX 11/751 TtST 


D 


16 


FP780 FLOATING POINT aCC. 


A 


2S 


MA780 


C 


24 


MS780 MEMORY 


B 


18 


RH780 MASS BUS ADAPTOR 


A 


11 


RH75C. 



•« 



I 



II 



^"^ 



DICIITAL EaUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION 



M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE 



CS1G2-A RAINBOW TEST & ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURE Appendix A 



REVISIONS 



I 

S 

1 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO ORIQ 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



n 
W 

in 

'C •' o V 



I^S 



Prev. 7668001-0-7600 



V 






SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER REV 

MAA7600-0-0 A 



CN-«lMa.lt-N«7HMai 



SHEET 1 OF 10 



MANUFACTURING STEOFICATION 



Tinc 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 



CS1G2-A IAIHBOW'TEST k ACCEPTAHCE PlOCEDDtE 

1.0 IRTRODDCTION 

This procftdurc vlll b« used In conjunction vith othtr Haat 
Procadurct to tttt th« Binlaua and baxIbub rainbow aqulpacnt. 

Optional rainbow aqulpaant will 'tao ba Includad aa part of 
thla prdcadura, but will ba aaparatad prior to ahlpaant. 

1.1 Tha BinlBUB configuration will ba coaprlaad of tha follow- 
ing hardwara: 

1.1.1 113AA-DH - 16K Noa Masory, lO.S" box. 

1.1.2 MSll-JP - 16K Moa Maaory. 

1.1.3 M9301-TZ - Xarox Boot Taralnator. 
l.'.A )L11-WB - 8L0/1TC with BC05C-25. 

1.1.5 DIll-K - Digital I/O Intarfaca. 

1.1.6 B775-CA - Battary Backup for 113AA. 

1.1.7 Z020 & Z030 - CDC Dlak Intarfaca. 

1.1.8 X020 f, X021 - Charactar Dlapatchar. 

1.1.9 X026 - IG Output. 

1.1.10 X027 - IG Xaput 

1.1.11 X025 - Potit Maaory. 

1.1.12 X604 - 14 Slot Bacfcplana aountad In tha 1134A. 

1.1.13 r411-LB - 5.25 Ixpandar Box. 

1.1.14 X605 - 9 Slot Backplana aountad In tha BAll-LH. 

1.1.15 X023 - Aapax Tapa Controllar. 

^ 1.1.16 X031 ^ 5V lagulater v 

1.1.17 BClU-02 ^ 2 f t Dnllroa Cabla 

1.1.18 119202 f Onlbua Cooaactor 

1.1.19 lf9001-YX - Connactor aodul^ 

1.1.20 J«:08pi.-^8 ^ Cabla 



i4i 



SIZE 

JL. 



CODE 
SP.. 



NUMP^.R 

MAA7600-0-0 



REV 
A 



tC l«iaM)-l««MM7t 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTUKINC gECmCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Tinc 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 



1.2 Th« ■azli.uB conf ikuratlon vlll b« coaprlscd of tht follow' 
ing hardxart: 

1.2.1 Th I ■ialBUB eonf Iguration , Blnua KlIA-02. 



1.2.2 XAUC . Auxiliary Unibua Controller. 

» 

1.2.3 X025 -> Font Mtpory (3 additional array aodulaa) . 

1.2. A MSll-JP - 16K Noa Mtaory (2 additional) total of 
32K on the Aux. lua. 

1.2.5 M7d50 - Parity Controllar for aaaory on tha Aux. 
Bua. 

2.0 REFERENCE D0CUM2NTAT1 N 

2.1 Standard DEC Bqulpaant , 

2.1.1 Prlnta: 

4 

2.1.1.1 1134A Print Sat - MP0#19# .. 

2.1.1.2 B773 Print Sat - MPMI14, ^ 

2.1.1.3 DIll-K Print Sat 

• 2.1.1.4 BAll-L Print Sat - MP00018 

2.1.2 Manudla: 

2.1.2.1 EK-KDIEA-MM 

2.1.2.2 11/34 Syataa Daar'a Gulda - EK-11034-OP 

2.1.2.3 M9301 -BK-M9301 - TM 

2.112.4 MSll-B-J - BK-MSllE-MM 
^ 2.1.2.S M7850 - BK-M7850-im 

2.1.2.6 BAll-L - BK-BAllL-NM . 

2.1.2.7 DBll-K - BK-BBllK-MM 

2.1.2.8 DLll-V * BK-DLllV-MM 

2.1.2.9 PDP 1134A Povar Syataa Daac EK-1134A-TM 



nee iMMKhiMa^Mya 



SIZE ICOOE 



NUMBER 

MAA7600-0-0 



BEV 
A 



SHEET 



0F_JJ1 









m^AM»Ari*.m.w. mm^sn^,* ^-m,^ WttM C0M7IMUITI0N SMfCT 1 

MANUFACTURING VEOFICATION ^^^ | 


\mE 


MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TFST Appendix A | 


« 


2.2 


Kalnbov Bqulpacntt • 


■ ■ 




2.2.1 Prlatt: 

2.2.1.1 C81G2-A Print 8«t MPil548 

2.2.2 Manuals: 

2.2.2.1 2C-C88-M0-F-4.3-17 

2.2.2.2 CD-C8S-MO-P-4.3-16 






2.2.2.3 Z023 Tapa - CSS-MO-F-5.9-01 

2.2.2.4 Z022 - CSS-MO-F-10. 3-11 

2.2.2.5 1030 - ^ 


3,0 


lEQU 


IRED TEST EQUIPMENT 




3*1 


CDC Disk Driva (9762) 




3.2 


ACT 11 or aqulvalant 




3.3 


VOM or Oacilloacopa 




3.4 


LA 3 6 or aqulvalant 




3.5 


V'TSO or aquivalaot 


V 


3.6 


Aapax Tapa Drlva 




3.7 


Thraa (3) Z025 Foftt Naaory Arraya 




3.8 


Tvi. i2) KSll-JF lloa Maaorlaa 




3.9 


M7850 Parity Controllar 




3.K 


^ravrittan Tapa for Aapaz Tapa Driva 




3.11 


ZADC 


4.0 


AVAILABLE DIAGIIOSTICS 




4.1 


9 

11/34 Lib Kit - 2JF04-1B 






4.2 


DIll-K Lib Kit - ZJli7-tB 

s 


, 




ItlZC CODCI NUMtCR 
1 A 8P 1 MAA7600-0-0 


REV 1 



arc aMMt>-iMa4ii«7a 



•hcrr 



OFil 



MANUr ACTURING gEOFlCATION 



CONTIMUATION tHCCT 



Tine 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 



a.O 



4.3 Disk Controllar (X020-X030) 
Na1ndtc-n-CXBBJ v, 
Ni1ndtc-11-CXBBL 

4.4 CD/I& Ni1ndtc-11-ciui 

4.5 Tapt Mi1nd€C-11- CUK 

4.6 Aux Window Nalndtc-11-CTBIB 

4.7 DECX-n 

4.7.1 Rainbow DECX-ll Moduli 
4.7.1.1 Disk - RRA 
\ 4.7.1.2 Tapt - TXA 
4. /.I. 3 CD/IG - CXA 

4.8 Diagnostic to gtntratt prtwrltttn tapt for Aaptx Orlvt. 
Um tap* diagnostic Maladac-ll-CXBBX, aaairar qu««ti<mt. 

INSTALLATIOW INSTRUCTIONS 

5.1 Install tht N785 Rtgulator Into tht 1134A. Stt 1134A 
Powtr Dtscrlptlon Manual - EK-1134A-TM. 

5.2 Mount tht X604 Backplant Into tht 1134A box. 

5.3 Mount tht X605 Backplant Into tht BA11-L Expandtr Box. 

5.4 RtMOvt tht Batttry Backup juaptft freatht DD11-PK Pro- 
ctssor Backplant. Stt drawing C-IA-7011523 In tht 1134A 
Print Stt. 

5.5 Conntct tht H775-B to tht N785 Rtgulator using cabit 
7011906. 

5.6 Rt«ovt tht NPG wIrt (D011-PK Backplant) C08A1 to C08B1 . 

5.7 Rmot* tha IPC vlra (X604 Backplaaa) 002A1 to 002B1. a020 Disk 
cootrollar) 

5.8 laMnra tha l?G vlra (X604 BaekpUaa) C12A1 to C12B1 (1020 CD coo- 
trollar) 



SIZE ICOOCI NUMBCR 

SP I MAA7600-0-0 



HC AMaM)-lM»N»?a 



A 



SNcrr 



REV 
A 



OP -10. 



MANUFACTURING gEClFlCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 



6.0 TEST SET UP 

^ 6.1 Plact switch 2 on the N9301 to the "OFF" position. 

6.2 Set the DR11-K to the following device end vector addresses 

Device - 767770 
Vector - M015f 
Set the priority to BR4 

6.3 Set the OLII-W to the following device and vector addres- 
ses: 

Device • 777S6f 
Veccor - 001160 
Set the priority to BR4 



device and 



6.4 Set the DL11-W RCVR/TRAN. Baud to 300. 

6.5 Check the disk rintroUer for the followlr 
vector addresses: 

Device - 764000 
Vector - 000160 
Check tlie priority for BR5 (X020 I X030) 

6.6 Check the CD (X020 I X021} for the following device and 
vector addresses: 

Device - 764300 
Vector - 000270 
Check the priority for BR5 

6.7 Check the tape controller (X023) for the following device 
and vector addresses: 

Device - 764100 
Vector - 000110 
Check priority for BR5 

6.8 Set the MSll-JP aeaorles to the following starting addrt^s- 
stt: 

Itt • 000000 

Zft6 - 100000 

lli. " !!!!!?\Test Menorles will be placed on the Aux Bus. 
4th - 300000^ 



li 



SIZE I CODE 
A I SP 



NUMIEII 

MAA7600-0-0 



REV 

A 



IC IHM»-lMt4My« 



SHEET 



OF 



MJtNUFACnmiNG MCmCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Tuni 



MODULAk APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 



6.9 Chtct^ tht parity controlltrs for tht following device 
addresses: 

1st - 7721M 

2nd - 772192 (Aux Bus) 

6.10 Install Modules according to va drawings. Refer to 
CS162-A Print Set, Drcwtag I-nA-csiG2-A-#. 

* . 

7.0 POWER CHECKS 

7.1 Check the 1134A voltages as per Mast CA2260> Section 6.5.2 

7.2 Connect the H775-8 to the K7e5 regulator. 

7.3 Check the M775-C fo- proper "BATT" status Indication. 
See Nast Procedure (CA2B3?). 

7.4 Check H775-C voltages. See Nast Procedure (CA2832). 

7.5 Check X604 Backplane voltages. The voltage values are 
labeled (etched) onto the Backplane. 

7.6 Check BAll-L Expander Box voltages. See Nast CA2260, 
Section 6.5.1. 



HOTIt Tb» cor« regulator will aot W prMonts clMr«for«, 4-20V and 
-S*. foltagee. will te "sere. 
7.7 Cheek X031 for -^V. V9% teet foint located on Z031 aodule* voltage 
la oot adjvatable. 

8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE 

8.1 Test 1134A as pev^ Nast Procedure CA2260. See checklist 
for CA2260. 

8.1.1 Meaory CA 282S. 

8.2 Test DLll-M as per Nast Procedure CA 5330. See checklist 
for CA 5330. 

8.3 Test DRII-K as per Nast Procedure CA6260. See checklist 
for CA62^0. 

8.4 Test H775-C as per Nast Procedure CA2832. See checklist 
for CA2832. 

8.5 Test N9301 as per Nast Procedure CA3330. See checklist 
for CA3330. Use tht following CRC - S21 

UrC • 46526 



MiMthlMfrf^t 



SIZE 

.A. 



CODE 

SP 



NUMtEII 

MAA7600-0-0 



REV 

A 



SNEET 7. OF 10. 



t 



MANUFACTUR 








INi; WttU'lCAIlON ""'' 


CONTINUATIO J »HECT | 


TITIC -- 

• 


MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A | 


8 


.6 


Ttst bht disk contrclltr of f-lin* diagnostic. 

8.6.1 Load Into aeaory tht disk dltgnottlc HAINDEC-11- 

CIBBJ 

8.6.2 Sft tht switch rtolsttr to $HH^. 

Losd and start 111210. Run In accordance to check- 
list. 

8.6.3 Pass Indicator. **lin> PASS r 


8 


.7 


Test Disk Interface on-line 

8.7.1 Cable the disk to the controller. Place disk on- 
line. 

8.7.2 Load Into nenory HAINDEC-11* CIBBL. 

8.7.3 Set the switch register to MML 






8.7.4 Load and start $9§2$$. Run In sccordance to check- 
list. 

• 

8.7.5 Pass Indicator. "EHD PASS #" 


8. 


8 


Test the CO ahd IG 

8.8.1 Connect the CD to the IG. 

8.8.2 Load Into Btnory the CD diagnostic. MAINDEC-11- 
aiBl. 

8.8.3 Set the switch register to ######. 

Load and start f|J20|. Run In accordance to check- 
list. 

8.8.4 Pass Indicator. '*nn> pass r 


6. 


9 


Test the tape controller 
8.9.1 Malnttnance Mode 


•• 




8.9.1.1 Load Into Memory the tape diagnostic 
MAINDEC-n-ClBBK 


« 


- 


8.9.1.2 Set switch register to HHH. 

Load and start i002f|. Run In accordance 
to checklist. 

8.9.1.3 Pass Indicator. "WD pass #" 

• 


• 




.Size 
1 A 


CODE 

SP 


NUMtCR 

. MAA7600-0-0 


r\ 



HC f^aut-iu»H»if» 



•HCET g OF _i2. 



mA.tM^mUitm 



MANUFACTURINC gBCIFiCATiON 



CONTINUATION tNECT 



TITU 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 



I 



8.y.2 On-LInt 

1.9.2.1 Conntct tape drivt to tht ttpt controlltr. 

1.9.2.2 Stt twitch rtgltttr to ######. 

8.9.2.3 Load and start 9ii2M. Run as par chack- 
11st. 

8.9.2.4 Pass Indicator. **!»> PASS r 

6.10 Tast MlnlBiuM configuration with DECX-11 (off-Una) 

8.10.1 Load Into aitiiory tha conflgurad DECX-11. 
NOTE ; Enabia DECX-11 to run off-llna. Sta chacklls' 

8.10.2 Load and start. Run In accordanca with Nist chack- 
11st. 

NOTE ; Run with disk dasalactad. 

8.11 Tast Blnlaiuiii configuration with DECX-11 '(on-l1nt) 

8.11.1 Connact tapt and disk drivas to controlltrs. Placa 
both on-llnt. 

NOTE: Prtwrlttan tapa for DECX-11 Must ba 1n- 
ttalltd on tha tapa driva. 

8.11.2 Load and start. Run ts par Mast chtckllst. 

8.11.3 Ptrfora Unfbus Margining. Saa Nast Chackllst. 

8.12 Tast aaxlauBi configuration (on-llna) 

8.12.1 Rtconflgurt systaa for aaxlaiua configuration. 

8.12.2 Tast auxllllary Unlbus control 

8.12.2.1 Load Into aitaory tha AUC diagnostic* 
NAINDEC-11-aBBB 

8.12.2.2 Stt thf switch raglstar to .####0#. 

8.12.2.3 Load and start Mi2ff. Run as par Mast 
chackllst. 

^8.12.2.4 Pass Indicator. **BR> PASS #23" 



SIZE 

A 



COOCl 

SP 



NUMBEII 

MAA7600-0-0 



RCV 

A 



»i»m'im»M%ta 



\ 



SHEET 



OP 



10 



MANUFACTUPINr. SFETIFICATIQN 
TITLE 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 



8.12.3 L0-- Into memory OECX-11 for maximum system. 

8.12.4 Load and start. Run as per Mast checklist. 

8.13 Test system as per specified on construction requisition 
(max or min) . 

8.13.1 If necessary, reconfigure to minimum system con- 
figuration. 

8 13.2 Load and start DECX-ll . on-line. Run as per Mast 
Chec'*11st. 

8.14 Check serial bit stream from IG. 

8.15 Test DLll-W's » 960Q Baud. 

C.15.1 Load into memory MAINDEC 'l-PZDLO. 

8.15.2 Run as per Mast Procedure for DLH-WB. S.. M..t 
CA5330. 



SIZE 

A 



MC tMMa)lM2-M«7t 



CODE 



NUMBER 

MAA7f;QQ>Q-Q 



31: 



SHEET 10 OF -15— 



Ml 

I 
I 

Ul 
hi 

II 

8 c £ 
^^ 1 1 

'i 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION M . A . S . T . 



.DATE 



TITLE 



REV 



UNIBUS TESTER Appendix A 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



Prev. 7668001-0-8010 



CHQ NO 



ORIQ 



Df.rE I APPD BY 



DATE 



\^^ J^f^t^jfAr l^yjA-^— 



SIZE CODE 



NUMdER 



REV 



ai4H9t».i(t4Hf»-i—*} 



SHEET 1 OF 2 



MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 



DNIBDS TESTER 



IMSTRDCTIONS 



Iiuiurt that th« Bus T«<t«r is grounded to tho SyttMi Undor T*st. (Us* ground 
•trap provided) 

Alvays povar up tat tar first and down last. 



RZrEREWCZ DOCOMEHXATIOH 



Ma Int. Manual 
Kngr. 3paes: 
Prints : 
MAIMDEC Listing: 



A-SP-7605829-12 
A-8P-760SS29-11 
9-B8 -7605829-0- 
11-084 Unlbus last Dlag. 



Size 

A 



COdC 
8? 



NUMUII 

NAA8010 -0-0 



1^ 



DCC l«HMt»-10«»«««?a 



fNEIT 



vOP 



Ui 

Us 

o 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION 



M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



TITLE PRE ACCEPTANCE QC HARDWARE Appendix A 



REVISIONS 



HEV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO 



ORiO 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



.& 



» 2 

£•?! 



Prev. 7668001-0-9025 



''fci^ J^^Hff^lvTfdf VY^-^uCh 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA9025-0-0 



REV 

A 



CN'01MS-l«-N«7t^Mfl) 



SHEET 1 OF «4 



MANUFACnJRINC SPECIFICATION 



TITll 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 



PRE ACCEPTANCE QC 

J, All hardwar* vith opti(m(t) or syitia. 

2. All hardvar* tight (fcraws, •ubataiablltt, •liding racks, ace.) 

3. Chack for danagad hardnapa (cruahad dants, daap scratchaa, ate.) 

4. Spin fana for baaring or rubbing probl«M. 

5. Wrong hardwara (scraiia too long or abort, wrong typa waahari, ate.) 

6. Chaek aligmant of blaek latehaa. 

7. Filler bara batvaan caba, kick platca whara applicable. 

8. Jonaa atrip covert in place. 

9. Check extractor and nodule guides for tightnesa or cracka. 

10. Caba u#ing only one carouael fan at top auat have a plate covering second 
hole. 

11. Chack all cab fana for proper direction of air flow, (aae prints) 

12. Door pina ansst be aacurad with '*Z*' rioga. 

13. Lavelars fira with skid. 

14. Sliding track mounted units should not interfere with other units in systSB 
(verify by eliding in and out to each extrsBe) . 

15. Check for missing turn fastnars (davlcaa with covara). 

16. Three acraws muat be uaad on all aada of eliding tracka. 

HOPPLES AW) LOGICS 



Shippability status. (REVCOM va. ECO Statue Sheet physical inapectlon of 
currant ECO's). 

Viatially inspect any expoeed modulea for broken components, (pull modulee 
if necessary). 



17. 
18. 
19. DLll modules must have crystala tapad. (tape part #90-08269) 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



M^s^i^m-o 



REV 
A 



oec iHMthiMa-M«7t 



fMEET J OF 4. 



MANUFACTVRINC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



■ L » 



TIUE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 



Copp«r shiald b«tif««a MlllL 8R mmtorj IncrtBtnta. (e.g. b«tv««i tlots 3&A on 
16k mmmoTj ayttMi) (b«tiM«n flots 3,4«C and 7 oo 24K a«aiory tyatMi). 

Check loglca for laiprop«r wraps or ahorta (worioBanahlp) . 

Chack loglca for cracka. baot plna, and pin aarkara (on wlrad logic only). 

Shrlnklaa on all pin cooaactora on loglca (capacltora, raalaeora, ate.) 

WIMMC/QJiLIllG 

Bamaaaaa and wiring aaat worlaanahlp atandarda. 

Chack cablaa for atrlppad wlraa and proper Inhaling (workaanahlp) . 

Chack cabla atlckona for tlghcnaaa, ate. 

Pin erlapa aaenrad properly In coonectors. 



All panel aounted power aupply panela auat be grounded to cabinet frana ualng 
acrew and Tlnnenaan claap not at each Mounting hole. 



20. 

21. 
22. 
23. 

24. 
25. 
26. 
27. 
28. 

29. 
30. 

31. 

32. 

33. 

34. 

(Pin erlapa ahould 

35. Check for cat groiMaf when blank panela ere uaed near loglca. 

36. Correct decala (1I5V or 240V). 

37. gaven dl«lt aerial tag (ayataa no.) Top left hand comer of proceaalng bay. 
38* U.L. atickara where applicable. 

39. Patent decala Mechanical and caution atickara on lAll boxea. 

40. All fuaea for proper decala. 



Ho pinched wire Inaulation. 

Looae tie wrapa. 

Strain rallafa or cable danpa on tubing not wlrea. 

Vo aharp edgea near wiring. 

Check black and */hlte power wiring on reel aotor In TUlO for proper criaplng. 

All aate-n-lock wiring In ezpender box ahould not be exceaalvely atreaaad. 
(Pin erlapa ahould have Halted atreaa on thaa) 



SIZE 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MAA9025-0-0 



REV 
A 



occ i«KM«i-ieM4Mya 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECmCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Tm.E 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 



MISCELLANEOUS 



41. Chtck all circuit br««k«r tvltchtt* for tightness and action. 

42. Chack console keys for rubbing, etc. 

43. Check for recent SCO's. 

44. Check cabs and doors for proper grounding. 

45. Make sure slide on connectors are crisped properly. 

46. Tight shipping blocks and fluah vlth cab. 

47. Filters on all cabs. 

48. Cardboard on short cabs to ellalnate excessive scratching. 

49. Hour meters (hooked up et final Inspection only) . Exception 
a elave tlner to be renoved at final inspection. 

50. Check for push pennies on logics. 



TUlO bey uses 



OeC lH*MM0M4««7t 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SP 



Nijuaeii 

MAA9025-0--0 
SHEET 4 OF 



REV 
A 



I 



n 
II 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION 



M.A.S.T, 



DATE 2/19/79 



TITLE 



KT8-A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ORIQ 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



I 



Sm 



ORIG. PER ECO 



MUX)3 



L.LECL5RC '^M*-?? 



-n 



^^^ 



7-/^7^ 



ENG 



AYOTTE 






•^«t«Mt4fe^«t« »«T(M*| 



f/t'-''^ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



NUMBER 

MA-D2440-0-0 



REV 

A 



Sheet 1 of 12 



MAwrACTJMNG WOTIgATIW 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



mE 



JigPUUB APPPQACH TQ SYSTEMS TEST 



KT8-A 



1.0 Introduction 



Th KT8-A is a menory management option that extends 
the memory capabilities of a PDP8 (KK8-A or KK8-F) CPU 
from 32K to 128K words. It offers virtual field address- 
ing and memory protection in multi-user, realtime 
applicat-. 3ns with full access of main memory space by 
DHA devices. In other words; memory addresses are 
generated by the CPU and by direct memory access (DMA) 
peripherals. However; the CPU can only provide a 12-bit 
address and DHA devices are limited to 15-bit addresses. 
Therefore; to re^ch a full potential of 128K vord memory 
address space, the KT8-A adds 5 bits to a CPU g erated 
address and 2 bits to a DMA generated addresses. 

The intent of this procedure is to provide the 
necessary information needed for installation and 
checkout (acceptance) of the i(T8-A. 



2.0 Reference Documentation 

2.1 Manuals & EngineerinR Specifications 

2.1.1 EngineerinR Product Spec .(A-SP-KT8-A) 

2.1.2 User's Manual (EK-KT08A-UG) 

2.2 Prints and Schematics (both dev. & controller) 

2.2.'* Manufacturing Print Set(MP0056l) 
2.2.2 Field Print Stt ia-TC-ICT8-A) 



3.0 Required Test E quipment 

3. 1 Hardware & Hedia 



3.1.1 Any KK8-A or KK8-F CPU 

3.1.2 At least MK of memory 
3. ^.3 KM8-AC Option 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMtER 

MA-D2M40-0-0 



REV 
A I 



OKC lMaM>'ti 



ft 



SNEET 











%M A Uri tWt A #*■■■# tVfeV&l^* ■'■1 ■ ■ — A 1 ■Mi^'fcimi 


llll^l 


CONTINUATION SHEET 1 


MANUFACTURIHG SPECIFICATION 


1 


Mnnill IR iPPROACH Tn systfms tfst 


3*1<4 Console Device 

3.1.5 DVM accurate to .1 volts at ♦/-IS volts 

3.1.6 Oscilloscope (153 or equivalent) 

3.1.7 Assorted soldering tools 


4.0 Required Diagnostic Programs 


M. 1 AJKTA-?? 


6.0 Installation & Test Set - Up Instructions 


6.1 The KT8-A consists of a hex height ■18'416 memory 
management control nodule. Although the H6'tl6 module may 
be in5*^ ailed in any unused slot with an **£** connector ; 
it is normally installed in slot ^4 or 8 depending on 
what type of CPU you have. If you have an 8A600 (KK8-F); 
the ICT8-A should be installed in slot 8. But if your CPU 
is an 8AJ400 (KK8-A); then the ICT8-A should be installed 
in slot 4. 

A system with the ICT8-A option can only be 
configured using any combination of KM8AB (16K core) and 
HS8C (16K or 32K HOS) memories. 


6 2 The KM8-AC must have its Jumpers reconfigured if 
the system has more than 32K of memory, 
(see table A and refer to figure 3) 


TABLE A 


If System Has - W1 W2 W3 V4 


MORE THAN 32K - OUT IN IN IN 


LESS THAN 32K - IN OUT OUT OUT 


* 


SIZE 


CCOE 

SP 


NUMBER 

"A-D2'440-U-0 


REV 1 

./ J 



OKC a«^»M)-lM«<M«7t 



SHiET 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.3 MM8AB (CORE MEMORY) 

6.3.1 If the system is made up of F1M8AB core 
memories (I6K), then the/ must be modified per ECO 
MM8AB #7. But if the total memory is 32K or less; 
then no changes need be made, (see table B and 
refer to figure :) 

TABLE B 



MM8-AB 16K CORE MEMORY CONNECTIONS 



MEMORY 
BANK 



FIELD 

0-3 (0-16K) 

^-7 (16-32K) 

0-3 (32-a8K) 

i4-7 (M8-6MK) 

0-3 (6U-80K) 

14-7 (80-96K) 

0-3 (96-112K) 

4-7 (n?-128k) 



CON».ECTIONS 

WIRE • 

AB1 to EB2 
AB1 to EB2 

AB1 to ED2 
AB1 to FD2 

AB1 to EL2 
ABl to FL2 

AB1 to ER2 
ABl to ER2 



JUMPERS •• 

1-3, 3-4 in 

2-4, 3-4 in 

1-3, 3-** in 

2-4, 3'^ in 

1-3, 3-1 in 

2-4, 3-4 in 

1-3, 3-4 in 

2-4, 3-4 in 






A wire must be tack soldered to the fingers of the module 
for the purpose of Bank Select. 
See figure 2 for location: 

6.4 MS8C (MOS MEMORY - K8417) 

6.3.1 If the system is made up of M58C type 
memories (16K or 32K KOS), then refer to 
table C and D for the appropriate switch 
configuration. 



.ICC l*^SM)-lMa^«72 



Sl?>E 



JELmi.« 



CODE 



NUMSER 

MA -0 2440-0-0 



:»HEET 



REV 

A 



OFu 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



TABLE C 
MS8-CA 16K MOS MEMORY SWITCH SETTINGS 
MEMORY I SWITCHES SET TO "OFF" 



'M'^ 



&ANk 


1 


ntib 1 


ALL OTHERS "ON" 





0-3 
H-7 


(0-16K) 
(16-32K) 


S1-1 
S1-2 


1 


0-3 
1-7 


(32-48K) 
(48-6i*K) 


S1-3 
S1-1 


2 


. 0-3 
M-7 


(6M-80K) 
(80-96K) 


S1-5 
S1-6 


• 3 


0-3 
U-7 


(96-n2K) 
(112-128K) 


S1-7 
S1-8 



• •f 



••• - See figure 2 for illustration 



TABLE D 

MS8-CB 32K MOS MEM07Y SWITCH SETTING 
MEMORY I SWITCHES SET TO •OFF" 



IanT 



TTfOT 



ALL OtHERS "6M»- 



• •« 





1 

2 

3 



0-7 (0-32K) 

0-7 (32-61IK) 

0-7 (6i|-96K) 

0-7 (96-128K) 



S1->1 and 31-2 

S1-3 and S1-M 

S1-5 and S1-6 

S1-7 and S1-8 



••• - See figure 2 for illustration 



OKC l«4MtMMt4««7| 



Size 

A. 



cg^ 



MA-DiWftWo 



¥v 



•Hirr ,5 OF ^1. 



MANUFACnJMWG W^mOAim 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



7.0 Power Checks 



7.1 



Voltage 
-^5 



Backpl ane 
ANY A2 



Pin 



Tolerance 
♦/-.25 



8.0 Diagnostic Test Proceriure 



For the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run 
in any particular situation, or for the current MAST 
mininum test criteria, e.g.: Pass Counts, etc., refer 
to the appropriate MAST CHECKLIST. Listed below are 
detailed step-by-step instructions for executing each 
individual diagnostic contained in the "CHECKLIST". 



8.1 AJKTA-?? KT8-A MEMORY MANAGEMENT DIAGNOSTIC 

8.1.1 ft is assumed that all basic CPU and memory 
diagnostics have been run successfully before 
attempting to run the KT8-A diagnostic. 

8.1.2 Load the diagnostic using the appropriate 
load mediaa. eg. (APT,RX,RL,ZTC.) 

The starting and running of the test is determined 
by the absence or presence of an operators 
console. 

8.1.3 Starting and running with a console- 

A. Load address 200 - 

B. Select the desired control switch 
settings-(see table E) 

C. Depress clear; then continue- 

D. The program will then print: 

"AJKTA-??" 

KT8-A MEMORY MANAGEMENT OPTION 



AMOUNT OF MEMORY(1-37)?" XX<C1I> 

note - XX is operator input for the number of 
memory fields. Onr field = 4K 



Ex as pies: 



8K s 01 
16K s 03 
32K s 07 



oee f^muhitu^fHTt 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMKR REV 

MA-D2MTi0-0-0 I A 

•MEET ^ OFi, 



MANUFACTUIUNC 


sracmcATTON 












HHI 


CONTINUATION SHEET 1 




■ 


Tint 




MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTFMf; TFfiT 1 




At this point you should enter the nunber of 
menory fields available for testing. This 
figure is required for running the basic 
addressing section of the diagnostic. If a "0" 
is typed then the addressing test is not run. 




C. 


Upon coapletion the 


diagnostic will type : 




"END PASS § 1 


»." 










Ho errors 


are 


allowed. 1 








TABLE E 




SWITCH 


CONTROL 


SWITCHES 




STATE 






DESCRIPTION 









1 






Halt on error 
Inhibit error halt con- 
tinues on to next test. 


1 





1 






Continue on error 
Loop on error 


2 






1 






Don't loop on test 

Loop on test displayed in 

switches 6-11 


3 




; 

1 






Continue testing after a 

completed pass. 

Halt at the end of a pass. 


4 






1 






Print all errors 
Inhibit error type-outs 


5 




UNUSED 








Size 


COOC 

SP 


NUMSER 

MA-D2440-0-0 


REV 1 

JLJ 



MC ItHSMI-IMMMya 



SHEET 



MANUFACTURING 








»pm 'ipir« ATi#\M HHIHIB 


CONTINUATION SHEET 1 


SFGUFICATlON 


■ 


TITLE 




MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS "^EST 




8.1.5 


Starting and running without an operators console. 




A 


. Because a hardware console is not necessary a 
console package has been added to the KT8-A 
diagnostic. Ii. order to utilize and activate the 
console package there are three parameter control 
words that must be altered. These three words are 
contained in memory locations 20,21 and 22 where: 

Location 20 / PSEUDO SWITCH REGISTER 

Location 21 / HARDWARE IDENTIFIER 1 

Location 22 / HARDWARE IDENTIFIER 2 

8.1.6 To activate the console package, you must 

set location 22 - bit 3^1 and you must also 

set location 21 - bit OrO in order to enable the 

pseudo switch register. 

You can access these locations by running ODT 

(Octal Debugging Technique) before starting the 

program. As the following example depicts. 




note - 


the underscored characters are user inputs 


-■ 




TYPE: .ODT 

RESPONSE: 

TYPE: 20/ ???? XXXX<LF> 

TYPE: 51/ ???? ?6(\0<LP> 


(SYS. HAS OPT 


Ii2) 
TYPE: 22/ ???? MOO<CR> (SYS. HAS NO 

CONS.) 




note 


- The ? are previous contents of. 
The X are your desired contents 

note - see table E for 
control switch settings 

See tables F and G for a complete breakdown of 
the hardware identifier 1 and 2 functions. 


SIZE 

A 


CODE 

SP 


MA-D2Tf4o-D-0 


REV 1 

» 1 



OCC l«-(«M>-lM»M«7a 



SHEET 



OP 



MANUFACTURING ITBCIFiCATlON 








■H 


CONTINUATION SNECT 1 


Tine 


MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 




8.1.7 Starting the program can be accomplished by 
typing In the following: 


• 


200G<CR> 




8.1.8 The program will then print the following 
message: 




"AJKTA-??" 
KT8-A MEMORY MANAGEMENT OPTION 




AMOUNT OF MEMORY (1-37)?" <CR> 




note - ^CP> is the default 




8.1.9 Type in the number of extended memory 
fields and type a caraige return. The program 
should run error free and will terminate with the 
message: 




"END PASS IN." 




Run times will vary according to how much memory 
is selected. 




8.1.10 Control characters are supplied to give 
the us^r the ability to perform various functions 
while the progra» is running. They are as follows: 




CONTROL C (*C) Thifi forces a restart at location 

7600 of field zero or return to the 
console monitor. 




CONTROL S (*S) This will stop any output to a 

console terminal. The only way to 
-"^ntinue is to type a "Q to resume 
printing or a *C to abort the 
program completely. This is a non 
printing character. 




CONTROL Q (*Q; This is to continue a program after 

* "S is typed. This is a non 
'nting character. 




SIZE 


CODE 

SP 


MA -D2M^ 0-0-0 


r\ 



OKC l«HMt|-lM»M«7a 



SHEET 



OFI, 



MANUFACTURING 


SrcCIFlCATTON 








■ COVITINUATION tHCCT 






TITLl 


MopvtfP 


ApPRQA^H T9 


?Y?TfM? TE§T 



7-11 



CONTROL C (*G) 



The "G allows the user to change the 
value of the psuedo-switch register. 
Upon typing "G the console terminal 
will print * i" and then the switch 
register question. At this point the 
user may change the value of the 
pseudo-switches or type a terminat- 
ing character . 



TABLE F 



LOCATION 21 / HARDWARE IDENTIFIER 1 

F UNCTION WHEN 

« 

use pseudo switches 

no option 1 

no option 2 

no 8 A simulator 

no option simulator 

not on 8 A XOR 

not PDP8-E type CPU 



BIT 


OCTAL VALUE 





1000 


1 


2000 


2 


1000 


3 


1100 


n 


200 


5 


100 


6 


40 



FUNCTION WHEN 1 
use hard switches 
has option 1 
has option 2 
has simulator 
has simulator 
on 8A XOR 
PDPO-E type CPU 



8A memory size EX. UK z 00 

8K s 01 

28K r 06 

128K s 37 



SIZE 

A 



cooc 

SP 



MA-D2iKo-0-0 



r 



OCC lH*M>*>«M4Myt 



SHEET 



or 



■■■■■ 


I^IHI 




■■^M 




■■■ 








■■■■ 








■■■ 


■1^* 


MANUFACTURINC SPBC1FICA110N 


HHI 


CONTINUATION SHEET 1 




I 


^"^^ HODULAU APPHOACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 


TABLE 6 . 


LOCATION 22 / HARDWARE IDENTIFIER 2 


BIT OCTAL VALUE FUNCTION WHEN 0. FUNCTION WHEN 1 


4000 not on APT line on APT 8A Unt 


1 2000 not on ACT lint on ACT 8E lint 


2 1000 not ytt dtflntd 


3 400 utt pttudo twitchtt 




KM! -AC (MB317-YB) 








SI 


1 1 

W3 

1 










t W2 








S2» 


1 

1 . 






W4 Wt 






■^ 


- 


— 








— 


1 


1 






.SWITCH SETTINGS: 


12 34 SB 7 9 


Si : OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON ON 


S2: OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON 


FIOURC 1 


Size 


eobi 


•ruMien 


RCV 1 


s? 


MA-D244O-O-0 


JLl 



tic ixww i9u mn 



SNtIt* 



or 



MANUFACTURING SPEOFICATTOW 

TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTCMb TEST 

MMI-AB CORE MEMORY 



CONTINUATION SHEET 




FIGURE 2 



W1-3 



ES 



"i^ ©--^ 



W2-4 






£A 



MSt-CA/Ct (Mt417) 



--W9- 

-Wi — 
-W3— 
-W2- 

S1-1 
S1-« 



JUMPER CONFIGURATIONS (REFERENCE ONLY-SET AT FACTORY): 

IN: W2. Mf3. Wi. W9 

OUT: W1. Wf>. Wf. W7. Wf. W10. W12. W13. WU . WIS. W16 

FIGURE 9 



tIZt 

A 



cooc 

8P 



NUMtCII 

NA-D24«0-0-0 



REV 
A 



SNItT 



12 



OF 



12 



II 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION 



M.A.S.T. 



DATE 



2/20//9 



TITLE 



RL8-A/RL01 



REV 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



2 

•|S 

Ui 

tt: I 



>o 



■ 3 

a . 



;l 



ORIG. PER ECO 



MU^3 



LLECLERC 



IS-MAV/': 



r-^ 



y/c^"^'^ 



l-/f^l<i 



^y^ 



ENG 



7 



D. AYOTTE 



fjL*§st«ft^<. 



SIZE CODE 

A Isp 



NUMBER 

MA-D4216-0-0 



REV 

A 



liM»««M.i«.|««rt(»««| 



Sheet 1 of 16 



MANUFACTURINC SFECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLC 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



RL8-A/RL01 



1.0 Introduction 

The RL8-A/RL01 Disk Subsysten is a randon access, nass storage 
systfa that stores up to 3>5 million 12-bit words (per disk) in 
, fixed length blocks on pre-fomatted disk cartriges. The RL8-A 
controller provides the interface and the control functions 
between all Qanibus PDP-8*s and the RL01 disk drives. 

The RL8-A (H8433) interface and control logic is contained on a 
single nulti-layer hex height nodule. It is inserted into the 
Omnibus backplane and connected to the first drive via a BC08J-20 
inter ace cable. Connections between the controller and the 
drives are nade using the conventional daisy chain method with a 
70-12122-08 cable. 

The RL8-A controller can control up to four RL01 disk drives. It 
can ccnmunicate with one or more drives, but can only transfer 
data to or from one drive at a time. 

2.0 Reference Documentation ' / 

2. 1 Manuals & Engineering Specifications 

2.1.1 RL8-A Gnnibus controller Technical Manual EK-RL8A-TM 

2.1.2 RL01 Drive Technical Description Manual EK-RL01-TD 

2.1.3 RL01 Disk Subsystem Service Manual 

2.1.4 RL01 Disk Drive, Parts Breakdown 

2.1.5 PDP8-A Miniprocesaor User's Manual 

2.1.6 PDP8-A Operator's Handbook 



EK-RL01-SV 
EK-RL01-IPB 
EK-81002-MM 
DEC-8A-H0PHB 



ICBT 



SIZE CODE 
A I SP I 



NUMBER 

MA-D4216-C-0 



REV 

A 



Bit 



i«M4iMyt 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



2.2 Prints and Schematics (Both Drive & Controller) 

2.2.1 RL8A Field Maintenance Print Set MP(X*538 

2.2.2 RL01 Field Maintenance Print Set H?005^1 

3.0 Required Test Equipment 
3,1 Hardware & Media 

3.1.1 A PDP8A,£,F or 8M CPU 

3- 1.2 At least 8K of memory 

3.^3 An RL8A/RL01 Controller/Dri e 

3.1.^ Diagnostic loader (Diskette, Paper tape, etc.) 

3.1.5 A console device 

3.1.6 DVH, accurate at .IV v« 15V 
H.O Required Diagnostic Programs 

il.l 08-AJRU DISKLESSS CONTROLLER 

M.2 08-AJRLB DRIVE FUNCTION 1 

4.3 08-AJRLC.... DRIVE FUNCTION 2 

H.M Oe-AJRLD DRIVE COMPATIBILITY 

^.5 08-AJRLE PERFORMANCE EXERCISER 

M.6 08-AJRLG PACK VERIFIER 

5.0 Special Instructions 

S.l When converting a RL01 from 115V to 230V, it is otily 
.i&v • 'J to invert the voltage selector plug, change the 
t^;' ' ^I'u' and the serial tag. The voltage range plug should 
'« i<sfi -^ NOM". 



oec MHiMt-iaM-Mcra 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA~D^I216»0-0 

SHEET J 



REV 

A 



OFli 



M Ai^UFACTURINC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



I TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.0 Installation And Test Set Up Instruction 



6.1 Unpacking and Installation 

6.1.1 Remove the drive from 
for physical signs of 
-arton should contain 



the shipping carton and Inspect 
shipping damage. The shipping 
the following items: 



RL01 disk drive assembly 

envelope w/paperworlc 

I/O cable assembly - 10 ft. 

Set of chassis slides 

Bag of mounting hardware (quantities and P/N's 

specified by A-PL-RL02-A-0) 

RL01 Disk subsystem users guide 

Field Maintenance print set 



6.1.2 Shipping Brackets 

6.1.2.1 There is a shipping bracket; the head 
retainer bracket. When the drive is powered 
on, the top cover may be opened and the 
bra <"»t can be seen in front of the 
positioner assembly. Loosen the one screw 
holding it in place, and let the bracket 
pivot downwards 90 degrees. Re-tighten the 
screw. 

6.1.2.2 When ^ .. -ing the drive, restore the head 
restra. - shipping bracket to its upright 
position, and if the drive is "^l ide mounted, 
install the 2 shipping brackets which were 
contained in the hardware kit. For 
instructions, refer to drawings E-UA-RL8A-0-0 
or E-UA-RL01AK-0-0 for bracket location. 



SIZE 

9 



CgOE 



.A-D«m«i? 







EV 



0«c lH*tt»-i»«2-*««y« 



SHEET JL 



0F16- 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEiiT 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.2 Controller In.^tallation 

6.2.1 To make the RL8-A (M8'*33) conpatable with the RL02 
disk (double density), remove W9 and install W8. 
Refer to figure 1. . 

6.2.2 Verify that the TOT Device code and Break Priority 
jumpers are configured properly. Refer to tables A, B 
and C. (See figure 1 for junper and ROM locations.) 

NOTE - standard Device Codes are 60/61 and priority 

'4 





TABLE A 


lOT DEV. CODE 


JUMPERS iNSTALLfeD 




W1 V2 


60/61 


IN OUT 


62/63 


IN IN 



TABLE B 



BREAK PRWRTTY 



JUMPERS INSTALLED 
W3 WM W5 



OUT 



13UT 

IN 



Tn 

OUT 



TABLE C 

fActbftY tN^t. JurtP»feR§ wT" 



1- j ^-$ — wS — m 



ROM PN# 23312E2-00 IN OUT 

UV PROM PN# 23040B7-00 IN IN 



IN ir OUT 

OUT OUT IN 



SIZE 

.A. 



SP' Hk.mmi.0 «" 



OKC l«-|Mt)»10M4M7| 



SHEir 



0F1J 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.2.3 



6.2.H 



6.2.5 



Dress the BC08J-20 interface cable In the PDP-8 
chassis and connect the Berg connector to the 
M8M33 controller nodule. 

Install the M8433 module in any unused slot that lies 
below the last memory slot in the Omnibus backplane. 
(Slot 17 in KK8-F "Word Processors") 

Insert the free end of the BC08J-20 interface cable 
into the RL01 "CABL^. IN" connector of the rear of 
the first disk drJ/e. 



6.2.6 If this is a multi-drive system, connect the daisy 
chain cable (70-12122-08) from the "CABLE OUT" 
connector of the previous drive to the "CABLE IN" 
connector on the next drive. 

6.2.7 Install the drive terminator module (70-12293) in the 
last drive's connector marked, "CABLE OUT". 

6.2.8 Install the proper unit select plug at the front of 
each drive. 



SELECT PLUG 


1 
2 

3 



PART NUMBER 

12-12691-00 
12-12691-01 
12-12691-02 
12-12691-03 



7.0 Power Checks: 



7.1 Inspect the terminal block assembly at the rear of the 
drive to ensure that it is configured properly for the 
input power to be used. There are two voltage ranges: 
Low 90-132 VAC, High 180-26M VAC 

The power requirements for the RL8-A (M8^33) are: 

♦5 Vdc ♦/- .25 V -at test point/Finger AA2 
♦15 Vdc ♦/- .5 V ^at test point/Finger DA2 
-15 Vdc ■»./- .5 V -at test point/Finger ^b2 



IM 



ss 



ttlMMM 



y l^gP'l 



MA-D 



vmi'ii 



i 



EV 



SHEET 



0F16 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATlOr 
TITLE 



CONTINUATION SH^ i 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.0 Diagnostic Test Procedure 



"For the specific sequence 
particular situation, or for 



of 
the 
criteria, e.g.: pass-counts, etc 

MAST CHECKL^IST. Listed below are detailed step-by- step in- 
structions for executing each individual diagnostic contained 
in the CHECKLIST." 



diagroiitics to be rm in 
current HAST minimum test 
. . refer to the appropriate 



any 



The diagnostics that are run to checkout the PL8-A/RL01 
all contain the "CONSOLE PACKAGE". This package is a part 
of every diagnostic and supplies the user with a software 
switch register and a few control keys that allow operator 
intervention. A description of the control keys; along with a 
complete breakdown of the sol ft ware paraneters (switch register, 
etc.), can be found in the diagnostic listings. 

8.1 08-AJRLA - Diskless Controller Diagnostic 

8.1.1 It is asf'jmed that the CPU, console device 
and all available memory have successfully 
run their respective diignostics. 

8.1.2 Load the program into memory fields and 1 
using the appropriate load device. (eg., RX, 
APT,etc.) 

note - the drive with Ihe terminator must be powered off or 
turned off line because this is a "di;ikless" 
diagnostic. 

8.1.3 With the switch register s 0; start the program 
by typing: 

200G 

8.1.'} Upon start-up the program will ask the follow- 
ing : 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



MA-Dil2 16-0-0 



REV 
A 



oar aHaMhtM*Mtva 



SNCeT 



MANUFACTURING SPECI 




CONTINUATION 






pfr^ A ^^/\^j hhhhhs 


SHEET 1 


FICATION 


^'^*-^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST | 


PROGRAM PROMPT 


OPERATOR RESPONSE 




AJRU?? RLft-A DSKLS CTRLR 




SRsOOOG 


<CR> 




ENTER AMOUNT OF 


CONTIGUOUS MEMORY AVAILABLE FOR USE: XX<CR> 






where XX = 1 - 

2 - 

3 - 
M - 

5 - 

6 - 

7 - 


8K 

12K 

16K 

20K 

2aK 

28K 

32K 


EXECUTE PHASE LOCKED LOOP ADJUSTMENT ROUTINE? <CR> 




"END PASS OCOX" 






8.2 Ob-AJRLB • Drive Function 1 




8.2.1 


It is adsuaed that the diskless controller 
diagnostic (AJRLA) has been run error free 
before continuing. 




8.2.2 


Load the program into memory fields 

and 1 using the appropriate load device. (eg 

RX,APr,etc.) 

note - power up all drives 


• 1 


8.2.3 


With the switch register = 0; start the program 
by typing: 

200G 


8.2.M 


Upon start-up the program will ask the follow- 
ing questions: 


SIZE 

A 


•^r 


MA-oP^ftSKo 


r\ 



<it i»t t ta » - i iMM W wyt 



SHEET 



0F1( 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



PROGRAM PROW>T 

AJRLB?? Ria-A/RLOI DR PT1 

SRsOOOO 

TEST DRIVE ? 

TEST DRIVE 1 ? 

TEST DRIVE 2 ? 

TEST DRIVE 3 ? 

IS 8/A OPTION 1 AVAILABLE? 



OPERATOR RESPONSE 



<CR> 



Y/N<CR> 



Y/N<CR> 
Y/N<CR> 



Y/N<CR> 



Y<CR> 



DO YOU WISH TO SELECT NON-DEFAULT PARAMETERS? N<CR> 
END PASS OOOX 

8.3 08-AJRLC - Drive Function 2 

8.3.1 It is assiaed that the drive function 1 

diagnostic (AJRLB) has been rui error free 
before continuing. 

8.3*2 Load the progran into nenory fields 

and 1 usipg the appropriate load device. (eg., 
RX,APr,etc.) 

8.3.3 With the switch register s 0; start the program 
by typing: 

200G 



!T4^^.."*-''<y"^^^ 



If 



fv 



SHCCT 



on I 



MANUFACTURING SPECfflCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



rrac 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.3.4 Upon start-up the progran will ask the follow- 
ing questions: 



PROGRAM PROMPT 

AJRLC?? RL8-A/RL01 DR PT2 

SRsOOOO 

TEST DRIVE ? 

TEST DRIVE 1 ? 

TEST DRIVE 2 ? 

TEST DRIVE 3 ? 

IS 8/A OPTION 1 AVAILABLE? 



OPERATOR RESPONSE 



<CR> 



Y/N<CR> 



Y/N<CR> 



Y/ N<CR> 
Y/N<CR> 



Y<CR> 



DO YOU WISH TO SELECT NON-DEFAULT PARAMETERS? <CR> 



END PASS OOOX 



8.4 08-AJRD> - Pack Verifier 

8.4.1 Load the program into menory fields 

and 1 using the appropriate load device. (eg., 
RX,APT,etc.) 

8.4.2 With the switch register s 0; start the program 
by typing: 

200G 



wBt 



SIZK 

A 



CODE 

SP 



MA-D 



16-0-( 



REV 

A 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



S.'t.B Upon start-up the progran will ask the follow* 
ing questions: 



PROGRAM PROH»T 



OPERATOR RESPONSE 



AJRLG?? RL8A/RL01 PCK VFYR 

SELECT NON-DEFAULT PARAMETERS? 

TEST DRIVE ? 

TEST DRIVE 1 ? 

TCST DRIVE 2 ? 

TEST DRIVE 3 ? 

APE YOU SURE? 



<CR> 



Y/N<CR> 
Y/N<CR> 
Y/N<CR> 
Y/H<CR> 



YES<CR> 



WORKING ON UNIT X 

PACK SERIAL NO. : XXXXXX 

NO NEW BAD SECTORS FOUND (FIELD FILES NOT REWRITTEN) 



DONE 



8.5 08-AJRLD - Drive Conpatibility 

8.5.1 Load the progran into menory fields 

and 1 using the appropriate load device. (eg., 
RX, APT, etc.) 

NOTE - at least 2 disk drives are needed along with 
one RL01 Disk Pack with not more than 16 bad sectors 

8.5.3 With the switch register : 0; start the program 
by typing: 

200G 



l^^W •^^^^^^cj*»^WI^^^^ »• 



SIZE 

A. 



?P* M*-D«fJ'IKWo 



f 



EV 



SNCCT 



OFl^ 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 














1 


CONTINUATION SHEET 1 






1 


''•'^••^ MODULAR APPROACH 


TO SYSTEMS TEST | 


B.5.^ Upon start-up 
ing questions 


the 

• 
• 


progran 


will ask the follow- 


PROGRAM PROFf>T 






OPERATOR RESPONSE 


AJRLD?? RL8A/RL01 DRIVE COMPATIBILITY TEST 


• 


UNIT = DRIVE (0-7)? 






0<CR> 


UNIT ON THIS SYSTEM (Y/N)? 






Y<CR> 


DEVICE CODE (60,61) (Y/N)? 






Y<CR> 


UNIT 1 = DRIVE (0-7)? 






1<CR> 


UNIT 1 ON THIS SYSTEM (Y/N)? 






Y<CR> 


DEVICE CODE (60,61) (Y/N)? 






Y<CR> 


UNIT 2 = DRIVE (0-7)? 






2<CR> 


UNIT 2 ON THIS SYSTEM (Y/N)? 






Y/N<CR> 


DEVICE CODE (60,61) (Y/N)? 






Y<CR> 


UNIT 3 = DRIVE (0-7)? 






3<CR> 


UNIT 3 ON THIS SYSTEM (Y/N)? 






Y/N<CR> 


DEVICE CODE (60,61)? 






Y<CR> 


» 
SR=0000 






<CR> 


ARE YOU SURE (Y/N)? 






Y<CR> 




SIZE 


C^fE 


M*.D«?^^?5-"o r 1 



osc »^9Uhi ma ntn 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION 



CONTINUATICk' ?heet 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



NOTE - the following dialogue is for two drives selected 

MOUNT PACK ON DRIVE THIS SYSTEM 

WAIT FOR DRIVE READY 

TYPE <RETURN> TO CONTINUE ... * <CR> 

MOUNT PACK ON DRIVE 1 THIS SYSTEM 

WAIT FOR DRIVE READY 

TYPE <RETURN> TO CONTINUE . . . <CR> 



TEST COMPLETE - ALL DRIVES COMPATIBLE 

NOTE - a <CR> will restart the program without the dialogue 
- a <LF> will restart the progran completly 



8.6 08-AJRLE - Performance Exercisor 

8.6.1 Load the program into memory fields 

and 1 using the appropriate load device. (eg., 
RX, APT, etc.) 

8.3*3 With the switch register s 0; start the program 
by typing: 

200G 



ott tNMt^itt»m»i 



SIZE 

.A. 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-Dt2 16-0-0 



REV 
A 



SKECT 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MnniltiR APPRHAfH TO 5^Y^TFM.^ TF.<^T 



8.3.^ 



PROGRAM PROM>T 



Upon start-up the progran will ask the follow- 
ing questions: 

OPERATOR RESPONSE 



AJRLE?? RL8A/RL01 PERFORMANCE EXERCISER 
NUM FLDS EXTD R/W MEM (1-7)? 



TEST DRIVE (Y/N)? 
TEST DRIVE 1 (Y/N)? 
TEST On^ 2 (Y/N)? 
TEST DRIVE 3 (Y/N)? 
DC (60,61) (Y/N)? 
SRsOOOG 

ACPT MODE (Y/N)? 
ARE YOU SURE (Y/N)? 



XX<CR> 
where X 



Y/II<CR> 

Y/N<C;i> 

Y/N<CR> 

Y/N<CR> 

Y<CR> 

<CR> 

1<CR> 

r<CR> 



1 

2 

3 
M 

6 
7 



8K 

12K 

16K 

20K 

24K 

28K 

32K 




occ MianhioMHHva 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-DU2 16-0-0 



SHEET 



REV 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



NOTE - the following is for two drives (0 and 1) 
DRIVE PACK WRITTEN 
DRIVE PACK READ OK 
DRIVE 1 PACK WRITTEN 
DRIVE 1 PACK READ OK 
END PASS DRIVE SEEK 
END PASS DRIVE 1 SEEK 
END PASS DRIVE DATA 
END PASS DRIVE 1 DATA 
END PASS DRIVE ACPTD 
END PASS DRIVE 1 ACPTD 

8.7 Error Summary - no errors allowed 



SIZE 

A 



C^pDE 



MA-D!f^ft?5?0 Jf 



tEV 



DKC l«-(tM>-lM»M«'< 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION ^^M 


CONTINUATION SHEET 


"^'"^••^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



RL01 
DISK CONTROLLER BOARD 
M8433 



W10 
o— © 
o 
W11 



E133 



W5 



W6 

s 

W7 



JW9 











Wi W3 W1 W2 
o — e ♦—o — 0—0 




BERG 
CONNECTOR 

u vJ 
























IP 
t 



FIGURE 1 



fl'^gy' 



MA-*^ 



-r-0 



JP 



€V 



Oie M IM g l -lfMUft 



SNEET 



OF 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION 



DATE 2/3/81 



TITLE 



MAST PHASE III UETP 



REVISIONS 



I 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHQ NO ORIQ 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



8« 



Zi 



A 
B 



S. Estes 



1 
2 



Initial Release 

Add to spec Inst, and RSX11M+ to 

sheet 3. 

Remove 11/74 ^^eferences and LSI 

references. Add note about "Q-BUS" 

CPU's. 

Add RSX11M+ to UETP matrix on oane mloiQl D. Ayotte 

five. 



8/27/ 9 



S. Estes 

T. Kenney 



11/15/ 
6/10/80 

2/3/81 



/U(^ ^" 



. • t < 



• ' w 



ENQ 



S. Estes 



APPD E. Beck 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

^ 



NUMBER 

■'•A-Fnosn-n-n 



REV 

C 



et«4l»M-i«4««yH«»*' 



Sheet 



OF 



MANUFACTLRING gBClFlCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIE 



Modular Approach to Systems Test 



MAST PHASE III - UETP 



1.0 Introduction 



UETP ( User Environmental Test Package ) is a universal 
name for system test software that runs under an 
operating system. Currently only RSXll, RSTS/E, RTll, 
and RSXllM-t- have some form of recognized UETP package. 
Since every available operating system does not have a 
separate UETP package, a decision matrix has been 
developed to aid the user in the selection of UETP 
packages based on the Customer's configuration. This 
document is not intended to instruct the user on UETP 
system software build. Reference appropriate system 
software manuals for software and UETP build and run 
procedures. 

Note: This document is only applicable to PDPll family 
processor's. 

2.0 Reference Documentation 

2.1 Software Product Description (SPD) 
Table of Contents. 

3«® Rec:"ired Test Equipment 



or 



3.1 



Minimum Hardware ft Media 

The minimums presented in 
override the 'No Software 
section 5.1.2. 



this section may 
Ordered' matrix in 



3.1.1 UETP minimums 
3.1.1.1 



For RSTS/E UETP - More than 
64KW of memory, memory 
man«K|emcnt (KT) and at 
least one supported system 
disk. NOTEt RSTS/E UETP 
DOES NOT SUPPORT*0-BUS" 
CPU'S. 



SIZE 



CO^ 

5? 



NUMBER 

MA-tOC50-0-0 



REV 

C 




eN-«t*M>t*«M7a-(Mt) 



SfCET 



MANUFACTURING STBCIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIE 



Modular Approach to Systems Test 



3.1.1.2 For RSXll UETP - 32KW of 

memory, memory management 
(KT) and at least one 
supported system disk 
(with a MAGTAPE) or two 
supported system disks 
(without a MAGTAPE) . 

3.1.1.3 ForRTll UETP - lf>KW of 

memory and at least two 
supported system disks. 

3.1.1.4 For RSX11M+ - 256KW of 

memory and one supported 
system disk (with MAGTAPE) 
or two supported system 
disks (without MAGTAPE). 



3.1.2 Hardware minimums 



3.1.2.1 VAX 11/780 systems 
VMS UETP. 



run VAX 



3.1.2.2 RX floppy disks are 

currently only supported 
as a system disk by RTll. 

3.1.2.3 All systems require an 

appropriate console 
terminal. 



4.0 Required Diagnostic Programs 
Not Applicable 



SIZE 



CODE 



NUMBER 

MA>ESC50-Q-Q 



REV 

C 




tN'MOM-lft^C'lHMD 



SHEET ^^ 



MANUFACTUiUNG SrECOTCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TTTIE 



Modular Approach to Systems Test 



5.0 Special Instructions 

S.l The UETP decision matrix's listed in sections 
5.1.1 and 5.1.2 should be used as the guide for 
selecting a particular operat:ina system UETP 
package. 

Note: Should the Customer configuration support the 
operating system software ordered but does not meet the 
UETP minlmums as outlined In section 3.1.1 , Software 
Support will deternine which UETP will be run. Software 
Support will either select the next level UETP (from 
RSTS to RSX, from RSX to RTll) or modify the Software 
build as deemed necesary. 



5.1.1 This Matrix is to be used when Customer has 
specified operating system software or 
licensA. This matrix is based on the best 
estimate of operating system similarities 
with RT, RSTS/E, RSX, and RSX11M+. If 
Customer software is not listed below, use 
■No Software* Matrix in 5.1.2. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 




tN-010M-l»«M7a^Ml} 



NUMBCII 

KiA-HOOSC'-C-O 

SHIET J_ 



REV 

C 



OF 



MAN«rACn,«NC «««*«« C«O„.U*T.0N «,«! 


TTRi Modular Approach to Systems Test 


UBTP MATRIX 
KNOWN CUSTOMER SOFTWARE 


Customer ordered this I UETP to be run 1 




DaS6 SOtuWOrG OF ^«,«.— — ^ — — — —— -.^—— — — — --f.—- .— .— -r — — — ^ 

license 1 RSXll 1 RSTS 1 hTll |RSXilM4| I 




RSXll t X 1 1 1 




TRAX i X 1 1 1 




IAS 1 X 1 t 1 




TMSil 1X1 II 




RSTS/E 1 r X 1 1 




CTS-500 1 1 X 1 1 




DSMll (DEC STD. MUMPS) I | X 1 | 




RTll 1 t 1 XI 




CTS-3Bfl 1 1 i X 1 








RSXllM-l- t It 1 


X i t 


5.1.2 Matrix to be used when Customer has 
not ordered an operating system 
soTtware cc license. This matrix is 
based on general RSX, RSTS/E and RT 
software system usage and 
limitations. 


izi 


s? 


1 Nylitn 

1 ka-eSSc-c-o 


JcJ 




tliMt«M>l«4««7t^«tll 



SMUT 



MAWUFACIT/RING aTBCIFlCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHECT 



TITLE 



Modular Approach to Systems Test 



UETP MATRIX 
NO SOFOVARE OR LICENSE ORDERED 



Customer 

did not order 

any software or 

license 



I 

4 

I RTll 
I 



UETP to be run 



t RSXll 
i 



■•♦'- 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

i 

-I- 
I 



I RSTS/E 
I 



I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 



I 
•■I- 

I 

I 
■•♦• 

I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
i 



System has 
of nemory 



32ICW 



System has > 32KW 
but <| 64KW of memory 



System has 
memory 



I 



> 64KW of I 




CN-«lM«-l*4««7tnM« 



SIZE rCOOEl NUMtE!! 

A ISP I KA:JC050-0-3 

•NEET .i OF 



REV 

C 






DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION 



DATE 



]n/G/fto 



TITIE 



PHASE III BACK UP DOrUMENT .TTOH RSXll-M (PLD) 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO ORIG 



DATE 



APPO BY 



DATE 



E 



15 



'III 

■jn 

•• o t 



NEW BACKUP 









/ 



/: 



x 




M^I 0«».l*4^^^4tf»2) 



SHEET 1 OF ^^ 



tf" 



MANUFACrURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEW TEST 



1 . INTRODUCTION 

1.1 This document details the steps necessary in generating 
an RSX11-M operating systen and running the UETP, 
utilizing DYNAMIC LOADABLE DRIVERS (DID). 

1.2 Document Usage: 



Sect ion 
Sec* -' ,1 
Sect ion 



8, Sample Sysg^n, provided for those users 

unfamilia- ^»S<rh RSXil DLD UFTP. 
1, UETP Flow thart^ brief instructions for 

those users familiar with RSX11 DLD UETP. 
5^ Special Instructions, further detail of 

section 7 and 8 usage. 



2.0 REFERENCE DOCUWENTATION 

2.1 "PLDS6N USERS GUIDE" by Ken Williams (Salem Systems 
Software Support Group, Real-Time Team). 

2.2 RSX11-N System Generation and Management Guide, number 
AA-H625A-TC. 

2.3 RSX11-M Utilities Manual, number AA-H268A-TC. 

2.4 RSX11-M/M* MCR Operations Manual, number AA-H263A-TC. 

3.0 MINIMUM HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS 

3.1 32KW of memory, memory management, and at least one 
supported system disk. 

NOTE: RSX11-M DLD DOES NOT SUPPORT DUAL PORT DISK 
CONFIGURATIONS. 

4.0 SOFTWARE REQUIRED 

4.1 System image on magtape or disk. 

4.1.1 For example: If you Bt^ using an RP06 as a 
system disk, you must use an PP06 image tape or 
an RP06 disk pack with the DLD on it. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-EIOOO -0-0 



REV 

A 



occ iMaM)-iMt4««yi 



SHEET 



OF 



44 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHcET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



4,2 "0SCS8" utility program on disk or magtape. "OSCSId" on 
nagtape only, 

4.?.1 You MUST use "0SCS16" if you are using a TS11, 

or any other tape device that uses a recording 
density of 1600 BPI exclusively . 

NOTE: REFER TO APPENDIX "B" FOR DEVICES SUPPORTED BY 
EACH "DSC". 



4.3 "BAD" utility progran on disk oi 
program on magtape . 



BADSYS" utility 



4.4 "DLD" software available from SALEM SYSTEMS SOFTWARE 
SUPPORT GROUP. (REAL-TIME TEAM) 

5.0 SPECIAL mSTRUCTIOWS 

5.1 Ensure that the media used, matches the DISK type being 
used as the SYSTEM DISK. 

NOTE: Magtape system image media is NOT BOOTABLE, therefore 
you must use one of the "DSC" utility programs to copy 
the image tape to the SYSTEM DISK. 

5.2 Refer to section 7.1 pages 4 thru 8 for disk to disk 
sysgen flowchart. 

5.3 Refer to section 7.2 pages 9 thru 14 for magtape to 
disk sysgen flowchart. 

5.4 Refer to section 8.1 pages 16 thru 33 for disk to disk 
sample sysgen. 

5.5 Refer to section 8.2 pages ?4 thru 42 for magtape to 
disk sample sysgen. 

6.0 SOFTWARE SET-UP IMSTRUCTIOW S 

6.1 Ensure that the Distribution Media Is protected from 
accidental erasure. 

6.2 The system should be powered up with the CPU halted. 

6.3 All turn-around connectors should be removed from any 
and all COMM. GEAR. 



occ aaHMthto«»M«7t 



SIZE 

A. 



CODE 



gp 



NUMBER 



REV 



SHEET «i 



Of 



44 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFIC 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLS 



NODULAR APPROA< 



TEH TEST 



7.0 SYS6EN AND UETP FLOW CHARTS 



7.1 RSX11N V3.2 DLD SYS6EN FROM DISK TO DISK 



INSTALL DISTRIBUTION NEDIA IN DISK DRIVE AND BOOT 



7.1.1 



I 



I 



BADDISK 



USE IKMRECT CONNAND FILE TO LOCATE 
BAD BLOCH: ON SYSTEN DISK. 



I 

I 



aC2^3003BADDISK 



7.1.2 ♦- 
I 



DSCS8/D»CS16 



.............4 

I 

—--—-------♦ 

ASS16N NON-STANDAIKD ADDRESSES AND | 

VECTORS. COPY DISTRIBUTION MEDIA TO j 
SYSTEN DISK. REFER TO P6.24 IN "DLD- j 
S6N USERS BUIDE** AND APPENDIX IN THTS 
DOCUMENT. 

BOO CU513D8CS8 (or DSCS16 ) 

. — -— — .— — -- — —4' — .« 4 



7.1.3 ♦' 



RENOVE DISTRIBUTION NEDIA 

I 

( 

I 



BOOT SYSirEN BISK 



HARDWARE BOOT THIE SYSTEN DISK. 



occ iHSM>-tet<4««7i 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-EIOOO - - 



REV 



SHEET «J OF J± 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



7.1.4 ♦• 

I 
♦ • 

I 



7.1.5 



7.1.6 



7.1.7 



START DID SYS6EN 



I 

♦ • 



REBUILD DilVICE DRIVERS 



I 

♦ ■ 



I 



ENTER DEVICES THAT DID NOT NEED 
TO BE REBUILT IN 7.1.5 

CONSULT CONFIGURATION SHEET FOR 
EXISTING DEVICES. 






/\ 
/ \ 
/ \ 

/ liDIT \ YES 

/ SYSVJ^R \ 

\ .GNU / 

\ ? / 

\ / 

\ / 

\/ 

NO I 

I 

I 



I 

+ < 



I TYPE 8DLDSGN TO START SYSTEN GEN- 

I ERATION. I 

I I 

4 + + 



REFER TO PG. 38 IN "DLDSGN USERS 
GUIDE" FOR PRE-BIJILT DRIVER PARA- 
METERS. REBUILD SNY DRIVERS THAT 
DIFFER FROM LIST. 



CDI 



I 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

sr 



NUMBER 

r.A-ElOOO -0-0 



REV 

A 



Dec ic-(aM)-iMa-fi«72 



SHE(.T 



OF .^ 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



7.1.8 + 
I 



SAVE IHAGE ON DISK 



SET TIME AND DATE 
SAV /UB 



7.1.9 



7.1.10 



-\ 



I 
I 
/\ 
/ \ 
/DE- \ 
/FAULT \ NO 

/ CHECK- \ 

\ POINT? / 
\ / 

\ / 

\ / , 
\/ 
YES I 
I 

I 
SET /UIC« C2^3003 



/\ 
/ \ 
/ \ 

/ ANY \ YES 

/ RX02 \ 

\ DISKS? / 

\ / 

\ / 

\ / 

\/ 

NO I 

i 

4-- — — ... 

I 



••f 

I 



4 . 4 

I ACS SYO;/BLKS« | 
I XXXX. j 

i FORMULA FOR j 
XXXX.«(4 * NENJ 
j SIZE) * 2 
I I 



INS SFWT 
DY^t^TDENS ■ 
DOUBLE refer 
to pg.21 In 
"DLDSlSN USERS | 
GUIDE** I 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-EIOOO -0-0 



REV 
A 



OKC lHSM)-aMt-N«7t 



SHEET ^ OF ^ 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



NOOULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



7.1.11 



I 
/\ 

/ \ 
/ \ 
/ ANY \ YES 

/ PUBLIC \ 

\ DISKS? / 

\ / 

\ / 

•. / 

N/ 

NO 



«—-.......... .4 



8BADDISK 
UNIDTilT 



4— -———.— .—4 



7.1.12 ♦• 
I 



I 



DELETE ERROR LOS 

TYPE ER£ 
PIP TI: Cn63*.»;»/»E 
RUN ERfLOC 



I 



•..•.•...••..•».— .f.. .......... .—.....^ 



7.1.13 ♦• 
I 

I 



START U.E.T.P. 



I 



TYPE RDLDUETP 



RUN U.E.T.P. FOR EI6HT HOURS OR THO 
I PASSES NININUN. 
4.................-4.-. ........-.—.-.. 4- 



7.1.14 ♦ ♦ ♦ 

I CHECK FOR ERRORS | 

4........................ ................> 

IF U.E.T.P. HAS COMPLETED THE REOUEST- 
ED ANOUNT OF PASSES, TYPE : 
I £IP TI;«C2,3003ERRL06.LST 

IF NOT, TYPE: 

I SET /UIC«CU63 

i THEN RUN "PSE^ AND "SYE" 

i ' r»fitr to pg.27 .1n> "DLI^SSN ,US^Rf 

I GUIDE** ' I 

4.............. .....4.... ........ .........4. 



m<i *HAM}-IM»N«7t 



SIZE 

.A. 



CODE 

SP 



f. H 



NUMBER 

MA-ElOOO-0-0 



REV 

A 



SHEET 



OF«i*_ 



MANUFACTURING SPECIKICATION 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



7.1.15 



7.1.16 



7.1.17 ♦ 

I 

♦ 



/ \ / 

/AMY \/ YES 

/ /V 

\ ERRORS// 

\ '' 

V ? / 

\ // 
\// 



NO I 

i 



/ V 
/ \ 

/ ANY \ YES 

/ CORN. \ 

\ LINES / 

\ ? / 

\ / 

\ / 

\/ 

NO 



SHUT SYSTEN DOWN 



^ 4 

TAKE 

CORRECTIVE 

ACTION 
4 4. 



CONNECT A 
TERMINAL TO A 
LINE AND LOG 
I ON AND OFF OF 
EACH LINE. 




OBC IMSMl-lMMMyt 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-ElOOO-0-0 



REV 
A 



«HEET 8 OF ^ 



c 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIE NOftUlAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



7.2 RSX11-N DLD V3.2 FOR TAPE TO DISK 



MOUNT AND BOOT "BADSYS" TAPE 



7.2.1 



4 ^ -♦ 

I BADSYS I 

j USE STAND-ALONE BAD BLOCK PROGRAM TO | 
j LOCATE BAD BLOCKS ON SYSTEM DISK. j 

I i 

4.................-4....................4 

I 
MOUNT AND BOOT THE "DSCS16'* OR '*DSCS8*' TAPE 



7.2.2 



I 



I 
I 



DSCS16/DSCS8 



..^-...—...4 
I 

ASSI6N NON-STANDARD VECTORS AND CSR | 
ADDRESSES. REMOVE "DSCS??** TAPE AND 
MOUNT IMACE TAPE. COPY INA6E TAPE 
TO SYSTEM DISK. REFER TO P6. 24 IN 
"DLDS6N USERS €UIDE** AND APPENDIX**A'' 
AND **B" OF THIS DOCUMENT. 

I 
REMOVE IMACE TAPE 



7.2.3 



I 

I 

I 

I 
♦- 



BOOT SYSTEM DISK 



HARDWARE BOOT THE SYSTEM DISK 
ENTER DATE AND TIME AND < 

ERROR L066ER. 

.-.——,—.———— 4.———- 



I 



yTART THE | 



7.2.4 ♦• 
I 



START DLD SYSGEN 



TYPE 8DLDS6N TO START SYSTEM 



GENERATION. 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-EIOOO -0-0 



REV 
A 



Mc f-itmhi—htHn 



SHEET 



OF 44 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEn TEST 



7.2.5 



7.2.7 



I 



REBUILD 



DEVICE 



DRIVERS 



I 
I 



REFER TO P6. 38 IN "DLDS6N USERS 
GUIDE" FOR PRE-BUILT DRIVER PARA- 
METERS. REBUILD ANY DRIVERS THAT 
DIFFER FROM LIST. 

..-....-.-.......-4.............:.... 



I 



7.2.6 ♦• 



I 
I 
I 



ENTER DEVICES THAT DID NOT NEED 
TO BE REBUILT IN 7.2.5 

CONSULT CONFIGURATION SHEET FOR 
EXISTING DEVICES. 



I 



/\ 
/ \ 
/ \ 

/ EDIT \ YES 

/ SYSVHR \ 

\ .CND / 

\ ? / 

\ / 

\ / 

\/ 

NO 



EDI 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

sr 



NUMBER 

MA-ElOOO-0-0 



REV 
A 



etc i*^SM>-iMa4««7i 



SMEET 10 Of «11 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



7.2.8 ♦• 

I 



SAVE IMA6E ON DISK 
SET TIME AND DATE 
SAV /WB 



7-2.9 



7.2.10 



/\ 
/ \ 
/DE- \ 
/FAULT \ NO 

/ CHECK- \ 

\ POINT / 

\ ? / 

\ / 

\ / 

\/ 

YES I 

I 



/\ 
/ \ 
/ \ 
/ ANY \ YES 

/ RX02 \ 

\ DISKS / 

\ 7 / 

\ / 

\ / 

\/ 

NO 



I 



ACS SYO: 


/BLKS> 


XXXX. 
FORMULA 
XXXX. "(4 
SIZE) * 


FOR 

* MEM 
2 



INS SFMT 

J DOUBLE , rtfer 
I to pg.21 In 
I '*DLDS6N USERS 
GUIDE" 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-EIOOO-O-O 



REV 

A 



occ a«KMt>-tM»N«y« 



SHEET ^^ OP «11 



MAWUFACTURING SFECinCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH I'O SYSTEM TEST 



7.2.11 



SET /UIC»C2^3003 



/\ 
/ \ 
/ \ 
/ ;iNY \ YES 

/ PUBLIC 

\ DISKS 

\ ? / 

\ / 

\ / 

\/ 

NO 



DELETE ERROR L06 



7.2.12 ♦- 

I 

I TYPE ERF 

I PIP TI: CU63*.*;*/DE ' 
RUN eI1"L??« 



♦-— — — — ♦ 

"BAD** 

*'ALL'*oc«tt 

-INI-ti«Uxt 

••ii?nr-nt 

tKt"PUBLIC 

DISKS 
^. ........... — 4 



I 



TS 



size 
A 



MiaMhlM^^Wft 



code 

8P 



NUMBER 

MA-ElOOO-0-0 



REV 
A 



SHEET 



12 



OP J± 



MANUFACTURING SPBCIFICATI^ri ^^ 


B CONTINUATION SHEET 


1 
TITLE NOftULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST | 



7.2.13 



/\ 

/ \ 
/ \ 
/ ANY \ YES 

/DVS 11'«\ 

\ TO / 

\ TEST?/ 

\ / 

\ / 

\/ 

NO 



4.—.. — ......4 

MOUNT **OVS" 

TAPE. 
FLX SYO; • 
WHO;*.* 

aovs 

RUN U.E.T.P. 

♦— 4 



7.2.U ♦ 



START UETP 



.............4. 

I 

——————————— —•———♦ 

aOLDUETP I 

RUN U.E.T.P. rOR EUHT HOURS OR TWO j 
PASSES NINXNUN j 

——————— — ————————————— 



7.2.15 



I 



CHECK FOR ERRORS 



IF U.E.T.P. HAS CONPLETED THE REQUEST- 
ED AMOUNT OF PASSES^ TYPE: 
PIP TI;-C2^3G03ERRL0C.LST 
IF NOT, TYPE: 



I 



SET /UIC"C1,63 
THEN RUN "PSE^ ANR "SYE** 
pg. 27 In 



rtftr to 
DLDSCN USERS SUIDE.** 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-ElOOO-0-0 



REV 

A 



ase i«i«Pti-ioM4<Myt 



SHEET ^3 OF JLL 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



7.2.16 



7.2.17 



7.2.18 ♦• 



i 



I 
/\ 

/ \ 

/ \ 

/ ANY \ YES 

/ ERRORS \ 

\ ? / 

\ / 

\ / 

\ / 

\/ 

NO 



/\ 

/ \ 
/ \ 
/ ANY \ YES 

/ CONN. \ 

\ LINES / 

\ 7 / 

\ / 

\ / 

\/ 

NO 



SHUT SYSTEN DOWN 



RUN SSHUTUP 



TAKE 

CORRECTIVE 

ACTION 



♦— 4 

I CONNECT A I 
ITERNINAL TO A ( 
ILINE AND LOG j 

'Ion and off of j 

EACH LINE. 



SIZE I CODE I 

A I s> i 



NUMBER 

MA-EIOOO -0-0 



REV 
A 



Dcc t»iaM»-iM«4«ftyi 



SHEET 



14 



Of J± 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEH TEST 



8.0 SANPLE SYS6ENS AND UETP PRINTOUTS 



8.1 This stctlon starts on tht ntxt pag*. Tht ttxt Is 

printtd Mith reduced characttr slit and spacing due 
to space restrictions on the NANUFACTURXN6 SPEC, 
paper. 

8.2 These Bf SANPLES ONLY^ your particular SYS6EN aay be 

different. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-EIOOO -0-0 



REV 

A 



MC tiHMt|>tM»Ntyt 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURIKC SPECIFtCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.1 RSXII-M OLD SYSGEN FRGH DISK TO DISK 



NOTE: This exanplo waa generated for an ^^/3^t with 12KKW of manory, 
2 RL02 disk drives, 2 RX02 disk drives and 2 DZII's. User 
responses are underlined. Explanatory coements are on the 
right hand margin. 



IDLI <CR> 



RSX-11M V3.2 BL26 12MiK MAPPED 

>RED X1:sST: 
>RED DL1:«LB: 
>HOU DL1:XDeL26 

0[1, 21DLDSTART.CMD 

>• Please enter tine and date (DD-M»t(.YY HHim) [S]: <C1I> 



>TIM 

08:35:52 25-MAR-^ 

>INS IBIGMAC/PARsGEN 

>IMS IBIGTXB/PARsGEN 

>INS $ERL 

>irb lERF 

>• Do you Mant to nti the D-rorlogger? [Y/N3: it <CR> 



># <EOF> 



hardware boot the 
distribution media 



rsx identification 
header 



not necessary here 



not necessary here 



at this point the 
operating system 
waits for a response 
f^oai you 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MJ^-ElOO«-0-0 



REV 
A 



occ ieiMi)>iaM4««yt 



SHCCT 



OF 



44 







CONTINUATION SHEET 1 


kJ AMI ID A/^n iDtmi^^ eiii?#^iiDir< A npt/^mj 


HHI 


MAN UrACTU KING SrcCIFICATION 


1 


TITLE MODULAR APPRACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 1 


>«C2«30a]BAD»ISK <C1I> 




CSTEP 13 

this cQMiand file 






will allow you to 




check your disks for 


>. 


bad blocks 


>; 


disk ■ntaonlcs: 


>* How mmy disks do you want to B(U> CO R:1.-17. 0:1.3: <CR> 


oe - RPO4/Q5/06 


>INS SAO/TASK*... BA1 


DK *RK05 


>♦ Disk to roi BAO on CS R:3-53: OLO <C1I> 


OL « NLOI /02 




DM « RKQ6/07 




DR " IM02/Q3 




DX > RX01 




DY > RX02 


>0A1 DLO: 




>8 <EOF> 




BAO — OLO: TOTAL BAD BLOCKS- 1. 




>eoo cnsnoscss <cr> 


CSTEP 23 




refer to APPENDIX B 




for proper DSC to 




use. refer to 




APPBIOIX A for 




device vectors and 




addresses, boot in 




the DSC prograa 


RSX11S V2.2 BL26 DISK SAVE ANO COMPRESS UTILTY V 3.0 




06CS8>OLO:/VEC«160 <CR> 


assigns RLQ2 vector 




to 160 


0SCS8>0L0:-0L1: <ar> 


copies dist. Media 




on DL1 to OLO 


DSCS8> 


refer to pg.24 In 




"DLDSGN USERS GUIDE" 




for aore infonsation 


1 


on DSC. 


«. <CR> 


CSTEP 33 




hardware boot the 




systen disk 


RSX-11M V3.2 BL26 124K MPPEO 




>RED OL:>«Y: 




>REO DL:^3: 




>WU DL:0LD8L26 




aC1,2]0LDSTART.CH0 

• 






SIZE 


CODE 


NUMBER J REV 


■ 


^-, 


SP 


MA-EIOCO -0-QJ A 



Bte ia^»MtiaM4««M 



SHEET JlL- of _11 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



>* Please enter tine vri date (00-WM-YY HH:MM) CSD: 0B:37 ?5-mR-80 <CR> 

>TI« 08:37 25-MAR-80 

>INS SBIGMAC/PAR'«EN 

>IN5 »I6TKB/PAR*GEN 

>INS SERL 

>INS SERF 

>* Do you want to njn the ErrorLogger? CY/N]:Y <CR> 

>RIM ERRL06 
>a <EOF> 
> 

ERL — ERROR LOG INITIALIZED 



2A hr. format 



always "YES" during 
sysgen session 



>aOLDSGN <CR> 



>TW 

08:25:51 25-tl'R-80 

>; 

>; Dynamic Loadable Driver Sysgen. 



CSrEP 43 

this coMiand starts 

the sysgen session 



Typing a <CR> in 
response to a 
qi.'estion, results in 
a "NO" or the 
default answer for 
that question. 



>; By Ken Williams 2/29/80 

>; 

>; Dept: Salem Manufacturing Product Support 

>; 

>SET /UIC<1,543 

>* Is this v\ RL01 systoa? CY/ND: <C^ 

>♦ Does this systea have the Floating Point Unit? CY/ND: <CR> 

>* Do you want long dialogue ? CY/N3: <CR> 

>PIP C11J03RS»K.HAC;*/DE/I« 

>PIP C1,24DRSXBLD.CM0;*/DE/NH^RSX11M.0LB;* 

>PIP C1,343RSX11M.«AP;*/0E/N« 

>PIP C1V103/FO«C1^543RSXHC.NAC 

>PIP C1,243/FO<1,543RS)©LD.CMD,RSX11M.OLB 

:^fIP C1^343/F0=C1^543f^Xl1«.mP 



consult sytems tech 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-EIOOO -0-0 



RfV 



occ i»-(mMMt-N«rt 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITtE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



>; 



Begin Peripheral Options. 



For an explanation 
of each question 
individually^ press 
the <ESC> or <ALT> 
key in response to 
the question. 



>* Expanded coMents desired for peripheral options? CY/N3: <CR> 
>SET /UIC«C1,5A] 

>* Are you ruining on a system with a line printer? CY/NJ: <CR> 
>« Asseeib'y listing files desired? CY/N]: <CR> 



>* Task builder tMp(s) desired? CY/Nl: <CR> 

>fIP C11,103DLDMC0.MAC;*/DE/NM^DLMC;* 

>PIP C11,243OL0ASn.CnD;*/DE/NM 

>PIP C^,a^3DL0eiJ>.CND;*/DE/Nn,DU)LfiR;* 

>* ynich device driver do you want to rebuild LSI: n <CR> 



CSTEP 53 



>* 
>♦ 
>* 

>; 

>; 

>; 

>; 
>* 

>; 

>; 

>; 
>♦ 



>♦ 
>* 
>* 
>* 
>* 
>♦ 
>* 
>* 
>* 
>* 



Do you have ar.y DHiVs? CY/N]: <CW> 
Do you have any Mil's? CY/W3; <CR> 
Do you have any DZIVs? CY/N3; Y <CR> 

If you have an lAliiO or LA180S, you Must answer Yes to the next 
question. 

Do ytHj want forsi feeds passed directly to teminals? CY/N3: <CR> 

Include coniolt in the answer to the next qjestion. 

Enter nmbtr of DLlt line interfaces CD R:1.-16. D:1.]: <C^ consult systems tech 

for device addresses 
and vectors. 

Enter vector address of the first 0.11 CO Ri6Sh77k D:603: <CR> 

Uhat is Its CSft address? CO R:1u]000-1 77700 D: 1775603: <Cli^ 

Enter number of D7.11 asynchronous auUlplmers O R:1.-fZ»rD:1.3: 2 <CR> 

Do any of the lines require madam sjpport? CYAI3: <CR> 

Enter vector address of the first DZ11 CO R: 300-77^7"^ <CR> 

yhat Is Its CSR address? CO R: 160010-1777003: 160010 <CR> 

How many lines does it have? CD R:1.-8. D:8.3: <C$> 

Enter vector address of the next DZ11 CO R:30O-77n: 310 <CR> 

Uhat Is Its CSR address? CO R: 16001 0-1 V77003: 160020 <CR> 

How mmy lines does It have? CD R:1.-e. D:8.3: <CR> 

Which device driver do you want to rebuild CS3: <S^ type <CR> If you 

have no more drivers 
to be rebuilt. 



SIZE CODE 

A I sp| 



NUMBER 

MA-ElOOO-0-0 



REV 
A 



OKc aeHSMhiMa^MTi 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPI^ACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



>PXP C11,10]DLDNC.NAC/FO<11,10]RS)M:.PMC^OLDfKO.NAC,RSmCO.NAC 

>SET /UXC-C11,2^] 

>TW 

06:27:52 2S-MAR-60 

>nAC 8DL0ASM 

>T1H 

06:29:20 2S-NAR-60 

>f»lP C11,»3*.*/Ri/m 
>TI« 8C1,2tJDL0BljD 
>PIP C1V2*>.(BJ;*/0€/l« 
>PIP C1^34>.HAP/PU/MI 
>SET /UIC«C1,543 

>* Do you havt any Card Readers? Df/ND: <C» 



>* 
>* 
>♦ 
>* 
>♦ 
>* 
>♦ 
>♦ 
>♦ 
>* 
>♦ 
>* 
>* 
>* 
>* 
>♦ 
>♦ 
>* 

>; 

>; 

)• 

>* 
>* 

>; 
>; 
>; 
>; 
>; 
>; 



to you have arv TA11 Cassettes? CY/MD: <CII> 

Do you have «Yy RJP/lill>04/05/06 's? CY/MlT^^ 

to you have any TUS6*s? CY/N3: <CII> 

to you hav'ii «v RFIVs? Dr/N3: ^^ 

to you have ary RKll/RKOS't? Dr7inr<Cll> 

to you have my RK611/IM06/m07*i? C77NT: <Ci> 

to you have «v RP11/IIPRG2/RPaS*f? CV/M3: i|F 

to you have any RJ/WNGS/DS's? CY/N3: 4CI> 

to you have any RJS/MSOS/Wt? Dr/Ml:"^^ 

to you have any TC11/T«56»aT WAO: ^OST ^ 

to you h»M *V RX11/RX01 Flcppy't? T77R!)t <ai> 

to you have any R)C11/R)02 Floppy*!? Vt/lQiT^d> 

to you have «v LP11/LS11/LV11A>1flO'fl? CV/Mir^2Sl> 

to you have any TJU/TWU16/TEM/4S/77*i7 CY/II3: ^^ 

to you have «v,TS11/TSM'S? DT/IO: <» 

to you have viy 1N11/TU10/TE10/TS0S'trrV/ll3: <CR> 

to you have a PC11 (Paper Tape Raider /Punch)? T77B!]: <CR> 

to you have a PR11 (Paper Tape Readar)? Vt/Hli 5^ 

The FCP lAich will be used Is fUDDU. 

to you want to set ip the teralnals? CY/N]:Y <CR> 

to you want to set tp all the tenilnals the saae? CY/N]:Y <C«> 



CSTEP 63 

if you have built a 
dr\y9r for each 
device on your 
systea^ you can 
hit <ESC> to 
bypass this section. 



Note: DZ11 lines iiust have both the receiver 6 the transaltter 
baud rates sat ud the s«m speed. 



Your first local tenkinal Is TT1: 
Your last local temlnal Is TT20: 



> • > 



oac ieHMihiMa4««n 



SIZE 

JL 



CODE 

SP 



HUKSER 

MA-ElOOO-0-0 



REV 
A 



SMcrr JL_ or «il 



MANUFACrURlNC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



>* Do you Mnt tht dtfiult valuti? CY/N3: <l$0 



>; The default values are \rT52, 80. characters per line, 
>; 9600:960) baud rate, and lo«.er case enabled. 

>; 

>* Do you want the default valuta? Dr/N]:Y <C1I> 
>PIP n,543SYSVWR.C»;*/0E/l« ~ 

>; 

>; [1, 543SYSVMR.CMD will now be crn»tt6. 

>; 

>XN5 svm 

>PIP C1,543SYSVPW.C«0«C200,2003TTY.C«0/AP 

>S£T /UIC«C1,543 

>* Enter size In K words for the tyttaa laage? CO 11:^.-124. 

>PXP C1,543R5X11M.SYS/NV/CO/BL:194.>C1,S4]RSX11PI.TSK 

>* Do you wish to edit C1,543SYSVM.aiD? CY/IO: <C1I> 



type aSC> If you 
want to see the 
default values 



D-48.]: <ai> 



>; 
>; 

>; VMR Is now being perfonaad. 

>; 

ym aCI, 543SYSVPfR.CMD 

VMR — INSTALLED TASKS mi NO LONGER fU W PARTITION 

SET /TOPi«RVPVl:-* 

>; 

>; T^ie accovnt UETP; password UETP; has been set ip. 

>; 

>B00 RSX11N 



CSTEP 71 

usual answer Is "NO 

or <cr>. ally answer 

"YES" If you want to 

chanoe partition 

slzes^lnstall 

additional 

tatks^etc 



nomal warning 



RSX11N V3.2 BL26 

>TXN 09:02 25^IW>-80 <CR> 



>SAV /MB <CR> 



«it this point the 
new executive is 
booted 

autoaatically^and 
waits for a response 
froii you. 



CSTEP 83 

set the correct tine 

and date 



this comand will 

save and boot the 
new systM inage. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-ElOOO-0-G 



REV 
A 



] 



aac aeisetMetMMf • 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



RSX-11N V3.2 BL26 124K MPPEO 

>REO OL:-«Y: 

>RED DL:<B: 

>flOU DL:DL0eL26 

>aC1,23STARTUP 

>* PlMM tnttr tiM and date (DD-fWI-YY HH:PiO CS]: 



<Ct> 



09:Qr::17 25-fMft-60 
>SJrf /SYSUIC»CV543 
>INS «I6IMC /PAR-6EN 
>INS SI6TKB /PAROGEN 
>PIP SY:/FR 

OLG: mS 3773. BLKKS REE, 16707. BLOCKS USED OUT OF 20480. 
LM6EST CONTIGUOUS SPACE « 2422. BLOCKS 

>* Do you want tht dtfault chackpolot flla size C992]? Dr/N]:Y 



>ACS SY:/BUCS-992. 

>RUN ERRL06 

>efK> ALL:RSX11H IS MM ON THE AIR !!!!! 

ERL — ERROR L06 INITIALIZED 

>8 <EOF> 

> 

>SET AIIC<2,3003 <CR> 



>ns SFIir <CR> 



>FNT <CR> 



FNT>OVOr/MNS-MUBLE <CR> 



RfT>OY1:/DENS-eOUBL£ <Qt> 



tnsure mmory size 
Is correct. 



If you entered the 
correct tlae In step 
8, It Is riot 
necessary to do so 

again. 



CSTEP 91 
use default 
checkpoint file 
size, ONLY If the 
nuiAter of contiguous 
blocks Is greater 
than the default 
size 



this is the accoint 
that U.E.T.P. 
resides in 

CSTEP 103 
this installs the 
foraat task 

this runs the fonsat 
task 

this tells the FNT 
task that you are 
fonsatting RXOE*s 
refer to pg. 21 in 
"DLOSflN USERS 

€uior'. 



IntTi 



oec a»<NthiMt4Mni 



SIZE 

A. 



CODE 

SP 



NUMMR 

MA-ElOOO-0-0 



REV 
A 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



'>'Z <CT». 7> 



>aMOISK <CR> 



>; Sad tht Disk Conand File 



this txitt th« mi 
task 

CSTEP 113 
chack for bad 
blocks on r«Mln1ng 
disks 



>; 

>* (;ow aany disks do you want to MO CO R:1.-17. 0:1.3: 3 <CR> 

>INS S8A0/TAStC...BA1 

>INS SBA0/TASK-...BA2 

>II6 SaA0/TASK"'...BA3 

>* Dtvica to rui BAO on CS R:3-5]: 9D <CK> 

>M1 0L1: 

>* Davica to rui BAO on CS R:>-53: WO <CR> 

>fiA2 vrO: 

>* Davica to run MO on CS R:3-5]: Wfl <CT» 

>flA3 0V1: 

>a«of> 

BAD — 6L1: TOTAL BAD BLOCKS- 0. 
BAD - DVD: TOTAL BAD BLOCKS- 0. 
BAD — DY1: TOTAL BAD BLKKS- 0. 

>ttlUDISK <CR> 



>; Diik tnitializino Conand file 

>; 

>; Plaata antar tha nsM of tha disk to ba initial izad 

>; typa a <RETURK> whan all disks hava baan antarad. 

>* Mhnt disk is to ba initializad CDDN:3 CS3: Dtl <CR> 

>Aa BLI: ._ 

>INI DLl:SCRATCH/INDX<E6/BA0imn'O3 

>* what disk is to ba initializad CDDN:3 CS3: DtO <CR> 

>ALL DYO: 

>INI DrO:SCRATCH/INDX<E6/BAD<AUT03 . - 

>* what disk is to ba initializad CDDN:3 CS3: DYI <CR> 

>Aa DYI: 

>XNI DYl:SCRAr:H/INDX<E6/BAD>CAUr03 

>* what 6*'Jn is to ba initializad CD0M:3 CS3: <CR> 

>;* So you iMnt to rut^a quick pass of lOX (tha I/O axarcisar) 
>* on tha disks that hava just ba initializad ? Cy/N3:Y <CR> 
How «any ainutas do you want it to rw CO R:0-5 D:lT: <CR> 
Do ytM want to rut lOX on any othar davicas? CY/N3:Y <CR> 
Plaaaa antar tha naaa of tha davica to ba tastad; ' 
typa • <RETURN> whan all tha davicas hava baan antarad. 



CSTEF 123 
this coaiand fila 
allows you to 
initializa tha 
raaaining disks 



optional 



>* 

>; 

>; 
>♦ 
>* 



What davica is to C tastad B3: ^^W 



oae laiSMi-iatMMTa 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-EIOOO -0-0 



REV 

A 



•MEET 23 OF Jli 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MOOUIAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



>9 <EOF> 



MU DL'i:/OVR 



mu DY0:/OVR 

>flOU 0Y1:/0VR 

>fKU n.0:/OMI 

>XOX »ISKTEST 

XOX " iMIT ALREADY CONFIGURED 

XOX — UNH ALREADY CONFIOJRED 

lOX — SUWARY OF EXERCISER ACTIVITY AT 25-IMR-«0 06:41:01 
TIME — RUN: 1 NIN. aAPSEDt 1 NIN. RB«AINING: NIN. 
OLO: — 1,992. REOJESTS T0TAUN6 1,992. BLOCKS UITH NO ERRORS 
OLI: — 1,985. REQUESTS TOTALINB 1,985. BLOCKS UI1N NO ERRORS 
DYO: — 546. REQUESTS T0TALIN6 546. BLOCKS U^ NO ERRORS 
DY1: — 492. REQUESTS TOTAUNB 492. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS 
IDU-LOOP COUNT: 199. HERATIQNS 

ACCUMULATED TOTALS: 



tht disks art 

■ountMJ 

autOMtlcally. 



:,985. BLOCKS MIIX NO ERRORS 
S46. BLKKS WITH NO ERRORS 
492. BLOCKS UITN NO ERRORS 



TINE — RUN: 1 NIN. ELAPSED: 1 NIN. R0IAININ6: NIN. 
DLO: — 1,995. REQUESTS TOTAUN** 1,993. BLOCKS WITH NO ORORS 
DL1: — 1,985. REQUESTS TOTALINB 
DYO: — 546. REQUESTS T0TALIN6 
DY1: — 492. REQUESTS TOTALINS 
IDU-IOOF COUNT: 199. HERATIONS 



>0M0 DL1: 
Xm DYO: 
HMO 0Y1: 
HMO DLO: 



tht disks art 
dIsBouittd suto- 
Mtlcally. 



at this point tht 
optratlng systta 
waits for a responst 
froi you. 



SIZE CODE 

A I SP I 



NUMBER REV 

MA-EIOOO -0-0 I A 



Mt i»<aatt»i w myt 



SNCET 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



>»LMJETP 



>; 
>; 



CSTEP 131 

this will start the 
U.E.T.P. session 



>; 



>; 



* 
« 
* 



RSX'IIN INSTALLATION VERIFICATION PACKAGE 



* 

* 
* 



>SET /UIC«C2,3003 
>ftlM ERRL06 
> 

>; 

>* DO YOU WISH TO RUN RMOENO? CY/N3: <CII> 

>; 

>* ENTER VERSION OF UETP TO BE RUN (SAM, SUB, MFC, B«) CS3: WF6 <CR> 
>* ENTER UNH NUWER OF TEIMINM. CSl: <C1> 

>; 

>; 

>* ENTER INPUT DEVICE (DDNN) OR <CR> CS3: <CR> 



alwtyt P<F6 



press <cr> if UETP 
resides on systea 
disk. 



NOTE 



TEST NEDIA NUBT BE LOADED ON AU TAPE MB DISK DRIVES. USE SCRATCH TAPES 
AND FILES-11 FORMAT DISKS. 

ALL MAGTAPES BEING TESTED ARE OVO-^rTTEN. THE DISKS ARE 
TESTED WITH FILE-STRUCTURO I/O WITH NO NEGAHVE EFFECT ON DATA 
OR STRUCTURE. 

BEFORE PERFORMING T>€ FILE-STRUCTURED I/O TEST, ALL UNMOUNTED 
DISKS ARE MOUNTED AUTOMATICALLY. 



^ DO YOU NEED TO INITIALIZE ANY DISKS? CY/N3: <CR> 



►TIM 

)9:10:31 25-MAR-80 



If you forgot to 
INIT any disks, type 
"YES". 



Size 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-EIOOO -0-0 



REV 
A 



MM iM«ae»-ieM i» n ?t 



SHCCT 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODHLAP APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



>;ONE CaWLLi£ PASS OF THIS UETP UZLL TAKE 4 HOURS 

>; 

>* HOW MANY PASSES 00 YOU WISH TO RUN CO R:1.-«. D:1.]: 2 <CR> 



>; 

>;THE 2 PASS(ES) YOU MVE SELECTED^ WOJ. TAKE 8 HOURS ^ RUN. 

>; 



>; 



NEEDED UTILITIES Wia BE INSTALLED NOW. 



at iMst 2 passes 
for ■Inimji NAST 
rtqulrtMnts 



AT THIS POINT THE 
U.E.T.P. Wia RUN 
UNATTENDED FOR 2 
PASSES OR 8 HOURS. 



* Cfit-Wm LOAD TEST * 






>PIP TAILOR. DAT-I)EVN.SMI/AP 

>MAC ICFINE^^:G11,103DLDIC.NAC/PA:1,SY:C2,300]DEFINE 

>TKB DEFINE/PR/CP-DEFINE,L3:C1^54]RSX11N.STB,C1^1]EXELIB/LB 

>INS DEFINE/TASK^EFINE 

>PIP ♦.*/PU 

>RUI OEFINE 

>; 

>;START OF UETP PASS fl 

>; 
>; 
>; 
>; 
>; 

>INS DUWY/TASK^UNOO/PRIHO. 
>INS LO€6ER/TASK<0600 

>INS armjN /task^trqo 

>Rill OUNQO 

>; 

>; FOR THE NEXT FEU KINUTES A NUPBER OF CONRITE-«OUND TASKS WUX BE 

>; EXERCISING THE NENORY, THE NULH-TASKING MPWIUTIES OF THE 

>; SYSTB« MID, IF INCLUDED IN THIS SYSTEN, 1NE ROUND-ROBIN SCHEDULER, 

>; TIE SHUFFLER AND CHECKPOINTING. THE ACTION OF THESE LAST THREE 

>; FEATURES CAN BE SEEN ON THE RRDEflO SCREEN. IF THE 'iYSTBI IS 

>; PERFORNING PROPERLY, ALL OF THE *'6EN*' PARTITION IS USED AND THE "Qr* 

>; TASKS ARE SMRING SYSTBI RESOURCES IN A NANNER CONSISTENT 

>; WITH THE FEATURES AVAIUiBLE. NOTE THAT CHECKPOINTING IS DIS«LED 

>; FOR THE SECOND HALF OF THE TEST. 

>; 
>; 
>; 

>fiUN OTROO 

> 

>TIN 

09:11:27 25-NAR-60 

>INS NUL2/TASK-aTQ003 

>INS ICJL2/TASK<«T(nOO 

>IIB NUL2/TASK-ar(HCD 
>IN$ r$jL2/TASK^T(BC0 



*** THIS TEST RUNS FOR A NAXINUN OF 120. NINUTES *** 






.•uw(wi9KV*. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBCR 

HA-EIOOO-O-O 



BBC lMMNirht««»«t«?t 



SHEET 



26 



OP 



\ NEV 
i A 

44 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTiNUATICN SHEET 



Tmi 



HODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



>; »»» THE IDktt TEST IS MIMING ««« 

>TIR 

11:11:22 2S-flM-80 

>R8I OTOOOO 

>RBI OTOIOO 

>R8I OTCPQO 

>ftEN OTOBGO 

>; 

>; * TEST COKRXTEO * 

>; 



>; 



* SrSTSI I/O EXERCISER * 



>; 
>; 



THE FOLLOWING DEVICES HAVE BEEN GENERATED INTO YOUR SYSTBI. 

LISTED AS "OFFLINT* ARE NOT PNYSICAaY PRESENT AND ARE NOT 
>; TESTED. INDIVIDUAL NAG TAf€, DEC TAPE im RHD5 UNITS CAN 
>; ERRRONEOUSLY BE SHOUN AS ONLINE WHEN THE CONTROLLER IS ONLINE. 

THEY ARE TESTED AND THE TEST FAILS AFTER SEVERAL MINUTES 

OF ERROR MESSAGES. 



THOSE 



>; 
>; 



>DEV 
DLO: 
fiL1: 
DYO: 
DTI: 
COO: 
nO: 
ni: 
n2: 

m: 

TT4: 

ns: 

Tf6i 

n7: 

niO: 

nil: 

ni2: 

ni3: 

JTHi 

ni5: 

ni6: 

ni7: 

n20: 

NLO: 

RDO: 

TlCh 

aO: 

LBO: 

SYC: 

>; 



PUBUC NOUNTED LOADED LABEL^tSXIlMPBU TYPENtLQS 

LOADED TYPE RL(E 

LOADED 

LOADED 

nO: LOADED 

LOADED 

LOADED 

LOADED 

LOADED 

LOADED 

LOADED 

LOADED 

LOADED 

LOADED 

LOADED 

LOHDED 

LOADED 

LOADED 

LOADED 

LOADED 

LOADED 

LOADED 

LOADED 

LOADED 

no: 

DLO: 
DLO: 



MC l»4ai»-lt«t4MM 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-EIOOO- 0-0 



REV 
A 



•MCtT 27 OP 44 



MANUFACTURING STEtiFlCATION 

TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTIMS 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



>; 

>; IF ANY MIVERS ME IMLMOED, 1MEY URL BE UMOED MM. 

>; 

>INS SXOX/TASK>...SIO 

>; 

>NaU tt.1:/0Vt/VI 

MOUNT ** VOOME INFOiVMTION ** 

CUSS 

DEVICE 

LABEL 

UIC 

VOL PRO 

FILE PW 

emu 



■ FILES 11 
- OLI: 
" SCRATCH 
« C1^13 

■ OWE0,RWED,RUE0,RWED3 
> CHUED,RME0,RUE0^3 

- a 

■ F11/CP 
>NOU PYO:/OVR/VI 

NOUNT ** VOUJNE INFORMATION ** 

CUSS • FILES 11 

KVICE ' OVO: 

LABEL * SCRATCH 

UIC - CI^ID 

VOL PRO > DMEft,RUE0,RUE0,RtfE03 

FILE PRO - CRUED,«MED,WED,R3 

CHAR « a 

ACf NAME - F11ACP 

>MOU »n:/OVR/VI 

MOUNT ** VOUME INFORMATION ** 



CUSS 
OEVICE 



UIC 

VOL PRO 
FILE PRO 
QMR 
ACP NAME 

>; 



FIUS 11 

0Y1: 

SCRATCH 

CV13 

CMEO,liiEO,RtfED,RUEO] 

CRUE0,RUE0,RUED^3 

a 

F11ACP 



SIZE CODE 
A I SP I 



NUMBER 

MA-EIOOO- 



0-0 



REV 
A 



ate iHtM»>iMa4M7i 



SHEET 



28 



OF 



44 



MANUFACTURING SPECUHCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



>; THE SYSTEM I/O EXERCISER VJLL RUN FOR 120 MIMH^ES 

>; 

>TW 

11:12:12 25-HAR-60 

>SIO 8I0XCNF 

SIO — SUPflARY OF EXERCISER ACTIVIH AT 25-IMR-60 11:42:14 

TIME — RUN: 30 MIN. ELAPSED: 30 MIN. REMAINING: 90 MIN. 

DLO: — 25,923. REQUESTS TDTALIN6 25,923. BLKKS UHH NO ERRORS 

DLI: — 25,034. REQUESTS T0TALIN6 25,034. BtaXS WITM NO ERRORS 

DYO: — 10,254. REQUESTS T0TAUN6 10,254. OjKKS UHH NO ERRORS 

DY1: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS 
IDU-LOOP COUNT: 5,920. HERATIONS 

SIO — SUMMARY OF EXERCISER ACTIVITY AT 25-NAR-flO 12:12:16 
TIME — RUN: 30 MIN. ELAPSED: 60 MIN. REMAINING: 60 MIN. 
DLO: — 25,923. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,923. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS 
0L1: — 25,034. REQUESTS TOTAUNG 25,034. BLKKS WITH NO ERRORS 
DYO: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS 
DY1: - 10,254. REQJESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLXKS WITH NO ERRORS 
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 5,920. ITERATIONS 

SIO — SUWARY OF EXERCISER ACTIVITY AT 25HMR-60 12:42:18 
TIME — RUN: 30 MIN. ELAPSED: 90 MIN. REMAINING: 30 MIN. 
DLO: — 25,923. REQUESTS TOTAUNG 25,923. aDCKS WITH NO BtRORS 
DLI: — 25,034. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,034. BLKKS WITH NO ERRORS 
DYO: — 10,^54. REQUESTS TOTAUNG 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS 
DY1: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS 
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 5,920. HERATIONS 

SIO — SUMMARY OF EXERCISER ACHVITY AT 2S-NAR-80 13:12:20 
TIME — RUN: 30 MIN. ELAPSED: 120 MIN. REMAINING: MIN. 
DLO: — 25,923. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,923. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS 
DLI: — 25,034. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,aS4. BLKIS WITH NO ERRORS 
DYO: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS 
DY1: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. MiKKS WITH NO BIRORS 
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 5,920. ITERATIONS 

ACCUMULATED TOTALS: 

TIME — RUN: 120 MIN. BLAPSED: 120 MIN. REMAINING: MM. 
DLO: — 103,692. REQUESTS TOTALING 103,692. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS 
DLI: — 100,136. REQJESTS TOTALING 100,136. BLKKS WITH NO BWORS 
DYO: — 41,0^6. REQUESTS TOTALING 41,016. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS 
DY1: — 41,016. REQUESTS TOTAUNG 41,016. BLKKS WHH NO BIROPS 
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 26,680. ITERATIONS 



Size 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-ElOOO-0-0 



REV 

A 



MC lMMt)-10M4iM7t 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SFECBFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



>ftEN SIO 

>TI« 

13:12:54 25-fUR-«0 

>; 

>; • TEST CO«n.ETEO * 

>; 
>; 

>;ENO OF IITP PASS #1 

>; 
>; 
>; 

>;START Of UETP PmSS #2 

>; 
>; 
>; 

>; * CPU-BOUND LOAD TEST * 

>; 

XHJN OUMOO 
>; 

*** THIS TEST RUNS FOR A PMXIMUM OF 120. MINUTES 

p; 

>fiUN OTROO 
> 

>TIN 

13:13:11 25-KAR-80 
>INS NUL2/TASK>QT0000 
>INS NUL2/TASK^T01X 
>INS NUL2/TASKSQT0200 
>INS WJL2/TASK^T(I500 

; »»» THE UMO TEST IS RUNNING ««« 

>TIN 

15:13:22 25-MAR-60 
>9m OTOOGO 
>REM OTOIOO 
>ReN aT02Q0 
>ftEM OTOSOO 



* TEST CONPITTED * 



►; 



SIZE 

A. 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-ElOOO-0-0 



REV 
A 



MC tMMtM«M-M«Tt 



SHCCT 30 OF _11 







■n-WMMB 


U AMI IB A/**!*! IDtXI/^ CBC/^tCt/^ A1*f^\^I MmBBB 


CONTINUATION SHEET 1 


MANUrACIURiNC SrcClFICATlON 


MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 


>; * SYSTBt I/O EXERCISER • 
>• 


>; IF ANY DRIVERS ARE UNLOADED, DIEY UILL BE LOADED NOW. 


>INS SI0X/TASK«...SIO 

>; 

>MGU DL1:/0VR/VI 


MOUNT ** VOLVME INFORNATIGN ** 


CLASS » FILES 11 


DEVICE * DLI: 


LABEL » SCRATCH 


UK « CI ,13 


VOL PRO * CRyED,RUE0,RUED,RWED3 


FIL£ PRO * CRUED,RUED,RWEO,R] 


CHAR ' D 


ACP NAME < F11ACP 


>MOU DYO:/OVR/VI 






DEVICE « OYO: 


LABO. * SCRATCH 


UIC » C1,13 


VOL PRO " CRUED,RUED,RyED,RUED] 


FILE PRO * CRWED,RWED,RWED,RD 


CHAR * □ 


ACP Wm « F11ACP 


mu DY1:/0VR/VI 


MOUNT •* VOLUME INFORMATION ** 


CLASS = FILES 11 


DEVICE ' DY1: 


LABEL » SCRATCH 


UIC s C1,1D 


VOL PRO - CRUED,RUED,RUED,RUE03 


FILE PRO B [RWED,RWED,RUCD,R3 


CHAR = a 


ACP N/ME » F11ACP 


>; THE SYSTEM I/O EXERCISER WILL RUN FOR 120 MINUTES 


>TIM 


15:13:57 25-MAR-60 


>SIO SIOXCNF 


SIO — SUmARY Of EXERCISER ACTIVITY AT 25-mR-60 15:43:50 


TIME — RUN: 30 MIN. ELAPSED: 30 MIN. REmiNING: 90 MIN. 


OLO: — 25,923. REQUESTS TOTALIN^i 25,ve3. BLOCKS WHH NO ERRORS 


0L1: — 25,034. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,034. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS 


DYO: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS 


DY1: — 13,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS 


IDLEHOOP COUNT: 5^9?0. ITERATIONS 


ISIZE 


CODE 


NUMBER 


REV 1 


1 A 


SP 


MA-EIOOO -0-0 


".. 1 



OCC IMMD-lMt-MCrt 



SHEET 



31 



OF 



44 



MANUFACTURING SPECU^ICATION ■■■ CONTINUATION SHEET 


MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 


SIO — SUWARY OF EXERCISER ACTIVITY AT 25"«AR-«0 16:14:01 
TIME — RUN: 30 NIN. ELAPSED: 60 MIN. REMAINING: 60 MIN. 
DLO: — 25^923. REQUESTS TOTALING 25^923. BLOCKS WHH NO ERRORS 
DL1: — 25,034. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,034. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS 
OYO: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,?54. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS 
DY1: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLKKS WITH NO ERRORS 
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 5,920. HERATIONS 




SIO — SUMNARY OF EXERCISER ACHVITY AT 25-MAR-80 16:U:03 
TIME — RUN: 30 NIN. a>PSED: 90 NIN. REMAINING: 30 MIN. 
DLO: — 25,923. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,923. BLKKS WITH NO ERRORS 
0L1: — 25,034. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,034. BLOCKS WHH NO ERRORS 
DYO: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLaKS WITH NO ERRORS 
DY1: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WHH NO ERRORS 
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 5,920. ITERATIONS 




SIO — SUmARY OF EXERCISER ACTIVITY AT 25-MAR-«0 17:14:05 
TIME — RUN: 30 MIN. ELAPSED: 120 MIN. REMAINING: MIN. 
DLO: — 25,923. REQUESTS TOTAUNG 25,923. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRCRS 
0L1: — 25,034. REQUESTS TOTALING 25,034. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS 
DYO: - 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BtXKS WITH NO ERRORS 
DY1: — 10,254. REQUESTS TOTALING 10,254. BLOCKS WITH NO ERRORS 
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 5,920. HERATIONS 




ACCUMULATED TOTALS: 


NG: MIN. 
UITH NO ERRORS 
KITH lO ERRORS 
m NO ERRORS 
TH NO ERRORS 




TIME — RUN: 120 MIN. ELAPSED: 120 MIN. REMINI 
DLO: — 103,69!!. REQUESTS TOTALING 103,«92. BLXKS 
0L1: — 100,136. REQUESTS TOTALING 100,136. BLOCKS 1 
DYO: — 41,016. REQUESTS TOTALING 41,016. BLOCKS WI 
DY1: — 41,016. REQUESTS TOTAUNG 41,016. BLOCKS WI 
IDLE-LOOP COUNT: 26,680. ITERATIONS 


» 

Hm SIO 

>TIM 

17:14:23 25-MAR-eO 

• 




►; * TEST COMPLETED ♦ 




^'END OF UETP PASS »2 






SIZE CODE 

A '' 


NUMBER 

MA-EIOOO -0-0 


REV 



on iHaMHMt^wFi 



SHEET 



32 



Of 



44 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHE^T 



TITIE 



MODUIAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



>; M*OM>MO > M < 

>; 

>T1M 

17:14:53 25-«WR-80 

>; 
>; 



>; 

>flP ♦.0AT;*/D6 

>; 

>; IF mt EfmoRS mvE been lo66I:0 by error logger, wem the ccwano file 

>; EXITS YOU SHOULD PRINT C2,3Q03ERRU)G.LST AND INVESTIGATE THE ERRORS. 

>; 

>€RF 

ERF — REQUESTED "ERRL06" TO STOP LOGGING 

^SE SY'i^Y: 

ERL — LOGGING Bmr> AFTER ERRORS 

>$YE SY:^Y:/-SP 

SYE * 1. PAGES IN REPORT v 

>; 

>WH ERRLOG 

ERL — ERROR LOG INITIALIZED 

> 

>; 
>; 



*** END OF RSX-IIN INS*'ALLATION VERIFICATIOI *** 



> 

>8 <EOf > 

> 

>PIP TI:«C2^3003ERRLfl6,L$T <C«> 



CSTEP U3 

typt this to tM «v 
trrors that havt 
bMn looQtd. further 
InfofMtlon on tht 
BMOR LOGGER can be 
fouid on page 27 of 
the 'tLDSGN USERS 
GUIDT*. 



CODE I 
SP \ 



SIZE 

A 



NUMBER 

MA-ElOOO-0-0 



REV 

A 



OCC lMMthtM»N«yt 



SHEET 



3H OF ^^ 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 
TITIE 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 
B.2 IS XII HI OLD SYSGEN - IMfiTAPE TO DISK 



NOTE: 

This tx3Mplt MS gtntrated on m 11/70, with Floating Point, 640K words of 
H9WRY, a TE16 aagtapt, an RP06 disk drive and no com. devices. 
User responses are underlined. Explanatory coMcnts on right aargin. 



RSX11S V?.1 BL22 MD BLOCK LOCATOR 



BA0>M0:/U/CSlM767a)/VEC>254/UC»K <CR> 



BAD — BAD BLOCK FOUND - LBN- 1292. 



BAD — TOTAL NO. OF BAD BLOCKS > 1. 



BAD> 



RSX11S V2.2 BL26D DISK SAVE AND COMPRESS UTILITY V 3.0 



DSCS16>flO: /VEC«224 <CR> 

«csi6^sajr /vec-su ^»^ 



)SCS16>MU:<i«fC: <CR> 



kscs 



- HIARNINS* 5^-OBO: 



16> 



CSTEP n 
•ount and boot 
"GASSYS" tape 



refer to pg. 23 in 
"DLDSGN USERS GUIDE" 
for More info, on 
"BAD". 



rmcN9 "BADSYS" 
tape. 



CSTEP 23 

refer to APPENDIX 8 

for proper "DSC" to 

use. refer to 

APPENDIX A for 

device addresses and 

vectors. 

■our^t and boot a 

"DSC" tape. 



assigns vector 
add. to devices 



copl*'^ iaage tape 
to MSk 

«fer to pg. 24 in 
"nUSGN USERS GUIDE' 
for More info, on 
"DSC". 



3 



Dee i»iMthiett4M?t 



fSiZE 

A- 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-EIOOO 



REV 
A 



SHCKT 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECfflCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TFST 



RSX11M V5.2 BL26 124K MPKO 



>REO DB:"$Y: 

>RED 08: <B: 

mu 06:0100.26 

>«M:n,23$TARTUP 

>* PlMM tnttr tlM and dit* 

>Tm 9-JiM-a) 11:06 

>INI SCOA 

>IN5 SIGmC/PM><EN 

>IN5 SX6TKB/PM-6EN 

>INS fERL 

>IN5 SERF 

>mM EMLOG 

>a <EOF* 

Utt. — ERROR LOG INITIAtlZEO 



CSTEP 33 
hardytrt boot 
tysttii disk. 



the 



( DO-nVHYY m-.m ) CS3: »-JifMO 11;06<CR> 24 hr. tiM focMt 



>80L0S6N <CR> 



>Tm 

11:06:13 O^JUN-60 

>; 

>; DynMic Loadablt Driver Sysgen. 



>; 

>; By Ktn WIUImis 9/10/79 

>; 

>; Dept: Sale* Ntnufacturing Product Stpport 

>; 

>SCT /\iK<^,%2 

>* It this m 11/70 tyste«? CY/ND: Y <CR> 

>* Dots this syttw have tht Float1no~^nt Unit? CY/Nl: Y <CR> 

>INS SLBR 
>INS SPXP 
>IN5 SEOI 
>* Do you yant long dialogue ? CY/Nl: <C^ 



CSTEP 43 

this coMMnd starts 

the sysgen session. 



typing a <CR> In 
response to a query, 
results In a "NO " 
or the default 
tntmr for that 
query. 



consult systMS 
tech. 



for an explanation 
of each question 
Individually, press 
the <esO or <alt> 
key In response to 
the question. 



SIZE 



CODE 



CP 



NUMBER 

MA-ElOOO-0-0 



REV 
A 



DSC lM»MhtOM4««7t 



SHEET 35 Qf 44_ 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIC 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



>PIP Ci:,103RS)ilC.NM;*/DE/IM 

>PXP C1,»3iS»LD.CND;*/0C/NP^RSXl1M.0LB;* 

>fIP C1,343RSX11N.IMP;*/K/NN 

>fIP C11,103/FO-C1^9ni6XPIC.NAC 

>fIP C1,243/FO<1,573llS»LO.CflD,RSXllH.0LB 

>f»lP C1,343/F0«C1,!>73RSX11«.mP* 

PIP — NO SUCN FILECS) 

SY0:C1,S73l8X11N.mP 

>; 

>; Bwgin Ptriphcral Options 

>; 

>* Expanded iniirni dMirtd for ptrlphtral options? CY/N3: <CR> 

>SET /UIC-C1,M3 

>* Art you rurmlng on • systta vlth a Lint printtr? CY/N]: <Cir> 

>* Astaiibly Uttlng flits dtslrtd? CV/IO: <CII> 

>* Task bulldtr Mp(s) dMirtd? CVAO: ^> 

>PIP C11,103DLMCOJWC;*/DE/M^OLMC;* 

>PIP C11,243DLMSN.CND;*/0E/III 



>PIP^1,a^30lML0.CND;*/K/iigMJMII;* 

>* Which dtvlct drivtr do you MVit to rtbulld C$3: H _^ 

>* HOM MTV IU/WPM/S/6 disk pKk cont. ha¥t you tSHtlirPld. 0:1.3: 

>* Enttr vtctor iddrtss of tht first W/IMPOI-OS-M Q> nztthTTk 0: 

>* Uhct Is Its CSR addrtss? Co IsltfOOO-ITna) 0:1767003: <^ 

>* Hon Mny drivts 'dbN'lt havt? CO R:1.-«. 0:1.3: <g> 

>* Enttr physical unit mater of tht first drivt GoH^: <gi> 

>* Is contr. Guilt ai IMH or XB? CV/IO: <a> 

>* Which dtvlct drivtr do ntnt to rtbulld t%li'W'<a^ 

>* How Mny TJ/1WI6HS asBtapt oont. ds you havt HT:0.-16. 0:1.3: 

>* &)ttr vtctor addrtss of tht first TJ/1MI16^ CO ntiO-Tn 0:2a(3: 

>* Uhat Is Its CSR addrtss? CO R: 160000-177700 0:1724403: ^» 

>* How atfYy drivts dots It havt? CO 0:1.-6. 0:1.3: 2 <CR> 

>* Enttr physical init nuibtr of tht 1M03 foniatttr'tol^: <ai> 

>* Which dtvlct drivtr do you want to rtbulld CS3: <^ 



>PIP C11^103DLMK.NAC/FO"C11,1O3RS]OK.PIAC,0L0IC0.MAC,RSXICO.NAC 
>PIP C1,243DL0tBR.CN0-CV24>.LBR 
>PIP C1,243*.U»;*/0E/IM 
>SCT /U1C-C1V243 



CSTEP S3 

consult systws ttch 

for vtctort and 

addrtssts. 





prtts <CR> If thtrt 
art no tort drivtrs 
to bt rtbuUt 



SIZE 

A 



cooc 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-EIOOO -0-0 



REV 
A 



OaC U t» m - f »H97M 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURINC SPECmCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



>TW 

11:09:02 QfhMiHO 
>«WC aDLMSH 
>TI« 

11:09:28 09-JUN-80 
>SET /U1C«C1^»3 
>«»1P C11^54>.*/PU/<il 
HfiR aC1,2(3DL0LfiR 
MODULE "DBTAB " iCPUCED 

NODULE "WTAB " REPUCEO 

>TKB aC1,2(3DLOeLD 

>PV C11^»3*.0BJ;*/0e/NH 

>f»IP 0,34>J(AP/PU/NH 

>sn /UXC>C1^5^3 

>8ET /UIC»C1,573 

>* Do you havt wry Card Rtad«rs? CY/N]: <ttc> 



CSTEP 63 

If you havt built a 
drivtr for each 
devlcf on your 
tyttM, you can 
prcu <tic> to 
b)f>att this taction. 



>; Tha FCP Mhlch will bt ustd It MIDDII. 

>; 

>pip t\,5nsys>m.m»;*/K/m 

>; 

>; C1,S73SYSVI«.CtlD will now ba crcatad. 

>; 

>INS tym 

>$ET /UIC«C1^573 

>* Entar tiza In K wordt for tha systaa laaga f!) R:48.H2A. D:A8.3: <CK> 

>PIP C1,S73RSXlin.SYS/NV/C0/BL:498.*C1,573l6X11M.TSK 
» Do you with to adit C1,573SYS\««.CnD? CY/N3: <C^ CSTEP 73 

ut<;al antwar Is "NO 
"or <CR>. only 
antwar '•YES*' 1* you 
have to change 
partition tizet, 
Inttall additional 
tatkt^ ate. 



Size 
A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-ElOOO-0-0 



REV 
A 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACIURINC SPECIFKATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



mif 



MODULAR APPROIiCH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



;> 

>; \Mt It now btlng ptrfonMd. 

>; 

>m( aC1,S73SYSVNI.CNft 

mi — XNSTALIED TASKS MY NO LONGER FIT IN PARTITION 



SET /TOP»<«Vf/»«:-* 

>; 

>; Oon*t forgtt to crtttt an accoott flit with SACNT. 

>; 

>T1N 

11:12:21 09-JUN-«) 

>; 
>; 

^eOO RSX11N 



RSXIIN V3.2 BL26 



>TIH 11:14 O^JUN-CO <CR> 



>SAV /W <CR> 



RSX-11N V3.2 BL26 64Q( PMPPED 

>9£^ DB:i«Y: 

>REO 0B:4JB: 

>MOU M:DtDa.26 

>8DB:C1A*%TARTUP 

>* Plt«t» anttr tiat and data (OO-MfHTY »«:PW) CS]: <ai> 



>TIII 

f 1:14:19 09-JUN-eO 



nor«al warning - 
ditragard at this 
tlat. 



at thit point, tha 
mw axacutlva It 
boottd autoMtlcally 
and waitt for a 
rcspontt froa you. 



CSTEP 83 

ttt tha corract tli 

and data 



thit coMand will 
tava and boot tha 
raw %yttm 1i 



antura that ■fory 
tlza It corract. 



If you havt tat tha 
corract t1«a and 
data in tttp 8, It 
It not nacattary to 
do to again. 



SIZE 

A 



I ia4iiiMaM4»««t 



CODE 

SP 



NUMMR 

KA-ElOOO-0-0 



REV 
A 



•MltT 38 OF _ii 



MANUFACTIJRINC aTEClFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



NODULAlt APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



SET /Sr«UIC-C1,S73 

>INI ttUNM: /PM^EN 
>INI •iSm /PM-tfN 

>im tux 

>fIF SY:/ni 



OBO: MS 101793. BLOCKS FREE, 29687. BLOCKS USED OUT OF 131680. 
LAMEST CONTXOJOUS SPACE > 74786. 8U>CKS 



CSTEP 93 



uit dtfault 
chtckpoint flit 
tilt, ONLY If tht 
ruibtr of contlguout 
blocks It 9' ittr 
thtn tht 6t Milt 
tin. 



>* Do you wtnt tht dtftult chtckpoint flit sixt C51203? CY/N3: <Y> <C1I> 

> Aa ST:/BUC$^120. 

HUM VKLM 

>BiO ALLtRSXlIN IS NOW ON THE AIR !!!!! 

Eft. — BMOR UK INITIAUZEO 

>tt<GOF> 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

6P 



NUMBER 

MA-ElOOO-0-0 



REV 
A 



gMtrr 39 OF *i 



MANUFACTURING gEClFICATlOy 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR JUPPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



>8ET mO<2jaQ <CR> 
>9ltMJETF <CR> 



CSTEP 103 



this coMand yill 
tttrt th« UcTP 
Mttlon. 



* 
* 
* 



RSX-11N V3.2 INSTALLATION VERIFICATION PACKAGE 



* 
* 
* 



>; 
>; 
>; 
>; 
>; 

>; 

>SCT /uic«i:2^30oa 

>ttM EMLOG 

>; 

>* M VOU WISH TO RUN fMOENO? Vt/tQi <CII> 

>; 

>* afrER ^RSION OF UETP TO BE RUN (SAN, SUB, NF6« eN6) CSl: NK <C^ alM/l "NF6" 
>* ENTGR UNIT NUNBGR OF TERNINM. CSl: <gi> 

>; 



>* BITER INPUT DEVICE (OOIM) OR <cr> DS3: <CR> 



pr«t« <cr> If UETP 
rttldtt on Myttm 
dink. If not, thtn 
•nter device It 
rtsidM an. 



>; 

>; 

# 

>; 
>; 
>; 
>; 



NOTE 



>; 
>; 
>; 
>; 
>; 

# 

>; 
>* 



TEST MEDIA NUST BE LOADED ON MX TAPE im DISK DRIVES. USE SCRATCH TAPES 
AND FILES-11 FORNAT DISKS. 

ALL MCTAFCS BEIN6 TESTED ARE OVBI-MRnTEN. THE DISKS ME 
TESTED UI1H FILE-STRUCTURED I/O WITH NO NISATIVE EFFECT ON DATA 
OR STlWCTURE. 

BEFORE pinffimim ihe fiu-structuie» ia> test, au unnounted 

DISKS ARE NOUNTED AUTOMATICALLY, 



DO YOU NEED TO INITIAUZE ANY DISKS? CY/N3: <CR> 



If yoM forgot to 
••inlt- my disks, 
typt ••YES- 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMIER 

MA-ElOOO-O-0 



REV 
A 



OKIMI 



SHEET 



40 



OP 



44 



MANUFACTURING STECmCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TES' 



>; 

>TIH 

>; 
>; 

>; GNE r^'VLETF. PASS OF THIS UETF WILL TAiS 4 HOURS 

>; 

>* HOW MNY PASSES M YOU yiSH TO RUN CO R:1.-«. D:1.3: 2 <CR> 



>; 
>; 

>;T1€ 2 PASSCES) YOU HA^ SELECTED, yJLL TAIC 8 HOURS TO RUN. 

>; 

>; NEEOEr UTILITIES UOX K INSTALLED NOW. 



at iMtt 2 pasMt to 
••«t alnlaia HAST 
requlrtatntt. 



>INI IBttCNP 



>PIP TIXLOR.DAT-CEVN.SMI/AP 

>MAC KfINE>L8:ni,10]DtDNC.NAC/PA:1,SY:C2,SX)3DEFINE 
>Vm DEFINE/PR/CP-OEFINE,LB:C1,573RSX11N.$TB,C1,1]EXEUB/LB 
INS OEFINE/TASK««EFINE 
>flP •.*/FU 
mm DEFINE 



^;START OF IfTP PASS #1 



* CPU-eOUND LOAD TEST * 



Ps 



^INS DUNIY/TASK>«UNOO/PRIHO. 
>IN5 U)«ER/TASK<OGaO 

>im onHjN msK^TROO 

inn MJNOO 



►; 



FOR THE lEXT FEU MINUTES A MMKR ETC. At this point th« 

U.E.T.P. will r\g\ for tht ttltcttd aaooit of tint. 

Th« CPU ttttt art ru) first, for 2 HOURS, foLlowid by 2 HOURS of 

10 EXERCISER, and thai rtoaatad until th» pttt count Is satisfied. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-EIOOO - - 



REV 
A 



IC MHatSMMtHNSTf 



•MEET li OP «il 



MANUFACTURINC SPECBHCATION 



COriiNUATION SHEET 



Trac 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



>«» SIO 
>TW 

19:21:25 O^JUN-«C 



>; *TEST COPW-ETEO* 

>; 

>; 

>;END OF UETP PASS 12 

>; 
>; 

>fIP •.BAT;*/DE 

>; 

>; IF ANY ERRORS WVE BEEN LOGGED BY ERROR LOGGER^ yHEN T)C COMPIAND FILE 
>; EXITS YOU SHOULD PRINT C2,3a)]ERRL06.LST AND INVESTISATE THE ERRORS. 

>; 

>ERF 

ERF — REQUESTED "ERRL06" TO STOP LOGGING 

>PSE SY:*GY; 

ERL — LOGGING ENDED AFTER ERRORS 

>SYE SYs«6Ys/-SP 

SYE — 1. PAGES IN REPORT 

>; 

>RUN ERRLOG 

ERL — ERROR LOG INITIALIZED 

> 

>; 
>; 



>; 

>TI« 

17:14:53 25-HAR-aO 

>; 

>; *** END OF RSX-11N 

>; 



INSTALUTION ^RIFICATION 



^^ _____ 

>/ 

>8 <EOF> 

> 

>PIP TI;«C2 ^5 003ERRL0 6,LST <(^ 



CSTEP 113 

tyrt this to tM any 
•rrort th«t havt 
bMn logg«d. further 
Infonwtlon on tht 
ERfMl LOGGER c«) b« 
found on pigt 27 of 
tht **DLDSm USERS 
GUIDE". 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER ^ 

MA-EIOOO -0-0 



REV 
A 



DSC leOttH UM WTt 



SHEET 



OF 











! 








MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 




CONTINUATION SHEET 1 




TITLE HODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 1 


9.0 APPENDIX 




9.1 APPENDIX A 




CSR and VECTOR addrttttt tupporttd 
by ttand-alont DSC 

« 




Syttaa-Ctntrattd CSR and Vtctor Addrttttt 






DEVICE TYPE | CSR | VECTOR 


► 


DB: 


176700 


' 


254 




DK: 


177404 


220 






DL: 


174400 




160 






DN: 


177440 




210 


» 




OP: 


176714 




300 * 






DR: 


176700 




320 * 






NM: 


172440 




224 






NT: 172522 




320 * 




NS: 1 172S22 

▲ *■>«»<* MM ««««»««« ««««««« «««««»«»•, 




224 




* Indlcattt nonstandard vtctor addrtit 

• 




SIZE ( 

JL. 


CODE 

SP 


NUMBER 

MA-ElOOO-0-0 


REV 1 



DCe lHMt)-iMM««yi 



SHEET ^3 OP 44_ 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE HOOULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



9.2 APPENDIX B 



DEVICES SUPPORTED BY "DSC" VARIATIONS 



DSCS8 
RP04/05/06 
RK05 
RL01/02 
RK06/U7 
RP02/03 
RN02/03 
TE10/16 
TU45/77 



DSCS16 
RP04/0S/0 
RK05 
RL01/02 
RK06/07 
RN02/03 
TE16 

TS11/TS04 
Tli45/7r 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER REV 

HA-ElOOO-0-0 A 



wCC l«-(MaMM2-N«72 



SHEET 



OF JA 



I 

II 
Ui 

•< o t 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSITTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION 



DATE 10/30/80 



T'TIE M.A.S.T. WPS-8/211 PJIASE III USER'S GU^DL 



REV 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



CMC NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



Ss 



Now Release 



AOOOO 



-/_ 




z. 



y^^f'c/ >.• 






>^N0 n^, , APW> 

uorainic Pi»eh«tola I 



'^^.ffi^e^-V 



SIZE 



CODE 

3P 



N'JMBER 

MA -F 1050 -0-0 



MI4»4P««ii*-M«VfH3»t) 



REV 

A 



SHEET 1 OF \h 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Title 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



1.0 SCOPE Page 3 



2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION Page 3 



3.0 RESPONSIBILITY 



Page 3 



4.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 4 



5.0 GENERAL OVERVIEW Page 4 



6.0 WPS-8/211 OPERATING PROCEDURES Page 7 

7.0 WPS-8/211 RUN SUMMARY Page 12 



APPENDIX A RUN SUMMARY CHE' XLIST Page 13 



Tr*^! "*"-wBfi-o-o|''^'^ 



MC l«-{MthlM»N«7a 



SHcer 



OF 



MANUFACTURING gEClFlCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



1.0 SCOPB 



This document is an attempt to provids WORD PROCESSING 
opsrators and technicians direction in running PHASE III on 
the WS211 Series systems. It does not try to -xplain how to 
run Word Processing Software in any environmeikt other than 
P. A.* T. 

The WPS-8/211 Phase III is a software/hardware system 
verification test designed to simulate the environment in 
which Word Processing Systems are used. This WPS-8/211 Phase 
III Package is written to provide an easy to use, consistent 
method of exercising WS211 Series Systems. 



1.1 HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS 

- 32K of memory 

- A console terminal (VT100) 

- RX02 Dual Floppy Drive 

The Optional Hardware supported by this test package is as 
follows: 

- Communication Lines (KL8-A lOT 46,47) 

1.2 SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS 

- WPS-8/211 Phase III Test Package 

This Test package can be obtained by contacting the 
Salem Systems Manufacturing Engineering Group. 



2.0 RBFBRBMCB DOCUMBNTATION 



MP00780 
QF711-HZ 



3.0 RBSPONSIBILITY 



WS211 Field Maintenance Print Set 
WPS Documentation Kit 



The SALEM SYSTEMS MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING 
responsible for maintaining this document. 



GROUP is 



«:C lHMt>-lM»«M7l 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-F1050-O-O 

SHEET 



REV 

A 



M. \NUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



4.0 SPECIAL IHSTRUCTIONS 



4.1 This Teat Package is designed to exercise the following only: 

RX02 dual floppy drive 

Memory 

KL8-A Communication Lines (KL8-A lOT 46,47) 

4.2 If system has an H326 panel, move all switches to the •OFF" 
position. 

4.3 Connect a VT100 to the console terminal ^ort located on the 
static filter bracket. ^.^ 

4.4 Throughout this document the user responses are underlined. 
Preceding the underlined response are the words Press or 
Type. Example: Press -> GOLD MENU (in respone to this 
example the user must press the GOLD key, located on the top 
left hand side of the mini-keypad, then the letter M)*. -i^— 
Example: Type -> E 2 <CR> ( in respone to this example the 
user must type tTte letter E, space, number 2, carriage 
return) . 



5.0 GENERAL OVERVIEW 



5.1 WPS-8/211 EXERCISER PROGRAM CONTENTS 

The WPS-8/211 Phase III Exerciser Program consists of the 
following files: 



Doc • 
2 

3 
4 

5 

6 



Name 

, BREV. . . . File that contains stored text that will 
be called from an abbreviation code. 

LIST Used to perform List Processing. 

SPEC Used as the Selection Specification File 

during List Processing. 



FORM 



Output format of List Processing. 



UDKl 139 block document. Used to exercise 

the RX floppy drives. 

COMM TEST. Document that is senu to the Host 
Terminal during the communication line 
test. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-F105O-O-O 



Hj 



OCC lH*M)-lMfl-fl«7t 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



UTILE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



The WPS-8/211 Phase III Exerciser Program was designed to 
minimize operator intervention time. This was done by using 



the Software's "User Define Keys" (UDK's). The 
are used are numbered from 1 thru 9. The following 
includes a summary and a listing of each UDK. 



UDK's that 
section 



UDK 1 - will initialize the 
diskette and create 
PASS file is used 
they are performed 



diskette in Drive 1 as a document 
a file named PASS on Drive 1. The 
to log the software features as 
to the hardware. The user will 



then be asked to type the System's DEC number. 

M C RETURN D RETURN RETURN GOLD:M C SPACE P 
RETURN GOLD: -ST 



ASS 



UDK 2 



- will run the complete WPS-8/211 Phase til Test 
Package without operator intervention. This UDK will 
perform UDK 3 thru UDK 7 and UDK 9 for the required 
two (2) passes. 

GOLD: 3 GOLD: 3 GOLD: 9 



UDK 3 - will perform one pass, instead of the required two(2) 
passes one would get by pressing UDK 2. 

GOLD: 4 GOLD: 5 GOLD: 6 GOLD:? 



UDK 4 - will exercise the RX Drive 1. It will perform a GET 
document of 139 blocks from Di ive to Drive 1, it 

the beginning of the document, then 

the docianent. When it finds the end 

it will read the document backwards 

Successful completion of this 



will then find 
find the end of 
of the document 
on the screen. 



function will be logged into the Pass file. 

C SPACE U D K 1 RETURN GOLD:G . U D K 1 RETURN 
GOLD:T GOLD:B G-BACK GOLD:F D SPACE U D K 1 RETURN Y 
E S RETURN E SPACE 2 RETURN G-ADV GOLD:=DE GOLD:\ 
RETURN GOLD:F 



UDK 5 - will perform a Diskette Ver if iciat ion check on Drive 
1. Successful completion of this function will be 
logged into the Pass file. 

M C RETURN V RETURN RETURN RETURN GOLD:M E SPACE 2 
RETURN G-ADV GOLD:»DV GOLD:\ RETURN GOLD:F 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-F1050 -0-0 



REV 

A 



occ ic-taMMMt-Mcrs 



SHEET 



OF jjL 



MAN UFACTURING SPECmCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLi: 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



UDK 6 - will perform a large List Processing function of 
selecting 49 records. The objective is to exercise 
memory. Successful completion of this function will 
be logged into the Pass file. 

L P RETURN D RETURN . 3 RETURM . 4 RETURN . 5 
RETURN R RETURN G RETURN GOLD:M E SPACE 2 RETURN 
G-ADV GOLD: -LP GOLD:\ RETURN GOLD:F D SPACE R RETURN 
YES RETURN 



UDK 7 • will copy an index into a file. Successful 
completion of this function will be logged into the 
Pass file. 

C I RETURN 1 SPACE X RETURN C I RETURN SPACE X 
RETURN A RETURN E SPACE 2 RETURN G-ADV GOLD: -CI 
GOLD:\ RETURN GOLD: -EN GOLD:\ GOLD:F D SPACE X RETURN 
YES RETURN 



UDK 8 - see section 5.2. 
UDK 9 



if UDK 2 is used, UDK 8 will then log an END OF TEST 
into the Pass file. 

E SPACE 2 RETURN G-ADV GOLD:-FF GOLD:F 



5.2 UDK 8 COMMUNICATION TEST 

The WPS-8/211 Phase III Communication Line Test was designed 
to minimize operator intervention time. This was done by 
using the Software's User Define Keys. This UDK 8 will 
perform the following functions: 

— Set User terminal in communication mode. 

— Transmit a document called COMM TEST to the Host terminal. 

— User terminal will receive characters from the Host 
terminal by operator intervention. 

C X RETURN RUBWRD H S SPACE D H RETURN . 7 RETURN GOLDrM 



SIZE CODE 

A I sp| 



NUMBER REV 

MA-F1050-O-O A 



MC l«><»MhlOM4««7a 



SHEET 



OF 



MAI^UFACTURING STECinCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Tm.E 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



6.0 W PS-8/211 OPBRATIIIG PROCEDURES 

6.1 PREREQUISITES 

Before one attempts to run this procedure it is assumed that 
all diagnostics and DEC-X/8 have been successfully run to 
completion. 

6.2 RUNNING THE WPS-8/211 PHASE III TEST 

To begin the WPS>8/211 Phase III Test, the user must first; 

6.2.1 Apply power to the equipment in the main cabinet. 
This is done by depressing the switch at the top of 
the cabinet marked *1*. 

6.2.2 Apply power to the console terminal. 

6.2.3 Insert the WPS-8/211 Phase III Teat Disk in Drive 0. 

6.2.4 Depress the "BOOT" switch located at the top of the 
cabinet. The following message is displayed at the 
console terminal indicating that the boot floppy has 
successfully loaded into the systemi 



Digital Equipment Corporation 
Version x.x 
Make sure your system diskette is in drive 

And press RETURN 



6.2.5 Insert a jingle density scratch diskette in Drive 1. 

6.2.6 Press the RETURN key on your console keyboard. 

6.2.7 At this point the DATE/TIME MENU is displayed at the 
console terminal. The user must enter a valid date 
and time followed by a RETURN . 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-F105^ -0-0 



REV 

A 



OSC l»4Mt»*IMt4Myt 



SHEET 



OP 



MANUFACTURING SPECBFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Tint 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



6.3 RUNNIhXS WPS-8/211 EXERCISER PROGRAM 

6.3.1 Press -> GOLD 1 — Initialization of RX drive 1 will 

now take place. 

6.3.2 Type -> DEC nwbe r of systea that is being tested. 

6.3.3 Press -> GOLD P 

6.3.4 Press -> GOLD 2 

thfs test will now exercise the system for 
approximately 30 mins. Upon completion the 
Main Menu will be displayed. 

6.3.5 Type -> B 2 <CR> 

6.3.6 Press -> PARA — key until your VT100 sounds a beep. 

This will enable you to check the pass 
file to determine if there were any 
errors. See Appendix A. 

6.3.7 Press -> GOLD P — will file document. 



MC lHMthlM*4iMy| 



Size 
A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-F1050-O-O 



REV 
A 



BHECT 



OF 



MAhUFACrJRING 


SPECIFICATION "■■ ^O'-^^'^^-ON SHEET 


TITLE 


MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 


6.4 TESTING COMMUNICATION LINES 1 


6.4.1 


Attach a VT100 to P6 (P6 is located on the 
CoRvnunicatlon H326 Panel. This VT100 will be 
referenced as Host VT100. Set Hos VT100 up to 1200 
baud by; 




a) Preas the Host VT100 SET-UP KEY located on the 
upper left hand corner of your Host VT100 Keyboard. 




b) Press the number 5 to enter SET-UP B. 




c) Press the Transmit (Key 7) ^nd Receive (Key 8) Keys 
until the display reads 1200. Your Host VT100 
should look like this on the screen: 


1 0100 


2 0101 3 0000 4 8010 T SPEED 


1200 R SPEED 1200 1 




d) To exit SET-UP B press the Host VT100 SET-UP KEY 
located on the upper left hand corner of your Host 
VT100 keyboard. 




e) Return to the console terminal and 


6.4.2 


Type -> 80 <CR> 


6.4.3 


Type -> CL 1 <CR> 


6.4.4 


Press -> GOLD MENU 


6.4.5 


Press -> GOLD 9 

now looking at the fkst VT100 that is 
connected to P6, you should sue the 
following flashing: 




COMMUNICATION LINE TEST - WO 

The last line you will 
VT100 will state: 


RKING 


see on your Host 


ECHO CHARACTERS PROM HOST TO TERMINAL - \R ON USER VEWIKAL TO EXIT 1 




Type the following on your Host VT100 Terminal 


6.4.6 


Type -> THIS 18 A TEST 

The above message will then be displayed on 
the Console Terminal. 


6.4.7 


Type -> \R — on the Console Terminal to exit. 


SIZE CODE 


NUMSER REV 1 
MA-F1050-O-O A 1 



fiCC IHMtl-IMMMTt 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Trtf 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



6.4.8 Move P6 to P7. Set Host VT100 up to 300 bauf^, Data 
Bits - 7, Parity Sense • Even, and Parity - On by: 

a) Press the Post VT100 SET-UP KEY located on the 
upper left hand corner of your Host VT100 Keyboard. 

b) Press the number 5 to enter SET-UP B. 

c) Position the cursor above the feature switch to b 
changed by using the space bar. Change the featur 
settings by pressing the 6 key on the keyboard. 
Each time the key is pressed the feature wil 
change to the opposite state. 

d) Press the Transmit (Key 7) and Receive (Key 8) Key 
uiitil the display reads 300. 

Your Hont VT 100 Set-Up B should look like this: 



: 



1 0100 2 0101 3 0000 4 1100 



T SPEED 300 R SPEED 30 



e) To exit SET-UP B press the SET-UP key on your Host 
VT100. 

f) Return to the console terminal and 



6.4.9 Type -> SO <CR> 

6.4.10 Type -^ CL 2 <CR> 

6.4.11 Press -> GOLD MENU 

6.4.12 Press -> GOLD • 

now looking at the Host VT100 that i 
connected to P7, you should see the followinc 
flashing: 



COMMUNICATION LINE TEST - WORKING, 



The last line you will see on your Host 
VT100 will state: 

ECHO CHARACTERS FROM HOST TO TERMINAL - \R ON USER TERMINAL TO EXIT 

Type the following on your Host VT100 Terminal 

6.4.13 Type -> THIS IS A TEST 

The aBove message will then be displayed or 
the Console Terminal. 

6.4.14 Hit -> ^ — on the Console Terminal to exit. 



I 



SIZE CODE 

A SP 



NUMBER I REV 

MA-P1050 -0-d A 



OtC IHMthlOCMMTt 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECBFlCATiON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



6.4.15 Move P7 to P8. Host VT 100 should still be at 300 

baud. Change your Host VT 100 Set-Up B, Word 4, 

(follow steps a thru f in Section 6.4.8) to the 
following: 



0010 



6.4.16 Type -> SO <CR> 

6.4.17 Type -> CL 3 <CR> 
6.4>18 Press -> GOLD MENU 
6.4.19 Press -> GOLC 8 



now looking at the VT100 that is connected to 
P8, you should see the following flashing: 



COMMUNICATTON LINE TEST - WORKING 



The last line you will see on your Host VT100 will 
state: 



ECHO CHARACTERS FROM HOST TO TERMINAL - \R ON USER TERMINAL TO EXIT 
Type the following on your Host VT100 Terminal: 

6.4.20 Type - > THIS IS A TEST 

The a^ve massage will then be displayed on 
your Console Terminal. 

6.4.21 Type -> \R — on your Console Terminal to exit. 



SIZE 

.A. 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-F1050 -0-0 



REV 
A 



OCC l«-|M>}-lMt-N«71 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



7.0 WPS-8/211 RUli SUMMARY 



The WPS-8/211 Phase III Test ^as designed to report to the 
Pass file the name of the specific fanctlon it just 
completed. If one of the functions did not report to the 
PasF; file, we then have an error. 



Check the Run Summary Checklist (Appendix A) to determine if 
you have an error. If you found an error, perform the 
specific function separately. This is done by typing the 
following User Define Keys: GOLD n (n - either 1,4,5,6,7). 



Error 



INITIALIZATION OF DRIVE 1 



COPY FROM DRIVE TO DRIVE 1 
EDIT HAS BEEN TESTED 
DELETE HAS BEEN TESTED 

DISKETTE VERIFICATION 



LIST PROCESSING 



CREATE INDEX 



Action 



Press -> "JOLD 1 



Press -> GOLD *% 



Press -> GOLD 5 



Press -> GOLD 6 



Press -> GOLD 7 



If error persists advise the Manufacturing Engineering Group 
for technical assistance. 



SIZE 

.A. 



CODE 

:p 



NUMBER 

MA-F105O-O-O 



REV 

A 



OCC IHS*^) 10t2-N«73 



SHEET la OF _44. 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATICN SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



APPENDIX A 



RUN SUMMARY CHECKLIST 



In order to determine a successful completion of the Phase 
III Test, the following page contains an example of a 
successful run of Phase III testing. Your summary which is 
located in a file called PASS, must be exactly the same as 
the example on the next page. If not refer to section 7.0 
WPS-8/211 Run Summary. 



SIZE 

.A. 



CODE 

;5P 



NUMBER REV 

MA-F1050 -0>0 A 



08C l«K»MM0M4««7t 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



SALEM SYSTEMS MANUFACTURING WPS-8/211 PHASE III TEST 

VERSION 1.0 



THIS IS THE START OP TESTING FOR 

DEC • (The DEC # you originally typed !v} 

INITIALIZATION OF DRIVE 1 - PASS 

COPY FROM DRIVE TO DRIVE 1 - PASS 

EDIT HAS BEEN TESTED - PASS 

DELETE HAS BEEN TESTED - PASS (DATE, TIME) 

DISKETTE VERIFICATION HAS BEEN TESTED - PASS (DATE, TIME) 

LIST PROCESSING HAS BEEN TFjSTED - PASS (DATE, TIME) 

CREATE INDEX TESTED - PASS (DATE, TIME) 



PASS COMPLETED (DATE, TIME) 



INITIALIZATION OF DRIV^ I - PASS 

COPY FROM DRIVE TO DK ,E 1 - PASS 

EDIT HAS BEEN TEST - PASS 

DELETE HAS BEEN TESTED - PASS (DATE, TIME) 

DISKETTE VERIFICATION HAS BEEN TESTED - PASS (DATE, TIME) 
LIST PROCESSING HAS BEEN TESTED - PASS (DATE, TIME) 

CREATE INDEX TESTEr - PASS (DATE, TIME) 



PASS COMPLETED (DATE, TIME) 

IF SYSTEM HAS TWO (2) COMPLETED PASSES THEN 

THIS IS THE END OF TH£ TEST 



SIZE CODE 



%nssB 



NUMOER 

MA-?1350 



^ 



REV 
A 



iii»4MM 



SNCET 



OF 



II 

I? 



DIGITAL SQUIPMBNT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPEanCATION 



DATE 



!0/3n/80 



Tint 



M.A.S.T. WPS-B/:i: PHASE Tt- tirv.P'c; r.tr^nF 



IICV!ftlONS 



CHQNOl OHIO 



REV 



OESCRIFTION 



DATE 



Apro BY 



DATE 



II 

Ml 

it 



New Release 



A00 9- 



/<r'*^'/- 






Xt 



1_ 




(NO Doninic Pischetola 




hi 



s/ 



SIZE CODE 



m^im-im-fff^nt) 



w 



1 



3P 



NUMBER 

N-ri'050-O-O 



REV 

A 



SHEET 1 OF 16 



MANUFACTURING gECIFJCAflON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Tint 



MODULAR APPROACH iO SYSTEM TESTS 



TABLE OP CONTENTS 



1.0 SCOPE Page 3 

2.0 REPERBNCE DOCUMENTATION Page 3 

3.0 RESPONSIBILITY Page 3 

4.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS Page 4 

5.0 GENERAL OVERVIEW Page 4 

$.0 WPS-8/212 OPERATING PROCEDURES Fage 7 

7.0 TESTING USER LINES ..Page 12 

8.0 WPS-8/212 RUN SUMMARY Page 14 

APPENDIX A RUN SUMMARY CHECKLIST Page 16 



SIZE CODE NUMBER | REV 

A I SP I MA-F2050 -0-0 



oec aHMthiM»M«7a 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURINC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



1.0 SCOPE 



This document is an attempt to provide WORD PROCESSING 
operators and technicians direction in running PHASE III on 
the WPS212 Series systems. It does not try to explain how to 
run Word Processing Software in any environment other than 
F.A.i T. 

The WPS-8/212 Phase III is a software/hardware system 
verification test designed to simulate the environment in 
which Word Processing Systems are used. This WPS-8/212 Phase 
III Package is written to provide an easy to use, consi8*:ent 
method of exercising WS212 Series Systems. 



1.1 HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS 

- 32K of memory 

- A console terminal (VT109) 

- Two (2) Dual RXf2 Floppy Drives 

The Optional Hardware supported by this test package is an 
follows: 

- Communication Lines (KL8-A lOT 46,47) 

- User Lines (KLS-A 40,41) 

1.2 '•nFTWARE REQUIREMENTS 

- WPS-8/212 Phase III Test Package 

This Test package can be obtained by contacting the 
Salem Systems Manufacturing Engineering Group. 



2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 

MP00780 
QF711-GZ 



3.0 RESPONSIBILITY 



WS211 Field Maintenance Print Set 
WPS Documentation Kit 



The SALEM SYSTEMS MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING GROUP 
responsible for maintaining this document. 



is 



SIZE COOC 

A I SP 



NUMtEII REV 

MA-F2a50-O-O A 



OIC l»<SM|-lM»M«rt 



SHEET 



OF 



11 A Ml IB 


Ar»1 


1 1 tw»wmir^ tf^tsr^wipmt^ a nrtf%ma 










mm 


CONTINUATION SHEET 1 


MAMUrAviuKirvvi arcicirivAiivn 




TITLE 




MODULAR 


APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 


4.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS 




4. 


1 


This Test Package is 


designed to exercise the following only: 






Two (2) Dual RX 


FLOPPY DRIVES 






- Memory 








KL8-A Communica 


tion Lines (lOT 46,47) 






KL8-A User Lines (lOT 40,41) 


4. 


2 


If the system has an H326 Panel, move all switches to the 






"OFF" position. 




4. 


3 


Connect a VT1O0 to the console terminal port located on the 
static filter bracket. 


4. 


4 


Throughout this document the user responses are Underlined. 






Preceding the under 


lined response are the words Press orl 






Type. Example: Press -> GOLD MENU (in respone to thisl 






example the user must press the GOLD key, located on the top| 






left hand side of th 


B mini-keypad, then the letter M) . 






Example: Type -> E 


2 <CR> ( in respone to this example the 






user must type the 


letter E, space, number 2, carriage 






return) • 




5.0 GENERAL OVERVIEW 




5. 


1 


WPS-8/212 EXERCISER 


PROGRAM CONTENTS 






The WPS-8/212 Phase 


III EXERCISER PROGRAM CONSISTS OF THE 






Following files: 








DOC ff NAME 








2 ABBREV. . . . 


File that contains stored text that will 
be called from an abbreviation code. 






3 LIST 


Used to perform List Processing. 






4 SPEC 


Used as the Selection Specification File 
during List Processing. 






5 FORM 


Output format of List Processing. 






6 UDKl 


120 block document. Used to exercise 
the RX floppy drives. 






7 COMM TEST. 


Document that is sent to the Host 
Terminal during the Communication Line 
test. 






8 MESSl 


Will display a procedure for 
initializing diskettes. 






9 START 


File that logs the System DEC number. 










SIZE 


CODE 


NUMBER 


REV 1 










A., 


SP 


MA-F2050-O-O 


>^\ 



occ iM*»t)-u>«f^««yt 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



The WPS-8/212 Phase HI Exerciser Program was designed to 
minimize operator intervention time. This was done by using 
the Software's "User Define Keys" (UDK's). The UDK's that 
are used are numbered from 1 thru 9, The following section 
includes a summary and a listing of each UDK. 



UDK 1 - will edit the start file to delete the previous 
Syst?m's DEC number. The user will then be asked to 
type uhe System's DEC number. 

E SPACE . 9 RETURN GOLD:, GOLD:. ADVANC DELWRD 



UDK 2 - will inform the user 
scratch diskettes. 



to hit GOLD 9 to initialize 



E SPACE 0.8 KETURN GOLD:B 

UDK 3 - will create a file named PASS on Drive 1. The START 
file on Drive will be copied into the PASS file on 
Drive 1 by the GET document command. The PASS file 
is used to log the software features as they are 
performed to the hardware. 

lliis UDK will then proceed to exercise RX Drive and 
1 by performing a GET document of 120 blocks from 
Drive to Drive 1, it will then find the beginning 
of the document, then find the end of the document. 
When it finds the end of the document it will read 
the document backwards on the screen. Successful 
completion of this function will be logged into the 
PASS file. 



This UDK will then perform the above 
Drive 2 from RX Drive 1, then to RX 
Drive 0. 



exerciser to RX 
Drive 3 from RX 



C SPACE PASS RETURN GOLD:G . 9 RETURN GOLD:F C 
SPACE F RETURN GOLD:G . 6 RETURN GOLD:T GOLD:B 
G-BACK GOLD:F E FPACE 2 RETURN G-ADV GOLD:AA GOLD:\ 
RETURN GOLD:F C SPACE 2 . F RETURN GOLD:G F RETURN 
GOLD:T GOLD:B G-BACK GOLD:F E SPACE 2 RETURN G-ADV 
GOLD:BB GOLD:\ RETURN GOLD:F C SPACE 3 . F RETURN 
GOLD:G . 6 RETURN GOLD:T GOLD:B G-BACK GOLD:F E 
SPACE 2 RETURN G-ADV GOLD:CC GOLD:\ RETURN GOLD:F 



•■-'■/»- 



li 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-F2050-O-O 



REV 
A 



MC lHMa>-lMt4««7t 



SHEET 



OF J^ 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



UDK 4 - will perforin a diskette verification check on Drive 
1. Successful completion of this function will be 
logged into the PASS file. 



M C RETURN V RETURN RETURN RETURN GOLD:M E SPACE 
RETURN G-ADV GOLD:DV GOLD:\ RETURN GOLD:P GOLD: 5 



UDK 5 



- will perforin a large List Processing function of 
selecting 49 records. A GET Document will copy, 
Drive to Drive 2, SPEC from Drive to 
List Processing will then merge the 
LIST on Drive 9, FORM on Drive 2, and SPEC 
3 into a document named R on Drive 1. 
Successful completion of this function will be logged 
into the Pass file. 



FORM fcom 
Drive 3. 
documents 
on Drive 



C SPACE 3 . S RETURN GOLD:G . 4 RETURN GOLD:F C 
SPACE 2 . M RETURN GOLD:G . 5 RETURN GOLD:P L P 
RETURN D RETURN . 3 RETURN 3 . S RETURN 2 . M 
RETURN R RETURN G RETURN GOLD:M E SPACE 2 RETURN 
G-ADV GOLD: LP GOLD:\ RETURN GOLD:F GOLD: 6 



UDK 6 - will loc; an END OP TEST into the PASS file. 

UDK 7 - reserved for future use. 

UDK 8 - see Section 5.2. 

UDK 9 - will initialize diskettes as document diskettes. 
After initialization this UDK will go back to UDK #2. 

M C RETURN D RETURN RETURN GOLD:M GOLD: 2 

5.2 UDK 8 COMMUNICATION TEST 

The WPS-8/212 Phase III Communication Line Test was designed 

to minimize operator intervention time. This was done by 

using the Software's User Define Keys. This UDK 8 will 
perform the following functions: 

— Set User terminal in communication mode. 

— Transmit a document called COMM TEST to the Host terminal. 

— User terminal will receive characters from the Host 
terminal by operator intervention. 



C X RETURN RUBWRD 



SPACE D H RETURN 8 



7 RETURN GOLD:M 



SIZE 

A 



OKC it^tnyi ma Htn 



CODC 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-P20S0-O-O 

SHEET 



REV 
A 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITll 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



6.0 WPS-8/212 OPERATIMG PROCEDURES 



6.1 PREREQUISITES 

P^for« one attenpts to run this procedure it is assumed that 
all diagnostics and DEC X/8 have been successfully run to 
completion. 



6.2 



RUNNING THE WPS-8/212 PHASE III TEST 

To begin the WPS-8/212 Phase III Test, the user must first: 

6.2.1 Apply po%fer to the equipment in the main cabinet. This 
is done by depressing the switch at the top of the 
cabinet marked "1*. 

6.2.2 Apply power to the console terminal. 

6.2.3 Insert the WPS-8/212 Phase III Test Disk in Drive 0. 

6.2.4 Depress the "BOOT" switch located at the top of the 
cabinet. The following message is displayed at the 
console terminal indicating that the boot floppy has 
successfully loaded into the system; 



Digital Equipment Corporation 
Version x.x 
Make sure your system diskette is in drive 

And press RETURN 

6.2.5 Press the RBTURM key on your console keyboard. 

6.2.6 At this point the DATE/TIME MENU is displayed at the 
console terminal. The user must enter a valid date 
and time followed by a RETURN. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-F2050-O-O 



REV 
A 



OCC ICHMtHI 



»t 



SHEET 



Of 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHk IT 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



6.3 



RUNNING WPS-8/^^2 EXERCISER PROGRAM 

6.3.1 Press -> GOLD 1 

6.3.2 Type -> the DE C nuiibe r of aystem that j^ being teatt td. 

6.3.3 Prebi -> GOLD ? 

6.3.4 Press -> GOLD 2 

6.3.5 ->INSERT A SINGLE DENSITY SCRATCH DISKETTE IN DRIVE 1. 



6.3.6 
6.3.7 
6.3.8 



Press -> GOLD F 



Press -> GOLD 9 



-> REMOVE DISKETTE FROM DRIVE 1 AND INSERT IT IN 
DRIVE 3. 



6.3.9 -> INSERT ANOTHER SINGLE DENSITY SCRATCH DISKETTE IN 
DRIVE 1. 

6.3.ie Press -> GOLD F 

6.3.11 Press -> GOLD 9 

6.3.12 -> REMOVE DISKETTE FROM DRIVE 1 AND INSERT IT IN 

DRIVE 2. 

6.3.13 -> IMSERT ANOTHER SINGLE DENSITY SCRATCH DISKETTE IN 

DRIVE 1. 

6.3.14 Press -> GOLD F 

6.3.15 Press -> GOLD 9 

6.3.16 Press -> GOLD F 

6.3.17 Press -> GOLD 3 

this test will now exercise the system £or 
approximately 30 mins. Upon completion the 
Main Menu will be displayed. 



6.3.18 Type -> B 2 <CR> 

6.3.19 Press -> PARA - 



key until your VT100 sounds a beep. 
This will enable you to check the 
pass file to determine if there were 
any errors. See Appendix A. 



6.3.20 Type -> GOLD F — will file document. 



SIZE 

.A. 



CODE 

SP 



NUMIBER 

MA-P2050 -0-0 



REV 
A 



occ i*4.Mn-io»i'*wn 



SHEET 



OF 



MANlVACrURINC SPEClFICA'nON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



6.4 TESTIK" COMMUNICATION LINES 



the 



6.4.1 Attach a VT10fl to P6 (P6 Is located on 
communication H326 panel) . This VT100 will be 
referenced as Host '/T100. Set Host VT100 up to 1200 
baud by: 

a) Press the Host VT100 SET-'JP KEY located un the 
upper left hand corner of your Host VT100 Keyboard. 

b) Press the number 5 to enter SET-UP B. 

c) Press the Transmit (Key 7) and Receive (Key 8) Keys 
until the display read. 1200. Your Host VT100 
should look like this on the screen: 



1 0100 2 0101 3 0000 4 0010 



T SPAED 1200 



R SPECD 1200 



d) To exit SET-UP B press the Host VT100 SET-UP KEY 
located on the upper left hand corner of your Host 
VT100 keyboard. 

e) Return to the console terminal and 



6.4.2 Type -> 80 <CR> 

6.4.3 Type -> CL 1_ <CR> 

6.4.4 Press -> GOLD MEMU 

6.4.5 Press -> GOLD 8 

now looking at the Host VT100 that is 
connected to P6, yci< should see the following 
flashing: 



COMMUNICATION LTNE TEST - WORKING 



The last line you will see on your Host 
VT100 will state: 

ECHO CHARACTERS FROM HOST TO TERMINAL - \R ON USER TERMINAL TO EXIT 

Type the following on your Host VT10O Terminal 

6.4.6 Type -> THIS IS A TEST 

The aEove message will then be displayed on 
the Console Terminal. 

: 6.4.7 Type -> \R — on the Console Terminal to exit. 



SIZE CODE 



NUMBER REV 

MA-F2050-O-O A 



oec i«-(MD-i«M4««yt 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATI'^N SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



6.4.8 



Move P6 to P7. Set Host VT100 up to 300 baud, Data 
Bits » 1, Parity Sense « Eve, and Parity « On by: 

a) Press th*» Host VT100 SET-UP KEY located on the 
upper left hand corner of your Host VT100 Keyboard, 

b) Press the number 5 to enter SET-UP 8. 

c) Position the cursor above the feature switch to be 
changed by using the space bar. Change the feature 
settings by pressing the 6 key on the keyboard. 
Each time the key is pressed the feature will 
change to the opposite state. 

d) Press the Transmit (Key 7) and Receive (Key 8) Keys 
until the display reads 300. 

Your Host VT 100 Set-up B should look like this: 



1 0100 2 0101 3 0000 4 1100 



T SPEED 300 R SPEED 300 



e) To exit SET-UP B press the Host VT100 SET-UP KEY 
located on the upper left hand corner of your Host 
VT100 keyboard. 

t) Return to the console terminal and 

6.4.9 Type -> SO <CW> 

6.4.10 Type -> CL 2 <CR> 

6.4.11 Press -> GOLD MENU 

6.4.12 Press -> GOLD 8 

now looking at the Host VT100 that is 
connected to P7, you should see the following 
flashing: 



COMMUNICATION LINE TEST - WORKING, 



The last line you will see on your Host 
VT1O0 will state: 

ECHO CHARACTERS FROM HOST TO TERMINAL - \R ON USER "^^RMINAL TO EXIT 

Type the following on your Host VT10O Terminal 

6.4.13 Type -> THIS IS A TEST 

The a'Fove message will then be displayed on 
the Console Terminal. 

6.4.14 Type -> \R — on the Console Terminal to exit. 



SIZE 



CO 



IRF 



ntmm 



-0-0 



R^V 



DKC lH*MhlOM4««7S 



SHEET 10 OF _li 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



6.4.15 Move P7 to P8. Host VTli)0 should still be at 300 baud. 
'^ Change your Host \T 100 Set-Up B, Word 4, (follow steps 

a thru f in Sect ion ''6. ^.8) to the following: 



0010 



6.4.16 Type -> SO <CR> 

6.4.17 Type -> £L 3 <CR> 

6.4.18 Press -> GOLD MENU 

6.4.19 Press -> GOLD 8 



now looking at the VT100 that is connected to 
P8, you should see the following flashing: 



COMMUNICATION LINE TEST - WORKING, 



The last line you will see on your Host VT100 will 
state: 



ECHO CHARACTERS FROM HOST TO TERMINAL - \R ON USER TERMINAL TO EXIT 
Type the following on your Host VT1O0 Terminal: 

6.4.20 Type -> THIS IS A TEST 

The aBove message will then be displayed on 
your Console Terminal. 

6.4.21 Type -> NJR — on your User Terminal to exit. 



OCC l«^Ma)-lM14ii«7S 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-F2050-O-O 



REV 

A 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



7.0 TESTING USER LIMES 



7.1 If your system has a KL8-A at lOT 40,41 or lOT 46,47 connect 
a VT100 to P5 (L3) on the H326 Panel. This VT100 Is hereafter 
know as VT100 12. 

NOTE: If your system is configured for two (2) KL8-A's 

and two (2) H326 Distribution Panels — lOT 40,41 
and lOT 46,47, the KL8-A at lOT 40,41 is 
inoperative. In this situation, lOT 46,47 H326 
Panel P5 (L0) is reserved for VT100 #2, and P6 - 
PS are reserved for communications. In order to 
test out P5 (L0) your VT100 12 must be set up for 
9600 baud. 



7.2 Remove scratch diskette from Drive 2. 

7.3 Insert another WPS-8/212 PHASE III Test Disk in Drive 2. 

7.4 Depress the "BOOT" switch located at the top of the cabinet 
The following message should now appear on your VT100 #2: 



t 



Digital Equipment Corporation 
Version x.x 
Make sure your system diskette is in drive 2 

And press RETURN 



7.5 Press -> <CR> — on VT100 12 

7.6 At this point the DAi... iIME MENU is displayed on the VT100 #2 
terminal. The user must enter a valid date a nd time followed 
by a RETURN. 



DKC lHMt)-lM*4««72 



SIZE 

-A. 



CQ 



^ 



MA 



P-ViBIS 



-0-0 



REV 



S! 



SHEET 



OF 



■ r. ■•^^•' ' 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



7.7 The MAIN MENU should now be displayed on the VT100 12 
terminal. Visually check that the datr and time you typed 
into the DATE/TIME MENU now appears in the upper right-hand 
corner. 



7.8 Type -> F <CR> - to log off system. 

NOTE: If you have another KL8-A at lOT 40,41 power down 
system, unseat KL8-A 10/ 46,47, plug VT100 |2 into 
P5 (L0) of the distribution panel (lOT 40,41). 
Power up i;ysteni and follow the steps 7.4 though 
7.8. After successful completion reseat KL8-A lOT 
46,47. 



SHE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-F2050-O-O 



REV 

A 



OCC lHMthIMt-N«7l 



SHEE' 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



8.0 WPS~8/212 RUN SUMMARY 



The WPS-8/212 Phase III Test was designed to report to the 
Pass file the name of the specific function it just 
completed. If one of the functions did not report to the 
Pass file, we then have an error. 



Check the Run Summary Checklist (Appendix A) to determine if 
you have an error. If you found an error, perform the 
specific function separately. This is done by typing the 
following User Define Keys: GOLD n (n ■ either 3,4,5). 



Error 

COPY PROM DRIVE TO DRIVE 1 
COPY FROM DRIVE 1 TO DRIVE 2 
COPY FROM DRIVE TO DRIVE 3 

DISKETTE VERIFICATION 



LIST PROCESSING 



Action 
Hit>GOLD 3 



Hit>GOLD 4 



HIt>GOLD 5 



If error persists advise the Manufacturing Engineering Group 
for technical assistance. 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-F2050-O-O 



REV 

A 



OtC lMaM»-10M4««7a 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



APPENDIX A 



RUN SUMMARY CHECKLIST 



In order to determine a successful completion o£ the Phase 
III Test, the following page contains an example of a 
successful run of Phase III testing. Your sunaary which is 
located in a file called PASS, must be exactly the same as 
the example on the next page. If not refer to section 8.0 
WPS-8/212 Run Summary. 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-P2050 -0-0 



REV 

A 



IMC IC^SMMOM-fMyt 



SHEET 



OP 



iJAWUFACrUIUNG STEClFICATiON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITll 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TESTS 



SALEM SYSTEMS MANUFACTURING WPS-8/212 PHASE III TEST 

VERSION 1.0 



THIS IS THE START OF TESTING FOR 

DEC I (The DEC • you originally typed in) 

COPY FROM DRIVE TO DRIVE 1 - PASS (DATE, TIME) 



COPY FROM DRIVE 1 TO DRIVE 2 - PASS (DATE, TIME) 

COPY FROM DRIVE TO DRIVE 3 - PASS (DATE, TIME) 
DRIVE 1 DISKETTE VlHIFICATION - PASS (DATE, TIME) 
LIST PROCESSING HAS BEEN TESTED - PASS (DATE, TIME) 



PASS COMPLETED (DATE, TIME) 
THIS IS THE END OF THE TEST 



SIZE CODE 
A I SP 



NUMBEII 

MA-F2050-O-O 



REV 

A 



OKC lHM*|->Mt4««71 



SHECT 



OF 




.1- .' 



J! 



DIGITAL BQUIPMBNT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPEHnCATlON 



M.^.JV, f » 



DATE 



Tini 



-ODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



REV 



OEScmmoN 



HEVtSIONX 

fcHQNoT ORIO 



DATE 



APPO SY 



DATE 



II 
it 

5 J 



VAX 11780 CPU Procedure Update 
and rewrite 



r^UOl"* 



' "1 /' ; 



Al Gauthier 

01 ^Mfcfe 



3/14/8 






■ ,/.f. 



CNO 



Al Rauthier 



kPPO 



Bob Berk 



TM^ 



NUMtER 

KAV2 100-0-0 



REV 

B 



tM^f^4-l•■M•7t-fSM) 



SUET 



OF :6 



MANUFACTURING 
Tint 



CONTINUATION SHUT 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTE'IS TEST 



y 



VAX 1178f CPU 



1.0 INTPODUCTIOM 



Th« VAX 11/780 CPU is a high-speed, nicroprogramined 32-bit 
hexadecinal conputer. The 11/78^ executes VAX-11 variable 
length instructions in native node, and non-privileged PDP-11 
Instructions in compatibility node. The processor can 
directly address 4 gigabytes of virtual address space, and 
provides a complete find powerful instruction set that 
Includes integral deciiial, character string, and floating 
point instructions. The 11/780 CPU includes an 8KB nenory 
cache, integral neaiory nanagement, translation buffer, 8& 
instruction buffer, 16 general registers, 32 interrupt 
priority levels, and an intelligent console. (LSI-11) 



2.0 RBrBRBMCg DOCUMPtTATIOil 

2.1 Manuals 

2.1.1 Micro Conputer Handbook 

2.1.2 PDP-11/03 Ustrt Manual 

2.1.3 RXVll Users Manual 

2.1.4 Floppy Disk Systen Maint. Man 

2.1.5 RX01 Floppy IPB 

2.1.6 PDP 11/03 Systen Manual 

2.1.7 CPU Processor Manual 

2.1.8 TB/CACHE/SBI Control Manual 

2.1.9 Console Manual 

2.1.10 Power Systen Overview 

2.1.11 Diagnostic Systen Manual 

2.1.12 Hardware Users Guide 

2.1.13 Systen Maint. Guide 



EB -07948 
EK-LSIll-TM 
EK-RXVll-OP 
EK-RX01-MM 
EK-RX01-IP 
EK-11V03-W 
EK-KA780-TD 
EK-MM780-TD 
EK-KC780-TD 
EK-PS780-TD 
EK-DS780-TD 
EK-UG780-UG 
EK-11780-PG 



SIZE 




tl«4tMa-l*-N«72-4Mt| 



ra 



fwaiim-fl-n 



RKV 



•NfIT 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 

T"^' MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



2.2 Reference Listinqs 

2. 2.1 Wirelist & Pin Sort 

2.2.2 Micro Code Listing (Flche) 

2.2.3 WCS Code Listing (Fiche) 

2.2.4 LSI-11 Programing Ref. Card 

2.2.5 VAX Instruction Card 

2.2.6 VAX 11780 Architecture Hndbk 

2.2.7 VAX 11 Software Handbook 



7013628-0-0 
EP-VAX-PCS 
EP-VAX-WCS 
EJ-S2000 
EJ-S2000 
EB-07466 
EB-08126 



2.3 Maintenance Print Sets 

2.3.1 KA780 Maint. Print Set 

2.3.2 MS780 Maint. Print Set 

2.3.3 DW780 Maint. Print Set (OPT) 

2.3.4 RH780 Maint. Print bet (OPT) 

2.3.5 FP780 Maint. Print Set (OPT) 



MP00496 
MP0r498 
MP00497 
MP00499 
MP00565 



3.0 RBQUIRBD TEST IQUIFNUIT 

3.1 Diagnostic Diskettes 

3.1.1 RXl Floppy Diskette 

3.1.2 RX2 Floppy Diskette 

3.1.3 RX3 Floppy Diskette 

3.1.4 RX7 Floppy Diskette 

3.1.5 RX8 Floppy Diskette 

3.1.6 RX25 Floppy Diskette 

3.2 W9025 extender board 
3.2 Assorted chip clips 



AS-E6337-YE 
AS-E1587-DE 
AS-E1597-DE 
AS>E160?-YE 
AS-E1617-yE 
AS -F 748? -YE 



SIK 

JL 



cooe 

SP 



riAv 



m^ 



REV 



f 




KN>«1MI-1«-N«72-|M2) 



snist 



OF ?fi 



MAN^'TACTURINC gTBClFlCATION 
Tin* 



CONTINUATfON SHUT 



Mnniii AR APPsnArH in fiY.*iTr;i?i test 



3.3 Oscilloscope Tektronix <i65 or equivalent 

3.4 Voltaeter T«»;ttronix DM44 or equivalent 

3.5 Console Terninal 

^•^ REQmRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS 

4.1 LEVEL 4 -The following Diagnostics do not require 

Diagnostic Supervisor. 

ESKAH Microdiagnostic Test #1 

ESKAJ Microdiagnostic Test #2 



4. 2 EVKAA 



4.1 LEVEL 



This Diagnostic need^ to be run only if 

operator experiences trouble with Diagnostic 
Supervisor. 

3 -These Diagnostics run standalone under 
Diagnostic Supervisor. 



4.4 



EVKAB Basic Instruction Exerciser 

EVKAC Floating Point Inst. Exerciser. Hun this 

test whether Floating Point is installed 

or iu>t 
EVKAD — Coups tab 11 ity Node Instruction 
EVKAE Privileged Architecture 

LEVEL 2 -These Diagnostics run standalone under 

Diagnostic Supervisor or with Diagnostic 
Supervisor running under VMS. 



4.5 LEVEL 1 -VMS nust be running for these Diagnostics. 



5.0 SPBCIAL IMSTRUCTIOIIS 



5.1 



5.2 



CAUTIOM: No netallic jewelry should be wf>rn while 
servicing this equipment, due to the hi^h current 
capabilities of the power supplies. 



Jumper conversion used is: 

I "Jumper IN, - Jumper Out, 



Unimportant 



Jumper configurations are explicit or standard 
configuration is shown by an arow ( >). 




iize 



cooc 

5P 



iiAV 



zWlt^ 



IN<«lMt-l« 



'?-<a«a} 



SNEIT 



T 



OF 






MAWUPACITJRINO gBCIFiCATION 

Tini 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEflS TEST 



5.3 



To run floppy ZZ-ESZAC-X. X wlthcut th« SBI connected to 
the CPUr jumper the following: (KA780 Backplane) 



FROM 



TO 



E01P1 


J5-T 


E01F2 


J5-J 


E01H2 


J5-R 


E01J1 


J5-Z 


E01J2 


J5-y 


E01K2 


J5-BB 



5.4 In section 8.0, the user's response is underlined. 



6.0 INSTALLATION AND TEST SBT-UF INSTRUCTION 



6.1 



KC780 



(11/03 Subsysten) 
Nodule Utilization 



M7264 



KDlx-P 



M7940 DLV-li 



I 

I M7944 NSV-llB 

I 

I 
I 



SPARE 



I 

M7946 RXV-11) 

I 



M 94 00 -YE 



SPARE 



6.2 



(Front View-Module Handle Side) 
Jumper Configuration KDll-F (M7264) Refer to Figure 1 



JUMPER 

Wl 

W2 

W3 

W4 

W5 

W6 

W7 

W8 

W9 

W10 

Wll 



IN/OUT 




I 




I 

* 

* 



I 



RESULT 

Resident memory at bank 

Resident memory at bank 

LTC Interrupt enabled 

Memory Refresh enabled 

Power up at 173000 

Power up at 173000 

Preconf igured 

Preconfigured 

Disables resident memory 

BRPLYL 

Enables on board memory 

select 



SIZE I CODE 

A I sr 



NUVNEII 

HAV2LQ0-0-0 



NEV 

3 




■N-MVM-l*. 



I9f| 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING gECBFICATiOW 
TITLE 



CONTIMUATION SHEET 



Mnnill AR APPRnAr.:.- TO <;YSTrMS TEST 



6.3 



M9400-YE Cable Connection 
are BC05L-10 

Prom 
M9400-YE 

(Stripe Left, 
Smooth side 
UP) 



Refer to Figure 2 Cables 

lb 
Backpanel 

(Stripe Down, 
Kibberi side 
to backpanel) 



Jl- 
J2" 



-08 
-Jl 



6.4 



Configuration ^2 RXV-11 (M7946) . Refer to Figure 3 
Address Jumpers are set to: 177170-177172 



ADDRESS 


JUMPER 
W17 


IN/OUT 


A12 





All 


W16 





A10 


WIS 





A9 


W14 





A8 


W13 


X 


A7 


W12 


X 


A6 


Wll 





A5 


W10 





A4 


W9 





A3 


W8 





A2 


W7 


I 



Vector Jumpers are set: 264 
VECTOR JUMPER IN/OUT 



V7 


W6 





V6 


W5 


I 


V5 


W4 





V4 


W3 





V3 


W2 


I 


V2 


Wl 






SIZE 



CODE 



NUMSER 

ii^'/i/no-G-n 



REV 




CN-010t2 U '2(St2) 



SNEET 



riMIMIi 





ATION 








CONTINUATION SHEET 


1 


MANUFACTURING SPECIFIC 


1 


TITIE 






MnniiiAD APPRnAfH in ^s^TVH^ Tr<;T 


6.5 Configuration of DLVll {M7940) . Refer to Figure 4. 


JUMPER 


IN/OUT RESULT 


NP 




No Parity 


2SB 




I 1 Stop Bit 


NB2 




8 Data Bits 


NBl 




8 Data Bits 


PEV 




X Unimportant whether 
parity odd/even 


FEH 




No halt on franvning 
error 


EIA 




ZIA operation 


FR3 




Selects 300 Baud 


FR2 




Selects 300 Baud 


FRl 




I Selects 300 Baud 


FR0 




Selects 300 Baud 


CL4-CL0 


I 20MA Active Xmit 






and Receive 


NOTE 


:: When usi 


ng an LA120 the Baud is set for 1200. 




Re f e r to 


table below. 1 




JUMPER IN/OUT 1 




EIA 


1 




FR2 


I 




FRl 





6.5.1 


Vector JuBpers set to 6B-64 | 




V«ctor 


In/Out 




Vt 


I 




V6 


X 




V5 







V4 







V3 


I 


6.5.2 


Address 


Jumpers set to 177560-177566 




Address In/ Out 1 




A12 







All 







A10 







A9 







A8 







A7 


I 


- 


A6 







AS 







A4 







A3 


I 








Mze 


cooc 


NUMieil 


T| 








LXi 


sp 


MAv::oo-o-o 




tN^««<-i6 M«7t-(Mt) 



•HEET 



OF 



26 



MAWUFACTURINO grECinCATTOW 
TITIE 



COMflNUATION SHECT 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.6 Configuration of MSV-llB (M7944). Refer to Figure 5 
JUMPER IN /OUT RESULT 



Wl 


I 


Memory Bank select 


W2 


I 


N • a 


W3 





« ■ • . 


W4 





Enables BRPLY during 
refresh 



6.7 KA780 Module Utilization Chart. Refer to Figure 6 



6.8 Control Store Juapers 

6.8.1 PCS, M8234 - Backplane Slot 22 Bank 

Address, Select. For location and pinning 
of J12 refer to Figures 7 and 8, and to 
tabls below. 



1 Bank I J12- 
1 Adds.i 


-L| J 
1 


1 F 

1 


IB aw aw» aw a 

1 D 

1 


i B 1 
1 1 


1 1 

1 •-4K 1 I 


1 
I 


1 
1 


1 
1 


1 1 
i 1 


1 

1 J5 


1 

1 J4 


1 

1 J3 


1 


1 t 

1 Jl 1 



NOTE: Jl-5 for cross ref. to module 
schematic: only. 



6.8.2 Update System I.D. Register to proper Rev level 
by installing/removing Jumpers on J12 !• J13. 
Refer to Figure 8. 



Ksan 



X 




■PM>IMt-l«#Wyi-|M« 



cootp 

SP I MAV2100.0-0 

SNcn 



REV 

B 



OF ^^^.JS^ 



MANUFACnJMWO WOTICATIOW 



COHTINUATION SNECT 



Tini 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.8.3 



Optional WCS (M8233) or PCS (M8234). Slot 18 
Bank Address Salact. For location and pinning 
of Jll» rtfar to Figures 1, 8 and tabic below. 

NOTE: W23 and W24 needs to be Installed In the 
M8232 Module for optional WCS/PCS. 

Refer to Figure 9. 



IBank IJll-FFj DDI SB 1 Z j X | 

1 1 1 — 1 1 1 1 

lAdds. {Board I J4| J3 1 J2 | Jl I 
1 1 J5 ICM1ICL2 i CLljCBl | 
1 ICV2 1 1 1 1 1 


1 IK {I 1 I 1 I r I 1 1 

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 
1 2K 1 Z 1 I 1 I 1 i I t 

t 1 1 1 1 1 1 
1 3X II 1 I 1 1 I 1 I 1 

S 1 1 i 1 1 1 
i4K II tOtllllll 
1 1 1 t 1 1 1 
I5K 10 IIIIIIIOI 

t 1 1 I t 1 t 
1 6K i 1 I 1 I 1 1 I 1 

1 1 lilt! 
1 7K 10 1 I 1 1 I 1 I i 

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 
1 8K 10 lOIIIIIII 



I ^5 IJ4 I J3 ! J2 I Jl I 



NOTB: ."t-S for cross ref . to nodule 
c heaiatlc only. 



f] 



coee 

SP 



NUMiCII 

MAV21QQ-0-Q 



REV 




«N-«aMt-l«-M«7X-<M<l 



SNBET 



OF 



MANUFACIUWWG MOnCATlOH 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



finnill AB APPRflAf.H TQ SYSTEftS TSST 



6.8.4 Console Signals at 11/780 CPU backplane 



SIGNAL 


J9 PIN 




BACKPL 


SCPA Boot 1 
SW H 


B 




A29A1 


SCPA AUTO 
Restart H 


D 




A29B2 


SCPA LOCK 
H 


F 


A29F1 


SCPA REMOTE 
H 


E 




A29K1 


CIBN Run H 


K 




A29D1 


CIBN ATTN H 


L 




A29E1 



ftZC 



CODE 



NUMtEII 

MAV:iQQ-Q-Q 



REV 




■N<«1MI*U-N«! Tf -(Mat 



SHEET 



OF 



m 



MANUFACTURINQ WV^VKAJm, 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITlf 



Mnniii AR APPRnAf.ri TO ?ii?iim mi 



6.9 TR Arbitration Level Selection. For locating and 

pinning of J10f refer to table below as well as Figures 
7 and 8. 



1 J10 - 

1 J P D 


B 


! Backplane 1 
Mire F02M2 
to 


BUS TR 1 
Level 1 


1 I I I 


I 




16 1 


i I I I 





F02U2 


15 1 


1 I I 


I 


P02U1 


14 1 


1 I I 





F02T2 


13 1 


1 I I 


I 


P02S2 


12 1 


1 I I 





F02P2 


U 1 


1 I 


I 


P02P1 


10 1 


1 I 





P02N1 


§9 i 


1 I I 


I 


P02M1 


08 i 


1 I I 





1 P02J2 i 


07 1 


1 I 


I 


F02J1 


06 1 


1 I 





P02H2 


05 1 


1 I 


I 


F02P2 1 


04 t 


1 I 





F02B1 


03 1 


1 I 





F02D1 


02 1 


10 





F02C1 


01 1 



6.10 Perform visual inspection for obvious discrepancies, 
danage, or potential power problems. 



SIZE 

JL 



CODE 



NUMSEII 

MAv;inn-r>-n 



REV 




IM^W*- 



<Mt| 



SHEET 



0P«2fi-, 



MANUTACTUMNG aPBOFICATTOW 

T<Tl-« MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATION SHCCT 



6.11 Chtck to >•• that modules are In the proper slots. 
Refer to Figure 6. 

6.12 Diskette Load 

6.12.1 Release drive lock and swing out floppy drive 
assenbly. 

6.12.2 Insert diskette RXl Floppy, ( AS-E6337-YE) into 
RX01 drive assembly. 

6.12.3 Close diskette slot cover. 

6.13 Power on/Bootstrap 

6.13.1 With Main Breaker OFF, plug power cord into 
proper power outlet. 

6.13.2 Turn 869 Power Controller Function Switch to 
REMOTE position. 

6.13.3. With the H7111 Time Of Day Ibwer Supply, LSI-11 
DC, and all H71f0 CKT Breakers OFF, apply power 
to 869 Po%M£r Controller. 

6.13.4 Middle blower should be ON, with air exiting 
fro« center exhaust. 

6.13.5 Turn on H7111 Time Of Day Power Supply. Power 
ON indicator should light. 

6.13.6 Power Oh System by Key Switch, and verify 
operation and air flow direction of the other 
two blowers* 

6.13.7 Power on LSI-11, by placing DC ON/OFF Switch to 
ON. DC and LED should light. Place 
HALT/ ENABLE Switch to ENABLE. 

NOTE: If DC on LED is not lit, check power 
switch on rear of LSI-11 for on position. 

6.13.8 Set CPU Control Panel AUTO/RESTART Switch to 
OFF. 

6.13.9 Turn on H7100 CKT Breakers one at a time 
observing Power Indicator LED's. Should get 
green power normal indicators. 



SIZE 

.A. 



CODC 



NUMBER 



REV 

B 




Ot-OlMt-lC-N^T? (Mtl 



•MEET -_12- or ?fi 



MANUFACIURINO MOFICATTON 




CONTINUATION SHEET 


T»Ttt f«DULAR APPROACH 


TO SYSTEMS 


TEST 


6.13.11 With K«y in 
will boot. 


LOCAL poi 


Bition, Console program 


6.13.11 Coniol* Tsrninal will 
should now be ready 
Message is shown at 8.1 


output message. CPU 
to run diagnostics. 
. 1 of this procedure. 


7.0 POWER CHECK 






7.1 Check D.C. voltages, observing 


safety rules, as follows 


CAUTION: Remove rings and watches which could short 1 
across voltage points, resulting in severe burns. 1 


VOLTAGE/SIGNAL 


PIN 


PROM TO 


45A (PS#1) 


C24A2 


4.9V 5.2V 


+5B (PSi2) 


C01A2 


4.9V — — 5.2V 


♦5C (PS 13) 


C04A2 


4.9V 5.2V 


♦S T.O.D. CLK J20-1 


4.75V 5.25V 


-i (PS#2) 


J18-1 
J18-2 


-5.0V 5.3V 


-10 VOLT 


ai4-i 


-8.0 — — -11.0V 


A 


J14-2 


-8.0 11.0V 


^ 


J15-1 


-8.0 11.0V 


B , 


J15-2 


-8.0 11.0V 


c 


J16-1 


-8.0 11.0V 


^ 


J16-2 


-8.0 11.0V 





J17-1 


-8.0 -11.0V 


■ w 


J17-2 


-8.0 11.0V 


NOTE: H7100 POWER 
and nust be re] 
spec. 


Supplies 
paired or 


ars not adjustable 
replaced if out of 




SIZE CODC| NUMBEII | REV | 










IM-«10M-t«^ MM« 



SHEET 



OP 



y\NUFAcnjMNQ araancATiQw 

T»Ttt riOOULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATION SHCET 



7.2 If thtr« ar« no problems, CPU should boot. M8235 will 
display a UPC of PP. If a UBA is present, the M8271 
will display an MPC of 3. 



8.0 DIACII08TIC TiST PHOCIDURB 

Por the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run in 
any particular situation, or for the current MAST 
iiiniaiun test criteria, e.g.: pass counts, etc., refer to 
the appropriate HAST CHECKLIST. Listed below are 
detailed step-by-step instructions for executing each 
individual diagnostic contained in the CHECKLIST. 

8.1 Console teralnal will display the following Mess- 
age upon cosipletion of boot. 

8.1.1 CPU HALTED, SOHM CLBAR,STEP-MONE, 
CLOCK •NORM, 

RAD-HEX,A.OD-PHyS, DAT-LONG, PILL-0f, 
RBL-t0fff0 

INIT SEO DONE 
HALTED AT ffftffff 

RELOADING NCS) 

LOAD DONE, fffiaZlf BYTES LOADED 

VER: PCS-fl WCS-OD-12 PPLA-OD CON-V05-01-L 

>» 

8.1.2 Renove RXl Diskette in drive, and insert 
RX2 Diskette. 

T<CR> 

ZZ-ESKAB V12.0 

01,02,03,04 

NO. OP WCS MODULES - 0001 

05, 06, 07, 08,09, OA,OD<OC<OO<OE>OP<10, 11,12, 

13,1 

, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, lA, IB, IC, ID, IE, IP, 20, 

SYS ID REG- 01200996 

21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 2A, 2B, 2C, 2D, 2E, 

2P, 

3, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 3A, 3B, X, 3D, 

END PASS 0001 

MOUNT PLOPPY ZZ-ESSZAD f, TYPE "DI" 

MIO 



m 



cooc 



NUIIIBR 



RCV 




CN-«aMS-l> 



t-(»»« 



SNI 



txi 



OP 



MANUF> 

Tim 



COMTINUATION fNCCT 



MnoULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.1.3 



Reaov* RX2 Diskette 
RX3 Diskette. 

DI <CR> 



in drive, and insert 



3B, 




CPU TR- I00i«0010 




MS7S0 16K CHIP AT TR 01 




HAX ADR-fl* 00100000 




DM780 AT TR 03 




RH780 AT TR 08 




RH780 AT TO 09 




3P, 4i, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 4A, 


4B,4C, 


4D,4E 




HS780 16K CRIP AT TR 01 




ARRAY •: 00000000 




# SINGLB BIT ERRORS: 


00000000 


ARRAY •: 00000001 




• SINGLB BIT ERRORS: 


00000000 


ARRAY •: 00000002 




• SINGLB BIT ERRORS: 


00000000 


ARRAY It 00000003 




• SINGLB BIT ERRORS: 


00000000 


4P, 




MS780 16K CRIP AT TR 01 




M8213 ROMS OK 




50,51,52 




NP PPA 





END PASS 0001 

CPU HALTED, SOMM CLEAR, STEPi4IONE, CLOCK* 

NORN 

RAD-HEXfADD-PHYS, DAT-LONG, PILL-00, 

REL-00000000 

IN IT 8EQ DONE 

HALTED AT 00000000 

(RELOADING WCS) 

LOAD DONE. 00003200 BYTES LOADED 

VER: PCS-01 WCS-OD-12 PPLA-OD 

CON-V05-01-L 



>» 



m 



SP 



NUHMII 



REV 

B 




sw M Mt'i»-wy«-o»it 



SNIIT 



OP 



MANUTACnmiWO fraoncATioN 

Tini MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



COMTINUATION SNCET 



8.1.4 Rtaov« RX3 Diskttt* and nor.at VAX Instruct ior 
Diagnostic 91 RX8. 

BOOT<CR> 

CPU HALTED 

INIT SEQ DONE 

LOAD DONE, f0fl42f BYTES LOADED 
DIAGNOSTIC SUPERVISOR, ZZ-ESSAA-6. 1-370 
7-AUG-1980 04:57:54 

DS> ATT KA780 SBI KAO NO NO <CR> 

D6> 581 KX8 <eR!> 

D6> BE T HA <eR^ 
D6> BUM g VXIB <C R> 

• • PROGRAM: VAX Basic Instructions 

Bxtrciser,ZZ-EVKAB, REV 2.2, 10 TESTS, AT 

05:03:52.76. TESTING: KA0 

.. END OP RUN. ERRORS DETECTED. PASS 

COUNT: 1 

TIME: 5-AUG-1980 11:52:41.98 

06> 

8.1.5 Renovs RX8 Dick«tt« and mount VAX INST. 
DIAG. Diskstte #2, RX25. 

RUM EVKAC <CR> 

..PROGRAM: VKX Pleating Point Instruction 
Ex«rcis«r, 2Z-EVKAC, REV 2.0, 3 TE&TS, AT 
05:06:34.89 

TESTING: _«A0 

.. END OP RVM. ERRORS DETECTED. PASS COUNT: 
1. TIME: 7-AX-1980 05:08:55.78. 
DS> RUM EVKAD <CR> 

..PROGRAM: VAX Coapatibility Mode Instructions 
Exarcisar, EVKAD, REV 1.2 4 TESTS, AT TESTING: 
-KA0 

..END OP RUN. ERRORS DETECTED. PASS COUNT: 1 
TIME: 1-JAN>1980 01:43:55.53. 



SI 



cooti "" 

y I IViYrlflQ-Q-Q 



MV 




IH4S0M 



t7»KM« 



SNIIT 



OF 



iJAHUPACroilWQ WOriCATlOII 



COmiNUAnON tNUT 



Tini 



mmil AR APPBflACH Tfl SYSTEHS TEST 



D6> RUM EVKAE <CR> 

..PRlSHfOfWi yjnr Privll«g«d Archlt«ctur< 

Bx«rcl»«r, EVKAE, REV 1.2, 9 TESTS, AT TESTING 

KAf 
7. END OP RUN. • ERRORS DETECTED. PASS COUNT: 1. 
TIME: 5-AUG-198i 11:34:56.40 

D6> 



8.1.6 Reaov« RX25 Diskette from the drive and nount 
VAX CHANNEL DIAG. RX7. 

ATT DWret SBI DWi 3 4 <CR> 
DS> SBL owe <CR> 

D6> RUU gSCBA <C^> 

..PRMRAHi U - eSCBA - 7.1 DW780 REPAIR 
DIAGNOSTIC, REV 7.1, 54 TFSTS, AT 11:38:11.71 

TESTING: J3W8 . 

UBA UNIT UNDER TEST IS JMf 

..END OP RUN. ERRORS DETECTED. PASS COl'NT: 1. 
TINE: 5 AUG-1980 11:39:14.58 

D6> ATT RH7B0 SBI RHO 8 5 <CR> 

D6> XTf ftH 7 8i SBI RHl » S <eR T 

D6> 881 MO <« ^; 

D6> SEt R Hl ^Pky 

D6> RTBn8gDr'7Cft<> 

..PROGRAH: ESC AA -REV, 6. 2 RH780 DIAGNOSTIC, REV 
6.2, 20 TESTS, AT 11:40:37.22. 
TESTING: RH0 RHl 

RH0 BASE ADDRESS IS: 20010000 

DRIVE (0] RESPONDED 

*******M0 MBB PRESENT ON MASSBUS******* 

RHl BASE ADDRESS IS: 20012000 

DRIVE [1] RESPONDED 

.. END OP RUN. ERRORS DETECTED. PASS COUNT: 

1. TINE: 5-AUG-1980 11:42:02.54 



DS> 



[END OP TEST] 



SS 



MAv?inn-n.n 



RCV 




■N-0aM»-l«^«7t-(Mt) 



SNIU 



OF 



MAWIFi 



MMSL 



CONTINUATION SNCCT 



mmil AB APPBflAf.rl TO ^YSTfrtS TEST 




M7264 
FIGURE 1 



*PREC0NFI6UR£D 
00 NOT CHANGE (W7 & W8) 



•IZI 

A 



COM 



NUHKR 

hAY-inn-n-fl 



MV 

c 




tM-oiMt-tt-fMra-fMO 



SNIET 



OF 



MAwuTAcnmiNc areancATioN 

TITII 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



mmm apprqaCij tq systs^? te?t 



STi'in: I i:ft hc. vii:vn;ti 

FROM 'VnXJLE IIANDLK 




mMm 



,1? 



M94nO-YC 



J 



FIGIIRF ;f 




SIZE 



CODE 



NUMBEII 

MH '21QP-Q-Q 



REV 

o 



CN-OlMMMMyihl" < 



SHEET 19 OF 



MAWUFACTURINC SPECIFICA'nON 



C0NTINUAT10M SHEET 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



W1(V2), 

W2(V3). 
W4(V5) 



W7(A2) - 

WC(A3>~ 

W16(A11) 

W10(A5) 

W11(A6) 

W12(A7) 






i^iMm' 




M7946 
FIGURE 3 



l''3(V4) 
W5(V6) 
W6(V7) 



W13(A{') 
KH(A9) 

l.'l/(Al?) 
i.Ib{Al'J) 



NUMMR 



SlZtlCOOCj 



REV 

fi 



CN^lMt'lt-NCrt^Mt) 



SNIET 



OF 



MAWUr ACnmiNO MOnCATION 



COMTINUATION tNKET 



TITU 



MQIMILAR APPRQASri TQ SYSILMS TEST 




M7940 
FIGURE 4 




fciZETCOM 



mmuM 

fifwniifl-n- 



RCV 



SN^tM- i«-N«7SHMS) 



SHtlT 



OF 



MANUT) 
TITU 



CONTINUATION tNUT 



NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



rt-^^-4^ 




^ 



cool 



NUMMR 







■Mi«l«M>l«4M7tHMfl 



SNll? 



Of 



-*.«.' y 



Tini 



COMTINUATION SMCCT 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



SLOTS DO NOT CONTAIN r«OULE 
MOUNT I % BLOCKS. 




?9 28 27 26 26 24 23 


1\ 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 


11 


\-\ 12 11 10 


? 


E 


7 


e 


5 


4 


3 


2 ll 


M 


M 


V 


11 


n 


M 


ri 


M 




M 




H 




N 


M 


N 


n 


N 


M 


M 


M 


M 


•1 


N 


M 


M 


M 


M 


M 


8 


8 


f 

o 


b 


c 


8 


8 


8 




8 




8 




8 


8 


8 


8 


8 


8 


6 


e 


8 


8 


8 


8 


3 


C 


8 


8 


2 


2 


2 


c 


2 


2 


2 


2 




2 




2 




2 


2 


2 


2 


2 


2 


2 


2 


2 


2 


2 


2 


2 


2 


2 


2 


3 


8 


8 


8 


8 


8 


3 


3 




3 




3 




3 


3 


3 


2 


2 


2 


2 


2 


2 


2 


2 


2 


2 


1 


1 


3 


6 

* 


9 


E 


7 


6 


5 


5 

i 


4 




3 




3 

OR 

3 
4 




2 


1 





9 


8 


7 


e 


5 


4 


3 


2 


1 





9 


8 


7 


c!r 


f , r i F ; F 1 L- 


' P 




W 








C 


I 


c 


D 


D 





r, 


D 


1 


I 


T 


C 


>. 


C 


<: 




I i G 


A ; •••. ' M 


•l! S 


C 




c 








k 


C 


E 


A 


C 


D 


E 


B 


W 


n 


c 


D 


A 


E 


R 


^ 


6 


1 

* 


D . L 1 H 


'1 

* 


C 


s 




S 




(p 




K 


L 


W 


P 


P 


P 


P 


P 


C 


p 




*s 


M 


H 


L i s 

i 



' 0»^T!OM OF BLANK MODULES (7014103) 
^3)^CS or WIS 

VIEW FROM MODULE SlftE 

FIGURE 6 






NUHICII 

v?inn.n-Q 



JL 




IM41Ml-l«4MyH*fS) 



SHtIT 



or 



rr*^ 



MAiWAcnnuNG grBcmcATiow 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITiE 



MODULAR APPmCh TQ SYSTL1S T&ST 



PINNING USED ON JIO. Jll. and J12. 



BOFJLNRTV X Z BB DP FF JJ LI NN PR TT VV 



FIGURE 7 
TR Select Pin 



COOCI NUMIER 



ttZCICOOCI 
A I SP I 



SP I [V\Y2iro-Q-Q 



RCV 

-J. 




fM<MM«>l«4M7t-4Stt) 



SNilT 



or 



MANUTACnmiNC MOnCATlOW 

mil 



COMTINUATION SNCCT 



riQDiJLAR APPROACH TO SYSTE><S TEST 



K780 Backpanel view 



A- 



J2 



11 



UA. 



J5 



J6 



SGI BUS 



O I 



I I 



J 7 



'1' 



[TJ2_- console 



O 



r* JT> Jli Jl) LW. 



tM 



M 



Ji 



•.0 Q 



— tiJS 



FIGURE .'i 



LpowLR ^AlVVii 1 ♦ 5 PIT (GNU)' 

Af'OUfR SUPPLY 1*5 

^ ' " ? ^ 5 :;Er (gnd) 

__ " " 3 * s f!Er (fin) 

C ' " < ♦ r 



• (HIION'V 



iiif icooc 
A I 5P 



NUIIUII 



KV 

B 




VMUMt-lMMTt-IMtl 



SHCCT 



OF 



MANUTACTURIWC MCinCATlOW 
TITU 



COMTINUATION INtCT 



HOnill 4B APPBnAfH TO f\YSTFffi TfiST 



P 

luia 
I wio 



Mil 
|W9 



o 

W14 

,0 
|W13 



m 

\%7 



^3 



o 
o 

\\42i 



Lijl^L^ 



FIGURE 9 M82"l^ 



NOTE: Wl through M14«In for FPA 
W23 and W24-In for WCS 



O 
O 



o 

W2 
O 

Iwi 



[l^Jl^J 



m 



COOI^T NUMMR 



REV 




iN«a» - M«7a-<Mti 



SNttT 



Of 






I 

i 

I'* 

Hi 
li 

I 

.7f 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO, MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



DATE 12/:o 



TITLI 



U/750 MAST I 



REV 



REVISIONS 



OESCRIRTION 



NtW REl.F .>£ 



CHO NO ORiO 



MtOlX 



D. MONACO 



DATE 



^H^\ 



APPO BY 



/W^ 



DATE 



^'f/i*/ 



ENQ 



Don Monaco 



ARPO 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

LP 



MAV 2102 



NUMQER 



C) 



9 H •1 MB l»*Hy»^»tt) 



REV 

A 



5::EtT : of 32 



manupacturing specification 

tttli modular approach to 5ystm test 

1.0 imthoduction: 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



1.1 Th* VAX-11/750 If tht »ld-r«nge #nhance»fnt of tht VAX-Jl 
family. It carrlts «lth it all the architectural ftrengths 
of tht VAX faaiily including virtual addrtiflng, both native 
aodc and non*prlviltg»d PDP*il compatibility mode initruc- 
tloni 4.;d the VAX virtual aenory operating •yitem. The 
uir of Gate Array Technology glvti all this performance In 
a rallablt compact 4 modulr CPU. The basic 11/750 is housed 
in a syittm cabinet 401n.H x JOln.D x 291n.M which Includes 
the KA750, 256KB Of memory, DD21-DK, DZU and TU-5B cassette 
tape drive. 



1.2 The intent of this procedure is to 
test rtguirements necessary to test a 



establish the mlnlmuir 
VAX 11/750 CPU. 



2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION! 



2.1 Manuals 



2.2 



750 Diagnostic System Overvle* EK-vxD7b-uG 

DZll user's Guide EK-dzuo-ug 

TUS8 user's Guide EK-OTU58*UG 

Hardware Handbooic £9.17291-20 

VAXll Architecture Handbook ER-17590*18 

VAXil Softvart Handbooic FR-1R057-20 

VAXll Technical Summary f:b-18816-?<^ 

VAX Instruction Card AV-Dt«2"»A-TE 

750 Technical Deicription EK-KA750-Tr 

UBI Technical Deicription CK-Ota750-TD 

Memory System Tech, Des. ek-ms750-tp 

Power System Tech. Das. EK-ps750-Tfi 

750 install. 6 Accept, man. FK-5I750-lf' 

KC750 Mlcrodlagnostlc Tech. Man. EK-kC750-Tm 
Remote Dlaanostlcs Users Guide FK-KC750-UG 



rints 

. 11750 

. KA750 

. LOOil 

• MI72I 

• 875 

. H7104C 

• H7104D 
. DZll 



Field Maintenance Print Set »^p-0083e 

Field Maintenance Print Set >'P-01024 

Field Mainttnanct Prfnt Set »ip-Q0B58 

Field Mainttnanct Print set »>P-00857 

Field Mainttnanct Print Stt np-01022 

Fitld Maintenance Print Set mp-0102O 

Field Mainttnanct Print Stt mp-01021 

Fitld Mainttnanct Print Stt MP-00132 



Si2> 



CODE 



NUMBER 

MAv ?i9g-H 



REV 

A 



MC 



SHEET 



L^ Of ^JL 



MANUFACTITUNG SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITU! 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTCf« TEST 



3.0 REOUIRCD TEST EQUIPRCNl t 



i.i ¥a% 11/750 with 2S6KB of iit»ory. 

3.2 consolt ttrnlnal with C.I«A. luch •• an LA)6 or LA120 
or tQulvalcnt. 

1.3 Approprlttc load •tdla. 

3.4 H325 T*tt ConntctOf 

3.5 H3271 or H327 Ttft Conntctor 

3.6 Optional tatt aqulpMont 



1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 



Ocilloscopa Taictronlx 
D.v.M. accurata to .1 
KC7S0 (RDM Boaule). 
L9101 Coaat Cxttndar i^odule 
M904I Hex Cxtandar Module 



465 or equlvaler.t 
Vdc. at 15 Vdc. 



4.0 RFOUIRED DIAGNOSTICS 



4.1 VAxn Hardcore Dlaonoftlc 

4.2 VAxn Basic Instruction Exerciser 

3 VAXll Ploatlno Point Instruction Fxerclser 

4 VAXll Compatibility Mode Instruction E.«e. 

5 VAXll Privileged Architecture CPU Cluster 

6 11750 specific CPU Cluster Exerciser 

7 KA7S0 Cache T.B. Test 
e KS750 Hemor* Dlagnoitlc 

9 DW750 Dlagnoitlc 

10 Conf lauratlor. Coanand File 

11 Diagnostic 8ui arvlsor 

12 DZll 8 Line At\nc Hux Test 

4.13 Optional Mlcredlagnostlct 

VAX 11/750 Microdlagnostlc Monitor 
KC750 Microdlagnoitlc Test 
VAX 11/750 Data P*ith8 Rlcrodlaonostlc 
VAX 11/750 Me»ory interconnect nicrodlaa. 
VAX 11/750 Meaory Controller Microdlao. 



EVKAA 
EVKAB 
FVKAC 
EVKAD 
EVKAE 
ECKAX 
ECKAL 
ECKAM 
ECCMA 
CONFI 
ECSAA 
EVOAA 



.EXE 
.EXF 

• EXE 
.EXF 

• EXF 
.FXE 

EXF 
.EXF 
.EXF 
CCOK 

• EXF 

• EXE 



F.riCAA.EX* 
ECKAf.FXt 
ECKAH.EXf 
PCK*C. FXF 
ECKAO.EXF 



5^0 SPECIAL IMSTRUCTI0N8I 



5.1 Throughout this procedure. It Is assuaed that the usf^r Is 
faiolllar with DEC hardnare, and the VAX 11/750. 



JL 



CODE 

sr 



NUMBER 

MAV 21O2-0-0 



REV 

A 



MANUFACTUIUNG SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATIOH SHEET 



Tnu 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SUSiri* TfST 



5.2 C«utlon» no wttalllc jtwtlry should b» worn whilt servlclna 
thli tqulp»tnt» du* to tht hl9^ current c«D«t)intles ot tn« 
poiftr supply. 

5.J krlth batttry backup Installtd, only loss ot input power 
will Invoict bstttry bacieup (turninq o«.f ««in brcticcr). 

6.0 INSTALLATIOM fc TEST SCT-UP INSTRUCTIONS! 

6.1 Unpacking Instructions as rtctlved frof^ Hioh-volume, 

6«l,i B^y all boxfs and pacicinq wattrial if it Is n«edtd 
to ra-packaof a unit for snipirent. 

6.2 Visual chtckst 

6.2.1 Mith CPU unboRtd check for orobleirs 
such as (raf DEC standard U6)t 

A. Structural dairaqe to c«h and panels. 

H, B9f\t or dairarfed backplane pins. 

C* Loose power connections and broken wires^ 

D. Loose hardware (e.q. nountinq screws, 
cable hold downs, etc). 

6.3 Hardware «iet up 

6.3.1 KA7S0 Set Up 

6.3*i.i Nodule Utilization 



CODE 



NUMBER 

"AV 2102-0-0 



REV 



A 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH If SYSTEM* TEST 



11/750 -ODULF UTILIZATION (B>odule fide) 



I 

I 

|M| I 
191 1 

m I 

MIDI 
I3IZI 
I 111 



DDll-DK 



I I 
I i 



MS750 



CPU 



I I I I I |M| 

I I I I I 191 

I I I I I 121 

I ! I I I !0l 

I I I I I 121 

I I I I I I I 



ISIl ISISISISISISISI 
IPI IPIPIPIPiPIPJPj 
ICI ICICICICICICIC! 
i I I I I I I I I i 
I I I I I I I I I I 
I I I I I I I I I i 
I I I I I I I I I I 
I I I I I I I I I I 
1212121212121212121 
Iei7|6|5l4|3l2lll0l 



IHI I 
191 I 
121 I 

IO|M|M 
I2l8ie 
I 1717 
IUI2I2 
INI8I8 
lUI I 
151111 
IEi7l6 
IDI I 
I Ml» 
I I I 

iiini 

I9I8I7 



I I 

I I 

I I 

|M|M 

18)8 

1717 

1212 

1818 

I I 

MM 

1514 

I I 

l*l» 

I I 

1111 

1615 



I I 

I I 

I I 

|N|M 

I8ie 

1717 

1212 

1818 

I I 

llll 

1312 

I I 

!♦!♦ 

I I 

llll 

1413 



I I 
I I 
I I 

jMjM 

I«I8 

1717 

I?I2 

1818 

I i 

liji 

1110 

I I 

!•! 

i I 

llll 

1211 



llll 

ICIMIKIH 
IHIPJPIB 
ICIAIAIA 
I ! I I 
ILILILIL 
lOIOIOlO 
I I I » 
IIIOIOIO 

linn 17 
llll 
llll 
I i»i»i* 
lilt 

1119181 > 
101 I I 



till! 
jRlCIUiMi 

IDiribl II 
I " I .«; 1 1 I C I 
I I I • I 
t L i L I L i L I 

mf oioioi 

IC lOIOlOl 
lOiOiOIOl 
l€ '5I4I3I 
I I I I I 
t I I I I 
l*lfcl I I 
I I I I I 
!ol5l4l 31 
I I I I I 



I i 
niFI 
PIPI 
^•l Al 

I i 
LILI 
0101 
n|0| 

0101 
211 I 

I I 

I 

!• 

I 
2M 

I 



♦ ■ OPTIONAL 

( » (»CS WOUNTS ON' CCS MODULF (ret. figure 1) 

NOTE: There are three wethodi of pin ruwberlna and placerrent 
used in 11/750 CPU'i, 



Plh NUMBERING EXAMPLES: 



DDll-DK 



M5750 



ll/7!>n 



AOIAI. 
AOIBI 
AOICI. 
AOIDI 

AOIVI. 



A01A2 
,A01R2 

A01C2 
.AOir? 

A01V2 



AOlAl 
AOIBI 
mOICI 
AUIDI 



.A01A2 
.A01P2 
.A01C2 
.A01D2 



I 



AOlOl, 
AO103. 
A0105. 
Af J07. 



I 



AGIO? 
A0104 
» : ^> 
A0 10»^. 



AOIVI. .A01V2 



A(;191. .AOlt^a 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



NUMBkR 

*<t; 210?-'; 



REV 



OK 



SHEET 



OF,^ 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



1 iiqii Uirf'l 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



NODULAH APPROMCH TO SYSTtV TFST 



6.3.2 BAUD RATE SELECTION JU^pFPS (ref. flours 1) 



RATE 



l> 



)00 

600 

1200 

2400 

3600 

4800 

9600 

19200 

38400 


























A 





















































PIN I C00645 C00646 C00649 C00650 

JUMPER TO GND C00643 C00644 C00651 C00652 

jumper In ■ 1 

• Denottt standard console baud rate of ll/7bo 
as shipped fro)*) manuf acturlnq. 

6,3.3 OPTION SLOT BUS GRANT JU^PE^S (ret. figure 1) 



TO SELECT 



REMOVE .JIIMPF.P 



BG4 
BG5 
BG6 
BG7 



AOOX 67 
AOOX 69 
AOOX 73 
AOOX 77 



XbSLOT 7,P,0R 9 



8IZC 



CODE 



NUMBER 

MAV 2102-0-0 



REV 

A 



•NCET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



rrti 



HODULAH kPPf^OhC^ TO SYSTfM TEST 



J. 4 HAHDWAFE RtVIlION LEVEL OF SUStiP 10 

(Undtflntd, for futurt rtttrtnct) 



• ••••< 

• IT 


Pin 




B004Sfr 




B00455 




i004S4 




B00453 




i00450 




B00449 




B0044I 


•••••« 


B0044(> 



» Ell 


TU58 


« EI2 


RK07 


* E93 


RL02 


EI4 


XXXX 



6,3.5 Vtrlfy that tht TOY (Time of Y«tr) Clocic 
batttry bacicup it connected to of 
CPU bacicplant. (rtf. figure 6) 

6.3.b LOOll CMC Module contains 4 IC toctcetf 

for tht 11/750 boot rof"t.(ref. floure 2) 
LOCATION DEVICE DEVICb' SELECT 



A 

« 

C 





•Dtnottf initalltd In Hlah volume. 

0.3.7 DZll installation (raf • floure 4 and 
M.A.8.T. MAV S145). 

P7819 Switch Stttlnqs 



Cll AddrtSS > UOIOO 

ToffToffToffTonToffToffToffToifTotfToffT 



1 2 3 4 5 ft 7 
Ell Vector ■ 300 
I on I on I on I on I of f I of f I on I on I 
12 3 4 » 6 7 8 



SO 






CODE 



NUMBSR 

MAY 2102-0-0 



REV 

A 



•HI8T.iZ-. Of 



MANUTACTUtUNG SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TE5T 



6.4 Powtr Convtrtloni (r»f. flQurt 6) 



All ll/750'i will bff sMpptd frow High Volumt 
•■ • 11/750*AA 120 volt 50/60 HZ. BtCAUft Of thlf 
tht foilovlnq proctdurc II nttfftd to corTVrrt 
tht 11/7S0-AA to a U/750-AII 230 volt SO/60 HZ, 



NOTE: 



HYPOT TESTING 18 REOUIRLD ON UNITS 
THAT ARE CONVERTED. Rt«0Val Of tht 

11/750 sldt panti will Baict acctff 
to powtr plugs totltr. 

e.4.1 Requlrtd Mattrlal 



70-16707-03 
90-07R80-00 
36-15110-00 
36-15946-00 



Povtr Convtrtlon Kit 
Tie Nrap (x3) 
BltnK fcrUl TrfO (x2) 
Product variation Taa (x2) 



6.4.2 Ragulrad Tools 

•2 Phllllpi Screwdriver 
Allen Mrenrh set 
Nut Driver or Socket Set 
Tie wrap Tool 

5.4.3 Work Steps For Conversion 



Cautions 



Due to high current capability of the 

power suoplleSf disconnect froi«< power source 

before proceeding. 

1. Open rear door on 11/750. 

2. Reeove rear power supDly cover. 

3. Remove rear access panel. 

4. Reeove left side panel on 11/750. 

5. Disconnect PI, P2, P3 on tne top of the 
Power Controller* and Pi , P2 on the 

rear of the Power Controller* then disconnect 
the 2.5 volt tense cable and unplug the 
70-16901-00 (115 Volt)Blower Cord. 

6. Cut the Line Cord free of shipping tie wraps. 

7. Renove ecrews securinn the 70-159:. *-oo 
(115 volt) Power Controller. 

B. Reaove controller by slldlna it out of the 

rear of the cab. 
7. Install the 70-15929-01 (230 Volt) 

Power Controller with the hardware removed 

In the previous steps. 



SIZE 



CODE 



NUMBER 

HAV 2102-0-0 



REV 

A 



SHiiT 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TC SYSTEM TEST 



•• DlBconntct tht 70-16906-00 (115 volt) 

Blowtr cord froii Jl of the Blo»#r Assembly. 

9 . Connect tht 70-16906-01 (220 Volt) 

Blovtr Cord to Jl of the blower atseML. , 

10, Connect 91, P2v PI on the top of the 
Power Controller* end Pi , P2 on the 
rear of the Power Controller^ then connect 
the 2.5 volt itnie coble and plu9 In the 
70-16906-01 (220 Volt)Blower Cord. 

11 Tie wrap Line Cord Ir. place for thlpnent. 

12. Replace rear power supply cover. 

n. Replace 11/750 aide panel. 

14. Replace Rear Accesf Cover. 

15. Change Serial Tags and inatall Product variation Taos 
(rear door and front rail) to reflect the new version 

16. Change 11/750 ECO Status Sheet to reflect 
new veriion. 

7.0 PO>^ER CHECKS (ref. figures 5 and 7) 

7.1 kfith power applied and the Rotary Key switch on local. 
the following power indicatori should be lit. 

1. Creen Power On located on Console Panel. 

2. Orange power indicator on power controller, 
9. Green DC OK indicator on power controller. 

4. Creen power indicator on aoMory arrays. 

5. Green power indicator on veMory controller. 



7.2 voltages Supplied by H7104 Power Supply. 
(Non adjustable self aonitored) 



♦2.5 v.o.c. at 69.0 aeps. 

45.0 V.D.C. at 135.0 aaps. 
45.0 V.D.C. at 10.0 a»ps. 



♦ 12.0 

♦ 15.0 
-5.0 

-15.0 



V.D.C. 
V.D.C. 
V.D.C. 
V.D.C. 



at 
at 
at 
at 



10.0 
2.0 
1.5 
3.5 



aiips. 
sups, 
aeps. 

SMPS. 



POWER RCr. rOP J],J2,J3 



• as* 
1/1 


• •• 


71 


II 2 




611 


1 3 


>•« 


91 



1/^15 -15 ♦SB I 

I I 

M GMD GND ♦SB M 

i I 

I ♦n GND -SB I 



SIZE 



CODE 

3P 



NUMBER 

JlJiY 21^2 "Q-Q. 



REV 



SHEET ? OF _^ 



MANIJTACTUMNG SWCITICATIOW 

TITtl NODULAR APPROACH TO iTSTCM f£tT 



CONTNIMATION SNttT 



J4 «I9 

••••••••••• ••■•• 

A I s a 1 I D I a I T 

CM lie (10 

t» I « S 4 I L I 1 I Y 



7.3 Optional Batttry Mckup (if applicablt) (rtf. fi9urt 7) 

7,3,i Optional tattary Backup is installad at ihovn in 
fioura 7. 

t. Mount Il7iia Battary Backup on voluaa installad 

brackats in lovar laft of CPU cab« as viawad 

froB tha front of tha CPU. 
a. Connact Battary Backup caoia harnass to Ji 

(battary backup harnass Plata). 
9. Connact P4 of Narnass assaobly to Jli of H7iia. 
4. connact M7lia lino cord to JS4 (unsvitchtd) 

sockat of povar controllar. 

7. 3. a Thara ara no indicators showing tha state 
of tha Battary Backup. 
Tha only quick chock is to dapovit data 
into oooory and than shut off tho aain 
braakar (CBi)« wait 40 sac than apply 
povar and chack oaoory contents • Ourino 
tha povar dovn, povar indicators on oaoory 
arrays should ba lit. 

7.3.3 8ta section t.iO of this docuvent for aore 
detail tastinq of Battery Backup. 

1.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCCDURCSt 

NOTCi 

Reference KC750 Nicrodiaqnostics and Technical Manual ck-kc7so-t*< 
and the Nicrodiaqnostic listlnqs, for detail inforsation on 
installation and use of KC790 and Nicrodiaqnostics, 

Par the specific sequence of diaqnostics to be run in any 
situation, or for the current nabt alniauM test criteria, 
e.q.t pass-counts, etc., refer to the appropriate mast CHECKLIST. 
Listed bolov are the detailed step*bystep instructions for 
eiecutinq individual diaqnostics contained in the CHECKLIST. 

MO ERRORS alloved on diaqnostics. 






JSoSi 



SP 



numboi 

*ftY »f?-g-Q 



A 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPHOACH TO STSTEM fF.ST 



Optrator Inputi will be underlined, 

!•! Stand tlont dleonoftle ctsicttt load (rtf. figure 5) 

NOTE I 

It If atiuved thar the CPU la in a 
povar down atata, 

l.l.i Sat Boot Oavlee Salaetion Switch to 
poaltlon k (salecta TUS») 

••1.2 Set Povar On Action Svltcr to Root on 
povar up. 

1.1.3 Inaert caaaatta vlth cvkaa.cxf hakdcorf 
into tha TUSI located in the 11/750 
conaola panel. 

1.1.4 Set Potary Kay Svitch to local. 

Syatao pev^ra up» Povar lloht la on 
Conaola ahould print %%. The firat % 

indicataa beginning the nicro verify 
routine. The aacond % indicataa aucceaa- 
ful copplatlon of the Micro verify. 
Tape aotion light on TU5I coo^a on 

••1.5 CVKAA.CXC vili load and baoin running, 

if auccaaafally run, conaola viii print. 

CVKAA-5.0 donel 

5.1.6 Inaert caaaatta containing CCFAL.FXE 
Cache TB into TU5I. 

1.1.7 Praaa tha Peaet button located on the 
11/750 conaola panel. 

Conaola ahould print %% tape R^otion 
light on TUSt viii turn on and tape 
will begin loading. 

••i.l ECKAL.tXC vill load and baoin running, 

if aucceaafully run, conaola viii print. 

ECKAL-2.0 DONCt 

1.2 Caaaatta Load of Oiagnoatic Suparvlaor 

8.2.1 Xniart caaaatta containing ECSAA.EXF 
Oiagnoatic Suparvlaor, into the TU58. 



CODE 



NUMBER 

WAV 2102-0-0 



REV 

A 



•MEET 



OP 



MAFtUPACTURING SPBCIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



1 



TITLi 



MODULAR APMOACH TO lYSTCM TEiT 



l.2*2 Pratt tht Mitt Button located on tht 
11/7S0 centolt ptntl. 

Hhtn boot It eoaplttt contolt will 
rttpona vlth tht foi'^iilna. 



DIAGNOSTIC SUPCSVISOS. XZ-CCSAA«S.' -Ul DD-fiMif*YTT 
DS> 

••3 Sytttn Ditk Load of Dlaqnottlc Suptrvlier 

S.J.I Pioct cerrtet ••dlt in tyttt» ditk 

tnd tpin ditk up. 

1.3.2 Sot tht Contolt Povtr en Action Switch 
to tht Halt potition. 

•.3.3 Sat tha Davica salact to A, n, C or D. 
vhichavar it your i.yttaM davica. 

1.3.4 Daoratt tha Contolt Rattt Sutton, 
and wait for tht conaola prompt. 

•.3.5 Mow typa •B/IO DDCU* <CR> 

Exaaplat 

»>S/iO DMAO <CP> 



Whan boot it coaplata consoit will print 
tha following aattaqa. 

DIAGNOSTIC SUPERVISOR. ZZ-CCSAA-S.4*t21 Dn-M»*»'*yYYY 

DS> 



8.4 Running Tht Diagnottic Suparvitor 



1.4.1 Rafora runninq any diaonottic tht 
Oiaonottic Suptrviaor autt be 
configurtd. Following it an ax«rpla 
of a dual RK07 il/750 tytta». 



IS 



lEv 

A 



CODE 



NUMtEII 

>«AV 2102 >Q»Q 



OF 



MAIWFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION tHEET 



TTTLI 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



DS> ATTACH KA75b CMI KAO NO NO YK5 <CR> 

DS> ATTACH DM750 CMI DWO <CR> 

D8> ATTACH RK611 DM0 DMA 777440 210 5 <CR> 

D8> ATTACH ilR07 DMA DMAO <CR> 

D8> ATTACH RK07 DMA DMAl <CR> 

D8> ATTACH DZU DM0 TTA 760100 300 S FIA <CR> 

DS> ATTACH VTIOO TTA TTAO <CR> 



NOTEl 



Thtit ATTACH Co»»«ndf May be locattd 
In a conflg coanand procedure. 
To run tnt coamand oroctdure Input 
the following to attach devices. 



DS> RCOHFIC <CR> 



8.4.2 Mlth devlcei to be teited configured 

Into the tyiten, type the follofing 

to select all devices for test. 

DS> 5EL ALL <CK> 



NOTFt 



It Is assuaed that the proper dlaanostics 
are located on the load redia being used. 
The follOKlng foraat «lll be usei tn 
Illustrate runnlno dlaonostjcs under the 
Diagnostic 8uperviser. 



8.x Diagnostic naae 
D8> RUN XXXX <CR> 



xxxxxxxxxxxx 

xxxxxxxxxxxx 
xxxxxxxxxxxx 



(how to start diagnostic.) 
(operator Innut Indicator) 
(beginning of run print out) 
(special instructions) 
(end ef run print out) 



8IZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAY 2102 -0-0 



REV 

A 



8NfiKT 



13 



OF 



32 



r 



MANUPACTUIUNG SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITU 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



I.S EVKAB.EXE VAX Bailc Inttruction Exerciser. 
DS> PUM EVKAS <CR> 



••PROGRAMt VAX Bailc Inftructlon Exerclter, ZZ-cvkab, 

rtv 3.0, 10 teitf* at hhimmiSS 

TESTINGS .KAO 

..END or RUN. ERRORS DETECTED PAS5 COUM: 1. TI*F: 

1.6 EVKAC.EXE VAX Floating Point Initruction Exerciitr. 

DS> RUM EVKAC <CR> 



..PROGRAMt VAX Floating Point Instruction Exerciser, 

ZZ-EVKAC, PEV i.O, 2 TESTS, AT HHt>'>:SS 

TESTINGI .KAO 

..END OF RUN. ERRORS DETECTED PASS COUNTt i. TI^'M 

1.7 rvKAD.EXE VAX Cospatlbllity Mod* Initruction Fxercistr. 

DS> RUN EVKAD <CR> 



..PROGNAMi VAX Coapatlbillty Mode Instruction Exerciser. 

ZZ-F.VKAD, REV 1.2, 4 TESTS, AT HMj^^tSS 

TESTINGS .KAO 

..END OF RUN. ERRORS DETECTED PASS COUNTt 1. 11**ri 

8.1 EVKAE.EXE VAX Privlltgtd ArcMttcture Fxarciser. 

DS> PUN tVKAE <Ck> 



••PROGRANi VAX Prlviltgad Architecture txerclser, 

ZZ*EVKAE, REV i.O, 9 TESTS, AT HHx^'^:5S 

TESTINGS .RAO 

..END OF RUN. ERRORS DETECTEC PASS COUNT: 1. TI*'Ft 

8.9 ECCBA.EXF VAX 11/7S0(URI), Dh750 Dlarnosric 

DS> RL\ ECCBA <CR> 



..PROGRAMS ECCbA-REV 1.0 VAX 11/750(UB1), VmlbO tiaqnostlc 

REV 1.0 92 TESTS, AT HHSMMtSS. 

TESTINGS .DWO 

NO USES SELEClcD. SKIPPING TEST 

••END OF RUN. ERRORS DETECTED P^SS CPUKT: 1. TI^E: 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

HAv g^92 -0-0 



REV 

A 



•MBIT 



OF 



mmmmmmm 



MANUPACTUMNC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



T1TU 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



1.10 CCKAX.CXE VAX 11/750 Sptelfic CPU ClUfttr Extrcittr. 

HOTEl 

Install • writt tnabltd scratch tapt into TU5I 
•fttr tCKAX Is leadtd Into •••ory. 

D5> LOAD BCKAX <CR> 

Df> IT/fElALL <CII> 



••PROGRAMt VAX 11/750 Sptciflc CPU Clusttr Exprclstr - ZZ-ECKAX-1 
REV 1.0 9 TESTS, AT HHlMMfSS 
TESTINGS .KAO 

lotort continuing* tot tht front pantl switch to HALT/RESTART 

Good Rtstort PorsMtttr llock Subttst • This subtost 
vill rtstart itsolf if tht RPB is proporly inttrprtttd. 
Push tht init switch to povtr fail... 
%% 

■sd Chtcksut Subttst • This subttst viii halt tht oroctssor 
with a halt codt of il. Afttr this has happentd tht subttst 
is rtstarttd by typing s iOO <CR> on tht consolt ttrainal. 
Push tht init switch to powtr fall,,, 

1% 

00000000 11 
>»S 100 <CR> 



Starch for Good rpb - This subttst win rtttart itstlf 
it tht good RPB is found and inttrprettd proptrly. 
Push tht init switch to powtr fail... 
%% 

bara start Flag Subttst • This subttst will halt tht proct. lor 
with a halt codt of 12, Afttr this has happtntd tht subttst 
is rtstarttd by typing S 100 <CR> on tht consolt ttralnal. 
Push tht init switch to portr fail,., 

%% 

00000000 12 
>»S 100 <CR> 



CODE 

".0 



NUMtCR 



REV 

A 



SNIET 



OP 



MANUFACTUIUNG SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TIKI 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TLST 



If this syittP tqulppfd with battery hac^up? 
(If no, thtr stt tht front panel i«ltch to the Halt poiition) 
C(NO),YCS) 

MANNING! Tht front pantl initeh autt be in HALT 
for this tttt to operate properly. 

HALT expected with following printouts 
00006U6 06 

?v continue fro* con. t le »ode ^o the followlnot 
i)/G r 100 <CR> and then C <CR> 

00006136 

»>D/G P 100 <CR> 

»>C <CH> 



HALT expected with followlno printouts 

nooo^iip 04 

To continue fro* coniole node do the foUovlno: 

D/G P 100 <CR> and then C <CR> 

0000639F 04 

»>D/G F 100 <CR> 



»>C <CR> 



HALT expected wltN following printouts 

0000650C 04 

To continue frop console aode do the foiiovlnos 

D/G P 100 <CR> end then C <CR> 

00006500 04 

» 'D/G P 100 <CR) 

^»C <CR> 



HALT txp*<-t*^ with following printouts 

00006681 OA 

To continue fi(<>R console Pode do the follovinoi 

D/G P 100 <CR> :»Ad then C <CR> 

00006611 OA 

»>D/G P 100 <CR> 

»>C <CR> 



T 



C50E 

3P 



NUMtEII 

MV 2102 -0-0 



REV 

A 



(•♦ia-1 



OF 



^ ANUrACTUKING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



T>^i-i 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



HALT tiptcttd With follo«ln9 printouts 

00006808 OA 

To contlnut froa eeniolt node do tht follovlno: 

D/G P 100 <CR> and thtn C <CR> 

00006808 OA 

»>D/C P too <CR> 



>»C <CR> 



HALT txptcttd **ith follovlnq printout: 

00006988 OA 

To contlnut fro* consolt wodt do tht foDovinq: 

D/G P 100 <CR> tnd thtn C <CR> 

0006988 OA 

»>D/G F 100 <CR> 



»>C <CR> 



HALT txptcttd vlth follo«ln9 printout! 

00006P08 

To contlnut trot confolt «odt do tht followinat 

D/G F 100 <CR> and thtn C <CH> 

00006B08 

>»D/G F 100 <CR> 



»>C <CR> 

Cxitinq MCS ttst, KCS last tddrtit * 0. 

« 
Exltlnq ^:s ttit, HCS Itit addrtis ■ 0. 

,.END OF RUN. ERRORS DETECTED PASS COU 



I. TI^E: 



MZE 

JL 



CODE 



NUMBER 

WAV 2102 -0-0 



REV 

A 



•MurijiiropZsr 



MAhOJPACTURlNG SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



mil 



NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



1.11 eCKAM.CXF P&150 Memory DlaQnoftlc. 

NOTE I 

Pint ••Mory array If not tetted, ffuft 
have 512KB for test to run. 

D8> RUN CCKAM <CR> 

.. PROGRAMS CCKAM-RFV. 1.0 MS750 MEMORY nTACNOSTIC, REV 1.0 
11 TESTS* AT HHlMMtSS 

HIGHfST LOi«G MORD ADDRESS IS t 
MEMORY MAP VALIDl OOOOHTr (X) 
8LOTC0] IS FULLY POPULAIED (256KB) 
SLOTCn IS FULLY POPULATED (2S6KB) 
8L0TC3] IS EMPTY 
8L0T[4) IS EMPTY 
8L0TC5) IS EMPTY 
SLOT [6] IS EMPTY 
SLOT [7] IS EMPTY 
ROM NUMBERl A DEVICE TYPEl DD 
ROM NUMBERl P DEVICF TYPE: DM 
POM NUMBER! C DFVICE TYPEt CL 
ARRAYCn SINGLE MIT EWRORSS 
ROM 0*0 
1-0 




..END OF RUN. ERRORS DETECTED PASS C"U"T: 1. 



ROM 

ROM 2 - 

ROM a - 



TI-FJ 



8.12 EVOAA.FXE OZll 8 Line Aiync mux Test 



NOTE: TMt Is an example of runnlno Internal 
•rap around aode (refevence >',A.S.T. 
^P-MAV-5145 for detail eatlno). 



DS> RUN EVTAA <CR> 



,.PROCRA»»I DZll 8 LINE ASYNC MUX TFST,PEV 2.1 21 TESTS 
TESTING: -TIA 

DEVICE .TTA IS BEING TESTED AS A ^7819 (PIA) MODULE 
..END OF RUN. ERRORS DETECTED PASS CCU' T: 1. Tl»El 



SIZE 

JL 



CODE 

r 



sr 



NUMBER 

±*v 210 7 .Q-n 



REV 



SHCCT 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION 8HEET 



TTOE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTfeK TEST 



9.0 Console Routines 



9.1 Console Co»»«nds 



The console profnpt Is the sawe b% the VAX 11/7B0 
*>>>" and cppears at the bealnnlna of every line. 



••R" 
RDP<> 

>»E 

>»D 



enter 11/750 Console wode. 

Enter RDM console mode. 
(with RDM installed) 

Examine cowirand 

Deposit coffirand 



>>>I<CR> Inlt command, Invalidates TB, Cache, and 
does Processor Init and unltus Inlt. 

>>>T<CR> Test command, runs micro verify 
mlcroroutlne explained later. 

>>>S ADP<CP> Start command, Tne coff>mard may nave 



>»S <CR> 



an address aroument follovino, or a 
carriage return If tne PC Is used. 
The start coamand does an Inlt sea* 
utnce before qolno to IRDl of the 
•aero instruction printed to by the PC 



>>>C The continue command is the same as the Start 
command and starts macro execution at the 
address in the PC. 

>»N Next command is used to single step the macro 
instruction after the PC Is loaded. 

>>>B The Root command in this example will boot the 
device selected by the front panel DEVICE 
switch. 

>>>X APT load and dump command. 



SIZE 

JL 



CODE 

3P 



NUMBER 
"AV ?I0? -0-0 



REV 

A 



•NKIT 



Of 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEH TEST 



9,7 Cenaand twltchtt for tiamlnt and deooilt cown^andf. 

8il« Svitchtt 



/I 



•ttt tht data tlzf to byte 
•tti tht data slzt to word 
ftti tht data lizt to lona 



»»^^^ 



Function Svitchtt 

/e GFK 

/I IFR 

/f Phyiclal Mtaory 

/v • virtual HoMory 
<SP>P PSL 
9.3 Co«tand S»ltchts for Boot Contolt Comand. 

»>R/X<CR> 



>»B/nnnn<CR> 



>»B DDCU<CR> 

eiawpltii 



Boot dtvlct ttltcttd by front oanai 
DEVICE SELECT twitch and Inhibit 
Micro vtrlfy Tttt. 

Boot dtvlct itltcttd by front pantl 
DEVICE SELECT twitch and oatt a four 
dlolt numbtr at toftwart control fl«ot 
to VMB.EXE In R5, 

Boot dtvlct iptclfltd by optrator. 



»>D/C/L f 1000<CII> 
»>D/P 1000 00S2SSD0 
»>E/I 25<CR> 
»>I<CR> 

»>B/10/]r D«*AO<CR> 

9.4 Contolt Coonand Error Codtt. 



Put 1000 In PC. 

Put codt In addrttt 1000. 

F.ia»lnt cacht dltablt rtqliter. 

Do an Inlt ttoutnct. 

Boot Dlaonottlc Suotrvltor 

without fflcro verify from uwao. 



9.4.1 If an lllt9al contolt coptand It atttmpttd or 
covoand li aborttd btcautt of a wlcrotrap or 
or toat other condition a two digit trror code 
It typtd out and tht contolt waltt for ntw Input. 



Eiaaplti 

»>E P<CR> 

»>E<CR> 

Til 

»> 



Exaalnt PSL 

Itplltt* txaalnt n«kt location (llleoal) 

Error codt typed by contolt. 

Ptady for Input 



COOf 

5P 



NUMBEII 

j^v yto7 .Q-Q 



REV 



A 



OPJIiLl. 



-ANU,AC™.».C «CmCAT.ON ■"" COHT.NU*TK,H .H..T 


TITU NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEPi TEST 


Irror Codttt 




20 ■ 


Oepoiit or eiaalnc of memory failed. 




(acceai ylolation, translation not valid. 




bus error* TB or CS parity error.) 


11 • 


Illegal access of an IPR or P8L. 


29 ■ 


Binary transfer checirsua error. 


33 ■ 


Atteapt to boot from unlcnovn device type. 


34 ■ 


Boot device not "A", "B", C", or -D". 


9.9 Contalc Nait Error C94«f I 


00 ■ 


Halt coaaand typed at console. 


02 ■ 


*p halt or sinole macro Instruction mode. 


04 • 


Interrupt stacir not valid. 


04 • 


Halt instruction executed. 


07 a 


Vector Bits <ltO>a3, Halt at vector 


01 • 


Vector Bits <lt0>m2, WC8 disabled or mlsslna 


OA ■ 


Change Mode Instruction executed on 




Interrupt stacK. 


OB a 


Chanae Mode Instruction executed and 




vector Bits <ltO> not • 0. 


or ■ 


Double Bus Mrite Error Halt. 


11 ■ 


Power up and can't find ppb, PP51 at 




BCBT'RT/NALT. 


12 ■ 


Fever up vara start flag false PPSi at 




BESTABT/NALT. 


13 ■ 


Power up can't find good 64ic of aemory. 


14 a 


ower ur and bootlno, out bad Boot Rom. 


19 a 


Power up and cold start flag set durlra 




boot subroutine. 


14 a 


Power UP halt PPSl at halt position. 


ff • 


Micro verify Test failure. 


9.4 Micro verify 




9.6.1 Tho Klcro vorl2y Poutlnt 1b run «t power up 


* and durlPQ Inlt ftqutncei to the ll/7$o. 


At the 


beginning of Micro verify a % viU. 1 


be outputtd to the console. » luccettful 1 


conpletl^n will yield another % • a | 


falluri 


r .ill outpu** one of the fcllowlnq 1 


failure codei* 1 


NOTE 




Refei ce KC750 Microdiaqnoitica and Technical Manual EK-KC750-T'' 1 


and t ( PicrodiaQnoitic llitingg for (*^tail information on | 


initt atlon and use 

• 


of KC750 if aicrodlaqnostics are to be run. 






ftiZE 


CODE 


NUMBER 


REVI 






A 


:p 


l»AV 2102 -0-0 


J.\ 



Of 



MANUPACTUKING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Tinj 



NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



Ttft Nuabtr 
































































EXAMPLEl 



Tttt NtPt 

R^Putf W-Eua* D Rtq Ttftt 
M-Eutr 0-Rt« Ttit 
•eratehpad Ttst 
Eipllclt Addr.Ttit Mttwp 
Eipllclt Addr.Ttit Rteipp 
Explicit Addr.Tttt IPPs 
Explicit Addr.Ttit GPRS 
XB, XR, and OSR Ttit 
xt, PC* and PCtlilzt Ttit 
RNUM/D»SlSt T«iti 
RNUM/D*ilZt Ttiti 

Cacht Parity Error Ttit 
TB Parity Error Ttit 
Control ftort Parity Error 
Cacht Ttst 



Ttit 



rtilurt Code 

B 
C 

t 

r 
s 

«i 
c 



B 

T 
X 

c 



Micro vtrlfv raliurt 

%P TMi Indlcatti a fallurt of Mttup Scratchpad 
OOOOOXXX Pr PC contalna loop count or point at which 
>» ttit falltd and FF Jndlcatti tlcro 
vtrlfy fallurt. 

9.7 VAX U/750 B00T58 Conaolt Eaulator 

9.7.1 Gtntral 

. <locatlon> ■ <valJt> or <rtalittr> 

<valut> 

<nuabtr> 



■ <nu»btr> or <ihorthand> 

■ Any nonntoatlvt HEXADECl*tAL nuv»)« 



<rt9lsttr> ■ 0...P 

<ihorthtnd> ■ Any of tht follovlnqt 

"t" ■ ust lait <locatlon> iptclfltd. 

"♦" a Uit lait <locatlon> ♦!, 

"•• a Uit lait <locatlon> -l. 

"B" ■ Uit conttnti of lait <locatlon>, 

<loc.qual> B Any of tht follovlnos 

"/p" ■ Phyilcai Mt»ory Addrtii. 

"/C" ■ Gtntral Rtplittr. 

■/!• « Inttrnal Proctiior Ptqliter. 



A 



S5oc 

SP 



NUBIBER 
MAV 2102 -Q-Q 



REV 

A 



•NEET 



OP 



MANUFACTUIING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHECT 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



<lllt.qual> 
■ /L- 



Any of the 
Lengword 
word 
tytt 



f olloMlngt 



<dtvsptc> 



DO 

C 

U 



A tftvlct iptc of tht for» Docu 
Gtntric dovlct type Ci, DP) 
Controller detlgnotor (A or P) 
unit nuaotr 0.,.« 



<filttptc> ■ A legal RT-11 flleneiie name.type 
NAME ■ Any olDhtnuverlc string of not 

■ore than 6 chari. 
TTPE ■ Any alphanumeric string of not 
■ore than 3 chars a null Is 
acceptable. 
9.7.2 BOOTS! COMMANDS 

BOOT KdavspeO) 

Boot fro* the device specified, if no 
device Is specified boot froa default 
boot device. This coaaand cannot b^ 
In an Indirect coaaand file. 

DEPOSIT C<loc.qual><slze.oual>) <locatlon> <value> 
Deposit <value> at location specified 
by <locatlon>. The <location> Is 
Interpreted according to the qualifiers. 

EXAMINE [<loc.qttal><slse.oual» <locatlon> 
Displays the contents of <locatlon> 
according to the qualifiers. 



HELP 



LOAD 



Displays BOOTS! HELP FILt. 

<f llespeo C/STARTt<value>) 
Load a file fro* the boot device Into 
aeaory ttartlno at the a'idress speclfl^'i 
<nuaber>. If no starting location Is 
specified, load the file beglnnlno et 
the first free location 1h »e»ory. 



START <value> 



JMP 



<value> 



A 



ZSoi 



NUMitll 

MAY gn? -0-0 






or 






MANUFACTURING SFECIPICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIJ 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TR8T 



WOTri 

All tOOTSI C0B««ndt aay be abbreviattd to th» 
Itatt aBOunt of tl9nlflc«nt characttrs. Since 
tht first charaettr of oach eowand if unique 
this atans all coanands way be abbreviated to 
one Character. (BOOT aay be entered at "P"). 

Soat procattor raQliters BTt either read or 
wrltt only. Attaaptlng the wrong operation 
on such a reoister «111 yield unpredictable 
results. 



9.S VMS Prlaary Boot 



9.1.1 BOOT is tht proQraft naae for VMP.fxk. 

which Is used for bootlna of systet devices 
for VMS and the Diagnostic Supervisor, 
rollonlng is a list of v^'B errors. 



%BOOT«r- unienown processor 



%BOOT-P*Un<xpected rxcaption 



This indicates that the CPU is 
not a 11/750 or 11/780 check 
SID rtQlster for proper jusuper 
conf iquration in the CPU type 
field en the bacKPlane. 

This indicates that one of the 

follovina exceptions occurred. 

1 Acces:i Violation 

2 Breakpoint opcode 

3 Reserved Operand 

4 TBlt Trap 

5 Page Fault (Tmv) 

%i«OOT-P-unexpected i^achine Check This indirates soae sort of 

Machine Check occurred. Ch^ck 
all adapters usinq console 
exavine and deposit com»Ands. 
Probably a tipeout occurred. 



%BOOT-r*Nonexistant Drive 



self explanatory. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMiER 
XAV 2in? -0-0 



REV 

A 



SNEffT..ii. Of 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SNEET 



TITLI 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTfM TEST 



%BOOT-F-Unablt to loe«tt Boot file 



%iOOT*r*Boetfllt not contlquouf 



%BOOT-r-l/0 trror rtadlnq boot tilt 



v»»B con' 
SYSPOOT. 
in P5 It 
find [SY 

•Exr . 

Indlcott 
SY8B00T. 
in P5 if 

DIACBOOT 
tlQUOUi 

Indlcott 
boot fll 
som ttr 



t find (SYS^XE] 

eXF or If rlt 4 

ftt, Vi^B con't 

S»(AINT]DIACBCGT 

s that (8Y5EXF] 

exe or if Mt 4 

tot, rSYSMIiNT) 
•EXE It not con* 
on tytttn 4itic. 
t problep rcA^ino 
t from disk by 
vice. 



SIZE 

.A. 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

y^V yt02 -0-0 



REV 

A 



OF 




•NIIT.JL. OF 



MANUFACTUIUNC gECmCATI ON 

nn.E HODUIAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



CONTINUATION SNICT 



^ 



4 



=^ 



lawHM 



f 



BT 



LOOII 



%> vMI tKr • 



■•> m u- 1 



a^i* f^*nr^^ ^^ 



•M m 



FIGURE 2 
Cooet Memory 

Controller 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



MAV 



2102-0-C 



REV 



oac iftH«M}-aM*4W7i 



•MEET ,. ?7 ^F 32 



MANUTACTURINC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TUIE 



NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



/ 



tr 



LOOS 



CX.S. 



r 



n1 



r 



^ 



L I 



FIGURE 3 

Comet Control Store 

(WCS Mounted) 



/ 



IC l*4Nt1-il 



SIZE 

A 



CODE I NUMBER 
SP I MAV 2102 -0-0 



REV 

A 



•MEET ^8 OF 32 _ 



\'tum mm 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION ^^B 


CONTINUATION SHCCT 1 


^TLE HUOULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST | 



M7819 



D711 -A 




FIGURE 4 
Dlll-A Nodule 



SIZE 

.A- 



CODE 



NUMBER 

MAY Ml -n-n 



REV 



nC M4iM)-2M»4il«7t 



SNEET 



20 



OF _J^ 



MNNWACnJUINC VKmCATION 



CONTINUATION SMUT 



rmi 



MODULAR APPIOACH TO STSTBN TEST 



mm 



VAX ij/rso 



Jim 

-A 





o o o e 






>•<•(• •■ •crxa 



•••(• ■»« !•••• atttt 



o o o o 




•c 



XOJ •' 



• »r 



M*«t( 



t 



FIGURE 5 
11/750 Control 

Panal 



«tc i»«aw»- n <am»i 



HzTK-OOil NUII8M 

A 1 :.P I NAV 2102-C-O 



mv 



f 



•MiiT W or 32 






li\NUFACTURINC SPECfflCATION 



CONTINUATION SHLET 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



M/rso 

Control Panel 



rion# nvwl 
Slqnol Cobi* 



TU9i Driv* 



TUS8 fommr 



TUSiSl0nal 



^w«r Conho 



2.5Vbl» 
fewer Supf I 




0211 H3I7 
Df«»rlbut(on fWwl 



Toy Sotttry 
lockup 



Jl 

lottery lockup 
Coble Aiiernbly 



5 

12.5 Volt 
Power Vipply 

Cofwole Termtnol Coble 



M 

lattery lockup 

Rromote Senie LIrte 



RDM Modem 
Coble fert 



l/OPtort 
il 



FIGURE 6 

11/750 Rear View 



SIZE 

A. 



CODE 



NUMBER 

MAV 2102-0-0 



REV 



MC l«-<M«>-lM»«««7a 



•MEET 31 OF 



MANITACTURINC SPECIFICATION BBWlBy 


CONTINUATION SHEET 


T'^'-^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 







BC11A-10 

TO EXPANDER 



O fOVWf R OK 

O O^t CUMINT 

O OVIR VOiTACf 

O • SV rAt. 

O KG. fAI. 

O O^l IIMf 

[o o o| loo o| 

NOMM4. OCIAVIO 
JIO 19 

vFUSE 

V^ lOCAl 
)POWER 



O! 



O- 



Cll 



P-V!^ 




Dzn 

DISTRIBUTION 
PANELS 



TO J16 

PWR CONT . 



BAH B/U 
DC HARNESS 

H7112 

BAHERY 

BACKUP 



N nn«37v-oo 

/ni4707 



11/750 Sice View 
(Covers Removed) 















SIZE 


CODE 

SP 


NUMBER 

MAV 2102-0-0 


REV 

A 



OCC 1«-O»»10t2-M«72 



SHEET 32. OF 3L 






I 
S 

ill 

1] 
II 

I 
11 



I 
I 



I 






DIGITAL BQUIPMSKT CORPORATION ^: 
MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



DATE iq;i/8I 



TITLE MAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST 



REVISIONS 




/I 



L^ 'YJ^^'fiordr^ 



EN6 



0. Monaco « 



APPO 



B. Bick 



DEC romi MO. 



^ViTi'sn 



NUMBER 
MA-. 2103-0-0 



$(CV 



1-: : 



*Sl4EiT - 1 • OF • 



MANUFACTURING SPEaPICATlON 



CONTINUATION SHIIT 



TITLI 



MAST PHASE X lACK-UP VAX 11/7S1 TCST 



TABLE OP CONTENTS 



1.0 SCOPE •••• • •••• PAGE 

2.0 PBSPONSZBXLXTT • PAGE 

3.0 REPCPENCE OOCUMENTATZON PACE 

4.0 REOUIPED TEST BOOXPMKNT • •••• PAGE 

S,0 REQUIRED DXACNOflTXC PROGRAMS •••• PAGE 

••0 SPECXAL INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 

7.0 INSTALLATION S TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTION PAGE 

7*4 Powtr Convtrtion ••••• •••• •••••••••••• PAGE 

1.0 POMER CHECKS • PAGE 

f.O DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE • PAGE 

APPENDIX A Console Infomatlon •••• •••• PAGE 2 






NUMtEII 

HA-V?i03-0»0 



7 



NEV 

k 



TT 



SNIIT 



OP 



\r 



MANITFACTUIUNG SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION $HEET 



TITLI 



MAST PHASE I SACK-UP VAX il/751 TEST 



1.0 SCOPE I 



1.1 Tht VAX-11/7S1 is an OEM vtrtlon of tht VAx-ll/790 CPU. 
It earrlti vlth It all tht archlttcturai ftrtngthi 

of tht VAX fasily ineladlng virtual addrttslng* both natlvt 
»odt and non-prlvllt9td PDP-11 eoapatlblllty aoda Inatrue* 
tlontt and tht VAX virtual aaaory optratlno lystta. Tht 
Hit of 6att Array Tachnoloqy Qlvtt til this ptrfortanet in 
a rtllablt eoapaet 4 aodalt CPU. Tht btilc 11/7S1 it houttd 
In a racic aountablt unit which Includtt tht KA7S0, 256KB of 
■taory# DD11-0R» tnd TU*9I easitttt ttpt drlvt. 

1.2 Tht Inttnt of thli proetdurt If to tsttbllth tht nlnlmun 
ttit rtqulrtttnti ntettiary to ttit t VAX 11/7S1 CPU. 

2.0 RESPONSISILZTYl 

It li tht rtfponilblllty of tht of tht orglnttor (If poiilhlt) 
to atlntaln thlf doeuwtnt. Chtnqti should bt rtqutsttd through tht 
orlolnttor* or hls/htr grouo or through mast tdtlnstrttion In 

SALEM (NX). 
3.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATIOMf 



3.1 Manuals 



1. 790 Diagnostic Systta Ovtrvltv 

2. TUSf Ustr's Cttldt 

3. Hardvart Handbook 

4. VAXll Archittcturt Handbook 

5. VAXll Softtart Handbook 
i. VAXll Ttchnlcal Suaaary 

VAX Instruction Card 

790 Ttchnlcal Otscrlptlon 
9. UBI Ttchnlcal DtscrlPtlon 
0. Ntaory Systta Ttcn. Dts. 

Pottr Systta Ttch. Dts. 

VAX 11/791 Ustrs Culd'* 

3. RC790 Mlcrodltgnostlc Ttch. Mtn. 

4. Rtaott Diagnostics Usars Guldt 



7. 
1. 



1. 
2. 



EK-VX079-UC 
EK-0TU58-y6 
EB.1738t-20 
EB-17980-18 
EB-18097-20 
£11-18814-20 
AV-D827A-TE 
EK-KA790-TD 
EK-DM790-TO 
EK-MS790-TD 
EK-PS790-TD 
EK-117S1-UC 
EK-KC750-TM 
EK-KC790-UC 



CODE 



NUMBER 



REV 

A 



SNEIT 



OP 



2R 



MANUFACTUTJNG SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Trai 



MAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST 



3.2 Prints 



4.0 



1. 11751 


ritld P*alnttnanct 


Print 


Set 


MP-01258 


2. KA750 


ri«ld Malnttnanc* 


Print 


Stt 


MP-01024 


3. LOOll 


Pltld Nainttnanct 


Print 


Stt 


wp-ooesi 


4. Nt72t 


Pitid Malnttnanet 


Print 


Set 


l-P-00157 


S. H7104C 


Pitld Malnttnanct 


Print 


Set 


••P-01020 


6. H71040 


ri«ld Mainttnanct 


Print 


Set 


('P-OIO?! 


REQUIRED TEST 


EQUIPMENT! 









4.1 Herdvere and Media 



4.1.1 VAX 11/751 with 256KB of aeipory. 

4.1.2 Console terminal vltn E.I. A. sucn as an la36 or 
LA12C or eaulvalent. 

4.1.3 Appropriate lead aedla. 



4.2 optional Equlpnent 



4.2.1 Oscilloscope Tektronix 465 or eoulvalent 

4.2.2 O.V.M. accurate to .1 Vdc. at is vdc. 

4.2.3 KC750 (RDM »odule). 

4.2.4 L9101 Coaet Extender Module 

4.2.5 M9048 Hex Extender Module 



5.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTICS! 



5.1 VAXll Hardcore Diagnostic 

5.2 VAXll Basic Instruction Exerciser 

5.3 VAXll Floating Point Instruction Exerciser 

5.4 VAXll Compatibility Mode Instruction Exe. 

5.5 VAXll Privileged Architecture CPU Cluster 

5.6 11750 specific CPU Cluster Exerciser 

5.7 KA750 cache T.B. Test 
5.9 MS750 Mei*o'/y Diagnostic 

5.9 DH750 Dla'jnostlc 

5.10 Configuration Comaand Pile 

5.11 Diagnostic Supervisor 

5.12 Optional Microdlagnostlcs 

VAX 11/750 Microdlagnostlc Monitor 
KC7S0 Microdlagnostlc Test 
VAX 11/750 Data Paths Microdlagnostlc 
VAX 11/750 Menory Interconnsct "Icrortiag. 
VAX 11/750 Memory Controller "Icrodlag, 



EVKAA.EXE 

EVKAB.EXE 

EVKAC.EXe 

EVKAO.EXE 

EVKAE.EXE 

ECKAX.EXE 

ECKAL.EXE 

ECKAM.EXE 

ECCBA.EXE 

COWriG.'TOM 

eCSAA.EXE 



FCKAA.EXE 
CCKAF.EXE 
ECKAB.EXE 
ECKAC.fTXE 
CCXAD.eXE 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

.-JSf. 



NUMBER 



REV 
* J 



SNCIT 



OF 



2B 



MANUPACTUtlNG SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHECT 



TITIB 



(<A8T PHASE Z BACK-UP VAX 11/7S1 TEST 



i.O SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS I 

f.l Th« 7S1 ee««t prteonfigartd froa High Volunt* 
Blal'iaa ••! ap it n«etisary. 

7.0 INSTALLATION & TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS! 

7.1 Unpaeleino inttr«etiont ai rtetlvtd fro* Hl9h-volu«t. 

7 .l.t Savt all boiNi and paeklnq aatarlaX If It li nttdtd 
to ra-paeiea9a a unit for thlpaont. 

7.2 Vlioal ehaekit 

7.2*1 Nlth CPU anooiad ehaeic for oroblaag 
tueh as (raf DEC standard ilS)t 

A* Straetoral daaaga to cab and panalt. 

s. Bant or daaa^ad baekolant pint« 

C« Loesa povar eonnactlons and brokan vlras, 

D. Loota hardvara (a.a* aoontlno icravi, 
eabia hold do«ns« ate). 



7 .a RA790 sat Up 
7.3.1 



varify Nodala Location. 

Rafaranea Ploura 3 for Nodula utilization. 

Rafaranea Ploura 5 for Noduia Aecett. 



NOTEi Thera ara thraa ai^thods of pin nuabarlno 
uaad in 11/7S1 CPU'i. (rafaranea Tablt A) 



TABLE A S 



PIN NUNBERIN6 EXAMPLES! 



ODll-DK 



NS7S0 



11/751 



AOlAl 
AOIBI 
AOICI 
AOIDI 

AOIVI 



A01A2 
A01B2 
A01C2 
A0iD2 



AOlAl 
AOIBI 
AOICI 
AOlOl 



A01V2 AOIVI 



A01A2 
A01B2 
A0iC2 
A01D2 

A01V2 



AOlOl 


. • 


A0102 


AOlOTi 


• • 


A0i04 


AOIOS 


a • 


A0106 


A0'i07 


• • 


A0109. 



A0193 



A0194 



CODE 



NUMBiR 



REV 



SHEET 



5 28 
OP 



MAWVFA<rrv^g ?PE<;ingvTOr< 



CONTINUATION SNEIT 



TITU 



MAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/7S1 TEST 



7,S.2 Vtrlfy iAUD KATE itl«ctlon reftrtnct Tabit »• 





TABLE 


Bl 

•• 


BAUD 


RATE 


SELECTION JUMPC 


•■••••SI 

RATE 


P«9« 




A 




••« 


flP9^9* 


C 


D 


• 300 















1 




SOO 






• 








1 




I20w 






1 








t 




3400 






• 








• 




3600 






1 








• 




4100 






t 








• 




9600 






1 








1 




19300 






• 








1 




31400 






t 








t 




PIN • 






C0064S 


C0064B 


C00649 


C006S0 


JUMPER 


TO 


6M0 

■ •••a 


C00B43 


C00644 


COOBSl 


C0OBS3 



juaptr in • 1 

9 DanottB ftand«rd eontolt baud ratt of tl/TSl 
at fhlpptd fro* ••nufaeturlna. 
(Raftrcnea Plgara l and Tabla A for baeicplana location) 



7,3.3 Varlfy LOOll CMC Modulo contains boot rots, 
(rafaranca Tabla C and Plqort 3) to varlfy. 



TABLE Ct 



BOOT ROM TABLES 



LOCATION 



DEVICE 



DEVICE SELECT 



9 EBl 

• EB3 

« EB3 

Et4 



TU5I 
RK07 
RLd3 
XXXX 



A 

B 

e 





aoanotas Installad In Mion Voluaa, 



7,3.4 Connaet consola tarnlnal to CPU refarence flaure 9 



CODE 



NUMBER 

M.V?l01-Q-n 



REV 



SHEET 



^ OP " 



MANUFACTURING SPECmCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLI 



XAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST 



7.4 Powtr Convtriloni (rtf. figure 6) 

All ll/751'i will bt shipped from Hlqh Volume 
•t a 11/7S1-AA 120 volt SO/60 HZ. BecAuie of this 
the following procedure is needed to convert 
the 11/751-AA to a il/7Sl-AB 230 volt SO/60 HZ. 

7.4.1 Required Material 



70-16940-01 
36-lSltO-OO 
36-1S946-00 



AC input Box 

Blank serial Taq (x2) 

Product Variation Tag (x2) 



Cautiont 



Disconnect fro* power source before proceeding. 
7.4.2 Conversion steps 

1. Unlock CPU by loosening the shipping screw 
on the right side of the console panel 
reference figure 4. 

2. Slide the 11/751 fewsrd on it's chassis tracks 

until the left side of of the AC Input box is 
exposed* 

3. In the following steps all hardware should be saved 
for reuse during installation. 

4. Reaove the the lower section of the fro:it oanel 
by removing the 2 screws on each side tnat secure 
it to the chassis. 

5. Reaove the screws securing the AC Inout hox reference 
figure 7. 

6. Disconnect power harness connections on the left 
side of the AC Input Box. 

7. Gently slide the power controller foward b^inq careful 
not to catch wires. 

I. Slide the SOHZ AC Input Box into the chassis. 

9. Reconnect power harness to AC Input Box. 
10. Secure AC Inout Box with screws oreviously removed. 



SIZE 



CODE 



NUMBED 

^A-V2101-0-0 



REV 



SHEET 



' owJL 



MANUFACTUMNG SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TTTLE 



MAST PHASE X iACK-UP VAX U/751 TEST 



11* Rtinitall tht lOMtr front pantl btina cartful that 
tabs ara propariy alionad, 

12. Slid* il/7Sl bacic Into its ihlppln? fraat and taeura 
It with shipping scrtv on rlqht slda of conaolt panel 

13* HTPOT Ttitlng should new ba dona If raqulrad on 

eonvartad unit, ONLY parsonnal TRAINED in tht una of 
tha taitar should do tha tattlnq. Raftranca hypot 
doeuaant tYSftSaYT-O-O. 

14. Chanqa sarlal Taqs and Install Product Variation Taas 
to raflaet na» varslon of CPU, raftranca tlourt 6, 

15. ChanQa il/YSl ECO Status Shaat to raflaet 
na« varslon il/YSl-AA to 11/YSl-At. 

S.O POWER CHECKSI 

S.i with pevar aopliad and tha Rotary Kay Switch on LOCAL, 
tha follovinq po«ar indicators should ba lit. Thasa 
ara tht only povar chaeks ntcasssry iftm flauras 4 and 9). 

1. Graan Powar On locatad on Consela Panal. 

2. oranqo Povar indicator on oowar eontrollar* 

3. Graan DC OK indicator on powar controliar. 

4. Graan povar indicator on aaaory arrays. 

5. Graan povar indicator en «aaery controliar (LOOU). 
(aaaory indicators ara visible on nodules vith 
Kedule Access Covers open ref. tiaures 5 and 3) 

8.2 Voltaqas Supplied by HY104 Pover Supply, 
(reference Table 0) 



TABLE 



YSi VOLTAGES 



(Ron ADJUSYABLE) 



VOLTAGE 

♦2.5 V.D.C. 

♦5.0 V.D.C. 

♦5.0 V.D.C. 
♦12.0 V.D.C. 
♦15.0 V.D.C. 

•5.0 V.D.C. 
-15.0 V.D.C. 



TOLERANCE 
♦/- 5% 
♦/- 5% 
♦/- 5% 
♦/- 5« 
♦ /• 5% 
♦/- 5% 
♦/- 5% 



CURRENT 

85.0 eeps. 

135.0 enps. 

10.0 aiRps. 

10.0 aaps. 

2.0 aeps. 

1.5 anps. 

3.5 aeps. 



A 



cool 



NUMIER 

NA-V2103-0-Q 



REV 



SHEEY 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHfET 



TITLE 



MAST PHASE 1 BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TE5T 



9,0 DIAGNOSTIC TF.ST PPOCEDURESI 

NOTES 

Ptftr«nc« KC750 Microdlagnoitics and Ttchnlcal ••nual EK-KCTbo-T" 
and the f«icredlaqnoatle llstinqi, for dttail Information on 
Initallatlon and uit of KC7S0 and Microdlaanoatlct, 

NOTES 

For tna apeclflc stqutnce of dlaanottict to be run In any 
particular situation, and tor currant •^.A.S.T. minimum tast 
criteria! pait-countt etc., refer to the aporoorlate m.a.s.t. 
CHECKLIST. Lilted below are the detailed step-by«step Initructlom 
for executlnq Individual dlaanostlcs contained in the Chfckltst. 

NO ERRORS allowed on diagnoitics. 

Operator inputs will be underlined. 

9.1 stand alone dlaqnoftic cassette load (ref. fiaure 9) 



NOTES 



It is assumed that the CPU is In a 
powered down state. 



Set Root Device Selection Switch to 
position A (Selects TUSfi) 



9.1.1 
9.1.2 
9.1.3 
9.1.4 Set Rotary Key Switch to LOCAL. 



Set Power On Action Switch to Poot on 
power UD. 

insert cassette with evkaa.exf harhcopf mto 
the TU5S located on the front of the U/7Sl, 



9.1.5 



Systea powers up» Power lloht Is on 
Console Should print %%. The first % 
indicates beginning the r»lcro verify 
routine. The second % indicates success- 
ful completion of the micro verify. 
Tape notion lioht on TU58 comes on 

EVKAA.exE will load and beoln running, 
if successfully run, console win orlnt. 



EVKAA-S.O done! 

9.1.<> Insert cassette contalnln'^ EO^AL.EXr^ 
Cache TB into TU58. 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

KA-V2in3»o»n 



REV 



SNECT 



OF 



29 















■■ 


1 CONTINUATION SHUT 1 


TITLI MAST PHASE I SACK-U? VAX 11/751 TEST 


9«1,7 Prtft th* R«ttt Mutton located on tht 
11/751 contolt Dtntl, 


' Contolt flhottld print »« toot notion 
ll«ht on TU5I will turn on and taot 
•111 b«9ln loadlna. 


9.1 •• ECKAL.CXC will lo«d and boiln running. 

If lucetttfully run, eonsolt will print. 


CC*AL-2.0 DOMCl 


9.2 Caiitttt Load of Dlaaneitlc Suptrvlior 


9.2.1 Xnttrt craasttta eontalnlno ccSAA.rxE 
Oia^noitle suparvlior* Into the TU5i). 


9.2»2 Prtis tha aasat Button located on tna 
11/751 eonaola pantl. 


Whan boot It eoarltta eontole will 
raipond with tht following. 


DIAGNOSTIC SUPEPVISOP. ZZ-eC8AA-S.4-121 OD-(«'«M.yyy 
D8> 


9.4 Configuring Tht Dlagnoitlc Suotrvlfor 


9.4.1 effort running any diagnostic tht 
Dlagnoitlc Suoarvltor muat bt 
conflgurtd. Following li an txa«pie. 


0S> ATTACH |rA750 CMI KAO NO NO YES <CR> 




0S> ATTACH DN750 CMI DwO <CR> 






9.4.2 With dtvleti to bt ttsttd 
into tht tysttw, tyot tht 
to ftltct all dtvlctf for 


configured 

following 

ttst. 


D5> SEL ALL <CR> 




SliE 


CODE 


NUMBER 


REV 




JL- 


— ££. 


«*-V2in3«n«o 


.-A. 



•NUT 



11 or '• 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 

TITLB *'AST PHASE X BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



NOTE: 



It Is 6igum«d that tht orooer dlaqnostlct 
• re lecattd on the load r^edla belna used. 
Tht following format wJll be used to 
llluitrata running diagnostics under the 
Diagnostic Supervisor. 



9.x Diagnostic name 
DS> RUN XXXX <CR> 



XXXXXXXXXXXX 
XXXXXXXXXXXX 
XXXXXXXXXXXX 



(how to start dlaanostlr.) 
(operator Inojt lnd^c««.oi) 
(beginning of run or*.it out) 
(special Instructions) 
(end of run print out) 



9.5 EVKAB.rxC VAX Baslc Instruction exerciser 
DS> RUN eVICAB <CR> 



..PROGRAM! VAX Baslc Instruction Exerciser, ZZ-cvkab, 

rev 2.0, 10 tests, at HH:M»«tss 

TrSTXNGX .KAO 

• •END OF RUX, ERRORS DETtiCTED PASS COu>T: 1. TT^F} 

9.6 CVKAC.EXE VAX Floating Point Instruction Fxerclser. 

DS> RUN EVKAC <CR> 



..PROGRAWt VAX Floating Point Instruction Exerciser, 

Z2-EVKAC, REV !.<*, 2 TESTS, AT HH:»''':SS 

TESTING: -KAO 

..END or RUN. ERRORS DETECTED PASS COU»T! I. TI^F: 

9,7 EVKAD.EXE VAX Comoatlbl llty ^^ode Ins\ uction Exerciser. 

DS> RUN 2VKAD <CP> 



...PPOGHAM; VAX Cowoatlbtllty "ode Instruction Exerciser, 

ZZ-EVKAD, PEV 1.2, 4 TESTS, AT MH:*'«':SS 

TESTING: .KAO 

..END OF RUM. ERRORS DETECTED PASS COU'-T: 1. Tl'^f: 

9.8 EVKAE.EXE VAX Prlvlleoed Architecture Exerciser. 

DS> RUM EVKAE <CR> 



..PPOGRA**: VAX Prlvileaed ArcM f^cture Lx<»rclier, 

ZZ-tVKAE, RFV l.O, 9 TtSTS, AT mH:'":SS 

TtSTlMG: _KAO 

..EKH OF RUK. ERRORS DETECTEn PAS5 COl"T: 1. TI'- 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

yp 



NUMBER 



REV 



'8 



OK 



SHEET 



1 1 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



"AST PHASt I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TE5T 



9.9 ECCBA.CXE VAX 11/750(UBI), 0^150 DiaonostlC 
DS> »UN ECCBA <CR> 



..PPOGRAMj FCCHA-REV 1.0 VAX 11/790(UBI), nw750 01«ano8tlc 

REV 1.0 32 TE5TS, AT HHtMMlSS. 

TESTINCX .PkO 

«I0 UBES SELECTED. SKIPPING TFST 

..END or RUN. ERRORS DETECTED PASS COUNT: I. TI^'E: 

9.10 ECKtX.EXE VAX 11/750 Specific CPU Cluster Exerciser. 

NOTE I 

Initall a frlte enabled scratch tape Into TU59 
after ECKAX la loaded Into memory. 

DS> LOAD ECKAX <CR> 

DS> 5T/SFtALL <CR> 



..PROGRAHJ VAX 11/750 Specific CPU Clufter ExercUer - ZZ-FCMx-i 

REV 1.0 9 TFSTS, AT HHlMMiSS 
TESTING: .KAO 

Before contlnulno, aet tne front panel i»»itch to halt/restart 

Good Restart Parameter BlocK subtest • This subtest 
will restart Itself if the rpb is orooerlv interpreted. 
Push the reset switch to power fall... 
%% 

Bad Checksum Subtest - This subtest will halt the orocessor 
with a halt code of 11. After this has happened tne suotest 
is restarted by tyoino S 100 <CR> on the console terminal. 
Push the reset switch to power fail... 

%% ■-" 

OOOOOOOO 11 
>>>S 100 <CR> 



Search for Good ppp - This subtest win restart .self 
if the good RPB is found and interpreted prooerly. 
Push the reset switch to power fall... 
%% 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



NUMBER 

»'A»v71O3«0«n 



REV 



fotumn 



SHEET 



'' OfJl 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



»»AST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST 



UMtm start ri«o Subttit • This lubtttt Mill halt t^e processor 
with a halt coda of 12. Aftar this has haooanad the subtest 
Is raitarted by typlno 8 100 <CP> on the console terminal. 
Push tht rasat switch to povar fall... 

%% 

00000000 13 
»>8 100 <CR> 



Is this systa* equipped »lth battery bacKuo? 
(If no» than set the irent panel switch to the Halt position) 
[(NO), YES) 

WARNING! The front panel switch aust be In HALT 
for this taft to ooarate proearly. 

HALT exoected with followino printouts 
00006136 06 

To continue fron console node do the follo^lnot 
D/G r 100 <CR> and then C <CR> 

00006136 

»>0/G F 100 <CR> 



»>C <CR> 



HALT expected with followinq orintoutt 

0000633r 04 

To continue from console aode do the followino: 

D/G r 100 <CR> and than C <CR> 

0000633r 04 

»>0/C ¥ '0? <CR> 



>»C <CR> 



HALT expected with following printout! 

0000650C 04 

To continue fron console wode do the follONlno; 

D/G P 100 <CR> and then C <CR> 

0000650C 04 

»>D/G f 100 <CR> 

»>C <CR> 



sizr 

A 



CODE 



NUMBER 

■wA»v?in^-o«o 



REV 



5Hr!ET 



13 



OP 



28 



i^mmm^mmmmi^ 



^^IPMH^ 



mmg^K^^. 



^^ 



i^wp 



MANUPACTUIUNG SPECinCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



l«AST PHASr I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TFST 



HALT tXDffcttd with followlnq printouts 

00006688 OA 

To continue from console node do r,n« follo»lnqt 

0/G P 100 <CR> end then C <CR> 

00006688 CA 

>>>0/6 r 100 <CR> 

a a> M aw w • « « at V M • 

»>C <CR> 

HALT fxoected with follovlno orlntouti 

00006808 OA 

To eentlnut fro* console ii»ode do the followinot 

D/G f 100 <CR> end then C <CR> 

00006808 OA 

»>D/C r 100 <CR> 

>»C <CR> 

HALT expected with followlno printout! 

00006988 OA 

To continue fro* console eede do the follovinas 

0/G r 100 <CR> end then C <CR> 

0006988 OA 

»>D/Q r 100 <CR> 

»>C <CR> 

HALT expected with followinu printout i 

00006P08 

To continue frop console «ode do nr« folloMlrc; 

D/G r 1^0 <CR> end then C <CR> 

00006009 

»>P/G r 100 <CR> 

»>C «.uR> 

"'xltinq wcs test, tics last address « 0. 

Cxitina MC8 test, i»CS last address « 0. 

..END or RUN, ERRORS DETECTED PASS CmiNTS 1. T] 'E: 



CODE 



NUMBER 



REV 



SHEET 



'' Of '' 



MA^vr^yraMWQ ?p^<;;if>^ATON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



imi 



HAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TCST 



9.11 CCKAM.eXF KIS750 i«t(i>ory Dlaqnoitic. 
NOTE I 

rirtt Btiiory array it not tetted, ^\}§t 
havt S12KB for tatc to run, 

DS> PUN ECKA>* <CP> 

•• PROGRAPI ECKAM-REV, 1.0 M8750 KCMORY DIAG^rSTIC, HfCV 1,0 
11 TESTS, AT HHtMMtSS 

HIGHEST LONG WORD ADDRESS IS t 
tiEMORY NAP VALID! OOOOIFPr (X) 
SLOT(O) IS PULIiY POPULATED (256KR) 
StOTtU IS PULLT POPULATED (256KB) 
SL0TC3] IS ENPTY 
SL0Tt4J IS ENPTY 
SLOTtS) IS ENPTY 
SL0T(6J IS r»PTY 
SLOTCTJ IS ENPTY 
RON NUNBCRt A DEVICE TYPEl OD 
RON WUNBERI B DEVICE TYPEl DM 
RON NUMBERS C OEVTCE TYPEl DL 
ARRAYU) SINGLE NIT ER»'ORSt 

ROW 0*0 

ROW 1-0 

ROW 2-0 

ROH J • 
..END OP RUN. ERRORS DETECTED PASS COUNTI 1. Tlntt 



IBS 



,4 
If 



CODE 



NUMtCfl 



REV 



SHUT 



IS 



OP 



2t 



m 



MANUFACTUMNC STECinCATlON 

TITli NASI PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST 



CONTINUATtON SHEET 




Ftour* 1 1 ]/7S} Bockplan* 



llO«KM 



V ^ 



M 081 781 -A 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-V2103-0-0 



REV 

A 



MC lft^Mt|lMMiM7S 



SHEET JLL. OF «il 



MANUFACTURING SPECfflCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST 



M 081 TBI -A 



L0011 C>A.C. 



^ 



. d 



1 









••« m 



Rguf 2 Com«t Msinory ContiolUr 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMSER 

MA-V2103-0-0 



REV 

A 



OCC l*-(SMltOM-M«72 



SMcrr Ji« OF «ii. 



I 



m 



.1 

km 



MANUFACTURING SPECmCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST 



■ ■ OpH^ am MA) 


- 


LOOOSO^M 


r>« 


L0003MC 


r» 


L00O«UM 


^ 


LOo6i^u7fl6p«i»4 


«t 


Oprto*. iaUi AfiM) 


« 


OpHMi 


^ 


O^Nmi 


• 


OlpHMt 


•> 


LOOIt 


s 


MS7S»^ 


z 


MIMO^Mmi 


9* 


MiMO»H«i 


ft 


MIMOpHMi 


^ 


MlMCpHM 


tn 


MEMQ^Im 


;« 


MIMQ^Mmi 


r«. 


MliMfl^iH 


s 


MflOS 


1 






•> 


M9203 


I 


—mr~ 




K 




0727 




M 




OTT 




R 




0727 




S 




0727 




S 




0727 








0727 




«e 




0727 




i^ 


Mf3t3 




0727 




s 



4a 



M 081 781 -A 



MC lHSMMeM4««7t 



RflUf 3 

11A51 M>duU Ufllzotlon 
(Fiont V1«w) 



SIZE CODE 
A ISP 



NUMBER 

MA-V2103-0-0 



REV 

A 



SHEET 



18 



OF 



28 



J 



■ •• .«.»»■ I I— « 



MANUFACTURING SPECfflCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIE HAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST 



run 



^tiw%t InBiCSl^fV 




^QaoncH 



M 081 781 -A 



Flgur> 4 11/751 Fiont Vl«w 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMIER 

MA.V2103-0-0 



MEV 

A 



MC lM*MMMt4««7t 



SHEET 



19 



OF 



28 



MANUFACTURING STECFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHCCT 



TITIC MAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST 



IMMmI* Accm C*««f 




loncn 



M 081 781 -A 



Ffguf 5 11/751 Sld« V?«w 
(MDduU Sfd*) 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMSER 

MA-V2103-0-0 



REV 

A 



CMC l*HMtt-lM«4««7t 



SHEET IL- OF ii. 



-:4 



mm 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MAST PHASE I BACK-UP 11/751 TEST 



Coblt 




FIour«6 11/751 S}dtVT«w 
(Backplon* SId«) 



Jj^umoi 



M 0ei781-A R»v. A 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 
MA-A2103-.0-0 



REV 
A 



SHEET «iL OF ii 



OCC J*-i*M)-tOM-M«7t 



MANUFACTURWC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITlf. MAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST 



TUSB C0«i*iDll«r 



TOYI»»t«*r 




Supply 



Ftowf 7 11 //5l Fiont Vl«w 
(Covwn fVHnov«d) 



P°^ . 



M 061 781 -A 



CMC l«-<*M>*aM»«M7t 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



NUMIER 

NA-V2103-0.0 



SHEET 



22 



REV 
A 



OF 



28 



^^[^ 



■W! 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITIL MAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST 



El 



M 081 781 -A 




AC hm0Nm*f 



C«fWiU Ttminol Cobl* 



Cable AccMt S»mln Ibllaf 



Ftguf 8 11/751 lUor Vl«w 
(Cov«n Rtmovcd) 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-V2103-0-0 



REV 

A 



OCC l*^»M|10M-4**«7a 



SHEET 



23 



OF 



2S 



.«» wii mi — I «iiiti« II— — *«■* 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST 



r 



M 0831 81 -A 



VAX 11/751 




GIT 



SEC UK 



LOCAL 



SfCURE 



POMU OH ACTION 




RESTART 



r 




lOOT OfVICE 



• c 



1 



cy 



CFU STATE 



ERROR 

O 

RUN 

o 

POWER 

O 



Rgof» 9 11/751 Conwl* Ponel 



i 



^^»^ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



NUMBER 



REV 



OCC 1»^JMI-1M2-N*7t 



SHEET ^* OF ii. 



.3 

u 



Mi%NUPACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MAST P^hSK I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TF.ST 



APPrNDIX A 



Contolt Routlntf 



Confolff Coni"«ndf 



Th« contol« prompt if the lawt at the vax ii/7ho 
">>>" tnd appeeri at the beglnrino of everv li^e. 



• •pa 

nnn> 
»>e 
>>>o 



enter 11/750 Coneole node trow ooeratlna tysteii. 

Enter ROi* «ode from console mode, 
(with ROM Installed) 

ExaiPine eomnand 

Deposit conmand 



>>>I<CR> Xnlt command. Invalidates TB, Cache, BnA 
does Processor inlt and Unjrus init. 

>»T<CP> Test eonmand, runs micro verify 
microroutlne explained later* 

>>>S ADR<CR> Start conmandf The command may have 
>>>S <CR> an address aroument fillowlna, or a 
carriaae return If thf PC Is uii*d. 
The start command does an inlt seq- 
uence before oolno to JRDl of the 
macro instruction pointed to bv the PC. 

>>>C The continue command is the same as the Start 
command and starts macro execution at the 
address in the PC. 

>>>N Next command is used to sinale step the macro 
instruction after the PC Is loaded. 

>»B The Boot command in this example «>ill hoot the 
device selected by the front panel DEVICE 
switch* 

»>X APT load and dump command. 

Command switches for examine and depdslr commands. 

Size Switches 



/B 
/u 
/L 



sets the data size to hyte 
sets the data size to word 
sets tne data size to loni 



COOI 



NUMBER 



REV 



SHEET 



^^ OF 2« 



»iANUFACTUlUNG SPECIWCATION 



CONTINUATION SHIET 



TITLE 



MAST PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 Tt'ST 



Punetion Svltehti 

/G CPP 
/I 1P« 

/P Phyieiai Ktpory 
n Ylrtual Kcmorv 

<SP>P PSL 
CoMsand S«lteh«t for Boot Consolo Ce^nand. 



>»B/X<CP> 



>»B/nnnn<CP> 



Boot dffviet ftlocttd by front oontl 
Device SELPCT fwltch and Inhibit 
nicro varlfy ftat. 

Boot davlet stlaettd by front oantl 
orviCE SELECT t»lteh and oast a four 
dloit nunbtr as software control fla'ss 
to VMB.eXE In PS* 



>»B OOCU<CP> Boot davlee sotclfitd by oparator. 



exampiast 

>»D/G/L P |000<CP> 
»>0/P 1000 00S251D0 
»>e/I 25<CP> 
»>X<CP> 
»>B/10/X DMA0<CR> 

Consolt Co«»and Error Codts. 



Put 1000 In PC. 

Put coda In addrass lOAo. 

Cvaalna eacha dlsabla rtqlster. 

Do an Tnlt saooanca. 

Boot Dlaanostle Suoarvlsor 

without aiero varlfy from d^ao. 



If an illaoal eonsoia comwand Is atta<»ptad or 
eoanand is abortad bacausa of a vlerotrao or 
or soma othar condition a t»o dlolt arror co^l^ 
is tyoad out and tha consola waits tor naw Inout. 



examolas 

»>E P<CR> 

»>E<CR> 

?11 

»> 

Error Codts t 
20 s 



11 
29 
33 
34 



Exanlna PSL 

Xmollts axamlna naxt location (lilaaAi) 

Error Coda tyoad hy consola. 

Paadv for Input 



Oaposit or axamlna of aamory failed. 
(access violation, translation not vaiH, 
bus error, TB or t% parity error.) 
Illaoal access of an IPP or PSL. 
Binary transfer checicsuw error. 
Attempt to boot fro'*' unicnown device tvoe. 
Boot device not "A", "h", C"» or "0". 



A 



c55i 



NUMBER 

«A-V2103«n»Q 



REV 

A 



SHEET 



7? 



OP 



7H 



?!!y 



MANUPACTURING SPECinCATION 



CONTINUATION SHf ET 



TTTU 



PhBt PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST 



Conioit Malt IrrrtT codti 



00 ■ Halt co»»and typtd at console. 

03 « *D nalt or slnola macro Inatructlon mode, 

04 ■ Inttrrupt ttacir not valid. 
0« ■ Halt instruction txtcutad. 

07 ■ vaetor Bltf <lt0>«3. Halt at vector 

01 ■ Vaetor 81ti <lt0>a2, «CS dlsaoltd or Mssino 
OA e Chanqt Modt Instruction axteutai on 

Xntarrupt Stack. 
OB ■ Chanqt Noda Instruction axtcuttd and 

vaetor Bits <liO> not ■ 0. 
OP m Ooublt Bus Mritt Error Halt. 
il » Povtr up and can't find ppb^ FPSl at 

RESTART/HALT. 

12 ■ Povar up ««ri» start fla9 falst PPSl at 

RESTART/HALT. 

13 « Powar UP can't find qood 64ic of mafaory. 

14 ■ Povar up and bootina, but bad Boot f'Oi*. 

15 • Povar UP and cold start flaq sat durinq 

boot subroutine. 
SB a Povar UP halt FPSl at HALT position. 
pr ■ Miero verify Test failure. 



Micro Verify 



The i*iero Verify Routine is run at oower up 
and during Init sequences to the 11/75^. 
At the bi^innina of f»icTo Verify a « will 
be outputed to the console. A successful 
conoletion viii yield another t . a . 
failure vili output one of the follovina 
failure codes. 

Horr.t 

Ref'/rence RC750 Nierediaonesties and Technical •'anuAl EK-KC7?n-T* 
an<i the Micr«»diaonestic listings for detail lnforn«atlon on 
Installation and use of KC7S0 if aicrodiaanostics are to be run. 






c5oi 

5P 



NUMBER 

we«»v2iOi»o-A 



REV 

\ 



SNiiT 



27 



OP 



29 



Tn^™ 



I 



MANUPACTUIUNG SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHIIT 



TITLl 



NA8T PHASE I BACK-UP VAX 11/751 TEST 



Tttt Nunb«r 
S 

a 

3 

4 
S 

« 
7 

9 

to 

11 
12 
13 
14 

15 



Ttit NaiPt 

R*Buf» W*Bui, Pta Ttitt 
^-Pui* 0-Ptg Ttit 
Scratchpad Ttft 
Cirpllclt Addr.Tttt i«ttpp 
ClOllClt Addr.Ttfct Ktt»D 
Cipllclt Addr.Tttt IPRi 
explicit Addr.Ttst GPPi 
X», m, and OSP Tttt 
XB, PC, and PCtltizt Ttft 

RNUM/0«6itt Ttfti 
•NUli/D-SiBt Ttttt 

Ctcht Parity error Tttt 

TB Parity error Ttit 

Control Stort Parity error Tttt 

Cacht Tttt 



Ptllure Coiv 



t 

r 
I 
a 
t 



t 
I 
I 
I 



eXAHPLCl 



Micro Vtrify Fallurt 



%F Thii indieattt a fallurt of Mtt»o scr«tc^o«d 
OOOOOXXX FF PC containt loop count or point at «nicn 
>» tttt falltd and rr Intilcattt tlcro 
vtrlfy fallurt. 



.A. 



5P 



NUMtER 



UST 



SNOT 




•X 



Ill 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCATION 



M.'.S.T. 



DATE j/l/81 



a 



I 
S 

in 

Ml 

II 
115 



^& 



TITLE 



FLOATING POINT ACCELEP J',?^ 



REV 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



CHO NO ORIG 



DATE 



kPPO BY 



DATE 



A 
B 



IS 



I 



<- v^ p 



VAX 11780 Floating Point 
Accelerator Rewrite. 



MLOII 



Al Gautiiier 



4/7/81 




r/^/Bt 



1^ 



ENQ 



Al 



^^SL 



APPD 



Bob Bp 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

sr 



NUMBER 

mv 2^00- 0-0 



REV 

B 



C»iHHMt-|».M«t't^Mt| 



SI'EET 1 OF 



!6 



MAm»AC™«NC MCmCAnON COm.N0AT.OH ».ICT 1 


TITil 


MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 




rP 780 rtOATIMG POINT ACCELERATOR 


1.0 


INTRODUCTION 




Th« Floating Point Accelerator (FPA) is an optional high 
8^«ed VAX 11/780 processor extension. When included in 
tie processor, the FPA executes the addition, subtrac- 
tion, multiplication, and division instructions that 
operate on single, and double, precision floating point 
operands; including the special EMOD and POLY instruc- 
tions in both single, and double-precision, formats. 
Additionally, the FPA enhances the performance of 32- 
bit integer multiply instructions. 




NOTE: The FPA does not have to be installed in the 
11/780 CPU in order to execute floating point operand 
instructions. The FPA can be added or removed without 
changing any existing software. 


2.0 


REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 




2.1 Manuals: 




2.1.1 PP Accelerator Manual EK-FP780-TD 




2.1.2 Power System Overview EK-PS780-TD 




2.1.3 Diagnostic System Manual EK-DS780-TD 




2.2 Reference Listings; 




2.2.1 Micro Code Listings EP-ESOAC» 




2.2.2 VAX 11/780 Architecture Hndb EB-07466 




2.2.3 VAX Instruction Card EJ-S2000 


SIZE 


COM 

SP 


MA'iVWW-O-O 


"l^l 




IN41M*-lM««7tHM«) 



SNICT 



OF 



MANUrACTUMWG gBanCATION 

Tint 



CONTINUATION tHKET 



MODULAR A? 



".H TO SVSTL'.S TEST 



2.3 Prlntii 

2.3.1 FP780 MP00565 

2.3.2 11/780 Complete Print Set MP00539 

2.3.3 VAX 11780 CPU MAST Back-Up MAV2100-0-0 

3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT 



3.1 For test equipment, (Refer to section 3.0 in VAX 
11/780 CPU MAST B«ck-Up) MAV2100-0-0. 

3.2 Floating Point Accelerator Hardware 

3.2.1 M8289 - FCT - FPA Controller 

3.2.2 M8288 - FAD - Fraction Adder 

3.2.3 M8287 - FML - Fraction Mul Low 

3.2.4 M8286 - FMU - Fraction Mul High 

3.2.5 M8285 - FNM - Fraction Normallzer 

3.2.6 H7100 (A) or (B) Power Supply 
(Set Option Breakdown below) 



3.3 



FP780-AA 
Modules 
FP780-BB 
Modules 



H7100-A (115V 60 HZ) ^ 5 FPA 
H7100-B (230V 50 HZ) * 5 FPA 



Diagnostic Diskettes 

3.3.1 RXl Floppy Diskette 

3.3.2 RX2 Floppy Diskette 

3.3.3 RX3 Floppy Diskette 



AS-E6337-YE 



AS-E1587-DE 



AS-E1597-D 



tIZI 



CODC 

sn 



NUMteil 

MA-V2200-0-0 



B 




fcH^lMMMM7t<(Mt) 



SHEET 



OF 16 



JJANUrACnjRING gECOTCATTON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



Tins 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYG'EMS TEST 



3.3.4 RX8 Floppy Diskette 

3.3.5 RX25 Floppy Diskette 



AS-E1617-YE 
AS-F7487-YE 



4.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRANS 

4.1 FP780 Diagnostics and Monitors: 

4.1.1 Level 4 The following diagnostics 

do not require Diagnostic 
Supervisor. 

ESKAH Microdiagnostic Test fl 

ESKAJ Microdiagnostic Test f2 



4.1. 2 Level 3 — 



- These Diagnostics run 

standalone under Diagnostic 
Supervisor. 



NOTE: EVKAA.- This Diagnostic should 
be run only if operator experiences 
trouble with Diagnostic Supervisor. 

EVKAB Basic Instruction Exerciser 

EVKAC Floating Point Instruction 

Exerciser. 

EVKAD Compatability Mode Inst. 

EVKAE Privileged Architecture 



SIZE 



CODE 

SPI 



NUMSEII 

MA-V2200-0-0 



REV 

B 



id'i^q 



CN-«1 MM«*Nt7aHSM) 



SHEET 1_ OF ^-6 



MANUFACTURINC arEClFICAITON 



CONTINUATION tHCCT 



TITli 



MODULAR A'^PROACfi TO SYSTEliS TEST 



5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS 



5.1 CAUTION : No iB«talllc jewelry should be worn while 
servicing this equipment, due to the high current 
capabilities of the power supplies. 



5.2 Jumper Conve.Fion used is: 

I - Jumper IN, ■ Jumper OUT, X « Unimportant 

Jumper Configurations are explicit or standard 
configuration is shown by an arrow ( >) • 

5.3 In section 8.0, the user's response is underlined 
6.0 INSTALLATION AND TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTION 



6.1 Hardware set-up and Configuration 

6.1.1 Perform visual inspection for obvious 
discrepancies, damage or potential 
power up problems. 

CAUTION: All System power must be OFF. 



SIZE 1 CODE 

A 1 SP 



ma'!\}WW-o-o '''% 



CN-01MM»4M7t-(Mt) 



SNBET 



OF 



16 



MANUFACnJRINC SfEdFlCATlON COimNUATION SHtET 


^'^■^ ^tCDULAR "..^"^'CA:;- to S-'STtMS TEST 


6.1.2 Install Nodules in proper slots c 


.f CPU. 




(For physical location. Refer to 


TABLE 




A. 






TABLE A 






Module Utilization of FPA 






(viewed from module side) 

J pn» X 








1 1 








ISlotI 1 1 1 


1 










1 29 1 28 1 27 1 26 1 25 


24 


2: 


1 1 


t 1 1 




1 1 1 1 1 










1 1 M 1 M 1 M 1 M 


1 M 








1 1 1 1 1 


1 








ICPU 18 18 18 18 


18 


CPU l< 


■>|CPU 1 


1 12 12 12 12 


1 2 








1 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 8 


1 8 








1 1 91 81 71 6 


1 5 








1 1 1 1 1 


1 








1 IP IP IP IP 


IF 








1 1 C 1 A 1 M 1 M 


1 N 








1 1 T 1 D 1 L 1 H 


1 M 








i 1 1 1 ) 


\ 








6.1.3 Install Jumpers Wl to W14 on 


M8232 




Clock Module. Refer to Figure 1, 






6.1.4 Update System I.D. Register to 


proper 




Rev. level by installing/removing 




Jumpers on J12 6 J13. Refer to 


Figure 




3. 




# 


6.2 Installation of FPA Power Supply 






CAUTION: ALL SYSTEM POWER OFF. 








Size 


CODE 




NUMBER 




REV 1 




A 


SP 




MA-V220n- 


•0-0 


A 






SHEET ^ 




d i q' 1 t 'a 


CN-O10«tlft-N«72-(M2) 


. OF 3 



MANUFACTURING STBCIFICATION 



CONTINUATION tNffr 



TITIE 



fCDu.AR AP^noA:.: to 5'^ste.s test 



6.2.1 Remove top screw (front) and move slide clip 
left in (rear) of Power Supply Blank Cage, 
#70-14101-0-0. 

6.2.2 Remove Power Supply Blank Cage, and insert 
Power Supply H7100 into II slot. Refer to 
Figure 2. 

6.2.3 Move slide clip, (rear), and lock. Position 
top screw (front) and secure Power Supply in 
place. 

6.2.4 For FPA installation, remove wire from -fSC 
(B) to •♦•5A (D) on acorn pack. Refer to 
Figure 3. 

6.2.5 Wire b^ckpanel (Figure 3) as shown in TABLE 

a. 

TABLE B 



1 FROM 


1 TO 1 


1 KA780 


1 PSil 1 


1 +5A-A 


1 4 5V-A 1 


1 +5A-B 


1 -t-SV-B 1 


1 ■►SA-C 


4 5V-C 1 


1 +5A-D 


4.5V-D 1 


1 ■♦•5A RET-A 


4-6 RET-A 1 


1 +5A RET-B 


♦5 RET-B 1 


1 +5A RET-C 


•fS RET-C 1 


1 +5A RET-D 


•♦•5 RET-D 1 


1 AC/DC LOW 




1 PS1-J3 


KA78P-J17 1 


1 OVERTEMP 




I PS2-J4 


PS1-J4 1 


1 Move Cable 1 




1 PS2-J5 1 


PS J -J 5 1 



SIZE 



CODC 

SF 



NUMBER 

MA-V2200-0-0 



REV 

B 




CN-010«21«^»73(3«2) 



SHEET 



OFii 



MANUrACTURINC SPECIFICA710W 



CONTINUATION SHtET 



TITII 



MODULAR A?"ROAC:: TO S"5TLi!S TtST 



6. 3 Diskette Load 

6.3.1 Release drive lock and swing out floppy 
drive assembly. 

6.3.2 Insert diskette, RXl Floppy, 
(AS-E633?-yE) into RXOl drive assembly. 

6.3.3 Close diskette slot cover. 



6.4 Power on/Bootstrap 

6.4.1 With Main Breaker OFF, plug power cord 
into proper power outlet. 

6.4.2 Turn 869 Power Controller Function 
Switch to REMOTE position. 

6.4.3 With the H7111 (T.O.D.C.) LSI-11 DC, 
and all H7100 CKT Breakers OFF, apply 
power to 869 Power Controller. 

6.4.4 Middle blower should be ON, with air 
exiting from center exhaust. 

6.4.5 Turn on H7111 Time Of Day Power Supply. 
Power on indicator should light. 

6.4.6 Power on System by Key Switch, and 
verify operation and air flow direction 
of the other two blowers. 

6.4.7 Power on LSI-ll, by placing DC ON/OFF 
Switch to ON. DC on LED should light. 
Place HALT/ENABLE Switch to ENABLE. 

NOTE: If DC on LED is not lit, check 
power switch on rear of LSI-11 for ON 
position. 



I 



SIZE 



CODE 

S 



NUMBEK 

MA-V2200-0-0 



REV 

B 



d liq lit a I 



ltNO10«a-U-N« 72(192) 



SHEET 



OF J^ 



MANUFACTURING IPBOFiCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR A?''-'0A:H TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.4.8 Set CPU Control 
Switch to OFF. 



Panel AUTO/RESTART 



6.4.9 Turn on H7100 CKT Breakers one at a 
time observing Power In<11cator LED'S. 
Should get, green power normal 
indicators. 



6.4.10 With Key in LOCAL 
program will boot. 



position. Console 



6.4.11 Console Terminal will output message. 
CPU should now be ready to run 
diagnostics. Message is shown at 8.1.1 
of this procedure. 



7.0 POWER CHECKS 

7.1 Observe indicator on PSil for power normal 

indication. Refer to Figure 2. Check table below 
for proper voltages regarding FPA on KA7R0 
backpanel . 

VOLTAGE/SIGNAL 



PIN 




F 


lANGE 


(loc on KA780 








Backpanel) 








C26A1 


4.9V 


to 


5.2V 


J17-1 


-8V 


to 


-IIV 


J17-2 


-8V 


to 


-IIV 



♦ 5A 

AC LOW 
DC LOW 

NOTE: Power supply is not adjustable and must 
be repaired or replaced if out of spec. 

8,0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE 

8.1 Diagnostic Check Out. Run time and pass counts are 
contained on M.A.S.T. checklists. No errors are 
allowed unless specified. 



SIZt 



cooc 

SH 



NUMtCII 

MA-V2200-0-0 




■N-0JMa-l«<N«7S-(Ma} 



•HItT 



OF 



RCV 

B 



MANUFACTURING gBCmCATTON 



CONTINUATION tHECT 



Trai 



MODULAR .r^roMA TO S'^ST.ilS TCST 



8.1.1 Console terminal will display the following 
message upon completion of boot* 

CPU HALTED, SOMM CLEAR, STEP-NONE, 

CLOCK-NCRM 

RAD-HEX,ADD"PHYS, DAT-LONG, FILL-00, 

REL-00000000 

INIT SEQ DONE 

HALTED AT 00000000 

(RELOADED WCS) 

LOAD DONE, 00003200 BYTES LOADED 

VER: PCS-01 WCS-UD-12 FPLA-OD 

CON-V05-010-L 

>>> 

8.1.2 Remove RXl Diskette in drive, and insert RX2 
Diskette. 

T<CR> 

ZZ-ESKAB V12.0 

01,02,03,04, 

NO. OP WCS MODULES » 0001 

O5,O6,07,O8,09,0A,0B,OC,0D,0E,0F,10,ll,12, 

13,14,15,16,17, 

18, 19, lA, IB, IC, ID, IE, IF, 20, 

SYS ID REG« 01200996 

21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,2AA,2B,2C,2D,2E, 

2F,30,31,322,33,334,35,36,37,38,39,3A,3B,3C, 

3D, 

END PASS 0001 

MOUNT FLOPPY ZZ-ESZAD & TYPE "DI" 

MIO 

8.1.3 Remove RX2 Diskette in drive, and insert RX3 
Diskette. 

DI<CR> 



A 



CODE 

SI 



NUMIEII 

MA-V2200-0-G 



iiev 

B 



CN-01MX-l«4««7a-(J»t) 



•Mirr 10 OF JL 



liANUFACTURINO aTBCIFlCATON COWIMUATIOM fMtlT 


^•^^ MDOtlLAR A^^SOACrl TO SYSTCnS TEST 


3E, 


CPU TR-00000010 


MS780 16K CHIP AT TR 01 


MAX ADR-t-1-00100000 


DW780 AT TR 03 


RH780 AT TR 08 


RH780 AT TR 09 


3P,40,41,42,43»44,45,46,47,48,49,4A,4B,4C, 


4D,4E, 


MS780 16K CHIP AT TR 01 


ARRAY *! 00000000 


* SINGLE BIT ERRORS: 00000000 


ARRAY *: 00000001 


• SINGLE BIT ERRORS: 00000000 


ARRAY •: 00000002 


• SINGLE BIT ERRORS: 00000000 


ARRAY •: 00000003 


* SINGLE BIT ERRORS: 00000000 


4r, 


MS780 16K CHIP AT TR 01 


M8213 ROMS OK 


50,51,52, 


STARTING PPA TESTS 


53,54,55,56,57,58,59,5A,5B,5C,5D,5E,5F, 


END PASS 0001 


CPU HALTED, SOMM CLEAR, STEP-NONE, 


CLOCK -NORM 


RAD-HEX, ADD-PHYS , DAT-LONG , FI LL-00 , 


REL-00000000 


INIT SEO DONE 


HALTED AT 00000000 


(RELOADED WCS) ' 


LOAD DONE, 00003200 BYTES LOADED 


VER: PCS-01 WCS-OD-12 FPLA-OD 


CON-V05-01-L 


»> 


T 


cooc 

SP 


MA v""oO-0-0 


"1| 




iN4aMM*-M«7a-i«»a) 



•MtU H OF Jli 



MANUrACTURINO Mciric^fnoN 



CONTINIATION fHCET 



Tini 



,«DULAR A''pROA:h TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.1.4 Remove RX3 Diskette and mount VAX 
Instruction Diagnostic 11 RX8. 

BOOT<CR> 

CPU HALTED 

INIT SEQ DONE 

LOAD DOME, 00014 200 BYTES LOADED 
DIAGNOSTIC SUPERVISOR. 2Z-ESSAA-6. 1-370 
8-AUG-1980 12:25:12 
DS> ATT KA780 SBI KAO NO NO 1<CR> 

DS> SEL ALLTCTT 

DS> ROM gVKAB<eR> 

..PROGRAM: VAX Basic Instruction Exerciser* 
ZZ-EVKAB, REV 2.2, 10 TESTS, AT 12:27:37.14, 
TESTING: _KAO 

Accelerator type 1 is disabled. 

Accelerator type 1 is enabled. 

..END OP RUN. ERRORS DETECTED. PASS 

COUNT: 1 TIME: 8-AUG-1980 12:29:34.74 

DS> 

8.1.5 Remove RX8 Diskette and mount Vax Inst. 
Diag. Diskette 12 RX25. 

RUN EVKAC<CR> 



..PROGRAM: VAX Floating Point 
Exerciser, Z2-EVKAC, REV 2.0, 
12:30:49.49. 
TESTING: KAO 



Instruction 
3 TESTS AT 



Accelerator type 1 is disablnd. 
Accelerator type 1 is enabled. 
.. END OP RUN. ERRORS DETECT'ZD. PASS 
COUNT: 1 TIME: 8-AUG-1980 12:33:04.18 
DS> RUN EVKAD<CR> 



SIZK 

JL 



coot 

SP 



NUMtEII 

MA-V2200-0-0 



RCV 

B 




tM-aiMM«4iM71-(MO 



SHCCT 



MAWWACrUIUWG gECIFlCATlON 



C0NT1NUATI0M SNECT 



TITLE 



MODULAR ^?R0^..•^ TO S/STEIIS TEST 



.. PROGRAi /AX Compatibility Hodt 
Instruction Exerciser, EVKAD, REV 1.2, 4 
TESTS, AT 12:33:50.37. 
TESTING: KAO 

Accelerator type 1 is disabled. 
Accelerator type 1 is enabled. 
.. END OP RUN. ERRORS DETECTED. PASS 
COUNT: 1 TIME: 8-AUG-1980 12: 34:1 J, 70 
DS> RUN EVKAE<CR> 

.. PROGRAM: VAX Privileged Architecture 
Exerciser, EVKAE, REV 1.2, 9 TESTS, AT 
12:36:06.89. 
TESTING: _KAO 

Accelerator type 1 is disabled. Accelerator 

type 1 is enabled. 

.. END OP RUN. ERRORS DETECTED. PASS 

COUNT: 1 TIME: S-AUG-1980 11:34:55.62 

Di5> 

[END OF TESTl 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMflER 

MA-V2200-0-0 



REV I 
3i 



A 




9M-010»»-l*-*aitHMn 



•MEET «13_ OP «Ji 



MAWUFACroilINO MClFiCATlON 

^•^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEHS TEST 



CONTINUATION SHUT 




SUPPtV 



Hgury 2 H*A t*h> steal l.iH:.i(ion 



TEn 



NUMtCII 

MAV22Q0.Q«Q 



MV 



'd i:ci I't-a' 



•M'UMl-l*4««y«-iM« 



SHIIT 14 Of J^ 



MANUFACTUIUNC gBCmCATTON 



CONTINUATION THCCT 



Tini 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



KA780 BACKPANEL REAR VIEW 




SB! BUS 
ACORN PACK 



c 



C 





t 



POWER SUPPLY 1 ♦ 5 RET (GND)* 
POWER SUPPLY 1 > 5 * 

^ " " 2 ♦ 5 RET (GND) 

r " " 2 ♦ 5 

"■ " " 3*5 RET (GNO) 



Fimc 3 



3 ♦ 5 



OPTIONAL 



SIZI 



CODC 

SP 



NUMBSII 

MAV22QO-0-0 



RCV 

B 



d:i!q'Mt!a 



CN-«iMa-i«-N«9a-(a»:il 



SNECT J^S OF I§ 



MAWUrACIUKIWO MOriCATTON 



CONTINUATION SNItT 



TITU 



MOP«iLAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



! UU Mil 
O O 

|U10 |W9 



.0 
|U14 



ft 



U13 



l?7 



& 
& 



,0 
|W23 



o 

Iw 

1% 






FIGURE 1 M8232 



NOTE: Wl throuqh W14-In for FPA 
W23 and W24-In for UCS 



l_ul_^_rl.^j^-u1_j_jl^ 



tIZtTCODCl NumM 

A I SP I MAV2200-0-0 



r 




iN««M-iMMya-(Mai 



SNIIT 



OP 



i! 



DIGITAL BQUIPMBNT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATSON 



DATE JUNE 11, 1981 



Tint M.A.S.T. MA780 



REV 



'I 
II 

II 

u 

s 

i 



11 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



New MAST procedure for MA780, 



CHQNO 



MA- 

AOOOO 
ML014 



ORIO 



T^ 



i\ AjTotte 



DATE 



6/11/81 



APPD BY 



7^ 



DATE 



' .•/• / 



ENO 



0. AYOTT 




APPO /./ 

B. BECK ' 



./ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-V2605-0-0 



REV 

A 



SN'«10M-l«'«M7a><Mt) 



SI'EET 1 OF :G 



MANUFACTURING 
TITLE 



:i■^^^^ 



CONTINUATION SHUT 



MODULAR APPROCn TO SYSTBMS TESTS 



MA780 MAST BACKUP 



l.f INTRODUCTION 



1.1 



1.2 



Th« MA780 Multlport Mcnory Subsysten Is a four- 
port dynanlc NMOS type whose storage capacity (up 
to 2 nagabytas) it sharad by optional configura- 
tions of VAX 11790 conputar systama. Accass to 
tha MA780 Maaiory is controlled by a process of 
roundrobin priority arbitration. The MA780 can 
acconnodata up to four VAX systens. The Multiport 
operation is consistent with VAX 11780 
architecture » which requires that all cache 
memories are transparent to the software, and main 
memories can be locked on controlled boundaries. 
Implementation of these requirements is provided 
by multiport hardware that can invalidate caches 
and arbitrate interlocks among four System 
Backplane Interconnects (SBl's). The MA780 also 
has an interrupt mechanism for inter SBI signaling 
and for notification of all internal error 
conditions. Refer to Figures 6 and 7. 

The basic multiport memory subsystem is comprised 
of a single array card and no invalidate map. The 
memory size can be expanded to 2 megabytes by 
adding up to a maximum of eight cards. 



The following module types are 
multiport subsystem: 



used in the 



M8258 Multiport Interface (MPI) 
M8259 Multiport Controller (MPC) 
M8260 Array Timing fc Control (MAT) 
M8261 Multiport Synchronizer (MPS) 
M8210 Memory Array (MAY) 
M8212-yA Data Path/BCC (MDT) 

« 
2.0 REF ERENCE DOCUPBMTATION 

2.1 MA780 Documentation 

2.1.1 NA780 Technical Description EK-MA780-TD 



fIZE 

A 



cooc 

s? 



d : a'! '^i 



tN-«lM>-l«-N«71-(99l) 



NUmCR REV 

HA-V2605-0-0 | A 

SHEET «2 OF 25, 



MAWUTACnJIUNC 

mic 



•i-.«J'rf.w. 



CONTINUATION SNCCT 



MODULAR APPROCR TO SYSTEMS TESTS 



2.1.2 MA789 Maint. Print S«t MPef826 

2.1.3 Conv«rtlon Procedure P00-PE-VX-A>NI-CONV 

2.1.4 MA78f Installation Procedurt EK-MA780-IP 



2.2 VAX Documantation 

2.2.1 VAX 11/780 HANDBOOK 

2.2.2 VAX 11/780 HRW HANDBOOK 

2.2.3 VAX 11/780 SFT HANDBOOK 

2.2.4 VAX 11/780 SYS. MAINT. GUIDE 

2.2.5 DS780 DIAG. SUPERVISOR MAN. 



EB-07466 

EB-09987 

EB-0812« 

EK-11780-PG 

EK-D.S780-UG 



3.0 HARDWARE REQUIRMEWTS 

3.1 TEST EQUIPMENT 

3.1.1 11/780 with 256KB of memory 

3.1.2 Conaola tarninal 

3.1.3 Scopa stable at .01 microsecond on X10 
scale. (Tektronix's 475 or equiv.) 

3.1.4 DVM accurate to .1 volts at 4-15 volts. 
4.0 DIAGNOSTICS REQUIRED 

4.1 ESKAN Micro part 3 

4.2 ESCCB MA7P(I Multiport Exerciser 

NOTE - ESCCB ONLY RUNS WITH MULTI-CPU (2 •OR MORE) 
CONFIGURATIONS. 



size 

A 



CODE 

SP 



Numcii 

flA-V2605-0-0 



REV 

A 



dii q'i'tia 



CN-01Mf-l«-N«72-(3t<} 



SHCET 



OF J 



25 



MANUFACnJIUWO STBCIFICATIOW 

TITll MODULAR APPHOCB TO SYSTEMS TISTS 



CONTINUATION 8HEC7 



S.f SPECIAL INSTRUCT I QMS 



5.1 



In a two (2) CPU MA780 syattm, one CPU will 
require a "Left-Hand Conversion". Refer to the 
Unit Assenbly Drawings and the MA780 Installation 
Procedure for the conversion of one CPU cabinet to 
a left expandable CPU cabinet. Or refer to the 
P00-PE-VX-A-NI-CONV-Left hand conversion procedure 
for the VAX 11780. 



••• HARDWARE SET UP 

6.1 Systems with no SBI expander cabinet. 



6.1.1 



6.1.2 



6.1.3 



6.1.4 



6.1.5 



6.1.6 



Resiove the SBI far end terminator (M9043) from 
the CPU's that will be used in the Multiport 
configuration. Reference figure 1. 

Install the interface backplane (E-IA701f 51 2) 
which is a four (4) slot backplane in the space 
where the SBI far end terminator was located. 
This is done for each of the CPU's in the 
configuration. Reference figure i. 

Install in each of the CPU's an MPI (MultiPort 
Interface) which is an M8258 module into slot 
three (3) of the backplane assembly. Reference 
figure 2. 

Install an M9040 (SBI far end terminator) in 
slot twr (2) of the backplane assembly. ONLY IF 
THE SBi DOES HOT CONTINUE OUT TO AN EXPANDER 
CAB. Reference figure 2. 



Connect six 
device in 
backplane. 



(6) SBI jumper cables from the last 
the CPU cabinet to the interface 
Reference figure 1. 



Connect two M9045 paddle tarda together using 
four (4) 70-16886-14 flat grey cables - that 
have the foam padding between them. Reference 
figure 3. 



t 



Size coot 

t i SP 



NUMBER 

HA-V2605-0-0 



RCV 



CN-01Ml-l»44«7«-(3f}) 



tMClT J OF 



25 



MANUFACTURING STBClFlCATiON 



CONTINUATION SNCCT 



TITli 



MODOLAB APPROCH TO SYSTEMS TESTS 



6.1.7 



6.1.8 
6.1.9 



6.1.10 



Insert on* paddl* card 
(4) on th« pin lida of 
of on* of tha CPU's, 
card in slot 29 (pin 



(M9045) into slot fc 
tha interface ba<:'kpli 
Insert the other padd 
side) of the MA780- 



meiiory interconnect. 
19 of the MA780-AA. 



Insert the M8259 into 
Reference figure 4. 



8] 



Repeat step 6.1.6 in order to nake up the cal 
connection for the second CPU. 

Insert one paddle card (M9045) in slot four 
of the second CPU's interface backplar 
lAtert the other paddle card in slot 20 (| 
aids) of the MA780-AA memory interconne< 
Insert the M8259 nodule into slot 17 of 1 
MA780-AA Figure 4 Shows what the configui 
tion should look like after the two CPU's i 
connected to the NA780. 

Install the MA780-C power cable assembly 
performing the following steps. NOTE that I 
installation orocess differs from CPU cabin* 
and 8BI expander cabinets. Refer to Figures 
9$ 10f and 11 for configuring one to f< 
ports. 

A. 'Connect J14 of the 70-16884-00 power cal 
to J14 of the MA780-C backplane. 



Bl Connect plug J16 of the 
of the MA780-C backplane. 



70-16885-00 to 



C. Isolate, from the 70-16385-00 cable, the 
wires with a lug attached and install them 
the 45 volt side of the NS780 power supply. 

MOTE - On systems where the MA780-C 
installed in the SBI expander cabinet the 
wiras are installed on the tFT power supply. 

d; Isolate, from plugs J^4 and J16, the bl 
wires with a lug attached to the end 
iastall them on the ground side of the NS 
power supply. 




T 



tN-«lMa-t«-M«7JHMm 



COOCI NUMtlll 

I sF I m-neos-o-o 

•HifT «i« 



OF 



MANWAmwig imncATiPw 



COMT«NUATION SNKIT 



Tint 



NODULAII AmtOCR TO 8T8TCMS TB8T8 



NOTB - On lytt*!)! wh«r« the MA780-C 1« 
Inttalltd in th« 8BI txpandtr cablntt tht black 
wlras art inatallad on tha 8PT powar aupply. 

t,^ Inatall plug J6 to J15 of tha adaptar naxt 
to tha MA78f-C aaianbly on tha right. 

P. Connact plug J7 to P3 on tha CPU -5.2 volt 
harnass 

G##^Connact plug iJ4 to J2f ' of tha MS78f 
backplana. 

Hi Connact J3 to J3 of tha N878f powar aupply. 

NOTB - On ayataas vhara tha MA78B-C ia 
inatallad in tha 8BI axpandar cabinat plug J3 
ia inatallad on tha 8PT powar aupply. 

I. Pluga Jl, J2» and J3 connact to tha 8?T 
backplana. Ttiaaa pluga ara uaad if tha MA78f«C 
ia tha last davica and plug into tha CPU -5.2 
volt harnasa. 

J. Plug J5 ia inatallad in tha MA78f cabinat. 
Run tha wiraa attaehad to J5 and J5 along tha 
BDI cabla tc tha MA78f. 

6.2 Syttaa with an 8BX axpantion cabinat. 

6.2.1 Raiiova tha six (€) 8BI juaipar eablas that 
ara.bstwaan tha CPU and axpanaion cabinata. 

6.2.2 Install tha intarfaca backplana in tha last 
option slots availabla in tha CPU cabinat. 

6.2.3 Initall tha six (6) SHI juapars froai tha 
laat davica in CPU cabinat to tha intarfaca 
backplana. 

>f 

6.2.4 Initall tha MPI (M8258) aodula in slot ona 
of tha intarfaca backplana. 

6.2.5 Uaing tha sana procadura as in staps 6.1.7 
inatall tha BDI cablaa batwaan tha MA78B 
ana. tha VAX 1178f . 



SIZCICOOC 



NUMKR 

riA-V2605-0-0 



REV 

A 



CM-«lMa-l«4iM7XHMa) 



SNIIT 



OP 



25 



-m^mmtrnmim 



MANUfAyrvMT^g inancATiiti 

TiTil MOOOLAR kWnOCU TO 8T8TtM8 TI8T8 



CONTIMUATION SHUT 



6.2.6 Th« far and ternlnator ( M9043 ) will now 
b« located in tht laat slot of th« axpandar 
cablnat. 

6.2.7 MA78f Powar Cabla Inatallation - ••# 
aaction 6.1.10. 



6.3 Two MA780 Configuration 

6.3.1 cSbniit ona MA788 to ona CPU following tha 
Btapa taction 6.1. 

6.3.2 Connact tha aacond MA788 to tha aaaa CPU uainq 
tha Sana nathod as abova using tha aacond alot 
of tha intarfsca backplana. 



6.4 Starting addrass aalaction 



6.4.1 Tha following Tahla (A) shows tha junpar 
configuration for tha atarting addraasaa for an 
NA780 A. Tha Juapars ara locatad on tha 
MA788-A Backplana (J16) . 8aa Pigura 5. 



•< •' 



TABLE A 

MEMORY STARTING ADDRESS JUMPERS 
(USED ONLY ON POMER UP) 



STRAP 
NAME 



MB 

* 48 MB 

32 MB 

16 MB 



I PORT I PORT 1 t PORT 2 I PORT 3 
|8A23|8A22|SA23|SA22|SA23|SA22|SA23tSA22 



I 



JUMPER I W19I W20t W15I W16| Wilt W12| W7 I W8 



I 

lit 
I • I 
I - I 
f I I 



I i 

- t 
I I 

- I 



I I 

- I 

- I 
I I 



I I 

- I 
I I 

- I 



I I I I 
- !• - I 
-III 
I I - I 



I I 

- I 

- I 
I I 



I 
I 




0»«lMa-lMW7IHMn 



Y 



COM 

SP 



NUVUII 

HA-V2605-0-0 



SMICT 



7 



OP 



REV 

A 

25 



CONTINUATION SHtET 



TITll 



NOOOLAR APriKKI TO STtTIMS TESTS 



WOTt 

», > - NO JUMPER 

r • JUMPER INSERTED 
• - STANDARD CONPIGURATION 
Thtt« Mttlng apply to all t«bl«s for ju»por 

configurations. 

Rafaranca flgura 5 for tha junpar locations on tha 
■aaory Inttrconnact and tha port Intarfaca. 

6.5 Multl port nuabw. jimpars 

Tha following Tabla (B) shows tha juiipar 
configuration for tha aultl port nuaibar. Tha 
juapars ara locatad on tha MA70f-A Backplana 
rJ16). G^» Plgura 5. 

TABLE B 

MULTI PORT NUMBER JUMPER 
(NUMBER VISIBLE ON CONTROL PANEL) 



6.5.1 



TTOirr — r 

I NUMBER I 

4 



S ET HUL TI POR T 1 — | S BT HUL TI MB T i | 



•I 
I 
I 

I 
♦- 





1 
2 
3 



Ml 

I 

I 



I 



W2 



I 
X 



I 

•♦ 

I 
I 
I 

f 

■■f 



• - STANDARD CONPIGURATION 
6.6 TR salactlon 



6.6.1 



Tlia following Tablas (C and D) show tha juiipor 
configuration for TR nalact. Tha juapars ara 
locatad on tha MA780-C Backplana (J13). Rafar 
to flgura 5. 






SIZE 

A 



cooc 

SP 



NUMMil 

HA-V26O5-0-0 



RfV 

A 




0«-«aM*-lMM7fl-4M« 



SHEET 



OP 



MAwyTAq^sro wnncATwrf 



COMTINUATION SNiET 



Tini 



MODULAR ArPROCB TO STSTRMS TESTS 



TABLE C 
STANDARD PORT INTERFACE SLOT 3 



|TR 







JUMI 


PER 




1 MIRE MRAP 1 


LEVEL 1 


N17 


1 Wit 


l«19 


1 M2f 


1 Pf3Rl TO 1 




. 


1 ** 


1 ., 




1 rf3Cl I 




- 


1 


1 




1 P03D1 9 




- 


1 






1 P03E1 1 




- 


1 






1 P03P2 1 




- 


1 I 






1 Pf3H2 1 




- 


1 I 






1 Pf3Jl 1 




- 


1 I 






1 Pf3J2 1 




- 


1 I 1 






1 P03M1 1 






- j 




1 - 


1 P03N1 1 






- 1 






1 Pf3Pl 1 






- 1 




1 - 1 


P03P2 t 






- 1 






1 P0382 1 






I 1 


- 


- 1 


rf3T2 1 






I 1 


- 


1 I 


1 P03U1 ) 






I 1 


I 


- 1 


Pf3U2 t 



TABLE D 
OPTIONAL PORT INTERFACE SLOT 2 









JUMPER 




1 MIRE MRAP 1 


ITR 


LEVEL 


W4 


M3 1 


W2 


Ml 


Ff2Nl TO 1 






1 . 


. 


. 




F02C1 1 






1 - 


1 


- 




1 F02O1 1 






- 


- 






1 Ff2El \ 






! 


- 1 






F02F2 1 






- 


1 I 1 






F02H2 1 






- 


I 1 






1 F02J1 1 






- 


I 1 




.— 


F02J2 1 






- 


1 I 1 


T 




1 F02M1 j 








- 1 






F02N1 1 








- 1 






r02Pl 1 








- 1 






F02P2 1 








- 1 






F02S2 1 








I 1 


- 1 


> I 


F02T2 1 






T 1 


I 1 


> I 




F02U1 1 








I 1 


I 1 


- 1 


F02U2 t 



* - STANDARD CONFIGURATION 



y]*^ 



MA- 



1 

-0-0 



REV 

A 




CN-MM«-lMMy«-(«M) 



SHEET 



OP 



25 



MANUFAqmw^ff TBgnCATOff 



CONTINUATION SHUT 



TITLE 



MODULAR APFROCH TO ST8TBM8 TESTS 



6.7 Inttrrupt Itvtl jufiptri 

6.7.1 Th« following Tablt (E) will provide th« 
juaptr configuration for th« interrupt 
levels for the HA780. The jumpers are 
located on the MA780-C Backplane (J13). 
See Figure 5. 

TABLE E 

INTERRUPT LEVEL JUMPERS 



IINTERPORT 
I INTERRUPT 
I LEVEL 
I- 
*l 4 
I < 



I ERROR t 
{INTERRUPT I 
t LEVEL I 

f 9 I 

I f I 



STANDARD PORT 
SLOT 3 
W16 



OPTIONAL PORT I 
SLOT 2 
W5 




* - STANDARD CONFIGURATION 



6.8 MA780-D 
6.8.1 



Install the Invalidate Map module (M8210) 
in the 9th slot of the MA780-A Memory 
Interconnect. 



6.9 Interleaved meaory 

» 

6.9.1 If MS780 menories are on the system and are 
to be Interleaved the second MS780 MUST BE 
AT THE NEXT EVEN TR number past the last 
MA780 TR level. 



7.0 POWER CHECKS 

7.1 For the VAX 
MAV2100-0 



11780 power requirements reference SP- 



tlZt 

A. 



cooc 

SP 



NUMieil 

MA-V2605-0-0 



REV 

A 




■N-«lMMMM'«-<Mt) 



SHEET 10 OF 






MANUFACTURING STBCIFICATIOW 

TITLI MODULAR APPROCH TO 8TSTBMS TESTS 



CONTINUATION tNECT 



7.2 NA780 pow«r requirements - refer to Figure 8. 
VOLTAGE MEASURED AT TOLERENCE 

PIN 1 OP J3 
PIN 1 OF Jl 
PIN 4 of Jl 
PIN 2 OF Jl 



♦ 5 
-5 

-5.2 

♦ 12 
••• DIAGNOSTICS 



V- .25VDC 

♦/- .25VDC 

+/- .25'/OC 

V- 1.25VDC 



"For the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run in any 
situation, or for the current MAST ninliiuii test criteria, 
e.g. pass-count, etc., refer to the appropriate MAST 
CHECKLIST. Listed below are the detailed step-by-step 
instructions for executing each Individual diagnostic 
contained in the CHECKLIST." 

All operator responses will be underlined and followed by a 
<CR>. 

No errors allowed. 



SIZt 

A 



CODE 

SP 



MA 



-via?-' 




IN-«lMI-l*4M7t-<Mt) 



tNECT 



0-0 
11 



OF 



25 



MAIW F> 
TITLi 



I2EBL 



CONTINUATIOM tHIET 



NODOLAII APPROCB TO ST8TBM8 TI8T8 



8.1 t8KAN - HICKO PART III 

»> T/C<CI» 
22-f8llinr'Vl2.8 

MIC> DI/>A88t2<C»> 

CPU TR- fifiSilf 

M878i 18K CRIP AT TR 01 

MAX ADR-fl- 0fff80iff 
MA78i AT TR 82 

PORT f 88888888 
DW788 AT TR 'i3 
DR788 AT TR 8C 
DR788 AT TR 8D 
3P, 48, 41, 42, 43, 
NA788 AT TR 82 

PORT I 88888888 
MA788 f 08888888 
MAX ADR-fl- 888C8888 
INVALIDATE MAP 
44,45,46,47,48,49,4A,4B,4C,4D,4B,4P,58,51,52,53,54,55, 

56,57, 

MA788 AT TR 82 

ARRAY I: 88888888 

f SINGLS BIT ERRORS • 88888800 
ARRAY It 80888881 

# SINGLE BIT ERRORS: 88888888 
ARRAY I: 88888882 

t SINGLE BIT ERRORS- 88888888 
INVALIDATE MAP 
f SINGLE BIT ERRORS- 88888888 
58,59,5A,5B,5C,5D,5E,5P,60,61,62,63, 
MA780 AT TR 02 

SKIPPING PWR PAIL TEST 

END PASS 0001 

NOTE - NO ERRORS ARE ALLOWED. -m 



SIZi 



coot 

SP 



NUMiCR 

MA-V26Q5-0-Q 



REV 



IN-01Mt-l»«M7a<<M<| 



SNCCT 12 OF 25 



iiANUFAcn;iqy<9 OTCireATOW 



CONTINUATION SHCCT 



TITll 



MODULAR APPROCH TO 8TSTEMS TESTS 



NOTE - ONLY RUN ESCCB IP YOUR SYSTEM HAS TWO OR MORE 
CPU'S 

8.2 ESCCB MA78« MULTI-PORT MEMORY EXERCISOR 

>>> B<CR> 



CPU HALTED 

INIT SEO DONE 

LOAD DONE, 00014200 BYTES LOADED 
DIAGNOSTIC SUPERVISOR. ZZ-ESSAA-6. 1-370 
DS> LOAD ESCCB<CR> 

DS> CT rM A 7 Bg<^CB!> 
D«v lcT"Link? 5BI<!CR> 
Devic* Name? MA0<CR> 
TR? 2<CR> 
BR? ITCJT 
MPM? §^CR> 
PORT?" T?gff> 
DS> SEL Xtl<CR> 
DS> STXrT<7W5 



27-MAR-1980 



PROGRAM: ZZ-ESCCB MA780 MULTI-PORT MEMORY EXERCISOR 
TESTING: MA0 



SB I BUS 
TR 
NUMBER 



CONFIGURATION 
DEVICE 
TYPE 



MISCELLANEOUS 



Tm rem s — t~k — r — r — i — w 

ADDRESS«0000i00i(X) 

ENDING ADDRESS- 00fEPPPF(X) 
MEMORY SIZE- 983040(D) BYTES 

2(D) MA780 MPM- 0(D) PORT- 1(D) 

STARTING ADDRESS- 03000000 (X) 
ENDING ADDRESS- 030BPPPP(X) 
MEMORY SIZE- 786.432 (D) BYTES 
INVALIDATION MAP IS PRESENT 

3(D) 0^780 UBA NUMBER- 0(D) 

4(D) NO RESPONSE • 

5(D) NO RESPONSE 

6(D) NO RESPONSE 

7(D) NO RESPONSE 

8(0) RH780 

9(D) NO RESPONSE 

10(D) NO RESPONSE 



SIZE 



cooe 

SP 



NUMICR 

MA-V2605-0-0 



R£V 

A 




CN-eiMt-lMMri-IMO 



SHEET 



MANUFAcruMNg ffrwrKATOH ____ 

Tmt NODULAII AmiOCI TO STSTIMS TESTS 



CONTINUATION tHCCT 



11 (D) 


NO RESPONSE 


12(D) . 


NO RESPONSE 


13(D) 


DR78f 


14(D) 


NO RESPONSE 


15(D) 


NO RESPONSE 



PROCESSOR ATTACHED TO NPN f PORT 1 IS SLAVED TO 

PROCESSOR ON PORT f 
PROCESSOR ATTACHED TO NPH f PORT 1 IS SLAVED TO 

PROCESSOR ON PORT f 
.. END or RUN. f ERRORS DETECTED. PASS COUNT: 1 



NOTE - • ERRORS ALLOMED. 



SIZE COOE 

A sp 



NUMUR I REV 

riA-V2605-0-0 A 




CN^lM«-l«-*M7a-<M2) 



RNf IT .Ji. Of ^ 



MAWl^^CTURINC gEClFlCATlON 



CONTtNUATfON SHCCT 



^•^^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



11780 REAR VIEW 
FIGURE 1 



FAM CNO TERMMATON 
REPLACE WITH PORT INTERFACE 



tm JUMPER CARLES 




MSA ■ MM 



MEM 



CPU 



000 000 000 



□ 



I I M7100 



I I htioo 



I Ih7100 



n 



H7100 



EH 



n 



UUUWWUUU|f< liUWIJUUUU li UUli 



OSC t«-(Mthl«M4««7a 



SIZE I CODE 
A I SP 



NUMSER 

MA-V2605-0-( 



SNBIT 



1 



REV 

A 



OP 



25 



MANUFAC TURINC gEClTICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



T'^* MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



MULTIPORT INTERFACE BACKPLANE 

FIGURE 2 



SLOT 



1-13 4 



M82t>a(HPI) 
MULTIPORT INTERFACE 




M90a) SB 



ENO TERMMATOM 



REAR VIEW 



014 J15 116 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMtER 

MA-V2605-0-0 



REV 

A 



MC l«HSMhlM«-M«7a 



SHEET 



16 



OF 



25 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHCET 



^^^^^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CABLE CONNECTIONS 
FIGURE 3 



:"v 



^h.^ 



I 



iij-Xi 



I I 
I 



i.r 



• / 

!i 
1 1 

I- 



rv- 

If 

II 

:i 



MSOIS 






^ 



BC05-U 




BC05-U 



BC05-U 



BC05-U 



I^ 



n 



L 



n 



d 



ci 



L 



CI 



cl 



M9045 



q; 



L 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-VJ605-O-O 



REV 

A 



OCC l«-(lM)l(M2-ft«7a 



SHEET iZ or il 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE i^DULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



MA780 INTERCONNECTIONS 
FIGURE ^ 



H90AS 



N90iS 



H90iS 



M90i8 




MA780 



<*BDI 



-l\y 



PORTS* C B A 



MPI 
MA780- 




# BOiaM-OMECTDNAL INTERCONNECT 



SIZE 

A. 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-V2605-0-0 



REV 

A 



DKC l«-<M»)-ieM-N«7t 



fNEET JL. OF iL 




^mmi:immii^mmw 



MANUTACnJRING SFECIFICATIOW 



Ttni MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATION SMUT 



JUMPER 

LOCATIONS 
FIGURES 

REAR VIEW 



MQ045 




016 



viol 



PORTS C B A 



MSOIS 
M904S 



MA7to-A 



\ 



MQOiS 




SIZE COOC 

A 1:? 



NUMIlEi^ 

MA-V2605-0-0 



REV 

A 



oce iMMthiwa^Mya 



tMEET 19 OF 25 



'^*^-\ 



-C?^1e:? 



fwmm 



MANUFACTUIUNO SPBC>inCATK)N 



CONTINUATION iHCCT 



TITLE 



NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



N?ni 
•ATTIIIV 



IIMMVACt 
■ CONTIIOkllll 



FIGURE 6 




ilA780 M7LTIP0RT MEMORY (FRONT) 



Size 



cooc 

SP 



NUMieil 

MA-V2605-0-0 



REV 

A 



0>CI»( 



y« 



SHEET 20 OF ^JL 



MAWUF\Cn;iUNO gECiriCATION 



CONTINUATION iHCET 



Trai >IODOLA» APPROACH TO lYSTEMS TIST 



rXCUBl 7 




MATWMwIlipgw 



iaiwm i tilt.)' ^»'< 



Size 

A 



cooe 

SP 



NUMIER 

MA-V2605.0-0 



REV 

A 



i»<»w»->w a mn 



SHEET .1122 OF 25 



MAWfi^nvwi^ wmffKMm 



COMTINUATION • XriT 



T»TII MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



^afaw*' 



MATM-t 

mumrni MTfiN'Mi 90om.»m • i 



JH 



ill 



ammmmm 



1 ' ' 



43 



»— CD 



in 




***** FIGURE 3 ***** 
SINGLE PORT INTERFACE 



SIZE 



COM 

SP 



NUMtEll 

MA-V2605-0-Q 



REV 

A 




IN-01Mt-l»«M7a-(Mn 



SHEET 



OP 



MANUFACTO 



AOfiH 



Tini 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



COMTINUATION SNUT 



.umt^y 







FIGURE 9 



2 PORTS ON 1 SBI 



[ 




•M^l«M-l«4Myt-<»M| 



T 



csaq 

_SP 



HA-V2605-0-0 



] 



INflT 



or 



MANWMIVIW WamATTQW 



CONTINUATION SHUT 



TITll 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTDIS TEST 



^S^ScSSsS^Sg] I 




TTT,r TT ' ^ 



***** f I3URF 11 ***** 
4 PORTf; Of! 1 SB I 



ii 



JL 



coot 

SP 



NUMMR 

r!A-V2605-0-0 



KEV 

A 




■N.«aM«-i*4M7a-(Ma) 



8HIIT 25 Of IL 



I! 



III 

Is! 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIUCATION 



OATt r 



VI /.:i 



TITLE 



MS 730 MEMORY 



REV 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



VAX 1 1 780 MEMORY CONTROLLEH 
Rewri te 



McO»"3 



oRia 



'V.Gauthipr 



DATE 



V11/K, 



ARRD BY 



//. 



DATE 



y/'r/e( 



E 



ENG /U, G^ulhier 



APPD Bob Bee 



■> 



.12*.' 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



NUMBER 

"A-V:850-0-0 



REV 

c 



■N>«l«M-l».M«7t-<M«) 



SUET 1 OF cA 



MANUPACrURIWO afBCinCATlOW 

Tini 



CONTINUATION SNCET 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



HS780 MEMORY 



1 . INTRODUCTIO N 

The MS780 'i s comprised of an SBI Interface/memory cont- 
roller and either the M8210 (16K) or M8211 (4K) MOS 
Array modules. 

The MS780 memory controller will buffer one command 
while it processes another to Increase system through- 
put. Memory controllers can be Interleaved to Increase 
the available memory bandwidth. The MS780 also employs 
error checking and correction (ECC) that corrects all 
single bit errors and dete ts all double bit errors. 

The MS780 memory array modules are laid out in a 72 bit 

word. 64 bits data and 8 bits ECC. and come as a 64Kb 

array (M8211) or a 256ICb »rray (M8210). This gives an 

MS"80 a max physical memory capacity of 1Mb or 4Mb res- 
pectively. 



1.1 Memory Option Designations 
1.1.1 



1.1.2 



1.13 



1.1.4 



MS780 - AA (115Y) 
MS780 - EB (230V) 
(4K) Memory 

MS780 - CA (115V) 
MS780 - CB (230V) 
(16K) Memory 



Power Supply. Memory 
Control , and 128ICB 



Power Supply, Memory 
Control , and 256KB 



MS780 
MS780 



BA 128KB 
DA 256KB 



(4K) Memory 
(16K) Memory 



H7112-A (115V) Battery Back Up 
H7112-B (230V) 



tlXI 



CODC 



NUMUII 

MA visinn.n 



REV 

C 




■N-01M2-l»-N«72-(Ma) 



8NECT 



MAWUFACrURINO SPKIFICATION 
TITII 



CONTINUATION SHI IT 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



2.0 REFERENCE DOCUWENTAT ION 

2.1 Manuals: 

2.1.1 Vax Memory System 
Technical Description 

2.1.2 Diagnostic System Manual 

2.1.3 Power System Overview 

2.1.4 Hardware User Guide 

2.2 Prints 

2.2.1 11780 Complete Print Set 
i.Z.? VAX 11780 CPU MAST Back-Up 
2.S Reference Listings: 

2.3.1 Wire list and pin sort 

2.3.2 VAX 11780 Architecture Handbook 

3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT 

J.l Diagnostic Diskettes. 

3.1.1 RXl Floppy Diskette 
3.1 2 RX3 Floppy Diskette 

3.1.3 RX8 Floppy Diskette 

3.1.4 RX25 Floppy Diskette 



EIC-MS780-TD 
EK-DS780-TD 
EK-PS780-TD 
EK-UG780-UG 

M000539 
MAV2100-0 

70-13625-0-0 
EB-07466 



AS-E6337-YE 
AS-E1597-DE 
AS-E1617-YE 
AS-F7487-YE 



Size 

A. 



cooc 



NUMBCR 

hA-\7fiftn-n-n 



REV 

C 




CN-«io«ai»-N«7a-(Mn 



SHIET 



OP 



MANUFACnJlUWO STBCIFlCAnQW 

Tmi 



CONTINUAnON tNf IT 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



3.2 Hardware 

3.2.1 W902S extender board 

3.2.2 Assorted chip cl 1p$ 

3.2.3 Oscnioscope - Tektronix 465 - or equivalent 

3.2.4 Voltmeter - Tektrontlx DM44 - or equivalent 

3.3 Memory Controller 

3.3.1 7013625-0-0 Backplane Assembly 

3.3.2 M8214 - Memory SB» Board 

3.3.3 M8213 - Memory Control Board 

3.3.4 M8212 - Memory Data Board 
3.3 'j 7014103 - Blank Modules 

3.4 Memory Array Boards 

3.4.1 M8211 - 4IC Chip Array 

3.4.2 210 - 16lt chip Array 

3.5 Power Supply 

3.5.1 70-14SD7-CO - 115V 60 Hz H7100A with H7102 

(♦/- 12V Regulator) and 
H7103 (♦/- 5VB Regulator). 

on 

(Depending on Configuration) 

70-1495- 01 - 230V 50 Hz H7100B with H710? 

(♦/- 12V Regulator) , and 
H7103 (♦/- 5VB Regulator) 



%ir^. 



NUMBER 

lii^rVpfl'in.n.n 



REV 

C 



dhiq 



CN-OJM2-lft-N«73-<>*t) 



SHEET i OF JL 



MANUFACTURINC SPECmCATION 



CONTINUATION SNCCT 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



3.6 Battery Backup (optional) 

3.6.1 H7U2-A (U&V) Battery Charger 



or 



(Depending on Configuration) 
H7112-B (230V) Battery Charger 



3.6.2 70-14547-3D Cable for Battery Option 
4.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAHS 

4.1 MS780 Diagnostics and Monitors 



4.1.1 Level 4 



ESKAH 



ESKAJ 



- The following diagnostics do 
not require Diagnostic Supervl 
sor. 

- Microdiagnostic Test #1 

- Microdiagnostic Test #2 



4.1.2 Level 3 -- These Diagnostics run stand- 
alone under Diagnostic Supervi- 
sor. 

NOTE: EVKAA --- This Diagnostic needs to be run 
only if operator experiences trouble with 
Diagnostic Supervisor. 

EVKAB - - Basic Instruction Exerciser 
EYKAC — Floating Point Instruction 

Exerciser. 
EVKAD --- Compatabi lity Mode Inst 



EVKAE 



- Privileged Architecture 



SIZt 

A 



CODC 



NUMSEII 



RCV 

c 




CN-oiMa-i«^«7a-<Ma) 



SNKET 



OF 



MAWUrACTURWO SPBCmCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



5-0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS 

5.1 CAUTION : No Mettlllc Jewelry should be worn while 
servicing this equipment due to the high current 
capabilities of the power supplies. 

5.2 Jumper conversion used Is 

I - Jumper In, • Junper Out. X • Unlnportant 

Jumper conf Igrjratlons ire explicit, or standard 
configuration is shown by an arrow ( >). 

5.3 WARNING: While Inserting or removing modules In 
the HS780, CO NFIRW that THE MEMORY POWER SUPPLY Is 
shut OFF by its CKT Breaker. AC Power to the 
Memory Power Supply could still be present, or 
Battery Back-Up Voltages could still be on logic 
If H7112 Is Installed. 

NOTE : Verify that the Memory Power Supply and the 
ffTTTZ are plugged Into in UNSWITCHED outlet in the 
869 Power Controller. 

5.4 Before powering up the system a floppy diskette 
(either RXI or RX3) which has the console boot 
program, should be inserted In the RX Drive. 



5.5 In section 8.0, the user's response Is under 
lined. 



SIZE 



^^?5 MA'VWSf-O-O V 



KN-«lM«-l»4««7a.(Ma) 



SHEET 



OP 21 



IJANUPACrUMNO aWClFlCATION 

Tini 



COMTINUATION SHUT 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSieMS TEST 



••0 IMSTALLATIOII SIT-UP > TIST mSTWUCTIOMS 
6.1 Nodul* Utiliiation Map for MS780 



1 Slot 
t 20 


1 19 


1 1 1 
1 18 1 17 1 


1 


t t 

1 2 1 1 1 


1. 

1 8 
1 2 


1 8 
t 2 
1 1 
1 3 
1 N 

1 c 

1 M 


1 1 1 
IN tN 1 
18 18 1 
12 12 1 

1 1 1 1 1 
1 2 1 1 
1 N 1 (Nott 1 
ID 1 11) 
1 T 1 1 


(Mot* 12) 


1 i 
t 1 
IN 1 

1 10 1 

...— M T 1 


1 A 
1 4 
1 M 

1 s 

1 3 


\— *•*■"•"■•"*"""""— "" 


1 Bt 
1 1 13 1 
1 1 1 
1 1 1 



MOTEil- Bithar Nodul* M8210 or M8211 aust b« insartad in 
this slot. 

II0TBI2- If oth«r M8210's or M8211*s, th«y amt h% ins«r- 
t«d in d«sc«nding slot opanings. Unusad slots 
■ust contain 7014103 blank Hodulas. 

MOTBia- Slot •! is not usad for a Naaory Array Nodula. 

It will hava a bliitnk Nodala or an M9040 Modulo 

if thara is no 8.P.T. on tha far and of tha 
S.B.I. 



SIZE ICOOC 



a 



NUMtEII 

Ml inain niO 



REV 

c . 




CM^aMa-i«4<M7»HMa) 



SHEET i OF 



MAy<urACTi;i 
nni 



CONTINUATION SHUT 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



€.2 N8780 Backplan* JuMp«ri and Conntctlona. 

6.2.1 Pail Strappinq 

(Rafar to Pigura 1, Plfura lA, and to TABLE 
A balow) . 

TABLE A 
Typical NaMory Configuration 



I Maaory 
I Controllar 
I • 



Bus Tr 
Uval 



Pail 
Strap- 
ping 



IRD 
Strap- 
ping 



SA 
Strap- 
ping 



I 



I 
2 



i 
I 



I 

4 Mbytas I 

I 

I 
B Nbytaa t 



I 
12 Mbytaal 



6.3 



6.2.2 Mamory controllar with RON Bootstrap is 
systaa critical and will activata fail on 
powar down. Controllars without RON will 
usa alart. 

6.2.3 W « Backplana wira fron D20B2 to C20V2 
allows tha powar failing condition 

6.2.4 « Mo backplana wira batwaan D20B2 and 
C20V77 Naaory will not activata bus SB I 
fail L. 

IRD Strapping: (Inhibit ROM Dacoda) 

(Rafar to Pigura 1 and to tabla in Saction 6.2 of 

this procadura. 



ra 



MZS 



NUMBm RCV 

■ifc-tfOQcn-n-n I C , 




CN-«10««-1«-N«7«-<M» 



SNirr 



OF 



MAWUTACTURINO STBCinCATlOH 



COMTINUATIOM SMI It 



Tini 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.3.1 ROM Bootstrap will ilways be on memory 
controller #1. 

6.3.2 I " Jumper placed across pair of pins, (J21 
pin 12). Issues Read Commands to ROM add- 
resses, receive no response, and art not 
Initiated. Refer to Figure lA. 

6.3.3 - No Jumper. Issues Read Command to ROM 
addresses, receives normal confirmation and 
cycle is Initiated. 



X 



coot 



MUMtlll 



KCV 

c > 



d't q rt'ai 



CN-«lMMM««7S-|Mt) 



SHCCT 



OP 



MANUrACTUiUNG STOCinCATlON 



CONTINUATION tNCET 



Trai 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



€,4 TR L«v«l Strapping 



1 Unary I 8 I 4 I 2 1 1 1 BACKPLANE WIRE | BUS TR \ 
1 Walght 1 1 1 1 1 r20K2 to i Laval 1 




1 J21 Pin 1 4 t 3 t 2 t 1 1 1 1 
1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 


1 1 1 1 1 P2(K:1 1 1 1 


1 1 1 1 I 1 P20D1 1 2 1 


1 1 1 I 1 1 P20E1 1 3 1 


t t 1 I 1 I 1 P20P2 1 4 1 


1 1 I t 1 1 P20H2 1 5 1 


1 1 I 1 t I 1 P20J1 t $ \ 


1 1 I 1 I 1 1 P20J2 1 7 1 


1 1 I 1 I t X t rimi t 8 1 


II 1 1 1 1 P2aMl 1 9 1 


t I 1 1 1 I 1 P20P1 i 10 1 


II 1 1 I 1 1 P20P2 1 11 1 


II 1 1 I II 1 P20S2 1 12 1 




1 I 1 I 1 1 I 1 P20U1 1 14 1 





SIZE 

A. 



CO 



n 



ma9V»»-o-o m 




KN-oi Ota- 1 •-««« 7a-( jf tt 



SHECT 



OF Ji 



MAWUfACnJRINC glCTTCATlOW 

Tint 



CONTINUATION SNCET 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.5 Starting ! 
to th« tail 
addraas atr 
cold powar 



^, 



pradafinad 
addraaa ia 
Noraal aat- 
powar up wi 
wlaa Micro 
lar(8). Raf 



draaa Strapping. Rafar to ri«^ura 1 and 
a balow. For thia procadura. Starting 
apping ia only uaad by tha aaMory on 
up ao aach aanory aaaunaa aona uniqua 
iddraaa. Tha actual oparating atarting 
loadad into aach iiaMory controllar. 
up ia to hava tha Nanory Controllar (a) 
th a atarting addraaa of Xaro, othar- 
•2 will not aaa tha othar control- 
ar to aaction 8.2 



I SAl I SAO I MEMORY CONTROLLER STARTING 
I J21 I J21 I ADDRESS AFTER COLD POWER UP 
I Pin I Pin I ONLY 



1 §20 1 


#19 








1 1 
1 —-._—__. 







Maga Bytaa 




1 

1 1 


I 




4 Maga Bytas 




1 I 1 







8 Maga Bytas 




1 I 1 


I 




12 Maga Bytas 





SIZE 

A 



C^SI MA'^WfKJ-G-O 



REV 

C 




CN-oiM2-i*^«'a(Jta) 



SHCET 



OF -4 



MANUFACTUiUNC SPBCITICATIOW 



CONTINUATION SHUT 



nrit 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEWS TEST 



€.5.1 Voltaqa connections and pinnlngt 



Powar Supply Voltaqt Connactiona: 



Volts 
P.S. 



I Input I Slot 
j Conn. I 1 
I Pin • I 



I Slot 
I 17 
I 



I Slot 
I IB 

I 



I Slot 
I 19 
I 



I Slot 
I 20 
I 



5.2V I J19-1 t Ell 
I W5-1 I 

I w«-i I 



i M.C. I N.C. t N.C. I Ell 



•fSV I J18 



I 



|AA2,AV1 |AA2,AV1 |AA2,AV1 |AA2,AV1 |AA2,AV1 
|BA2,BVl|BA2,BVltBA2,BVl|BA2,BVl|BA2,BVl 
|EA2,IVl|BA2,BVl|CA2,CVl|EA2,BVltCA2,CVl 
tPA2,PVl|PA2,PVl|OA2,OVl|PA2,PVl|DA2,DVl 
t I |EA2,BV1| |EA2,BV1 

I I |PA2«PV1| |PA2,PV1 



NOTE: Tha Battaiy voltagas llstad balow ara 

prasant «fhan tha Manory Powar Supply la 
turnad on, whathar Battary Back -Up is 
installad or not. Thasa voltagaa ara also 
prasant whan aain AC Powar is off snd 
Battary Back-up <s supplying powar to 
N€»ory» (as in a powar fail condition). 



1 Voltaga t Input | Slot I Slot | Slot 1 
1 Battary 1 Conn. I 2 | 17 I 19 i 
1 Back-up 1 Pin 1 1 | | | 


1 +5 Volt 1 J14-l,2 1 CA2,CV1 | CA2,CV1 | CA2,CV1 | 
1 Bat. 1 J14-3,4 1 DA2,DV1 | DA2,DV1 | DA2,DV1 | 


1 -I-12 Voltl J17-2,3 1 AS1,PD2 i AS1,PD2 | N.C. | 
1 Bat. 1 1 1 t 1 


1 -5.2 V 1 J17-l,4 1 BL2,BK1 | BL2,BK1 | N.C. { 

1 Bat. 1 wa-i 1 1 1 1 

1 1 W4-1 1 t 1 t 



sin 

A 



COM 



I 



HA^m 



-0-0 



RCV 

C ' 




KN-01 M*- 1 6-N« 7a-(MS) 



SHCCT 



Of 



MAmiFAcnjKiwo graancAnoH 



CONTINUATION tHUT 



Tmi 



unniii-An AppnoAm to RVSTgufi tkr*^ 



Ground Connoctionst 




1 J15 






1 J16- 






1 J17- 


'5f 


6,7 1 


1 J17- 


"•# 


9 1 


t 10,1 


L * f 


12 1 


1 J19- 






1 J20- 







€.5.2 Signal Connoctlonat 



1 signal 1 Input 
1 1 Conn. 
1 1 Pin • 


w mm mm mm mm «w ^ <■• mm mm «■ ■■> «* mm «b «■» mm «■» MM ■■ ■* mm •■* ■■ ■■« mm «■ «» nm «■> <■» 

1 Slot 1 Slot 1 Slot 1 
1 1 19 t 20 1 


1 MEMORY 1 J20-1 
1 AC LO t Wt-1 


1 CRl 1 M.C. 1 PI2 1 


1 HBIORy 1 J20-2 
i DC LO 1 N7-1 


1 DB2 i m 1 rR2 1 


t CL0CI8 1 J16-1 
1 AC LO 1 W2-1 


1 CR2 1 M.C. 1 M.C. 1 


1 CLOCKS 1 J 16- 2 
1 DC LO 1 Nl-1 


1 DEI 1 M.C. 1 M.C. 1 



6.6 Installation of Nr^«ory Controller: 

NOTE: Vorify that AC ^war is OFF before beginning 
installation. 

6.6.1 Installatic.i of a new Nosory Controller in 
the CPU CAB "tfill first involve removal of 
the existing NeMory Controller. 



ffl 



coot 

SP 



NUMUII 

I1A-V2850-0-0 



REV 
C 




tN-010U*l«-H«7«-<Ma| 



SNEiT 



OF 



MANUTACrUIUNO arBClFlCAIlOH 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TtUE 



t40DULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.6.2 Remove the 4 Mate-N-Lock connectors from 
the lower edge of the Backplane, along with 
the (2) +5 Volt, and (2) +5 Volt Return 
Power Cables. 

6.6.3 Remove the SBI CabUs on each side of the 
Backplane. (6) SBI Cables on the right, and 
(6) SBI Cables on the left. 

6.6.4 Remove the (6) screws. (3J on the top rear, 
and (3) on the front bottom edge of the 
logic cage. 

6.6.5 Reaovt the Memory Controller from the rear 
of the CPU Cib.ind Install the new Control- 
ler. Replace all screws and cable connec- 
tions to thtir proper locations. 

6.7 Installing a Memory Controller In the N9602-M7 Cab 

6.7.1 Remove the Logic Blanks, (#74-21661-00) 
from the first and third spaces In the 
H96G2-H7 Cab. 

6.7.2 The Memory Controller MUST be the first 
logic In the M9602-M? tiF7 Any other Logic 
occuping the first three spaces must be 
moved over before Install Ion of the Memory 
Controller. Only one Memory Controller can 
be mounted In the H9602-H7 Cab. 



6.7.3 The Memory Power Supply mounts In Power 
Supply Slot #1. under the Memory Cont- 
roller. The AC Power cord for the Memory 
Power Supply has to be plugged Into J14-B 
of the 869 Power Controller. Backplane 
Power connections and mounting screws are 
the same as those used In the installation 
of the Power Supplies In the main cab. 



SIZt 

A 



cooc 



QD 



NUMtCII 



REV 

C 



m tM-«lMM«-M«72-{Sta) 



SNCCT 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION iHEET 



TTTll 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTtMS TEST 



6.8 Installation and checkout of H7112 Battery Back- 
-Up. (optional) 

6.8.1 Mount N7112 above (Time Of Day) power sup- 
ply using upright holes 118 and §22. (Ref. 
UA 11780-0-0 Sheet7) 

NOTE: For H9602-H? use holes #12 and 116 
above 869 Power Controller. 

6.8.2 Route AC power cord over 11/03 to 869 
outlet J14-B. (Ref IC 11780-0 1 sheet 5 and 
sheet 6) 

NOTE: For M9602-H? route AC Power Cord over 
rear of 869 to outlet of J17-B. 



6.8.3 Route and dress 70-14547-3D (Battery Cable) 
In left front vertical and center front 
horizontal to the memory Power Supply J2. 



6.8.4 Plug over-temp cable (part # 70-14213-3E) 
Into Jll on back of H7112. 

NOTE: The middle pin of the over-temp cable 
should have about 25 volts Reference to 
ground when the 869 Power Controller Is 
switched on. 



6.8.5 Power up system. Check LED Inside H7112 to 
be ON; Indicating that the batteries are 
charging. 

NOTE: For fully charged batteries, the LED 
should stay on for at jef»t 10 seconds on 
power up. Normal ON TIN E Is from a few 
minutes to a few hours depending on the 
Initial charge state of the batteries. 



SIZE 

JL 



CODE 

SP 



maIWIWo-o 



REV 

c 



&\ (i 



KN-01MX-lft-N«72 (M2) 



SHEET 



OP 



MANUFACTURIWC SreCIFICATION 



lAi 



COHTINtlAnON tHECT 



Tini 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTLKS TEST 



6.8.6 With latterlei fully charged, 
progriii Into Memory. 



1 oad 



MOTE #1: If the system has more than 1 
memory controller and battery back-up, 
Interleave the memory controllers before 
loading a program. Refer to section 8.2 
After loading a program, halt the system 
and turn off power by using the key switch 
first then shut off the breaker on the 869 
Power Control ler{s) for one minute. 

HOTE 12: The Power inverter failure LEO on 
the front of the Memory Power Supply, 
should come on In approximately 10 to IS 
seconds after the main Breaker on the 869 
Power Controller Is switched OFF. 

Twrn the 869 main Breaker(s) back ON. Turn 
on system using the key switch. Restart 
your program. The program should have been 
preserved. 



SIZE 

JL 



CODE 

SJL 



NUMBER 



REV 

C 



CM-610«2-l«-Nft72-(3*2) 



SHEET 



OF Ji 



NANUFACTURIWC STECinCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHCET 



▼ITlt 



MQDULAH APPROACH TO SYSTKMS TEST 



6.9 Battery Back-UP Cable Pinning (70-14547-3D) 

Voltages with cable plugged into P2 of Memory 
Power Supply. 



1 VOLTAGI/ 
1 SIGNAL 


COLOR 


1 P2 PIN/S 


1 REALISTIC 
READINGS 


PWR.'GND ' 

• 




AC PWR ON 


AC POWER 1 
i IL COND. 1 


1 436 V 
1 BAT. 


RBO 


i 1.2 


•f30 VOLTS 


436 VOLTS i 


1 +36 V 
1 RET. 


BLACI 


1 7,8 


GND 


1 GND 1 


1 AC LOW 
|-8V,-11V 


YELLOM 


1 4 


-9 VOLTS 


VOLTS 1 


1 RELAY 
1 CLOSER 
! -»>57Volts 


GRAY 


1 3,6 


455 VOLTS 
APPROX. 


1 4 36 VOLTS 1 
APPROX. 1 



6.10 Detailed teat procedure: 

6.10.1 Perform visual inspection for obvious dis- 
crepancies, damages, or potential power -up 
problems. 

6.10.2 Check to see that modules are in the 
correct slots. Refer to sec 6.1 of this 
procedure. 

6.10.3 Verify proper hardware set up. Refer to sec 
6 for configuration jumper tables. 

6.10.4 Take resistance readings of the power 
supply outputs, to verify that there are no 
power to ground shorts. 



SIZE 

A. 



CO 



n 



MA^VJWif-O-O 



REV 

c 




dii.!q 



CN<010«>1* N«m]»a) 



SHEET 



i-. OF ^ 



M ANUFACTURING STBCmCATlQN 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH 10 SYSTEMS TEST 



NOTE: Readings will vary depending on the 
number of Array Modules Installed. 



6.10.5 Turn on memory power supply breaker and 
observe indicators for normal power In- 
dications. 



7.0 POWER CHECKS 



7.1 



Check Memory Voltages: 

VOLTAGE/ COLOR PIN 
SIGNALS 

♦5 volt Red J18 

-5 volt Blue J19 

♦12 volt Orange J17 

♦5 Batt. Red J14 

AC Low Yellow J20 

DC Low Violet J20 

-5 Batt. Blue J17 



VALUE 



♦4.9 to ^5.2 Volts 
Pin 1 -5.0 to -5.3 Volts 
Pins 2.3 +11.66 to ♦12.24 volts 
Pins 1.2, ♦4.75 to +5.25 volts 



Pins 3,4 
Pin 1 
Pin 2 
Pins 1.4 



-8 to-U volts 

-8 to-11 volts 

-4.75 to -5.25 volts 



NOTE: Power Supply Is not adjustable and wust be 
replaced If out of range. 



8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE 

8.1 For the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run 
in any particular situation, or for the current 
MAST minlmun test criteria, e.g.: pass counts, 
etc., refer to the appropriate MAST CHECKLIST. 

8.1.1 Insert RX3 Diskette in RX drive, and boot 
systcR. 

>» 

T<CR> 

zz.Esinfr~vi2.o 

3E. 

CPU TR- 00000010 



cizt 

.A. 



cooc 



NUMtCR 

HA-V2850-Q-n 



REV 

C .. 




■M^jota-iMMya-iMD 



SHIIT 



OP 



JJAWWACTUKINO glUfkATlQW 



CONTINUATION tNIIT 



Tini 



NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



NS780 16K CHIP AT TR 01 

MAX ADR41- 00100000 

DW780 AT TR 03 

RH780 AT TR 08 

RH780 AT TR 09 

3F, 40. 41, 42. 43, 44. 45, 46, 47, 48. 49, 4A. 48. 4C. 



40. 4C. 

MS780 16K 
ARRAY #: 

# SINGLE 
ARRAY I: 
I SINGLE 
ARRAY #: 
I SINGLE 
ARRAY #: 

# SINGLE 
4F. 

MS780 16K 
M8213 RONS 
50.51.S2. 
NO FPA 



CHIP AT TR 01 
00000000 
8IT ERRORS: 
00000001 
BIT ERRORS: 
00000002 
BIT ERRORS: 
00000003 
BIT ERRORS: 

CHIP AT TR 01 
OK 



00000000 
00000000 
00000000 
00000000 



8.2 



END PASS 0001 

CPU HALTED. SONN CLEAR. STEP-NONE. 

CLOCK-NORN 

RAD-HEX.ADD-PHYS. DAT-LONG. FILL-00. 

REL-00000000 

INIT SEQ DONE 

HALTED AT 00000000 

(RELOADING WCS) 

LOAD DONE. 30003200 BYTES LOADED 

VER: PCS-01 WCS-OD-12 FPLA-OD CON- 

V05-01-L 

Interleaving Nemory Controllers. 

(This Is for systens having laore than one memory 

NS780). 



SIIE 



CODi 



NUMBER 



REV 

C, 




■N-01Mt-l«-N«7«-<M« 



SNBET 



OP 



MANUFACnJIUWC gBCIFlCATlON 



C0MTINUAT10N tNCET 



Tini 



8.2.6 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.2.1 Inttrleived memory controllers must bt 
contiguous with the bus TR levels. 

8.2.2 Have t.e same starting address. 

8.2.3 Have same trrdy size. 

8.2.4 Be at least two way Interleaving. 
Example: With 4 controllers. 

Controller 1 i 2 Interleaved and 
3 14 Interleaved. 

8.2.5 When Interleaving memory you must first 
deposit the following Into the Memory 
Control Itr Configuration registers: 



Cortroller #1 



>>> 



>>> 



D 20002000 101<CR> 



D 20002004 4000<CR> 



(2 way Interleaved) 



(starting Add.-O) 



Controller #2 



>>> 



>>> 



D 20004000 101<CR> 



D 20004004 4000<CR> 



(2 way Interleaved) 



(starting Add.-O) 



NOTE: Anytime Micro #2 Is run the Memory 
Controllers have to be Interleaved again before 
running other Diagnostics or software. 



Remove 11X3 Diskette and mount VAX Instruction 
Diagnostic #1 RX8. 



>>> 



BOOT<CR> 



tIZI 



CODE 



NUMSCR 

Mi.M?afin.n.n 



REV 

C 




KN-Ol Ml- i ft-N« 7tM S*t) 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUPACIVIINC 


«.«,,««^^«^^ C0MT1NUATI0W tNIET 
SPECIFICATION 


Tini 


MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 


• 


CPU HALTED 

INIT SEQ DONE 

LOAD DONE. 00014200 BYTES LOADED 
DIAGNOSTIC SUPERVISOR, ZZ-ESSAA-6. 1-370 6-AUG- 
1980 07:23:00 
0S>ATT KA780 SSI KAO NO NO 0<CR> 


Ds>5rL Mim^ 

DS>5ET HALT^CIl> 
DS>RUN EVKAKCR) 




..PROGRAM: VAK Basic Instructloni Extrclftr. 
ZZ-EVKAB, REV 2.2 10 TESTS. AT 08:21:37.53 
TESTING: _ICA0 




.. END OF RUN. ERRORS DETECTED. PASS COUNT: 1. 
TIME: 6-AUG-1980 08:22:36.64 




8.2.7 Reaove RX8 Diskette and mount VAX INSTRUC- 
TIONS DIAGNOSTIC #2 RX25 tn the drive. 




DS>RUN EVKAC<CR> 




.. PROGRAM: VAX Floating Pol'nt Instructions 
Exerciser. ZZ -EVKAC. REV 2.0. 3 TESTS. AT 
08:23:37.99. 
TESTING: _KAO 




..END OF RUN. ERRORS DETECTED. PASS COUNT: 1. 
TIME: 6-AUG-1980 08:24:45.92 
DS>RUN EVKAD<CR> 




.. PROGRAM: VAX Coiapatlbl 1 1 ty Mode Instructions 
Exerciser. EVKAO. REV 1.2. 4 TESTS. AT 
08:25:26.42 
TESTING: _KA0 




..END OF RUN. ERRORS DETECTED. h^SS COUNT: 1. 
TIME: 6-AUG-1980 08:25:37.42 
DS>RUN EVKAE<CR> 




.. PROGRAM: VAX Privileged Architecture 


SIZt CODtj NUMtCR RCV 1 




CM-«lMa-l»-N«7t-<Ma) 



SHtrr 



OP 



m 



MANUFACn/KINO OTCIFICATTON 



CONTINUATION tNIIT 



TfTlI 



NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



Extrclstr. EVKAE. Ui 1.2. 9 TESTS. AT 

08:26:22.54 

TESTING: __ICAO 

..END OF RUN. ERRORS DETECTED. PASS COUNT 

TIME: 5-AUG-1980 U:34:S55.62 

DS> 

[END OF TEST] 



1. 



SIZE 



cooc 



NUMItEII RCV 

MA Maiiil fl n I ^ B 



id'i n it '<) ! 



CN-«lMa-l*4M7>-<Mt) 



tMICT Jjk OP 24 



JtAWWACTUIUNO STBCfflCATlOW 
Tmt 



CONTINUATIOM SHf CT 



mmim AprmLii tq mim rt:?T 



For detail of 
J2l Rtftr to 
Figure lA — 



) H 



Jl 



if 



J? 



SBI BUS_ 



J3 



1 1 



J4 



J5 



11 



ii. 







lO Ol 



J14 



J15 



• • 



...Jill 



in uvti. 



L : . 








JI6 



^ - - J 



J 8 



J9 



J!0 



O 



• • 



■ ■■■ » ■ ■ 

r 1 

lo o: 



• • •• 



o[> 



Ji 



v)12 



L- SSI BUS 



J2f) 



JIO 



j:8 



JI7 



txiAR VIEW 
FIGURE 1 ^!S780 3ACKPANEL 



L 



MZC COOCI NUMItn 

A I sp I f;'.-v:85o-o-Q 



c 




CN-«lMa-lMiM7a-<»9l} 



SHEET 



Q> 24 



MAWUFACrUMNO IPHCIFICATBOW 



C0MT1MUAT10N SHUT 



Tint 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



SA 



oo 
oo 

20 19 [ 



iEABIL 



IRD 

y 

O 

J 12 I SPARES 



TR 



OOOO 

oooo 

J 4 3 2 I 



J21 
Pin ! 



FIGURE lA locating tlte pinnino on the vJ^! 
section of the MS/SO flACKPANtl.. 



Size 



COM 



NUMteil 



REV 

C 




■N-«iwa-i*4««7a^»Mi 



SHEET 



OF 



I 
I 

I" 
III 

11 

II 

lli 



DIOITAL SatnPM BNT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPEOFICATION 



M.A/..T. 



OATC 



h/H/Bi 



Tini 



RH7nn mj\-:bus adaptor 



IICVIflONS 



REV 



OEiCRIPTION 



CHQ NO 




DATE 



ARPD 8Y 



DATE 



Re-write Back-Up of VAX RH78n 



Mi-OlS 



Al 



Gauthier 



4/25/81 



./ 



' / 



Mc 



\ 



■i f M l ,,, ,, , 

ENOT^TT'iJ^-v 
Al Gauthier 



tN^M».t •.|iM7H«M| 




^'^^ Bob Beck'' 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

'V\-V2910-0-0 

SI'EET 1 



REV 

B 



MANUFACTURING VBCIFICATIOh 


yjjl^l MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 


RH7e0- MASSBUS ADAPTOR 


l.f INTROOUCTION 


The Rh ^f MASSBUS ADAPTOR (NBA) Is th« interface between the M«it> 
bus ano "he SBI (SYNCHRONOUS BACKPLANE INTERCONNECT). It perforas 
all control, arbitration, address mapping, and buffering func- 
tions. Up to four MBA*s aay be placed on the VAX 11/780. 


The NBA uses a 32-byte silo for data buffering. Data transfers on 
the SBI are quad-word (64-bit), therefore naking efficient use of 
the SBI bandwidth. On aeaiory to MBA data transfers, the MBA anti- 
cipates upcoaing Nassbus data transfers by pre-fetching the next 
quad-word of d j^a froa aeaory. 


2.1 RBPBRBNCB DOCUMENTS 


2.1 Manuals: 


2.1.1 VAX-11 RH78f Massbus Adaptor 

Technical Description BK-RH780-TD 


2.1.2 Power System Overview EK-PS786-TD 


2.1.3 Diagnostic System Manual BK-DS780-TD 


2.2 prints: 


2.2.1 VAX 11780 CPU MAST Back-UP MAV2100-0-0 


2.3 Reference Listings: 


2.3.1 Wire lists and pin sort 70-13627-0-0 


2.3.2 VAX 11780 Architecture Handbook E9-07466 


SIZE 


CODE 

SP 


NUMIEII 

MA-V2910-0-0 


NEV 1 




KN-01Ma-l«-M«7t-(Ma) 



SHEET 



OF 



18 



MAIWFACnJMNO gBCIFlCATTOH 



CONTINUATIOM t»lf IT 



mil 



NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



3.0 RgQUIRBD TB8T BOOIPHEWT 

3.1 Ttst BquipMcntt 

3.1.1 VolUi»ter-Tektronix DM44 or equivalent 

3.2 Massbui Adaptor Hardware: 

3.2.1 7ei3627-l-f Backplane Asaeiibly 

3.2.2 7il3712-i-l Card Cage 

3.3 Modules: 

3.3.1 M821'5 - MSI (MBA/SBI INTERFACE) 

3.3.2 M8276 - MIP (MBA/INTERNAL REGISTER) 

3.3.3 M«277 - MDP (MASBUS DATA PATH) 

3.3.4 M827'^ - MCP (MASSBUS CONTROL PATH) 

3.3.5 M9041 - Maisbus Paddle Card 

3.3.6 (2) 7014113 - Blank Modules 

3.4 Cables: 

3.4.1 (3) BC06R-10 Cables, to rear I/O panel or de- 
pending on Configuration, to side Expander I/O 
panel. 

3.4.2 (6) S.B.I. Cables Partf 1700087-( 



tIZC 

A 



cooc 

pp 



NUmER 

MA-V2910-0-0 



RCV 

B 




CN-01M2-1«-M«7a-(M<I 



SHilT 



OF Jl 



MAWUFACTUiUWG gTBClFICATlOW 



C0MT1NUAT10N tHCCT 



Tini 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



3.4.3 (1) Overtump Cable 

3.4.4 (1) AC/DC Low Cable • 



Parti 7i-14213-OK 
Parti 70-14212-OM 



* NOTE: The AC/DC Low Cable is connected be- 
tween J3 on the H7ia0 Power Supply and J13 on 
the RH7B0 Backplane. When a second RH780 la 
connected to the sam e H/100 Power Supply, the 
AC/DC Lc'^ Cable is connected between J 14 on the 
first RH780 Backplane, and J13 on the second 
RH7B0 Backplane. 



3.5 MBA Option Designations: 



3.5.1 RH780-00 Massbus Adaptor only 

3.5.2 RH780-AA (115V) Adaptor * Power Supply 

or 
RH780-AB (230V) Adaptor -♦• Power Supply 

3.6 Diagnostic Diskettes: 



3.6.1 RXl Floppy Diskette 

3.6.2 RX2 Floppy Diskette 

3.6.3 RX3 Floppy Diskette 

3.6.4 RX7 Floppy Diskette 



AS-E6337-YE 
AS-E1587-DE 
AS-E1597-DE 
AS-E1607-YE 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-V2910-0-0 



REV 



di.qi t'ai 



CN010a21*-N«72(S«2) 



SHEET 



Of 



MANUFACnilllNC gECIFlCATiON 

Tim MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTKMS TFST 



COMTINUATiON SHEtT 



4.1 



REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PftOGRAHS 

4,1 LEVEL 4 — Tht following Diaqnoatics do not rtquir* 
Diagnostic Supervisor. 

ESSAA SuD«rvicor Diagnostic 



ESKAH -— 
ESKAJ 



- Microdiagnostic Test il 

- Microdiagnostic Test 12 



4.2 LEVEL 3 — Thess Diagnostics run standalone under Diag- 
nostic Supervisor. 

ESCAA — — Vax Cnannel Diagnostic 

NOTE: ESCAA is the only Diagnostic that checks for 
. ASSBUS FAIL. A Hassbus or Terminator must be con- 
r jcted to the RH78i while running this Diagnostic. 
tar complete functional testing of the RH78i, the 
dagnostic for the Massbus Device connected to the PH780 
under test should be run. 



5.0 SPECIAL INSTROCTIOHS 

i.l CAUTION: No metallic jewelry should bp worn while ser- 
vicing this equipment due to the high current capabili- 
ties of the po-*er supplies. 

5.2 Jumper convention uced is; 

I » Jumper In, ■ Jumper Out, X • Unimportant 

Jumper Confii^urations are explicit, or standard 
configuration is shown by an arrow, ( >). 



Size 



CODE 

SPI 



NUMBER 

MA-V2910-0-0 



REV 

B 




eN-010«JlC N«/2 «3»t| 



•MEET 5 OF Ua. 



MANUFACTURING SPECinCATlOW 



CONTINUATION SHCCT 



TITH 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.1 INSTALLATION h TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTION 
6.1 Module Utilization Map for RH78fl 

UTILIZATION MAP 



1 6 1 


5 


4 


3 


2 


• ••••«• AM MB 

1 1 


1 1 
1 B 1 


B 1 


M 


M 


M 


1 

M 1 


1 L 1 


L 1 


8 


8 1 


8 1 


8 1 


1 A 1 


A 1 


2 


2 


2 


2 1 


1 N 1 


N 


7 


7 


7 


7 1 


) K . 
1 1 


K 


8 


7 


6 


5 1 


1 1 
1 M 1 


M 


M 


M 


M 


M 1 


1 





C 


1 D 


1 I 


1 s 1 


i D 1 


D 


1 P 


1 P 


1 R 


1 I 1 


t U 


U 










1 L 


L 










1 E 


E 











6.2 MBA Interrupt Level Selection. For location of (V/) 
jumpersr refer to TABLE 1 and Figure 1. 

TABLE 1 
Interrupt Selection 



I 



I 



I 



I ISR • I 



I 



W5 



116 



4 
5 • 



I 

I 

* 



6 
1 

ALL 



I 
I 



IS 




0»«lM<-lt-N«yMMt) 



cooc 
sn 



NUMMII 

MA-V291B-a-0 



SNIU 



OF 



REV 

D 

18 











CONTINUATIOM tHEET 1 


MANUFACIVRJfNG ffBClTICAnOH 








1 


jf^g MODULAR APPROACH 


TO SYSTEMS TEST 1 


6.3 TR ArbitraMon 


leva] 


L Selec 


rtion. 


Por location of (W) 


jumpers, rff«r 


to Figure ] 


L and 


TABLE 2. 






TABLE 


: 2 




Arbitration 


Selection 




IBUS 1 S 1 


S 1 


S 1 


S 1 WIRE NRAPi 




ITRI 1 E 1 


E 1 


E 1 


E 1 TABLE 1 1 


1 1 L 1 
) 1 i 


L 


L 1 


L 1 

lA] 


11 Wraps 1 1 


1 1 D 1 


C 1 


B 1 


A iFroffl Ff2Pl| 1 


1 i Wl 


W2 


W3 1 


1 I 

W4I 


1 *• • 




1 1 1 
1 1 I 


I 


I 1 


I 1 


Pf2Bl 1 




1110 





1 


1 


Pf2Cl 1 


12 10 





1 


I 1 


Pf2Dl 1 


13 10 





I 1 


1 


Pf2Bl 1 


14 10 


1 


1 I 1 


I 1 


f92r7 1 


15 10 


1 I 


1 


1 


Pf2H2 


16 10 


1 I 


1 1 


I 1 


Pf2Jl 1 


17 10 


1 I 


I 1 


1 


Pf2J2 1 


1 8* 1 


1 I 


1 I 1 


I 1 


Pf2Ml ! 


1 9**| I 


1 


1 1 


i 


Pf2Nl 1 


1 If 1 I 


1 


1 1 


I 1 


Pf2Pl 1 


1 11 1 I 


1 


1 I 1 


1 


Pf2P2 1 


1 12 1 I 


1 


1 I 1 


I 1 


Pf2S2 1 


1 13 1 I 


1 I 


1 1 


i 


Pfl2T2 1 


1 14 1 I 


1 I 


1 1 


I 1 


Pf2Ul 1 


1 15 1 I 


1 I 


1 I 1 


1 


Pf2U2 1 




* • Norma; 


L RH0 










*• ■ Norma] 


L RHl 




• 










Size 


CODE 


NUMtCR 


REV 1 




_^ 




A 


SP 


MA-V2910-0-0 


_y 




IN-01M'M»-N«7a-(S«2) 



SNEET 



OP 



18 



MAWUFACnJRINO gBCmCAnON 

jin^t MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATtOH SHtET 



6.4 Mate-N-Lock Connect ioni. Refer to TABLE 3. 

TABLE 3 
M-N-L Connection 



I 



SIGNAL 



NAME 



I CONNECTOR I PS. AC 
i I LO. L 



I PS. DC. I -5V I GND 
I LO. L i I 



1 J15 
1 J14 
1 J13 


1 
1 

1 


N/C 
1 
1 


1 
1 

1 


N/C 
2 
2 

mmmmmmmtmmmm 


1112 
1 l/C 1 3 
1 N/C 1 3 


1 

1 
1 



6.5 Installing the RH780s 

6.5.1 Nomal Configuration for RH78B Backplanes in the 
CPU Cab is to have TR 9 nounted next to the Mem- 
ory Backplane and TR 8 next to TR 9. This will 
allow for proper cabling to tha I/O panels, (TR 
9 to th« side exp. I/O panel and TR 8 to the 
rear I/O Panel) . 

6.5.2 Wl'.anever an S.B.I. Device is cabled to the side 
I/O t»anel in the CPU Cab or the H96«2-H? Cab, 
that Device is Mounted FIRST. Rear I/O Panel 
Devices are mounted next. 



NOTE 1: If both RH78f's are cabled to rear 
Panel, TR 8 goes to J3 and TR 9 goes to J4 
Refer to Figure 2. 



I/O 



NOTE 2t If using only the rear I/O Panel for the 
H9602-H? cab, J3 is to be cabled to the lowest 
RH780 TR Level in that cab. J4 is then cabled 
to the next higher TR Level etc. Refer to 
Figure 3. 



Size 



CODE 

SP 



NUMtEII 

MA-V2910-0-0 



REV 

B 



tN^JMa-t«4««7a-<MS) 



SHEET 



OF 



18 



MANUFACfUMNO gtCPiCATlON 

TiTil MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATION SHttT 



6.5.3 Th« Maesbui Cable Transition Block ccmea inatal- 
lad in J3 of the rear I/O Panel for the CPU and 
the H96f2-H7 cab. If J4, J5, J6, are to be used, 
another Transition Block must be initalled in 
each J number used. 

6.5.4 After Cables from the M9I41 to the rear and/or 
side I/O Panels are installed, any excess cable 
is folded flat and tiwwrapped into the center 
rear horixontal channel. 

6.5.5 The H71li Power Supply is mounted in Power Sup- 
ply Slot 15 for CPU installation. 

6.5.6 Por the K96f2-H7 Cab, the H7iai Power Supply 
could be in slot 11 or slot #2, depending on 
Systesi Configuration. 

NOTBt If slot 11 is used, the AC Power cord 
plugs into the 869 Power Controller J15-B. For 
slot #2, the AC Power cord plugs into J18-B. 

6.5.7 Por CPU Power Supply slot #5 and H96i2-H?, slot 
#2, remove the po^er supply blank. Part • 
70-14101-11. 

NOTE: 2 RH780 MASSBUS adaptors can be connected 
to one H7100 Power Supply. 

6.6 Cabling to side Expander I/O Panel. Refer to TABLE 4. 

TABLE 4 
Side Cabling I/O Panel 



I 



CABT.E 



I PROM I 



TO 



i 1. BC06R-10 
I 2. DC06R-10 
i 3. BC06R-10 



1 M9041-C 1 Exp. 


I/O 


Conn 


J4 


1 M9041-B 1 Exp. 


I/O 


Conn 


J5 


i M9041-A 1 Exp. 


I/O 


Conn 


J6 



NOTE: Cables at M9041 are ribbed aide up, with stripe 
to backplane. 



SIZE 

A 



CODC 
SPI 



NUMtER 

MA-V2910-0-0 



REV 

B 




CK-«lMt-l*^«7S-(S«2) 



SHEET 



OF JLfi_ 



MANUFACnJMWC OTCITICATION 



CONTINUATION SHCET 



TITII 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.7 Cabling to r««r I/O P«n«l. Refer to TABLB 5. 

TABLE "^ 
Rtar Cabling to I/O Panel 



i.S 



I CABLE 



i PROM I 



TO 



I 



I 1. BCI€ll-lf 
I 2. BCI(R-lf 
I 3. BCf€R-lf 



I M9f41-C II/O Conn. J3 Slot CI 
I M9i41-B I I/O Conn. J3 Slot Bl 
I N9041-A II/O Conn. J3 Slot Al 



NOTEi Cablaa at N9f41 are ribbed aide up, with 
■trip* to backplant. 

Side expander I/O connector panel viewed frow Inalde 
cabinet. Maaabua cablea at J4, J5, k J6 are ribbed 
side to front and stripe down. Refer to figure 4. 



FIGURE 4 
I/O Expander Connector Panel 



31 



J2 



J3 



J4 J5 



J6 





1 IC 1 IB i lA 1 



jr? 



1 


1 


J8 




1 


I 


J9 


1 1 



r 



CODE 
SPI 



HA?iWfff-e-0 «li 




KN-01Mt-l«-N«7t-<Mt) 



SHCET 



10 



OF 



18 



MANUFACnJMWC SPECIFICATION 

Tint MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATION SHtET 



6.9 I/O conntctor panel viewtd from Inside of cabinet. 
Refer to Figure 5. MMSSbus cables are ribbed iide 
toward Jl and atripe up. 



FIGURE 5 
1/0 Connector Panel 



Jl J2 J3 



J4 



/ I \ 
C B A 

i I I 
Massbus Cables 



J5 



J6 



II I I I I ill! I I I I I 

11 MM \ \ \ \ II II I 

II II II II II II II I 

II \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ I 

II II II II II \ \ \ \ I 

II MM II II I II I I 

II II II \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ I 

II \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ I II I I 



J7 J8 J9 J10 



I I I 



I I I 
I I I 



MM 



I I I 
I I I 
I I I 



Console conn 
if in CPU 
Cab 



tizc 

jL. 



CODE 



NUMtER 

MA-V2910-0-0 



REV 

B 




CN-010«21ft-N«7a(3«2) 



SHEET 



11 



OF 



18 



MAWITACrUKIWO ITBCiriCATIQW 



CONTINUATION tNIlT 



Tmi 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



7.1 POtfEU CBBCIS 



7. J Pow*r up H71fl (for RH78f). Obierv* (r^ER NORMAL) in- 
dicators. Check th« folloMinq voltagt/iignali for cor- 
rect raadingt. Rafer to TABLE 5. 





TABLE S 






Voltaia Readings 




VOLTAGE/SIGNAL 


PIN 


TOLERANCE 


♦5 volts 


CI1A2 


4^4. 9V to ♦5.2V 


-5 Volts 


J15 Pin 1 


-5.IV to -5.3V 


AC LOW 


J14 Pin 1 


-B.iV to -11. iV 




J13 Pin 1 


-S.iV to -11. iV 


DC LOM 


J14 Pin 2 


-B.iV to -11. fV 




J13 Pin 2 


-e.iV to -11. iV 



NOTE: Power Supply is not adjustable and aust be re- 
paired or replaced if out of range. 

8.« DIAC1I08TIC TEST PROCBDOm 

for the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run in any particu- 
lar situation, or for the current MAST ainiMuii test criteria, 
e.g.: pass counts, etc., refer to the appropriate MAST CHECKLIST. 
Listed below are detailed step-by-step instructions for executing 
each individual diagnostic contained in the checklist. 

8.1 Console terainal will display the following Messages 
upon conpletion of boot. 

8.1.1 CPU HALTED, SOMM CLiSAR, STEP-NONE, CLOCK-NORM, 
RAD-HEX,ADD-PHyS, DAT-LONG, PILL-i0, 
REL-8iffii 
INIT SEQ DONE 
HALTED AT $B§§J§99 

(RELOADING WCS) 

LOAD DONE, iBiB32iB BYTES LOADED 
VER: PCS-81 WCS-OD-12 FPLA-OD CON-V05-01-L 
»> 



Size 

A 



cooc 

SP 



NUMBEII 

MA-v29ie-e-0 



REV 

B 




■N-«lMtl»-N«7a-<Mn 



•MlIT 12 OP 18 



MANUFACrUMNO ITKinCAnQW 



COMTINUAnON SMUT 



mil 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.1.2 Removt RXl Diskette In drive, and Iniert RX2 
Ditk«tt«. 

T<CR> 

ZZ-BSKAB Vl2.f 

•1,12,13,14, 

NO. OP WCS MODULES - 8801 

85,86,87,88,89,8A,8B,8C,8D,0fc:.8F,18,ll,12,13, 

14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, lA, IB, IC, ID, ?E, IP, 28, 

SYS ID REG- 81288996 

21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,2A,23,2C,2D,2E,2F, 

38,31,32,33,34,35,36,37,38,39,3A,3»,3C,3D, 

END PASS 888 1 

MOUNT PLOPPY I'4-ESIAD k TYPE "DI" 
MIO 

8.1.3 Reaovt RX2 Ditkette ;n drive, and insert RX3 
Diskette. 

DI<CR> 

31, 

CPU TR- 88888818 

MS788 16K CHIP AT TR 81 

MAX ADR-fl- 88188888 
DM788 AT TR 83 
RH788 AT TR 88 
RH788 AT TR 89 
3P,48,41,42,43,44,45,46,47,48,49,4A,4B,4C,4D, 

4E, 

MS788 16K CHIP AT TR 81 

ARRAY •: 88888888 

f SINGLE BIT ERRORS: 88888000 

ARRAY •: 88888881 

« SINGLE BIT ERRORS: 88880000 

ARRAY I: 88888882 

« SINGLE BIT ERRORS: 88888800 

ARRAY •: 88888883 



L 



SIZE 



COOK 
SFI 



NUMtEII 

MA-V2918-0-0 



RCV 

B 




CN-0iMaiMM7a-(Mt) 



»HIET 13 OP _j8 



MANUFACrUKIWO gBCmCATION 

yin^f MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



COMTINUATION tNIIT 



I SINGLE BIT BRRORSt 10000000 

MS780 16K CHIP AT TR 01 

N82n ROMS OK 
50,51,52 
MP PPA 

END PASS 0001 

CPU HALTED, SOMM CLEAR, STEP-NONE, CLOCK- 
NORM 

RAD-HEX, ADD-PHYS , DAT-LONG , PILL-00 , 
REL-0000000i 
INIT SEO DONE 
HALTED AT 00000000 

(RELOADING WCS) 

LOAD DONE, 00003200 BYTES LOADED 

VERt PCS-01 lfCS-0D-12 PPLA-0D 

CON-V05-01-L 



>» 



8.1.4 Renove RX3 Diskette and aount VAX CHANNEL 
DIAG. RX7. 



BOOT<CR> 

CPU HALTED 

INIT SEO DONE 

LOAD DONE, 00014200 BYTES LOADED 
DIAGNOSTIC SUPERVISOR, 22-ESSAA-6. 1-370 
7-AUG-1980 04:57:54 



DS> 



MZt 

A 



cooc 

SP 



NUMICII 

MA-V2910-0-0 



REV 

B 




CN-010tt-l«-M«7a-<Ma) 



•NICT 



OF 



MAWUFACrmUWO gBCinCATION 

Trat MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



CONTINUATION tNtlT 



ATT RH78i SBI RHt 8 5 <CR> 



DS> ATT 
DS>I!n 
DS> SBL 

DS> JSH 



RH78f 



SBI 



RHl 9 5 <CR> 



ISST <CR> 



.. PROGRAM: ESvlAA-REV, 6. 2 RH78f DIAGNOSTIC, 
REV 6.2 29 TESTS, AT ll!4f:37.22. 
TESTING: -RHi -RHl 

RHl BASE ADDRESS IS 2fflli0f 

DRIVE (f] RESPONDED 

•**•••• NO MBE PRESENT ON MASSBUS •*•••♦• 

RHl BASE ADDRESS IS: 28112881 

DRIVE [8] RESPONDED 

•*••••* NO MBE PRESENT ON MASSBUS ••••••• 

..END OP RUN. 8 ERRORS DETECTED. PASS COUNT: 1 
TIME: 5-AUG-1988 11:42:82.54 



DS> 



CBND OP TEST) 



I 



Size 



CODC 

SP 



NUMieil 

MA-V2918-8-0 



REV 

B 




IN-«1 MM«-N«7a-<Ma) 



•HiiT 11. or Jl 



MANUTACrURIWO gECITICATTOW 

Trat 



COMTINUATION tNCCT 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



BR 



SB I BUS 



I 




♦5V ♦S RET 
(''.NO) 

FIGURE 1 RH780 BACKPLANE 
(Rear View) 



5PAf»E 



r.f-. 



Sbl lilJL 



Size 

A 



cooe 

SP 



NUMBCII 

MA-V2910-0-0 



REV 

B 



:d' 1 g ! t'a' 



CH-«10«2- 1«^«72(S«2) 



SMI IT 16 OF _iL 



MAWUTACnJMWO OTCmCATTON 



CONTINUATION tNtCT 



Tini 



ILl 



"B" 



'A' 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



:r7^. 



SIOL 



1 ( ) 
-i — (^ 



U 



<ne:t'i^ 



90 

FOLD 
(ALL CADLES) 

.Aii" E rtun 

EXAM?LE 



(to TR 9'; 






[J 



(CAPL[s A'f Kou;:u 
AoovE J3 r')»nLCTrj:x:. 

J4 



(to TR 3) 



J3 

LLGUELX-CAIiLlNG 

(Cabling To Kedr I '0 "anol Of CPU Can), 
(as viewed frori inside of cab). 



SIZE 



COOC 



NUMteil 

MA-V?qiQ-0-Q 



REV 

B 



I'al 



0-. «lMa-l«-N«72-(ltt) 



SHEET 



OF 



nni 



CONTINUATION SHEIT 



MODULAR APPROmCH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



r 



'3 



.14 



"5" 






('0 TRIO) (TO tr:i) 



A C 

|MWHM 

•J 1, 



'3" 



•A" 



CABLES ^■iL 'JUTEO 



EMEIJ CABLING M%0?-H ? EXPANDfC f.ABINi T 

(Cab! inn "^"^ ^*'^'* ^/'^ E<pan.ler f.Tl;. 
(dS viewed from in.ide of cab). 



Size 



CODC 

SP 



NUMBeR 



REV 



d!i q I ttal 



EN-01M2-U-N«72-(3«21 



•Mirr 18 OP J8. 



m 



I" 

II 

In 



DIGITAL caUIPMBNT CORPORA'^^ON 

*»MHMkO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SFECinCATION 



DATE 4/8/81 



Tint 



IW7 50 HAST BACKUP 



IICVttlONS 



RCV 



OEicmmoN 



NEW RELEASE 



;ho no 



MLOll 



ORIQ 



D. MONACC 



' '/ 



OATC 



APPD SY 



i^^ 



DATE 



tf/V-*' 



77^^^^^^^ir\A^ 



ENO 



D. MONACO 



AP^O Rob Beck-i 



T — -XJ 



WTA 



SIZE 

A_ 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

^4A-V2912-0-0 



REV 
A 



■N-010IS-l«-N«7f-(»tt) 



Si:ZET 1 OF Z2 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHIIT 



TITLI 



Modui-^r Approach To Syittn- Ttit 



i .0 Intn ductlon. t 

Thf RH750 or ^ASSRUS Ad«pttr (^RA) li a q»ntr«l purpoi* 
Intarfact bttwttn th« Coutt »*ffftory Intfrconntct (CNI) and 
high tpt«d n<«ffbuf drlvti. It if » ilnqlt txttndtd htx nodult 
that if Inttallad in ont of thrt* VAX ka^so CPU option ilott. 
Tht nxttnsivt ufi of Gatt Arrays allo»s this compact packaqlng. 
A slnglt MBA can control up to aight ilfftrant davlcas on 
tht massbus. A maxlMua of th«'at PHTSO'i may ba Installad In tha 
KA7S0. Tht MBA can handla data transtar ratts up to 2 MB/itc. 

2.0 Rtfcrtnct Oocumantatlon 

2.1 Manuals 



1. 750 Diagnostic Systam Overvlaw 

2. Hardwart Handbook 

3. VAXll Archltacturt HandbooK 

4. VAXll Softwara Handbook 

5. VAX Instruction Card 

6. 750 Install. 6 Accapt. Manual 

7. KC750 Microdlagnostlcs Tach. Manual 
fl. Remota Diagnostics Users Guide 

9. HH750 Ttchnlcal Olscriptlon 



CK-VXD75-UC 
eB-17281-20 
EB-l75fJ0-l8 
CB«'llC57-20 
AV-D927A-Tt 
EK-SI750-1M 
CK-KC750-TM 
i:K-Kt750-UC 
tK-«H750-TD 



2.2 Prints 



1. 11750 

2. KA750 

3. RH750 



Flald Maintenance 
Field Maintenance 
Field Maintenance 



Print set 
Print set 
Print set 



Mp-00131 
MP-01024 
MP-0104S 



3.0 Required Test Eauipetnt 

1. VAX 11/750 CPU Mith 512KB Memory 

2. EIA console Teminal (ie. LA36,LM20) 

3. Approplate Load Media. 

3.1 Optional Test Equipment 

1. Ocilloscopa Tektronix 465 or equivalent 

2. D.v.M. accurate to .1 Vdc at IS Vdc. 

3. KC750 (RDMi 

4. L9101 Coiret Extender Module 

5. Massbus Exerciser 

4.0 Required Diagnostics 



1. Dlaqnostic Supervisor 

2. PH7S0 Diagnostic 



ECSAA.EXC 

ECCAA.EXE 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 
SPl 



NUMtEh 

MA-V2912«0''Q 



REV 

A 



OK 



SHEET 



OF 



12 



. — .» .» ■» j»»»« »■ 



Hf\r<yfAaV'^IN(, SPK(IPIC,ATI()N 



CONTINUATION SHI ET 



TITLi 



Modular AocroAch To Systipm Ttit 



^.0 Sp«cl«l Initructlont 

5.1 Throughout this proctdurt» It It 4«fun«td that tht 

uttr if famtlUr with OCC hardwart, and tht vAX U/7S0, 

S«2 Th« RH7S0 may bt varlflfl without tht utt of a drlvt 
or >*nE through tht utt of Itt ■rap-around trodt. 

ft.o Ihitailation and Ttat Stt«up Inttruetlona 

6.1 impacting Initrucciont ai rtctlvtd from High-volynt. 

6,6,1 Unpack and lavt all boxti and packing mattrlal 
If It la nttdtd to rt^packaqt tht RH750 for 
fhlPRtnt. 

♦ 

6.2 Visual Chtcka 

6,2.1 t»ith RH750 unboxtd chtck for probltmt at ptr 
DKC standard 116 (broktn parts , ttc), • 

6.3 Harflwart Configuration 

6.3.1 Inttall L0007 Into KA750 (slots 7 - 9) «s ptr 
tysttii configuration shttt, rtftrtnct flg^jrt !• 

6.3.2 Removt LOOU Comtt "twory Controlltr from CPU, 
slo;. 10 rtftrtnct nodult utilization taction 6.4 

6.3.3 Inscall M«ttbua Boot Rom 23908A9 Into £84 
ot tht LOOll Cowtt '<f»ory Controlltr, 
rtftrtnct flgurt 2. 

6.3.4 Reinstall LOOll Into CPU slot 10. 

CAUTIONI 

Mhtn Installing Backpiant Housing Conntctors 
makt surt that pins art tnq^gtd In tht guldt 
at tach and of tht housing and ktyvay is to 
tht Itft as vitvtd fro* tht rtar of back* 
Plant. 00 NOr USE excess FORCE as conntctor 
will rtst on tht tops of tht pins in tht 
guldt holts. 

6.3.5 Install Backpiant Housing Conntctors onto 
i(A750 Backpiant In slot dtslgnattd by systtii 
configuration shttt rtftrtnct flgurt 3. 



SIZF 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER I REV 
MA-V2912-0-0 I » 



a&c ^H»^K»mn 



SHEET 



OF 



12 



MANUrACrURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATIOM SHEET 



Ttni 



•4orlulAr Anrroach To Syittn Ttit 



ft. 1.6 Rtmovt BG Junptri Aft7 - A6I, A69 - A70, 

A7] • A74 «nd A77 • A7I (roiR backplint 
■lot RN If btlng Installtd Into rtftrtnct 
flqurt J and itctlon ft. 4 pin nuMborlnq, 

ft,},7 Init«ll dtvlct stltct and arbitration Itvtl 

Juaptra aa par lyatta configuration thaat and 
lloura 1 • 

• •l,y For noraal Silo fill rata inatail .^llo nil 

Rata Juapar into A43 • A4S, 

6.3.9 Rtmova appropriata blank panal covar froa 
I/O panal, rafaranca (Iqura 4. 

ft.J.lO Install ona and of tna Maasbui cabla aasaably 
7018909*00 onto tha BacKplana Houilnq 

* Connaetors. Routa cablat up ovar cabla caqa 
and iniart tna othar and through th« I/O Pantl 
and into tha ^ASSBMS Racaptacla Houslna Any. 
rafaranca figuraa 4 and 9. 

6.3.11 Install NASSBUS Racaptacla Housing Assy, in 
I/O panal assawbly on tha raar of tha 11/790 
rafaranca flgura S» 

6.4 xodula Utilization 

11/790 MODULE UTILIZATION 
-*™.--.-..- . -— — — ---™ •....—..«.- .... 

I I f I : — I 

INI I I I I i I iRi iMi I I : I I I I I I I I I I i I I i I 

191 I i I I I I 191 191 I I I I I I I ICINININIRICIUMIDiri 

131 I I I I I I 121 121 I I I I I I I INIBIBIBIOICIBIIIPIPI 

IIIOI I I I I I 101 I0IM|N|N|N|N|N|N|N|CIA|A|A|N|SIIICIN|AI 

I3IZI I I I I I 121 I2I8ISISISISISISISI I I I I I I I I I I 

I 111 I I I I I I I I I7I7I7I7I7I7I7I7ILILILILILILILILILILI 

ISI1I8ISI8ISISISISI I 1212121212121212101010101010101010101 

IPI IPIPIPIPtPIPIPI I ISlSISISillSIIISIOIOICIOIOlOIOIOIOIOI 

ICI ICICICICICICICI I I I I I I I I I lilOIOIOIOIOlOIOIOIOl 

I I I I I I I I I r I It|llllllllllllllil7|7|7|ft|9l4l3l2lll 

I I I I I I I I I I 1 I7I6I9I4I3I2I1I0I I I I I I I I I I I 

I I I I I I i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 

I I I I I I I I I I I ia|a|a|«|«|«|«| | |a|a|*|*|fc| | | |«| 

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ( i I I I 

I2I2I2I2I2I2I2I2I2I I1I1I1I1I1I1I1I1I1I1I9ISI7I6I9I4I3I2I1I 

I8I7I6I9I4I3I2I1I0I 191 1 17 I6I9I4I 31 21 1 i 0| I I I I I I I I I 



a • OPTIONAL 

& a WCS MOUNTS ON CCS MODULE 



Front via« 



SIZE 

A 



COOf 

— 2£ 



NUMBER 

MA-y2912-0-0 



REV 
A 



oic 



SHEET 



OF 12-.. 



HATfyrAaviiw ^ri<;ifi<;AHpf! 



CONTINUATION SHIIT 



TITU 



Nodular Approach To sytttm rtic 



NOTti Thtrt art enrtt utthods of pin nuntoarlno 
uatd in U/7S0 CPU's, 



PIN NUKiCRIKC AND PLACEMCNT CXAMPLCSI 



OOll-OK 

AOIAI . . AOlA'i 

AOim • • A01B3 

AOiCl , • A01C2 

AOIDI . • A0i02 

I 

AOIVI • • A01V2 



MSTSO 

AOUl • • A01A2 
i.Ultt . • A0lt2 
AOICI . • A01C2 
AOIDI • • A01D2 

I 
AOtVI • . A01V3 



11/7S0 



AOlOl 
AOlOi 
AOIOS 
A0107 

AOlf] 



I 



A0t02 
A0t04 
AOlOft 
AOIOI 

A0t94 



7.0 Powtr Cntckf 

7.1 Powor rtqulrtNitnta for IIN750. 

♦ 5,0 volt! 

♦ 5,0 volti 

♦ 2.9 volts 

MOTCi voltaqts art providtd by CPU oovtr supply and art 
non ad)ustablt «lth no chtcKlnq ntctssary. 

••0 Dlaqnostle Itst Procttfurttt 

Por Cht sptctflc stQUtnct of dlaanostlcs to bt run in any 
situation, or for tht currt^it MAST iilniauii ttst crittrla» 
t.q.t pass-counts» tte.» rtftr to tnt approoflatt xast 
CHrCKLIST. Llsttd btlov art tht dttailtd sttp*bysttp 
Instructions for txteutinq individual dlaqnostlcs containtd 
in tht CHECKLIST. 

NO CNRORS alloiftd on <lia«nostlei. 

I.i casstttt Load of Dlaqnostle Suptrvlsor 

f.1.1 Instrt casstttt contalnlnq ECSAA.Exe 
Dlaqnostle Suparvisor* Into tht TUSt. 

1.1.2 Stt'^tht Consols Powtr on Action Switch 
to tht Boot position, 

1.1.3 Stt tht Dtvlct stltce Snitch to A. 






CODE 
SPl 



NUMMM 

MA«V29l2*0-0 



RfV 
A 



OM 



SHiir 



OP^Ji.. 



MANyrA^Tviinvf ?ri<^iri^ATi9i 



COMTINUATION SHltT 



Tim 



Modular Approach To syitra Ttie 



••1.4 Prtti tno Rtftt Sutton loe^tt4 on thf 
coniolf pantJL, 

Mhtn boot if conplttt eoniolt »lll 
rtipona with tht foUowlno. 



OIACHOSTIC 8UPIHVIS0H. ZZ-CCSAA-S. 4-121 00-»»MN.YYt 
0S> 

• •2 Syittii Dlikk Load of Olaonottlc Suptrvltor 

• •2.1 Plaet corrtct ntdla In ayattw ditic 

and po»ar up. 

• .2,2 sot tht front Pantl Powor on Act'ion iwtten 

to tht Halt position. 

••3.1 Sat tho Oavlea Saltct to •, C ot 0, 

tihatavtr your atdia it aounttd on. 

••2.4 Otprtfi tht Console Rasat iutton« 
and vait for tha consola preiRPt. 

••2.S Mow typa 1/10 (driva typa,cont^ollar,unit) <ca> 

ixaapiai 

»>t/10 OIAO <CII> 



Mhtn boot is coiiplata consola will print 
tha following aassaqa. 

DIAGNOSTIC SUPEPVISOa. ZZ-ECSAA-§. 1-175 ob->«WW-YYYr 

08> 






COOf 
SPi 



NUMieM 

WA-V2912-0-0 



HCV 

A 



•MEIT «2 OP *"■ 



MANUPACTURIN G SPEClFICATrON 



CONTINUATION tHIlT 



TITUI 



Modular Approach To syittm Ttbt 



1.3 Confiqurlng T^« Oi«qnoitle Suptrvlior 



••3.1 Btfort running RH7S0 dlaqnottlc tht 
biaqnoitlc Suptrvltor (iust bt 
condourtd, rollovina Is an txawplt. 

DS> ATTACH IIH7S0 CMX RHO 9 <CII> 



D8> SEL ALL <CR> 



NOTE! 



It is «ssu»td that tht proptr diaanostlcs 
art locatad on tht load mtdla btlng ustd. 
Tht follor<Aq foriiat «ill bt ustd to 
lllustrat* running diagnostics undtr tht 
Diagnostic Suptrvlsor. 



e.x Diagnostic na»t 
DS> RUN XXXXX <CR> 

xxxxxxxxxxxx 
xxxxxxxxxxxx 
xxxxxxxxxxxx 

1.4 D8> RUN eCCAA <CR> 



(hot! to start diagnostic) 
(optrator input indicator) 
(btglnnlng of run print out) 
(sptclai instructions) 
(and of run print out) 



(ExaiRPlt of running «rap<-a<ound mod*) 

PROGRA«lt ECCAA-REV. 1.0 RH7S0 DIAGNOSTIC, REV 1.0, 20 TEST 
TESTING: .RHO 

RHO BASE ADDRESS ISt 40P2t000 

NO DRIVE RESPONDED. 

«$••««« NO MBE PRESENT ON NASS6US ««««ttt 

•• END OP RUN. ERRORS DETECTED. PASS ^UNTX 1. 



(Exaapla of running with drlvt conntcttd) 

PR03RAMI ECCAA-REV. 1.0 RH790 DIAGNOSTIC, REV 1.0, 20 TEST 
TESTING! .RHO 

RHO BASE ADDRESS ISl 40P2t0C0 

DRIVE RESPONDED. 

••«««•« NO MBE PRESENT ON MASSBUS ««ttttt 

•• END or RUN. ERRORS DETECTED. PASS roUNT: !• 



CODE 

SPI 



NUMtEfl 

NA-V2912-0-0 



A 



IMC 



SHEET 1 OF il 



MAWUFACrURINC SrECITICATION 



CONTINUATION fHf CT 



TITU MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



TU58 DRIVE 




FRONT PANEL 



FIGURE 1 
RM750 MODULE 
INSTALLATION 



SIZE 

A 



cope 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-V2912-0-0 



REV I 



OCC lVOMMMa<#M7a 



SHEET Ǥ OF _11 



MAWWACnmiKG gBCinCATTOW 



CONTINUATION iHtET 



▼»▼*•« NODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 






4 



c^ 



LOon c^A.c. 





Mi 




Ml 


J 









d 



IM Ml 



FIGURE 2 
CoiMt M«mory 

Controller 



SIZI 

A 



coot 

SP 



NUMtCR 

MA-V2912-0.0 



fiev 

A 



MC l«-t.iM>-IM2<«l«7a 



•HItT 



OF «.*i- 



12 



MANUfACniRINC STECinCATION 

Tint MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



CONTIMUATION tNIET 



SLO FILL RATI 



RH750 CONFIGURATION JUMPERS | 


RH SELECT 
9 


BASE ADDRESS 
F28000 




JUMPERS 
A51-A53 
A32.A54 


\ 


F2A000 




A51-A53 


2 


JF^M 




AS^Xy 


ARBITRATION 
LEVEL 






JUMPEkS 


3 






M'kU 


2 


• 




AA3.A44 


1 






AiU>-,AA» 

A61-A63 


SILO FILL RATE 
NORMAL 






JUMPERS 
A43-A45 



HOUSING 

CONNECTOR 

KEYWAYS 



FIGURE 3 
BACKPLANE SETUP 



7 8 <? 

• * • • ■ • 

• • • f •• 

:: :i m 

• t • • •• 



t i: 




H M 



CGI 



.' :: 



^ 




cw 



BiZE CODE 
A ISP 



|*UliBI[R 



MA-V?912-D-0 



RCV 

A 



occ iH>tt)iofa-M«7a 



SHEET 



10 



OF 



ir. 



MAWUFACTURINC SPEdFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHIfT 



TITlt MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



L0007 

( Sloh 7 - 9 ) 



MASSBUS 
CABLE ASSY. 




FIGURE 4 

RH750 CABLE ROUTiNG 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-V2912-0-0 



REV 

A 



OCC 1*-(>M)10<3-N«72 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTliRlNO STECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION tNtIT 



Tint MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



U/7S0 
{/O FANBL 





RICfPTACLf 

HOUSING 

ASSEMftLY 



FIGURE 5 

(/O PORT CABLING 



RH750 CPU 

SLOT LOCATION 



MASSBUS 
I/O PORTS 



FIGURE 6 

t/O PANFL WITH 

MASSBUS CONNECTOR 



SIZE 

_A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-V2912-0-0 



REV 
A 



occ t«-(S«2)iMa-N«rs 



:*HEET 12 Of .iZ, 



DRAW I 
A - S P - 

^■ ^p 

A-SP 

a-::p 

A-3P 
rt-SP 
A-SP 
A-3P 
A-SP 
A-3P 
A-3P 
A-SP 
A-SP 
A-SP 
A-SP 
A-SP 
A-3P 
A-SP 
A-SP 
A-SP 
A-SP 



NG NO. 

- M A A 6 1 7 6 
-MAA6 1 BO 

- M A A 6 Ti 
-MAAb ^92 
-MAA6205 
-MAA62 1 

- M A A 5 2 2 
-MAA622'3 
-MAA622 7 
-MAA6230 
-MAA5 2M0 

- M A A 6 2 6 

- M A A 6 2 7 5 
-MAA7 1 1 
-MAA7 120 
-MAA7 1 jO 

- M A A 7 2 1 
-MAA7 5 10 
-MAA7600 
-MAA80 10 
-MAA9025 



REV.Nn.pPS, 



C 
A 
A 
A 
A 
A 
A 
A 
A 
A 
A 
A 
A 
A 
A 

it 

A 
C 
A 

A 

A 



2 a 

T 

c. 

2 
6 

'\ 
j 
8 
2 
2 

5 

2 

2 

2 

2 

1 4 

10 

2 

4 



OCSCPIPT 

DPM50 
API! 3 
N C 1 1 G 

N (■ V 1 1 
DR1 1-A 
D R n - B 
DRIl-C 
b H V 1 ; 
D R V 1 1 - 
DTG j B 
D A 1 1 - B 
DR1 1 -K 
OKI 1 - W 
BDOj A 
BDOM D 
BD05 L 
HEORDt 
LPD-1 1 
CSIG2- 
UNIBUS 
PRE AC 



DIS 
YST 
\ '* V 
G A M 

GF 

DM 

GE 

1 D 

J P 

US 

!) U 

GE 

GE 

SCI 

ISK 

INE 

R T 

/LP 

A R 

TE 

CEP 



T I/O SUBSYSTEM 
EM 



MEH 

NER 
A D 
NER 
Bl-r 
AHA 
SWI 
N 1 1^ 
MER 
NEH 
I/B 
IN 
CO 
RA- 
CO 1 
AIN 
STE 
TAN 



AHE 

A C 

AL 

EVI 

A I. 
PL 

LLE 

TCH 

US 

AL 

AL 

INA 

T A 

NTR 
D£ 
IN 

BOW 

R 

CE 



RA 

A.MERA INTERFAf'E 

DEVICE 

CE 

DEVICE 

U-PDP 1 1/0 j 

L I '.' T E d F A ': E 

WINDOW 

I/O 

PURPOSE (DMA) 

L A H M 
OL 

VICE 
TERFACE 
■^Sr-ACCP . PRJC. 

HARDWARE O.C. 



A-SP-MAD2440 A 12 

A-3P-MAD4216 A 16 

■-3P-MAE0050 C 6 

•.-3P-MAE1G00 A 4U 



KFS-A 
RL8-A/KL01 

MAST PHASE 



I I : UETP 



PHASE III BACKUP DOC. RSXII-M 



■,-SP-MAF1050 A 

\-SP-MAF2050 A 

.-SP-MAV2100 B 

.\-SP-MAV2102 A 



14 WPS-8/2n PHASE III 
16 WP3-8/212 PHASE III 



26 
32 



USER '3 GUIDE 
GUIDE 



1 1/780 CPU 
: 1/750 MAST 



n 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M.A.S.T 



^^^^ 20 June 80 



TITLE 



DPM50 DISTHTBUTF.D I/O SUIiSYSTKM 



REVISIONS 



^-3 



s " ^ 



a 



Si 



*' O w 

E o ^ 

?i o 
5 • -c 



REV 



C 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ENG 



Updated and revised 



MA- 

/ioooo 

MLOIO 



ORIG 



DATE 



20/06/ 



APPD BY 



50 



DATE 



BILL WHITBY 



^""p^A^S^ 



SIZE 

A 



W 



lAAk 6 



m?^^ 







EN-ni9«3-I»-N6 72|392> 



SHEET 1 OF 24 



REV 

C 



MANUFACTURINr, SPECIFICATION 



BOSuOSD 



CONTt:<UATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



DPM-50 DISTRIBUTED I/O SUBSYSTEM 



1.0 INTRODUCTION: 



.The DPM-50 distributed systems are based on single boxed 
configurations of either the KD11-H LSI-II microcomputer or the 
KDFll-AA (11/23) nlcrocompute. .power suppl y .process I/O modules 
and DEC DATAWAY interface. The purpose Is to provide process 
1/0 for the LSI-11 and thereby offer low cost distributed 
intelligent systeus fully supported by software. The KDFILAA 
configuration offers in addition RDP-ll/B** functionality on the 
LSI-11 bus, memory management as a standard feature and optional 
floating point option (KEF 11-A ) . 

2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION: 

2. 1 MANUALS: 



2.1.1 MICROCOMPUTER HANDBOOK: EB 15836-18/79 

2.1.2 MSVll-D.-E USERS MANUAL: EK MSVID-OP-??? 

2.1.3 PROCESS I/O SUBSYSTEM USERS GUir^E: EK-PIOS-UG-??? 

2.1.4 DPM50 USERS GUIDE: Er-DPM50-UG-?77 

2.1.5 KDFll-AA USERS GUIDE: EK-KDF 1 l-UG-7?? 

2.1.6 MICROCOMPUTER INTERFACES HANDBOOK EB- 17723-20/80 

2,2 PRINTS AND SCHEMATICS; 

2.2.1 H333 PRINT SET: MP00i42il 

2.2.2 ISVll-A PRINT SFT. MP00609 

2.2.3 TEVll P"-" :cf: MP0OO7'4 
2 " ' ■ . o t'RINT SET: MPOOi<33 
2,2.-:> DLVll-F PRINT SET: MP00i<6l 
2.2.6 KUFII-AA PRINT SET MP00734 



2,2. ( rtSV 



I — u rnxni <j c t 



in A W w > v w 



3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT: 
3 . 1 HARDWARE AND MEDIA: 

3.1.1 Valid DPM host system configuration, 

3.1.2 RSX11-M on appropriate me^iia. 

3.1.3 Attenuation panel. 

3.1.'* HEWLETT PACKARD DVM or equivalent accurate to .OIV § 15V. 
3.1.5 Serial line unit IE. DLVll-F and terminal for LSI erro- 
Informatlon output (local). 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



MAA 



^eW-'S 



•0 



REV 

C 



OCC )H<M)-10«2-N«73 



SHEET 



OF 



24 



M,\NUFACTUR1NG SPECIFICATION 



BBSOOBB 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPx<OACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



iJ.O REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM S; 

H.y DPM50 Diagnostics Kit #ZP125-RD 
NAME DESCRIPTION 



Remote Terminal Tester 

Serial Bus Exerciser 

Task Handler 

Basic Instruction Test 

EIS Instruction Test 

FIS Instruction Test 

LSI-11 Traps Test 

DLV15-F Test 

IK System Exerciser 

0-12HK Memory Exerciser 

PCS Test 

F-1 1 MMU Test 

F-11 rpu Test 

DLV11-J Test 

KEF11-AA Diag 

KEFII-AA Diag 

0-1214K Memory 



^ . U 1 


DZKCI 


U. 1.2 


DZKCH 


1. 1. 3 


CZKMP 


M. l.i» 


DVKAA 


1. 1.5 


DVKAB 


k, 1.6 


DVKAC 


H. 1.7 


DVKAD 


^. 1.8 


DVDVC 


H. 1.9 


DVKAH 


k. 1. 10 


CZQMC 


*l. 1. 11 


DVPCA 


1. 1. 12 


CJKDA 


4.1. 13 


CJKDB 


4.1. n 


CVDLA 


H. 1. 15 


CJKDC 


H, 1. 16 


CJKDD 


^. 1. 17 


CZKMA 



1 

2 

Exerci ser 



M ODE 

Remote 
Remote 

N/A 
Local& Remote 
Local&Remote 
Local&Remote 
Local&Remote 
Local&Remote 
Local 

Local&Remote 
Local&Remote 
Local&Remote 

Local&Remote 
Local&Remote 
Local&Remote 
Loc£l&Remote 
Local&remote 



5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: 

5.1.1 RSX11-M must be running 
diagnostics kit #ZP125-RD. 



in the host system with DPM50 



5.1.2 Due to power supply limitations, only two of the below 
supported options can be Installed at any one time in F and H 
variations of the DPM50. Since a terminal interface is required 
to run diagnostics in local mode one of the two options must be 
the DLV11-F or DLV 1 1-J 

A. DLVn-F 

B. DLV11-J/DLV11-KA 

C. DZV11-B 

D. MSVll-D 

E. RXV11 or RXV21 ■ 

• Floppy disk options not supported by a local boot. 



0«C IH>M 4-lM2-N«7t 



SIZE 

.A. 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA 6176-0-0 



SHEET 




MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



EttSCiEa 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



6 . 0. IN STALLATION AND T EST SETUP INSTRUCTIONS: 

6 . 1 UNPACKING AND INS PECTIO N: 

6.1.1 Save all packing material for equipment to be shipped that 
is not cab mounted. 

6 . 2 MOpUL£_CONF IGURAT ION_SETUPS_FOR_DPM50 

6.2.1 KDn-H(M726ll) LSI CPU MODULE 



JUMPER DESIGNATION 



JUMPER STATE 



W1 


W2 


W3 


w^ 


W5 


W6 


W7 


W8 


W9 


WIG 


W1 1 



OUT 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 


IN 


IN 


IN 


OUT 


OUT 



The KEV11A EIS/FIS chip is installed in location E75 on M726^ 
LSI CPU module. Refer to Figure 1. 

6.2.2 KDFn-AA(M8l36) LSI 11/23 CPU module (DPM50 F/H variations 
only) . 



JUMPER DESIGNATION 



JUMPER STATE 



W1 




W2 




W3 




W4 




W5 




W6 




W7 




W8 THRU 


W15 


W16 




W17 




• W18 





IN 

AS RECEIVED 

AS RECEIVED 

OUT 

OUT 

OUT 

IK 

DON 'T 

IN 

IN 

IN 



CARE 



Reference Figure 2 for Jumper locations. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA 6176-0-0 



REV 

C 



OeC 16-(a92)-10«2-N6]'2 



SHEtr 



OF 



24 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



tSSMSi 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



6.2.3 MSVn-DD(M80^i4-D?) FIRST 32K 

SI SWITCHPACK 

SW1 
SW2 

SW3 



SWITCH STATE 



ON 


ON 


ON 


ON 


IN 


IN 


IN 


IN 


IN 


IN 



W2 

W3 

PIN 1 TO 3 

PIN 5 TO 7 

PIN 10 TO l** 

PIN 15 TO 16 

Reference Figure 1 for switch and Jumper locations. 

6. 2.^4 DLVn-F(M8028) SERIAL LINE UNIT 

JUMPER DESIGNATION JUMPER STATE 

TO 
T1 
T2 

T3 

RO 

R 1 
R2 
R3 

The DLVll-F la default Jumpered for console use, but the baud 
rate Jumpers must be reconfigured from 110 baud operation to 300 
baud . 

The DLVll-F is not a standard part of the DPM50 system, but 
la a frequent option. See Figure 9 for Jumper locations. 

6.2.5 ISVIl-A (M8080,5M13290) SERIAL BUS INTERFACE 

FACTORY CONFIGURED: 



OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 


OUT 


IN 



CSR ADDRESS 



VECTOR ADDRESS 



160U0 
1601^42 
1601^^ 

300 
30^ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



MAA 6176-0-0 



RE 



■<y 



DCC lHaM)-lM>-N«7a 



SHEET 



OF 



24 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



PB?,: 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



JUMPERS 



W1 THRU W6 
W7 THRU W10 
W11 THRU W16 
W17 THRU W20 
W21 THRU W23 

W1.W3.W5,W7,W9 
W2.U^.'.<6,W8,W10 



STATE 


LOCATION 


CUT 


M8080 


IN 


M8080 


OUT 


MBOSO 


IN 


M8080 


OUT 


H8080 


IN 


5*113290 


OUT 


5*413290 



See Figures 7.1 and 7.2 for Jumper locationa. 

If DLV11-J installed default starting vector address of 300 
must be reconfigured because of its conflict with the ISV11-A. 



6.2.6 I/O CONTROL HCDULE(H7958 ) 

GSR ADDRESS 

VECTOR ADDRESS 

VECTOR S W ITCH PACK E7 

SWl 
SW2 

SW3 
SW*< 
SW5 
SW6 
SW7 
SW8 

AD DRESS SWITCH PACK E3*l 

SWl 
SW2 
SW3 
SW*! 
SW5 
SW6 

SW7 
SW8 



171000 

231 
SW ITCH ^TATE 

ON 

ON 

ON 

OFF 

OFF 

ON 

OFF 

OFF 

SWITCH STATE 

OFF 

ON 

OFF 

OFF 

ON 

OFF 

OFF 

ON 



Ntiferenoe Figure 8 for awitchpack locationa. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 
MAA 6176-0-0 



REV 

C 



OCC lft-(392)-10«2-NC72 



SHEET 



OF 



24 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEZT 



TITLE 



6.3 



8.0 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



6.2.7 TCVn(M9'400-yB) TERMINATOR MODULE 

JUMPER DESICNAVIOH JUMPER SIATE 



W1 

W2 

W3 
WD 



IN 
OUT 
IN 
OUT 



Reference Figure 3 for Jumper locations. 

CABLING OF THE DPM 50 

6.3.1 Cabling of the DPM50 consists of a serial bus cable 
(70-15928-03) coming from the daughter board (5'*-13290) of the 
ISV11-A oother/daughf er pair, which interconnects with the DEC 
DATAWAY cable ( 70- 1 ^4 1 52 ) . which in turn is run through an 
attenuation panel to simulate cable length .finally exiting the 
attenuation panel and connecting to the host CPU'S ISBll. See 
Figures 5,7.2 and 10. 

Attenuation panel la only used for test and is not ahippeJ 
with the system, 

DEC DATAWAY is keyed. 

7.0 POWER CHECKS 

7. .1 ♦S. 1VDC +. .1-. 15 
♦12VDC ♦.1-.36 

If voltages are out of tolerance remove the H7870 power 
supply cover and sli'' the power supply out until access to the 
adjustments is possible. Reference Figure 6. 

DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE 

The host processor .whether it be an 11/70 or 11/3^4 along with 
its ISBII'S Bust be fully checked out according to MAST prior to 
connecting a DPM50 to the DATAWAY. 

8.1 bPH50 HOST SYSTEM BOOTING PROCEDURE 



8 



1 Obtain a disk pack for the appropriate host media which 



has the RSX11-M host package #AP-F152A-MC and install it int( 
DRIVE #0. Load DRIVE #0 and insure that "WRITE PROTECT" is off . 

8.1.2 When DRIVE #0 is ready and "ON LINE" (heads loaded) BOOT 
the drive. 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



MAA 



^H«?6?( 



LEV 



OCC lHMtMM2-f««7X 



SHEET 



OF 



24 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



EuZCaSD 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



8.1.3 When the program asks for the date and time, you may 
either enter t)ie information or default it by typing a carrl age 
return . An example would be 08:30 OU-JUN-80. 

8 . 1 . ^4 The program will continue setting up parameters and will 
ask: "Do you want to loed IPC diagnostics from magtape [Y/N]:". 
Type in a carriage return which will default your answer to a NO 
condition . 

8.1.5 The program will now output: 

>§ <EOF> (This signifies end of file and parameters are 
now set) and waits for you to key in a command. 

8.1.6 Type in : 

Set / UIC=[200 :^03 (This may not be necessary if the UIC 
is already at 200,270.) 



8.2 RUN THE ERROR REPORT TASK IN ORDER TO CLEAR OUT THE ERROR 
LOG 



<RUN ISBRPT> 



<N> 
<N> 
<Y> 



8.2. 1 >R UN ISB RPT TYPE 

ISBRPT-DEC DATAWAY ERROR REPORT TASK 
> 

PRINT SUMMARY [Y OR N]?N TYPE 

PRINT ENTIRE FILE [Y OR N ] ?N TYPE 

DELETE ERROR FILE [Y OR N]'>Y TYPE 

ISBRPT. ..OPERATION COMPLETE 

TASK "ISBRPT" TERMINATED 

TASK EXIT WITH OUTSTANDING I/O 

PC=125130 

PSsl70000 

R0=120720 

R1=125576 

R2=125650 

R3=000000 

R^rl'43^70 • 

R5=000000 

SPsl20476 

8.2.2 Typer CTRL C to terminate ISBRPT task and receive back 
MCR> prompt. 

8.3 RUN THE DEC DATAWAY DIAGNOSTIC EXERCISER. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



MAA bf/b-O 



HO 



REV 
C 



OCC l«()«9) IOia-N«>« 



SHEET 



fl 



OF 



yA 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



ursM 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



8.3.1 >RUJ[ DZKCH TYPE:<RUK DZKCH> 

DCP-A>STA TYPE:<STA> 

lUNITS (D)?2 TYPE:<1> 

ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER :( ) 0?0 TYPE:<0> 

ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTROLLER: 

(0)1?2 TYPE:<1> 

NUMBER OF ENTERED TERMINALSsI 

UN IT ■•CONTROLLER ••LOGICAL SB^^LUN»» 



GDI 



000 



001 



01 1 



TOTAL ACTIVE PASSES = 21. ACTIVE TERMINALSrI, TIMEs8:33 

TOTAL ACTIVE PASSES * 41, ACTIVE TERMINALSsI, TIMEs8:3i* 

8.3.2 After required r-^n time has elapsed terminate running of 
diagnostic by typing CTRL C . 

TASK "TTO" TERMINATED 

TASK EXIT WITH OUTSTANDING I/O 

pcso^eooo 

PS=170000 
R0-000002 
RlcOOOOOO 
R2=000000 
R3*000000 
Ri;i:n00003 
R5=000001 
SP50012I46 

8.^ After DZKCH has run, The error log must be checked for 
errors that may have occured during running. 

8.^.1 > RUN ISBRPT TYPE:<RUN ISBRPT> 

ISBRPT-DECDATAWAY ERROR REPORT TASK 
> 

PRINT SUMMARy[Y OR N]?Y TYPE:<Y> 

PRINT ENTIRE FILE [Y OR N ] ? N TYPE:<N> 

OUTPUT TO LINE PRINTER [Y OR N ]?N-^-TYPE : <N> 

WANT ONE CONTROLLER [Y OR N ] ?N TYPE:<N> 

DELETE ERROR FILE [Y OR N]?N TYPE:<N> 

ISBRPT. . .ERROR FILE IS EMPTY 
ISBRPT. . .OPERATION COMPLETE 

8.^.2 Type: CTRL C to terminate ISBRPT task and receive back 
MCR> prompt . 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 
MAA 6176-0-0 



REV 

C 



OCC IH1M)-10«2-N«72 



SHEET 



OF .21 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



liimm 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH '^0 SYSTKiMS TEST 



8.1.3 Error reporting can be in the form of hard errors, typed 
out immed ■ atel y , or soft errors; Errors that are logged by the 
-or logger. No errors are allowed. 

8 . 5 RUN R OM RESIDENT TESTS OF ISVII-A 

8.5.1 MCR> RUN CZKCIB TYPE:<RUN CZKCIB> 

> 

DCP-A>STA TYPE:<STA> 

# UNITS (D) ? 2 TYPE:<1> 

UNIT 1 

ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER:(0)0?0 TYPE:<0> 

ENTER TERMINALS ON THAT CONTROLLEH: 

(D) 172 TYPE:<1> 

SELECTED SERIAL LINE PORTS 

UN IT ••CONTROLLER ••LOGICAL SB»»LUN^^TYPE 

1 001 9 DPM50-PORT 

START OF TESTING 

END OF PASS 0, TIME z 9:29 

END OF PASS 1, TIME = 9:31 

8.5.2 After required ruii time has elapoed terminate running of 
the diagnostic by typing CTRL C . 

8 . 6 LOAD DIAGNOSTIC MONITOR CZKMPB 

8.6.1 > RUN CZ KMPB TYPE : < RUN__CZKMPB> 

> 

CZKMPB \^ERSION 2.2 

SELECT MODE: LOCAL, HOST, AUTO-MAP, COMMUNICATION OR EXIT 

(L.H,A,C,E)L TYPE.<L> 

ENTER NUMBER OF TERMINALS [D]=2 TYPE:<1> 

ENTER CONTROLLER NUMBER [ ] = TYPE:<0> 

ENTER TERMINAL NUMBERS [0]=^ TYPE:<1> 

NUMBER OF ENTERED TERMINALS = 1 . 
UNIT^»CONTROLLER^^LOGICAL SB^» 
1 1 

At this poin*- '•^'.i console terminal at the DPM50 subsystem 
comes " line iand is used to ask for and run subsystem 
d i a g r. c s . 



SIZE 

A 



CODE J NUMBER 

SP MAA 6176-0-0 



REV 

C 



OeC 1M392)-10«2-N«71 



SHEET 



10 



OF 



24 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



ESaiDSII 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



if DPMCO cc.itains an 11/23 CPU (KDF11-AA), proceed tc 
..ectlon 8.8 otherwise go to section 8.7. 

8 . 7 RUN 11/03 (KDII-H) BASED DPH50 LSI PI AGNOSTICS 

See Figure 11 for explanat' j of monitor interaction at 
DPM50 local terminal . 

Lie switch must be in the off position to run diagnostics. 

8.7.1 >VK AACO TYPE:<VKAACO> 

157776 

§2 00G TYPE:<200C> 

END PASS 
END PASS 

8.7.2 After required run time has elapsed, terminate running of 
the diagnostic by depressing the break key on the DPM50 console 
terminal . 

8.7.3 §7 6_OU_VOOOC0O 2 TYPE : <760 Ui^/> 

TYPE:<2i 

> VKABAO TYPE:<VKABAO> 

157776 

§200G — TYPE:<200G> 

END 'PASS 
END PASS 

8.7.'* After required run time has elapsed, terminate running of 
tne diagnostic by depressing the break key on the DPM50 :.onsole 
terminal . 

8-7-5 g 7C0U4/ 000000 2 • T YPE : <760 Ui./> 

TYPE:<2> 
>VKACC1 TYPE:<VKACC1> 



157776 

§2000-. 



.S INSTRUCTION TEST 



■TyPE;<200G> 



DVKAGC-LSI- 
END PASS 
END PASS 



8.7.6 After' required run time has elapsed, terminate running of 
the diagnostic by depressing the break key on the DPM50 console 
terminal. 



SIZE 



W 



.MAA (^.^?6?0 



l^^ 



Dec ifr-C393t-lM2-M«;2 



SHEET -^-^ OF ^"^ 



'^' 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



"'■'TLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



8.7.7 #76 0^^/ 000000 2 TYPL : <760 Ui4/> 

TYPF.:<2> 

>VKA^CO . TYPE:<VKADCO> 

15 7 7 7 6 

§2 0G TYPE:<200G> 

CVKADCO L..^-n TRAPS TEST 

EI^/FIS 0?TION PRESENT 
- DIDOL INSTRUCTION SET NOT PRESENT 
END OF PASS 



8.7.8 After required run time has elapsed, terminate running of 
the diagnostic by depressing the break key on the DPH50 console 
terminal. *, 

8.7.9 §_jOJJ4_|4/ 00000 2 TYPE : <760 Ull/> 

TYPE:<2> 

>ZKMA_F0 TYPE:<ZKMAFO> 

157776 

e 200G TYPE:<200G> 

OZKMAFO 
000000-157776 
TST 13 BNK 00 
TST 13 BNK 01 
TST 13 BNK 02 
TST 13 BNK 03 
TST 13 BNK OH 
TST 13 BNK 05 
TST 13 BNK 06 
RELOC 

TST 13 BNK 00 
PASS! 01 

8.7.10 After required run time has elapsed , terminate running of 
the diagnostic by depressing the break key on the DPM50 console 
terminal. 

8.7.11 Load .and run diagnostics for any additional LSI option 
modules added to the 'ase DPM50 system, using same method used 
to run CPU tests. 

8.7.12 After all LSI modules have been run, if any D Bus I/O' 
modules exist, load in diagnostic VPCAEO from the host processor 

and follow procedure P"O-00COA-00-000-WM-06-8055 . Reference 
section IJ.O DIAGNOSTIC TESTING 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA 6176-0-0 



REV 

C 



OCC 1MM2)10I2-N«72 



SHEET -12 OF 24 



BSSSflSD CONTINUATION SHEET 
MANUFACTURING SPnCiMCATION faiimwuM 

"^'"'"'■E MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 

8.8 RUN 11/23(KDF1 1-AA) BASED DPM50 DIA GNOS TICS 

See Figure 11 for explanation of monitor Interaction 
Inputs and outputs at local DPH50 terminal. 

Lie switch must be In OFF position to run diagnostics. 

8.8.1 >JKDACO TYFE:<JKDACO> 

157776 

§20 OG TYPE:<200G> 

CJKDACO KTFll-AA MMU DIAC. 

SWR = 00000 NEW=£R TYPE:<CR> 

END PASS# 1 ;T0TAL ERRORS SINCE LAST START AT 200 

8.8.2 After required run time has elapsed, terminate running of 
the diagnostic at the DPH50 console terminal by depressing the 
>reak key . 

8.8.3 §76U_1J4J^OOOOOO 2 TYPE : <760 U*4/> 

TYPE:<2> 

> JKDBCO TYPE:<JKDBCO> 

157776 

g 200G TYPE:<200G> 

CJKDBCO DCF11-AA CPU DIAGNOSTIC 
- END PASSI 1 
END PASSI 15 

8.8.'* After required run time has elapsed , terminate running *-he 
diagnostic at the DPH50 console terminal by depressing the break 
key. 

8.8.5 §760JJljr/000000 2 TYPE : <760 1 i<i4/> 

TYPE:<2> 
>Z QMCGO TYPE:<ZQMCCO> 

157776 

§200G TYPE : <200G> 

SWRzOOOOOO NEWr CR TYPE:<CR> 

KTIKMEMORY HAN AGEMENT) AVAILABLE 

MEMORY MAP 

FROM 000000 TO 757777 (WITH ^ MSVll-D INSTALLED) 

NO PARITY REGISTERS FOUND 

PROGRAM RELOCATED TO 720000 

PROGRAM RELOCATED TO 000000 

END PASSI 1 



SIZE 



CODE 

S? 



Number 

MAA 6176-0-0 



REV 

C 



OCC 1«-(J»1)1M2-N«7t 



SHEET 



OF .2L 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHilET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TKST 



Above will be received when ^ MSV11-D modules are 
installed, typeouts will vary with lesser amounts of memory. No 
relocation will occur when only 1 MSV11-D installed. 

8.8.6 •NOTE THE following two tests are to be run If the 
optional KEF11 chip is installed. 

8.8.7 #760Jj4a/C 00000 2 TYPE: <760 UH/ > 

TYPE:<?> 
> JKDCBO TYPE:<JKDCBO> 

157776 

g 200G TYPE:<200G> 

CJKDCB, KEFII-A FP DIAGNOSTIC PART 1 

SWR = 000000 NEWsCR TYPE:<CR> 

END PASS # 1 
END PASS #2 

8.8.8 After required run time has elapsed, terminate running of 
the diagn'-stic at the DPM50 console terminal by depressing the 
break key . 

8.8.9 g 760HH4/ 000000 2 TYPE : <760 1 «4»4/> 

TYPE:<2> 

> JKDDBO TYPE:<JKDDBO> 

157776 

g 200G TYPE:<2G0G> 

CJKDDB KEFll-A DIAGNOSTIC PART 2 

SWR r 000000 NEW sCiR TYPE:<CR> 

END PASS #1 
END PASS #2 

8.8.10 After required run time has elapsed, terminate running of 
the diagnostic at the DPM50 con.-,ole terminal by depressing the 
brea k key. 

8. ft. 11 Load and run diagnostics for any additional LSI option 
ff.'Qu'-.T . stalled, using saoie method used to run the CPU tests. 

8.8.12 after 11 LSI modules have been run, if any D BUS I/O 
modulea exist within the DPM50 subsystem, load diagnostic VPCAEO 
and follow procedure POO-OOCOA-OO-OOOOWM-06-8 055 . Reference 
section U.O DIAGNOSTIC TESTING. 



SIZE 

.A. 



CODE 

SP 



MAA ^H^^g^O If 



OCC l«-(aMMM2-N672 



SHEET ^^ OF ^^ 



MANUFACTURING SPEriPICATIC V 



<riW.iil.v 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



M77M ITCH nCV I (ANO LATEMi 



KD11-H 



^=L 



^£^1^ 



C75 

M 



E70 



I 

a 
u 



i 



W3 



9 
wio| 



W4 



1 



T 

I JUMf En nCMOVEO 
I 



AJMPER INSTALLED 



EU 



I 

m 
o 



o 

B 



EM 






< 
O 



T 

i 



W1 



6 
9 

{ W11 



FIGURE 1 



!• 



99 

'• I 

66 



ws 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA 6176-0-0 



REV 

C 



OCC t«HlMMM2-M«72 



SHEET ^5 OF .i± 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



mm 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 




ij: 






DIODE Dl 



1 



W18 



c 

c — 
• a 

ii 

o D 

11 





E 






e 
o 









E 

E 

o 

KJ 



c .9-r 

- j: 

- W c 

£ - o 
*5 — "Z 
». M. a 



at 



c i 



i< 3. 



ll 



c 

o 3 

c a. 



W1 



wu- 
wio" 

W8- 
W6 



•WIS 



•W13 



■wn 

-W9 



■ W7 
•W5 



W4 



W3 

W2 



W16 



W17 



KDFII-AA 

(M8186 DUAL SIZE MODULE) 
FIGURE 2 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA 6176-0-0 



gEV 



OCC l*-<*t2MO«2-N«72 



SHEET 16 OF 24 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



SQSUSI 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



TEV11 M9400-YB 



^ 



oec i*(a»«(io*2-N6r} 



3X 



o o 



W1 



I 



n 



FIGURE 3 



o 



I DMA 
W2 I RfFRESH 
CNABl.E 



W4 



BOOTSTRAP 

ROM 

ENABLE 



W3 

(ALWAYS 1 
iNSTALLtOl 



SIZE 

_A 



CODE 



NUMDEH 

f^J\ h\ 7(',-f)-0 



REV 
C 



SHEET 17 OF 74 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



mim 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



^n^ 



1 c 



^n^ 



BATTfRV BACKUP 
>OAId JUMFfPS * 



• • • 
2 1 1 



BANK 7 
ENABLs/DI^ABLC 



*'2J^ .5V 



M8044-D? 



i i 




M£MOnV 
tiZI 



(II* • •10 
17* • tU 



7»-' 



14 



PAHITV/NO PARITY 
OfE RATION 



M" 0'«5 



Figure 4 MSVl l-D. MSVl l-E Switch and Jumper Locations 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



MAA 6 



m'iS-^' 



?E< 



DCC ii^Ai»2)-lO»2-Ht72 



SHEET ^8 OF J± 



MANUrAClUUING SIMiClllCATION 



iiiyiuiiii 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



70IS>7I 03 
SfNIAL tUS CAIll 




m7»70 



Figure 5 DECdataway Connector Mounting 



M7U70POWM >aWL> 
vt^lTAOf AflJOSTMCNT 

ON PC ■OARouNoenu 




FIGURE 6 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA 6176-0-0 



REV 

C 



■a :c i*-<Mt)ie«2-N«72 



SHEET 19 OF 24 





CONTINUATION SHEET 






M Art ur AC lUKJiNo artii-iricAiiuni 


TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 







TM3 



VVft WD W12 W1« W}0 W(7 Wit W«4 W73 W21 wai 



IIOS 
TM 





^ DDDDDD 
, .DDDDflDDO 

1 00 0000003 




•22* trr* 



Figure 7-1 M8080 Board 



USVMKT 



DlD'fln 

DflOdOD 
DDQDD 
DDDDD 




-N^GATIVt I 
VOLTASt I 
CXtNVfRTtnS 



nDDDDDDD 



moMO r«K]ui 



Figure 7-2 5413290 Board 



SIZE 



CODE 
SP 



NUMBER 

MAA 6176-0-0 



REV 
C 



DCC 1*H«MMM«-M«yt 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPtClFlCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODUIAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



V 






■^ 



4i 



r 



ir 



STATUS 


INOlCATORS 


( 1 


*% V 


( 1 


♦ 12 V 


( 1 


OEV tIL 


r-\ 


INTR 


CD 


TIMtOUT 



osc 

XTAL 



VCCTOd 
SELfCT 



■ 7 



OH 


y • 
























OfF 







A00HES8 
SELECT 



II* 



OM 1 



OFF 



IMlTlALIZi 
SiLiCT 



Fig ure 8 



M7958 I/O Control Module 



A) 
*< 

C) 



VI 



A1 



VI 



A1 



VI 



CT 



A1 



VI 



MA-Oitt 



CODE 

SP 



SIZE 

A 



NUMBER 

MAA 6176-0-0 



OCC l»-(S9<)-10«t-N«7t 



REV 

C 



SHEET __l\_ OF 21 



MANL -ACTURING SPtClFlCATION 



S2ZIO 



CONT.NUATION SHEET 



•ilTLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



3-x: 



^ 



n 










Ot 



i% %i fcsjij 



CCSK 



liM»r« Sc 



t 



iP 






MT 



■0 



>>>>>> 



Figure 9 



M8028 



DLVll-F Jumper Locations 



MM I8?4 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA 6176-0-C 



^ 



EV 



OCC l*-(392M0t2-N«7< 



SHEET ^^ OF _24 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



SEE 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 



# OF TERMINALS 



1 TO 9 
10 TO 19 
20 TO 29 

30 TO 39 
4 TO 49 
50 TO 59 
60 TO 63 



1 



ATTENUATOR 

SETTING 

i 

25DB 

24DB 
23DB 
22DB 
21DB 
20DB 
19DB 



FIGURE 10 ! 



V 



KJ 
O 

O 

O 

s 
5 



p 



L 



11/70 OR 11/34. 



ISBll 


t 




1 
1 

..J 


LPM HOST 



(n 




M 
(A 



D 

to 



D 
CD 



O 
tD 



0\ 
O 
C0 



o 

o 

CB 



o 
o 

OB 











M 
,1 



(A 
O 





*^ 







ISVll-A 








DPMSI" 





^^ 



SIZE 

A 



CQDE 



MAA 6 



w-n 



¥' 



OC.C l»-<J»»)-104a-N6/2 



SHEET ^-^ OF ^"^ 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



im^^ 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEM TEST 






MONTTOR INTERACTION AT LOCAL TFRMINAL 



> ■ 



Deposit 
Deposit 



Jitpu.t 
file names 
200G 
Break 

760144/ 
2 
1 
CoDtrol Z 



Opcriior may caler file oAtne lo call next dtagnotuc. or type control Z to put LSl-1 1 in 
viDT mole. 

If follow; jg I57T76 after a file name has been erttered, indiuaict the diagnostic u in 
the LSI- 1 1 and the operator may communicate v. iih it via GDI 

If following "End pau" and the current PC. indicatci the operator may give funher 
instructions in GOi Giving "760144" reestablishes communication with local 

monitor 



I'se/ following ">" to call drajLiioaUcs 

Not t'* monitor - tuna uiagnoauc if LSI- 1 1 is in GOT 

Not to monitor - iioy>a diagnotuc. 

RecsublishcscomiT'jnicauoa wiUi local monitor u''LSI-I I u in GDF. 

FoUowmg "OOOOOU" tcUi mooiwr that operator wishes to run another diagnosuc 

Follow "000000" abonj monitor m hoat Thu is the last mput by the operator 

Following ">" puu LSI- 11 in GDI 



Ouipuu 

1S7T76 FoUowmg file name entry indicates the diagnt^uc has been downloaded 

NX The re()uestcd Ale cannot be found 

BOLD Tiic ailempi to download the diagnostic was unsucceuful. 

END PASS Diagnostic has completed a pass. 

Current FC Folio, ng break indicates diagnostic has stopped ai addrcu pnnicd 

000000 FoIloMing "760144** indicates opeiaior may input furUicr instructioni lo local monitor 
(I or 2), 

EX • Monitor has tcrmirutcJ at host. 



FIGUKE 11 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NgMBER R^ 

AA 61/G-O-^ C 



hV'A 



OEC J*-{3»J)-1082-N672 



SHEET 



OF 



24 



5?E 



3 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPtCIFlCATION 



M . A . S . T , 



DATE 



TITLE 



AP.]1 l^YSTHM INSTALI ATIOr. AND AfCrP I'AN' -j-. rPcCEnHRF. ApD on dix A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPO BY 



DATE 



I? 






i 



■o 

c 
« 

C 



= IK 

12 

c <• 

9 ' 
^ tr 

|S 
o E 

^ o 

c 
t) %t 

E o 



Wl 3 » X 



Pr<;v. 7».f.a')01-0-hl80 



ENG 



-rz^^ J'f'^/^acorik'f 



APPD 



7^ 




SIZE 

A 



CODE 



t", T) 



NUMBER 

M/\An 18 0-0-0 



REV 

A 



rN 010(3 16-N«73(39?) 



SHEET 1 OF 2 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TLST 



Appendix A 

— I L 



AKll SYSTEM INSXALLATION AND ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURE 

1.0 ARll INSTALLATION/ACCEPTANCE 

Refer to Documeait A-SP-ARll-0-4 
1.1 Diignostlc Package 

(A) ARll Logic Test M«tnDEC-ll-DZARA-A 

(B) ARll An*log Tests M«lnDEC-ll-DZARB-A 

(C) ARll Wrap -Around Test MainDEC-11-DZARC-A 

Error Diagnosis and Repair 
Refer to Document A-SP-ARll-0-6 



1.2 



1.3 



Other Related Documents 

(A) ARll Circuit Description A-SP-ARll-0-5 

(B) ARll Users Guide DEC-11-HARU6-B-D 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NIIURPD 

MAA6180-0-n 



REV 

A 



DEC 1»-(J92)-I0a2-N67j 



SHEET 



OF 2 



* c •• S 
a o "• : 

S E I 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



M . A . S . T . 



DATE 



TITLF 



NC 11-A GAMMA lAMKRA INTERKACF Ap()('ndix A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD PY 



DATE 



A 



Prev. 7b6300]-0-6190 



ENG 



Ue 



;^/y«^k^//*/ 



r^ 



EN^«IMai»-N«?t.(393) 



~ML 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

Si' 



NUMBER 

'WA6 13 0-0-0 



REV 

A 



SHEET 1 OF 2 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 

TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TES'i Appendix A 



± 



NC 11 -A a\MMA CAMERA TNTERFACE 

Ref. AdJuBtiaent Procedure A-SP-NCll-A-23 
Checkout and Acceptance A-SP-NCll-A-22 



OeC I»-(J»l)-10«J.N«72 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6190-0-0 



REV 

A 



SHEET 



OF 




-9. 




'J* 



'/lalTAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIHCATION 



M.A.S.T, 



DATE 



TITtE NCVll GAMMA CAMERA INTERFACE 



Appendix A 



REVISIONS 



in 

I K m 

II 

*^ X - 

^ f I 2 
5 3 « £ 

I- W 5 ff 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



ENG 



APPD 



j^ (jM.xJi*^^xi^l^ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



NUMBER 



REV 



CN-OlMA-l^-NArt-OtS) 



SHEET 1 OF 6 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



Appendix A 



NCVll GAMMA CAMERA INTERFACE 

1.0 INTRODUCTION ; 

The Ganna Canera Is used to record the diBtrlbutlon of radioactive isotopes 
that are introdaced into a patient under study and concentrated in the 
organ of interest. The output of the Gamma camera is processed by the 
NCVll interface, loaded into a computer memory, and written on a mass 
storage device. The stored information may be called back and displayed 
at a later date. 

2.0 REFERENCE DOaHENTATTON : 

2.1 Reference Manual EK-NCVll-TM-??? 

2.2 Reference Parts List PL-NCVll 

2.3 Checkout Procedure SP-NCVll-O-K 

2.4 Print Set MP00491 



3.0 TEST EQUIPMENT ; 

3.1 Test philosophy will be to module swap and return for repair. 

3.2 The Self Test connector (Part No. 70-12894) is the only special 
equipment required to run these tests. The connector is shipped with 
the NCVll option. You may find it plugged into Jl on the AC17 module, 

3.3 Add DVM - Voltmeter. 

4.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS : 

4.1 DVNCA NCVll Logic Test 

4.2 DVNCA NCVll Differential Linearity Test 

5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS ; 
None 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6192-0-0 



-A. 



occ iMMt)-ieax-«4«rt 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



Appendix A 



6 . INSTALLATION & TEST SET U P INSTRUCTIONS : 

Unibus Based Systems - When making an add-on Installation of the NCVll-B 
Interface Option to an eiiistlng Unibus-based system, proceed as follows: 

6.1 Mount the DDVll-C backplane In the CPU or expander box in tne same 
manner as a standard Unibus system mounting unit. 

NOTE 

Disks should normally be first on the Unibus to 
give them higher priority in DMA arbitration than 
that of the NCVll. 

6.2 If it is necessary to provide an additional SPC slot for the M8217 
Converter module, mount the DDll backplane in the CPU or expansion 
box. 

NOTE 

Some old Unibus backplanes are incompatible with 
the M8217 module. If in doubt, check the DWll 
Installation Manual. 

6.3 Connect the backplane power harness(es) to the power distribution 
panel(s) . 

6. A Install the M9401 module in slot ABOl of the DDVll-C backplane. 

6.5 Install the M8217 In the Unibus backplane. 

NOTE 

When the M8217 module is mounted in a Unibus 
backplane, remove the NPG IN/NPG OUT jumper 
between pins CAl and CBl of the SPC slot to 
be used. 

6.6 Connect the two BC05L cables between the M9401 and M8217 modules, 
Jl to Jl, and J2 tr J2 (colored stripe adjacent to pins UU/VV) . 

6.7 Install the NCVll modules in the DDVll-C backplane in the sequence 
shown in Figure 2-1. 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6192-0-0 



REV 

A 



MC lMSt»-lMa-H«7t 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TLST 



Appendix A 



6.8 Install the M9400-YB module in slot AB02 , directly behind the 
M9A01 nodule In the LSI-ll Bus backplane. 

6.9 Install the H322 distribution panel. 

6.10 Interconnect the NCVll modules and the H322, shown In Figure 2-1 

7.0 mUY.R CHECKS : 

7.1 Check BAl 1 box voltages. -h5V + 5Z, il5V ->■ 5X, -15V + 5% 



8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE : 

"For the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run In any particular 
situation, or for the current MAST minimum test criteria; e.g. pass-counts 
etc., refer to the appropriate MAST CHECKLIST. Listed below are detailed 
step-by-step instructions for executing each individual diagnostic 
contained in the CHECKLISTS." 

8.1 NCVll Logic Test (Checks the M8026 and M8036) 

8.1.1 Load the MD-11-DVNCA program Into memory. 

8.1.2 Start the program at location 200. (Re&tart address is 20A) 

8.1.3 Type L (CR) to start the test 

8.1.4 To terminate the test type CTRL/C. 

8.2 NCVll Differential Linearity Teat (Checks the A0i7 and M8036) 

8.2.1 Switch the Maintenance Switch (SI) on the A017 module to 
MAINTENANCE (toward the I/O connector). 

8.2.2 Plug the Self Teat Connector into Jl on the A017 module. 
Connect the red Jumper wire on the connector to test point 
R (TPR) on the A017 module. 

8.2.3 Load the MD-11-DVNCA program into memory. 

8.2.4 Start the program at location 200. 

8.2.5 Type D (CR) to start the test. 

8.2.6 Type CTRL/C to terminate test. 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6192-0-0 



REV 

A 



OCC 1MW>->M>-M«7| 



SHEET 



OF 



<#^<% 
'^^t 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



Appendix A 



8.3 NCVll Final Acceptance Test (This test repeats the logic anr! 
differential linearity tests) 

8.3.1 MD-11-DVNCA must be loaded Into tn.>raory. 

8.3.2 Make sure the Self Test Connector Is plugged Into connector 
Jl on the ^017 module. The red Jumper wire is connected to 
test point TPR on the A017, and switch SI on the A017 ircdule 
is switched to MAINTENANCE. 

8.3.3 Type F (CR) to start the test 

8.3.4 Type CTRL/C to terminate the test. 



9.0 TEST PROCEDURE; 



Reference 8.0 



SIZE 



CODE 



NUMBER 

MA-\6 192-0-0 



REV 

-JL. 



OCC lft-(JB2)10«2-N«72 



SHEET 



OF A. 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



Append Lx A 



t 



«0)0M 




LSill BUS 



MOT( 

AauA:>ll€CT«0|TATIC 
U. -ID (TAUT NO UOOOJI 021 
If MOUNTfDSfTWtfNTMt 
AOU AMD MtOM MCOOLtt 



MM-<M»6 



Figure 2-1 DW| I-NCVI 1-H3:2 interconnections (Unibus-Bascd Sysiem) 



SIZE 



CODE 



NUMBER 



REV 



Oec lft-(3»2.> 10«2-Nr 72 



SHEET 



OF 




% 




- ° o 
k " - 

•i = •• 

111 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



M . A . ? . T, 



DATE 



TITLE 



DHll-A GKNKPAL DKVICK INTFHFACl: ADperidix A 



REV 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



i 



«= 2 «" 

9 " c 

^ c i 

5 * V 

t> t g 5 

•• 5 • -c 

c a c ^ 



ENG 



Prov. 7668001-0-6205 



de^^.^^ 



-fg^v Kxef^^, 



ENOIO8J 16-N6/2-(392) 




'/''^ s^ 



NUMBER 

yAA6 2 5 - - U 



REV 

A 



bMLb I 1 Uh- 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICAVION 



fBKJi 



rriE MODULAR APPROACH TO SYST ,S TL^ 1 Appendix ^ 
« I 1 

DRll-A GENERAL DEVICF INTERTACE 

REFERENCE DOCUMENTS 

DRll-A Eogineerlrg Dravliigs . Print Set. 

MAST Phase I Check-off List. 

Wo rlounship Manual, DEC. 

Finish and Color Standard, DEC STD 092. 
REQUIRED TEST EQUIPME^ 

FDP-11 System with 5iiput device. 

M980 Maintenance Module. 

Digital Voltmeter, Fluke Model 465 or equivalent. 
REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE 

MAINDEC-11-D8LA Diagnostic Write-up, DRl lA Device Register Test. 

MAINDEC-11-D8LA Diagnostic Tape. 
CHECKOUT INSPECTION 

Following Receipt of the test itenj(s) , perform a brief (quick scan) 
visual inspection for obvlou discrepancies per the DEC Worlcmanship 
Manual and DEC STD 092. 

TEST SET-UP 

Set-up the test iteni(s) , with all power off, in the configuration shown 
in Figure 1. Note that the test item has a floating vector. Check that 
it has the proper Jumper configuration. 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NIIMBFR 

MAAfi^.ns-n-n 



REV 

A 



DCC S*-()t2)10«3-M672 



SHEET _£ _ OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TU SYbTtMS VhSl Appendix A 

I .1 . 1 1 



VOLTAGE CHECKOUT 

Power up the system to check the +5VDC at each SPC slot containing a test 
plan. Use the digital voltmeter to measure the voltage between pins A2 
(•+-5VDC and C2 (GND) at each applicable SPC slot on backplane. The voltage 
shall be 5.00 VDC jp.25 VDC. Note that the H744 Regulator has a +5 VDC 
voltage adjust potentiometer. 

11 SYSTEMS CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURZ 

Perform the checkout test in the sequence detailed in this section. 
Program starting address, switch settings and operator action are contalrtd 
herein. However, refer to the Diagnostic Write-up, MAINDEC-11-DLSa. 
for more detailed infomation, should the need arise. 

DEVICE REGISTER TEST 

Load starting address 20(1. 

Start program with all control switches down (zero) . 

Allow test to run for 15 minutes. Note that bell will ring at cotspletion 
of each pass. 

No errors allowed. 

For restart a r.er fix, repeat 7.1.1 and 7.1.2. 



SIZE 'CODE 



NUMBER 

MAAr,2 5-G-0 



REV 

A 



oec i»-()9i)iota-N«72 



SHEET 



3 



OF _i_ 



MANUFACTURING 


SPECIFICATION 






nnni 


CONTINUATION SHEET 


TITLE 


MODULAR 


APPROACH 


TO 


SYSTEMS 


TEST Append 


ix A 
1 


1 





















PDP-11 
SYSTEM 



IJNIDUS 




L__ 



I 



-^. 



V 



Notes 



* An M980 Special Maintenance Module must be connected to each DRU-A 
at the M786 dual connectors. 



♦* 



A maximum total of 32 sequential DRll-A's may be connected for teat. 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6205-0-n 



REV 

A 



occ it-<i*a)-io«j-M«7i 



SHEET _i OF 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



ill 

■ u .. 

^ w C 

.11 
•I? 

lis 

ill 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



M . A . S . T 



DATE 



i 



TITLE DRll-B DIRECT MEMORY (DM^.) INTERFACE Appendix A 



I 



c 
S 

9 • c 

i c * J 

•|| ' 

O E 3 

Q £ 5 

• 5 > £ 

E5e? 



REV 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



Prev. 766PJ01-0-b210 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



-7^^ S^'frtfreoo r^ 



APPD 



^ 




SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SI' 



NUMBER 

MAAoJ 10-^-0 



REV 

A 



EN010ia-16-N672(39a) 



SHEET 1 OF *+ 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 

I 



DRII-B DIRECT MEMORY (DMA) INTERFACE 



REFERENCE DOCUMENTS 



DRll-B Engineering Drawings, Print Set. 

MAST Phase I Check-off List. 

Workmanship M^nuAl, DEC. 

Finish and Color Standard, DEC STD 092. 

DRll-B Manual, DEC-11-HDRC-D. 
REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT 

PDP-11 Syaten vlth input davice. 

Digit&^ Vola..eL. . luke Model 465 or equivalent. 
REQUIRED TEST SOFTWAPi: 

MAINDEC-11 DZDRB Diagnostic Write-up, DRllB PDPll General NPR Interface. 

MAlNDEC-11-DZDRB Diagnostic Tape. 

CHECKOUT INSPECTION 

Following Receipt of the test item, perform a brief (quick scan) visual 
inspection for obvious discrepancies per the DEC Workmanthip Manual and 
DEC STD 092. 

TEST SET-UP 

Set-up the test item, with all power off, in the configuration shown in 
Figure 1. Remove modules from slots CDA. Then transfer the Test Board 
from Slots AB2 to Slots CD4. 

VOLTAGE CHECKOUT 

Power up the system to check the -fSVDC at the test item backplane. Use the 
digital voltmeter to measure the voltage between pins A2 (+5 FDC) and 
C2 (GND) on the backplane. The voltage shall be 5.00 VDC +0.25 VDC. Note 
that the U744 Regulator has a -(■5 VDC voltage adjust potentiometer. 



SIZE 



CODE 

£P 



NUMBER REV 

M/.A6210-0-0 A 



OCC l»-<3*ai-lM3-N«72 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO bYbTtMb Thb'i Appondix A 

■ 



11 SYSTEMS CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURi: 

Ptrfonn the checkout teat In the sequence detailed in this section. 
Program starting address, switch settings and operat -^r action are 
contained herein. However, refer to the Diagnostic Write-Up, 
MAINDEC-11-DZDRB, for more detailed information, should the need arise, 

DE\rLCE REGISTER TEST 

Load starting address 200. 

Start orogram with all control switches dovro (zero) . 

Allow test to run for 30 minutes. 

No errors allowed. 

For restart after fix, rape/ ^irst two steps of this section. 



SIZE 



CODE 

3P 



NUMBcR 

MAA6 2 10-0-0 



REV 



OCC lfr-(392) lw«2-f««7J 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TU bYSTtMb Thbl" Appendix A 

' . — I L 



PDP-11 
SYSTEM 



<^ 



V 



JIMUiiiiL 



-S. 



V 



.Slot AlU 



DRU-B 



FirNCTTONAL TEST CONFIGURATION 
FUTURE 1 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6210-0-3 



REV 

A 



OeC l*-(3«2) 10t2-Nt7| 



SHEET 



OF 



li 



•it 

c u » 

^|8 

lis 

Ills 

« c c 
O — o 

«» 3 • r 
£ a c 5 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION M. A.S.I 



DATE 



TITLE 



DP.ll-C Gi-::,'r.P^\L OKVICi: INTERIACK Appendix A 



REV 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



F^rtv. 76680G1-0-6220 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



^c^J^^i 



l-rto^/bTi 



L. 



tN 01983 16Ne72-( 39?) 




SIZE 

A 



CODE 



NUMBER 

N^AAOJ?0-0-') 



REV 



SHEET 1 OF ^t 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPHGAwii 'i'U SYbii-Mi 'i'tST Appendix A 



DRl l-C GENERAL DEVICE INTEllFACF. 
REFERENCE DOT JMENTC 

DRII-C Engtneerliig Drawings , Frint Set. 

MAST Phase I '.hcrk-Of f List. 

Worknanship Manual , DEC. 

Finish and Color Standard, DEC STD 092. 

DRlI-C General Device Interface Manual, PEC-U-lIRDai.-D-D. 
REQUIRED TEST EQUIiyENT 

PDP-11 Systesn with Input device. 

BC38R Maintenance Cable. 

Digital Voltmeter, Fluke Model 465 or equivalent. 
REQUIRED TEST SOFr.>ARZ 

'lAINDEC-11 DZDRC Diagnostic Write-up, DRllC Device Register Test. 

MAE^DEC-ll-DZDRC Diagnostic Tape. 

CKECK.OUT PRQCEDIT^ 

Following Reciipt of the test iteni(s) , perfona a brief (quick scan) 
visual inspection for obvious discrepancies per the DEC WorkniAnship 
ManuLal and DEC STD 092. 

TEST SET-UP 

Set-up the test item(s) , with all power off. in the configuration 
shown in Figure 1. Note that the test item has a floating vector. 
Check that it Ixas the proper Jumper configuration. 

VOLTAGE CHEa;OUT 

Power up the system to check the -r5VDC at each SPC slot containing a test 
item. Use the digital voltmeter to measure the voltage between pins 
A2 C+S VDC) and C2 (GND) at each applicable SPC slot on brckplane. V..e 
voltage shall be 5.00 VDC + 0.23 VTX:. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6 2 20-O-'i 



REV 



OCC l»-(392MOa2-N«72 



SHEET 



OF _1, 



MAJSUFACTURJNG SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SY5TEM:-. TKST Apppndix A 



II SYST O'lS CHECKOUT TEST PR(X:EDUR£ 

Perform Che checkouu test in the sequence detailed in this section. 
Program starting address, switch settings and operator action are 
contained herein. However, refer to the Diagnostic Write-Up, 
MAINDEC-11-DZDRC, for more detailed information, should .he need arise. 

DEVICE REGISTER TEST 

Load starting address 200. 

Start program with all control switches down (zero) . 

Allow test to run for one pass. Note that at completion cf each pass, 
of each test item, au * will be printed. 

No errors allowed. 

For restart after fix, repeat f.^at two steps of tl.is aecti. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6220-0-0 



REV 



JCC 16-(392) 10a3-Ne72 



SHEET 



OF _J_ 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION ■■■ 


1 CONTINUATION SHEET 


TITLE MODULAR APPROACH TO bYSTcMt) Tt&T 


Appendix A 
1 1 



PDF-ll 

SYSTZM 



C 



DRll-C 



M860 



UN I BUS 




SPC Slot 
CONN. #1 




BC08R 



** 



I 

I 



1 

I 
I 

I 
1 



> 



CONN. #2 



Notes : *A BC(j8R Special Maintenance Cable must be connected to each DRll-C 
at the W860 dual connectors. 

— A maximum total of 32 sequential DRll-C's ray be connected for test 



FUNCTIONAL TEST CONFIGURATION 



FIGURE 1 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6220-O-0 



REV 

A 



ntcc i*-()tt)iM3-N«7a 



SHEET 



OF 




-7. 




? 5 ♦: 

(. « d 



c • 

59 



s& 



c ' 

i r 

T3 C 

a 



n 

w t 
O w 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPFCIFICATION 



M . A . S . T 



DATE 



TITLE 



DRVll 16 IT para: I.ri, LINK DNTT F^R ]'np 11/0 1 Appendix A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



A 



OESCHIPTION 



CHG NO 



Prev. 7b680ul-0-6225 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



ENG / / 



APPD // 




SIZE 

A 



CODE 



.'^r 



NUMBER REV 

MAAo.;.^5-'.-0 A 



EKfeiP«» i«-N«?«(«»*) 



SHEET 1 OF 3 



MANUFACTURJNG SPECIFICATION 



TITLE 



MODULAR \PPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 

DRVll 16 BIT PARALLEL LINE INIT F^ -^ PDP -11/03 

1.0 INTRODUCTION 

The Intent of this procedure la to summarize the diagnostic wrlteups. For 

the purpose of expediency, the procedure has been kept brief, and to the 

point, to keep from confusing the user. For additional inf onaation, It 

will be necessary to refer to the diagnostic wrlteup. 

2.0 REFERENCE POCL'MENTATION 

2.1 Workmanship Manual (STD 116) 

2.2 DRVll Engineering Specification A-SP-DRVll 

2.3 LSIll PD? 11/03 User's Manual EK LSIll-TM-Ml 

2.4 DRVll Printset 

2.5 ADVll-A, KVVll-A, AAVll-A, DRVll-A, User's Manual EK-ADVll-OP-001 

2.6 LSIll PDP 11/03 Configuration and Installation Guide EK-LSIll-IN-001 
3.0 RFQUIRED TEST EQ^•IPMEyT 

3.1 LSIll Standard Computer 

3.2 DRVll Module 

3.3 BC08H-1 Test Cable 

3.4 Output tenninal/DLVll 
4.0 REQUIRED TEST SOFTWARE 

4.1 MAINDEC ll-DVILVF DRVll Test Diagnostic and Write up 

4.2 MAINDEC 11-DXDRC DEC/Xll Exerciser and Write up 

5.0 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND CHECKS 

5.1 If part of DEC LAB 03 System variation H or J, module will have 2 
BC042-15 cables plugged into JI --nd J2 for communication with the 
outside world. 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6225-0-0 



REV 

A 



SQSDDSD 



CN OlOl; 16'N672 (]92| 



SHEET J OF 3. 



MANUFACTURJNC SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 



6.0 TE ST SET UP 

6.1 Insure that jumpers A3 thru All are removed and Jumper A12 is inserted 
for a device address of 167770. 

6.2 Insure that vector Jumpers V3, V4, and V5 are installed and vector 
Jumpers V6 and V7 are removed for a vector of 300. 

6.3 Install BC08R-1 Test Cable into Berg connectors Jl and J2. 
7.0 11 SYSTEM INTEGRATION TEST PROCEDURE 

7.1 DRVll Test (DVKAF) 

7.1.1 Load program through appropriate load media 

7.1.2 Program starting address 

7.1.2.1 Load address 200 

7.1.2.2 Start 0(90000 software SR default value 

7.1.3 Alternate software SR settings (loc 122) 

7.1.3.1 SWR15 - 1 Continue on error 

7.1.3.2 SWR14 - 1 Loop on current error 

7.1.3.3 SWRIO - 1 Loop on current test 

7.1.3.4 SWR 9-1 Run teot module 

7.1.4 Operator Action 
7.1.4.1 Type 200G 

7.1.5 Evidence of End of Pass and Runtime 

7.1.5.1 "END OF PASS" will be typed every 10 seconds. 

7.1.6 Acceptable Errorf: None 



SBSODSD 



SIZE 

n 



CODE 

SP 



eN oiO»: 6 N67r J9;i 



NUMBER 
SHEET L OF 



REV 

A 

3 



-7. 





51s 

X ^ • 

ill 

i 

m 
E 

Ml 

« 3 1 £ 
« ^ c « 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



DATE 



12/11/31 



TITLE MAST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR DRVU-J PARALLEL INTERFACE 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



PRELIMINARY 
ORIGINAL 



CHG NO ORIG 



MtO/O 



A. RICHARD 
1^. RICHARD 



DATE 



12/11/11 B 



APPO BY 




t/ 



DATE 



?//r/f 



ENG 



ART RICHARD 



APPO 



BOB 3ECK 




/.^/ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 






MA 



NUMBER 

~Z17 



REV 
A 



EN OlO«3i6-N672 ' 3<»>i 



^•F 3 



wnm 



MANITAC TIRING SPECIFICATION 



DSOQED 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MAST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR DRVll-J PARALLEL INTERFACE 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 

1 . SCOPE PAGE 3 

2.0 RESPONSIBILITY PAGE 3 

3.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATI : N PAGE 3 

4.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMEN*^ PAGE 4 

5.0 REQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAMS PAGE 4 

6 . SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 4 

7.0 INSTALLATION & TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 4 

8.0 POWER CHECKS PAGE 6 

9.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE PAGE 6 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A6227-0-0 



REV 

A 



OK i*43U)-i(»3M»r; 



SHEET _2 OF _L 



wnm 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



OSQQCO 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MAST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR DRVll-J PARALf.Fr. TNTFRFACF 



DRVll-J {M8049) PARALLEL INTERFACE 



1.0 SCOPE 



1.1 The DRVll-J is a double-height parallel line interface 
module designed for use in LSI-11 microcomputer systems. 
It conrains four programable ports designated A, B, C, and 
D. Each port contains 16 I/O lines and is capable of 
transferring a 16-bit word between the LSI-11 bus and the 
user device(s) . 

1.2 This procedure establishes the minimum test and electrical 
standards that a DRVll-J must meet to be considered 
acceptable for customer shipment. 



2.0 RESPONSIBILITY: 

2.1 It is the responsibility of the originator to maintain this 
document. Changes should be requested through the 
originator if possible, or his/her group (if originator is 
no longer available), or through MAST Administration in 
Salem (NI) . 



3.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION: 



3.1 Manuals & Engineering Specifications: 

3.1.1 DRVll-J Engineering Specif ica':ion 

3.1.2 DRVll-J Parallel Interface User's 
Guide 



SP-DRVll-J-2 



EK-DRVIJ-UG 



3.2 Prints and Schematics: 



3.2.1 DRVll-J Field Maintenance Print Set 



MP00866 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



aec i*4]K>^tca3Ne72 



NUMBER 

MA-A6227-0-3 



SHEET 3_ 



OF 



REV 

A 



MANUFA^ » . UNG SPECIFICATION 



SDSDQED 



CONTINUATiON SHFET 



TITLE 



MAST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR DRVll-J PARALLEL INTERFACE 



i 4.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT: 
4.1 Hardware & Media: 

4.1.1 LSI CPU with a console device (LA36 or equ.valent) 

4.1.2 At least 16K words of memory. 

4.1.3 Digital voltmeter accurate to .01V § 15V. 

5.0 REQUIRED PT AGNOSTIC PROGRAMS; 

5.1 CVDRC DRVll-J Diagnostic Part 1 

5.2 CVDRD DRVll-J Diagnostic Part 2 

6.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: 



6.1 None. 



7.0 INSTALLATION & TEST SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS: 



7.1 



Module Jumper Configurations: 

7.1.1 Jumpers W10 and Wll must be in. 

Note: Refer to DRVll-J Parallel Interface User's 
Guide, EK-DRVIJ-UG, for further information 



7.1.2 



Three standard device addresses have been assigned 
for use with DRVll-Js. The DRVll-J module, M8049, 
is configured at the factory for an address of 
764160. If more than one DRVll-J is used in a 
system, the modules are configured as follows: 



1st DRVll-J 
2nd DRVll-J 
3rd DRVll-J 



address 
address 
address 



764160 
764140 
764120 



Reference Table A located and Figure 1 for 
appropriate jumper configuration. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A6227-0-0 



REV 

A 



occ ^^3Bt^\<m3mn 



SHEET 



OF 



8 




G SPECIFICATION 



SQ!OQ!a 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



. .T BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR DRVll-J PARALLE L INTERFACE 



7.1.3 If the system application requires more than three 
DRVll-Js, addresses for the additional modules must 
be selected from the user-reserved area of the 
address map and assigned in descending order in a 
moiulus of 20 (octal). When selecting addresses 
other than the three standard addresses, refer to 
the current issue of the "Microcomputer Interfaces 
Handbook" to avoid possible I/O device address 
conflicts . 

7.1.4 The DRVll-J interrupt vector addresses are to ke 
programmed into a RAM (vector address memory) and 
cannot be jumper or switch selected. 

7.2 Loopback Cable Insta. lat ion : 

7.2.1 The loopback cable BC05W-02 is installed with a half 
twist connecting Jl-1 to J2-50. This cable must be 
in for test purposes. 



TAriLE A 



Address: 15: 

Bit : : 


14: 

• 
• 


13: 

• 
• 


12: 

• 
• 


11: 

• 
• 


10: 

• 
• 


9 


• 
• 

• 
• 


8 


• 
• 

• 
• 


7 : 


6 : 


5 : 

• 
• 


4 : 


3 : 2: 1: 0: 

• • • • 

• • • • 


Jumper 




• 
• 


Wl: 


W2: 


W3: 


W4 


: 


W5 


: 


W6. 


W7: 


W8: 


W9, 




Dev ice 
Address 

764160 




« 
• 

• 
« 

• 
« 


• 
• 

• 
• 

• 
• 

• 
* 


• 
• 

• 
• 

• 
• 

X : 


• 
• 

• 
• 

• 
• 

• 
• 




• 
• 

• 
• 

• 
• 

• 
• 




a 
• 

• 
• 

• 
• 

• 
• 




X : 


• 

• 
• 

• 
• 

X : 


X 




764140 




• 
• 


• 
• 


X : 


• 
• 




• 
• 




• 




X : 


X : 






764120 




• 
• 


• 


X : 


• 




• 
• 




• 




X : 


• 
• 


X 



X = Jumper in for a logical 1. All other jumpers out 



si::e 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A6227-a-0 



REV 

A 



DEC -SiJSiviasjNer; 



SHEET 



OF_i 



MANl FACTLRIN<. SPECIFKATIOS 



!a»a:D 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MAST BACKU P PROCEDUHE FOR DRVll-.: P/.^^ALLEL INTERFACE 



8.0 POWER CHECKS: 

8.1 The following voltages must, be present and within tolerance 
on the backplane containing rh-> DRVll-J: 



VOLTAGE 



TOLERANCE 



MEASURED AT 



+ 5VDC 



■••4.7 5 VDC to -^5.2 5 VDC 



AA2 



9.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE; 

For the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run in any 
particular situation, and for current MAST minimunj test 
criteria (e.g. pass-counts, etc.), refer to the appropriate 
MAST CHECKLIST. The following is a list of step-by-step 
instructions for executing each individual diagnostic 
contained in the CHECKLIST. No errors are allowed. 

9.1 Run the DRVll-J Diagnostic Test Psrt 1, CVDRC : 

9.1.1 The starting location is 200 and the switch 
register should - 000000. 

9.1.2 This diagnostic does not "auto-size" the number of 
DRVll-Js connected. If more than one DRVll-J is 
to be tested, the user must set up "DEVM" address 
location 1246 for the diagnostic to sequentially 
test up to four DRVll-Js. If only one DRVll-J is 
to be tested, modification to this address 
location is not necessary. 



Set address 
Set address 
DRVll-Js. 
Set address 
DRVll-Js. 



location 1246 to = 3 i f two DRVll-Js. 
location 1246 to « 7 if three 

location 1246 to = 17 if fouL 



1st DRVll-J 

2nd DRVll-J 

3rd DRVll-J 

4th DRVll-J 



address 76U63 

address 764140 

address 764120 

address 764133 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A6227-0-(3 



REV 

A 



X-. i*<382V'0*2Ne?2 



SHEET 



OF 



MANLFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



:d!!:o3:q 



CONTINUATION SWEET 



TITLE 



MAST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR DRVll-J PARALLEL INTERFACE 



CVDRCA DRVUJ DIAG TEST PART 1 

DRVllJ CABLE REQ'D 

SWR = 000000 NEW = <CR> 

END PASS 

9.2 Run the DRVll-J Diagnostic Test Part 2, CVDRD: 

9.2.1 The starting location is 200 and the switch 
register should = 000000. 

9.2.2 This diagnostic does not "auto-size" the number of 
DRVll-Js connected. If more than one DRVll-J is 
to be tested, the user must set up "DEVM" address 
location 2246 for the diagnostic to sequentially 
test up to four DRVll-Js. If only one DRVll-J is 
to be tested, modification to this address 
location is not necessary. 



Set address location 2246 to 

Set address location 2246 to 

DRVll-Js. 

Set address location 2246 to 

DRVll-Js. 



3 if two DRVll-Js 
7 if '_nree 

17 if four 



1st DRVll-J 

2nd DRVll-J 

3rd DRVll-J 

4th DRVll-J 



address 764160 
address 764140 
address 764120 
address 764100 



CVDROA DRVllJ DIAG TEST PART 2 

DRVllJ CABLE REQ'D 

SWR « 000000 NEW = <CR> 

END PASS 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A6227-0-0 



REV 

A 



ncc i»^3Kv<(a3N«7: 



SHEET 



OF 



8 



MANL'FACTURl.NG SPECIFICATION 



iJ ibiHtUi 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE MAST BACKUP PROCEDURE FOR DRVll-J PARALLEL INTERFACE 



i 



W4 W3 



■f 



■^^ LT 



PORT C AND D 



PORT A AND B 



wn 



• J4 



w8 wg 




W7 W6 



j3 



XE9 



W10 



Figure 1 DRVll-J M804 9 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MA-A6Zi7-0-0 



REV 

A 



Oec !6-(392)'10«2-N672 



SHEET _5 OF __8. 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



o 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



M . A . S . '1' 



DATE 



o 

U 
I? 



TITLE 



DTn3 - FM - FP 



Appendix A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 









• - r 



Prt'V. 7668001-0-6230 



Arpvi \^ff(€t 



in>^ 



ijff^t 




SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

My\A6 2 3 0-0-0 



REV 



n 



Er'l010«ll6-N«72-(39;) 



SHEET 1 OF 2 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TLbT Appendix A 

i 



DT03 - FM - FP 

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS 

Before poverlag up DT03-FM/FP read the option deecrlptlon thoroughly. 

The DT03-FM/FP Power Supply, end ell ehered bu» ("C" Bus) devices pover source 
must be on non-switched pcwer from the 861-Power Controller, or from some other 
unswltched power source. 

TEST EQUIPMENT 



Two (2) PDP-11 processors 

Unibus tester, or s I/O device that can be shared by both PDP-11 CPU's. 

For further infornui:ion refer to option description. 



REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 



Manuals 



Checkout Procedures: 
Acceptance Procedures 
Engineering Specs: 

Prints: 

MAINDEC Listings: 



CSS-MO-F-1" -19 
Option Description 

Reference Option Description Psge 2.3 
Section 2.5 thru 2.6 

Reference Option Description Page A-2 
Section A. 5 thru A. 7 

Reference Option Description Page 1-3 
Section 1.6 

DT03-F 

DEC SPEC-11-ATV-ADC 

ABS MD1:T:TY Processer Diag. 

DEC SPEC-ll-AXAAXC 

DAS Must be used with slave module DATS 

DEC SPEC-11-AXJAXB 

DAS DT03FR Controller Module (Single 

Device) 

DEC SPEC-ll-AXTAXA 

DAS DT03FR Controller Module (Multiple 

Devic'i) 

DEC SPEC-ll-AXASXA 

SRC DTAS Slave Module for DXAC 



SIZE 

A 



COOEi NUMBER 

SP I MAA6230-0-0 



REV 

A 



Dec 1*-<S«2) 10«3-N«72 



SHEET 



OF 



I 



y 5 

c o 

I* 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPF( IFICATION 



v r. (, 



DATE 



o 

.? 
3 

c 

3 

c 

•I 
£ 



TITLE 



DAll-BD Appendix A 



Us 



n 
Si 



„ o 

C 

> r 

a 



i 



I-' 



REVISIONS 



REV 



A 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



Prev. 7668001-0-6240 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 




"T^/y J<^/^r//^o^*r 



AffD 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

iSt' 



NUMBER 



REV 



/\ 



EN-oisaa ia-N«7».(j92) 



SHE 



CT 



OF 



MANUFACTURINC SPECBFICATION 



TITIE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 

,11 I I. I i ., 



P All-BD 

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS 

R«far«nc« option datcrlption p«ga 2-1, ■ecClon 2.1 for liCi contlderatloac , 
and taction 2.2 for cabling. 

For furthar infonnatlon, read tha option docvaaentatloQ. 

Two (2) PDP-11 processors 

For further Information refer to the option description, and the DRII-B Manual. 

REFERENCE DOCUMENTA TION 

CSS-MO-F-l0.4-iM 

Page 2.2, section 2.4.1 



Manuals: 

Checkout Procedures : 

Acceptance Procedures; 



Engineering Specs 

Prints: 

MAINDEC Listings: 



Reference Diagnostic Listing page 7, 
jectlon twelve (12) 

Page 1, section 1.3 

Refeitncc DRll-B-DAlI-B 

DEC SPEC-li-DZDRB-C-D 

HBS 

DEC SPEC-ll-AWYAXa 

OBJ. (DEC Xll) 



SIZE 



COOE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6240-0-n 



otc i*-<i*»-iMa-N«7a 



REV , 

JLJ 



SHEET 2 OF 2. 





o 



5 ° 

«i = •• 
c • 5 

?9 * r 

'^ ^ 

T i: " K 

-° - £ 

» • • 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPICIIK ATION 



K . :■. . :- . T 



DATE 



TITLE 



DHll-K GP'>ir;RAL DIGITAL I/O INTKRFACK Appondix A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



A 



Prov. 7Gh8001-0-6260 



^^^^T 



ENG 



d^lriff 



e^j^Kj 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAAt. 26 0-0-0 



REV 

A 



EN-010«» il>-N«72 ()•>) 



SHEET 1 OF 4 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



YiTlE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 



X 



i 



DRll-K GENERAL DIGITAL I/O INTERFACE 
kZTERENCE DOaJMENTS 

DRll-K Engineering Dravlnga, Print Set. 

MAST Phase I Check-off Llrt. 

VorknuAship Manual, DEC. 

Flnlah and Color Standard, DEC STD 092. 

DRll-K Interface User's Guide and Maintenance Manual, EK-DRIIK-MM-OOI. 
REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT 

FDP-11 Systsa vlth input device. 

DDll-A or DDll-B. 

BC08-R-1, one foot long Maintenance Gable. 

Digital Voltmeter, Fluke Model 465 or equivalent. 
REQUIRED TEST SOFTVAJIE 

MAINDEC-ll-DZDRG Diagnostic Write-up, DRll-K Digital I/O Test. 

MAINDEC-11-DZDRG Diagnostic Tape. 

CHECKOUT INSPECTION 

Following Receipt of the test item(s) , perform a brief (quick scan) 
visual inspection for obvious discrepancies per the DEC Workmanship 
Manual and DEC STD 092. 

TF.ST SET-UP 

Set-up the test Item(s) , vlth all povcr off, in the configuration shown 
In Figure 1. Note that the test Itan has a floating vector. Check 
that it has the proper "factory" jimper configuration and M7843 Interrupt 
Enable switch positions per Chapter 5 of the Maintenance Manual, 
EK-DRllK-MM-001. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



Dec ifr-1)>2) l(>£j-N«;2 



NUMBER 

MAA626G-0-0 

SHEET J OF 



REV 

A 



MANUFACTURING SPECOTCATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSThMS TtST 



Appendix A 
I 



VOLiAGE CHECKOUT 

Power up the systfln to check the +SVDC at each SPC slot containing a test 
Itflm. Use the digital volcneter to measure the voltage between pics 
A2 (+5 VDC) and C2 (GNP) at each applicable SPC slot on backplane. The 
vcltaga shall ba 5.00 VDC ^0.25 VDC. Note that the a/4A Regulator has 
a 4-5 VDC voltage adjust potentioneter. 

11 SYSTPIS CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE 

Jumper W21, W22 and W2j in the A position. 

Perfonn the checkout test in the sequence detailed in this scctioa. 

Program starting address, switch settings and operator action are 
contained herein. However, refer to the Diagnoatic Write-Up, 
MAINDEC-11-DCL.vG, for more detailed information, should the need arise. 

LOGIC TEST 

1. Load starting address 200. 

2. Set til tho M7843 Module INTERRUPT ENABLE switches on. 

3. Start program *riLth all control switches down (rero), 

4. Allow "est to run for five minutes. 

5. Set all the M7843 Module INTE.IRUPT ENABLE switches off. 

6. Start this program with all control switches down (zero). 

7. Allow test to run for ten minutes. 
No errors allowed. 

For restart after fix, repeat 1 through 3 for the Interrupt Enable 
switches on test and repeat 1, 5, and 6 for the Interrupt Enable 
switches off tast. 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6260-0-0 



REV 

A 



OCC 16-<3«<)-10«2-N«72 



SHEET 



3 



OF 



MANUFACrURINC SPECfflCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



THIC 



MODULAR APPFO^CK TO gYSTgWS VS3t Appendix A | 



PDP - 11 

SYSTEM 




DDll-A or DDll-B 



DRll-K 



M7843 



hbTTE] W 



WIBUS 



Afil 



H8 54 



r 



I I 




1 



L_ 



* * 



, r 






■1— ; 

L J 



_l 



BC08-R-1 



yot:e«: * The DRK-ll plugs into SPC .lot 2 or 3 of the DDll-B or SPC alot 2 of 
the DDll-A. 

All DRll-K's have the same Interrupt •«'ltch settings and data path 
Jumper/, 



FUNCTIONAL TEST CONFIGURATKN 
Figure 1 



> 



[ 



SIZE {CODE 



MAA6260-0-0 



REV 
A 



OCC l*-(3ta) 10«1-M«72 



SHEET ^- OF _1 




^o 




DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



> i *> 

U w 

w o 

^? 

• 5 

S " r 
lit 

£•» 

Si o 



MANUFACTURINC; SPICIFICATION 



M . A . .'". . T 



DATE 



3/27/80 



TITLE PHASE I BACKUP DOCUMENTATION FOR DRll-W 



REV 



REVISIONS 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



ENG 



MA- 
AO0e!0- 



L.l.KCI.i.nC 8 -HO 



KSTES 



8-80 



BILL WHITBY 



APPD 



TOM JELENIKkVSKT 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER REV 



KN alO«a ia-M«7P 1397) 



SHEET 1 OF 5 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



1.0 INTRODUCTION 

The HRll-W is a general purpose, direct memory access (DMA) device that 
operates directly to or from memory. It is designed for use In any hex 
(SPC) small peripheral controller slot. The DRllW can be Interfaced 
with n DRVllB (Q Bus) as well as connected back to back with another 
DRll-W to form an interprocessor system link. Any number can be added 
to a single system, with respect to existing configuration guidelines. 

The purpose of this document is to define minimum test criteria for FA&T 
for a single module option and any special steps required to set up 
option for test. For multiples of this option, refer to reference 
documentation and diagnostic writcup. 



2 . REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 

2.1 Manuals and Engineering Specifications: 

2.1.1 IKllW Engineering Specification SP DRll-W-C 

2.1.2 DRllW Users' Guide EK-DRllW-UG 

2.2 Prints and Schematics: 

2.2.1 DRllW Field Maintenance Print Set MP00693 

3.0 REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT 
3.1 Hardware & Modia: 

3.1.1 PDPll with available Hex SPC Slot 



3. l ^ ?K 



Memor- 



3.1.3 '.-■■y. vt.soie device 

3.I.''' B>.'iL-Ul l.v^opback Cable (Supplied with DRll-W) 
S.l.S I'lgital vjltmeter fluke Model 465 or equivalent 
3.2 Special Tools: 
3.2.1 None 



A . R EQUIRED DIAGNOSTIC PROGR.\MS 



4.1 CZDRL.?? DRll-W Gen. NPR INTFC. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6275-O-C:? 



A 



DEC U-|3«e)-10S2-N6 72 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



"'"'"'"'•^ MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



NOTE: Additional Diagnostic CZDRK?? URll-W IntrProc. Exer. Id not run In 
KAiT due to need for additional 1>MA Intfrfaci' and HDPll Processor. 

5.0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS 

5.1 For Unlbus-11 Systems capacitor C8 ( IbOO mmt. ) m\ist be rut off of 
of DRll-W Module. 

5.2 For UBA (Unlbus Adapter) of VAX, both C7 (820 rranf.) .ind 08 (1600 naul . ) 
must be installed . Referen e Flguro 1 drawing for I orations of above 
components . 

5.3 Wire in backplane between CAO 1 and CiiOl (NPO jumper) must be removed 
from .'-.lot In which DRll-W is Installed. 

NOTE : Jumper must be reinstalled when module is removed unless module is 
replaced with another DMA (Direct Memory Access) device. 

6 . INSTALLATION AND TEST SET-UP I NST RUCTI ONS 

6.1 Unpacking Instructions: 

6.1.1 If DRll-W module Is to be installed in a system, dispose of 
box it was packed In. If part of an option order, retaiu 
for repacking. 

6.2 Set-Up instructions: 

6.2.1 Remove G727A grant card from hex slot to be 



us 



ed, 



6.2.2 Insure DRll-W module has DVA (Device Address) configured for 
77241X. Switch pack E120 will have switches 2, A, 6, 7, 8 
and 9 on and 1, 3, 5 and 10 off. Reference Figtjre I. 

6.2.3 Insure DRll-W module has vector address configured for 124. 
Switchpack El 5 will have switches 3, 5, 7 and 8 on and 2, 
4, and 6 off. Switch Hi is unused and its position does 
not matter. Reference Figure 1. 

6.2.''* Insure DRll-W module has operational mode switchpack E105 
configured with switches 1, 3 and 4 on and 2 and 5 off. 
Reference Figure 1 . 

6.2.5 Insure burst mode switch SI is in down position (toward row F 
of module) to select two-cycle burst operation. Reference 
Figure 1. 

6.2.6 Insure BR plug Is installed on nodule in Lh? socket. BR5 

Is the standard plug part //54-08778. (Supplied with DRll-W). 

6.2.7 Install BC05L-01 cable (without a twist) between .11 and -12 
of DRll-W module. 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6275 -o- <^ 



REV 

A 



DEC l»(3«2) 1013 N672 



SHEET 



OF 



5 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



"'"•"''*-^ MdDUI-AR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



6.2.8 Inatall DRll-W module In hex slot In whlrli backplane Junpur 
was removed. 



7.0 POWER CHECKS 



Tvplcallv when an additional module Is installed in u backplane, it 
will cause a slight dip in voltage. Use a Digital voltmeter to 
insure that +5V Is srlll within tolerance ±().25VnC. To do this 
place voltmeter leads between A2 and C2 (any r(3w) of slot in which 
module is installed. If necessary adjust applicable regulator for 
proper voltage. 



8 . DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE 

8.1 CZDRL?? DRlI-W Gen. NPR INTFC. 

8.1.1 Load program into memory using applicable load device. 

8.1.2 Load address 200 and press start. 

8.1.3 After "Do you wish burst data late calibration? (Y «= yes, 
N - no):" Is typed out, type -^N^ 

8.1.4 After "Do you wish multiple board dialogue? (Y =■ yes, N » 
no):" Is typed out, type <N> 

8.1.5 If software switch register is invoked, then the following 
will be printed "SWR - XXXXXX New - ", type<CR > 

H.1.6 Program will now test module in malnt. & cable mode/with 
Iterations. 

8.1.7 End of pass will be indicated by "End Pass y/XXXXXX" after 
approximately 7 seconds for first pass and 60 seconds for 
each subsequent pass. 

8.2 Allowable Errors: 
8.2.1 None 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 
MAA6275 - O- G 



REV 

A 



Dec i»-(392) loaa-Mtrt 



SHEET 



OF 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROAOl TO SYSTEK:^ TEST 



( 



( 



( 



J1 



J2 



0. 



< 




1 


R80 


<^ 


<r> 


in 


c 


3 
3 


o 

Ui 



ZU. 

OO 



:! 



M8176 



00 

O 






U. 

ZU. 
OO 



OO 



UJ 



u. 
Z u. 
OO 



o 

UJ 



FIGURE 1 



UJ 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA6275 — cp • f 7 



REV 

A 



OCC l*<S*2(>Ot3-M«7> 



SHEET 



OF 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



» 5 *: 
3 °^ 

.11 

.til 

:5eI 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



M.A.S.T 



DATE 



TITLE 



BD0 3 BINARY/ASCII/BIN'APY CONVERTER App'-ndix A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



A 



Prev. 7b68001-C-7i]0 



^^^ 



_r^Ys^^^^^r^JS^C 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER REV 

MAA7110-0-0 A 



EN-«4MS It-HHrtdtt) 



SHEET 1 OF 2 



^SMM 



wm 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 
L- 



BD03 BINARY/ASCII/BINARY CONVERTER 

SPECIAL mSTROCnONS 

Refer to Option De«crlt/tion, Appendix A. Page A-l 

TEST EQUIPMENT 



REFERENCE DOCIMENTATION 
HtnuAlf: 

Checkout & Acceptance: 
Engineering Specs: 
Prints: 
MelnDEC Listings: 



Docxsentstlon #CSS-M0-F-4.4-8B 
OPT. DES. SECT. 2.3 fit 2.4 
OPT. DES. PAGE 1-1, SEC. 1.2 
Drawing Sets #A-ML-BD03-0 
DECSFEC-11-AUXADD 



SIZE 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBE'i REV 

MAA7110-0-0 A 



OCC lft-<3t2)10«2-N«72 



SHEET 2. OF 2 



2|e 

b5i 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARO. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



M . A . S . T . 



DATE 



"'"'"^'■^ flD04 DISK INTERRUPT ALARM Appendiv A 



REVISIONS 









* - 

• £ S 

= 2 S 
„ 5 * c 

i c ^ » 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



Prev. 7668001-0-7120 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



M 



ENG 

7^ 



-^' 



'f4^tvS^(^ 



APPO 



■7 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



NUMBER 

M/vA7 12 0-0-0 



REV 

A 



EN etOai>tN«/3-(3t2) 



SHEET 1 OF 2 



MANUFACTURflMC SPECmCATlON 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A 
1 L 



BD04 DISK DfTERRUFT ALAKM 



SPECIAL mSTRDCriONS 



BD04 must be cabled Co RFll controller vith cable P/N (ATOR cable BD04) 
Cable plugs into alot D09 of RFll end alot B02 of BD04, end requlrea the 
addition of e write from KPll pin D09H2 to D16J2 (jto be handvire(| . 



TEST EQUIPMENT 

Refer to Option Description Pege 2-1 
Section 2.1-2.4 and pege S-1, sect. 5.1 



REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 
Manuals: 
Checkout & Acceptance; 

Prints: 

MalnDEC Listings: 



Docxaient #CSS-MO-P-54-ll 

Option Description Pege 
2-2, Section 2.3.2 

Drawing Set #A-ML-BDC4-0 

DECSPEC-ll-AUXADC 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA7120-0-0 



REV 
A 



OCC 1»-<JM)-10«2-N«72 



SHEET 



OF 



3 



a 



DIGITAL EQUIPriENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASS*..CHU SETTS 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



M . A . S . T . 



DATE 



TITLi" 



RD05 LINE INTKRFACK CONTROLLER Apprndix. A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



c 



in 

Hi 

<>*U K 




A 



Prev. 7668001-0-7] 30 



ENO 



203: 



Jr^' 



r^^9^r 



APPD /></ 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



NUMBER 

MAA7130-0-0 



REV 

A 



Ff. Xt*** 4ll4«(sr2-<Mf| 



SHEET 1 OF ? 



MANUFACTUPiNG SPECIFICATION 



TtnC i MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS ThST Appendix A 

I 



BD05 LINE INTERFACE CONTROLLER 



8FECUL DISTRlXmONS 



R«f«r to Option Deacrlptlon Page A-1. Appendix A lot all checkout and 
accaptanca proceduraa. 

To chack for Indication of a taat failura, tranemlttar taat - rafar to 

App* A, aaction A. 5. 1.5. 

Racaivar Taat - rafar to App. A, taction A. 6. 

For DECJII SyatMB Ezarciaar aaa Syatcn Deacrlptioc CSS -MS -F- 73-^. 
aactioD 5.4 



TEST EQUUMENT 



Refer to Option Daacriptlon page A-2, aectlon A. 4. 2 
For teat box connactiona and aaction A. 5 thru A. 7 
For aak.ting up teat box and running the diagnostic. 



REFERENCE DOCIHENTATION 
Manuals: 

Engineering Speca; 
Prints: 
HainDEC Listings: 



Doctaaant No. CSS-MO-F-33-17-A 

Option Description page 1-2. section 1.3 

A-ML-BD05-0 

DECSPC-ll-AUZAD-? 



SIZE I CODE 

A I sp 



NUMBER 

MAA7130-0-0 



REV 
A 



OCC I».(m)-1M2-M«7t 



SHEET 



OF 




-9 




5lC 
? 5 * 

" k ■ 

'-^ 

3 

^ ^ - 

Hi 

in 

Us* 

III 

6 E £ 

c c 2 a 
?| § 

•» 3 • X 

£ a c ? 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



MANUFACTURINC, SPtCIFICATION 



M . A . ri . ']' . 



DATE 



TITLE 



RKORDER TR;\P DrVICE Appendix A 



REVISIONS 



REV 



A 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



Prev. 76b8001-0-7210 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 



TTT 



EKi^ 



M 



7/r>^ J^^r^ri^t0^4^ 



^ 




SIZE 

A 



CODE 



NUMBER 

MA A7.n 0-0-0 



REV 

A 



EN010«3l6N6 7?O92) 



SHEET 1 OF 2 



^^A^f^FAC^JRING specification 



Tine 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST Appendix A, 

. 1 L 



RgORDER TRAP DEVICE 

SPPriAL IRSTRDCTIONS 

Tbttrc arc tvelv« (12) E281 flzad aanory. They ar« to be Inserted Into 
&ov."C''frQa right to left for the frlet teat, (viewed fron module side of 

For teft tvo (2) the K281 okodulea auat be taoved to Row 'D". 

TEST BQUHWENT 

Refer to Option D«scriptlon: page A-1, eectlon A-2 



RLiLRLWCL I>v ..TIATION 
Hanuals: 
Checkout Procedures: 

Acceptance Procedures: 

Engineering Specs: 

Prints: 

HalnDEC Listings: 



Document No. CSS-MO-y-37-3-B 

Refer to Option Description page A-1 
section A. 3 thru A. 4. 2 

Same as Checkout Procedure 

Refer to section 3.9.3 (M) 

Drawing Set No. A -ML -7606 20 7-0 

DECSPEC -11 -ASQAIA -PB 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 

SP 



MUySFR 

MAA7210-0-0 



REV 
A 



occ i«-iSM)-iMa-M«7a 



SHEET J OF _L 



DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION 

MAYNARD. MASSACHUSETTS 



'5 »; 



MANUFACTURING SPICIFKATION 



DATE 4/15/80 



I 



3 

o • 



TITLE 



LPCni/LPDll M.A.S.T. 



REVISIONS 



REV 



DESCRIPTION 



CHG NO 



ORIG 



DATE 



APPD BY 



DATE 






1^ 



c «. :; 



si 



MddL'd sections 3. 2. 13 thru 8.2.!!] 
and Table G 



;iA- 



L.I.ICLKRC 



8-80 



S . CSTES 



8-80 



ENG 



D. Ayotte 



APPD 



P0>^ ^ y 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



SP 



NUMBER 

flA-A7510-0-0 



REV 

C 



ff*^*^*"^ ififn*fti39it 



SHEET 1 OF 11+ 



MANUFACTURINr. SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



LPCOI/LPDII M.A.S.T. 



1.0 IMTaQDUCIIQM 

Th« LPC01 is a general purpuae interface used in 
conjunction with an LDP11. It oan be used by bo at PPF-ll'a 
to provide output to a nuaber of photo-coapoai t ion aachinea. 
All I/O froB the PDP-n thru the LPDll, thru the LPC01 to the 
Photocoapoaer la done under prograa control. The LPC01 
inoludea teat circuitry to aiaulate the photocoapoaer. 



2.0 AEFEBKMCg POCUMgHTATIQH 

2.1 Manuals and Engineering Spec i f icat iona 

2.1.1 LFC01 Maintenance Manual eK>LPC01>HH 



2.1.2 LDP11 Maintenance Manual 



2.2 Prints and Scheaatics 



DEC-1 1-HLPDA 



2.2.1 LPC01 Maintenance Print Set DD-LPC01-0 

2.2.2 LDPII Maintenance Print Set DD-LDP11-0 

3.0 MfiJlIl£XL l&^l EQUIFMEMT 

3.1 PDP-11 Syatea with an operators console. 

3.2 Line Clock. 

3.3 Two (2) BC06J-XX cablea. 

3.1| A DVM accurate to .IV at 15VDC. 

3.5 Oscilloscope, Tektronics Model M53 or equivalent 



SIZE 



CODE 



NUMBER 



REV 

(' 



DCC l*()92) 1M2-Ne7i 



SHEET 



OF J± 



MANUFACTURING SPtClFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MCDULAP APPROACH TO SYSTKMS TEST 



k.} LPDIl Interface Diagnostic 
5.0 SliLLiAL IMSI RU CTIQMS 



DZLPJ 



5.1 NOTE - The LPC01 must be testef In conjunction with 
an LPD1 1 . 

The LPD11 requires the adjus'.ment of the "DELAY 
TIME". Using a scope check the delay settlni^s of 
the M3020 module at pins B07F? (adjust TOP POT) and 
B07T2 (adjust BOTTOM POT). Delay settings will 
differ according to which model of thp LPC01 that 
it will interface to. Use the following charts to 
determine the pulse width and backplane pins that 
must be wired together that will apply to the 
Configuration you have. 



NOTES 



Be sure 
width . 



to measure the "Positive" pulse 



Before an adjustment can be made it will be 
necessary to have the following "toggle-in" 
program runn ing : 



200/ 

NEXT: 

LOOP: 



CLR 
CLR 
INC 
MOV 
INC 
BNE 
BR 



RQ 
Rl 
R1 

Rl, 
RO 

LOOP 
NEXT 



1727X? 



5000 

5001 

5201 

10 137 

5200 

1376 

770 



1727X2 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



NMMBER 



REV 

C 



OCC l«-()*»-lM2.N«72 



SHEET 



OF 



14 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTF.MS TEi.T 



LPD11 DELAY TIME SETTINGS 
TABLE A (M3020 ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS FOH TOP POT) 



♦ -♦__-_..,.«__♦ . 

1 LPC01 I I CONNECT 

1 TYPES ! DELAYTIME I PIN TO PIN 

4..-. ♦--- ♦--- ■♦• 

! A A/B I 1 .5 M SEC I L2 1 El 

♦ -♦ ♦-- ♦__._- 

! B A/B ! 150 uSEC I L2 1 J1 

i C A/B I 100 uSEC ! L2 1 J1 

♦ ---- ♦---._-__--__♦-__>_«♦._._._ 

1 D A/B I 3.5 M SEC ! L2 I El 

I E A/B I 300 usee ! L2 I J1 

IFA/BI1.5MSECI L2 1 El 
4... ...-4^. ........ ..4...... -4... — 

! H A/B I 2 M SEC I L2 I El 

4..... 4 ._.--. 4... ...-4..- 

I J A/B I 2.5 H SEC I L2 I El 

4.. ...... 4 .... 4 -_4 

I K A/B I 1 .0 M SEC ! L2 ! El 

4--. -...4 ........4- ..4..... 

; L A/B ; 100 uSEC I L2 i J1 

4. ...... 4.- . -4.-.. 4...--. 

1 M A/B ! 1 .5 M SEC ! L2 ! El 

4. ..-.4- ......_4.-.-..-4_.-._ 

! N A/B ! 1 .5 M SEC I L2 ! El 

4. 4 ...-.-4,-. 4..... 

1 P A/B 1 150 uSEC I L2 I J1 
4. ...... 4- .--.4. --...4-.... 

1 R A/B ! 60 uSEC ! L2 ! Jl 
4.. ...--.4. ......4.. ....4 . 

! S A/B I 50 uSEC i L2 ! Jl 

4.-. .....4- .--4. .-.4 . 

I T A/B ! 200 uSEC I L2 ! Jl 
4..-. ....4. ........ ..4.. ----•*-•-. --- 

I U A/B I 50 uSEC I L2 ; 01 

4.. ......4.... .----.. 4. .....4.-... 

1 V A/B 1 2.5 M SEC I L2 ! El 
4... .....4 . .4.... — ♦-. 

! W A/B I 100 uLEC I L2 ! Jl 

4.. -..♦ — .4. .-..-♦..-.. 



SIZE 

. n 



CODE 



op 



NUMBER 

f-V\-A7"Li-'j-0 



REV 

C 



DCC 1«-<)*2)10«2-Ne72 



SHEET 



OF _1L. 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SySTFMS TEST 



TABLE B (M3020 ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS FOR BOTTOM POT) 



! LPC01 ! I CONNECT 

1 TYPES 1 DELAYTIME 1 PIN TO PIN 

♦ ---♦ ♦-- ♦ 

1 A A/B I 500 uSEC ! S2 1 U 1 

■(.-.--. .-4.. ....... -.-4 .-..♦.._.. 

1 B A/B I 1 M SEC I S2 1 PI 

♦ --.-.. -♦.....-... -.4... 4 

1 C A/B ! 500 uSEC 1 S2 ! U1 
♦ -.--.--4...-..- --♦ ♦ 

! D A/B 1 10 uSEC 1 S2 ! SI 

1 E A/B 1 100 uSEC I S2 1 Ul 
4... 4. ........4. ...4...... 

! F A/B 1 500 uSEC 1 32 1 Ul 

4.. 4 .•.-•..4.-.. 4. 

I H A/B ! 1 M SEC ! S2 1 PI 

4. .-.4... .......4... ._.4,...._ 

1 J A/B 1 100 uSEC ! S2 ! Ul 
4. ....4.. — . ..-4... ...-4. 

! K A/B ! 350 uSEC 1 S2 1 Ul 
4..... 4... ----_.-- -4....... 4. _- 

I L A/B 1 100 uSEC 1 S2 1 Ul 
4. -4. — -..4.. .4...... 

! M A/B I 200 uSEC I 32 ! Ul 
; N A/B ! 3 .5 M SEC ! 32 ! PI 

4-..- --4.. ...... .---4...-.-. 4.-... _ 

! F A/B 1 50 uSEC 1 S2 ! Ul 
4. .4..-. .. — .4.. ....4 

1 R A/B 1 35 uSEC ! S2 1 Ul 
4. 4. .. — 4. — -.--4. 

! 3 A/B 1 50 uSEC ! S2 1 Ul 
4. 4. .-4. 4 

! T A/B I 35 uSEC I S2 ! Ul 
4 4. 4 4. 

! U A/P 1 50 uSEC 1 32 ; SI 

4. 4. 4 4- 

I V A/B 1 100 uSEC 1 32 1 Ul 
1 W A/B 1 25 uSEC 1 32 ! SI 



SIZE 

A 



CODE 



NUMBER 



REV 

C 



DEC l«-(a92) 10t3-N672 



SHEET 



OF 04 



MANUFACTURING SPtCIUCATlON 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAH APPROACH TO SYSTtM3 TEST 



6.1 Unpacking Instructions as Received from High 
Vol ume . 

6.1.1 The LPCOl is packed in a cardbo?ird shipping 
container. Unpack the LPCOl as follows: 

A. Remove the LPCOl from the shipping 
Container . 

B. Remove the dyethylene cover from the 
unit. 

C. Ensure that the unit is clean an J free 
of any for-eign material or damage. 

D. Place the LPCOl in tne location in which 
it 13 to be used (tested). 

E Save all packing material if the in it is 
to be Shi pped . 

6.1.2 The LPDll is packed in a cardboard shipping 
container. Unpack the LPDll as follows: 

A. Remove the LPDll Logic Backplane from 
it's container and mount as per 
configuration sheet. 

B. Unpack the modules and insert them into 
the LPDll backplane as per MUL (Module 
Utilization List ) . 

C. Remove the H7i<0-D power supply from it's 
shipping container and mount it in the cab 
as per configuration sheet. 

D. For ADDRESS and VECTOR assignments, 
reference the Product Line supplied 
Configuration Sheets for your system. 

NOTE - The use of the FLOAT PROGRAM Is 
Illegal in determining these assignments due 
to "TYPESET" software limitations. 

NOfE - b"or OPTION ORDERS use the following: 
ADDRESS - 172720 
VECTOR - 340 



SIZE 



CODE 



NUMBER 

:iA-A7"i - - 



REV 

r 



D€C 16 !392)1082-N6/i 



SHEET 



OF 



14 



MANUFACTURING SPnCIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAR APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



ADDRESS •• M105 - JUMPER "IN" 
\E^10h - M7821 - JUMPER " U 

6.2 LPC01/LPD11 Cabling and Terrainat Ions 



a 
a 



lug lea 1 
logical 




1 



7.0 



6.2.1 The LPD11 Interface is connected to the 
PDP11 Unibufl using a BCIIA cable uf 
appropriate length (refer to Conf iguraf 1 on 
.'iheet). The BC11A cable is plugged into 
LPDn slot AB01, anj either a Unibus 
Terminator or a BC11A Unibus cable is 
plugged Into slot ABO?. 

The LPC01 Interface is connected to the 
LPD11 Control Interface via a BC06J-XX I/O 
cable from slot location 801 on the LFC01 to 
LPDIl slot location A12. 

NOTE - Both ends of the BC06J-XX Interface 
cable have identical si ng 1 e- he i ght M908 

cable connectors either connector can 

be inserted into the control interface or 
the universal interface. 

NOTE - The maximum allowable length for the 
BC06J-XX Interface cable is 250 feet. 



ISIMM CHECKS 

7.1 Refer tc TABLES C and D. 



TABLE C 



LPCQl BACKFLAME YQLTAGc: CHECKQyi 



VOLTAGE 



TOLERANCE 



PIN NO. 



[ ♦SVDC 



1 -12VDC 



♦/-.25V 
♦/-0.6V 



A01A2 
B07R1 



SIZE 



CODE 



NUMBER 

;-V\-A7S] fl-0_-j 



REV 

c 



DEC 16(393) 10«2'N672 



SHEET _L 



OF JA. 



MANUFACTURING SPECIFICATION 



CONTINUATION SHEET 



TITLE 



MODULAH APPROACH TO SYSTEMS TEST 



TABLE 



LPDII BACKPLAHE YOLTAflE CHECKOUT 



VOLTAGE 



♦ 5VDC 



-15VDC 



TOLERANCE 



♦/-.25V 



♦ /-I .OV 



PIN NO 



A01A2 



A01B2 



8.0 DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURE 

For the specific sequence of diagnostics to be run in 
any situation, or for the current HAST ninlnum test 
criteria, e.g.: pass-counts, etc., refer to the 
appropriate MAST CHECKLIST. Listed below are the 
detailed step-by-step Instructions for executing each 
individual diagnostic contained in the "CHECKLIST". 

NOTE - The LPD11 will be tested in stand-alone mode 

by itself and then the LPDII/LPCOI will be tested 

together. Also note that in either case; the saae 
diagnostic is used (DZLPJ). 

8.1 LPD11 STAND-ALO